Nammcesa 000023 PDF
Nammcesa 000023 PDF
Nammcesa 000023 PDF
HIGHLIGHTS
Pages which have been revised are outlined below, together with the Highlights of the
Revision
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CH/SE/SU C REASON FOR CHANGE EFFECTIVITY
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CHAPTER 32
__________
32-HIGHLIGHTS Page 1 of 23
REVISION NO. 48 Feb 01/10
CES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CH/SE/SU C REASON FOR CHANGE EFFECTIVITY
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
32-HIGHLIGHTS Page 2 of 23
REVISION NO. 48 Feb 01/10
CES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CH/SE/SU C REASON FOR CHANGE EFFECTIVITY
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
443
32-HIGHLIGHTS Page 3 of 23
REVISION NO. 48 Feb 01/10
CES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CH/SE/SU C REASON FOR CHANGE EFFECTIVITY
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
528-599,
32-HIGHLIGHTS Page 4 of 23
REVISION NO. 48 Feb 01/10
CES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CH/SE/SU C REASON FOR CHANGE EFFECTIVITY
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
32-HIGHLIGHTS Page 5 of 23
REVISION NO. 48 Feb 01/10
CES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CH/SE/SU C REASON FOR CHANGE EFFECTIVITY
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
707- 708 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 001-049, 052-099, 101-149,
151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
32-HIGHLIGHTS Page 6 of 23
REVISION NO. 48 Feb 01/10
CES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CH/SE/SU C REASON FOR CHANGE EFFECTIVITY
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
32-HIGHLIGHTS Page 7 of 23
REVISION NO. 48 Feb 01/10
CES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CH/SE/SU C REASON FOR CHANGE EFFECTIVITY
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
32-HIGHLIGHTS Page 8 of 23
REVISION NO. 48 Feb 01/10
CES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CH/SE/SU C REASON FOR CHANGE EFFECTIVITY
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
32-HIGHLIGHTS Page 9 of 23
REVISION NO. 48 Feb 01/10
CES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CH/SE/SU C REASON FOR CHANGE EFFECTIVITY
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
32-HIGHLIGHTS Page 10 of 23
REVISION NO. 48 Feb 01/10
CES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CH/SE/SU C REASON FOR CHANGE EFFECTIVITY
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
32-HIGHLIGHTS Page 11 of 23
REVISION NO. 48 Feb 01/10
CES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CH/SE/SU C REASON FOR CHANGE EFFECTIVITY
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
511-526, 528-599,
32-HIGHLIGHTS Page 12 of 23
REVISION NO. 48 Feb 01/10
CES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CH/SE/SU C REASON FOR CHANGE EFFECTIVITY
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
32-HIGHLIGHTS Page 13 of 23
REVISION NO. 48 Feb 01/10
CES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CH/SE/SU C REASON FOR CHANGE EFFECTIVITY
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
32-HIGHLIGHTS Page 14 of 23
REVISION NO. 48 Feb 01/10
CES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CH/SE/SU C REASON FOR CHANGE EFFECTIVITY
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
32-HIGHLIGHTS Page 15 of 23
REVISION NO. 48 Feb 01/10
CES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CH/SE/SU C REASON FOR CHANGE EFFECTIVITY
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
32-HIGHLIGHTS Page 16 of 23
REVISION NO. 48 Feb 01/10
CES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CH/SE/SU C REASON FOR CHANGE EFFECTIVITY
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
32-HIGHLIGHTS Page 17 of 23
REVISION NO. 48 Feb 01/10
CES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CH/SE/SU C REASON FOR CHANGE EFFECTIVITY
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
511-526, 528-599,
MOD.26925P4576 REMOVED 106-149, 221-249, 251-299,
LANDING GEAR-ALTERNATE BRAKING- 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
INTRODUCE MODIFIED ALTERNATE 511-526, 528-599,
BRAKING SYSTEM
SB 32-1305 INCORPORATED 106-149, 203-203, 221-249,
LANDING GEAR - NORMAL BRAKING - INSTALL BSCU 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
STD L4.8 (EM2). 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
TECHNICAL CORRECTIONS 001-049, 051-099, 101-149,
CHANGED BSCU CHAN/SYS BY BSCU SYS 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
LAYOUT IMPROVED/MATERIAL RELOCATED ALL
CIRCUIT BREAKER(S) DATA UPDATED 106-149, 203-203, 221-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 001-049, 051-099, 101-149,
151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
32-HIGHLIGHTS Page 18 of 23
REVISION NO. 48 Feb 01/10
CES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CH/SE/SU C REASON FOR CHANGE EFFECTIVITY
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
32-HIGHLIGHTS Page 19 of 23
REVISION NO. 48 Feb 01/10
CES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CH/SE/SU C REASON FOR CHANGE EFFECTIVITY
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
32-HIGHLIGHTS Page 20 of 23
REVISION NO. 48 Feb 01/10
CES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CH/SE/SU C REASON FOR CHANGE EFFECTIVITY
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
32-HIGHLIGHTS Page 21 of 23
REVISION NO. 48 Feb 01/10
CES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CH/SE/SU C REASON FOR CHANGE EFFECTIVITY
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
511-526, 528-599,
EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
305-399, 401-499, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
32-HIGHLIGHTS Page 22 of 23
REVISION NO. 48 Feb 01/10
CES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CH/SE/SU C REASON FOR CHANGE EFFECTIVITY
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
511-526, 528-599,
32-HIGHLIGHTS Page 23 of 23
REVISION NO. 48 Feb 01/10
CES
CHAPTER 32
__________
LANDING GEAR
32-L.E.P. Page 1
Feb 01/10
CES
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
32-L.E.P. Page 2
Feb 01/10
CES
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
32-L.E.P. Page 3
Feb 01/10
CES
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
32-L.E.P. Page 4
Feb 01/10
CES
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
32-L.E.P. Page 5
Feb 01/10
CES
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
32-L.E.P. Page 6
Feb 01/10
CES
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
32-L.E.P. Page 7
Feb 01/10
CES
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
32-L.E.P. Page 8
Feb 01/10
CES
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
32-L.E.P. Page 9
Feb 01/10
CES
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
32-L.E.P. Page 10
Feb 01/10
CES
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
32-L.E.P. Page 11
Feb 01/10
CES
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
32-L.E.P. Page 12
Feb 01/10
CES
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
32-L.E.P. Page 13
Feb 01/10
CES
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
32-L.E.P. Page 14
Feb 01/10
CES
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
32-L.E.P. Page 15
Feb 01/10
CES
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
32-L.E.P. Page 16
Feb 01/10
CES
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
32-L.E.P. Page 17
Feb 01/10
CES
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
32-L.E.P. Page 18
Feb 01/10
CES
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
32-L.E.P. Page 19
Feb 01/10
CES
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
32-L.E.P. Page 20
Feb 01/10
CES
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
32-L.E.P. Page 21
Feb 01/10
CES
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
32-L.E.P. Page 22
Feb 01/10
CES
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
32-L.E.P. Page 23
Feb 01/10
CES
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
32-L.E.P. Page 24
Feb 01/10
CES
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
32-L.E.P. Page 25
Feb 01/10
CES
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
32-L.E.P. Page 26
Feb 01/10
CES
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
32-L.E.P. Page 27
Feb 01/10
CES
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
32-L.E.P. Page 28
Feb 01/10
CES
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
32-L.E.P. Page 29
Feb 01/10
CES
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
32-L.E.P. Page 30
Feb 01/10
CES
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
32-L.E.P. Page 31
Feb 01/10
CES
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
32-L.E.P. Page 32
Feb 01/10
CES
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
32-L.E.P. Page 33
Feb 01/10
CES
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
32-L.E.P. Page 34
Feb 01/10
CES
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
32-L.E.P. Page 35
Feb 01/10
CES
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
32-69-00 1 Aug01/09
32-69-00 2 Aug01/09
32-69-00 3 Aug01/09
32-69-00 4 Aug01/09
32-69-00 5 Aug01/09
32-69-00 6 Aug01/09
32-69-00 7 Aug01/09
32-69-00 8 Aug01/09
32-69-00 9 Aug01/09
32-69-00 10 Aug01/09
32-69-00 11 Aug01/09
32-L.E.P. Page 36
Feb 01/10
CES
CHAPTER 32
__________
LANDING GEAR
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT ________
CH/SE/SU C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
LANDING GEAR - GENERAL
______________________ 32-00-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
Glossary 1 ALL
General 3 ALL
Description 3 ALL
General Characteristics 3 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 201-249
251-299, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
General Characteristics 8 151-199, 401-499
General Characteristics 9 301-399,
Component Location 10 ALL
System Description 16 ALL
Main Landing Gear and Doors 16 ALL
(Ref. 32-10-00)
Nose Landing Gear and Doors 21 ALL
(Ref. 32-20-00)
Extension and Retraction (Ref. 21 ALL
32-30-00)
Wheels and Brakes (Ref. 23 ALL
32-40-00)
Steering (Ref. 32-51-00) 25 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
Steering (Ref. 32-51-00) 25 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Position and Warning (Ref. 25 ALL
32-60-00)
Power Supply 26 ALL
Electrical 26 ALL
Hydraulic 26 ALL
Interface 27 ALL
Operation/Control and Indicating 27 ALL
Main Gear and Doors 47 ALL
Indicating 50 ALL
BITE Test 52 ALL
_______________________
LANDING GEAR - GENERAL 32-00-00
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 201 ALL
Installation of the Safety Devices 201 ALL
on the Landing Gears
Removal of the Safety Devices from 205 ALL
32-CONTENTS Page 1
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 32
__________
LANDING GEAR
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
the Landing Gears
Installation of the Safety Devices 208 ALL
on the Landing Gear Doors
Removal of the Safety Devices from 212 ALL
the Landing Gear Doors
To Make the Landing Gear and the 215 ALL
Doors Safe after a Free-Fall
Extension
Flight Configuration Precautions 218 ALL
with Electrical Power
Ground Configuration after Flight 223 ALL
Configuration with Electrical
Power
Flight Configuration Precautions 225 ALL
without Electrical Power
Ground Configuration after Flight 227 ALL
Configuration without Electrical
Power
To Put the Landing Gear System 228 ALL
back to the Normal Mode after a
Free-Fall Extension
To Simulate Ground Configuration 235 ALL
with the Aircraft on Jacks
Installation of the Brace Tool on 239 ALL
the Lockstay Actuator
Removal of the Brace Tool from the 246 ALL
Lockstay Actuator
___________________
MAIN GEAR AND DOORS 32-10-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Component Location 1 ALL
System Description 1 ALL
Power Supply 1 ALL
Interface 1 ALL
Component Description 1 ALL
Operation/Control and Indicating 1 ALL
BITE Test 3 ALL
32-CONTENTS Page 2
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 32
__________
LANDING GEAR
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Torque Links 8 ALL
Side-Stay Assembly 8 ALL
Retraction Actuator 8 ALL
Inflation Valve 10 ALL
Dressings 10 ALL
Power Supply 10 ALL
Interface 10 ALL
Component Description 14 ALL
Main Fitting 14 ALL
Sliding Tube 21 ALL
Shock Absorber 26 ALL
Torque Link Damper 33 ALL
Side Stay Assembly 2505GM 33 ALL
(2506GM)
Dressings 43 ALL
Operation/Control and Indicating 45 ALL
Main Landing Gear 46 ALL
Shock Absorber 48 ALL
32-CONTENTS Page 3
Nov 01/09
R
CES
CHAPTER 32
__________
LANDING GEAR
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ EFFECTIVITY
PAGE ___________
Detailed Inspection of MLG, Shock 673 001-049, 051-099
Absorber Sliding Tube for Cracks 101-105, 151-199
with each leg raised in turn 201-220,
Special Detailed Inspection of 677 001-049, 051-099
MLG, Shock Absorber Sliding Tube 101-105, 151-199
for Cracks with each leg raised in 201-220,
turn
32-CONTENTS Page 4
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 32
__________
LANDING GEAR
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Removal of the MLG Shock Absorber 401 ALL
Installation of the MLG Shock 425 ALL
Absorber
Removal of the MLG Shock-Absorber 455 ALL
Gland-Seals
Installation of the MLG 464 ALL
Shock-Absorber Gland-Seals
Removal of the Sliding Tube 478 ALL
Sub-Assembly of the MLG Shock
Absorber
Installation of the Sliding Tube 492 ALL
Sub-Assembly of the MLG Shock
Absorber
SIDE STAY ASSY - MLG 32-11-16
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the MLG Side-Stay 401 ALL
Assembly 2505GM, 2506GM
Installation of the MLG Side-Stay 428 ALL
Assembly 2505GM, 2506GM
LOCK STAY - MLG 32-11-17
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the MLG Lock Stay 401 ALL
Installation of the MLG Lock Stay 413 ALL
SIDE STAY 32-11-18
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the MLG Side-Stay 401 ALL
Installation of the MLG Side-Stay 418 ALL
LOCK SPRINGS - MLG 32-11-19
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 201 ALL
Installation of the MLG 201 ALL
Spring-Expander Tool
Removal of the MLG Spring-Expander 205 ALL
Tool
LOCK SPRINGS - MLG 32-11-19
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the MLG Lock Springs 401 ALL
Installation of the MLG Lock 406 ALL
Springs
Disconnection of one end of the 413 ALL
MLG Lock Springs from a MLG
Side-Stay
Connection of one end of the MLG 417 ALL
Lock Springs to a MLG Side-Stay
LOCK SPRINGS - MLG 32-11-19
INSPECTION/CHECK 601 ALL
Visual Check of Main Landing Gear 601 ALL
32-CONTENTS Page 5
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 32
__________
LANDING GEAR
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Downlocking Springs and Sidestay
Center Joint Links and Cuffs
Detailed Inspection of Main 605 001-049, 051-099
Landing Gear Downlocking Springs 101-105, 151-154
and Sidestay Center Joint Links 201-207,
and Cuffs
ACTUATING CYLINDER - MLG LOCKSTAY 32-11-21
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the MLG Lockstay 401 ALL
Actuating Cylinder
Installation of the MLG Lockstay 407 ALL
Actuating Cylinder
Removal of the MLG Lockstay 416 ALL
Actuating Cylinder
Installation of the MLG Lockstay 421 ALL
Actuating Cylinder
HOSE - ACTUATOR LOCK STAY MLG 32-11-22
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Lockstay Actuator 401 ALL
Hoses
Installation of the Lockstay 406 ALL
Actuator Hoses
TORQUE LINK ASSY - MLG 32-11-27
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the MLG Torque Links 401 ALL
Installation of the MLG Torque 408 ALL
Links
TORQUE LINK ASSY - MLG 32-11-27
INSPECTION/CHECK 601 ALL
Check Torque Links for Excessive 601 ALL
Play
Detailed Inspection of the 622 ALL
Torque-Link Damper-Assemblies
DAMPER - TORQUE LINK ASSY, MLG 32-11-29
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Torque Link Damper 401 ALL
2823GM, 2824GM
Installation of the Torque Link 407 ALL
Damper 2823GM, 2824GM
HARNESS - MLG SYSTEMS, 1M, 2M 32-11-43
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the 1M and 2M Harnesses 401 ALL
from the MLG Leg
Installation of the 1M and 2M 429 ALL
Harnesses on the MLG Leg
Removal of the 1M and 2M Harnesses 450 ALL
32-CONTENTS Page 6
Nov 01/09
R
CES
CHAPTER 32
__________
LANDING GEAR
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
from the MLG Axle
Installation of the 1M and 2M 461 ALL
Harnesses on the MLG Axle
DISCONNECTION BOX - MLG 32-11-46
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the MLG Disconnection 401 ALL
Box
Installation of the MLG 412 ALL
Disconnection Box
32-CONTENTS Page 7
Nov 01/09
R
CES
CHAPTER 32
__________
LANDING GEAR
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT ________
CH/SE/SU C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
MAIN GEAR DOORS 32-12-00
DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION 401 ALL
Preparation of the Aircraft for 401 ALL
Flight with One MLG Door Assembly
Missing or One MLG Fixed Fairing
Assembly Missing or One Secondary
Hinged Fairing Missing
Refer to the CDL TASK: 52-14 401 ALL
Preparation of the Aircraft for 415 ALL
Flight with One MLG Fixed Fairing
Assembly Removed or One Secondary
Hinged Fairing Removed
Refer to the CDL TASK: 52-12 415 ALL
Preparation of the Aircraft for 424 ALL
Flight with a Failed or Missing
Ground Door Opening Cable
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 32-12-01 424 ALL
Restoration of the Aircraft after 432 ALL
Flight with One MLG Door Assembly
Missing or One MLG Fixed Fairing
Assembly Missing or One Secondary
Hinged Fairing Missing
Refer to the CDL TASK: 52-14 432 ALL
Restoration of the Aircraft after 443 ALL
Flight with One Fixed Fairing
Removed or One Secondary Hinged
Fairing Removed
Refer to the CDL TASK: 52-12 443 ALL
Restoration of the Aircraft after 450 ALL
Flight with a Failed or Missing
Ground Door Opening Cable
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 32-12-01 450 ALL
32-CONTENTS Page 8
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 32
__________
LANDING GEAR
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
- Main
DOOR ASSY - MAIN 32-12-11
REPAIRS 801 ALL
Main Landing Gear Door - Approved 801 ALL
Repairs
DOOR ASSY - SECONDARY HINGED FAIRING 32-12-13
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Secondary Hinged 401 ALL
Fairing
Installation of a Replacement 409 ALL
Secondary Hinged Fairing
Installation of the Secondary 420 ALL
Hinged Fairing (That was Removed
for Access Only)
FAIRING ASSY - FIXED, LEG 32-12-14
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the MLG Fixed Fairing 401 ALL
Assembly
Installation of the MLG Fixed 410 ALL
Fairing Assembly (That was Removed
For Access Only)
Installation of a Replacement MLG 423 ALL
Fixed Fairing Assembly
CONTROL UNIT - MLG DOOR GROUND OPENING 32-12-15
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Control Units that 401 ALL
Open/Close the MLG Doors
Installation of the Control Units 405 ALL
that Open/Close the MLG Doors
CONTROL CABLE - MLG DOOR GROUND 32-12-16
OPENING
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Control Cable 401 ALL
2804GM (2805GM)
Installation of the Control Cable 407 ALL
2804GM (2805GM)
___________________
NOSE GEAR AND DOORS 32-20-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Nose gear (Ref. 32-21-00) 1 ALL
Nose gear doors (Ref. 32-22-00) 1 ALL
32-CONTENTS Page 9
Nov 01/09
R
CES
CHAPTER 32
__________
LANDING GEAR
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ EFFECTIVITY
PAGE ___________
Nose Gear 1 ALL
Drag Strut and Lockstay Assembly 1 ALL
Nose Gear Uplock 10 ALL
Nose Gear Actuating Cylinder 10 ALL
NLG Tires 10 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
NLG Tires 12 301-399,
Nose Gear Doors 12 ALL
Component Location 12 ALL
Component Description 12 ALL
Gear Shock Absorber 12 ALL
Nose Wheel Steering Control 22 ALL
Shock Absorber and Nose Wheels 24 ALL
Position Information
Drag Strut Assy and 24 ALL
Lockstay-Downlock Indicating
Nose Gear Actuating Cylinder 28 ALL
(Ref. 32-3)
Steering System Components (Ref. 28 ALL
32-51-00)
Taxi and Turn off Lights 28 ALL
APPLETON ground connector 28 ALL
Tire Pressure Indicating System 28 051-099, 234-235
239-249, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Materials and Technology 29 ALL
Materials 29 ALL
Technology 29 ALL
32-CONTENTS Page 10
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 32
__________
LANDING GEAR
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Visual Check of Nose Landing Gear 601 ALL
Downlocking Springs
General Visual Inspection of the 604 ALL
Nose Landing Gear
Check Torque Links for Excessive 610 ALL
Play
Inspection/Check of the Clearance 617 ALL
of the Nose-Gear Hinge Bearings
Detailed Inspection/Check of the 621 ALL
NLG
Inspection/Check of the 627 ALL
Barrel/Drag struct connection
Borescope Inspection of the Nose 630 ALL
Landing Gear Upper-Support
Anti-Rotation lugs and Cylinder
lugs
32-CONTENTS Page 11
Aug 01/09
R
CES
CHAPTER 32
__________
LANDING GEAR
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Installation of the NLG Lockstay 407 ALL
Assy
LOCK SPRINGS - NLG 32-21-18
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the NLG Lock Springs 401 ALL
Installation of the NLG Lock 404 ALL
Springs
Removal of one NLG Lock Spring 408 ALL
Installation of one NLG Lock 412 ALL
Spring
BEARING ASSY - SWIVEL 32-21-24
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Swivel Bearing 401 ALL
Installation of the Swivel Bearing 404 ALL
Removal of the Forestay Bearing 407 ALL
Installation of the Forestay 410 ALL
Bearing
TORQUE LINK ASSY - NLG 32-21-27
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Torque Link Assy 401 ALL
Installation of the Torque Link 418 ALL
Assy
Removal of the Torque-Link Center 437 ALL
Hinge
Installation of the Torque-Link 442 ALL
Center Hinge
ATTACHMENT - NLG TOWING 32-21-41
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the NLG TOWING 401 ALL
attachment (2701GM)
Installation of the NLG TOWING 404 ALL
attachment (2701GM)
HARNESS - NLG SYSTEMS, 1M, 2M 32-21-43
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the NLG Lower 401 001-004, 051-099
Electrical Harness 234-235, 239-249
305-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Installation of the NLG Lower 408 001-004, 051-099
Electrical Harness 234-235, 239-249
305-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Removal of the NLG Electrical 414 ALL
Harness 1M
32-CONTENTS Page 12
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 32
__________
LANDING GEAR
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Installation of the NLG Electrical 422 ALL
Harness 1M
Removal of the NLG Electrical 429 ALL
Harness 2M
Installation of the NLG Electrical 437 ALL
Harness 2M
Removal of the NLG Intermediate 443 001-004, 051-099
Electrical Harness 234-235, 239-249
305-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Installation of the NLG 448 001-004, 051-099
Intermediate Electrical Harness 234-235, 239-249
305-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
32-CONTENTS Page 13
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 32
__________
LANDING GEAR
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Refer to the CDL TASK: 52-10 407 ALL
Restoration of the A/C after 412 ALL
flight without one or two NLG Aft
Door Assy
Refer to the CDL TASK: 52-10 412 ALL
Preparation of the A/C for flight 414 ALL
without NLG Leg Door Assy
Refer to the CDL TASK: 52-11 414 ALL
Restoration of the A/C after 417 ALL
flight without NLG Leg Door Assy
Refer to the CDL TASK: 52-11 417 ALL
32-CONTENTS Page 14
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 32
__________
LANDING GEAR
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT ________
CH/SE/SU C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
DOOR ASSY - LEG 32-22-15
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Leg Door Assy 401 ALL
Installation of the Leg Door Assy 404 ALL
Removal of the Leg Door Assy for 407 ALL
Access
Installation of the Leg Door Assy 409 ALL
after Removal for Access
ROD ASSY 32-22-16
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Rotating Rod 401 ALL
Installation of the Rotating Rod 405 ALL
________________________
EXTENSION AND RETRACTION 32-30-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Normal Extension and Retraction 1 ALL
Free Fall Extension 1 ALL
Component Location 4 ALL
System Description 4 ALL
Normal Extension and Retraction 4 ALL
Free Fall Extension System 5 ALL
Power Supply 5 ALL
Electrical Power Supplies 5 ALL
Hydraulic Power Supply 5 ALL
Interface 5 ALL
Component Description 7 ALL
Operation/Control and Indicating 7 ALL
Normal Extension and Retraction 7 ALL
Free Fall Extension 13 ALL
Indicating 13 ALL
BITE Test 14 ALL
Normal Extension and Retraction 14 ALL
System
_________________________
EXTENSION AND RETRACTION 32-30-00
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 201 ALL
Retraction of the Landing Gear for 201 ALL
Maintenance
Extension of the Landing Gear 206 ALL
after Maintenance
_________________________
EXTENSION AND RETRACTION 32-30-00
INSPECTION/CHECK 601 ALL
32-CONTENTS Page 15
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 32
__________
LANDING GEAR
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Detailed Inspection of Nose Gear 601 ALL
Door Operating Mechanism
32-CONTENTS Page 16
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 32
__________
LANDING GEAR
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Power-up Tests Initialization A 67 ALL
and Cockpit Effects.
32-CONTENTS Page 17
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 32
__________
LANDING GEAR
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
MLG Clearance Check A530 ALL
Functional Test of the MLG A536 ALL
Lockstay Actuating Cylinder with
Brace Tool Installed
Operational Check of Landing Gear A542 ALL
Selector Valve 40GA with Aircraft
on Ground
32-CONTENTS Page 18
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 32
__________
LANDING GEAR
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the NLG Door Ground 401 ALL
Opening Bypass Valve (2533GM)
Installation of the NLG Door 405 ALL
Ground Opening Bypass Valve
(2533GM)
ACTUATING CYLINDER - NLG DOOR 32-31-16
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the NLG Door Actuating 401 ALL
Cylinder (2531GM)
Installation of the NLG Door 405 ALL
Actuating Cylinder (2531GM)
SAFETY VALVE - LANDING GEAR 32-31-17
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Landing Gear 401 ALL
Safety-Valve
Installation of the Landing Gear 408 ALL
Safety-Valve
SAFETY VALVE - NLG DOOR CLOSING/ 32-31-19
OPENING
SERVICING 301 ALL
Put the Safety Valve back to the 301 ALL
Usual Position after Operation
SAFETY VALVE - NLG DOOR CLOSING/ 32-31-19
OPENING
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Safety Valves 401 ALL
2629GM/2630GM
Installation of the Safety Valves 406 ALL
2629GM/2630GM
UPLOCK ASSY - NLG 32-31-21
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the NLG Uplock Assy 401 ALL
(2530GM)
Installation of the NLG Uplock 405 ALL
Assy (2530GM)
Removal of the Actuator of the NLG 412 ALL
Uplock Assy
Installation of the Actuator of 416 ALL
the NLG Uplock Assy
ACTUATING CYLINDER - NLG 32-31-22
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Restoration of the NLG Actuating 401 ALL
Cylinder (2527GM)
Removal of the NLG Actuating 402 ALL
Cylinder (2527GM)
32-CONTENTS Page 19
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 32
__________
LANDING GEAR
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Installation of the NLG Actuating 408 ALL
Cylinder (2527GM)
ACTUATOR - DOWNLOCK RELEASE-NLG 32-31-23
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the NLG Downlock 401 ALL
Release Actuator (2845GM)
Installation of the NLG Downlock 405 ALL
Release Actuator (2845GM)
MANIFOLD AND VALVES ASSEMBLY - L/G AND 32-31-31
DOOR SELECTOR VALVES
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Selector-Valve 401 ALL
Manifold Assembly
Installation of the Selector-Valve 406 ALL
Manifold Assembly
MANIFOLD ASSEMBLY - L/G AND DOOR 32-31-32
SELECTOR VALVES
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Manifold Assembly 401 ALL
Installation of the Manifold 406 ALL
Assembly
UPLOCK ASSY - MLG DOOR 32-31-33
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the MLG Door Uplock 401 ALL
2521GM (2520GM)
Installation of the MLG Door 406 ALL
Uplock 2521GM (2520GM)
SELECTOR VALVE - L/G DOOR 32-31-34
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Landing-Gear (L/G) 401 ALL
Selector Valve 41GA
Installation of the Landing-Gear 406 ALL
(L/G) Selector Valve 41GA
ACTUATING CYLINDER - MLG DOOR 32-31-35
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the MLG Door 401 ALL
Actuating-Cylinder 2523GM (2522GM)
Installation of the MLG Door 406 ALL
Actuating-Cylinder 2523GM (2522GM)
CHECK VALVE - MLG 32-31-36
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the MLG Check Valves 401 ALL
2519GM, 2525GM and 2529GM
Installation of the MLG Check 406 ALL
Valves 2519GM, 2525GM and 2529GM
CHECK VALVE - RETURN ISOLATION 32-31-37
32-CONTENTS Page 20
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 32
__________
LANDING GEAR
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Check Valve 2748GM 401 ALL
Installation of the Check Valve 405 ALL
2748GM
JOINT ASSY - SWIVEL, MLG DOOR 32-31-38
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the MLG Door 401 ALL
Swivel-Joint Assembly 2763GM
(2764GM)
Installation of the MLG Door 405 ALL
Swivel-Joint Assembly 2763GM
(2764GM)
HOSE ASSEMBLY - FLEXIBLE 32-31-39
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Flexible Hose 401 ALL
Assembly 2765GM (2768GM) and
2766GM (2767GM)
Installation of the Flexible Hose 406 ALL
Assembly 2765GM (2768GM) and
2766GM (2767GM)
CONTROL ROD - NLG MAIN DOOR 32-31-41
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the NLG main door 401 ALL
control rod
Installation of the NLG main door 404 ALL
control rod
UPLOCK ASSY - MLG 32-31-44
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the MLG Uplock Assembly 401 ALL
2509GM (2510GM)
Installation of the MLG Uplock 409 ALL
Assembly 2509GM (2510GM)
Removal of the MLG Uplock - 418 ALL
Support Struts
Installation of the MLG Uplock - 425 ALL
Support Struts
Removal of the Uplock Assembly 431 001-049, 051-099
2509GM (2510GM) with A/C on Jacks 101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Installation of the Uplock 438 001-049, 051-099
Assembly 2509GM (2510GM) with A/C 101-149, 151-199
on Jacks 201-249, 251-299
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
32-CONTENTS Page 21
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 32
__________
LANDING GEAR
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ EFFECTIVITY
PAGE ___________
Removal of the MLG Uplock - 448 001-049, 051-099
Support Struts with A/C on Jacks 101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Installation of the MLG Uplock - 455 001-049, 051-099
Support Struts with A/C on Jacks 101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
ACTUATOR - MLG UPLOCK 32-31-45
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the MLG Uplock Actuator 401 ALL
Installation of the MLG Uplock 405 ALL
Actuator
ACTUATING CYLINDER - MLG 32-31-46
SERVICING 301 ALL
Bleeding of the MLG Actuating 301 ALL
Cylinder
ACTUATING CYLINDER - MLG 32-31-46
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the MLG Actuating 401 ALL
Cylinder
Installation of the MLG Actuating 421 ALL
Cylinder
Removal of the MLG Actuating 442 ALL
Cylinder Eye-End Pin
Installation of the MLG Actuating 452 ALL
Cylinder Eye-End Pin
Removal of the MLG Actuating 460 ALL
Cylinder Wing-End Pin
Installation of the MLG Actuating 466 ALL
Cylinder Wing-End Pin
CHECK VALVE - L/G RETURN ISOLATION 32-31-47
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Check Valve 2537GM 401 ALL
Installation of the Check Valve 406 ALL
2537GM
RESTRICTOR VALVE - MLG EXTENTION 32-31-48
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Restrictor Valve 401 ALL
2538GM
Installation of Restrictor Valve 405 ALL
2538GM
RESTRICTOR VALVE - NLG EXTENSION 32-31-56
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
32-CONTENTS Page 22
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 32
__________
LANDING GEAR
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Removal of the NLG Extension 401 ALL
Restrictor Valve
Installation of the NLG Extension 405 ALL
Restrictor Valve
RESTRICTOR VALVE - NLG DOOR OPENING 32-31-57
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the NLG Door Opening 401 ALL
Restrictor Valve (2535GM)
Installation of the NLG Door 404 ALL
Opening Restrictor Valve (2535GM)
RESTRICTOR - NLG DOOR CLOSING 32-31-58
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the NLG Door Closing 401 ALL
Restrictor
Installation of the NLG Door 405 ALL
Closing Restrictor
CONTROL AND INTERFACE UNIT- LANDING 32-31-71
GEAR (LGCIU)
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the LGCIU (5GA1, 5GA2) 401 ALL
Installation of the LGCIU (5GA1, 404 ALL
5GA2)
PROXIMITY SENSOR 32-31-73
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Proximity-Sensors 401 ALL
9GA(8GA), 11GA(10GA), 27GA(26GA),
29GA(28GA), 15GA(14GA),
17GA(16GA), 21GA(20GA),
23GA(22GA), 33GA(32GA), 35GA(34GA)
Installation of the 418 ALL
Proximity-Sensors 9GA(8GA),
11GA(10GA), 27GA(26GA),
29GA(28GA), 15GA(14GA),
17GA(16GA), 21GA(20GA),
23GA(22GA), 33GA(32GA)...
Removal of the NLG 435 ALL
Proximity-Sensors 12GA, 13GA,
18GA, 19GA, 24GA, 25GA, 30GA,
31GA, 37GA (36GA), 39GA (38GA)
Installation of the NLG 442 ALL
Proximity-Sensors 12GA, 13GA,
18GA, 19GA, 24GA, 25GA, 30GA,
31GA, 37GA (36GA), 39GA (38GA)
PROXIMITY SENSOR 32-31-73
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
Adjustment of the MLG Downlock 501 ALL
32-CONTENTS Page 23
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 32
__________
LANDING GEAR
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Proximity Sensors 14GA, 15GA,
16GA, 17GA
Adjustment of the MLG Extension 520 ALL
Proximity Sensors 20GA, 21GA,
22GA, 23GA
Adjustment of the MLG Door Open 544 ALL
Proximity Sensors 32GA, 33GA,
34GA, 35GA
Adjustment of the NLG Door Open 552 ALL
Proximity Sensors 36GA, 37GA,
38GA, 39GA
Adjustment of the NLG Downlock 558 ALL
Proximity Sensors 18GA, 19GA
Adjustment of the NLG 577 ALL
Extension/Steering Proximity
Sensors 24GA, 25GA
Inductance Check of the Proximity A503 ALL
Sensors/Switches
PROXIMITY SENSOR 32-31-73
INSPECTION/CHECK 601 ALL
Inspection of the MLG Proximity 601 ALL
Sensor and Target Clearances
Inspection of the NLG Proximity 618 ALL
Sensor and Target Clearances
32-CONTENTS Page 24
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 32
__________
LANDING GEAR
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
32-CONTENTS Page 25
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 32
__________
LANDING GEAR
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
2516GM
Installation of the MLG Vent Valve 406 ALL
2516GM
VENT VALVE - NLG 32-33-14
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the NLG Vent Valve 401 ALL
(2532GM)
Installation of the NLG Vent Valve 405 ALL
(2532GM)
Removal of the NLG Free-Fall 412 ALL
Extension Shaft Assembly (FR15 to
FR16)
Installation of the NLG Free-Fall 418 ALL
Extension Shaft Assembly (FR15 to
FR16)
GEARBOX - REDUCTION 32-33-15
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Reduction Gearbox 401 ALL
Installation of the Reduction 406 ALL
Gearbox
CABLES - FREE FALL EXTENSION 32-33-16
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the NLG Free-Fall 401 ALL
Extension Cables
Installation of the NLG Free-Fall 412 ALL
Extension Cables
Removal of the MLG Free-Fall 420 ALL
Extension Cables
Installation of the MLG Free-Fall 437 ALL
Extension Cables
TORQUE TUBE ASSEMBLY - MLG 32-33-17
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Torque Tube 401 ALL
Assembly-MLG
Installation of the Torque Tube 406 ALL
Assembly-MLG
Replacement of the Shear-Pins 411 ALL
_________________
WHEELS AND BRAKES 32-40-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 1 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
General 1 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
32-CONTENTS Page 26
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 32
__________
LANDING GEAR
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
301-304,
Tires, Wheels, Brakes 1 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
System Description 1 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
Anti Skid System 1 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
Braking Modes 1 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
Auto Brake 9 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
Brake Temperature System 9 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
Ground Tests and BITE 9 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
Brake Cooling Fans (Optional) 9 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
Tire-Pressure Indicating System 9 001-049, 051-099
(TPIS) (Optional) 101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 2 1 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
General 1 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Component Location 1 234-235, 239-249
32-CONTENTS Page 27
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 32
__________
LANDING GEAR
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
System Description 1 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Wheels (Ref: 32-41-00) 1 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Normal Braking (Ref. 32-42-00) 3 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Alternate Braking with Anti Skid 3 234-235, 239-249
(Ref. 32-43-00) 251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Alternate Braking without Anti 4 234-235, 239-249
Skid (Ref. 32-44-00) 251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Parking/Ultimate Emergency 4 234-235, 239-249
Braking (Ref. 32-45-00) 251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Brakes and Steering Built-in 5 234-235, 239-249
Test Equipment (Ref. 32-46-00) 251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Brake System Temperature 5 234-235, 239-249
Monitoring System (Ref. 251-299, 305-399
32-47-00) 401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Tire Pressure Indicating System 5 234-235, 239-249
(TPIS) (Ref. 32-49-00) 251-299, 305-399
(optional) 401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Power Supply 6 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Electrical Power Supplies 6 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
32-CONTENTS Page 28
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 32
__________
LANDING GEAR
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
511-526, 528-599
Hydraulic Power Supplies 6 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Interface 6 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Component Description 6 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Operation/Control 6 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Operation/Control and Indicating 10 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
__________________
WHEELS AND BRAKES 32-40-00
INSPECTION/CHECK 601 ALL
Inspection/Check of the Wheels & 601 ALL
Brakes
__________________
WHEELS AND BRAKES 32-40-00
CLEANING/PAINTING 701 ALL
Cleaning/Painting of the Wheels 701 ALL
and Brakes
WHEELS 32-41-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
Component Location 1 ALL
Main Gear Wheels 1 ALL
Nose Gear Wheels 1 ALL
Component Description 1 ALL
Main Gear Wheel 1 ALL
Nose Gear Wheel 11 ALL
WHEELS 32-41-00
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 201 ALL
32-CONTENTS Page 29
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 32
__________
LANDING GEAR
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Tire Mixability Precautions 201 ALL
WHEELS 32-41-00
DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION 401 ALL
Nose Wheel Hubcap Deactivation 401 ALL
Refer to the CDL TASK: 32-3 401 ALL
Nose Wheel Hubcap Reactivation 407 ALL
Refer to the CDL TASK: 32-3 407 ALL
Check of the Nose Wheel when one 412 ALL
tie bolt is missing
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 32-41-01 412 ALL
Replacement of the Nose Wheel 414 ALL
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 32-41-01 414 ALL
Check of the Main Wheel when one 416 ALL
tie bolt is missing
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 32-41-02 416 ALL
Replacement of the Main Wheel 418 ALL
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 32-41-02 418 ALL
WHEELS 32-41-00
INSPECTION/CHECK 601 ALL
Inspection/Check of the Wheels and 601 ALL
Tires
Inspection/Check of the Pressure 627 ALL
of Tires
Check Correct Operation of Wheel 641 ALL
Mounted Tire Pressure Indicators
WHEEL - MLG 32-41-11
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 1 401 ALL
Removal of the MLG Wheel (2649GM, 401 ALL
2650GM, 2651GM, 2652GM)
Installation of the MLG Wheel 421 ALL
(2649GM, 2650GM, 2651GM, 2652GM)
WHEEL - NLG 32-41-12
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the NLG Wheel (2659GM, 401 ALL
2660GM)
Installation of the NLG Wheel 408 ALL
(2659GM, 2660GM)
Removal of the Axle Sleeve 417 ALL
Installation of the Axle Sleeve 419 ALL
32-CONTENTS Page 30
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 32
__________
LANDING GEAR
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
General 1 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
Component Location 1 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
Component Description 19 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
Controls in the Cockpit 19 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
Brake-Pedal Transmitter Unit 19 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
Selector Valve and Filter 23 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
Automatic Selector and Throttle 25 001-049, 051-099
Valve 101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
Normal-Brake Pressure 30 001-049, 051-099
Transducers 101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
Normal Brake Servovalves 32 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
Restrictor 36 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
Safety Valves 36 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
32-CONTENTS Page 31
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 32
__________
LANDING GEAR
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
301-304,
Brakes 41 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
Tachometer 58 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
Braking/Steering Control Unit 64 001-049, 051-099
(BSCU) 101-105, 151-199
201-220, 301-304
Braking/Steering Control Unit 91 106-149, 221-233
(BSCU) 236-238,
Operation/Control and Indicating 96 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
Control 96 001-049, 051-099
101-105, 151-199
201-220, 301-304
Control A 2 106-149, 221-233
236-238,
BSCU Configuration (PIN A 12 001-049, 051-099
PROGRAMMING) 101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
Anti Skid Control A 13 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
Auto Brake A 29 001-049, 051-099
101-105, 151-199
201-220, 301-304
Auto Brake A 34 106-149, 221-233
236-238,
Braking during Landing Gear A 39 001-049, 051-099
Retraction 101-105, 151-199
201-220, 301-304
Braking during Landing Gear A 39 106-149, 221-233
Retraction 236-238,
Pedal Artificial Feel A 39 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
Power-up Tests Initialization A 40 001-049, 051-099
32-CONTENTS Page 32
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 32
__________
LANDING GEAR
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
and Cockpit Repercussions 101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 2 1 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
General 1 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Component Location 3 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
System Description 13 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
General 13 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Electrical System Components 13 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Hydraulic System Components 15 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Power Supply 17 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Electrical Power Supply 17 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Hydraulic Power Supply 17 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Interface 20 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
32-CONTENTS Page 33
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 32
__________
LANDING GEAR
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
511-526, 528-599
Component Description 22 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Brake Pedal Assembly 22 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Brake Pedal Transmitter Unit 24 234-235, 239-249
(9GG) 251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Brake Selector Valve 23GG 27 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
High Pressure (HP) Filter 31 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Pressure Transducer Normal 33 234-235, 239-249
Braking Supply 96GG 251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Normal Brake Servovalve 35 234-235, 239-249
Manifolds 2612GM and 2613GM 251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Normal-Brake Pressure 37 234-235, 239-249
Transducers 251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Normal Brake Servovalve 39 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Safety valve 47 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Tachometer 50 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Brakes 52 234-235, 239-249
32-CONTENTS Page 34
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 32
__________
LANDING GEAR
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Braking/Steering Control Unit 58 234-235, 239-249
(BSCU) 251-299, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Operation/Control and Indicating 80 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Manual Braking 80 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Automatic Braking 83 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Anti-skid 89 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Braking During L/G Retraction A 1 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Indicating A 1 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
32-CONTENTS Page 35
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 32
__________
LANDING GEAR
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Deactivation of the Normal Braking 420 ALL
- With disconnection of the Green
Hydraulic Supply
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 32-42-02 420 ALL
Reactivation of the Normal Braking 426 ALL
- After disconnection of the Green
Hydraulic Supply
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 32-42-02 426 ALL
Deactivation of the NLG Wheel Flex 429 001-049, 051-061
Band Brake 101-102, 201-202
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 32-42-06 429 001-049, 051-061
101-102, 201-202
Reactivation of the NLG Wheel Flex 433 001-049, 051-061
Band Brake 101-102, 201-202
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 32-42-06 433 001-049, 051-061
101-102, 201-202
Deactivation of the BSCU 436 ALL
Channel/System 1 or 2
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 32-42-03 436 ALL
Reactivation of the BSCU 439 ALL
Channel/System 1 or 2
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 32-42-03 439 ALL
32-CONTENTS Page 36
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 32
__________
LANDING GEAR
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Removal of the Brake Selector 401 ALL
Valve 23GG
Installation of the Brake Selector 406 ALL
Valve 23GG
FILTER - HYDRAULIC, BRAKE 32-42-12
SERVICING 301 ALL
Servicing of the Hydraulic Brake 301 ALL
Filter 2584GM
Replacement of the Clogging 308 ALL
Indicator
FILTER - HYDRAULIC, BRAKE 32-42-12
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Hydraulic Brake 401 ALL
Filter 2584GM
Installation of the Hydraulic 405 ALL
Brake Filter 2584GM
AUTOMATIC SELECTOR - BRAKE 32-42-13
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
Removal of the Automatic Selector 401 001-049, 051-099
2576GM 101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
Installation of the Automatic 407 001-049, 051-099
Selector 2576GM 101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
MANIFOLD - NORMAL BRAKE SERVOVALVE 32-42-16
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Normal-Brake 401 ALL
Servovalve Manifold Assembly
2612GM (2613GM)
Installation of the Normal-Brake 411 ALL
Servovalve Manifold Assembly
2612GM (2613GM)
Removal of the Normal-Brake 421 ALL
Servovalve Manifold Filter
Installation of the Normal-Brake 427 ALL
Servovalve Manifold Filter
PRESSURE TRANSDUCER - NORMAL BRAKE 32-42-21
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Normal-Brake 401 ALL
Pressure Transducer
Installation of the Normal-Brake 405 ALL
32-CONTENTS Page 37
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 32
__________
LANDING GEAR
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Pressure Transducer
PRESSURE TRANSDUCER - NORMAL BRAKE 32-42-22
SUPPLY
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Removal of the Normal-Brake Supply 401 234-235, 239-249
Pressure-Transducer (96GG) 251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Installation of the Normal-Brake 405 234-235, 239-249
Supply Pressure-Transducer (96GG) 251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
BRAKE 32-42-27
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Brake (2641GM, 401 ALL
2642GM, 2643GM, 2644GM)
Installation of the Brake (2641GM, 410 ALL
2642GM, 2643GM, 2644GM)
Removal of the Brake Hydraulic 418 ALL
Self-Sealing Coupling
Installation of the Brake 422 ALL
Hydraulic Self-Sealing Coupling
BRAKE 32-42-27
INSPECTION/CHECK 601 ALL
Inspection/Check of the Brake with 601 ALL
the Wheel Installed
Check Heat Pack Wear indicator 605 ALL
(Parking Brake Applied)
Inspection/Check of the Brake with 615 ALL
the Wheel Removed
CONTROL UNIT - BRAKING/STEERING (BSCU) 32-42-34
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Braking/Steering 401 ALL
Control Unit (BSCU) (10GG)
Installation of the 405 ALL
Braking/Steering Control Unit
(BSCU) (10GG)
SAFETY VALVE - NORM BRAKE 32-42-36
SERVICING 301 ALL
Reactivation of the Normal-Brake 301 ALL
Safety-Valve
Reactivation of the Normal-Brake 307 001-002, 051-052
Safety-Valve
32-CONTENTS Page 38
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 32
__________
LANDING GEAR
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT ________
CH/SE/SU C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
SAFETY VALVE - NORM BRAKE 32-42-36
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Normal Brake 401 ALL
Safety-Valve 2618GM(2617GM),
2616GM(2619GM)
Installation of the Normal Brake 407 ALL
Safety-Valve 2618GM(2617GM),
2616GM(2619GM)
TRANSMITTER UNIT - BRAKE PEDAL 32-42-47
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Transmitter Unit - 401 ALL
Brake Pedal (9GG)
Installation of the Transmitter 405 ALL
Unit - Brake Pedal (9GG)
SERVOVALVE - NORMAL BRAKE 32-42-48
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Normal Brake 401 ALL
Servovalve
Installation of the Normal Brake 406 ALL
Servovalve
FLEX BAND BRAKE - NLG WHEEL 32-42-51
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 001-049, 051-061
101-102, 201-202
Removal of the NLG Wheel Flex Band 401 001-049, 051-061
Brake 101-102, 201-202
Installation of the NLG Wheel Flex 404 001-049, 051-061
Band Brake 101-102, 201-202
TRAVEL LIMITATION BAR - NLG 32-42-52
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Replacement of the Protective 401 ALL
Plates
TACHOMETER 32-42-57
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Tachometer 401 ALL
Installation of the Tachometer 409 ALL
DRIVE TACHOMETER - MLG 32-42-68
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the MLG 401 ALL
Tachometer-Drive
Installation of the MLG 403 ALL
Tachometer-Drive
SLEEVES - AXLE WHEEL ADAPTOR 32-42-71
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the MLG Axle 401 ALL
Adaptor-Sleeves
Installation of the MLG Axle 406 ALL
32-CONTENTS Page 39
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 32
__________
LANDING GEAR
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Adaptor-Sleeves
THROTTLE VALVE - NORMAL BRAKE HIGH 32-42-76
PRESSURE
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
Removal of the Throttle Valve 401 001-049, 051-099
2581GM 101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
Installation of the Throttle Valve 405 001-049, 051-099
2581GM 101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
CHECK VALVE - NORMAL BRAKE RETURN 32-42-77
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Normal Brake-Return 401 ALL
Check-Valve
Installation of the Normal 406 ALL
Brake-Return Check-Valve
32-CONTENTS Page 40
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 32
__________
LANDING GEAR
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
301-304,
Operation/Control and Indicating 26 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
Pedal Artificial Feel 26 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 2 1 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
General 1 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Component Location 3 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
System Description 9 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Power Supply 11 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Electrical Power Supply 11 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Hydraulic Power Supply 11 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Interface 13 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Component Description 15 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Alternate Brake Manifold 15 234-235, 239-249
32-CONTENTS Page 41
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 32
__________
LANDING GEAR
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
Assembly (2852GM, 2853GM) 251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Alternate HP Manifold Assembly 22 234-235, 239-249
3016GM 251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Alternate Brake Yellow - HP 30 234-235, 239-249
Filter 2862GM 251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Alternate Brake Pedal 31 234-235, 239-249
Transmitter Unit 103GG 251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Alternate Braking Control Unit 33 234-235, 239-249
95GG (ABCU) 251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Operation/Control and Indicating 39 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Control 39 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Braking during towing operation 40 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Indicating 40 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
32-CONTENTS Page 42
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 32
__________
LANDING GEAR
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
Reservoir fluid 301-304,
Bleeding of the High Pressure 315 ALL
Alternate Braking System
32-CONTENTS Page 43
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 32
__________
LANDING GEAR
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ EFFECTIVITY
PAGE ___________
Check Fluid Level of Low Pressure 601 001-049, 051-099
Brake Reservoir 101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
MASTER CYLINDER - BRAKE CONTROL 32-43-12
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
Removal of the Brake Control 401 001-049, 051-099
Master Cylinder (2625GM, 2626GM) 101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
Installation of the Brake Control 407 001-049, 051-099
Master Cylinder (2625GM, 2626GM) 101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
DUAL VALVE - ALTERNATE BRAKE 32-43-14
DISTRIBUTION
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
Removal of the Dual-Valve 2577GM 401 001-049, 051-099
Alternate Brake-Distribution 101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
Installation of the Dual-Valve 408 001-049, 051-099
2577GM Alternate 101-149, 151-199
Brake-Distribution 201-233, 236-238
301-304,
DUAL VALVE - ALTERNATE BRAKE 32-43-14
DISTRIBUTION
INSPECTION/CHECK 601 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
Drain Water Accumulation in the 601 001-049, 051-099
Drain Tube of the Alternate Brake 101-149, 151-199
Dual Distribution Valve 201-233, 236-238
301-304,
Detailed Visual inspection of the 607 001-049, 051-099
Alternate Brake Dual Distribution 101-149, 151-199
Valve (BDDV) 2577GM, for Corrosion 201-233, 236-238
301-304,
SAFETY VALVE - ALTERNATE BRAKE 32-43-16
32-CONTENTS Page 44
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 32
__________
LANDING GEAR
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ EFFECTIVITY
PAGE ___________
SERVICING 301 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
Reactivation of the 301 001-049, 051-099
Alternate-Brake Safety-Valve 101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
Reactivation of the 308 001-049, 051-099
Alternate-Brake Safety-Valve 101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
SAFETY VALVE - ALTERNATE BRAKE 32-43-16
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
Removal of the Alternate Brake 401 001-049, 051-099
Safety-Valve 101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
Installation of the Alternate 408 001-049, 051-099
Brake Safety-Valve 101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
FILTER - HYDRAULIC, BRAKE 32-43-21
SERVICING 301 ALL
Servicing of the Hydraulic Brake 301 ALL
Filter 2862GM
FILTER - HYDRAULIC, BRAKE 32-43-21
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Hydraulic Brake 401 ALL
Filter 2862GM
Installation of the Hydraulic 406 ALL
Brake Filter 2862GM
SERVOVALVE - ALTERNATE BRAKE 32-43-27
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
Removal of the Alternate Brake 401 001-049, 051-099
Servovalve 40GG(43GG), 41GG(42GG) 101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
Installation of the Alternate 406 001-049, 051-099
Brake Servovalve 40GG(43GG), 101-149, 151-199
32-CONTENTS Page 45
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 32
__________
LANDING GEAR
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
41GG(42GG) 201-233, 236-238
301-304,
MANIFOLD - ALTERNATE BRAKE SERVOVALVE 32-43-31
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
Removal of the Alternate-Brake 401 001-049, 051-099
Servovalve Manifold 2614GM(2615GM) 101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
Installation of the 409 001-049, 051-099
Alternate-Brake Servovalve 101-149, 151-199
Manifold 2614GM(2615GM) 201-233, 236-238
301-304,
Removal of the Alternate-Brake 417 001-049, 051-099
Servovalve Manifold Filter 101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
Installation of the 424 001-049, 051-099
Alternate-Brake Servovalve 101-149, 151-199
Manifold Filter 201-233, 236-238
301-304,
MANIFOLD - ALTERNATE BRAKE 32-43-32
SERVICING 301 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Reactivation of the 301 234-235, 239-249
Alternate-Brake Manifold 251-299, 305-399
Safety-Valve 401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
MANIFOLD - ALTERNATE BRAKE 32-43-32
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Removal of the Alternate-Brake 401 234-235, 239-249
Manifold 2853GM(2852GM) 251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Installation of the 406 234-235, 239-249
Alternate-Brake Manifold 251-299, 305-399
2853GM(2852GM) 401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Removal of the Alternate-Brake 411 234-235, 239-249
32-CONTENTS Page 46
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 32
__________
LANDING GEAR
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
Manifold Filter 251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Installation of the 416 234-235, 239-249
Alternate-Brake Manifold Filter 251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
LANDING GEAR ALTERNATE BRAKING SYSTEM 32-43-34
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Removal of the Alternate Braking 401 234-235, 239-249
Control Unit (ABCU) (95GG) 251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Installation of the Alternate 404 234-235, 239-249
Braking Control Unit (ABCU) (95GG) 251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
DIRECT DRIVE VALVE-ALTERNATE BRAKE 32-43-35
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Removal of the Alternate-Brake 401 234-235, 239-249
Direct Drive Valve 97GG(98GG) 251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Installation of the 406 234-235, 239-249
Alternate-Brake Direct Drive Valve 251-299, 305-399
97GG(98GG) 401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
LANDING GEAR ALTERNATE BRAKING SYSTEM 32-43-47
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Removal of the Brake-Pedal 401 234-235, 239-249
Transmitter Unit (103GG) 251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Installation of the Brake-Pedal 404 234-235, 239-249
Transmitter Unit (103GG) 251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
32-CONTENTS Page 47
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 32
__________
LANDING GEAR
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT ________
CH/SE/SU C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
SELECTOR VALVE - ALTERNATE BRAKE 32-43-51
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Removal of the Alternate Braking 401 234-235, 239-249
Selector Valve 251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Installation of the Alternate 406 234-235, 239-249
Braking Selector Valve 251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
32-CONTENTS Page 48
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 32
__________
LANDING GEAR
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ EFFECTIVITY
PAGE ___________
Operation 12 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 2 1 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
General 1 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Component Location 3 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
System Description 5 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Power Supply 6 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Interface 6 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Component Description 9 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Triple Pressure Indicator 60GG 9 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Brake Yellow Pressure 11 234-235, 239-249
Accumulator 2582GM 251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Pressure Transducer 100GG 11 234-235, 239-249
(101GG) 251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Operation/Control and Indicating 13 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
32-CONTENTS Page 49
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 32
__________
LANDING GEAR
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
32-CONTENTS Page 50
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 32
__________
LANDING GEAR
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
3016GM
PRESSURE TRANSDUCER - BRAKE YELLOW 32-44-18
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
Removal of the Pressure 401 001-049, 051-099
Transducers 62GG, 63GG 101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
Installation of the Pressure 406 001-049, 051-099
Transducers 62GG, 63GG 101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
PRESSURE TRANSDUCER - BRAKE YELLOW 32-44-19
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Removal of the Pressure Transducer 401 234-235, 239-249
101GG(100GG) 251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Installation of the Pressure 406 234-235, 239-249
Transducer 101GG(100GG) 251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
INDICATOR - BRAKE YELLOW PRESSURE 32-44-21
TRIPLE
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Brake Yellow 401 ALL
Pressure Triple Indicator (60GG)
Installation of the Brake Yellow 404 ALL
Pressure Triple Indicator (60GG)
32-CONTENTS Page 51
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 32
__________
LANDING GEAR
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
Component Description 1 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
PARK BRK Control 1 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
Parking-Brake Electrical 1 001-049, 051-099
Control-Valve 101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
Parking-Brake Operated Valve 15 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
Parking Brake Pressure Switch 15 001-049, 051-099
(86GG) 101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 2 1 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
General 1 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Component Location 3 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
System Description 5 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Power Supply 6 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Interface 6 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
32-CONTENTS Page 52
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 32
__________
LANDING GEAR
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ EFFECTIVITY
PAGE ___________
Component Description 9 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Park Brake Selector Valve 102GG 9 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
PARK BRK Control Switch (73GG) 16 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Operation/Control and Indicating 18 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Parking Brake set to ON 18 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Parking Brake set to OFF 18 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Indication 18 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
32-CONTENTS Page 53
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 32
__________
LANDING GEAR
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Parking Brake Applied
VALVE - PARKING BRAKE OPERATED 32-45-14
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
Removal of the Parking Brake Valve 401 001-049, 051-099
2579GM 101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
Installation of the Parking Brake 406 001-049, 051-099
Valve 2579GM 101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
DUAL SHUTTLE VALVE - BRAKE YELLOW 32-45-16
PRESSURE
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
Removal of the Dual Shuttle Valve 401 001-049, 051-099
2578GM 101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
Installation of the Dual Shuttle 406 001-049, 051-099
Valve 2578GM 101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
PRESSURE SWITCH - PARK BRAKE 32-45-17
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
Removal of the Park Brake - 401 001-049, 051-099
Pressure Switch (86GG) 101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
Installation of the Park Brake - 406 001-049, 051-099
Pressure Switch (86GG) 101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
CONTROL VALVE - PARKING BRAKE 32-45-51
ELECTRICAL
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
32-CONTENTS Page 54
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 32
__________
LANDING GEAR
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
301-304,
Removal of the Parking-Brake 401 001-049, 051-099
Electrical Control-Valve 72GG 101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
Installation of the Parking-Brake 408 001-049, 051-099
Electrical Control-Valve 72GG 101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
CONTROL SWITCH - PARKING BRAKE 32-45-52
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Parking Brake 401 ALL
Control Switch (73GG)
Installation of the Parking Brake 404 ALL
Control Switch (73GG)
CONTROL VALVE - PARKING BRAKE 32-45-53
ELECTRICAL
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Removal of the Parking-Brake 401 234-235, 239-249
Electrical Control-Valve 251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Installation of the Parking-Brake 406 234-235, 239-249
Electrical Control-Valve 251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
32-CONTENTS Page 55
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 32
__________
LANDING GEAR
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ EFFECTIVITY
PAGE ___________
Dialogue with the Centralized 3 001-049, 051-099
Fault Display System (CFDS). 101-105, 151-199
201-220, 301-304
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 2 1 106-149, 203-203
221-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
BITE and Maintenance Test 1 106-149, 203-203
221-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Power-up Test 1 106-149, 203-203
221-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Operation of the Functional Test 3 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Operation of the Functional Test 6 106-149, 203-203
221-233, 236-238
301-304,
BSCU Internal Monitoring Devices 10 106-149, 203-203
221-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Dialogue with the Centralized 11 106-149, 203-203
Fault Display System (CFDS). 221-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
32-CONTENTS Page 56
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 32
__________
LANDING GEAR
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
32-CONTENTS Page 57
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 32
__________
LANDING GEAR
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
32-CONTENTS Page 58
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 32
__________
LANDING GEAR
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ EFFECTIVITY
PAGE ___________
System Description 4 051-099, 234-235
239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Mechanical Installation 4 051-099, 234-235
239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Electrical Installation 10 051-099, 234-235
239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
32-CONTENTS Page 59
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 32
__________
LANDING GEAR
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Removal of the Impeller Assy 439 051-099, 234-235
239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Installation of the Impeller Assy 445 051-099, 234-235
239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
32-CONTENTS Page 60
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 32
__________
LANDING GEAR
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
511-526, 528-599
Nominal Pressures and Detection 12 051-099, 234-235
Threshold 239-249, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Warning 12 051-099, 234-235
239-249, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
BITE CFDS 20 051-099, 234-235
239-249, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Test 32 051-099, 234-235
239-249, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Power-up Tests Initialization 32 051-099, 234-235
and Cockpit Repercussions 239-249, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
32-CONTENTS Page 61
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 32
__________
LANDING GEAR
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 415 051-099, 234-235
32-49-02-A)b) 239-249, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Reactivation of the Tire Pressure 419 051-099, 234-235
Indicating Computer (TPIC) 239-249, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 419 051-099, 234-235
32-49-02-A)b) 239-249, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
32-CONTENTS Page 62
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 32
__________
LANDING GEAR
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ EFFECTIVITY
PAGE ___________
Installation of the NLG tire 413 051-099, 234-235
Pressure Transducer Adaptor 239-249, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
PRESSURE TRANSDUCER - MLG TIRE 32-49-16
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 051-099, 234-235
239-249, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Removal of the MLG Tire-Pressure 401 051-099, 234-235
Transducer 239-249, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Installation of the MLG 409 051-099, 234-235
Tire-Pressure Transducer 239-249, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Removal of the MLG Tire-Pressure 418 051-099, 234-235
Transducer Adaptor 239-249, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Installation of the MLG 421 051-099, 234-235
Tire-Pressure Transducer Adaptor 239-249, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
ROTATING MECHANISM - TPIS NLG 32-49-17
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 051-099, 234-235
239-249, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Removal of the NLG TPIS Rotating 401 051-099, 234-235
Mechanism 239-249, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Installation of the NLG TPIS 404 051-099, 234-235
Rotating Mechanism 239-249, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
ROTATING MECHANISM - TPIS MLG 32-49-18
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 051-099, 234-235
239-249, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Removal of the Rotating Mechanism 401 051-099, 234-235
239-249, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
32-CONTENTS Page 63
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 32
__________
LANDING GEAR
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
511-526, 528-599
Installation of the Rotating 404 051-099, 234-235
Mechanism 239-249, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
DETECTION UNIT - TPIS 32-49-34
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 051-099, 234-235
239-249, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Removal of the TPIS Detection Unit 401 051-099, 234-235
(2GV) 239-249, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Installation of the TPIS Detection 404 051-099, 234-235
Unit (2GV) 239-249, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
STEERING 32-51-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 1 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
General 1 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
Nose Wheel Steering 1 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
Component Location 9 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
General 9 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
Control Components 9 001-004, 051-054
Control Components 14 005-049, 055-099
101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
Interface 24 001-049, 051-099
32-CONTENTS Page 64
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 32
__________
LANDING GEAR
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
Component Description 26 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
Steering Handwheel Transmitter 26 001-049, 051-099
Unit 101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
Rudder pedals 26 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
Steering Actuating Cylinder 26 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
Selector Valve 26 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
Servovalve 26 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
Speed Adjustment Diaphragm 26 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
Anti-Shimmy Accumulator 26 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
Feedback Sensor 30 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
BSCU (Ref. 32-42-00) 30 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
Operation/Control and Indicating 30 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
32-CONTENTS Page 65
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 32
__________
LANDING GEAR
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
301-304,
The hydraulic pressure is sent 30 001-049, 051-099
to the hydraulic block when the 101-149, 151-199
nose gear is extended and when 201-233, 236-238
its doors are closed. 301-304,
On the ground, when you open the 30 001-049, 051-099
NLG doors with the Ground 101-149, 151-199
Door-Opening Handle the steering 201-233, 236-238
is still operational. 301-304,
In flight, as soon as the gear 30 001-049, 051-099
is extended for landing, the 101-149, 151-199
test of the steering control is 201-233, 236-238
made. 301-304,
The operation of the BSCU is 30 001-049, 051-099
described in 32-42-00. 101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
On the nose gear leg, when the 31 001-049, 051-099
towing control lever is in the 101-149, 151-199
towing position, the MEMO 201-233, 236-238
section of the upper ECAM DU 301-304,
shows NW STRG DISC in
Operating Principle 31 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
Aircraft Turning Radii 31 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 2 1 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
General 1 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Component Location 3 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
System Description 7 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
32-CONTENTS Page 66
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 32
__________
LANDING GEAR
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ EFFECTIVITY
PAGE ___________
Power Supply 12 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Interface 12 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Component Description 15 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Steering Handwheel Transmitter 15 234-235, 239-249
Unit 1GC (2GC) 251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Rudder pedals 18 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Steering Actuating Cylinders 19 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Selector Valve 7GC 20 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Safety Valve 2900GM 22 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Hydraulic Block 6GC 24 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Sensors 3GC (4GC) 26 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Electrical Deactivation Box 5GC 28 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Swivel Selector Valve 30 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
32-CONTENTS Page 67
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 32
__________
LANDING GEAR
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Operation/Control and Indicating 32 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
The hydraulic pressure is sent 32 234-235, 239-249
to the hydraulic block when the 251-299, 305-399
nose gear is extended. 401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
On the ground, when you open the 32 234-235, 239-249
NLG doors with the Ground 251-299, 305-399
Door-Opening Handle the steering 401-499, 501-509
is still operational. 511-526, 528-599
In flight, as soon as the gear 32 234-235, 239-249
is extended for landing, the 251-299, 305-399
test of the steering control is 401-499, 501-509
made. 511-526, 528-599
The operation of the BSCU is 32 234-235, 239-249
described in 32-42-00. 251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
On the nose gear leg, when the 32 234-235, 239-249
towing control lever is in the 251-299, 305-399
towing position, the MEMO 401-499, 501-509
section of the upper ECAM DU 511-526, 528-599
shows NW STRG DISC in
Operating Principle 32 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Aircraft Turning Radii 34 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
STEERING 32-51-00
DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION 401 ALL
Deactivation of the Nose - Wheel 401 ALL
Steering Electrical Deactivation -
Box (for Flight)
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 32-51-03 401 ALL
b)
Reactivation of the Nose - Wheel 405 ALL
Steering Electrical Deactivation -
32-CONTENTS Page 68
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 32
__________
LANDING GEAR
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Box (for Flight)
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 32-51-03 405 ALL
b)
STEERING 32-51-00
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
Operational Test of the Nose Wheel 501 ALL
Steering with the CFDS
Functional Test of the Nose Wheel 506 ALL
Steering with the Handwheel
Functional Test of the Nose Wheel 516 ALL
Steering with the Pedals
Functional Test of the Nose Wheel 527 ALL
Steering Deactivation
Electrical-Box
Functional Test of the Rudder Bar 532 ALL
Integrity Test of the Nose Wheel 540 ALL
Steering System
Adjustment of the N/WS Zero 552 ALL
Position with the Adjusting Tool
F26630200 for A/C with N/WS Sensor
(3GC, 4GC) P/N C24763000, Rudder
Trim Angle as Reference
Adjustment of the N/WS Zero 570 ALL
Position with Adjusting Tool
M46196-100 for A/C with N/WS
Sensor (3GC, 4GC) P/N C24763000,
Rudder Trim Angle as Reference
Adjustment of the N/WS Zero 585 ALL
Position for A/C with N/WS Sensor
Box (3GC, 4GC) P/N E21336000,
Rudder Trim Angle as Reference
Adjustment of the N/WS Zero A500 ALL
Position with the Adjusting Tool
F26630200 for A/C with N/WS Sensor
(3GC, 4GC) P/N C24763000, NLG
Centering Cams as Reference
Adjustment of the N/WS Zero A510 ALL
Position with the Tool M46196-100
for A/C with N/WS Sensor (3GC,
4GC) P/N C24763000, NLG Centering
Cams as Reference
Adjustment of the N/WS Zero A520 ALL
Position for A/C with N/WS Sensor
Box (3GC, 4GC) P/N E21336000, NLG
32-CONTENTS Page 69
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 32
__________
LANDING GEAR
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Centering Cams as Reference
Adjustment of the N/WS Zero A528 ALL
Position with the Adjusting Tool
F26630200 for A/C with N/WS Sensor
(3GC, 4GC) P/N C24763000 with the
Nose-Wheel Alignment Tool
Adjustment of the N/WS Zero A548 ALL
Position with Adjusting Tool
M46196-100 for A/C with N/WS
Sensor (3GC, 4GC) P/N C24763000
with the Nose-Wheel Alignment Tool
Adjustment of the N/WS Zero A568 ALL
Position for A/C with N/WS Sensor
Box (3GC, 4GC) P/N E21336000 with
the Nose-Wheel Alignment Tool
Functional Test of the Nose Wheel A588 ALL
Steering with the CFDS
STEERING 32-51-00
INSPECTION/CHECK 601 ALL
Check of the N/WS Zero Position 601 ALL
(with the Nose-Wheel Alignment
Tool)
TRANSMITTER UNIT - NOSE WHEEL STEERING 32-51-11
HANDWHEEL
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Transmitter Unit - 401 ALL
Nose Wheel Steering Handwheel
(1GC, 2GC)
Installation of the Transmitter 406 ALL
Unit - Nose Wheel Steering
Handwheel (1GC, 2GC)
ELECTRICAL BOX - NOSE WHEEL STEERING 32-51-12
DEACTIVATION
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Nose - Wheel 401 ALL
Steering Electrical Deactivation -
Box
Installation of the Nose - Wheel 404 ALL
Steering Electrical Deactivation -
Box
SWIVEL SELECTOR VALVE 32-51-15
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Swivel Selector 401 ALL
Valve
32-CONTENTS Page 70
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 32
__________
LANDING GEAR
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Installation of the Swivel 405 ALL
Selector Valve
SENSOR - NOSE WHEEL STEERING FEEDBACK 32-51-19
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Nose Wheel Steering 401 ALL
Feedback Sensor (3GC, 4GC) P/N
C24763000
Installation of the Nose Wheel 405 ALL
Steering Feedback Sensor (3GC,
4GC) P/N C24763000
Removal of the Nose Wheel Steering 410 ALL
Feedback Sensor Box (3GC, 4GC) P/N
E21336000
Installation of the Nose Wheel 414 ALL
Steering Feedback Sensor Box (3GC,
4GC) P/N E21336000
Removal of the Nose-Wheel Steering 422 251-299, 301-301
Feedback Sensor-Box (3GC) or (4GC) 314-399, 502-509
P/N E21336000 (Adjustment with 511-526, 528-599
CFDS)
Installation of the Nose-Wheel 425 251-299, 301-301
Steering Feedback Sensor-Box (3GC) 314-399, 502-509
or (4GC) P/N E21336000 (Adjustment 511-526, 528-599
with CFDS)
SENSOR - NOSE WHEEL STEERING FEEDBACK 32-51-19
INSPECTION/CHECK 601 ALL
Check of the Voltage at the Nose 601 ALL
Wheel Steering Feedback Sensor
(3GC, 4GC)
SAFETY VALVE - N/WS 32-51-21
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Removal of the Safety Valve 401 234-235, 239-249
(2900GM) 251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Installation of the Safety Valve 405 234-235, 239-249
(2900GM) 251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
CHECK VALVE 32-51-22
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
32-CONTENTS Page 71
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 32
__________
LANDING GEAR
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
511-526, 528-599
Removal of the Check Valve 2902GM 401 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Installation of the Check Valve 408 234-235, 239-249
2902GM 251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
MANIFOLD - SELECTOR VALVE 32-51-23
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Removal of the Selector Valve 401 234-235, 239-249
Manifold-Assembly 251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Installation of the Selector Valve 406 234-235, 239-249
Manifold-Assembly 251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
GEARBOX - NOSE WHEEL STEERING 32-51-41
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Nose Wheel Steering 401 ALL
Gearbox P/N C24764000
Installation of the Nose Wheel 406 ALL
Steering Gearbox P/N C24764000
CYLINDER - NOSE WHEEL STEERING 32-51-42
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Nose Wheel Steering 401 ALL
Cylinder
Installation of the Nose Wheel 408 ALL
Steering Cylinder
ANTI SHIMMY VALVE - NOSE WHEEL 32-51-43
STEERING
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Nose Wheel Steering 401 ALL
Anti Shimmy Valve
Installation of the Nose Wheel 406 ALL
Steering Anti Shimmy Valve
SERVO CONTROL - NOSE WHEEL STEERING 32-51-51
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Nose Wheel Steering 401 ALL
Servo-Control (6GC)
Installation of the Nose Wheel 406 ALL
32-CONTENTS Page 72
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 32
__________
LANDING GEAR
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Steering Servo-Control (6GC)
Removal of the Nose Wheel Steering 411 ALL
Servo-Valve
Installation of the Nose Wheel 416 ALL
Steering Servo-Valve
Removal of the Nose Wheel Steering 421 001-049, 051-099
Electro-Distributor 101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
Installation of the Nose Wheel 425 001-049, 051-099
Steering Electro-Distributor 101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
____________________
POSITION AND WARNING 32-60-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Indicating and Warning 1 ALL
Component Location 1 ALL
System Description 4 ALL
Power Supply 4 ALL
Interface 4 ALL
Component Description 4 ALL
Operation/Control and Indicating 4 ALL
BITE Test 4 ALL
_____________________
POSITION AND WARNING 32-60-00
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
Anti Skid Indication on ECAM WHEEL 501 ALL
Page
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 501 ALL
32-60-03-F)
32-CONTENTS Page 73
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 32
__________
LANDING GEAR
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ EFFECTIVITY
PAGE ___________
Component Description 23 ALL
Cockpit Panel 23 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
Cockpit Panel 30 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
L/G Control-Lever (6GA) 34 ALL
Operation/Control and Indicating 34 ALL
Normal System Indications 34 ALL
L/G System Warnings 35 ALL
WHEEL Page - Single System 43 ALL
Failure Indications
L/G Free-Fall Extension 44 ALL
BITE Test 44 ALL
32-CONTENTS Page 74
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 32
__________
LANDING GEAR
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Failure Monitoring 3 ALL
BITE Test 6 ALL
Fault Handling 7 ALL
Failure Data 8 ALL
Failure Data 10 ALL
Landing Gear Simulation Function 11 ALL
CFDS 12 ALL
Power Supply 30 ALL
Interface 30 ALL
Component Description 30 ALL
Operation/Control and Indicating 30 ALL
BITE Test 30 ALL
32-CONTENTS Page 75
Feb 01/10
R
CES
LANDING GEAR - GENERAL - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
__________________________________________________
1. Glossary
________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ABBREVATION | SIGNIFICATION |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACARS | Arinc Communications Addressing and |
| | Reporting System |
| ACSC | Avionic Compartment System Cooling |
| ADIRU | Air Data Inertial Reference Unit |
| ADF | Automatic Direction Finding |
| AEVC | Avionics Equipment Ventilation Controller |
| AIDS | Aircraft Integrated Data System |
R | APU | Auxiliary Power Unit |
| ARINC | Aeronautical Radio Incorporated |
| ATC | Air Traffic Control |
| BITE | Built-In Test Equipment |
| BRK | Brake |
| BSCU | Brakes and Steering Control Unit |
| C/B | Circuit Breaker |
| CFDIU | Centralized Fault Display Interface Unit |
| CFDS | Centralized Fault Display System |
| CIDS | Cabin Intercommunication Data System |
| CMPTR | Computer |
| CONFIG | Configuration |
| CRT | Cathode Ray Tube |
| DFDR | Digital Flight Data Recorder |
| DMC | Data Management Computer |
| DME | Distance Measuring Equipment |
| DU | Display Unit |
| EFCS | Electronic Flight Control System |
| EIS | Electronic Instrumentation System |
| FAC | Flight Augmentation Computor |
| FADEC | Full Authority Digital Engine Control |
| FCDC | Flight Control Data Concentrator |
| FGC | Flight Guidance Computer |
| FIN | Functional Item Number |
| FWC | Flight Warning Computer |
| GPWS | Ground Proximity Warning System |
| HF | High Frequency |
| HP | High Pressure |
| ILS | Instrument Landing System |
| KT | Knot(s) |
| LG | Landing Gear |
EFF :
ALL 32-00-00
Page 1
May 01/03
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ABBREVATION | SIGNIFICATION |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| LGCIU | Landing Gear Control and Interface Unit |
| LH | Left Hand |
| LP | Low Pressure |
| LRU | Line Replaceable Unit |
| MLG | Main Landing Gear |
| MRDS | Maintenance and Recording Data System |
| NLG | Nose Landing Gear |
| N/W | Nose Wheel |
| PSI | Pounds per Square Inch |
| RAM | Random Access Memory |
| RH | Right Hand |
| RMP | Radio Management Panel |
| ROM | Read Only Memory |
| SDAC | System Data Aquisition Concentrator |
| SDI | Source Data Identifier |
| STG | Steering |
| TPIS | Tire Pressure Indicating System |
| VHF | Very High Frequency |
| VLE | Maximum Landing Gear Extended Speed |
| VLO | Maximum Landing Gear Operating Speed |
| VOR | Very High Frequency Omniidirectional Range |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
EFF :
ALL 32-00-00
Page 2
May 01/03
CES
2. General
_______
A. Description
The L/G support the aircraft on the ground and are oleo-pneumatic shock
absorbers that absorb taxi and landing loads. During flight the L/G is
retracted into the landing gear bays in the belly of the aircraft. When
the L/G is extended or retracted the related doors close to make the
aerodynamic contours of the aircraft.
B. General Characteristics
EFF :
ALL 32-00-00
Page 3
Feb 01/10
CES
Landing Gear
Figure 001
EFF :
ALL 32-00-00
Page 4
Feb 01/00
R
CES
Landing Gear Systems Functional-Interface
Figure 002
R
EFF :
236-238,
001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233, 32-00-00
Page 5
Nov 01/09
CES
Landing Gear Systems Functional-Interface
Figure 002A
R
EFF : 051-099, 234-235, 239-249, 305-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
32-00-00
Page 6
Feb 01/10
CES
Landing Gear Systems Functional-Interface
Figure 002B
R
EFF :
251-299, 301-304, 32-00-00
Page 7
Nov 01/09
CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526,
R 528-599,
B. General Characteristics
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-00-00
Page 8
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
**ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
B. General Characteristics
R
EFF :
151-199, 301-399, 401-499, 32-00-00
Page 9
May 01/09
CES
**ON A/C 301-399,
3. __________________
Component Location
EFF :
ALL 32-00-00
Page 10
Feb 01/10
CES
Cockpit Controls and Indications
Figure 003
R
EFF :
ALL 32-00-00
Page 11
Aug 01/05
CES
Extension/Retraction Controls and Indications
Figure 004
R
EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233,
236-238, 301-304,
32-00-00
Page 12
Feb 01/08
CES
Extension/Retraction Controls and Indications
Figure 004A
R
EFF :
051-099, 32-00-00
Page 13
Aug 01/05
CES
Extension/Retraction Controls and Indications
Figure 004B
R
EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
32-00-00
Page 14
Feb 01/10
CES
R Extension/Retraction Controls and Indications
R Figure 004C
R
EFF :
251-299, 32-00-00
Page 15
May 01/09
CES
**ON A/C 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
4. __________________
System Description
Each MLG has a MLG leg which includes an oleo-pneumatic shock absorber.
The L/G retracts into the available space of its MLG bays.
A two-piece side stay assembly holds the MLG in the extended position. A
lock stay keeps the side stay assembly stable in the lock down postion.
A door opening mechanism lets the main door be opened on the ground for
access to the MLG bay.
EFF :
ALL 32-00-00
Page 16
Feb 01/10
CES
Brake Controls and Indications - Location
Figure 005
R
EFF :
236-238,
001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233, 32-00-00
Page 17
Nov 01/09
CES
Brake Controls and Indications - Location
Figure 005A
R
EFF : 051-099, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
32-00-00
Page 18
Feb 01/10
CES
Main Landing Gear and Doors
Figure 006
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-00-00
Page 19
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
Main Landing Gear and Doors
Figure 006A
R
EFF :
301-399, 32-00-00
Page 20
May 01/09
CES
B. Nose Landing Gear and Doors (Ref. 32-20-00)
Four doors and a fairing close the NLG bay. These are:
- two hydraulically-operated forward doors
- two mechanically-operated rear doors
- a fixed fairing on the NLG leg.
A door opening mechanism lets the forward doors be opened on the ground
for access to the NLG bay.
The normal extension and retraction system (Ref. 32-31-00) extends and
retracts:
- the left and right MLG and doors (Ref. 32-11-00) and (Ref. 32-12-00)
- the NLG and doors (Ref. 32-21-00) and (Ref. 32-22-00).
The hydraulic circuit has actuators that extend and retract the gears and
open and close the doors. The green hydraulic system (Ref. 29-11-00)
supplies the hydraulic power to operate the actuators.
The system has two electro-hydraulic valves that control the operation of
the actuators. One electro-hydraulic valve controls the actuators for the
L/G. The other controls the actuators for the doors.
The LGCIU makes the selections of the valve assembly to retract or extend
the L/G and move the doors in a given sequence.
The indicating and warning data for the L/G is given in (Ref. 32-61-00).
The LGCIU also has Built-In Test Equipment (BITE) which is given in (Ref.
32-69-00).
The free fall extension system (Ref. 32-33-00) extends the MLG and NLG if
the normal extension and retraction system is not available.
EFF :
ALL 32-00-00
Page 21
May 01/09
R
CES
Nose Landing Gear and Doors
Figure 007
EFF :
ALL 32-00-00
Page 22
May 01/09
R
CES
The system includes electrical rotary-type actuators. The actuators
operate mechanical linkages to open the gear and door uplocks and
hydraulic valves. This lets gravity extend the gears.
The wheels are of aluminium alloy and can have a tubeless radial or bias
ply tyre.
The normal braking system (Ref. 32-42-00) is used to decrease the speed
of the aircraft when it moves on the ground. The Brake and Steering
Control Unit (BSCU) controls the operation of normal braking. Each brake
has two hydraulically operated pistons. When braking is necessary,
hydraulic pressure is supplied from the Green main hydraulic system (Ref.
29-11-00). The system has two modes of operation, manual and automatic,
and gives automatic anti-skid protection in each mode.
The input signals from the brake pedals are proportional to the amount of
pedal travel and supply braking independently to each MLG. For automatic
braking three Pushbutton Switches (P/BSW) each set an automatic braking
program (LO, MED or MAX) in the BSCU, which gives a different
deceleration rate. Use of the pedals that supplies an input signal more
than a specified value, cancels an automatic braking program.
The BSCU uses the input signals to make output signals which control the
operation of the electro-hydraulic valves.
If the normal braking system is not available, control automatically
changes to one of the alternate braking systems (Ref. 32-43-00) or (Ref.
32-44-00).
EFF :
ALL 32-00-00
Page 23
May 01/09
R
CES
also be used to stop the aircraft if all other braking systems are not
available. The system operates from the accumulators in the alternate
braking system.
(1) Brakes and Steering Built-in Test Equipment (BITE) (Ref. 32-46-00)
EFF :
ALL 32-00-00
Page 24
Feb 01/10
CES
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
The position and warning system has two parts which are:
- indicating and warning (Ref. 32-61-00)
- L/G BITE (Ref. 32-69-00).
The indicating and warning system has proximity sensors on the L/G
and L/G doors to give position data to the LGCIU. Indication is given
to the flight crew on ECAM and:
- L/G control lever
- LDG gear annunicators on panel 402vu, if specified failures occur
- a warning is given on the Engine Display Unit (EDU) (Ref. 31-66-00)
EFF :
ALL 32-00-00
Page 25
Feb 01/10
CES
- the fuel page on the SD
- the flight warning computer (Ref. 31-52-00) gives an audible and
visual warning to the flight crew.
Each LGCIU contains BITE which continuously monitors the system for
failures. The BITE supplies data to the centralized fault display
system (Ref. 31-30-00). The BITE functions:
- to continuously monitor the system for failures
- to do a test of related systems during power-up
- to keep a record of failures and send this data to the Centralized
Fault Display System (CDFS) and data recording system (Ref.
31-30-00)
- to do a system test during ground maintenance
- to simulate different L/G configuration during maintenance.
5. ____________
Power Supply
A. Electrical
B. Hydraulic
EFF :
ALL 32-00-00
Page 26
Feb 01/10
CES
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
R 528-599,
6. Interface
_________
7. ________________________________
Operation/Control and Indicating
EFF :
ALL 32-00-00
Page 27
Feb 01/10
CES
Landing Gear - Electrical Power Supplies
Figure 008 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
236-238,
001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233, 32-00-00
Page 28
Nov 01/09
CES
Landing Gear - Electrical Power Supplies
Figure 008 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
236-238,
001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233, 32-00-00
Page 29
Nov 01/09
CES
Landing Gear - Electrical Power Supplies
Figure 008 (SHEET 3)
R
EFF :
236-238,
001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233, 32-00-00
Page 30
Nov 01/09
CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
R
32-00-00
Page 31
May 01/09
CES
Landing Gear - Electrical Power Supplies
Figure 008A (SHEET 1)
R
EFF : 051-099, 234-235, 239-249, 305-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
32-00-00
Page 32
Feb 01/10
CES
Landing Gear - Electrical Power Supplies
Figure 008A (SHEET 2)
R
EFF : 051-099, 234-235, 239-249, 305-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
32-00-00
Page 33
Feb 01/10
CES
Landing Gear - Electrical Power Supplies
Figure 008A (SHEET 3)
R
EFF : 051-099, 234-235, 239-249, 305-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
32-00-00
Page 34
Feb 01/10
CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
R
32-00-00
Page 35
May 01/09
CES
Landing Gear - Electrical Power Supplies
Figure 008B (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
251-299, 301-304, 32-00-00
Page 36
Nov 01/09
CES
Landing Gear - Electrical Power Supplies
Figure 008B (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
251-299, 301-304, 32-00-00
Page 37
Nov 01/09
CES
Landing Gear - Electrical Power Supplies
Figure 008B (SHEET 3)
R
EFF :
251-299, 301-304, 32-00-00
Page 38
Nov 01/09
CES
Hydraulic Power Supply
Figure 009
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
32-00-00
Page 39
May 01/09
CES
Hydraulic Power Supply
Figure 009A
R
EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
32-00-00
Page 40
Feb 01/10
CES
Interface
Figure 010
R
EFF :
ALL 32-00-00
Page 41
May 01/09
CES
Operation of the Landing Gear System
Figure 011
R
EFF :
236-238,
001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233, 32-00-00
Page 42
May 01/09
CES
Operation of the Landing Gear System
Figure 011A
R
EFF :
051-099, 32-00-00
Page 43
May 01/09
CES
Operation of the Landing Gear System
Figure 011B
R
EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
32-00-00
Page 44
Feb 01/10
CES
Operation of the Landing Gear System
Figure 011C
R
EFF :
251-299, 32-00-00
Page 45
Nov 01/09
CES
Operation of the Landing Gear System
R Figure 011D
R
EFF :
301-304, 32-00-00
Page 46
Nov 01/09
CES
**ON A/C ALL
(1) Takeoff
When L/G DOWN is selected the hydraulically operated door opens. The
retraction actuator extends to extend the leg. The side stay and the
lock stay move to the over center position to lock the gear in the
extended position. The door closes after the gear is extended. With
the gear extended the shock absorber absorbs the landing loads.
As the NLG wheels leave the ground on takeoff, the shock absorber
extends. The cams in the leg make sure that the wheels are in the
center. When the shock absorber is fully extended the BSCU prevents
steering outputs to the steering mechanism.
R
EFF :
ALL 32-00-00
Page 47
Nov 01/09
CES
R **ON A/C 062-099, 103-149, 151-199, 203-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
As the NLG wheels leave the ground on takeoff, the shock absorber
extends. The cams in the leg make sure that the wheels are in the
center. When the shock absorber is fully extended the BSCU prevents
steering outputs to the steering mechanism.
When the L/G control lever is moved the LGCIU sends a control
signal to the electro-hydraulic safety valve. The LGCIU controls
the sequence of operations to extend and retract the gears and
open and close the doors. The LGCIU uses the position data from
the proximity sensors (Ref. 32-61-00) to control the sequence of
operations.
Only one LGCIU controls the sequence of operations. Control
changes from one LGCIU to the other after each
retraction/extension cycle.
EFF :
ALL 32-00-00
Page 48
Feb 01/10
CES
A mechanically operated valve isolates the hydraulic supply.
Other mechanically operated valves let fluid move into the
hydraulic components of the normal extension and retraction
system. This prevents cavitation and hydraulic locks.
In the manual mode the movement of the brake pedals operates the
brake-pedal transmitter unit. The transmitter unit sends a signal
to the BSCU which in turn sends the required input signal to the
servovalves. The servovalves let a pressure, in proportion to the
pedal travel go to the brakes.
When the park brake selector switch is set to ON, pressure from
the yellow hydraulic system or the related accumulators is sent
to the second set of pistons in the brakes. When this system is
in use all other braking systems are hydraulically isolated.
EFF :
ALL 32-00-00
Page 49
Nov 01/09
R
CES
(d) Brake Temperature System (Ref. 32-47-00)
When the P/BSW is set to ON, the fans in the wheel shrouds turn
and pull air through the brakes. This decreases the temperature
of the brakes more quickly.
The BSCU uses the steering input signals from the hand wheel
transmitters in the cockpit to calculate:
- the necessary steering angle
- the necessary rate of movement
- the direction of the turn.
It then sends steering output signals to the electro-hydraulic
components to operate the steering mechanism.
B. Indicating
EFF :
ALL 32-00-00
Page 50
Feb 01/10
CES
ECAM WHEEL Page Display
Figure 012
R
EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233,
236-238, 301-304,
32-00-00
Page 51
Nov 01/09
CES
**ON A/C 051-099,
Data from the L/G systems is shown on the WHEEL page of the systems
display (Ref. 31-60-00).
Refer to (Ref. 32-61-00) for the L/G configuration and fault warnings.
For other warnings refer to the specified chapter.
8. _________
BITE Test
EFF :
ALL 32-00-00
Page 52
Feb 01/10
CES
ECAM WHEEL Page Display
Figure 012A
R
EFF :
051-099, 32-00-00
Page 53
Nov 01/09
CES
ECAM WHEEL Page Display
Figure 012B
R
EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
32-00-00
Page 54
Feb 01/10
CES
ECAM WHEEL Page Display
Figure 012C
R
EFF :
251-299, 32-00-00
Page 55
Nov 01/09
CES
R **ON A/C 051-099, 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
R 528-599,
R
EFF : 051-099, 234-235, 239-249, 305-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
32-00-00
Page 56
Feb 01/10
CES
LANDING GEAR - GENERAL - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
______________________________________________
TASK 32-00-00-481-001
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-00-00
Page 201
Nov 01/09
CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-00-00-860-051
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Put a WARNING NOTICE in position to tell persons not to operate the
landing gear or the landing gear doors.
(3) Make sure that the wheel chocks are correctly installed.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-00-00-481-050
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT, IF THE LANDING GEAR DOORS ARE OPEN, THEY ARE
_______
SAFETIED BEFORE YOU INSTALL THE LANDING GEAR SAFETY-DEVICES. IF
THE LANDING GEAR DOORS ARE OPEN BUT NOT SAFETIED THERE IS A
RISK THAT THEY CAN CLOSE AND CAUSE INJURY.
(b) Make sure that the piston rod of each lock stay actuating
cylinder is clean.
NOTE : There are four alternative tools that can be used for this
____
task:
- SLEEVE-GROUND LOCK (460007280), SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK
(DRT68031), SLEEVE-GROUND LOCK (DRT68923) or NOT
PROCURABLE (460005833).
R (c) Remove the pin and open the GROUND LOCK SLEEVE.
(d) Make sure that the GROUND LOCK SLEEVE is clean and in the correct
condition.
EFF :
ALL 32-00-00
Page 202
May 01/09
CES
Main and Nose Landing-Gears Safety-Devices
Figure 201/TASK 32-00-00-991-002
R
EFF :
ALL 32-00-00
Page 203
Feb 01/08
CES
(e) Put the GROUND LOCK SLEEVE in position on the piston rod of each
lock stay actuating cylinder.
(f) Close the GROUND LOCK SLEEVE and install the pin from the inboard
side.
(b) Make sure that the holes in the NLG lock stay are aligned.
NOTE : There are two alternative tools that can be used for this
____
task:
R - PIN-GROUND LOCK,NLG (D23080000) or PIN-LOCKING
(MZ23080000).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-00-00-942-058
A. Removal of Equipment
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-00-00
Page 204
Nov 01/09
CES
R TASK 32-00-00-081-001
R WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
R START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
R - THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
R - THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
R - THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
R - COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
R GEAR.
R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R Self Explanatory
R 2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R B. Referenced Information
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-00-00
Page 205
Nov 01/08
CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-00-00-941-063
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that there is a WARNING NOTICE to tell persons not to
operate:
- the landing gear
- the landing gear doors.
(3) Make sure that the wheel chocks are correctly installed.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-00-00-081-050
(b) Remove the SLEEVE-GROUND LOCK from the lock stay of the MLG.
R (a) Remove the PIN-GROUND LOCK,NLG from the lock stay of the NLG.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-00-00-942-064
A. Removal of Equipment
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 32-00-00
Page 206
Nov 01/09
CES
R (4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
R standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-00-00
Page 207
Nov 01/08
CES
TASK 32-00-00-481-002
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
EFF :
ALL 32-00-00
Page 208
Nov 01/08
CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-00-00-860-052
(a) Make sure that the piston rod of the MLG door actuating cylinder
is clean.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-00-00-481-051
(a) Remove the pins (1) and open the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK (460005835)
or the SLEEVE-GROUND LOCK (DAH602734).
(b) Make sure that the ground lock sleeve is in a clean and correct
condition.
(c) Put a ground lock sleeve in position on the piston rod of each of
the MLG door actuating cylinders.
(d) Close the ground lock sleeve and install the pins (1) from the
top.
(a) Make sure that the holes in the NLG doors and the hinges are
aligned.
(b) Make sure that each SAFETY PIN - NLG DOOR is in a clean and
correct condition.
EFF :
ALL 32-00-00
Page 209
Nov 01/08
R
CES
Main and Nose Landing-Gear Doors Safety-Devices
Figure 202/TASK 32-00-00-991-003
EFF :
ALL 32-00-00
Page 210
Nov 01/08
R
CES
(d) Make sure that the flag is in view.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-00-00-942-059
A. Removal of Equipment
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-00-00
Page 211
Nov 01/08
R
CES
R TASK 32-00-00-081-002
R WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
R START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
R - THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
R - THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
R - THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
R - COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
R GEAR.
R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R Self Explanatory
R 2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R B. Referenced Information
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-00-00
Page 212
Nov 01/08
CES
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 32-00-00-941-062
R A. Safety Precautions
R (2) Make sure that there is a WARNING NOTICE to tell persons not to
R operate:
R - the landing gear or
R - the landing gear doors.
R (3) Make sure that the wheel chocks are correctly installed.
R Subtask 32-00-00-010-056
R B. Get Access
R (1) Make sure that the applicable ground door-opening handle(s) is(are)
R set to open:
R - for the MLG doors (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001)
R - for the NLG doors (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-010-001).
R 4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 32-00-00-081-051
R (b) Remove the SLEEVE-GROUND LOCK from each of the piston rods of the
R MLG door actuating cylinders.
R (a) Remove the SAFETY PIN - NLG DOOR from the holes in each NLG door
R and hinge.
EFF :
ALL 32-00-00
Page 213
Nov 01/08
CES
R Subtask 32-00-00-410-051
R 5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 32-00-00-942-065
R A. Removal of Equipment
R (1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
R items.
R (4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
R standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-00-00
Page 214
Nov 01/08
CES
TASK 32-00-00-481-003
To Make the Landing Gear and the Doors Safe after a Free-Fall Extension
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To make the landing gears and the landing gear doors safe for maintenance
after the free-fall extension system has been operated in flight.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-00-00
Page 215
Nov 01/09
CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-00-00-860-053
R (3) Put a WARNING NOTICE in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate
the landing gear or the landing gear doors.
(4) If necessary, depressurise the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-
10-00-864-001).
NOTE : To put the landing gear back to the normal mode (after a
____
free-fall extension refer to (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-003).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-00-00-481-052
Subtask 32-00-00-200-050
(1) Inspect the lateral and central door ramp on each MLG door. Make sure
that there is no sign of:
- damage/wear to the surface of each ramp
- corrosion on the surface of each ramp.
EFF :
ALL 32-00-00
Page 216
Nov 01/09
CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-00-00-942-060
A. Removal of Equipment
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(3) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-00-00
Page 217
Nov 01/08
R
CES
TASK 32-00-00-860-001
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-00-00
Page 218
Feb 01/09
CES
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-00-00-860-057
R (2) On the ELEC panel 35VU, make sure that the BAT1 and BAT2 pushbutton
R switches are released (out).
R (3) On the ELEC panel 35VU, set the EXT PWR pushbutton switch to the OFF
position.
R (4) On the panel 2000VU, set the MAINT BUS switch to the OFF position.
EFF :
ALL 32-00-00
Page 219
Nov 01/09
CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-00-00-865-051
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-00-00
Page 220
Feb 01/10
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU ENGINE/IGN/ENG1/SYS B 3JH1 P41
121VU ENGINE/IGN/ENG2/SYS A BAT 2JH2 P40
121VU ENGINE/IGN/ENG1/SYS A BAT 2JH1 P39
121VU EIS/F/O/LOUD/SPKR 4WW P08
121VU ENGINE/ENG2/FADEC B 4KS2 Q40
121VU ENGINE/ENG1/FADEC B/AND EIU 1 4KS1 R41
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/CTL 1701GK R35
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/MONG 1702GK R34
122VU ELEC/GCU/2 2XU2 T27
122VU ELEC/GCU/1 2XU1 T26
122VU ANTI ICE/WINDOWS/R 4DG2 W14
122VU ANTI ICE/WHC/2 5DG2 W13
122VU ANTI ICE/WINDOWS/L 4DG1 X14
122VU ANTI ICE/WHC/1 5DG1 X13
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PHC/3 2DA3 Y16
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/TAT 1DA2 Y15
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/PITOT 3DA2 Y14
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/AOA 4DA2 Y13
R 122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PHC/2 2DA2 Y12
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/STATIC 5DA2 Y11
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/PITOT 3DA3 Z16
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/AOA 4DA3 Z15
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/STATIC 5DA3 Z14
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/1/STATIC 5DA1 Z13
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/1/TAT 1DA1 Z12
123VU ANTI ICE/L/WHSLD 1DG1 AF10
123VU ANTI ICE/R/WHSLD 1DG2 AF03
2000VU WASTE WIP-DRAINMAST-FWD 1DU B06
2001VU WASTE WIP-DRAINMAST-AFT 11DU E01
EFF :
ALL 32-00-00
Page 221
Feb 01/10
CES
R **ON A/C ALL
Subtask 32-00-00-869-053
CAUTION : DO NOT PUT THE AIRCRAFT BACK TO THE GROUND CONFIGURATION WHILE
_______
THE AVIONICS-COMPARTMENT VENTILATION SYSTEM IS RECONFIGURED. IF
YOU DO, THERE IS A RISK THAT THE EQUIPMENT IN THE AVIONICS
COMPARTMENT WILL BECOME TOO HOT.
(2) To put power back to the aircraft, do one or the two of the steps
that follow:
(a) On the ELEC panel 35VU, set the EXT PWR pushbutton switch to the
ON position.
(b) On the panel 2000VU, set the MAINT BUS switch to the ON position.
R (3) On the ELEC panel 35VU, push (in) the BAT1 and BAT2 pushbutton
R switches.
Subtask 32-00-00-869-054
(1) When you have done the maintenance tasks necessary, do the ground
configuration after flight configuration with electrical power
procedure (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-002).
EFF :
ALL 32-00-00
Page 222
Nov 01/09
CES
TASK 32-00-00-860-002
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To put the aircraft back to the correct (ground) condition after it was in a
flight configuration with electrical power.
NOTE : Do this task only if you have done the Flight Configuration
____
Precautions with Electrical Power procedure (Ref. TASK
32-00-00-860-00100).
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-00-00-869-055
R (1) On the ELEC panel 35VU, make sure that the BAT1 and BAT2 pushbutton
R switches are released (out).
R (2) On the ELEC panel 35VU, set the EXT PWR pushbutton switch to the OFF
position.
R (3) On the panel 2000VU, set the MAINT BUS switch to the OFF position.
EFF :
ALL 32-00-00
Page 223
Nov 01/09
CES
R (4) Put the avionics compartment ventilation system back to the normal
ground configuration (Ref. TASK 21-26-00-860-001).
4. Procedure
_________
CAUTION : YOU MUST CLOSE THE CIRCUIT BREAKERS OPENED FOR AIRCRAFT FLIGHT
_______
CONFIGURATION WHEN THE MAINTENANCE WORK IS COMPLETED.
DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT CAN OCCUR IF THEY STAY OPEN.
Subtask 32-00-00-865-052
A. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
R 1DA1, 1DA2, 2DA1, 2DA2, 2DA3, 3DA1, 3DA2, 3DA3, 4DA1, 4DA2, 4DA3, 5DA1,
R 5DA2, 5DA3, 5DG1, 5DG2, 1DG1, 1DG2, 4DG1, 4DG2, 1DU, 11DU, 21DU, 2XU1,
R 2XU2, 1701GK, 1702GK, 2702GJ, 2KS1, 2KS2, 4KS1, 4KS2, 1JH, 2JH1, 2JH2,
R 3JH1, 3JH2, 1RE1, 1RE2, 1SA1, 1SA2, 4SG, 5SH1, 5SH2, 7TU, 4WW, 5WW.
Subtask 32-00-00-860-060
R (1) To put power back to the aircraft, do one or the two of the steps
R that follow:
(a) On the ELEC panel 35VU, set the EXT PWR pushbutton switch to the
ON position.
(b) On the panel 2000VU, set the MAINT BUS switch to the ON position.
R (2) On the ELEC panel 35VU, push (in) the BAT1 and BAT2 pushbutton
R switches.
EFF :
ALL 32-00-00
Page 224
Nov 01/09
CES
TASK 32-00-00-860-001- 01
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
NOTE : Do this task only if electrical power is not necessary for subsequent
____
maintenance tasks. If electrical power is necessary, do the Flight
Configuration Precautions with Electrical Power procedure (Ref. TASK
R 32-00-00-860-001).
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-00-00-860-063
A. Not Applicable
EFF :
ALL 32-00-00
Page 225
Feb 01/09
CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-00-00-860-067
(1) On the ELEC panel 35VU, set the EXT PWR pushbutton switch to the OFF
position.
(2) On the panel 2000VU, set the MAINT BUS switch to the OFF position.
Subtask 32-00-00-869-065
(1) When you have done the maintenance tasks necessary, do the ground
configuration after flight configuration without electrical power
procedure (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-002).
EFF :
ALL 32-00-00
Page 226
Nov 01/08
R
CES
TASK 32-00-00-860-002- 01
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To put the aircraft back to the correct (ground) configuration after it was
in a flight configuration without electrical power.
NOTE : Do this task only if you have done the Flight Configuration
____
Precautions without Electrical Power procedure (Ref. TASK
32-00-00-860-00101).
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
Not Applicable
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-00-00-869-066
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-00-00-860-068
(1) On the ELEC panel 35VU, set the EXT PWR pushbutton switch to the ON
position.
(2) On the panel 2000VU, set the MAINT BUS switch to the ON position.
EFF :
ALL 32-00-00
Page 227
Nov 01/08
R
CES
TASK 32-00-00-860-003
To Put the Landing Gear System back to the Normal Mode after a Free-Fall
Extension
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To put the landing gear system back to the normal mode after the free-fall
system has been operated in flight (and the landing gear and doors safetied
Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-003).
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-00-00
Page 228
Feb 01/10
CES
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-00-00-941-058
R (1) Make sure that the landing gear and doors are safetied (Ref. TASK 32-
00-00-481-003).
R (3) Remove the SAFETY PIN - NLG DOOR (98D32203502000) from the linkage of
each forward NLG door.
R (4) Remove the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK (460005835) from the actuating
cylinder of each MLG door.
EFF :
ALL 32-00-00
Page 229
Feb 01/10
CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-00-00-867-050
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE LANDING GEAR ARE CLEAR.
_______
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE
_______
ACTUATING CYLINDERS OF THE LANDING GEAR LOCK-STAYS.
(1) Make sure that the travel ranges of the landing gear doors are clear.
CAUTION : DO NOT TURN THE GRAVITY GEAR EXTENSION HANDLE MORE THAN 3
_______
FULL TURNS. THIS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE FREE FALL
EXTENSION SYSTEM.
(a) Turn the GRAVITY GEAR EXTN handle counterclockwise three full
turns at a rate of one full turn every 5 seconds.
(4) Put the GRAVITY GEAR EXTN handle in the stowed position.
(5) Open the MLG doors (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001) for access.
(6) Open the NLG doors (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-010-001) for access.
R (8) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) below the applicable component that
R you will examine.
(9) Make sure that the rigging pin holes on the following components are
aligned:
- the three landing gear uplocks
- the three landing gear door uplocks
- the two landing gear vent valves
- the landing gear cut-out valve.
R
EFF :
ALL 32-00-00
Page 230
Feb 01/10
CES
NLG Rigging Pin Hole Locations
Figure 203/TASK 32-00-00-991-004
EFF :
ALL 32-00-00
Page 231
Nov 01/08
R
CES
MLG Rigging Pin Hole Locations
Figure 204/TASK 32-00-00-991-005- 12 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
ALL 32-00-00
Page 232
Nov 01/08
R
CES
MLG Rigging Pin Hole Locations
Figure 204/TASK 32-00-00-991-005- 22 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
ALL 32-00-00
Page 233
Nov 01/08
R
CES
- for the NLG, adjust the NLG mechanical system (Ref. TASK 32-
33-00-820-002)
- for the MLG, adjust the MLG mechanical system (Ref. TASK 32-
33-00-820-004).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-00-00-942-054
A. Removal of Equipment
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-00-00
Page 234
Feb 01/10
R
CES
TASK 32-00-00-869-001
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To put the aircraft into simulated ground configuration when the aircraft is
on jacks.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-00-00
Page 235
Feb 01/10
R
CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
R
32-00-00
Page 236
Feb 01/10
CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-00-00-941-059
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are installed on the landing
gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
Subtask 32-00-00-860-055
WARNING : OPEN THE WINDOW HEAT CIRCUIT-BREAKERS 4DG1 AND 4DG2, AND THE
_______
WINDSHIELD HEATER CIRCUIT-BREAKERS 1DG1 AND 1DG2, BEFORE YOU
OPEN THE WHC CIRCUIT-BREAKERS 5DG1 AND 5DG2.
IF YOU DO NOT OBEY THIS SEQUENCE:
- THE WINDOWS AND WINDSHIELDS WILL BECOME TOO HOT,
- THIS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT AND INJURY TO PERSONNEL.
WARNING : OPEN CIRCUIT BREAKERS 1JH, 2JH1, 2JH2, 3JH1 AND 3JH2 (ENGINE 1
_______
AND 2 IGNITION SYSTEMS).
THEN OPEN CIRCUIT BREAKERS 2KS1 AND 2KS2 (FADEC A AND EIU 1 AND
2) AND 4KS1 (FADEC B AND EIU 1).
IF YOU DO NOT OBEY THIS SEQUENCE, THE ENGINE AUTOMATIC
IGNITION- SYSTEM WILL OPERATE. THIS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO
MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL.
(1) Make sure that the flight configuration precautions have been
completed (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-00-00
Page 237
Nov 01/09
CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-00-00-869-056
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-00-00-942-061
A. Removal of Equipment
(1) Remove the PLATE - SIMULATION from the NLG, LH MLG and RH MLG
extension proximity sensors.
(3) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(5) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-00-00
Page 238
Nov 01/08
R
CES
TASK 32-00-00-480-001
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-00-00
Page 239
Feb 01/10
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-00-00-941-060
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are installed on the landing
gear and the landing gear doors (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001) and
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-002).
(4) Make sure that a WARNING NOTICE is in position to tell persons not to
pressurize:
- the Green hydraulic system
- the Yellow hydraulic system.
Subtask 32-00-00-860-058
(1) Make sure that the isolation coupling of the PTU is disconnected
(Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-001).
(2) Make sure that the Yellow and Green Hydraulic Systems are
depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002) and (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
864-001).
(4) Make sure that the access platform is in position below the
applicable side-stay, at zone 733 or 743.
EFF :
ALL 32-00-00
Page 240
Feb 01/10
R
CES
Subtask 32-00-00-865-056
C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-00-00-480-050
WARNING : DURING THIS TEST, THE LOCK-STAY MUST STAY IN THE LOCKED OVER-
_______
CENTER POSITION. DO NOT ADJUST THE SPRING EXPANSION TOOL OR THE
LOCK-STAY BRACE TOOL TO MOVE THE LOCK-STAY INTO THE UNLOCKED
OVER-CENTER POSITION.
(1) Install the MLG spring expander tool (Ref. TASK 32-11-19-481-001).
R (d) Use the TOOL-HOLDING (460006437) to hold the pin (8) and remove
the bolt (10).
(e) Remove the tab washer (11) and the sleeve (12). Discard the tab
washer (11).
(f) Adjust the spring expander tool driving nut, until the pin (2)
can be easily turned by hand.
EFF :
ALL 32-00-00
Page 241
Feb 01/10
CES
MLG Lockstay Actuator Brace Tool
Figure 205/TASK 32-00-00-991-006
EFF :
ALL 32-00-00
Page 242
Nov 01/08
R
CES
MLG Lockstay Actuator Brace Tool
Figure 206/TASK 32-00-00-991-007
EFF :
ALL 32-00-00
Page 243
Nov 01/08
R
CES
(3) Hold the actuating cylinder (7) (weight 3.3 kg (7.2752 lb)) and
remove:
- the pin (2)
- the washers (1) and (6)
- the pin (8)
- the washers (9).
(4) Remove the actuating cylinder (7). Temporarily attach the actuating
cylinder to the adjacent structure.
NOTE : Do not let the cylinder weight be held by the hoses only. This
____
may cause damage to the hoses.
(5) Install the LOCK, STAY BRACE TOOL (DRT68864) (13) as follows:
(a) Replace the removed lockstay actuator (7) with the LOCK, STAY
BRACE TOOL (13).
(c) Adjust the length of the LOCK, STAY BRACE TOOL by turning the
adjuster-nut (16). Set the brace tool length so that its ends
align with the sidestay and lockstay attachments.
(6) Attach the lockstay actuator to the LOCK, STAY BRACE TOOL (13) as
follows:
(a) Release and open the clamps (20) on the support-arms (18) and
(21).
(b) Put the lockstay actuator (7) on the LOCK, STAY BRACE TOOL (13).
EFF :
ALL 32-00-00
Page 244
Nov 01/08
R
CES
(c) Position the lockstay actuator (7) in the support arms (18) and
(21). Make sure that it is clear of the adjacent aircraft
structure. If the lockstay actuator touches the side-stay or wing
structure, adjust as follows:
1
_ Loosen screws (19) on the brace tool (13).
2
_ Move the support arms (18) and (21) until there is sufficient
clearance.
3
_ Tighten screws (19) to hold the support arms (18) and (21) in
position.
(d) Adjust the spindles (17) until the support clamps (20) can be
closed. Make sure that the clamps put sufficient pressure on the
lockstay actuator to hold it in position during the test.
EFF :
ALL 32-00-00
Page 245
Nov 01/08
R
CES
TASK 32-00-00-080-001
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
CAUTION : WHEN YOU DO A MAINTENANCE TASK THAT USES COMMON GREASE, USE ONLY
_______
GREASES OF THE SAME SPECIFICATION (IT IS PERMITTED TO USE DIFFERENT
BRANDS IF THEIR SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE SAME). DO NOT MIX GREASES THAT
HAVE CLAY THICKENERS WITH GREASES THAT HAVE LITHIUM THICKENERS. THIS
MIXTURE CAN CHANGE THE LUBRICATION PROPERTIES OF THE GREASE. IF YOU
USE GREASES OF DIFFERENT TYPES (SPECIALLY THOSE WITH CLAY THICKENERS
AND LITHIUM THICKENERS), DECREASE THE SERVICE INTERVALS OF THE
AIRCRAFT (BY HALF, FOR EXAMPLE) SPECIFIED IN THE MAINTENANCE PLANNING
DOCUMENT. DO THIS FOR APPROXIMATELY THREE OR FOUR SERVICES (REFER TO
YOUR IN-SERVICE DATA TO FIND THE NUMBER OF SERVICES BEST ADAPTED TO
YOUR AIRCRAFT).
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-00-00
Page 246
Feb 01/10
CES
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-00-00
Page 247
Nov 01/09
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-00-00-941-061
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are installed on the landing
gear and the landing gear doors (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001) and
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-002).
R (4) Make sure that a WARNING NOTICE is in position to tell persons not to
R pressurize:
R - the Green hydraulic system
R - the Yellow hydraulic system.
R
Subtask 32-00-00-860-059
(1) Make sure that the isolation coupling of the PTU is disconnected
(Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-001).
(2) Make sure that the Yellow and Green Hydraulic Systems are
depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002) and (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
864-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-00-00
Page 248
Nov 01/09
CES
(4) Make sure that the access platform is in position below the
applicable side-stay, at zone 733 or 743.
Subtask 32-00-00-865-057
C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-00-00-080-050
WARNING : DURING THIS TEST, THE LOCK-STAY MUST STAY IN THE LOCKED OVER-
_______
CENTER POSITION. DO NOT ADJUST THE SPRING EXPANSION TOOL OR THE
LOCK-STAY BRACE TOOL TO MOVE THE LOCK-STAY INTO THE UNLOCKED
OVER-CENTER POSITION.
(1) Remove the lockstay actuator from the LOCK, STAY BRACE TOOL
(DRT68864) (13) as follows:
(a) Release and open the clamps (20) on the support arms (18) and
(21).
(b) Remove the actuating cylinder (7) (weight 3.3 kg (7.2752 lb))
from the LOCK, STAY BRACE TOOL (13). Temporarily attach the
actuating cylinder to the adjacent structure.
NOTE : Do not let the cylinder weight be held by the hoses only.
____
This may cause damage to the hoses.
EFF :
ALL 32-00-00
Page 249
Nov 01/08
CES
(c) Remove the pin (2) and the washer (1).
(a) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with a
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-026).
(b) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed components are
clean and in the correct condition.
NOTE : In the step that follows, make sure that the Materials No.
____
04-004 and No. 04-022 are not mixed together. Do not use
them at the same time (Ref. SIL 12-008).
(d) Lubricate the pins (2) and (8) and the attachment lugs of the
sidestay and the lockstay with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-
004) or COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022).
(e) Hold the actuating cylinder (7) in the correct position at the
lockstay. Install the pin (2), the washer (1) and the washers
(6). The washers (6) are installed on the two sides of the
eye-end of the actuating cylinder (7).
(f) Align the other end of the actuating cylinder (7) in the sidestay
and install the pin (8).
(g) Install the washers (9), one on each side of the actuating
cylinder (7).
(i) TORQUE the nut (4) to between 0.46 and 0.70 m.daN (40.70 and
61.94 lbf.in).
EFF :
ALL 32-00-00
Page 250
Nov 01/08
CES
(j) Safety the nut (4) with the new cotter pin (5).
(k) Install the sleeve (12), the new tab washer (11) and the bolt
(10).
R (l) Use the TOOL-HOLDING (460006437) to hold the pin (8) and TORQUE
the bolt (10) to between 0.83 and 1.24 m.daN (73.45 and 109.73
lbf.in).
(m) Bend the tabs of the tab washer (11) to safety the bolt (10).
(o) Lubricate the greasers on the actuating cylinder (7) (Ref. TASK
12-22-32-640-001).
(4) Remove the MLG spring expander tool (Ref. TASK 32-11-19-081-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-00-00-865-059
A. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1GA, 2GA, 52GA.
Subtask 32-00-00-942-063
B. Removal of Equipment
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-00-00
Page 251
Feb 01/10
CES
MAIN GEAR AND DOORS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_______________________________________________
1. General
_______
The Main Landing Gear (MLG) retracts into bays on the underside of the
aircraft. The MLG bays are closed by the MLG doors (Ref. 32-12-00).
R
2. __________________
Component Location
The MLG (Ref. 32-11-00) is in the wing between the rear spar and gear rib 5
at zones 730 and 740. They support the aircraft on the ground and absorb
loads during landing, take off and taxi.
3. __________________
System Description
The MLG legs have twin wheels, each wheel has a multi-disc brake unit (Ref.
32-40-00).
4. ____________
Power Supply
Not applicable
5. Interface
_________
Not applicable
6. _____________________
Component Description
Not applicable
7. ________________________________
Operation/Control and Indicating
Proximity sensors on the MLG and the MLG doors give position data to the
Landing Gear Control and Interface Unit (LGCIU).
EFF :
ALL 32-10-00
Page 1
Feb 01/02
CES
R Main Landing-Gear Leg and Doors
Figure 001
EFF :
ALL 32-10-00
Page 2
Feb 01/02
CES
- a fixed fairing door that is attached to the MLG leg
- a hinged door that is attached to the underside of the wing
- a main door that is hydraulically operated and closes the section of the
fuselage after the MLG has retracted or extended.
8. _________
BITE Test
Not applicable
EFF :
ALL 32-10-00
Page 3
Feb 01/98
CES
MAIN GEAR - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_____________________________________
1. General
_______
The main landing gear (MLG) has two leg assemblies. The MLG legs, each with
a twin-wheel assembly, are installed in the wings. They retract inboard into
bays in the fuselage. The MLG supports the aircraft on the ground and
(through the shock absorbers in the legs) absorbs the loads during landing,
take-off and taxiing. When an MLG is extended, a side-stay assembly prevents
sideways movement of the MLG and helps keep it extended.
2. __________________
Component Location
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2501GM LEG ASSY-MLG, L 731 32-11-11
2502GM LEG ASSY-MLG, R 741 32-11-11
2505GM SIDE STAY ASSY-MLG, L 731 32-11-16
2506GM SIDE STAY ASSY-MLG, R 741 32-11-16
2823GM DAMPER-TORQUE LINK, MLG L 731 32-11-29
2824GM DAMPER-TORQUE LINK, MLG R 741 32-11-29
3. __________________
System Description
EFF :
ALL 32-11-00
Page 1
Feb 01/10
CES
Main Landing Gear
Figure 001
R
EFF :
001-003, 051-052, 32-11-00
Page 2
Aug 01/08
CES
Main Landing Gear
Figure 001A
R
EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-11-00
Page 3
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
MLG Leg Geometry
Figure 002 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
ALL 32-11-00
Page 4
Aug 01/08
CES
MLG Leg Geometry
Figure 002 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
ALL 32-11-00
Page 5
Aug 01/08
CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
R
32-11-00
Page 6
Aug 01/08
CES
MLG Leg and Dressings
Figure 003
R
EFF :
001-003, 051-052, 32-11-00
Page 7
Aug 01/08
CES
R **ON A/C 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Each MLG leg has two primary structural components, which are the main
fitting and the sliding tube. Each of these components is a one-piece
assembly and contains the shock absorber.
C. Torque Links
The upper torque-link and the lower torque-link align the axle. They
attach to the lugs at the front of the main fitting and the sliding tube.
There is a torque-link damper at the interface of the upper and lower
torque-links. The torque-link damper absorbs the vibrations that can
occur during landing.
D. Side-Stay Assembly
A two-piece side-stay assembly connects the MLG leg main-fitting and the
wing structure. It prevents the movement of the landing-gear leg
sideways. The side-stay assembly is locked in the down position by a
two-piece lock-stay assembly.
E. Retraction Actuator
EFF :
ALL 32-11-00
Page 8
Feb 01/10
CES
MLG Leg and Dressings
Figure 003A
R
EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-11-00
Page 9
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
F. Inflation Valve
The main fitting and the sliding tube each have an inflation valve. The
valves are used to fill the shock absorber with hydraulic fluid and
nitrogen.
G. Dressings
Between the main fitting and the sliding tube there is a slave link. It
holds the electrical cables and the hydraulic pipes, to make sure they do
not catch on the wheels.
The hydraulic pipes and the electrical harness are in rigid and flexible
conduits. The conduit routing gives:
- protection from runway debris, birdstrikes and flailing tire treads
- maximum separation of the two systems.
4. Power
____________
Supply
Not Applicable.
5. Interface
_________
EFF :
ALL 32-11-00
Page 10
Feb 01/10
CES
MLG Interface
Figure 004
R
EFF :
236-238,
001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233, 32-11-00
Page 11
Nov 01/09
CES
MLG Interface
Figure 004A
R
EFF : 051-099, 234-235, 239-249, 305-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
32-11-00
Page 12
Feb 01/10
CES
MLG Interface
Figure 004B
R
EFF :
251-299, 301-304, 32-11-00
Page 13
Nov 01/09
CES
**ON A/C ALL
6. _____________________
Component Description
The MLG leg has a main fitting and a sliding tube, which together make the
shock absorber. The torque-links align the main fitting and sliding tube,
but lets vertical movement between the parts occur. A torque link damper
decreases the landing vibrations through the torque links.
A MLG retraction actuating cylinder extends and retracts the MLG (Ref.
32-31-00).
A. Main Fitting
EFF :
ALL 32-11-00
Page 14
Feb 01/10
CES
MLG Mountings
Figure 005
R
EFF :
ALL 32-11-00
Page 15
Aug 01/08
CES
MLG Forward Bearing
Figure 006
R
EFF :
051-052, 32-11-00
Page 16
Aug 01/08
CES
**ON A/C ALL
To prevent possible stress points, the main fitting does not have
screw-threads or screw-thread inserts.
The external lugs and brackets on the main fitting hold these parts:
- the MLG retraction-actuating-cylinder
- the lock stay
- the brake manifold
- the fixed fairing
- the uplock pin
- the side-stay assembly
- the upper torque-link
- the spare-seal activating-valve
- the upper slave-link
- a beam (to install or remove the MLG during maintenance).
The barrel of the main fitting is a cylinder, closed at the top, which
makes the outer part of the shock absorber. The main fitting contains a
diaphragm and tube assembly, which makes the top of the shock absorber. A
pin connects the diaphragm and the tube assembly. This pin is in the two
lateral holes in the main fitting, and contains the shock-absorber
charging-valve.
EFF :
ALL 32-11-00
Page 17
Aug 01/08
R
CES
MLG Forward Bearing
Figure 006A
R
EFF :
ALL 32-11-00
Page 18
Aug 01/08
CES
MLG Rear Bearing
Figure 007
EFF :
ALL 32-11-00
Page 19
Aug 01/08
R
CES
**ON A/C 001-003, 051-052,
A drag stay between the main fitting and the forward end of the hollow
tube holds the MLG retraction actuator. A lug bolted on the drag stay,
connects the lock stay.
The forward and the aft fitting assemblies transmit vertical loads (and
small drag loads caused by friction) to the airframe.
A drag stay between the main fitting and the forward end of the hollow
tube holds the MLG retraction actuator. A machined lug on the drag stay
connects the lock stay.
The forward and the aft fitting assemblies transmit vertical loads (and
small drag loads caused by friction) to the airframe.
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-11-00
Page 20
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
**ON A/C ALL
B. Sliding Tube
The axle and sliding tube are a one-piece item. The shock-absorber (main
fitting) lower-bearing is put as low as possible to reduce the bending
moments on the sliding tube. It also makes the structure lighter.
EFF :
ALL 32-11-00
Page 21
Feb 01/10
CES
MLG Shock Absorber - Schematic
Figure 008
EFF :
ALL 32-11-00
Page 22
Aug 01/08
R
CES
MLG Shock Absorber - Sectional View
Figure 009
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-11-00
Page 23
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
MLG Shock Absorber - Sectional View
Figure 009A
R
EFF :
301-399, 32-11-00
Page 24
Aug 01/08
CES
**ON A/C 301-399,
The axle and sliding tube are a one-piece item. The shock-absorber (main
fitting) lower-bearing is put as low as possible to reduce the bending
moments on the sliding tube. It also makes the structure lighter.
The towing lugs are below the torque-link-lugs. The debogging lugs are on
the rear face of the slave-link bracket. (It is not necessary to remove
the components of the main leg to use the towing or debogging lugs).
The axle has sleeves, which give the axle protection. Brake
mounting-flanges are machined as part of the axle, to hold each brake
unit. The brake unit connects to the flange by nine dowels and three
bolts. The positions of the dowels and bolts prevent incorrect assembly.
The debogging lugs are on the rear face of the slave-link bracket. (It is
not necessary to remove the components of the main leg to use the
debogging lugs).
The axle has sleeves, which give the axle protection. Brake
mounting-flanges are machined as part of the axle, to hold each brake
unit. The brake unit connects to the flange by nine dowels and three
bolts. The positions of the dowels and bolts prevent incorrect assembly.
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-11-00
Page 25
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
**ON A/C ALL
C. Shock Absorber
When the shock absorber compresses, the load transmits to the hydraulic
fluid and nitrogen gas. The recoil stroke is slow to make sure that the
aircraft does not become airborne again.
The shock absorber is a two stage unit and contains four chambers:
- a 1st stage gas chamber contains an LP gas pressure and some hydraulic
fluid
- a recoil chamber that contains hydraulic fluid
- a compression chamber that contains hydraulic fluid
- a 2nd stage gas chamber that contains a HP gas pressure.
The damping tube, which contains the first stage orifice, attaches to the
head of the 2nd stage cylinder and has a fluid connection. The movement
of the damping tube through the orifice block decreases the fluid flow in
the 1st stage damping. This increases the damping effect. A floating
piston in the 2nd stage cylinder separates the hydraulic fluid of the
compression chamber and the gas of the 2nd stage chamber. During a
compression stroke, the floating piston does not move down until the gas
pressures of the 1st and the 2nd stage chambers are equal.
EFF :
ALL 32-11-00
Page 26
Feb 01/10
CES
(1) Upper Bearing
The tube of the diaphragm and tube sub-assembly goes into the open
top of the sliding tube. The top part of the tube has four holes in
the area of the gas chamber. These holes permit fast separation of
the fluid and the gas when the MLG leg goes from the retracted to the
extended position.
You can remove the shock absorber from the main fitting while it is
on the aircraft. You must remove the lateral retaining pin and the
main-gland lower-bearing assembly first. (To get the sufficient
ground clearance, it is necessary to increase the jacked height of
the aircraft).
EFF :
ALL 32-11-00
Page 27
Aug 01/08
R
CES
MLG Shock Absorber - Upper Bearing
Figure 010
EFF :
ALL 32-11-00
Page 28
Aug 01/08
R
CES
MLG Shock Absorber - Upper Diaphragm
Figure 011
EFF :
ALL 32-11-00
Page 29
Aug 01/08
R
CES
(3) Gland-Housing Assembly
Three threaded pins attach the gland housing and the bearing to the
barrel of the main fitting. The threaded pins have greasers to
lubricate the bearing.
EFF :
ALL 32-11-00
Page 30
Feb 01/10
CES
MLG Shock Absorber - Gland Housing Sub-Assembly and Spare Seal Activating-Valve
Figure 012
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-11-00
Page 31
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
MLG Shock Absorber - Gland Housing Sub-Assembly and Spare Seal Activating-Valve
Figure 012A
R
EFF :
301-399, 32-11-00
Page 32
Aug 01/08
CES
**ON A/C ALL
The spare seal operates when you remove the cap screw and turn the
threaded valve-stem in. This puts the ball valve on its seat, which
isolates the bottom gland seals and causes the top gland seals to
seal the joint.
The torque-link damper has a damper body with a reservoir at the top and
a check valve at the bottom. A bleed screw and a bleed plug are installed
in the top of the reservoir. The torque-link damper is on the bottom of
the upper torque-link and operates through the apex bolt from the lower
torque link.
The hydraulic fluid contents of the damper are shown by the extension of
the reservoir when it is pressurized. When the contents are correct, the
words FULL and REFILL are in view. If the contents are not correct,
only the word REFILL is in view.
EFF :
ALL 32-11-00
Page 33
Feb 01/10
CES
MLG Torque-Link Damper
Figure 013
EFF :
ALL 32-11-00
Page 34
Aug 01/08
R
CES
MLG Side Stay
Figure 014
R
EFF :
001-003, 051-052, 32-11-00
Page 35
Aug 01/08
CES
MLG Side Stay
Figure 014A
R
EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-11-00
Page 36
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,
R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
The side stay assembly is between the rear spar of the wing and the main
fitting of the MLG leg. A cardan (universal) joint connects the side stay
assembly at each position. These joints let each connection point turn
around two axes.
The basic side stay has two links with a central pivot pin. The upper
link is an H section member that has bushed lugs. These attach to
the lock-stay actuator, the lock springs and the lock stay. The lower
link is also H section, that has forked ends. The cardan joints
connect the side-stay to the wing structure and the main fitting.
The lock stay gives the mechanical downlock for the main landing
gear. It has two H section links that move around a central pin.
The forked ends attach the lock stay to the basic side-stay and to
the main fitting.
EFF :
ALL 32-11-00
Page 37
Feb 01/10
CES
MLG Side Stay - Lower Cardan Joint
Figure 015
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-11-00
Page 38
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
MLG Side Stay - Lower Cardan Joint
Figure 015A
R
EFF :
301-399, 32-11-00
Page 39
Aug 01/08
CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
R
32-11-00
Page 40
Aug 01/08
CES
MLG Lock-Stay Actuating-Cylinder
R Figure 016
R
EFF :
ALL 32-11-00
Page 41
Feb 01/08
CES
The lower link of the lock stay has bushed lugs for the connection of
the downlock actuator. The two pairs of lugs extend from the end of
the lower link that connects to, and operates, the lock springs.
The upper link of the lock stay continues below the center pivot to
give an overcenter stop. This gives an overcenter, geometric lock if
there is a failure of the internal stop of the downlock actuator.
Two proximity sensors and their related targets are on the brackets.
Other brackets on the upper link hold the electrical harnesses that
connect to these proximity sensors.
A pair of tension springs are in the bottom channel of the upper side
stay. They attach between the upper end of the basic side stay and
the lugs of the lock stay. The lock springs have an eye-end fitting
at each end with a plain bush. The bushes turn on the attachment pins
at each end. During the extension cycle the lock springs move the
lock stay to an overcenter position (and keep it there).
During the MLG extension, the two lock-stay actuator ports are open
to return. The fluid from Port A passes through a restrictor, which
controls the rate of MLG extension. When the main landing gear
extends, the two lock springs push the side stay and the lock stay to
make them straight. The lock springs also pull the lock stay to an
overcenter position. When the main door starts to close, the full
area side of the lock stay actuator is pressurized (Port B). This
makes sure that the lock stay is in the overcenter position.
During the MLG retraction, the hydraulic fluid from port A goes
through a restrictor and onto the actuator annular-end. The piston
rod retracts, and breaks the overcenter lock, to fold the side-stay
and the lock stay against the lock springs tension.
The lock stay actuator pulls against the lock spring forces at a very
low pressure. This makes sure that the lock stay starts to fold
before the high pressure is transmitted to the retraction actuator. A
pressure relief-valve is in the valve-housing to keep the pressure
level in the lock-stay actuator. to a specified limit. If a high
pressure does occur, the pressure relief-valve opens to let the fluid
go through Port A, to return.
EFF :
ALL 32-11-00
Page 42
Feb 01/08
R
CES
You can install a split sleeve on the piston rod of the lock-stay
actuator to give a strong ground lock.
F. Dressings
The MLG dressings are the hydraulic lines and the electrical wiring (and
the parts that attach, hold and prevent damage to them). The routing of
the dressings gives maximum separation for the systems and protection
from possible damage.
The dressings are flexible conduits or rigid conduits and pipes. The
parts that do not need to move are rigid and the parts that are at joints
(such as the wing/gear interface, across the torque and slave links, and
the wheel brakes) are flexible.
The MLG retraction actuator has a pressure and return line that goes
from the wing gear interface. The normal and the alternate brakes
each have a supply and a return circuit from the wing/gear interface
to their related manifolds. The normal brake manifold supplies the
hydraulic pressure to one of the two connections at each wheel brake.
The alternate brake manifold supplies the other. The supply/return
for the lock-stay actuator interfaces next to the side-stay lug
attachment.
EFF :
ALL 32-11-00
Page 43
Feb 01/10
CES
(2) Electrical Dressings
EFF :
ALL 32-11-00
Page 44
Feb 01/10
CES
- position and warning systems (Ref. 32-60-00) and (Ref. 32-62-00)
- indicating and warning systems (Ref. 32-61-00).
7. ________________________________
Operation/Control and Indicating
EFF :
ALL 32-11-00
Page 45
Feb 01/10
CES
**ON A/C ALL
(1) Retraction
When you set the L/G control lever to UP, the hydraulic pressure goes
to each MLG actuator and lock-stay actuator. Because the lock-stay
actuator is more lightly loaded, it retracts first to release the
overcenter lock of the lock stay. The lock stay folds against the
tension of the lock springs. The retraction actuator then extends, to
retract the MLG. The cardan joints of the lock stay and the side-stay
let these units retract in different planes from that of the MLG.
(2) Extension
When you set the L/G control lever to DOWN, the hydraulic pressure
goes to:
- the uplock actuator
- the annular side of the retraction actuator
- the full area side of the lock-stay actuator.
The uplock actuator opens quickly (to keep a minimum load-time on the
uplock hook). The tension in the lock springs and its own weight help
to extend the MLG.
At the same time, the movement of the MLG causes the side-stay and
the lock stay to open, until they go to their overcenter position.
These movements help the hydraulic pressure in the lock-stay actuator
to mechanically extend it. The lock-stay actuator then makes sure
that the lock stay is overcenter. Also, it helps the lock springs
keep the MLG in the locked down position, when the MLG doors close.
EFF :
ALL 32-11-00
Page 46
Aug 01/08
R
CES
MLG - Extension and Retraction Positions
R Figure 017
R
EFF :
ALL 32-11-00
Page 47
Feb 01/08
CES
A ground-lock sleeve can be installed on the rod of the lock-stay
actuator, when it is in the overcenter position.
B. Shock Absorber
R
R (Ref. Fig. 008, 011)
(1) Compression
During the compression, the sliding tube goes into the barrel of the
main fitting. The capacity of the shock absorber reduces, which
compresses the gas. The fluid goes through the damping head and lifts
the compression-orifice plate off its seat, to let the fluid flow
fully.
R
Initially, the fluid also flows from the compression chamber to the
1st stage gas chamber, through the first-stage orifices of the
damping tube. While the shock absorber compresses, the damping tube
and the first-stage orifices go through the damping head. The flow
through the first-stage orifices stops, and the flow limits to that
through the compression-orifice plate. This produces a two-stage
damping effect. The gas compression in the 2nd stage chamber, pushes
on the floating piston to help the damping. It also helps to make the
damping effect and the compression effect of the oleo smooth.
R
At the same time, the fluid goes from the 1st stage gas chamber into
the recoil chamber, through the openings in the upper bearing. This
flow of fluid moves the recoil-orifice plate against the flange of a
retaining ring, to let the fluid flow fully. The gas compression and
the fluid transfer absorb the shock-loads from the MLG.
R
(2) Recoil
The energy in the gas, which is in the 1st stage and the 2nd stage
gas chambers, starts the recoil travel. The fluid goes through the
recoil-orifice and the compression-orifice plates. The flow of fluid
moves these plates to their almost closed position, so that the fluid
movement is slow. This decreases the speed of the recoil travel.
EFF :
ALL 32-11-00
Page 48
Feb 01/08
CES
A flow of fluid through the first-stage orifices in the damping tube
only occurs if the recoil-orifice and the compression-orifice plates
go into the compression chamber again. The gas in the 2nd stage
chamber helps to make the extension effect of the shock absorber
smooth.
R
The compression and the expansion of the gas in the 2nd stage gas
chamber helps to make the effect of the shock absorber smooth. This
is transmitted through the floating piston to the oil and then to the
remaining parts of the shock absorber assembly. This proceedure helps
to make a smooth landing.
EFF :
ALL 32-11-00
Page 49
Feb 01/08
CES
MAIN GEAR - INSPECTION/CHECK
____________________________
TASK 32-11-00-200-001
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-00
Page 601
Nov 01/09
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-11-00-941-050
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are on the landing gear
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
(4) On the panel 110VU, make sure that the GRAVITY GEAR EXT handle is
folded into the center console.
Subtask 32-11-00-010-050
B. Get Access
(2) Make sure that the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK is on the applicable MLG door
actuator.
R (3) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT) below the applicable zone
734(744).
EFF :
ALL 32-11-00
Page 602
Nov 01/09
CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-11-00-210-050
A. General Inspection
(1) Examine all lubrication points to make sure that they are serviceable
and clean.
(2) Examine the protective finish on the surface of the MLG and its
components for damage.
(4) Make sure that all the components are correctly installed and
safetied.
(5) Make sure that all safety devices (cotter pins, tab washers and
lockwire) are correctly installed.
(6) Make sure that hinge pins and movable joint components are correctly
installed and serviceable. Make sure that there are no signs of wear.
(7) Make sure that all identification plates and labels are correctly
installed and show the correct data.
(8) Examine the bonding straps and make sure that they are correctly
installed and serviceable.
Subtask 32-11-00-210-051
R B. Inspection of the MLG Uplock Assembly, the MLG Side-stay and the
R Lock-stay
(a) Examine for signs of shock damage on the uplock hooks and on the
uplock pin on the MLG leg.
EFF :
ALL 32-11-00
Page 603
Aug 01/06
CES
(d) If necessary, repair or remove and replace the damaged uplock
(Ref. TASK 32-11-11-000-004) (Ref. TASK 32-11-11-400-003).
(e) Examine the stabilizer struts and make sure that they are
correctly installed and not damaged. Examine the rubber centering
washers at the end of the struts to make sure that they are
serviceable.
(a) Examine all the safety devices to make sure that they are
correctly installed and serviceable.
(f) Examine the protective finish for damage, if necessary clean and
repair it (Ref. TASK 32-11-00-300-001).
Subtask 32-11-00-210-052
R (1) Remove the SLEEVE-GROUND LOCK from the MLG lock-stay actuator.
R (2) Make sure that the lock-stay actuator is correctly installed and
R safetied.
(3) Make sure that all safety devices are correctly installed.
(4) Make sure that there are no signs of hydraulic leaks from the
actuator.
R (6) Examine the protective finish for damage. If necessary clean and
R repair it (Ref. TASK 32-11-00-300-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-11-00
Page 604
May 01/09
CES
(7) Examine the chrome plating on the ram for scores, wear or damage.
Subtask 32-11-00-210-053
(1) Make sure that the MLG leg is correctly installed to the airframe
structure.
(2) Make sure that all safety devices are correctly installed and
serviceable.
(3) Examine the MLG leg for corrosion, cracks, dents, distortion and
wear. Make sure that there is no hydraulic leak from the gland seal.
Examine the chrome plating of the shock absorber for scores, wear and
damage.
(4) Examine the drain holes adjacent to the charging valve to make sure
they are clear. Make sure that there is no sign of hydraulic leakage
from the shock-absorber upper seals.
(5) Examine the torque links for correct installation, signs of wear and
damage. Examine the torque link damper for signs of damage and
hydraulic leaks.
(6) If necessary, repair or remove and replace the MLG leg (Ref. TASK 32-
11-11-000-001) (Ref. TASK 32-11-11-400-001).
(8) Examine the protective finish for damage, if necessary clean and
repair it (Ref. TASK 32-11-00-300-001).
Subtask 32-11-00-210-054
(a) Make sure that the hoses are correctly installed and clamped.
Examine for signs of fretting due to vibration and/or pressure
surges. Make sure that all the hoses are installed in their
correct location and are not twisted. Make sure that there are no
signs of hydraulic leakage from the hoses and hose connections.
EFF :
ALL 32-11-00
Page 605
May 01/09
CES
(b) Make sure that all the safety devices are correctly installed.
(a) Examine the hydraulic pipelines for distortion, cracks and damage
due to shock at the bends and unions that connect lines to the
components.
(c) Make sure that there are no signs of hydraulic leakage from the
unions. Make sure that the unions and pipes are correctly
installed and safetied.
(d) Make sure that all the brackets, line support blocks and clamps
are correctly installed and safetied.
Subtask 32-11-00-210-055
(a) Make sure that all the components are correctly installed and
safetied. Examine for signs of hydraulic leakage.
(a) Make sure that all the electrical connections and connectors are
correctly installed and safetied.
(c) Make sure that the electrical conduits have full protection and
are in a serviceable condition.
EFF :
ALL 32-11-00
Page 606
May 01/09
R
CES
(3) Inspect the MLG actuator:
(b) Examine the chrome plating on the ram for wear, scoring and
damage.
(d) Examine the actuator for cracks, dents, distortion and wear.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-11-00-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 32-11-00-942-051
B. Removal of Equipment
(3) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-11-00
Page 607
May 01/09
R
CES
TASK 32-11-00-220-003
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-00
Page 608
Feb 01/10
CES
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-00
Page 609
Feb 01/10
R
CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-11-00-941-062
A. Safety Precautions
(3) Make sure that the safety locks are on the MLG (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-
481-001).
Subtask 32-11-00-860-053
(2) Make sure that the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK is on the applicable main
gear door actuator.
(3) Make sure that the Green hydraulic system is depressurized (Ref. TASK
29-00-00-864-001).
Subtask 32-11-00-010-068
C. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position below the applicable MLG
lockstay, at zone 731 or 741.
EFF :
ALL 32-11-00
Page 610
Nov 01/09
CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-11-00-220-054
(c) The dimension must be 674 mm +/-0.3 mm (26.53 in. +/-0.012 in.).
1
_ Remove the lockstay actuator (Ref. TASK 32-11-21-000-001).
2
_ Adjust the lockstay actuator to the correct length in
accordance with the (Ref. CMM 321121).
3
_ Install the lockstay actuator (Ref. TASK 32-11-21-400-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-11-00
Page 611
Feb 01/08
R
CES
Lockstay Actuator - Dimensional Check
Figure 601/TASK 32-11-00-991-026
EFF :
ALL 32-11-00
Page 612
Feb 01/08
R
CES
Dimensional Check of the MLG Lockstay Assembly
Figure 602/TASK 32-11-00-991-024
EFF :
ALL 32-11-00
Page 613
Feb 01/08
R
CES
(3) Use of the GAUGE - CHECKING (460007262) to do a dimensional check of
the lockstay actuator.
(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 32-11-00-991-024)
R (a) Remove the sealant, with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC, from the heads
of the attachment pins for the lockstay actuator.
(c) If the head of the pin (5) is aligned forward, do these steps:
1
_ Make sure that the aircraft is on jacks (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-
581-001).
2
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (8).
3
_ Remove the nut (7) and the washer (6).
4
_ Hold the lockstay actuator (3.3 kg (7.28 lb)) and remove the
pin (5), the washer (4) and the washers (9).
5
_ Install the pin (5) with the head aligned aft, the washer (4)
and the washers (9).
6
_ Install the washer (6) and the nut (7). Tighten the nut (7)
with your hand.
(f) Install the pins (2) and (3) through the holes in the GAUGE -
CHECKING (1).
NOTE : The pin (3) must go through the hole in the GAUGE -
____
CHECKING (1) identified with the number 30.
(g) Use the minimum force to insert the pins (2) and (3) in the
attachment pins of the lockstay actuator.
(h) If you need to adjust the length of the lockstay actuator so that
the pins (2) and (3) engage correctly, do these steps:
1
_ Remove the GAUGE - CHECKING (1) from the lockstay actuator.
EFF :
ALL 32-11-00
Page 614
Nov 01/09
CES
2
_ Remove the lockstay actuator (Ref. TASK 32-11-21-000-001).
3
_ Adjust the lockstay actuator to the correct length in
accordance with the (Ref. CMM 321121).
4
_ Install the lockstay actuator (Ref. TASK 32-11-21-400-001).
(j) Remove the GAUGE - CHECKING (1) from the lockstay actuator.
(4) If the pin (5) has been removed and installed in step (3), do these
steps:
(b) Hold the lockstay actuator (3.3 kg (7.28 lb)) and remove the pin
(5), the washer (4) and the washers (9).
(c) Install the pin (5) with the head aligned forward, the washer (4)
and the washers (9).
R (e) Use the TOOL-HOLDING (460006437) to hold the pin (5) and TORQUE
the nut (7) to between 0.46 and 0.70 m.daN (40.70 and 61.94
lbf.in).
(f) Safety the nut (7) with a new cotter pin (8).
(5) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) to the heads of the attachment
pins for the lockstay actuator.
Subtask 32-11-00-860-056
(1) Pressurize the Green hydraulic system reservoir (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-
614-002).
(3) If necessary, lower the aircraft off jacks (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-586-
002).
EFF :
ALL 32-11-00
Page 615
Feb 01/10
CES
(4) Continue with the installation of the MLG side-stay assembly
(Ref. TASK 32-11-16-400-001) or the lockstay actuator (Ref. TASK 32-
11-21-400-001), as necessary.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-11-00-942-063
A. Removal of Equipment
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
R
EFF :
ALL 32-11-00
Page 616
Feb 01/08
CES
TASK 32-11-00-200-005
Inspection of the MLG after the Aircraft has gone off the Runway
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
NOTE : Make sure that you read the instructions in Task 05-51-24-200-001
____
(Inspection after Leaving Runway or Taxiway) before you do this task.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-00
Page 617
Feb 01/08
CES
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-00
Page 618
Nov 01/09
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-11-00-941-074
A. Safety Precautions
(1) Make sure that the ground safety locks are installed on the landing
gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
(3) Put WARNING NOTICES in position to tell persons not to operate the
landing gear doors.
EFF :
ALL 32-11-00
Page 619
Feb 01/10
CES
Subtask 32-11-00-869-055
(1) If the electrical power is not necessary for other maintenance tasks,
de-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-
002).
Subtask 32-11-00-582-053
Subtask 32-11-00-010-064
D. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE adjacent to the
applicable MLG.
4. Procedure
_________
EFF :
ALL 32-11-00
Page 620
Feb 01/10
CES
MLG Inspection Areas
R Figure 603/TASK 32-11-00-991-018
R
EFF :
ALL 32-11-00
Page 621
Feb 01/08
CES
MLG Side Stay Inspection Areas
R Figure 604/TASK 32-11-00-991-019-B
R
EFF :
ALL 32-11-00
Page 622
Feb 01/08
CES
MLG Torque Link Inspection Areas
R Figure 605/TASK 32-11-00-991-021
R
EFF :
001-003, 051-052, 32-11-00
Page 623
Feb 01/08
CES
MLG Torque Link Inspection Areas
Figure 605A/TASK 32-11-00-991-021-A
R
EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-11-00
Page 624
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 32-11-00-220-061
(1) At the point X, 125 mm (5.0 in) from the MLG axle center-line,
measure the out-of-roundness of the MLG sliding-tube. The
sliding-tube must be round within 40 microns (1600 micro-inches).
NOTE : For an accurate check you must measure the diameter of the MLG
____
sliding-tube at 4 different points.
(2) At the point Y, 600 mm (23.5 in.) from the MLG axle center-line,
measure the out-of-roundness of the MLG sliding-tube. The
sliding-tube must be round within 40 microns (1600 micro-inches).
NOTE : For an accurate check you must measure the diameter of the MLG
____
sliding-tube at 4 different points.
Subtask 32-11-00-220-062
(1) Do a visual inspection of the side stay. Look for signs of cracks in
the paint finish, distortion and stress.
R (b) Hold the end-cap (3) with the SPANNER - HOLDING (460006442) and
remove the bolt (7).
R
EFF :
ALL 32-11-00
Page 625
Feb 01/08
CES
(3) Measure the out-of-roundness of the holes Z. The holes Z must be
round within 70 microns (2800 micro-inches).
NOTE : For an accurate check you must measure the diameter of the
____
holes Z at 4 different points.
R (a) Install the pin (2) with the BULLET - ALLIGNMENT (460006441).
(b) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-047) to the mating faces
of end-caps (3) and (5) and to the shank of the bolt (7).
(d) Install the end-caps (3) and (5) and the bolt (7). Make sure that
the end-caps (3) and (5) engage the pin (2) correctly.
R (e) Hold the end-cap (3) with the SPANNER - HOLDING and TORQUE the
bolt (7) to between 1.24 and 1.807 m.daN (109.73 and 159.91
lbf.in).
(g) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) to the head and the tail of
the bolt (7).
Subtask 32-11-00-210-069
(1) Do an inspection of the torque links in the areas shown. Look for
signs of cracks in the paint finish, distortion, stress and fatigue.
(2) Disconnect the electrical harnesses at the upper and lower torque
links (Ref. TASK 32-11-43-000-001).
(3) Disconnect the hydraulic dressings at the upper and lower torque
links (Ref. TASK 32-11-12-000-001).
R
EFF :
ALL 32-11-00
Page 626
Feb 01/08
CES
(4) Remove the torque link apex pin as follows:
(f) Remove the pin (1). You must be able to remove the pin (1) with
hand pressure only.
(5) Move the upper torque link (11) through its full arc of travel. The
upper torque link (11) must move smoothly.
(6) Move the lower torque link (4) through its full arc of travel. The
lower torque link (4) must move smoothly.
(a) Put the upper torque link (11) and the lower torque link (4)
together at their apex joint.
(c) Install the pin (1), the spacer (5) and the nut (8).
(d) TORQUE the nut (8) to 22.3 m.daN (164.45 lbf.ft). Release the
torque from the nut (8) and repeat the procedure two more times.
(e) TORQUE the nut (8) to between 13.55 and 22.3 m.daN (99.92 and
164.45 lbf.ft).
R (g) Safety the nut (7) with the new cotter pin (6).
(i) Saftey the cap (2) with the new cable tie (3).
EFF :
001-003, 051-052, 32-11-00
Page 627
Nov 01/09
CES
(8) Connect the electrical harnesses at the upper and lower torque links
(Ref. TASK 32-11-43-400-002).
(9) Connect the hydraulic dressings at the upper and lower torque links
(Ref. TASK 32-11-12-400-001).
Subtask 32-11-00-210-069-A
(1) Do an inspection of the torque links in the areas shown. Look for
signs of cracks in the paint finish, distortion, stress and fatigue.
(2) Disconnect the electrical harnesses at the upper and lower torque
links (Ref. TASK 32-11-43-000-001).
(3) Disconnect the hydraulic dressings at the upper and lower torque
links (Ref. TASK 32-11-12-000-001).
(d) Remove the nut (29), the washer (28) and the bolt (26).
(f) Remove the pin (21). You must be able to remove the pin (21) with
hand pressure only.
(5) Move the upper torque link (32) through its full arc of travel. The
upper torque link (32) must move smoothly.
(6) Move the lower torque link (24) through its full arc of travel. The
lower torque link (24) must move smoothly.
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-11-00
Page 628
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(7) Install the pin (21) as follows:
(a) Put the upper torque link (32) and the lower torque link (24)
together at their apex joint.
(c) Install the pin (21), the spacer (25) and the nut (27).
(d) TORQUE the nut (27) to 22.3 m.daN (164.45 lbf.ft). Release the
torque from the nut (27) and repeat the procedure two more times.
(e) TORQUE the nut (27) to between 13.55 and 22.3 m.daN (99.92 and
164.45 lbf.ft).
(f) Install the bolt (26), the washer (28) and the nut (29).
(g) TORQUE the nut (29) to between 0.5 and 1.0 m.daN (44.24 and 88.49
lbf.in).
R (h) Safety the nut (29) with the new cotter pin (30).
(j) Safety the cap (22) with the new cable tie (23).
(8) Connect the electrical harnesses at the upper and lower torque links
(Ref. TASK 32-11-43-400-002).
(9) Connect the hydraulic dressings at the upper and lower torque links
(Ref. TASK 32-11-12-400-001).
Subtask 32-11-00-210-070
D. Visual Inspection of the MLG in the area of the Drag Stay Blend
(1) Do a visual inspection of the MLG drag stay blend area. Look for
signs of cracks in the paint finish, distortion, stress and fatigue.
EFF :
ALL 32-11-00
Page 629
Nov 01/09
CES
Subtask 32-11-00-210-071
Subtask 32-11-00-210-074
(1) Do a visual inspection of the MLG rear pintle-pin mounting area. Look
for signs of cracks in the paint finish, distortion, stress and
fatigue.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-11-00-586-052
Subtask 32-11-00-869-056
B. Ground Configuration
(1) If necessary, put the aircraft in the ground configuration (Ref. TASK
32-00-00-860-002).
Subtask 32-11-00-942-075
C. Removal of Equipment
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(5) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-11-00
Page 630
Feb 01/08
R
CES
TASK 32-11-00-200-006
Inspection of the MLG Axles after the Aircraft has gone off the Runway
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
NOTE : Make sure that you read the instructions in Task 05-51-24-200-001
____
(Inspection after Leaving Runway or Taxiway) before you do this task.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-00
Page 631
Nov 01/09
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-11-00-941-075
A. Safety Precautions
(1) Make sure that the ground safety locks are installed on the landing
gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
(3) Make sure that the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems are
depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
R (4) Put WARNING NOTICES in position to tell persons not to operate the
R landing gear doors.
Subtask 32-11-00-869-057
(1) If the electrical power is not necessary for other maintenance tasks,
de-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-
002).
EFF :
ALL 32-11-00
Page 632
Nov 01/09
CES
(2) If the electrical power is necessary, do the precautions for flight
configuration (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-001) before you lift the
aircraft.
Subtask 32-11-00-010-065
C. Get Access
(3) Remove the MLG axle adaptor sleeves (Ref. TASK 32-42-71-000-001).
Subtask 32-11-00-010-065-A
C. Get Access
(4) Remove the MLG axle adaptor sleeves (Ref. TASK 32-42-71-000-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-11-00-210-072-A
(2) Examine the axle lands for discoloration and/or deterioration of the
chrome finish.
EFF :
ALL 32-11-00
Page 633
Feb 01/10
CES
MLG Axle Inspection Areas
R Figure 606/TASK 32-11-00-991-022-A
EFF :
ALL 32-11-00
Page 634
Feb 01/08
CES
(3) Examine the axle adaptor sleeves for:
- scoring of the internal surface
- overheating/discoloration.
Subtask 32-11-00-220-064
(1) Measure the out-of-roundness of the axle lands T. The axle lands T
must be round within 40 microns (1600 micro-inches).
(2) Measure the out-of-roundness of the axle lands S. The axle lands S
must be round within 63 microns (2500 micro-inches).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-11-00-410-063
A. Close Access
(1) Install the MLG axle adaptor sleeves (Ref. TASK 32-42-71-400-001).
Subtask 32-11-00-410-063-A
A. Close Access
(1) Install the MLG axle adaptor sleeves (Ref. TASK 32-42-71-400-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-11-00
Page 635
Feb 01/10
CES
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 32-11-00-869-058
B. Ground Configuration
(1) If necessary, put the aircraft in the ground configuration (Ref. TASK
32-00-00-860-002).
Subtask 32-11-00-942-076
C. Removal of Equipment
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(5) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
R
EFF :
ALL 32-11-00
Page 636
Feb 01/08
CES
TASK 32-11-00-220-004
Inspection of the MLG Side Stay Attachment Lug(s) after the Aircraft has gone
off the Runway
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
NOTE : Make sure that you read the instructions in Task 05-51-24-200-001
____
(Inspection after Leaving Runway or Taxiway) before you do this task.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-00
Page 637
Nov 01/09
CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-11-00-941-076
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are installed on the landing
gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
R (4) Put WARNING NOTICES in position to tell persons not to operate the
R landing gear doors.
Subtask 32-11-00-010-066
B. Get Access
(2) Disconnect the side-stay from the MLG side-stay lower attachment
lug(s) and remove the lower cardan joint (Ref. TASK 32-11-18-000-
001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-11-00-220-065-A
(1) Visually examine the MLG side-stay lower attachment lug. Look for
signs of cracks in the paint finish, distortion, stress and fatigue.
EFF :
ALL 32-11-00
Page 638
Nov 01/09
CES
MLG Side-Stay Attachment Lug - Inspection Area
R Figure 607/TASK 32-11-00-991-020
R
EFF :
ALL 32-11-00
Page 639
Feb 01/08
CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-11-00-410-064
A. Close Access
(1) Install the side-stay lower cardan joint and connect the side-stay
(Ref. TASK 32-11-18-400-001).
Subtask 32-11-00-942-077
B. Removal of Equipment
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(5) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
R
EFF :
ALL 32-11-00
Page 640
Feb 01/08
CES
TASK 32-11-00-200-007
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE LANDING GEAR ARE CLEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-00
Page 641
Nov 01/09
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-11-00-941-077
A. Safety Precautions
(1) Make sure that the ground safety locks are on the landing gear
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
(5) Make sure that the Green and the Yellow hydraulic systems are
depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
Subtask 32-11-00-010-067
B. Get Access
(2) Remove the axle protection sleeves and the brakes (Ref. TASK 32-42-
27-000-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-11-00
Page 642
Nov 01/09
CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-11-00-210-073
A. Visual Inspection
(1) Make sure the paint is in good condition on the brake flange and
between the axle sleeve lands.
(2) Make sure the paint is in good condition on the surface of the axle
bore.
Subtask 32-11-00-220-066
B. Hardness Check
(1) Prepare the top of the brake flange between two adjacent bolt holes
to do the hardness check that follows:
(b) Do not remove more metal than necessary, but make sure the
prepared area is cleaned to the shot peened surface.
EFF :
ALL 32-11-00
Page 643
Feb 01/08
CES
Main Landing Gear Axle (Twin)
R Figure 608/TASK 32-11-00-991-023
EFF :
ALL 32-11-00
Page 644
Feb 01/08
CES
R **ON A/C 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,
R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 32-11-00-220-066-A
B. Hardness Check
(1) Prepare the top of the brake flange between two adjacent bolt holes
to do the hardness check that follows:
(b) Do not remove more metal than necessary, but make sure the
prepared area is cleaned to the shot peened surface.
Subtask 32-11-00-220-066-B
B. Hardness Check
(1) Prepare the top of the brake flange between two adjacent bolt holes
to do the hardness check that follows:
(b) Do not remove more metal than necessary, but make sure the
prepared area is cleaned to the shot peened surface.
R
EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-11-00
Page 645
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(2) Use the hardness tester (MICRODUR unit or equivalent) to do a
hardness check. (The minimum hardness must be 571 HV):
- if the hardness is 571 HV or more, it is satisfactory. Repair the
area prepared for the hardness check and any paint that is
discolored (Ref. CMM 321222)
- if the hardness is less than 571 HV, it is unsatisfactory and you
must replace the MLG sliding tube (Ref. TASK 32-11-13-000-004) and
(Ref. TASK 32-11-13-400-004).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-11-00-410-065
A. Close Access
(1) Install the MLG axle sleeves and the brakes (Ref. TASK 32-42-27-400-
001).
Subtask 32-11-00-942-078
B. Removal of Equipment
(2) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-11-00
Page 646
Feb 01/08
R
CES
TASK 32-11-00-200-008
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-00
Page 647
Nov 01/09
CES
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-11-00-941-078
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are on the landing gear
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-11-00
Page 648
Feb 01/10
CES
Subtask 32-11-00-860-058
(2) Make sure the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK (460005835) is on the applicable
main gear door actuator.
Subtask 32-11-00-581-050
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-11-00-200-050
(a) Use a clean MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026) to clean the area to be
examined.
EFF :
ALL 32-11-00
Page 649
Feb 01/10
CES
MLG Sliding Tube Inspection Areas
R Figure 609/TASK 32-11-00-991-028
R
EFF :
001-003, 051-052, 32-11-00
Page 650
Feb 01/08
CES
MLG Sliding Tube Inspection Areas
Figure 609A/TASK 32-11-00-991-028-A
R
EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-11-00
Page 651
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(3) If you find wear or damage, refer to (Ref. CMM 321133) for repair
procedures.
Subtask 32-11-00-200-050-A
(a) Use a clean MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026) to clean the area to be
examined.
(3) If you find wear or damage, refer to (Ref. CMM 321225) for repair
procedures.
Subtask 32-11-00-200-050-B
(a) Use a clean MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026) to clean the area to be
examined.
(3) If you find wear or damage, refer to (Ref. CMM 321222) for repair
procedures.
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-11-00
Page 652
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-11-00-586-054
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 32-11-00-942-079
B. Removal of Equipment
(5) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-11-00
Page 653
Aug 01/08
R
CES
TASK 32-11-00-200-009
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-00
Page 654
Nov 01/09
CES
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-11-00-941-079
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are on the landing gear
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-11-00
Page 655
Feb 01/10
CES
Subtask 32-11-00-010-071
B. Get Access
(1) Open the main gear (MLG) doors (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).
(2) Make sure the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK (460005835) is on the applicable
MLG door actuator.
(3) Put the adjustable access platform below the applicable MLG leg.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-11-00-200-051
(a) Use a clean MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026) to clean the areas to be
examined.
(2) Examine the MLG main fitting bushes for damage to the protective
finish, corrosion and/or cracks at the following:
- the aircraft attachment lugs
- the retraction actuator attachment lug
- the cardan pin lugs
- the upper torque link attachment lug
- the upper slave link attachment lug
- the upper diaphragm and lower bearing attachment pins.
(3) Examine the drain hole at the upper diaphragm retaining pin for
corrosion.
EFF :
ALL 32-11-00
Page 656
Feb 01/10
CES
MLG Main Fitting Inspection Area
Figure 610/TASK 32-11-00-991-029
R
EFF :
001-003, 051-052, 32-11-00
Page 657
Aug 01/08
CES
MLG Main Fitting Inspection Area
Figure 610A/TASK 32-11-00-991-029-A
R
EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-11-00
Page 658
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(4) If you find damage or corrosion, refer to (Ref. CMM 321133) for
repair procedures.
Subtask 32-11-00-200-051-A
(a) Use a clean MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026) to clean the areas to be
examined.
(2) Examine the MLG main fitting bushes for damage to the protective
finish, corrosion and/or cracks at the following:
- the aircraft attachment lugs
- the retraction actuator attachment lug
- the cardan pin lugs
- the upper torque link attachment lug
- the upper slave link attachment lug
- the upper diaphragm and lower bearing attachment pins.
(3) Examine the drain hole at the upper diaphragm retaining pin for
corrosion.
(4) If you find damage or corrosion, refer to (Ref. CMM 321225) for
repair procedures.
Subtask 32-11-00-200-051-B
(a) Use a clean MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026) to clean the areas to be
examined.
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-11-00
Page 659
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(2) Examine the MLG main fitting bushes for damage to the protective
finish, corrosion and/or cracks at the following:
- the aircraft attachment lugs
- the retraction actuator attachment lug
- the cardan pin lugs
- the upper torque link attachment lug
- the upper slave link attachment lug
- the upper diaphragm and lower bearing retaining pins.
(3) Examine the drain hole at the upper diaphragm retaining pin for
corrosion.
(4) If you find damage or corrosion, refer to (Ref. CMM 321222) for
repair procedures.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-11-00-410-068
A. Close Access
Subtask 32-11-00-942-080
B. Removal of Equipment
(3) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
R
EFF :
ALL 32-11-00
Page 660
Nov 01/09
CES
TASK 32-11-00-200-010
Detailed Inspection of MLG, Sliding Tube at Brake Attachment Flange, and other
Interference Fit Bushes
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-00
Page 661
Nov 01/09
CES
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-11-00-941-080
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are on the landing gear
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-11-00
Page 662
Nov 01/09
CES
Subtask 32-11-00-860-060
(1) Open the main gear (MLG) doors (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).
(2) Make sure the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK (460005835) is on the applicable
MLG door actuator.
Subtask 32-11-00-581-051
Subtask 32-11-00-010-070
D. Get Access
R (4) Make sure that the WARNING NOTICES are in position to stop operation
R of the landing gear and the brakes.
EFF :
ALL 32-11-00
Page 663
Nov 01/09
CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-11-00-200-052
(a) Use a clean MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026) to clean the area to be
examined.
(3) Examine the sliding tube bushes for damage to the protective finish,
corrosion and/or cracks at the following locations:
- the lower torque link attachment lug
- the lower slave link attachment lug
- the towing/debogging lug
- the jacking dome.
(4) If you find damage or corrosion, refer to (Ref. CMM 321133) for
repair procedures.
Subtask 32-11-00-200-052-A
(a) Use a clean MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026) to clean the area to be
examined.
EFF :
ALL 32-11-00
Page 664
Feb 01/10
CES
(2) Examine the brake attachment flanges for:
- damage to the protective finish
- corrosion or cracks on the installed bushes.
(3) Examine the sliding tube bushes for damage to the protective finish,
corrosion and/or cracks at the following locations:
- the lower torque link attachment lug
- the lower slave link attachment lug
- the towing/debogging lug
- the jacking dome.
(4) If you find damage or corrosion, refer to (Ref. CMM 321225) for
repair procedures.
Subtask 32-11-00-200-052-B
(a) Use a clean MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026) to clean the area to be
examined.
(3) Examine the sliding tube bushes for damage to the protective finish,
corrosion and/or cracks at the following locations:
- the lower torque link attachment lug
- the lower slave link attachment lug
- the towing/debogging lug
- the jacking dome.
(4) If you find damage or corrosion, refer to (Ref. CMM 321222) for
repair procedures.
R
EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-11-00
Page 665
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
MLG Sliding Tube-Inspection Areas
R Figure 611/TASK 32-11-00-991-030- 12 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
ALL 32-11-00
Page 666
Feb 01/08
CES
MLG Sliding Tube-Inspection Areas
R Figure 611/TASK 32-11-00-991-030- 22 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
ALL 32-11-00
Page 667
Feb 01/08
CES
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-11-00-410-067
A. Close Access
Subtask 32-11-00-586-055
(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 32-11-00-942-081
C. Removal of Equipment
(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
R
EFF :
ALL 32-11-00
Page 668
Nov 01/09
CES
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
TASK 32-11-00-200-014
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
NOTE : This inspection must be done with the aircraft at the lowest possible
____
weight. Do not do the inspection with the aircraft loaded for flight.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
No specific 1 LIGHT SOURCE - WHITE
No specific 1 MAGNIFYING GLASS POWER 10X
R No specific AR SAFETY BARRIER
R No specific AR WARNING NOTICE
R
EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 32-11-00
Page 669
Nov 01/09
CES
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-11-00-941-084
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are on the landing gear
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 32-11-00
Page 670
Nov 01/09
CES
Subtask 32-11-00-110-065
(1) Use a clean MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026) to clean the external surface
of the MLG sliding tube.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-11-00-200-056
(1) Use a LIGHT SOURCE - WHITE and MAGNIFYING GLASS POWER 10X to examine
the surface of each MLG sliding tube. Carefully examine the area
between the MLG gland housing and the brake flanges for cracks or
surface damage (Ref. ISB 32A1273).
NOTE : If you find signs of cracks, the MLG sliding tube must be
____
replaced (Ref. TASK 32-11-13-000-004) (Ref. TASK 32-11-13-400-
004).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-11-00-942-085
A. Removal of Equipment
EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 32-11-00
Page 671
Nov 01/09
R
CES
(3) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 32-11-00
Page 672
Nov 01/09
R
CES
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
TASK 32-11-00-200-015
Detailed Inspection of MLG, Shock Absorber Sliding Tube for Cracks with each
leg raised in turn
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 32-11-00
Page 673
Nov 01/09
CES
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-11-00-941-085
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are on the landing gear
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 32-11-00
Page 674
Nov 01/09
CES
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-11-00-200-057
A. Detailed Inspection of MLG, Shock Absorber Sliding Tube for Cracks with
each leg raised in turn
NOTE : Do not remove the inboard and outboard wheels at the same time
____
during this inspection. Always make sure that a wheel is
correctly installed while the MLG is raised on a hydraulic
jack.
(a) Lift and support the MLG on a hydraulic jack (Ref. TASK 07-12-00-
582-002).
R
EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 32-11-00
Page 675
Feb 01/08
CES
NOTE : If damage is found, the sliding tube must be replaced
____
(Ref. TASK 32-11-13-000-004) (Ref. TASK 32-11-13-400-004).
(2) Do Step (1) again on the RH MLG to examine the RH sliding tube for
damage.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-11-00-942-086
A. Removal of Equipment
(3) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
R
EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 32-11-00
Page 676
Feb 01/08
CES
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
TASK 32-11-00-220-005
Special Detailed Inspection of MLG, Shock Absorber Sliding Tube for Cracks with
each leg raised in turn
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 32-11-00
Page 677
Nov 01/09
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-11-00-941-086
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are on the landing gear
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
R (4) Put a WARNING NOTICE in position to stop the operation of the brakes.
EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 32-11-00
Page 678
Nov 01/09
CES
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-11-00-220-068
NOTE : Do not remove the inboard and outboard wheels at the same time
____
during this inspection. Always make sure that a wheel is
correctly installed while the MLG is raised on a hydraulic
jack.
(a) Lift and support the MLG on a hydraulic jack (Ref. TASK 07-12-00-
582-002).
R
EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 32-11-00
Page 679
Feb 01/08
CES
NOTE : If damage is found, the sliding tube must be replaced
____
(Ref. TASK 32-11-13-000-004) (Ref. TASK 32-11-13-400-004).
(2) Do Step (1) again on the RH MLG to examine the RH sliding tube for
damage.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-11-00-942-087
A. Removal of Equipment
(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
R
EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 32-11-00
Page 680
Feb 01/08
CES
MAIN GEAR - CLEANING/PAINTING
_____________________________
TASK 32-11-00-100-002
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-00
Page 701
Nov 01/09
CES
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-11-00-941-087
A. Safety Precautions
(3) Make sure that the safety devices are installed on the landing gear
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-11-00
Page 702
May 01/09
CES
(4) Make sure that the Green Hydraulic system is depressurized (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-001).
NOTE : Make sure the covers you use give sufficient protection during
____
the procedure to clean the MLG.
Subtask 32-11-00-010-076
B. Get Access
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-11-00-100-051
R (1) Remove mud with a sponge soaked in water and a SCRAPER - NON
R METALLIC.
EFF :
ALL 32-11-00
Page 703
Nov 01/09
CES
(3) Application of cleaning agents
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE CLEANING AGENTS OR SOLVENTS DO NOT GET
_______
IN OR ON :
- COMPONENT PARTS
- PROTECTIVE COVERS
- ELECTRICAL WIRING AND CONNECTORS.
(a) Clean the MLG with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-002). Use a
R sponge, a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003), a BRUSH - BRISTLED
and SPRAYING EQUIPMENT - LOW PRESSURE as applicable.
R (4) Dry the landing gear with AIR SOURCE 0,3 TO 0,7 BAR (5 TO 10 PSI)-
FILTERED, DRY or a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
(5) Spray or brush STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-004) on the area
that you have cleaned.
(6) Lubricate the items that you have cleaned (Ref. TASK 12-22-32-640-
001).
Subtask 32-11-00-100-052
(1) Remove the covers that you have put on the chromium surfaces of the
MLG.
(2) Clean the chromium surfaces with a clean MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-002).
EFF :
ALL 32-11-00
Page 704
Nov 01/09
CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-11-00-410-073
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 32-11-00-942-088
B. Removal of Equipment
(3) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-11-00
Page 705
Aug 01/06
CES
MAIN GEAR - REPAIRS
___________________
TASK 32-11-00-300-001
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-00
Page 801
Nov 01/09
CES
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-11-00-941-066
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are on the landing gear
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
R (4) Put a WARNING NOTICE in the cockpit, to tell persons not to operate
R the landing gear system.
Subtask 32-11-00-010-059
B. Get Access
(1) If necessary, open the applicable main gear door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-
010-001).
(2) Make sure that the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK (460005835) is on the
applicable main gear door actuator.
EFF :
ALL 32-11-00
Page 802
Nov 01/09
CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-11-00-350-050-B
(1) Do the applicable repairs given in the CMM (Ref. CMMV 321132).
(2) Use a clean MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026) to clean the area that you have
repaired.
(4) Apply protective treatment to the repair as given in the CMM (Ref.
CMMV 321132).
Subtask 32-11-00-350-050-C
(1) Do the applicable repairs given in the CMM (Ref. CMMV 321223).
(2) Use a clean MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026) to clean the area that you have
repaired.
(4) Apply protective treatment to the repair as given in the CMM (Ref.
CMMV 321223).
EFF :
ALL 32-11-00
Page 803
Feb 01/10
CES
**ON A/C 301-399,
Subtask 32-11-00-350-050-D
R (1) Do the applicable repairs given in the CMM (Ref. CMMV 321220).
(2) Use a clean MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026) to clean the area that you have
repaired.
(4) Apply protective treatment to the repair as given in the CMM (Ref.
R CMMV 321220).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-11-00-410-058
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 32-11-00-942-067
B. Removal of Equipment
(3) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-11-00
Page 804
Aug 01/08
CES
LEG ASSY - MLG (2501GM,2502GM) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_____________________________________________________
TASK 32-11-11-000-001
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-11
Page 401
Feb 01/10
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-11
Page 402
Feb 01/10
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-11-11-941-050
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the safety devices are installed on the landing gear
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-11-11
Page 403
Feb 01/10
CES
(4) On the panel 110VU:
R - put a WARNING NOTICE on the GRAVITY GEAR EXTN handle to tell
R persons not to operate the landing-gear doors.
R (5) Put a WARNING NOTICE in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate
R the brakes.
R (6) Put a WARNING NOTICE in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate
R the flap/slat controls.
R (7) Put the WARNING NOTICES in position on the ground service connections
R to tell persons not to pressurize:
R - the Green Hydraulic system
R - the Yellow Hydraulic system.
Subtask 32-11-11-860-052
(1) Make sure that the applicable hydraulic systems are depressurized
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
(2) Make sure that the applicable hydraulic reservoirs are depressurized
(Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).
(5) Disconnect the isolation coupling of the PTU (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-
001).
Subtask 32-11-11-010-054
C. Get Access
R (1) Put two ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position adjacent
to the applicable MLG leg assembly (one at the front and one at the
rear).
EFF :
ALL 32-11-11
Page 404
Feb 01/10
CES
(3) Make sure that the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK is on the applicable MLG door
actuating cylinder.
(6) Remove the torque shaft 6208CM (6258CM) (Ref. TASK 27-54-45-000-004).
Subtask 32-11-11-010-054-A
C. Get Access
R (1) Put two ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position adjacent
to the applicable MLG leg assembly (one at the front and one at the
rear).
(3) Make sure that the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK is on the applicable MLG door
actuating cylinder.
(6) Remove the torque shaft 6208CM (6258CM) (Ref. TASK 27-54-45-000-004).
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
32-11-11
Page 405
Feb 01/10
CES
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
R 528-599,
Subtask 32-11-11-010-054-B
C. Get Access
R (1) Put two ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position adjacent
to the applicable MLG leg assembly (one at the front and one at the
rear).
(3) Make sure that the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK is on the applicable MLG door
actuating cylinder.
(7) Remove the torque shaft 6208CM (6258CM) (Ref. TASK 27-54-45-000-004).
Subtask 32-11-11-582-050
(1) Lift the aircraft on jacks (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-581-001). Make sure
that there is sufficient space between the tires and the ground:
- 770 mm (30.3149 in.) if the wheels are to remain installed
- 306 mm (12.0472 in.) if the wheels and brakes are to be removed.
EFF :
ALL 32-11-11
Page 406
Feb 01/10
CES
Subtask 32-11-11-860-053
(1) If the electrical power is not necessary for other maintenance tasks,
de-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-
002). Then, it is not necessary to operate the LGCIU circuit
breakers.
Subtask 32-11-11-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-11
Page 407
Feb 01/10
CES
Subtask 32-11-11-020-053
(1) Remove the applicable wheels (Ref. TASK 32-41-11-000-006) and brakes
(Ref. TASK 32-42-27-000-001).
(2) Remove the applicable MLG fixed fairing assembly (Ref. TASK 32-12-14-
000-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-11-11-020-056
(a) Release the bolt (65) and remove the bung (66) from the liner
(64).
EFF :
ALL 32-11-11
Page 408
Feb 01/10
CES
Main Leg Assembly - Location and Detail
Figure 401/TASK 32-11-11-991-006
R
EFF :
ALL 32-11-11
Page 409
Aug 01/06
CES
R MLG Pintle Pins - Location and Detail
Figure 402/TASK 32-11-11-991-027- 12 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203, 32-11-11
Page 410
May 01/07
CES
R MLG Pintle Pins - Location and Detail
Figure 402/TASK 32-11-11-991-027- 22 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203, 32-11-11
Page 411
May 01/07
CES
R MLG Pintle Pins - Location and Detail
Figure 402A/TASK 32-11-11-991-027-B12 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
301-399, 32-11-11
Page 412
May 01/07
CES
R MLG Pintle Pins - Location and Detail
Figure 402A/TASK 32-11-11-991-027-B22 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
301-399, 32-11-11
Page 413
May 01/07
CES
MLG Pintle Pins - Location and Detail
Figure 402B/TASK 32-11-11-991-027-A12 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF : 001-049, 062-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-11-11
Page 414
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
MLG Pintle Pins - Location and Detail
Figure 402B/TASK 32-11-11-991-027-A22 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF : 001-049, 062-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-11-11
Page 415
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
Tie Rod for the Secondary Hinged Fairing - Removal/Installation
Figure 403/TASK 32-11-11-991-023
R
EFF :
ALL 32-11-11
Page 416
Feb 01/08
CES
Fairlead Assembly - Location and Detail
Figure 404/TASK 32-11-11-991-013-A
EFF :
ALL 32-11-11
Page 417
Aug 01/06
R
CES
Details of the 1M Harness Connection (at the disconnection box)
Figure 405/TASK 32-11-11-991-014
R
EFF :
ALL 32-11-11
Page 418
Aug 01/06
CES
(2) Disconnect the 1M and 2M Harnesses:
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 32-11-11-991-006, 405/TASK 32-11-11-991-014)
(b) Remove the screws (90) and open the cover (91) of the MLG
disconnection box.
(c) Remove the screw (93), the washer (94) and the upper fairlead
(95).
(3) Remove the side-stay assembly from the MLG (Ref. TASK 32-11-16-000-
001).
(4) Disconnect and support the actuating cylinder assembly from the MLG
(Ref. TASK 32-31-46-000-001).
(5) Disconnect the tie rod for the secondary hinged-fairing from the MLG
as follows:
(a) Remove the bolt (54), the washer (53), the bonding strap (55) and
the nut (46) from the transfer block (51).
(b) Support the tie rod (45). Remove the bolt (49), the washer (48),
the pin (47), the spacer (50) and the threaded insert (52).
(c) Remove the tie rod (45) from the transfer block (51).
Subtask 32-11-11-020-057
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLUID DOES NOT STAY ON THE AIRCRAFT
_______
STRUCTURE. IF THE FLUID GETS ON THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE, WASH IT
OFF IMMEDIATELY WITH SOAP AND WATER.
EFF :
ALL 32-11-11
Page 419
Feb 01/10
CES
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 32-11-11-991-006)
Subtask 32-11-11-480-050
(1) Attach the BRACKET - INTERFACE (98D32104010000) (106) to the MLG drag
stay.
(3) Remove the blanking plugs from the lower wing surface adjacent to the
pintle bearings. Attach the forward pivot bracket (109) and the rear
pivot bracket (107) to the holes in the lower wing surface.
(4) Attach the forward rail assembly (110) and the aft rail assembly
(108) to their related pivot brackets. Make sure that the carriages
of the forward rail assembly (110) and the aft rail assembly (108)
are in the fully outboard position.
NOTE : The BLUE mini-hoist (113) (MAX Lifting Weight 509 kg (1122
____
lb)) attaches to the forward rail assembly (110).
The YELLOW mini-hoist (114) (MAX Lifting Weight 1272 kg (2804
lb)) attaches to the aft rail assembly (108).
(a) Remove the blanking plug from the shroud box and install the
eye-bolt.
(b) Connect the support cable (111) to the eye-bolt and the support
cable (112) to the side-stay bracket on the rear spar.
(c) Connect the support cable (112) to the BLUE mini-hoist (113).
(d) Connect the support cable (111) to the YELLOW mini-hoist (114).
EFF :
ALL 32-11-11
Page 420
Feb 01/10
CES
Main Leg Assembly - Detail of Removal/Installation Equipment
Figure 406/TASK 32-11-11-991-008
R
EFF :
ALL 32-11-11
Page 421
Feb 01/08
CES
(e) Extend the mini-hoist lifting cables and connect them to the
lifting beam (105).
(f) Laterally adjust the carriages of the forward rail assembly (110)
R and the aft rail assembly (108) through their gearboxes. Do this
R until the lifting cables are vertical (this makes sure that there
R is no lateral movement of the MLG when the pintle pins are
R removed).
Subtask 32-11-11-480-050-A
(3) Remove the blanking plugs from the lower wing surface adjacent to the
pintle bearings. Attach the forward pivot bracket (109) and the rear
pivot bracket (107) to the holes in the lower wing surface.
(4) Attach the forward rail assembly (110) and the aft rail assembly
(108) to their related pivot brackets. Make sure that the carriages
of the forward rail assembly (110) and the aft rail assembly (108)
are in the fully outboard position.
NOTE : The BLUE mini-hoist (113) (MAX Lifting Weight 509 kg (1122
____
lb)) attaches to the forward rail assembly (110).
The YELLOW mini-hoist (114) (MAX Lifting Weight 1272 kg (2804
lb)) attaches to the aft rail assembly (108).
(a) Remove the blanking plug from the shroud box and install the
eye-bolt.
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-11-11
Page 422
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(b) Connect the support cable (111) to the eye-bolt and the support
cable (112) to the side-stay bracket on the rear spar.
(c) Connect the support cable (112) to the BLUE mini-hoist (113).
(d) Connect the support cable (111) to the YELLOW mini-hoist (114).
(e) Extend the mini-hoist lifting cables and connect them to the
lifting beam (105).
(f) Laterally adjust the carriages of the forward rail assembly (110)
R and the aft rail assembly (108) through their gearboxes. Do this
R until the lifting cables are vertical (this makes sure that there
R is no lateral movement of the MLG when the pintle pins are
R removed).
(6) Operate the EQUIPMENT MLG, REMOVAL INSTALLATION to support the weight
of the leg assembly.
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 32-11-11-991-008)
Subtask 32-11-11-020-054
R WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
R REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
R LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(1) Remove and discard the lockwire from the bolt (22).
(3) Carefully remove the lubrication fitting (21) from the rear pintle
pin (20).
(6) Remove the nut (33), the washer (35) and the bolt (29).
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203, 32-11-11
Page 423
Feb 01/10
CES
(8) Remove the wire (16):
NOTE : Clean all the related parts before removal of the wire. This
____
will make the removal of the wire easier.
(a) Use an applicable tool to release the tail of the wire (16) from
the key slot in the lock-washer (17).
(b) Use thin-nose pliers to hold the tail of the wire (16).
(c) Carefully pull the wire (16) (in a clockwise direction) until it
releases from the chamfered slot in the nut (18).
(10) Use the SPANNER-MLG REAR PINTLE (98D32104005000) to remove the nut
(18) and the washer (19) from the rear pintle pin (20).
Subtask 32-11-11-020-050-A
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(1) Remove and discard the lockwire from the half-seals (25) and (26).
(2) Remove the half-seals (25) and (26). Make sure that the anti-rotation
washer (24) has not moved.
(3) Install the TOOL - R I (MLG FWD AND REAR PINTLE PINS)
(98D32104190001) between the forward and the rear pintles and set it
to remove the rear pintle pin.
(4) Carefully turn the nut of the TOOL - R I (MLG FWD AND REAR PINTLE
PINS) until the rear pintle pin (20) is removed.
(5) Set and install the TOOL - R I (MLG FWD AND REAR PINTLE PINS) to
remove the forward pintle pin (27).
(6) Carefully turn the nut of the TOOL - R I (MLG FWD AND REAR PINTLE
PINS) until the forward pintle pin (27) is removed.
EFF :
001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203, 32-11-11
Page 424
Feb 01/10
R
CES
(7) Remove the TOOL - R I (MLG FWD AND REAR PINTLE PINS) from the MLG leg
assembly.
(10) Operate the EQUIPMENT-MLG REMOVAL INSTALLATION to lower the MLG leg
assembly:
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 32-11-11-991-008)
(a) Attach the drive-link between the forward rail assembly (110) and
the aft rail assembly (108).
(b) Turn the drive-link so that the MLG leg assembly moves inboard as
far as possible.
(c) Operate the mini-hoists (113) and (114) and carefully lower the
MLG leg assembly onto the TROLLEY-HANDLING, MLG.
Subtask 32-11-11-020-054-B
R WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
R REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
R LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(1) Remove and discard the lockwire from the bolt (21).
(3) Carefully remove the lubrication fitting (20) from the rear pintle
pin (19).
(6) Remove the nuts (35), the spacers (34) and the nylon washers (33).
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203, 32-11-11
Page 425
Feb 01/10
CES
(7) Remove and discard the laminated shims (32).
(8) Remove the lockbolt (28), the lockbolt (30) and the radius washers
(27).
NOTE : Do not remove the bowden cable (29) from the lockbolts. The
____
bowden cable attaches the two different diameter lockbolts
together to prevent installation of incorrect type pintle pin
or lockbolts.
NOTE : Clean all the related parts before removal of the wire. This
____
will make the removal of the wire easier.
(a) Use an applicable tool to release the tail of the wire (16) from
the key slot in the lock-washer (17).
(b) Use thin-nose pliers to hold the tail of the wire (16).
(c) Carefully pull the wire (16) (in a clockwise direction) until it
releases from the chamfered slot in the nut (18).
(11) Use the SPANNER - MLG REAR PIN (98D32104080000) to remove the nut
(18) from the rear pintle pin (19).
Subtask 32-11-11-020-050-C
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(1) Remove and discard the lockwire from the half-seals (24) and (25).
(2) Remove the half-seals (24) and (25). Make sure that the anti-rotation
washer (23) has not moved.
EFF :
301-399, 32-11-11
Page 426
Feb 01/10
R
CES
(3) Install the TOOL - R I (MLG FWD AND REAR PINTLE PINS)
(98D32104190002) between the forward and the rear pintles and set it
to remove the rear pintle pin.
(4) Carefully turn the nut of the TOOL - R I (MLG FWD AND REAR PINTLE
PINS) until the rear pintle pin (19) is removed.
(5) Set and install the TOOL - R I (MLG FWD AND REAR PINTLE PINS) to
remove the forward pintle pin (31).
(6) Carefully turn the nut of the TOOL - R I (MLG FWD AND REAR PINTLE
PINS) until the forward pintle pin (31) is removed.
(7) Remove the TOOL - R I (MLG FWD AND REAR PINTLE PINS) from the MLG leg
assembly.
(10) Operate the EQUIPMENT-MLG REMOVAL INSTALLATION to lower the MLG leg
assembly:
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 32-11-11-991-008)
(a) Attach the drive-link between the forward rail assembly (110) and
the aft rail assembly (108).
(b) Turn the drive-link so that the MLG leg assembly moves inboard as
far as possible.
(c) Operate the mini-hoists (113) and (114) and carefully lower the
MLG leg assembly onto the TROLLEY-HANDLING, MLG.
R
EFF :
301-399, 32-11-11
Page 427
Feb 01/10
CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 062-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,
R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Post SB 32-1213 For A/C 001-049,101-105,201-203,
Subtask 32-11-11-020-054-A
R WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
R REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
R LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(1) Remove and discard the lockwire from the bolt (22).
(3) Carefully remove the lubrication fitting (21) from the rear pintle
pin (20).
(6) Remove the nuts (33), the spacers (32) and the nylon washers (31).
(8) Remove the lockbolts (29) and the radius washers (28).
NOTE : Clean all the related parts before removal of the wire. This
____
will make the removal of the wire easier.
(a) Use an applicable tool to release the tail of the wire (16) from
the key slot in the lock-washer (17).
(b) Use thin-nose pliers to hold the tail of the wire (16).
(c) Carefully pull the wire (16) (in a clockwise direction) until it
releases from the chamfered slot in the nut (18).
R
EFF : 001-049, 062-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-11-11
Page 428
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
(10) Remove the lock-washer (17) from the nut (18).
(11) Use the SPANNER-MLG REAR PINTLE (98D32104005000) to remove the nut
(18) and the washer (19) from the rear pintle pin (20).
Subtask 32-11-11-020-050-B
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(1) Remove and discard the lockwire from the half-seals (25) and (26).
(2) Remove the half-seals (25) and (26). Make sure that the anti-rotation
washer (24) has not moved.
(3) Install the TOOL - R I (MLG FWD AND REAR PINTLE PINS)
(98D32104190001) between the forward and the rear pintles and set it
to remove the rear pintle pin.
(4) Carefully turn the nut of the TOOL - R I (MLG FWD AND REAR PINTLE
PINS) until the rear pintle pin (20) is removed.
(5) Set and install the TOOL - R I (MLG FWD AND REAR PINTLE PINS) to
remove the forward pintle pin (27).
(6) Carefully turn the nut of the TOOL - R I (MLG FWD AND REAR PINTLE
PINS) until the forward pintle pin (27) is removed.
(7) Remove the TOOL - R I (MLG FWD AND REAR PINTLE PINS) from the MLG leg
assembly.
R
EFF : 001-049, 062-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-11-11
Page 429
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
(10) Operate the EQUIPMENT-MLG REMOVAL INSTALLATION to lower the MLG leg
assembly:
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 32-11-11-991-008)
(a) Attach the drive-link between the forward rail assembly (110) and
the aft rail assembly (108).
(b) Turn the drive-link so that the MLG leg assembly moves inboard as
far as possible.
(c) Operate the mini-hoists (113) and (114) and carefully lower the
MLG leg assembly onto the TROLLEY-HANDLING, MLG.
Subtask 32-11-11-080-050
(a) Disconnect the lifting cables from the lifting beam (105).
(b) Remove the lifting beam (105) from the leg assembly.
(c) Remove the BRACKET - INTERFACE (106) from the MLG drag stay.
Subtask 32-11-11-020-055-A
R WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
R REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
R LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(1) Remove and discard the lockwire from the bolts (32).
(2) Remove the bolts (32) and the seal plate halves (30).
EFF :
ALL 32-11-11
Page 430
Feb 01/10
CES
(3) Remove the sleeve (15) from the rear pintle mounting.
(4) Install the blanking caps to the forward and rear pintles.
Subtask 32-11-11-020-055-C
R WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
R REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
R LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(1) Remove and discard the lockwire from the bolts (39).
(2) Remove the bolts (39) and the seal plate halves (37).
(3) Remove the sleeve (15) from the rear pintle mounting.
(4) Install the blanking caps to the forward and rear pintles.
Subtask 32-11-11-020-055-B
R WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
R REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
R LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(1) Remove and discard the lockwire from the bolts (37).
(2) Remove the bolts (37) and the seal plate halves (35).
(3) Remove the sleeve (15) from the rear pintle mounting.
(4) Install the blanking caps to the forward and rear pintles.
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-11-11
Page 431
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 32-11-11-400-001
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING
_______
NOTICES ARE IN POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
CAUTION : WHEN YOU DO A MAINTENANCE TASK THAT USES COMMON GREASE, USE ONLY
_______
GREASES OF THE SAME SPECIFICATION (IT IS PERMITTED TO USE DIFFERENT
BRANDS IF THEIR SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE SAME). DO NOT MIX GREASES THAT
HAVE CLAY THICKENERS WITH GREASES THAT HAVE LITHIUM THICKENERS. THIS
MIXTURE CAN CHANGE THE LUBRICATION PROPERTIES OF THE GREASE. IF YOU
USE GREASES OF DIFFERENT TYPES (SPECIALLY THOSE WITH CLAY THICKENERS
AND LITHIUM THICKENERS), DECREASE THE SERVICE INTERVALS OF THE
AIRCRAFT (BY HALF, FOR EXAMPLE) SPECIFIED IN THE MAINTENANCE PLANNING
DOCUMENT. DO THIS FOR APPROXIMATELY THREE OR FOUR SERVICES (REFER TO
YOUR IN-SERVICE DATA TO FIND THE NUMBER OF SERVICES BEST ADAPTED TO
YOUR AIRCRAFT).
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
EFF :
ALL 32-11-11
Page 432
Feb 01/10
CES
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-11
Page 433
Feb 01/10
R
CES
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-11
Page 434
Feb 01/10
R
CES
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-11
Page 435
Feb 01/10
R
CES
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-11
Page 436
Feb 01/10
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-11
Page 437
Feb 01/10
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-11-11-941-053
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are installed on the landing
gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-11-11
Page 438
Feb 01/10
CES
(3) On the panel 400VU:
- make sure that the landing-gear control-lever 6GA is in the DOWN
position
R - make sure that the WARNING NOTICE is in position to tell persons
not to operate the landing gear
R - make sure that the WARNING NOTICE is in position to tell persons
not to operate the landing-gear doors.
(4) Make sure that the WARNING NOTICES are in the cockpit to tell persons
not to operate the brakes.
(5) Make sure that the WARNING NOTICES are in the cockpit to tell persons
not to operate the flap controls.
(6) Make sure that the WARNING NOTICES are on the ground service
R connections to tell persons not to operate:
R - the Green Hydraulic system
R - the Yellow Hydraulic system.
Subtask 32-11-11-860-057
(1) Make sure that the Green and the Yellow Hydraulic systems are
depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
(2) Make sure that the applicable hydraulic reservoirs are depressurized
(Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).
(3) Make sure that the flaps are fully extended (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-
008).
(4) Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION is
installed on the flap/slat control lever.
(5) Make sure that the two ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE are in
position adjacent to the applicable MLG leg assembly (one at the
front and one at the rear).
(6) Make sure that the isolation coupling of the PTU is disconnected
(Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-001).
(7) Make sure that the applicable MLG door is open (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-
010-001).
R
EFF :
ALL 32-11-11
Page 439
Feb 01/10
CES
(8) Make sure that the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK is installed on the
applicable MLG door actuator.
(11) If the LGCIU circuit breakers were not opened in the removal task,
make sure that the electrical circuits are de-energized (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002).
Subtask 32-11-11-860-057-A
(1) Make sure that the Green and the Yellow Hydraulic systems are
depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
(2) Make sure that the applicable hydraulic reservoirs are depressurized
(Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).
(3) Make sure that the flaps are fully extended (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-
008).
(4) Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION is
installed on the flap/slat control lever.
(5) Make sure that the two ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE are in
position adjacent to the applicable MLG leg assembly (one at the
front and one at the rear).
(6) Make sure that the isolation coupling of the PTU is disconnected
(Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-001).
(7) Make sure that the applicable MLG door is open (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-
010-001).
(8) Make sure that the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK is installed on the
applicable MLG door actuator.
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-11-11
Page 440
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(9) Make sure that the secondary hinged-fairing assembly is removed
(Ref. TASK 32-12-13-000-001).
(11) If the LGCIU circuit breakers were not opened in the removal task,
make sure that the electrical circuits are de-energized (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002).
Subtask 32-11-11-860-058
(1) If the electrical power was not necessary for other maintenance
tasks, make sure that the aircraft electrical circuits are
de-energized (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
(2) If the electrical power was necessary, make sure that the flight
configuration precautions (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-001) were done
before the LGCIU circuit breakers were opened.
Subtask 32-11-11-865-051
D. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-11
Page 441
Feb 01/10
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
R 528-599,
Subtask 32-11-11-480-051
(c) Put the MLG leg assembly with the TROLLEY-HANDLING, MLG (CFD1142-
10-000) or the TROLLEY-HANDLING, MLG (CFD1142-30-000) below the
lifting equipment.
(d) Extend the mini-hoist lifting cables and connect them to the
lifting beam (105).
(f) Attach the drive-link between the forward rail assembly (110) and
the aft rail assembly (108).
R
EFF :
ALL 32-11-11
Page 442
Feb 01/10
CES
**ON A/C 301-399,
Subtask 32-11-11-480-051-A
(c) Put the MLG leg assembly with the TROLLEY-HANDLING, MLG (CFD1142-
10-000) or the TROLLEY-HANDLING, MLG (CFD1142-30-000) below the
lifting equipment.
(d) Extend the mini-hoist lifting cables and connect them to the
lifting beam (105).
(f) Attach the drive-link between the forward rail assembly (110) and
the aft rail assembly (108).
4. Procedure
_________
EFF :
ALL 32-11-11
Page 443
Feb 01/10
R
CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 062-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,
R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Post SB 32-1213 For A/C 001-049,101-105,201-203,
Subtask 32-11-11-420-063-A
R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE CONSUMABLE MATERIAL(S). YOU MUST
_______
R OBEY THE OPERATORS AND MANUFACTURERS HEALTH AND SAFETY
R INSTRUCTIONS.
(1) Use a clean MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003), made moist with
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026) to clean the component
interface and/or the adjacent area.
(3) Make sure that all the identification plates and labels on the MLG
are correctly installed and show the correct data (Ref. TASK 11-00-
00-400-012).
(4) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed components are
clean and in the correct condition.
(5) Remove the MLG forward pintle bearing (Ref. TASK 57-26-13-000-001).
R
EFF :
ALL 32-11-11
Page 444
Feb 01/10
CES
Installation of the Half-Seals
Figure 407/TASK 32-11-11-991-009
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-11-11
Page 445
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
Installation of the Half-Seals
Figure 407A/TASK 32-11-11-991-009-A
R
EFF :
301-399, 32-11-11
Page 446
Aug 01/08
CES
(6) Clean the MLG forward pintle bearing with a MISCELLANEOUS (Material
No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026).
(7) Make sure that the grease channels to the MLG pintle bearing are
clear.
(8) Install the MLG forward pintle bearing (Ref. TASK 57-26-13-400-001).
(9) Do a visual inspection of the MLG rear pintle pin (Ref. TASK 57-51-
00-200-001).
(a) Look at the sealant that covers the bearing assembly for breaks
or cracks. Broken or cracked sealant is an indication of movement
or loose items.
(b) Do an inspection of the bearing and its retaining nut for signs
of movement.
Subtask 32-11-11-420-063-B
R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE CONSUMABLE MATERIAL(S). YOU MUST
_______
R OBEY THE OPERATORS AND MANUFACTURERS HEALTH AND SAFETY
R INSTRUCTIONS.
(1) Use a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003), made moist with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-026) to clean the component interface and/or
the adjacent area.
(3) Make sure that all the identification plates and labels on the MLG
are correctly installed and show the correct data (Ref. TASK 11-00-
00-400-012).
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-11-11
Page 447
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
(4) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed components are
clean and in the correct condition.
(5) Remove the MLG forward pintle bearing (Ref. TASK 57-26-13-000-001).
(6) Clean the MLG forward pintle bearing with a MISCELLANEOUS (Material
No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026).
(7) Make sure that the grease channels to the MLG pintle bearing are
clear.
(8) Install the MLG forward pintle bearing (Ref. TASK 57-26-13-400-001).
(9) Do a visual inspection of the MLG rear pintle pin (Ref. TASK 57-51-
00-200-001).
(a) Look at the sealant that covers the bearing assembly for breaks
or cracks. Broken or cracked sealant is an indication of movement
or loose items.
(b) Do an inspection of the bearing and its retaining nut for signs
of movement.
Subtask 32-11-11-420-063-C
R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE CONSUMABLE MATERIAL(S). YOU MUST
_______
R OBEY THE OPERATORS AND MANUFACTURERS HEALTH AND SAFETY
R INSTRUCTIONS.
(1) Use a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003), made moist with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-026) to clean the component interface and/or
the adjacent area.
R
EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-11-11
Page 448
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(3) Make sure that all the identification plates and labels on the MLG
are correctly installed and show the correct data (Ref. TASK 11-00-
00-400-012).
(4) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed components are
clean and in the correct condition.
(5) Remove the MLG forward pintle bearing (Ref. TASK 57-26-13-000-001).
(6) Clean the MLG forward pintle bearing with a MISCELLANEOUS (Material
No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026).
(7) Make sure that the grease channels to the MLG pintle bearing are
clear.
(8) Install the MLG forward pintle bearing (Ref. TASK 57-26-13-400-001).
(9) Do a visual inspection of the MLG rear pintle pin (Ref. TASK 57-51-
00-200-001).
(a) Look at the sealant that covers the bearing assembly for breaks
or cracks. Broken or cracked sealant is an indication of movement
or loose items.
(b) Do an inspection of the bearing and its retaining nut for signs
of movement.
R
EFF :
301-399, 32-11-11
Page 449
Feb 01/10
CES
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,
Subtask 32-11-11-420-062
NOTE : In the procedure that follows, make sure that the Materials No.
____
04-004 and No. 04-022 are not mixed together. Do not use them at
the same time (Ref. SIL 12-008).
(1) Remove the blanking caps from the forward and the rear pintles.
(a) Make sure that the internal and external surfaces of the sleeve
(15) are clean.
(b) Make sure that the internal surfaces of the fixed bushes are
clean.
(c) Put the sleeve (15) in position on the rear pintle pin (20) and
make sure that:
- it will fully engage
- it moves freely.
(d) Remove the sleeve (15) from the rear pintle pin (20).
(e) Put the sleeve (15) in position in the fixed bush and make sure
that it moves freely.
(3) Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) or COMMON
GREASE (Material No. 04-022) to the internal surfaces of the fixed
bushes.
(4) Put the sleeve (15) in position in the fixed bush and make sure that:
- it moves freely in the fixed bush
- it is installed in the fully aft position.
(5) Lubricate the new O-ring (31) with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-
004) or COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022).
R
EFF :
001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203, 32-11-11
Page 450
Feb 01/10
CES
(6) Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) or COMMON
GREASE (Material No. 04-022) to the internal surface of the spherical
bearing.
(7) Install the new O-ring (31) in the internal groove of the spherical
bearing.
(9) Operate the EQUIPMENT-MLG REMOVAL INSTALLATION to lift the MLG leg
assembly for installation to the wing:
(a) Operate the mini-hoists (113) and (114) and lift the MLG leg
until the MLG forward pintle is level with its mounting.
(b) Carefully turn the drive-link so that the MLG leg moves outboard
until it aligns with the pintle mounting.
(c) Remove the connecting bar and drive the gearboxes one at a time,
to get the correct alignment.
Subtask 32-11-11-420-062-B
NOTE : In the procedure that follows, make sure that the Materials No.
____
04-004 and No. 04-022 are not mixed together. Do not use them at
the same time (Ref. SIL 12-008).
(1) Remove the blanking caps from the forward and the rear pintles.
(a) Make sure that the internal and external surfaces of the sleeve
(15) are clean.
(b) Make sure that the internal surfaces of the fixed bushes are
clean.
R
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203, 32-11-11
Page 451
Feb 01/10
CES
(c) Put the sleeve (15) in position on the rear pintle pin (19) and
make sure that:
- it will fully engage
- it moves freely.
(d) Remove the sleeve (15) from the rear pintle pin (19).
(e) Put the sleeve (15) in position in the fixed bush and make sure
that it moves freely.
(3) Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) or COMMON
GREASE (Material No. 04-022) to the internal surfaces of the fixed
bushes.
(4) Put the sleeve (15) in position in the fixed bush and make sure that:
- it moves freely in the fixed bush
- it is installed in the fully aft position.
(5) Lubricate the new O-ring (38) with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-
004) or COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022).
(6) Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) or COMMON
GREASE (Material No. 04-022) to the internal surface of the spherical
bearing.
(7) Install the new O-ring (38) in the internal groove of the spherical
bearing.
(a) Operate the mini-hoists (113) and (114) and lift the MLG leg
until the MLG forward pintle is level with its mounting.
(b) Carefully turn the drive-link so that the MLG leg moves outboard
until it aligns with the pintle mounting.
R
R (c) Remove the connecting bar and drive the gearboxes one at a time,
to get the correct alignment.
R
EFF :
301-399, 32-11-11
Page 452
Feb 01/10
CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 062-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,
R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Post SB 32-1213 For A/C 001-049,101-105,201-203,
Subtask 32-11-11-420-062-A
NOTE : In the procedure that follows, make sure that the Materials No.
____
04-004 and No. 04-022 are not mixed together. Do not use them at
the same time (Ref. SIL 12-008).
(1) Remove the blanking caps from the forward and the rear pintles.
(a) Make sure that the internal and external surfaces of the sleeve
(15) are clean.
(b) Make sure that the internal surfaces of the fixed bushes are
clean.
(c) Put the sleeve (15) in position on the rear pintle pin (20) and
make sure that:
- it will fully engage
- it moves freely.
(d) Remove the sleeve (15) from the rear pintle pin (20).
(e) Put the sleeve (15) in position in the fixed bush and make sure
that it moves freely.
(3) Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) or COMMON
GREASE (Material No. 04-022) to the internal surfaces of the fixed
bushes.
(4) Put the sleeve (15) in position in the fixed bush and make sure that:
- it moves freely in the fixed bush
- it is installed in the fully aft position.
(5) Lubricate the new O-ring (36) with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-
004) or COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022).
R
EFF : 001-049, 062-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-11-11
Page 453
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
(6) Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) or COMMON
GREASE (Material No. 04-022) to the internal surface of the spherical
bearing.
(7) Install the new O-ring (36) in the internal groove of the spherical
bearing.
(9) Operate the EQUIPMENT-MLG REMOVAL INSTALLATION to lift the MLG leg
assembly for installation to the wing:
(a) Operate the mini-hoists (113) and (114) and lift the MLG leg
until the MLG forward pintle is level with its mounting.
(b) Carefully turn the drive-link so that the MLG leg moves outboard
until it aligns with the pintle mounting.
(c) Remove the connecting bar and drive the gearboxes one at a time,
to get the correct alignment.
Subtask 32-11-11-480-052
(1) Install the TOOL - R I (MLG FWD AND REAR PINTLE PINS)
(98D32104190001) between the forward and the rear pintles and set to
install the forward pintle pin (27).
Subtask 32-11-11-480-052-A
(1) Install the TOOL - R I (MLG FWD AND REAR PINTLE PINS)
(98D32104190002) between the forward and the rear pintles and set to
install the forward pintle pin (31).
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-11-11
Page 454
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,
Subtask 32-11-11-420-061
R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE CONSUMABLE MATERIAL(S). YOU MUST
_______
R OBEY THE OPERATORS AND MANUFACTURERS HEALTH AND SAFETY
R INSTRUCTIONS.
CAUTION : YOU MUST INSTALL THE FORWARD PINTLE PIN FIRST, BEFORE YOU
_______
INSTALL THE REAR PINTLE PIN.
NOTE : In the procedure that follows, make sure that the Materials No.
____
04-004 and No. 04-022 are not mixed together. Do not use them at
the same time (Ref. SIL 12-008).
(1) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) or COMMON GREASE (Material
No. 04-022) to the forward pintle pin (27).
(2) Install the forward pintle pin (27) with TOOL - R I (MLG FWD AND REAR
PINTLE PINS).
(3) Set the TOOL - R I (MLG FWD AND REAR PINTLE PINS) to install the rear
pintle pin (20).
(4) Set the sleeve (15) in the forward position (this aligns the
spherical bearing in the MLG rear pintle with the rear pintle
mounting) and install the SPHERICAL LOCATION TOOL (98D32104180000).
(5) Apply a light layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) or COMMON
GREASE (Material No. 04-022) to the external surface of the rear
pintle pin (20).
(6) Apply a thin layer of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the
thread of the rear pintle pin (20).
R
EFF :
001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203, 32-11-11
Page 455
Feb 01/10
CES
(7) Install the rear pintle pin (20) with the TOOL - R I (MLG FWD AND
REAR PINTLE PINS).
(8) Remove the TOOL - R I (MLG FWD AND REAR PINTLE PINS) from the MLG leg
assembly.
(9) Remove the SPHERICAL LOCATION TOOL from the rear pintle mounting.
Subtask 32-11-11-420-061-A
R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE CONSUMABLE MATERIAL(S). YOU MUST
_______
R OBEY THE OPERATORS AND MANUFACTURERS HEALTH AND SAFETY
R INSTRUCTIONS.
CAUTION : YOU MUST INSTALL THE FORWARD PINTLE PIN FIRST, BEFORE YOU
_______
INSTALL THE REAR PINTLE PIN.
NOTE : In the procedure that follows, make sure that the Materials No.
____
04-004 and No. 04-022 are not mixed together. Do not use them at
the same time (Ref. SIL 12-008).
(1) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) or COMMON GREASE (Material
No. 04-022) to the forward pintle pin (27).
(2) Install the forward pintle pin (27) with TOOL - R I (MLG FWD AND REAR
PINTLE PINS).
(3) Set the TOOL - R I (MLG FWD AND REAR PINTLE PINS) to install the rear
pintle pin (20).
(4) Set the sleeve (15) in the forward position (this aligns the
spherical bearing in the MLG rear pintle with the rear pintle
mounting) and install the SPHERICAL LOCATION TOOL (98D32104180000).
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-11-11
Page 456
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
(5) Apply a light layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) or COMMON
GREASE (Material No. 04-022) to the external surface of the rear
pintle pin (20).
(6) Apply a thin layer of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the
thread of the rear pintle pin (20).
(7) Install the rear pintle pin (20) with the TOOL - R I (MLG FWD AND
REAR PINTLE PINS).
(8) Remove the TOOL - R I (MLG FWD AND REAR PINTLE PINS) from the MLG leg
assembly.
(9) Remove the SPHERICAL LOCATION TOOL from the rear pintle mounting.
Subtask 32-11-11-420-061-B
R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE CONSUMABLE MATERIAL(S). YOU MUST
_______
R OBEY THE OPERATORS AND MANUFACTURERS HEALTH AND SAFETY
R INSTRUCTIONS.
CAUTION : YOU MUST INSTALL THE FORWARD PINTLE PIN FIRST, BEFORE YOU
_______
INSTALL THE REAR PINTLE PIN.
NOTE : In the procedure that follows, make sure that the Materials No.
____
04-004 and No. 04-022 are not mixed together. Do not use them at
the same time (Ref. SIL 12-008).
(1) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) or COMMON GREASE (Material
No. 04-022) to the forward pintle pin (31).
(2) Install the forward pintle pin (31) with TOOL - R I (MLG FWD AND REAR
PINTLE PINS) into the spherical bearing, until the lockbolt and
forward pintle holes are aligned.
R
EFF : 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-11-11
Page 457
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
(3) Set the TOOL - R I (MLG FWD AND REAR PINTLE PINS) to install the rear
pintle pin (19).
(4) Set the sleeve (15) in the forward position (this aligns the
spherical bearing in the MLG rear pintle with the rear pintle
mounting) and install the TOOL - SPHERICAL LOCATION (98D32104081000).
(5) Apply a light layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) or COMMON
GREASE (Material No. 04-022) to the external surface of the rear
pintle pin (19).
(6) Apply a thin layer of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the
thread of the rear pintle pin (19).
(7) Install the rear pintle pin (19) with the TOOL - R I (MLG FWD AND
REAR PINTLE PINS).
(8) Remove the TOOL - R I (MLG FWD AND REAR PINTLE PINS) from the MLG leg
assembly.
(9) Remove the SPHERICAL LOCATION TOOL from the rear pintle mounting.
Subtask 32-11-11-420-056
R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE CONSUMABLE MATERIAL(S). YOU MUST
_______
R OBEY THE OPERATORS AND MANUFACTURERS HEALTH AND SAFETY
R INSTRUCTIONS.
(1) Install a new washer (28), the bolt (29), the washer (35) and the nut
(33). Make sure the bolt (29) goes through the lugs on the forward
pintle pin (27), with the head inboard.
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203, 32-11-11
Page 458
Feb 01/10
CES
(3) Safety the nut (33) with a new cotter pin (34). If the hole for the
cotter pin does not align, loosen the nut (33) sufficiently to align
the hole.
NOTE : After the cotter pin is installed, a maximum end float of 0.25
____
mm (0.0098 in.) of the bolt (29) is permitted.
(4) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) to the bolt (29), the washer
(28), the washer (35), the cotter pin (34) and the nut (33).
NOTE : Apply the sealant after you assemble the components over the
____
external surfaces only.
Subtask 32-11-11-420-056-B
R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE CONSUMABLE MATERIAL(S). YOU MUST
_______
R OBEY THE OPERATORS AND MANUFACTURERS HEALTH AND SAFETY
R INSTRUCTIONS.
(1) Make sure that the lockbolt (28) and the lockbolt (30) are attached
by the bowden cable (29).
(2) Put a radius washer (27) on the lockbolt (28) and the lockbolt (30).
(3) Install the smaller diameter lockbolt (28) through the forward pintle
pin (31) outboard lug into the forward pintle.
(4) Install the lockbolt (30) through the forward pintle pin (31) inboard
lug into the forward pintle.
(5) Install the nylon washers (33), the spacers (34) and the nuts (35) on
the lockbolt (28) and the lockbolt (30). Do not install the laminated
shims (32).
(6) Make sure that the radius washers (27) are installed correctly
against the internal contour of the forward pintle pin (31).
R
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203, 32-11-11
Page 459
Feb 01/10
CES
(7) TORQUE the nuts (35) to 0.50 m.daN (44.24 lbf.in).
(8) Make sure that the radius washers (27) have not moved.
(10) Adjust the new laminated shims (32) to the dimension of the recorded
end float of the lockbolt (28) and/or the lockbolt (30).
(12) Remove the nuts (35), the spacers (34) and the nylon washers (33).
(13) Install the new laminated shims (32), the nylon washers (33), the
spacers (34) and the nuts (35) on the lockbolt (28) and the lockbolt
(30).
(14) Make sure that the radius washers (27) are installed correctly
against the internal contour of the forward pintle pin (31).
(16) Make sure that the radius washers (27) have not moved.
(17) Safety the nuts (35) with new cotter pins (36). If the holes for the
cotter pins do not align, tighten the nuts (35) sufficiently to align
the holes.
(18) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) to the lockbolt (28), the
lockbolt (30), the spacers (34), the nylon washers (33), the
laminated shims (32), the nuts (35) and the cotter pins (36).
NOTE : Apply the sealant after you assemble the components, over the
____
external surfaces only.
R
EFF :
301-399, 32-11-11
Page 460
Feb 01/10
CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 062-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,
R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Post SB 32-1213 For A/C 001-049,101-105,201-203,
Subtask 32-11-11-420-056-A
R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE CONSUMABLE MATERIAL(S). YOU MUST
_______
R OBEY THE OPERATORS AND MANUFACTURERS HEALTH AND SAFETY
R INSTRUCTIONS.
(1) Put a radius washer (28) on each lockbolt (29). Install the lockbolts
(29) through the forward pintle pin (27) lugs into the forward
pintle.
(2) Install the nylon washers (31), the spacers (32) and the nuts (33) on
the applicable lockbolts (29). Do not install the laminated shims
(30).
(3) Make sure that the radius washers (28) are installed correctly
against the internal contour of the pintle pin (27).
(5) Make sure that the radius washers (28) have not moved.
(6) Use a GAGE - SET, FEELER to measure and record the end float of the
lockbolts (29) at positions A and C.
(7) Remove the nuts (33), the spacers (32) and the nylon washers (31)
from the applicable lockbolt(s) (29).
(8) Adjust the new laminated shims (30) to the dimension of the recorded
end float of the applicable lockbolt (29).
R
EFF : 001-049, 062-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-11-11
Page 461
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
(10) Install the new laminated shims (30), the nylon washers (31), the
spacers (32) and the nuts (33) on the applicable lockbolts (29).
(11) Make sure that the radius washers (28) are installed correctly
against the internal contour of the pintle pin (27).
(13) Make sure that the radius washers (28) have not moved.
(14) Safety the nuts (33) with new cotter pins (34). If the holes for the
cotter pins do not align, tighten the nuts (33) sufficiently to align
the holes.
(15) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) to the lockbolts (29), the
spacers (32), the nylon washers (31), the laminated shims (30), the
nuts (33) and the cotter pins (34).
NOTE : Apply the sealant after you assemble the components, over the
____
external surfaces only.
Subtask 32-11-11-420-057
R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE CONSUMABLE MATERIAL(S). YOU MUST
_______
R OBEY THE OPERATORS AND MANUFACTURERS HEALTH AND SAFETY
R INSTRUCTIONS.
(1) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-047) to the threads of:
- the nut (18)
- the rear pintle pin (20).
(2) Install the washer (19) on the rear pintle pin (20).
(3) Install the nut (18) on the rear pintle pin (20).
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-11-11
Page 462
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
(4) Make sure that the shoulder face below the head of the pintle pin
(20) touches the forward bush face, so that there is no clearance at
F1.
(a) Use the formula to tighten with a torque wrench and adaptor, to
get the calculated torque figure (Ref. TASK 20-21-11-911-001).
NOTE : The axis of the SPANNER-MLG REAR PINTLE and the torque
____
wrench will make a straight line away from the nut (18).
(a) Use the formula to tighten with a torque wrench and adaptor, to
get the calculated torque figure (Ref. TASK 20-21-11-911-001).
NOTE : The axis of the SPANNER-MLG REAR PINTLE and the torque
____
wrench will make a straight line away from the nut (18).
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-11-11
Page 463
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
Subtask 32-11-11-220-050
G. Dimensional Check
(a) For in-service components, the total of the three dimensions (F1
+ F2 + F3) must be equal to or less than 0.5 mm (0.0196 in.).
(c) The total of the two dimensions (F4 + F1) must be between 0.575
mm (0.0226 in.) and 1.17 mm (0.0460 in.).
Subtask 32-11-11-420-053
R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE CONSUMABLE MATERIAL(S). YOU MUST
_______
R OBEY THE OPERATORS AND MANUFACTURERS HEALTH AND SAFETY
R INSTRUCTIONS.
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(1) Align the key slot of the lock-washer (17) with the chamfered slot on
the nut (18) and install the lock-washer (17).
(2) Align the wire (16) with the key slot of the lock-washer (17) and the
chamfered slot of the nut (18). Install the wire (16) (in a
counterclockwise direction) until the end of the wire (16) engages in
the key slot of the locking washer (17).
(4) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-018) to the wire (16), the lock ring
(17), the nut (18) and the washer (19).
NOTE : You must apply the sealant after you assemble the components
____
over the external surfaces only.
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-11-11
Page 464
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
(5) Install the half-seals (25) and (26) as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 32-11-11-991-009)
(a) Put one half of the forward half-seal (25) in position on the top
of the pintle pin (20). Make a knot in a piece of plastic string
and put around the groove of the half-seal (25). Pull carefully
on the two ends of the string. This will engage the half-seal
(25) between the spherical bearing of the MLG rear pintle and the
bush of the rear pintle mounting.
(b) Pull carefully on one end of the string and use the knot to turn
the half-seal (25) through 180 deg. This will put the half-seal
(25) at the bottom of the pintle pin (20). Remove the plastic
string.
(c) Put the other half of the forward half-seal (25) in position on
the top of the pintle pin (20). Use the plastic string to engage
the other half of the half-seal (25) correctly in position.
Remove the plastic string.
(6) Install the new O-rings (23) on the lubrication fitting (21).
(7) Carefully install the lubrication fitting (21) in the rear pintle pin
(20).
(9) Safety the bolt (22) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).
(11) Install the torque shaft 6208CM (6258CM) (Ref. TASK 27-54-45-400-
004).
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-11-11
Page 465
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
**ON A/C 301-399,
Subtask 32-11-11-420-057-A
R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE CONSUMABLE MATERIAL(S). YOU MUST
_______
R OBEY THE OPERATORS AND MANUFACTURERS HEALTH AND SAFETY
R INSTRUCTIONS.
(1) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-047) to the threads of:
- the nut (18)
- the rear pintle pin (19).
(2) Install the nut (18) on the rear pintle pin (19).
(3) Make sure that the shoulder face below the head of the pintle pin
(19) touches the forward bush face, so that there is no clearance at
F1.
(a) Use the formula to tighten with a torque wrench and adaptor, to
get the calculated torque figure (Ref. TASK 20-21-11-911-001).
(c) Install the torque wrench on the SPANNER - MLG REAR PIN
(98D32104080000).
NOTE : The axis of the SPANNER - MLG REAR PIN and the torque
____
wrench will make a straight line away from the nut (18).
EFF :
301-399, 32-11-11
Page 466
Feb 01/10
CES
(7) TORQUE the nut (18) to 13 m.daN (95.87 lbf.ft) as follows:
(a) Use the formula to tighten with a torque wrench and adaptor to
get the calculated torque figure (Ref. TASK 20-21-11-911-001).
(c) Install the torque wrench on the SPANNER - MLG REAR PIN.
NOTE : The axis of the SPANNER - MLG REAR PIN and the torque
____
wrench will make a straight line away from the nut (18).
Subtask 32-11-11-220-050-A
G. Dimensional Check
(a) For in-service components, the total of the three dimensions (F1
+ F2 + F3) must be equal to or less than 0.5 mm (0.0196 in.).
(c) The total of the two dimensions (F4 + F1) must be between 0.37 mm
(0.0145 in.) and 1.19 mm (0.0468 in.).
Subtask 32-11-11-420-053-A
R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE CONSUMABLE MATERIAL(S). YOU MUST
_______
R OBEY THE OPERATORS AND MANUFACTURERS HEALTH AND SAFETY
R INSTRUCTIONS.
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(1) Align the key slot of the lock-washer (17) with the chamfered slot on
the nut (18) and install the lock-washer (17).
EFF :
301-399, 32-11-11
Page 467
Feb 01/10
CES
(2) Align the wire (16) with the key slot of the lock-washer (17) and the
chamfered slot of the nut (18). Install the wire (16) (in a
counterclockwise direction) until the end of the wire (16) engages in
the key slot of the locking washer (17).
(4) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-018) to the wire (16), the lock ring
(17) and the nut (18).
NOTE : You must apply the sealant after you assemble the components
____
over the external surfaces only.
(a) Put one half of the forward half-seal (24) in position on the top
of the pintle pin (19). Make a knot in a piece of plastic string
and put around the groove of the half-seal (24). Pull carefully
on the two ends of the string. This will engage the half-seal
(24) between the spherical bearing of the MLG rear pintle and the
bush of the rear pintle mounting.
(b) Pull carefully on one end of the string and use the knot to turn
the half-seal (24) through 180 deg. This will put the half-seal
(24) at the bottom of the pintle pin (19). Remove the plastic
string.
(c) Put the other half of the forward half-seal (24) in position on
the top of the pintle pin (19). Use the plastic string to engage
the other half of the half-seal (24) correctly in position.
Remove the plastic string.
(6) Install the new O-rings (22) on the lubrication fitting (20).
(7) Carefully install the lubrication fitting (20) in the rear pintle pin
(19).
(9) Safety the bolt (21) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).
R
EFF :
301-399, 32-11-11
Page 468
Feb 01/10
CES
(10) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-018) to:
- the shoulder of the rear pintle pin (19)
- the outer edge of the lubrication fitting (20)
- the bolt (21) but not the threads.
(11) Install the torque shaft 6208CM (6258CM) (Ref. TASK 27-54-45-400-
004).
Subtask 32-11-11-080-051
R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE CONSUMABLE MATERIAL(S). YOU MUST
_______
R OBEY THE OPERATORS AND MANUFACTURERS HEALTH AND SAFETY
R INSTRUCTIONS.
(1) Remove the EQUIPMENT-MLG REMOVAL INSTALLATION from the MLG leg
assembly:
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 32-11-11-991-008)
(a) Disconnect the lifting cables from the lifting beam (105), the
forward rail assembly (110) and the aft rail assembly (108).
(b) Disconnect the support cable (112) from the BLUE mini-hoist
(113).
(c) Disconnect the support cable (111) from the YELLOW mini-hoist
(114).
(d) Disconnect the support cable (111) from the eye-bolt and the
support cable (112) from the side stay bracket.
(e) Remove the eye-bolt from the shroud box and install the blanking
plug.
(f) Remove the forward rail assembly (110) and the aft rail assembly
(108).
(g) Remove the forward pivot bracket (109) and the rear pivot bracket
(107).
EFF :
ALL 32-11-11
Page 469
Feb 01/10
CES
(h) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the threads of
the blanking plugs and install the blanking plugs.
(j) Remove the BRACKET - INTERFACE (106) from the MLG drag stay.
Subtask 32-11-11-420-059
R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE CONSUMABLE MATERIAL(S). YOU MUST
_______
R OBEY THE OPERATORS AND MANUFACTURERS HEALTH AND SAFETY
R INSTRUCTIONS.
(2) Connect the electrical connector (2) of the 2M system harness to the
outboard electrical interface at the MLG support Rib 5.
(d) Carefully put the 1M harness (92) in position and install the
upper fairlead (95) with the washer (94) and the screw (93).
Tighten the screw (93).
EFF :
ALL 32-11-11
Page 470
Feb 01/10
CES
(e) Close the cover (91) and install the screws (90).
Subtask 32-11-11-420-060
(2) Measure the DIM X on the 1M harness, this must be 345 mm (13.5826
in.).
WARNING : DO NOT LET OIL STAY ON YOUR SKIN FOR A LONG TIME AS IT CAN
_______
CAUSE INJURY.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLUID DOES NOT STAY ON THE AIRCRAFT
_______
STRUCTURE. IF THE FLUID GETS ON THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE,
WASH IT OFF IMMEDIATELY WITH SOAP AND WATER.
(a) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected line ends.
Subtask 32-11-11-420-060-A
(2) Make sure that the protective braiding of the 1M harness touches the
face of the bung/liner assembly.
R
EFF :
ALL 32-11-11
Page 471
Feb 01/10
CES
(4) Connect the hydraulic lines:
(a) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected line ends.
WARNING : DO NOT LET OIL STAY ON YOUR SKIN FOR A LONG TIME AS IT
_______
CAN CAUSE INJURY.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLUID DOES NOT STAY ON THE AIRCRAFT
_______
STRUCTURE. IF THE FLUID GETS ON THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE,
WASH IT OFF IMMEDIATELY WITH SOAP AND WATER.
Subtask 32-11-11-420-051
R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE CONSUMABLE MATERIAL(S). YOU MUST
_______
R OBEY THE OPERATORS AND MANUFACTURERS HEALTH AND SAFETY
R INSTRUCTIONS.
R WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
R REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
R LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(1) Install the tie rod for the secondary hinged-fairing as follows:
(a) Put the tie rod (45) between the lugs of the transfer block (51).
(b) Support the tie rod (45). Install the threaded insert (52), the
spacer (50), the pin (47), the washer (48) and the bolt (49).
(c) TORQUE tighten the bolt (49) to between 0.13 and 0.197 m.daN
(11.50 and 17.43 lbf.in).
R
(d) Safety the bolt (49) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).
(e) Install the nut (46), the bonding strap (55), the washer (53) and
the bolt (54) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).
(f) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) to the heads of the bolts
(49) and (54) and the nut (46).
R
EFF :
ALL 32-11-11
Page 472
Feb 01/10
CES
(2) Install the secondary hinged-fairing to the MLG leg assembly
(Ref. TASK 32-12-13-400-002).
(3) Install the side-stay assembly on the MLG leg assembly (Ref. TASK 32-
11-16-400-001).
(4) Connect the actuating cylinder to the MLG leg assembly (Ref. TASK 32-
31-46-400-001).
(6) Lubricate all the MLG leg attachment points to the wing (Ref. TASK
12-22-32-640-001).
(7) Do the replenishment procedure of the MLG shock absorber (Ref. TASK
12-12-32-611-004).
Subtask 32-11-11-870-050
R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE CONSUMABLE MATERIAL(S). YOU MUST
_______
R OBEY THE OPERATORS AND MANUFACTURERS HEALTH AND SAFETY
R INSTRUCTIONS.
WARNING : DO NOT LET OIL STAY ON YOUR SKIN FOR A LONG TIME AS IT CAN
_______
CAUSE INJURY.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLUID DOES NOT STAY ON THE AIRCRAFT
_______
STRUCTURE. IF THE FLUID GETS ON THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE, WASH IT
OFF IMMEDIATELY WITH SOAP AND WATER.
EFF :
ALL 32-11-11
Page 473
Feb 01/10
CES
(3) Remove unwanted hydraulic fluid:
(a) Use a clean MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003), made moist with
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026), to remove unwanted
hydraulic fluid.
Subtask 32-11-11-710-051
P. Operational Test
(1) Do an operational test of the normal braking system (Ref. TASK 32-42-
00-710-001).
(2) Do an operational test of the alternate braking system (Ref. TASK 32-
43-00-710-001).
Subtask 32-11-11-720-051
Q. Functional Test
CAUTION : DURING THE FUNCTIONAL TEST OF THE TACHOMETERS, MAKE SURE THAT
_______
THE OPERATION OF THE BRAKE PISTONS IS CORRECT AND AGREES WITH
EACH STEP GIVEN IN THIS TEST: INCORRECT OPERATION OF THE BRAKE
PISTONS CAN BE CAUSED BY A BAD OR A CROSSED CONNECTION OF THE
TACHOMETERS DURING INSTALLATION, AND CAN CAUSE UNSATISFACTORY
BRAKING AND/OR A TIRE BURST DURING AIRCRAFT OPERATION.
Subtask 32-11-11-010-051
R. Get Access
(2) Install the SAFETY PIN - NLG DOOR (98D32203502000) in the linkage of
each forward NLG door (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-002).
(4) Install the safety device on the lockstay of the MLG which is not to
be operated (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-11-11
Page 474
Feb 01/10
R
CES
Subtask 32-11-11-865-052
S. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1GA, 2GA, 52GA, 1GG, 2GG, 3GG, 4GG, 61GG, 70GG, 71GG.
Subtask 32-11-11-860-056
(2) On the panel 40VU, make sure that the PTU-AUTO pushbutton switch is
in the OFF position (OFF light is on).
(3) Open the access panel 197CB to get access to the ground connection of
the Green Hydraulic system.
(4) Connect the ground hydraulic cart to the ground connection of the
Green Hydraulic system.
(6) Make sure that the warning notices are in position to tell persons
that the flap system is in operation.
Subtask 32-11-11-710-052
U. Test
(1) On the panel 400VU, move the landing-gear control-lever 6GA to the UP
position.
(2) Retract the applicable MLG leg with the hand pump on the ground
hydraulic cart (or use the electric pump set at a low flow rate).
Make sure the MLG leg retracts freely to the uplock position.
(3) On the panel 400VU, move the landing-gear control-lever 6GA to the
DOWN position.
(4) Extend the landing gear with the hand pump on the ground hydraulic
cart (or use the electric pump set at a low flow rate). Make sure the
MLG leg extends freely to the downlock position.
EFF :
ALL 32-11-11
Page 475
Feb 01/10
R
CES
Subtask 32-11-11-860-055
V. Aircraft Configuration
(4) Remove the GROUND LOCK SLEEVE from each MLG lockstay actuator.
(5) Remove the SAFETY PIN - NLG DOOR from the linkage of each NLG door.
(7) Connect the isolation coupling of the PTU (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-
002).
Subtask 32-11-11-740-050
W. BITE Test
Subtask 32-11-11-720-050
X. Test
(2) Do a functional test of the MLG free fall and extension (Ref. TASK
32-33-00-720-001).
(3) Make sure that all the connections you have moved are tightened and
that there are no hydraulic leaks.
EFF :
ALL 32-11-11
Page 476
Feb 01/10
R
CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-11-11-860-054
A. Aircraft Configuration
(4) If you did not de-energize the aircraft electrical circuits, put the
aircraft back to the flight configuration (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-
002).
Subtask 32-11-11-410-052
B. Close Access
(2) Close the applicable access panel 574AB, 674AB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-
400-008).
Subtask 32-11-11-410-052-A
B. Close Access
(2) Install the applicable access panel 574AB, 674AB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-
400-008).
EFF :
ALL 32-11-11
Page 477
Feb 01/10
R
CES
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
R 528-599,
Subtask 32-11-11-410-052-B
B. Close Access
(3) Install the applicable access panel 574AB, 674AB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-
400-008).
Subtask 32-11-11-942-050
C. Removal of Equipment
(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-11-11
Page 478
Feb 01/10
CES
TASK 32-11-11-000-004
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-11
Page 479
Feb 01/10
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-11-11-941-061
A. Safety Precautions
(3) Put a warning notice in the cockpit to tell persons not to pressurize
the Green hydraulic system.
(4) Make sure that the ground safety locks are installed on the landing
gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
Subtask 32-11-11-860-069
(1) Make sure that the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems are
depressurized.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
(2) Disconnect the isolation coupling of the PTU (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-
001).
EFF :
ALL 32-11-11
Page 480
Feb 01/10
CES
Subtask 32-11-11-869-064
(1) If the electrical power is not necessary for other maintenance tasks,
de-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-
002). Then, it is not necessary to operate the LGCIU circuit
breakers.
Subtask 32-11-11-865-063
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-11-11-020-067
(1) Remove and discard the cotter pins (6) from the nuts (5).
(2) Remove the nuts (5), the washers (4), the bolts (1) and the static
discharge connector (2).
EFF :
ALL 32-11-11
Page 481
Feb 01/10
CES
MLG Leg Uplock Pin - Location and Detail
Figure 408/TASK 32-11-11-991-028
R
EFF :
001-003, 051-052, 32-11-11
Page 482
Feb 01/10
CES
MLG Leg Uplock Pin - Location and Detail
Figure 408A/TASK 32-11-11-991-028-A
R
EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-11-11
Page 483
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(3) Remove the uplock pin (3) from the MLG attachment lugs.
Subtask 32-11-11-020-067-A
(1) Remove and discard the cotter pins (6) from the nuts (5).
(2) Remove the nuts (5), the washers (4), the bolts (2) and the static
discharge connector (1).
(3) Remove the uplock pin (3) from the MLG attachment lugs.
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-11-11
Page 484
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 32-11-11-400-003
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING
_______
NOTICES ARE IN POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
EFF :
ALL 32-11-11
Page 485
Feb 01/10
CES
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-11
Page 486
Feb 01/10
CES
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-11-11-941-062
A. Safety Precautions
R (3) Make sure that a WARNING NOTICE is in the cockpit to tell persons not
R to pressurize the Green hydraulic system.
(4) Make sure that the ground safety locks are installed on the landing
gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
Subtask 32-11-11-860-070
(1) If applicable, make sure that the flight configurations were obeyed
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-001).
(2) Make sure that the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems are
depressurized.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
(3) Make sure that the isolation coupling on the PTU is disconnected
(Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-001).
(4) Make sure that the access platform is in position below the
applicable zone 731(741).
EFF :
ALL 32-11-11
Page 487
Feb 01/10
CES
Subtask 32-11-11-865-064
C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-11-11-420-079
R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE CONSUMABLE MATERIAL(S). YOU MUST
_______
R OBEY THE OPERATORS AND MANUFACTURERS HEALTH AND SAFETY
R INSTRUCTIONS.
(1) Use a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-026) to clean the components and component
interface.
(2) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
EFF :
ALL 32-11-11
Page 488
Feb 01/10
CES
(3) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-047) to:
- the interface of the uplock pin assembly and the MLG attachment
lugs
- the shanks (but not the threads) of the bolts (1)
- the shank (but not the thread) of the static discharge connector
(2)
- the washers (4).
Subtask 32-11-11-420-080
(1) Put the uplock pin (3) in position on the MLG attachment lugs.
(2) Install the bolts (1), the static discharge connector (2), the
washers (4) and the nuts (5).
(3) TORQUE tighten the nuts (5) to 1.6 m.daN (11.79 lbf.ft).
(6) TORQUE tighten the nuts (5) to 1.6 m.daN (11.79 lbf.ft).
(7) If the cotter pin holes are not aligned, tighten the applicable
nut(s) (5) until the subsequent slot in the nut aligns with the hole.
(9) Do an electrical bonding test between the MLG pintle pin bearing and
the static discharge connector (2) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-005):
(a) Make sure that the bonding resistance value is no more than 10
milliohms.
Subtask 32-11-11-390-050
C. Sealant
R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE CONSUMABLE MATERIAL(S). YOU MUST
_______
R OBEY THE OPERATORS AND MANUFACTURERS HEALTH AND SAFETY
R INSTRUCTIONS.
R
EFF :
001-003, 051-052, 32-11-11
Page 489
Feb 01/10
CES
(1) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016D) to:
- the area around the interface between the uplock pin assembly and
the MLG attachment lugs
- the heads of the bolts (1)
- the washers (4)
- the nuts (5).
Subtask 32-11-11-420-079-A
R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE CONSUMABLE MATERIAL(S). YOU MUST
_______
R OBEY THE OPERATORS AND MANUFACTURERS HEALTH AND SAFETY
R INSTRUCTIONS.
(1) Use a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-026) to clean the components and component
interface.
(2) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
Subtask 32-11-11-420-080-A
(1) Put the uplock pin (3) in position on the MLG attachment lugs.
(2) Install the static discharge connector (1), the bolts (2), the
washers (4) and the nuts (5).
(3) TORQUE tighten the nuts (5) to 1.6 m.daN (11.79 lbf.ft).
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-11-11
Page 490
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(6) TORQUE tighten the nuts (5) to 1.6 m.daN (11.79 lbf.ft).
(7) If the cotter pin holes are not aligned, tighten the applicable
nut(s) (5) until the subsequent slot in the nut aligns with the hole.
(9) Do an electrical bonding test between the MLG pintle pin bearing and
the static discharge connector (1) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-005):
(a) Make sure that the bonding resistance value is no more than 10
milliohms.
Subtask 32-11-11-390-050-A
C. Sealant
R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE CONSUMABLE MATERIAL(S). YOU MUST
_______
R OBEY THE OPERATORS AND MANUFACTURERS HEALTH AND SAFETY
R INSTRUCTIONS.
Subtask 32-11-11-865-065
D. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1GA, 2GA, 52GA.
R
EFF :
ALL 32-11-11
Page 491
Feb 01/10
CES
Subtask 32-11-11-860-071
(1) Reconnect the isolation coupling of the PTU (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-
002).
CAUTION : YOU MUST CLOSE THE CIRCUIT BREAKERS OPENED FOR AIRCRAFT
_______
FLIGHT CONFIGURATION WHEN THE MAINTENANCE WORK IS
COMPLETED.
DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT CAN OCCUR IF THEY STAY OPEN.
(2) If the flight configuration precautions were obeyed, put the aircraft
into the ground configuration (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-002).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-11-11-942-061
A. Removal of Equipment
(3) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-11-11
Page 492
Feb 01/10
CES
TASK 32-11-11-920-001
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-11
Page 493
Feb 01/10
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-11-11-941-052
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are installed on the landing
gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
Subtask 32-11-11-010-055
B. Get Access
(3) Remove the applicable MLG side-stay assembly (Ref. TASK 32-11-16-000-
001).
EFF :
ALL 32-11-11
Page 494
Feb 01/10
CES
(4) Remove the applicable MLG leg assembly (Ref. TASK 32-11-11-000-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-11-11-600-050-A
(1) Refer to the MLG leg assembly Component Maintenance Manual (Ref. CMMV
321133) to put the MLG leg assembly back to a serviceable condition.
Subtask 32-11-11-600-050-C
(1) Refer to the MLG leg assembly Component Maintenance Manual (Ref. CMMV
321225) to put the MLG leg assembly back to a serviceable condition.
Subtask 32-11-11-600-050-D
(1) Refer to the MLG leg assembly Component Maintenance Manual (Ref. CMMV
321222) to put the MLG leg assembly back to a serviceable condition.
EFF :
ALL 32-11-11
Page 495
Feb 01/10
CES
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-11-11-410-054
A. Close Access
Subtask 32-11-11-942-051
B. Removal of Equipment
(3) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-11-11
Page 496
Feb 01/10
CES
LEG ASSY - MLG (2501GM,2502GM) - INSPECTION/CHECK
_________________________________________________
TASK 32-11-11-200-001
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-11
Page 601
Nov 01/09
CES
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-11-11-941-054
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are on the landing gear
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
Subtask 32-11-11-110-051
B. Cleaning
(1) If necessary, clean the level indicator lines of the torque link
damper with a clean MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist
with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026).
EFF :
ALL 32-11-11
Page 602
Nov 01/09
CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-11-11-210-057
(1) Make sure that the level indicator shows a level between the REFILL
line and the FULL line.
Subtask 32-11-11-942-052
B. Removal of Equipment
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
R
EFF :
ALL 32-11-11
Page 603
Feb 01/08
CES
Torque Link Damper
Figure 601/TASK 32-11-11-991-010
R
EFF :
ALL 32-11-11
Page 604
Feb 01/08
CES
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,
TASK 32-11-11-200-003
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203, 32-11-11
Page 605
Nov 01/09
CES
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
EFF :
001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203, 32-11-11
Page 606
May 01/05
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
EFF :
001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203, 32-11-11
Page 607
May 01/05
CES
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-11-11-941-059
A. Safety Precautions
R (3) Put a WARNING NOTICE on the ground service connection to tell persons
R not to pressurize:
R - the Green hydraulic system
R - the Yellow hydraulic system.
R
(4) Make sure that the ground safety locks are on the landing gear
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
Subtask 32-11-11-860-067
(1) Disconnect the isolation coupling of the PTU (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-
001).
(2) Depressurize the Green and the Yellow hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-001), (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002).
Subtask 32-11-11-869-060
(1) If the electrical power is not necessary for other maintenance tasks,
de-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-
002). Then it is not necessary to operate the LGCIU circuit breakers.
EFF :
001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203, 32-11-11
Page 608
Nov 01/09
CES
(2) If the electrical power is necessary, do the precautions for flight
configuration (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-001) before you open the
circuit breakers.
Subtask 32-11-11-865-059
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
Subtask 32-11-11-010-061
E. Get Access
R (1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT) below the applicable MLG forward
pintle pin, zone 571 or 671.
Subtask 32-11-11-140-051
(1) Clean the area around the forward pintle pin (6) with MISCELLANEOUS
(Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No.
11-026). Make sure that the sealant on the head of the lockbolt (1)
and on the nut (3) can be clearly seen.
4. Procedure
_________
EFF :
001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203, 32-11-11
Page 609
Nov 01/09
CES
MLG Forward Pintle Pin and Lockbolt
Figure 602/TASK 32-11-11-991-024
R
EFF :
001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203, 32-11-11
Page 610
May 01/05
CES
R Spherical Bearing - MLG Forward Pintle Pin
R Figure 603/TASK 32-11-11-991-025-A
R
EFF :
051-052, 32-11-11
Page 611
May 01/05
CES
Spherical Bearing - MLG Forward Pintle Pin
R Figure 603A/TASK 32-11-11-991-025
R
EFF :
001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203, 32-11-11
Page 612
May 01/05
CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,
Subtask 32-11-11-210-061
(1) Examine the forward pintle pin and make sure that:
- the lockbolt (1) is not missing
- the sealant on the head of the lockbolt (1) is not cracked or
broken. Cracked or broken sealant shows that movement of the
lockbolt (1) has occurred.
(4) If the lockbolt (1) is in position and the sealant is not cracked or
broken, lubricate the spherical bearing (18) through the greasers
(17) (Ref. TASK 12-22-32-640-001).
Subtask 32-11-11-210-062
(1) If the sealant on the head of the lockbolt (1) is cracked or broken,
do the steps that follow:
(a) Remove the cracked or broken sealant from the head of the
lockbolt (1) and the nut (3).
(b) Remove and discard the cotter pin (4). Remove the nut (3) and the
washer (5) from the lockbolt (1).
R
EFF :
001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203, 32-11-11
Page 613
May 01/05
CES
(c) Remove the lockbolt (1) and the washer (7) from the forward
pintle (2). If it is damaged, discard the washer (7).
(d) Make sure that the lockbolt (1) is not bent or damaged. Replace a
bent or damaged lockbolt (1).
(e) Install a new or not damaged washer (7), the lockbolt (1), the
washer (5) and the nut (3). Make sure the lockbolt (1) goes
through the lugs on the pintle pin (6) with the head inboard.
(g) Safety the nut (3) with a new cotter pin (4). If the hole for the
cotter pin (4) does not align, loosen the nut (3) sufficiently to
align the hole.
(j) Lubricate the spherical bearing (18) through the greasers (17)
(Ref. TASK 12-22-32-640-001).
Subtask 32-11-11-210-063
(b) Examine the pintle pin (6) for damage. Replace a damaged pintle
pin (6).
R
EFF :
001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203, 32-11-11
Page 614
May 01/05
CES
(d) Examine the pintle pin (6) bushes in the forward pintle (2) for
signs of damage.
(e) Make sure that the lockbolt (1) bushes are correctly positioned
in the forward pintle (2). Examine the bushes and make sure that
they are not damaged.
(a) Push the pintle pin (6) into the spherical bearing (18).
(b) Use the pintle pin (6) to move the spherical bearing (18) around
its center axis. Make sure that the spherical bearing (18) moves
freely with hand pressure only.
(c) Record the condition of the spherical bearing (18) and send the
data to the Design Authority. This is so that, the relation
between a tight spherical bearing (18) and a missing lockbolt (1)
can be monitored.
(d) Remove the pintle pin (6) from the spherical bearing (18).
(e) Remove the greasers (17) from the spherical bearing (18).
(f) Fully clean the greasers (17) with a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026).
(h) Lubricate the spherical bearing (18) through the greasers (17)
(Ref. TASK 12-22-32-640-001). Lubricate until clean grease comes
out of the bore of the spherical bearing (18).
(i) Push the pintle pin (6) into the spherical bearing (18).
(j) Use the pintle pin (6) to move the spherical bearing (18) around
its center axis. Make sure that the spherical bearing (18) moves
freely with hand pressure only.
(k) If the spherical bearing does not move, refer to the Design
Authority for an approved repair procedure.
(l) Remove the pintle pin (6) from the spherical bearing (18).
R
EFF :
001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203, 32-11-11
Page 615
May 01/05
CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-11-11-942-057
A. Removal of Equipment
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 32-11-11-865-060
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1GA, 2GA, 52GA.
Subtask 32-11-11-869-061
(1) If you did not de-energize the aircraft electrical circuits, put the
aircraft back to the ground configuration (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-
002).
(2) Connect the isolation coupling of the PTU (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-
002).
(3) Pressurize the Green and the Yellow hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-
10-00-863-001), (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-002).
Subtask 32-11-11-942-058
D. Removal of Equipment
(3) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203, 32-11-11
Page 616
May 01/05
CES
DRESSINGS - MLG - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________
TASK 32-11-12-000-001
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-12
Page 401
Feb 01/10
R
CES
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-12
Page 402
Feb 01/10
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-11-12-941-053
A. Safety Precautions
(3) Make sure that the ground safety locks are on the landing gear
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-11-12
Page 403
Feb 01/10
CES
(4) On the panel 400VU:
- make sure that the landing-gear control-lever 6GA is in the DOWN
position
R - put a WARNING NOTICE in position to tell persons not to operate the
landing gear.
Subtask 32-11-12-860-053
(1) Disconnect the isolation coupling of the PTU (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-
001).
(2) Make sure that the Yellow and Green hydraulic systems are
depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001) and (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
864-002).
(3) Depressurize the Green and Yellow hydraulic reservoirs (Ref. TASK 29-
14-00-614-001).
(4) If the electrical power is not necessary for other maintenance tasks,
de-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-
002). Then, it is not necessary to operate the LGCIU circuit
breakers.
Subtask 32-11-12-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/BRAKING AND STEERING/SYS2/SPLY 4GG M36
121VU HYDRAULIC/BRAKING AND STEERING/SYS2/CTL 3GG M35
121VU HYDRAULIC/BRAKING AND STEERING/SYS1/CTL 1GG M34
121VU HYDRAULIC/PARK BRK/CTL/STBY 71GG N37
121VU HYDRAULIC/PARK BRK/CTL/NORM 70GG N36
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
EFF :
ALL 32-11-12
Page 404
Nov 01/09
CES
**ON A/C 001-003, 051-052,
Subtask 32-11-12-010-050
D. Get Access
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 32-11-12-991-001, 402/TASK 32-11-12-991-002, 403/TASK
32-11-12-991-003, 404/TASK 32-11-12-991-004)
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLUID DOES NOT STAY ON THE AIRCRAFT
_______
STRUCTURE. IF THE FLUID GETS ON THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE, WASH IT
OFF IMMEDIATELY WITH SOAP AND WATER.
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the applicable zone
731(741).
(2) Put the 2 CONTAINER 1 L (1/4 USGAL) below the unions (7), (8), (22)
and (23).
(3) Disconnect the hydraulic hoses (29), (30), (67) and (68) at the
MLG/airframe interface (Ref. TASK 32-11-11-000-001).
Subtask 32-11-12-010-050-A
D. Get Access
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 32-11-12-991-001-A, 402A/TASK 32-11-12-991-002-A,
403A/TASK 32-11-12-991-003-A, 404A/TASK 32-11-12-991-004-A)
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLUID DOES NOT STAY ON THE AIRCRAFT
_______
STRUCTURE. IF THE FLUID GETS ON THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE, WASH IT
OFF IMMEDIATELY WITH SOAP AND WATER.
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-11-12
Page 405
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
MLG Hydraulic Dressings - Location Detail
Figure 401/TASK 32-11-12-991-001
R
EFF :
001-003, 051-052, 32-11-12
Page 406
May 01/05
CES
MLG Hydraulic Dressings - Location Detail
Figure 401A/TASK 32-11-12-991-001-A
R
EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-11-12
Page 407
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
MLG Hydraulic Dressings - Location and Detail
Figure 402/TASK 32-11-12-991-002
R
EFF :
001-003, 051-052, 32-11-12
Page 408
May 01/05
CES
MLG Hydraulic Dressings - Location and Detail
Figure 402A/TASK 32-11-12-991-002-A
R
EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-11-12
Page 409
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
MLG Hydraulic Dressings - Location and Detail
Figure 403/TASK 32-11-12-991-003
R
EFF :
001-003, 051-052, 32-11-12
Page 410
May 01/05
CES
MLG Hydraulic Dressings - Location and Detail
Figure 403A/TASK 32-11-12-991-003-A
R
EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-11-12
Page 411
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
MLG Hydraulic Dressings - Location and Detail
Figure 404/TASK 32-11-12-991-004
R
EFF :
001-003, 051-052, 32-11-12
Page 412
May 01/05
CES
MLG Hydraulic Dressings - Location and Detail
Figure 404A/TASK 32-11-12-991-004-A
R
EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-11-12
Page 413
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the applicable zone
731(741).
(2) Put the 2 CONTAINER 1 L (1/4 USGAL) below the unions (1), (14), (15)
and (28).
(3) Disconnect the hydraulic hoses (29), (32), (65) and (66) at the
MLG/airframe interface (Ref. TASK 32-11-11-000-001).
4. Procedure
_________
EFF :
ALL 32-11-12
Page 414
Feb 01/10
CES
R **ON A/C 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 32-11-12-020-050-C
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLUID DOES NOT STAY ON THE AIRCRAFT
_______
STRUCTURE. IF THE FLUID GETS ON THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE, WASH IT
OFF IMMEDIATELY WITH SOAP AND WATER.
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-11-12
Page 415
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
MLG Hydraulic Dressings - Location and Detail
Figure 405/TASK 32-11-12-991-005
R
EFF :
001-003, 051-052, 32-11-12
Page 416
May 01/05
CES
MLG Hydraulic Dressings - Location and Detail
Figure 405A/TASK 32-11-12-991-005-A
R
EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-11-12
Page 417
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(1) To remove the flexible hydraulic hoses, do the steps that follow:
R WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
R REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
R LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(a) Remove and discard the lockwire from the unions (7), (8), (22)
and (23).
(b) Loosen the unions (7), (8), (22) and (23) to let the hydraulic
fluid drain.
(c) Remove and discard the cotter pins (1). Remove the nuts (2), the
washers (3), the bolts (4), the washers (5) and the line support
block assemblies (6).
(d) Disconnect the unions (7) and (8). Remove the flexible hoses (9)
and (14).
(e) Remove and discard the cotter pins (15). Remove the nuts (16),
the washers (17), the bolts (18), the washers (19) and the line
support block assemblies (20).
(f) Disconnect the unions (22) and (23). Remove the flexible hoses
(21) and (24).
(g) Remove the nuts (54), the washers (55) and the bolts (52). Remove
the line support block assembly (53).
(h) Remove the nuts (47), the washers (48) and the bolts (50). Remove
the channels (51) and the blocks (49).
(i) Remove the nuts (34), the washers (35) and the bolts (37). Remove
the channels (33) and the blocks (36).
(j) Disconnect the unions (25) and (81) and remove the flexible hose
(26).
(k) Disconnect the unions (28) and (82) and remove the flexible hose
(27).
(l) Remove the nuts (43), the washers (44) and the bolts (46). Remove
the line support block assembly (45).
(m) Remove the nuts (38), the washers (42) and the bolts (40). Remove
the channels (39) and the blocks (41).
EFF :
001-003, 051-052, 32-11-12
Page 418
Nov 01/09
CES
(n) Disconnect the unions (10) and (84) and remove the flexible hose
(11).
(o) Disconnect the unions (13) and (85) and remove the flexible hose
(12).
(p) Disconnect the union (31) and remove the flexible hose (30).
(q) Disconnect the union (32) and remove the flexible hose (29).
(r) Disconnect the union (73) and remove the flexible hose (68).
(s) Disconnect the union (74) and remove the flexible hose (67).
(2) To remove the rigid hydraulic pipes, do the steps that follow:
R WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
R REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
R LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(a) Remove and discard the lockwire from the band-clamp nuts (102),
(104), (105), (107) and (109).
(b) Loosen the nuts (102), (104) (105), (107) and (109). Remove the
band-clamps (101), (103), (106), (108) and (110) from the line
support blocks.
NOTE : Make sure that the mystic tape and the blocks stay in
____
position when the band-clamps are removed.
(c) Disconnect the unions (77) and (89). Remove the pipe (78).
(d) Disconnect the unions (80) and (88). Remove the pipe (79).
(e) Disconnect the union (87) and remove the locknut (71). Remove the
pipe (70)
(f) Disconnect the union (90) and remove the locknut (72). Remove the
pipe (69).
(g) Remove the locknut (86) and disconnect the union (66). Remove the
pipe (65).
(h) Remove the locknut (83) and disconnect the union (75). Remove the
pipe (76).
R
EFF :
001-003, 051-052, 32-11-12
Page 419
Nov 01/09
CES
**ON A/C 004-049, 053-060, 101-101,
Subtask 32-11-12-020-050-B
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLUID DOES NOT STAY ON THE AIRCRAFT
_______
STRUCTURE. IF THE FLUID GETS ON THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE, WASH IT
OFF IMMEDIATELY WITH SOAP AND WATER.
(1) To remove the flexible hydraulic hoses, do the steps that follow:
R WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
R REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
R LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(a) Remove and discard the lockwire from the unions (1), (14), (15)
and (28).
(b) Loosen the unions (1), (14), (15) and (28) to let the hydraulic
fluid drain.
(c) Remove and discard the cotter pins (8). Remove the nuts (7), the
washers (6), the bolts (3), the washers (4) and the line support
block assemblies (5).
(d) Disconnect the unions (1) and (14). Remove the flexible hoses (2)
and (13).
(e) Remove and discard the cotter pins (19). Remove the nuts (20),
the washers (21), the bolts (17), the washers (18) and the line
support block assemblies (22).
(f) Disconnect the unions (15) and (28). Remove the flexible hoses
(16) and (27).
(g) Remove the nuts (33), the washers (34) and the bolts (36). Remove
the block assemblies (35).
EFF :
004-049, 053-060, 101-101, 32-11-12
Page 420
Nov 01/09
CES
(h) Remove the cotter pin (41), the nuts (40), the washers (39) and
the bolts (37). Remove the channels (38).
(2) To remove the rigid hydraulic pipes, do the steps that follow:
R WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
R REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
R LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(a) Remove and discard the lockwire from the band-clamp nuts (91).
(b) Loosen the nuts (91) sufficiently to remove the band-clamps (92)
from the line support blocks.
NOTE : Make sure that the mystic tape and the blocks stay in
____
position when the band-clamps (92) are removed.
(d) Remove the locknut (76) and disconnect the union (64). Remove the
pipe (63).
(e) Remove the locknut (73) and disconnect the union (61). Remove the
pipe (62).
R
EFF :
004-049, 053-060, 101-101, 32-11-12
Page 421
Nov 01/09
CES
R **ON A/C 061-099, 102-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 32-11-12-020-050-A
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLUID DOES NOT STAY ON THE AIRCRAFT
_______
STRUCTURE. IF THE FLUID GETS ON THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE, WASH IT
OFF IMMEDIATELY WITH SOAP AND WATER.
(1) To remove the flexible hydraulic hoses, do the steps that follow:
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(a) If necessary, remove and discard the lockwire from the unions
(1), (14), (15) and (28).
(b) Loosen the unions (1), (14), (15) and (28) to let the hydraulic
fluid drain.
(c) Remove and discard the cotter pins (8). Remove the nuts (7), the
washers (6), the bolts (3), the washers (4) and the block
assemblies (5).
(d) Disconnect the unions (1) and (14). Remove the flexible hoses (2)
and (13).
(e) Remove and discard the cotter pins (19). Remove the nuts (20),
the washers (21), the bolts (17), the washers (18) and the block
assemblies (22).
(f) Disconnect the unions (15) and (28). Remove the flexible hoses
(16) and (27).
(g) Remove the nuts (33), the washers (34) and the bolts (36). Remove
the block assemblies (35).
R
EFF : 061-099, 102-149, 151-199, 201-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-11-12
Page 422
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
(h) Remove the cotter pin (41), the nuts (40), the washers (39) and
the bolts (37). Remove the channels (38).
(2) To remove the rigid hydraulic pipes, do the steps that follow:
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(a) Remove and discard the lockwire from the band-clamp nuts (91).
(b) Loosen the nuts (91) sufficiently to remove the band-clamps (92)
from the line support blocks.
NOTE : Make sure that the mystic tape and the blocks stay in
____
position when the band-clamps (92) are removed.
(d) Remove the locknut (76) and disconnect the union (64). Remove the
pipe (63).
(e) Remove the locknut (73) and disconnect the union (61). Remove the
pipe (62).
R
EFF : 061-099, 102-149, 151-199, 201-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-11-12
Page 423
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 32-11-12-400-001
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING
_______
NOTICES ARE IN POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-12
Page 424
Nov 01/09
CES
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-12
Page 425
May 01/05
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-12
Page 426
Feb 01/10
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-11-12
Page 427
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-11-12-941-052
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are on the landing gear
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
(3) Make sure that you obey the hydraulic safety procedures (Ref. TASK
29-00-00-910-002).
R (5) Make sure the WARNING NOTICE is in position to tell persons not to
pressurize the Yellow and Green hydraulic systems.
Subtask 32-11-12-860-052
R (1) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) is in position below the
applicable zone 731(741).
(2) Make sure that the isolation coupling of the PTU is disconnected
(Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-001).
(3) Make sure that the Green and the Yellow hydraulic systems are
depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001), (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-
002).
(4) Make sure that the Green and the Yellow hydraulic system reservoirs
are depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).
(5) If you did not open the LGCIU circuit breakers, make sure that the
electrical circuits are de-energized (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
R
EFF :
ALL 32-11-12
Page 428
Nov 01/09
CES
Subtask 32-11-12-865-051
C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/BRAKING AND STEERING/SYS2/SPLY 4GG M36
121VU HYDRAULIC/BRAKING AND STEERING/SYS2/CTL 3GG M35
121VU HYDRAULIC/BRAKING AND STEERING/SYS1/CTL 1GG M34
121VU HYDRAULIC/PARK BRK/CTL/STBY 71GG N37
121VU HYDRAULIC/PARK BRK/CTL/NORM 70GG N36
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
4. Procedure
_________
EFF :
ALL 32-11-12
Page 429
Feb 01/10
CES
R **ON A/C 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 32-11-12-420-053
WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE CONSUMABLE MATERIAL(S). YOU MUST
_______
OBEY THE OPERATORS AND MANUFACTURERS HEALTH AND SAFETY
INSTRUCTIONS.
(1) Use a clean MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026) to clean:
- the hydraulic dressings
- the routings and the attached parts of the dressings
- the dressing interfaces and the adjacent areas.
(2) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
(3) Make sure that the hydraulic line end-fittings and their interfaces
are clean and in the correct condition.
EFF :
ALL 32-11-12
Page 430
Feb 01/10
CES
(4) Examine the mystic tape, at the location of the band-clamps, for
correct condition. If necessary, replace the mystic tape.
Subtask 32-11-12-420-051
R WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
R REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
R LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
NOTE : Remove the blanking plugs immediately before you install the
____
applicable rigid pipes and flexible hydraulic hoses.
(1) To install the rigid hydraulic pipes, do the steps that follow:
(a) Put the pipe (76) in position in the applicable line support
blocks. Connect the union (75) and install the locknut (83).
(b) Put the pipe (65) in position in the applicable line support
blocks. Connect the union (66) and install the locknut (86).
(c) Put the pipe (69) in position and connect the union (90). Install
the locknut (72).
(d) Put the pipe (70) in position and connect the union (87). Install
the locknut (71).
(e) TORQUE the locknuts (83), (86) and (72) to between 2.7 and 3.1
m.daN (19.91 and 22.86 lbf.ft).
(f) TORQUE the locknut (71) to between 5.7 and 6.78 m.daN (42.03 and
49.99 lbf.ft).
(g) Put the band-clamps (101), (103), (106), (108) and (110) in
position and tighten the band-clamp nuts (102), (104), (105),
(107) and (110).
(h) Examine the routings of the rigid hydraulic pipes for correct
installation. Make sure that the pipes do not touch the MLG leg
or each other.
(i) Safety the band-clamp nuts (102), (104), (105), (107) and (110)
with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).
(2) To install the flexible hydraulic hoses, do the steps that follow:
NOTE : When you install the flexible hoses, make sure that you do not
____
put kinks in them.
R
EFF :
ALL 32-11-12
Page 431
Nov 01/09
CES
(a) Put the flexible hose (67) in position and connect the union
(74).
(b) Put the flexible hose (68) in position and connect the union
(73).
(c) Put the flexible hose (29) in position and connect the union
(32).
(d) Put the flexible hose (30) in position and connect the union
(31).
(e) Put the flexible hose (12) in position and connect the unions
(13) and (85).
(f) Put the flexible hose (11) in position and connect the unions
(10) and (84).
(g) TORQUE the unions (74), (32), (31), (13), (10), (84) and (85) to
between 2.4 and 2.8 m.daN (17.69 and 20.64 lbf.ft).
(h) TORQUE the union (73) to between 4.79 and 5.23 m.daN (35.32 and
38.56 lbf.ft).
(i) Put the blocks (41) and the channels (39) in position on the
flexible hoses (11) and (12). Install them with the bolts (40),
the washers (42) and the nuts (38).
(j) TORQUE the nuts (38) to between 0.4 and 0.45 m.daN (35.39 and
39.82 lbf.in).
(k) Put the line support block assembly (45) in position on the
flexible hoses (11) and (12). Loosely install with the bolts
(46), the washers (44) and the nuts (43).
(m) TORQUE the nuts (43) to between 0.4 and 0.45 m.daN (35.39 and
39.82 lbf.in).
(n) Put the flexible hose (27) in position and connect the unions
(28) and (82).
(o) Put the flexible hose (26) in position and connect the unions
(25) and (81).
R
EFF :
001-003, 051-052, 32-11-12
Page 432
May 01/05
CES
(p) TORQUE the unions (28), (82), (25) and (81) to between 2.4 and
2.8 m.daN (17.69 and 20.64 lbf.ft).
(q) Put the blocks (36) and the channels (33) in position on the
flexible hoses (26) and (27). Install them with the bolts (37),
the washers (35) and the nuts (34).
(r) TORQUE the nuts (34) to between 0.4 and 0.45 m.daN (35.39 and
39.82 lbf.in).
(s) Put the block assemblies (49) and the channels (51) in position
on the flexible hoses (26) and (27). Install them with the bolts
(50), the washers (48) and the nuts (47).
(t) TORQUE the nuts (47) to between 0.4 and 0.45 m.daN (35.39 and
39.82 lbf.in).
(u) Put the line support block assembly (53) in position on the
flexible hoses (26) and (27). Loosely install with the bolts
(52), the washers (55) and the nuts (54).
(w) TORQUE the nuts (54) to between 0.4 and 0.45 m.daN (35.39 and
39.82 lbf.in).
(x) Put the flexible hoses (21) and (24) in position and connect the
unions (22) and (23).
(y) TORQUE the unions (22) and (23) to between 2.4 and 2.8 m.daN
(17.69 and 20.64 lbf.ft).
(z) Safety the unions (22) and (23) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
19-010).
(aa) Put the line support block assemblies (20) in position on the
flexible hoses (21), (24), (26) and (27). Loosely install the
bolts (18), the washers (19) and (17) and the nuts (16).
(ab) Make sure that the dimension X is between 35 and 40 mm (1.38 and
1.57 in.).
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 32-11-12-991-010)
(ac) Tighten the nuts (16) and safety with a new cotter pin (15).
(ad) Put the flexible hoses (9) and (14) in position and connect the
unions (7) and (8).
R
EFF :
001-003, 051-052, 32-11-12
Page 433
May 01/05
CES
MLG Hydraulic Dressings - Location and Detail
Figure 406/TASK 32-11-12-991-010
R
EFF :
001-003, 051-052, 32-11-12
Page 434
May 01/05
CES
(ae) TORQUE the unions (7) and (8) to between 2.4 and 2.8 m.daN (17.69
and 20.64 lbf.ft).
(af) Safety the unions (7) and (8) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
19-010).
(ag) Put the line support block assemblies (6) in position on the
flexible hoses (9), (11), (12) and (14). Loosely install the
bolts (4), the washers (5) and (3), and the nuts (2).
(ah) Make sure that the dimension X is between 35 and 40 mm (1.38 and
1.57 in.).
(ai) Tighten the nuts (2) and safety with a new cotter pin (1).
Subtask 32-11-12-420-051-A
R WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
R REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
R LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
NOTE : Remove the blanking plugs immediately before you install the
____
applicable rigid pipes and flexible hydraulic hoses.
(1) To install the rigid hydraulic pipes, do the steps that follow:
(a) Put the pipe (62) in position in the applicable line support
blocks. Connect the union (61) and install the locknut (73).
(b) Put the pipe (63) in position in the applicable line support
blocks. Connect the union (64) and install the locknut (76).
(c) Put the pipe (55) in position and connect the union (80). Install
the locknut (58).
(d) Put the pipe (56) in position and connect the union (77). Install
the locknut (57).
(e) TORQUE the locknuts (73), (76) and (58) to between 2.7 and 3.1
m.daN (19.91 and 22.86 lbf.ft).
(f) TORQUE the locknut (57) to between 5.7 and 6.78 m.daN (42.03 and
49.99 lbf.ft).
(g) Put the band-clamps (92) in position and tighten the band-clamp
nuts (91).
EFF :
001-049, 051-060, 101-101, 32-11-12
Page 435
Nov 01/09
CES
(h) Examine the routings of the rigid hydraulic pipes for correct
installation. Make sure that the pipes do not touch the MLG leg
or each other.
(i) Safety the band-clamp nuts (91) MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
010).
(2) To install the flexible hydraulic hoses, do the steps that follow:
NOTE : When you install the flexible hoses, make sure that you do not
____
put kinks in them.
(a) Put the flexible hose (65) in position and connect the union
(60).
(b) Put the flexible hose (66) in position and connect the union
(59).
(c) Put the flexible hose (32) in position and connect the union
(31).
(d) Put the flexible hose (29) in position and connect the union
(30).
(e) Put the flexible hose (11) in position and connect the unions
(12) and (75).
(f) Put the flexible hose (9) in position and connect the unions (10)
and (74).
(g) TORQUE the unions (60), (31), (30), (12), (10), (74) and (75) to
between 2.4 and 2.8 m.daN (17.69 and 20.64 lbf.ft).
(h) TORQUE the union (59) to between 4.79 and 5.23 m.daN (35.32 and
38.56 lbf.ft).
(i) Put the channels (38) in position on the flexible hoses (9) and
(11). Install them with the bolts (37), the washers (39) and the
nuts (40).
(j) TORQUE the nuts (40) to between 0.4 and 0.45 m.daN (35.39 and
39.82 lbf.in) and safety with the new cotter pin (41).
(k) Put the line support block assembly (35) in position on the
flexible hoses (9) and (11). Loosely install with the bolts (36),
the washers (34) and the nuts (33).
R
EFF :
004-049, 053-060, 101-101, 32-11-12
Page 436
May 01/05
CES
(l) Make sure that dimension Y is 150 mm (5.91 in.).
(m) TORQUE the nuts (33) to between 0.4 and 0.45 m.daN (35.39 and
39.82 lbf.in).
(n) Put the flexible hose (24) in position and connect the unions
(23) and (71).
(o) Put the flexible hose (25) in position and connect the unions
(26) and (72).
(p) TORQUE the unions (26), (72), (23) and (71) to between 2.4 and
2.8 m.daN (17.69 and 20.64 lbf.ft).
(q) Put the channels (38) in position on the flexible hoses (24) and
(25). Install them with the bolts (37), the washers (39) and the
nuts (40).
(r) TORQUE the nuts (40) to between 0.4 and 0.45 m.daN (35.39 and
39.82 lbf.in) and safety with the new cotter pin (41).
(s) Put the line support block assembly (35) in position on the
flexible hoses (24) and (25). Loosely install with the bolts
(36), the washers (34) and the nuts (33).
(u) TORQUE the nuts (33) to between 0.4 and 0.45 m.daN (35.39 and
39.82 lbf.in).
(v) Put the flexible hoses (16) and (27) in position and connect the
unions (15) and (28).
(w) TORQUE the unions (15) and (28) to between 2.4 and 2.8 m.daN
(17.69 and 20.64 lbf.ft).
(x) Safety the unions (15) and (28) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
19-010).
(y) Put the line support block assemblies (22) in position on the
flexible hoses (16), (24), (25) and (27). Loosely install the
bolts (17), the washers (18) and (21), and the nuts (20).
(z) Make sure that the dimension X is between 90 and 95 mm (3.54 and
3.74 in.).
(Ref. Fig. 406A/TASK 32-11-12-991-010-A)
R
EFF :
004-049, 053-060, 101-101, 32-11-12
Page 437
May 01/05
CES
MLG Hydraulic Dressings - Location and Detail
Figure 406A/TASK 32-11-12-991-010-A
R
EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-11-12
Page 438
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(aa) Tighten the nuts (20) and safety with the new cotter pin (19).
(ab) Put the flexible hoses (2) and (13) in position and connect the
unions (1) and (14).
(ac) TORQUE the unions (1) and (14) to between 2.4 and 2.8 m.daN
(17.69 and 20.64 lbf.ft).
(ad) Safety the unions (1) and (14) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
19-010).
(ae) Put the line support block assemblies (5) in position on the
flexible hoses (2), (9), (11) and (13). Loosely install the bolts
(3), the washers (4) and (6), and the nuts (7).
(af) Make sure that the dimension X is between 90 and 95 mm (3.54 and
3.74 in.).
(ag) Tighten the nuts (7) and safety with the new cotter pin (8).
Subtask 32-11-12-420-051-B
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
NOTE : Remove the blanking plugs immediately before you install the
____
applicable rigid pipes and flexible hydraulic hoses.
(1) To install the rigid hydraulic pipes, do the steps that follow:
(a) Put the pipe (62) in position in the applicable line support
blocks. Connect the union (61) and install the locknut (73).
(b) Put the pipe (63) in position in the applicable line support
blocks. Connect the union (64) and install the locknut (76).
(c) Put the pipe (55) in position and connect the union (80). Install
the locknut (58).
(d) Put the pipe (56) in position and connect the union (77). Install
the locknut (57).
R
EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-11-12
Page 439
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(e) TORQUE the locknuts (73), (76) and (58) to between 2.7 and 3.1
m.daN (19.91 and 22.86 lbf.ft).
(f) TORQUE the locknut (57) to between 5.7 and 6.78 m.daN (42.03 and
49.99 lbf.ft).
(g) Put the band-clamps (92) in position and tighten the band-clamp
nuts (91).
(h) Examine the routings of the rigid hydraulic pipes for correct
installation. Make sure that the pipes do not touch the MLG leg
or each other.
(i) Safety the band-clamp nuts (91) MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
010).
(2) To install the flexible hydraulic hoses, do the steps that follow:
NOTE : When you install the flexible hoses, make sure that you do not
____
put kinks in them.
(a) Put the flexible hose (65) in position and connect the union
(60).
(b) Put the flexible hose (66) in position and connect the union
(59).
(c) Put the flexible hose (32) in position and connect the union
(31).
(d) Put the flexible hose (29) in position and connect the union
(30).
(e) Put the flexible hose (11) in position and connect the unions
(12) and (75).
(f) Put the flexible hose (9) in position and connect the unions (10)
and (74).
(g) TORQUE the unions (60), (31), (30), (12), (10), (74) and (75) to
between 2.4 and 2.8 m.daN (17.69 and 20.64 lbf.ft).
(h) TORQUE the union (59) to between 4.79 and 5.23 m.daN (35.32 and
38.56 lbf.ft).
R
EFF : 061-099, 102-149, 151-199, 201-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-11-12
Page 440
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
(i) Put the channels (38) in position on the flexible hoses (9) and
(11). Install them with the bolts (37), the washers (39) and the
nuts (40).
(j) TORQUE the nuts (40) to between 0.4 and 0.45 m.daN (35.39 and
39.82 lbf.in) and safety with the new cotter pin (41).
(k) Put the line support block assembly (35) in position on the
flexible hoses (9) and (11). Loosely install with the bolts (36),
the washers (34) and the nuts (33).
(m) TORQUE the nuts (33) to between 0.4 and 0.45 m.daN (35.39 and
39.82 lbf.in).
(n) Put the flexible hose (24) in position and connect the unions
(23) and (71).
(o) Put the flexible hose (25) in position and connect the unions
(26) and (72).
(p) TORQUE the unions (26), (72), (23) and (71) to between 2.4 and
2.8 m.daN (17.69 and 20.64 lbf.ft).
(q) Put the channels (38) in position on the flexible hoses (24) and
(25). Install them with the bolts (37), the washers (39) and the
nuts (40).
(r) TORQUE the nuts (40) to between 0.4 and 0.45 m.daN (35.39 and
39.82 lbf.in) and safety with the new cotter pin (41).
(s) Put the line support block assembly (35) in position on the
flexible hoses (24) and (25). Loosely install them with the bolts
(36), the washers (34) and the nuts (33).
(u) TORQUE the nuts (33) to between 0.4 and 0.45 m.daN (35.39 and
39.82 lbf.in).
(v) Put the flexible hoses (16) and (27) in position and connect the
unions (15) and (28).
(w) TORQUE the unions (15) and (28) to between 2.4 and 2.8 m.daN
(17.69 and 20.64 lbf.ft).
R
EFF : 061-099, 102-149, 151-199, 201-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-11-12
Page 441
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
(x) If necessary, safety the unions (15) and (28) with MISCELLANEOUS
(Material No. 19-010).
(y) Put the line support block assemblies (22) in position on the
flexible hoses (16), (24), (25) and (27). Loosely install the
bolts (17), the washers (18) and (21), and the nuts (20).
(z) Make sure that the dimension X is between 90 and 95 mm (3.54 and
3.74 in.).
(Ref. Fig. 406A/TASK 32-11-12-991-010-A)
(aa) Tighten the nuts (20) and safety with the new cotter pin (19).
(ab) Put the flexible hoses (2) and (13) in position and connect the
unions (1) and (14).
(ac) TORQUE the unions (1) and (14) to between 2.4 and 2.8 m.daN
(17.69 and 20.64 lbf.ft).
(ad) If necessary, safety the unions (1) and (14) with MISCELLANEOUS
(Material No. 19-010).
(ae) Put the line support block assemblies (5) in position on the
flexible hoses (2), (9), (11) and (13). Loosely install the bolts
(3), the washers (4) and (6), and the nuts (7).
(af) Make sure that the dimension X is between 90 and 95 mm (3.54 and
3.74 in.).
(ag) Tighten the nuts (7) and safety with the new cotter pin (8).
Subtask 32-11-12-410-050
C. Close Access
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLUID DOES NOT STAY ON THE AIRCRAFT
_______
STRUCTURE. IF THE FLUID GETS ON THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE, WASH IT
OFF IMMEDIATELY WITH SOAP AND WATER.
(1) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected line ends.
R
EFF : 001-003, 051-052, 061-099, 102-149,
151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
32-11-12
Page 442
Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
CES
(2) Connect the applicable hydraulic hoses at the MLG/wheel brake
interface (Ref. TASK 32-42-27-400-001).
(3) Connect the hydraulic hoses (29), (30), (67) and (68) at the
MLG/airframe interface (Ref. TASK 32-11-11-400-001).
(4) Connect the isolation coupling of the PTU (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-
002).
Subtask 32-11-12-410-050-A
C. Close Access
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLUID DOES NOT STAY ON THE AIRCRAFT
_______
STRUCTURE. IF THE FLUID GETS ON THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE, WASH IT
OFF IMMEDIATELY WITH SOAP AND WATER.
(1) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected line ends.
(3) Connect the hydraulic hoses (29), (32), (65) and (66) at the
MLG/airframe interface (Ref. TASK 32-11-11-400-001).
(4) Connect the isolation coupling of the PTU (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-
002).
Subtask 32-11-12-865-052
D. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1GA, 2GA, 52GA, 1GG, 3GG, 4GG, 70GG, 71GG.
EFF :
ALL 32-11-12
Page 443
Feb 01/10
CES
Subtask 32-11-12-869-057
E. Aircraft Configuration
(1) If you did not de-energize the aircraft electrical circuits, put the
aircraft back to the ground configuration (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-
002).
Subtask 32-11-12-863-050
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
_______
ARE CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC
SYSTEM.
(3) Pressurize the Green and Yellow hydraulic reservoirs (Ref. TASK 29-
14-00-614-002).
Subtask 32-11-12-870-050
Subtask 32-11-12-710-050
H. Test
(1) Do an operational test of the Normal Braking System (Ref. TASK 32-42-
00-710-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-11-12
Page 444
Aug 01/08
R
CES
Subtask 32-11-12-110-052
R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE CONSUMABLE MATERIAL(S). YOU MUST
_______
R OBEY THE OPERATORS AND MANUFACTURERS HEALTH AND SAFETY
R INSTRUCTIONS.
(1) Use a clean MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026) to remove unwanted hydraulic
fluid.
Subtask 32-11-12-790-050
(1) Examine the flexible hoses, the rigid hydraulic pipes and their
connections for leaks. Leaks are not permitted.
Subtask 32-11-12-740-050
L. Test
(1) Do a BITE test of the Brakes and Steering (Ref. TASK 32-46-00-740-
001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-11-12-864-050
Subtask 32-11-12-942-050
B. Removal of Equipment
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 32-11-12
Page 445
Nov 01/09
CES
(3) Remove the warning notice(s).
(5) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-11-12
Page 446
Nov 01/09
R
CES
SHOCK ABSORBER ASSY - MLG - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
_________________________________________________
TASK 32-11-13-860-001
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To isolate the lower gland seals and activate the upper gland seals if there
has been a hydraulic leak.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-13
Page 201
Aug 01/08
CES
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-13
Page 202
Feb 01/10
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-11-13-941-052
A. Safety Precautions
EFF :
ALL 32-11-13
Page 203
Feb 01/10
CES
Possible Points of Leakage from the Gland Seals
Figure 201/TASK 32-11-13-991-003-A
R
EFF : 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-11-13
Page 204
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
R Possible Points of Leakage from the Gland Seals
R Figure 201A/TASK 32-11-13-991-003
R
EFF :
051-052, 32-11-13
Page 205
May 01/05
CES
Possible Points of Leakage from the Gland Seals
R Figure 201B/TASK 32-11-13-991-003-B
R
EFF :
301-399, 32-11-13
Page 206
May 01/05
CES
Subtask 32-11-13-869-061
(1) If the electrical power is not necessary for other maintenance tasks,
de-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-
002). Then, it is not necessary to operate the LGCIU circuit
breakers.
Subtask 32-11-13-210-052
(1) Examine the shock absorber gland housing for the points of hydraulic
oil leakage:
1
_ Examine the sliding tube for damage:
a
_ If you found damage, replace the shock absorber (Ref. TASK
32-11-13-000-001) and (Ref. TASK 32-11-13-400-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-11-13
Page 207
Feb 01/10
R
CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-11-13-860-052
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(1) Remove and discard the lockwire from the cap screw (1).
(4) Safety the spindle (2) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).
(5) Clean the area with a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist
with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026).
R NOTE : Airbus recommend that ALL gland seals on the applicable MLG
____
R are replaced at a subsequent scheduled maintenance procedure.
R To reduce the risk of unscheduled maintenance, Airbus
R recommend that the interval between when you found the leak
R and seal replacement, is less than:
- 1200FH, or
- 670FC, or
- 200 days.
Subtask 32-11-13-611-051
EFF :
ALL 32-11-13
Page 208
Feb 01/10
CES
Spare-Seal Activating-Valve
Figure 202/TASK 32-11-13-991-004
EFF :
ALL 32-11-13
Page 209
Aug 01/08
R
CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-11-13-942-052
A. Removal of Equipment
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 32-11-13
Page 210
Aug 01/08
CES
TASK 32-11-13-860-002
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-13
Page 211
Nov 01/09
CES
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-11-13-941-053
A. Safety Precautions
R (2) Put a WARNING NOTICE in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate
the landing gear.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-11-13-860-053
R WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
R REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
R LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(1) Remove and discard the lockwire from the spindle (2).
(2) Turn the spindle (2) counter-clockwise by hand to its stop, to open
the spare-seal activating-valve.
EFF :
ALL 32-11-13
Page 212
Nov 01/09
CES
(4) Torque the cap screw (1) to between 0.4 and 0.45 m.daN (35.39 and
39.82 lbf.in).
R (5) Safety the cap screw (1) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).
(6) Make a note in the aircraft technical log that the spare-seal
activating-valve has been opened.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-11-13-942-053
A. Removal of Equipment
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 32-11-13
Page 213
Nov 01/09
CES
SHOCK ABSORBER ASSY - MLG - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________________________
TASK 32-11-13-000-001
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-13
Page 401
Feb 01/10
CES
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-13
Page 402
Feb 01/10
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-11-13-941-050
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the safety devices are installed on the landing gear
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
(4) Put the WARNING NOTICES in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate
the brakes.
(5) Put the WARNING NOTICES in position on the ground hydraulic services
connections to tell persons not to operate the Green or the Yellow
hydraulic systems.
EFF :
ALL 32-11-13
Page 403
Feb 01/10
CES
Subtask 32-11-13-860-050
(1) Make sure that the applicable hydraulic systems are depressurized
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
(2) Make sure that the applicable hydraulic reservoirs are depressurized
(Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).
Subtask 32-11-13-582-050
Subtask 32-11-13-869-055
(1) If the electrical power is not necessary for other maintenance tasks,
de-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-
002). Then, it is not necessary to operate the LGCIU circuit
breakers.
Subtask 32-11-13-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/BRAKING AND STEERING/SYS2/SPLY 4GG M36
121VU HYDRAULIC/BRAKING AND STEERING/SYS2/CTL 3GG M35
121VU HYDRAULIC/BRAKING AND STEERING/SYS1/CTL 1GG M34
121VU HYDRAULIC/BRAKING AND STEERING/SYS1/IND AND/SPLY 2GG M33
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
EFF :
ALL 32-11-13
Page 404
Aug 01/08
R
CES
Subtask 32-11-13-010-050
F. Get Access
(1) Open the applicable MLG gear door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).
(2) Make sure that the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK (460005835) is on the
applicable MLG door actuating cylinder.
(3) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT) in position, adjacent to the
applicable MLG.
Subtask 32-11-13-582-051
4. Procedure
_________
EFF :
ALL 32-11-13
Page 405
Feb 01/10
CES
R MLG Shock Absorber
Figure 401/TASK 32-11-13-991-001-C12 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
001-003, 051-052, 32-11-13
Page 406
Aug 01/06
CES
R MLG Shock Absorber
Figure 401/TASK 32-11-13-991-001-C22 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
001-003, 051-052, 32-11-13
Page 407
Aug 01/06
CES
MLG Shock Absorber
Figure 401A/TASK 32-11-13-991-001-B
R
EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-11-13
Page 408
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
R MLG Shock Absorber
R Figure 401B/TASK 32-11-13-991-001-D
R
EFF :
301-399, 32-11-13
Page 409
Feb 01/08
CES
R MLG Two-Stage Shock Absorber
Figure 402/TASK 32-11-13-991-002
EFF :
001-003, 051-052, 32-11-13
Page 410
Aug 01/08
CES
R **ON A/C 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 32-11-13-614-050
(1) Remove the blanking cap (44) from the top charging valve (45) and
install the charging adapter.
WARNING : DO NOT PUT COMPRESSED GAS IN CONTACT WITH YOUR SKIN. THE
_______
GAS CAN GO THROUGH THE SKIN AND MAKE BUBBLES IN THE BLOOD.
THIS CONDITION CAN KILL YOU.
(a) Slowly loosen the valve on the charging adapter attached to the
top charging valve (45).
NOTE : This will release the gas pressure from the first stage of
____
the shock absorber (1).
(2) Remove the charging adapter from the top charging valve (45).
(3) Remove the blanking cap (67) from the bottom charging valve (66) and
install the charging adapter.
(4) Slowly loosen the valve on the charging adapter attached to the
bottom charging valve (66).
NOTE : This will release the gas pressure from the second stage of
____
the shock absorber (1).
(5) Remove the charging adapter from the bottom charging valve (66).
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-11-13
Page 411
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
MLG Two-Stage Shock Absorber
Figure 402A/TASK 32-11-13-991-002-A
R
EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-11-13
Page 412
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
R **ON A/C 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 32-11-13-614-050-A
(1) Remove the blanking cap (44) from the top charging valve (45) and
install the charging adapter.
WARNING : DO NOT PUT COMPRESSED GAS IN CONTACT WITH YOUR SKIN. THE
_______
GAS CAN GO THROUGH THE SKIN AND MAKE BUBBLES IN THE BLOOD.
THIS CONDITION CAN KILL YOU.
(a) Slowly loosen the valve on the charging adapter attached to the
top charging valve (45).
NOTE : This will release the gas pressure from the first stage of
____
the shock absorber (1).
(2) Remove the charging adapter from the top charging valve (45).
(3) Install the blanking cap (44) on the top charging valve (45).
(4) Remove the blanking cap (60) from the bottom charging valve (59) and
install the charging adapter.
(5) Slowly loosen the valve on the charging adapter attached to the
bottom charging valve (59).
NOTE : This will release the gas pressure from the second stage of
____
the shock absorber (1).
(6) Remove the charging adapter from the bottom charging valve (59).
(7) Install the charging valve (60) on the bottom charging valve (59).
R
EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-11-13
Page 413
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
**ON A/C 001-003, 051-052,
Subtask 32-11-13-020-057-A
(a) Remove the charging valve (45) from the inflation valve assembly
(41).
(b) Remove and discard the packer (46) from the charging valve (45).
(c) Remove the bolts (43), the spacers (42) and the inflation valve
assembly (41).
(d) Remove and discard the O-ring (40) and the backing rings (39)
from the inflation valve assembly (41).
R (a) Put the CONTAINER 5 L(1 1/2 USGAL) under the housing (58) to
collect the ball (60) and hydraulic fluid.
(b) Remove and discard the cotter pins (59). Remove the washers (64)
and the pin (65).
(c) Carefully remove the valve stem (63) from the housing (58).
(d) Let the hydraulic fluid drain from the housing (58) into the
container and collect the ball (60).
(e) Remove and discard the O-ring (62) and the backing ring (61) from
the valve stem (63).
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 32-11-13-991-009)
(a) Disengage the tab washers (11) and remove the bolts (12). Remove
and discard the tab washers (11).
EFF :
001-003, 051-052, 32-11-13
Page 414
Feb 01/10
CES
1M and 2M Electrical Harnesses - Location and Detail (Axle Connections)
Figure 403/TASK 32-11-13-991-009
EFF :
001-003, 051-052, 32-11-13
Page 415
Feb 01/08
R
CES
R (b) Remove the lock plate (10).
R (c) Remove and discard the cotter pin (8). Remove the nut (7), the
R washer (6) and the bolt (5).
R (f) Move the torque link (3) away from the shock absorber (1)
R together with:
R - the fitting (9)
R - the electrical harness (14)
R - the flexible hydraulic lines (13).
R (g) Make sure that you do not make kinks in the electrical harness
R (14) or the flexible hydraulic lines (13). Safety them in this
R position and give them protection.
R 1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (24).
R 2
_ Remove the nut (23), the washer (22) and the bolt (15). Remove
R the center bonding strap assembly and safety it to give it
R protection.
R 3
_ Remove the nut (18), the washer (20) and the bolt (17). Remove
R the pin (16).
R 4
_ Move the bottom slave link (25) away from the shock absorber
R (1) together with:
R - the fitting (21)
R - the electrical harness (27)
R - the flexible hydraulic lines (26).
R 5
_ Make sure that you do not make kinks in the electrical harness
R (27) or the flexible hydraulic lines (26). Safety them in this
R position and give them protection.
R 1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pins (19).
R
EFF :
001-003, 051-052, 32-11-13
Page 416
Feb 01/08
CES
2
_ Remove the nuts (18), the washers (17), the sleeves (16) and
the bolts (15).
3
_ Move the bottom slave link (25) away from the shock absorber
(1) together with:
- the fitting (21)
- the electrical harness (27)
- the flexible hydraulic lines (26).
4
_ Make sure that you do not make kinks in the electrical harness
(27) or the flexible hydraulic lines (26). Safety them in this
position and give them protection.
(7) Put the container in position below the shock absorber (1).
Subtask 32-11-13-020-057-B
(a) Remove the charging valve (45) from the inflation valve (41).
(b) Remove and discard the packer (46) from the charging valve (45).
(c) Remove the bolts (43), the spacers (42) and the inflation valve
(41).
(d) Remove and discard the O-ring (40) and the backing rings (39)
from the inflation valve (41).
R (a) Put the CONTAINER 5 L(1 1/2 USGAL) under the housing (52) to
collect the hydraulic fluid.
(b) Remove and discard the cotter pins (53). Remove the washers (57)
and the pin (58).
(c) Carefully remove the valve stem (56) from the housing (52).
(d) Let the hydraulic fluid drain from the housing (52) into the
container.
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-11-13
Page 417
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
(e) Remove and discard the O-ring (54) and the backing ring (55) from
the valve stem (56).
(Ref. Fig. 403A/TASK 32-11-13-991-009-A)
(a) Disengage the tab washers (11) and remove the bolts (12). Remove
and discard the tab washers (11).
(c) Remove and discard the cotter pin (8). Remove the nut (7), the
washer (6) and the bolt (5).
(e) Move the torque link (3) away from the shock absorber (1)
together with:
- the fitting (9)
- the electrical harness (14)
- the flexible hydraulic lines (13).
(f) Make sure that you do not make kinks in the electrical harness
(14) or the flexible hydraulic lines (13). Safety them in this
position and give them protection.
(b) Remove the nuts (18), the washers (17), the sleeves (16) and the
bolts (15).
(c) Move the bottom slave link (21) away from the shock absorber (1)
together with:
- the fitting (20)
- the electrical harness (23)
- the flexible hydraulic lines (22).
R
EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-11-13
Page 418
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
1M and 2M Electrical Harnesses - Location and Detail (Axle Connections)
Figure 403A/TASK 32-11-13-991-009-A
R
EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-11-13
Page 419
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(d) Make sure that you do not make kinks in the electrical harness
(23) or the flexible hydraulic lines (22). Safety them in this
position and give them protection.
(7) Put the container in position below the shock absorber (1).
Subtask 32-11-13-020-057-C
(a) Remove the charging valve (45) from the inflation valve (41).
(b) Remove and discard the packer (46) from the charging valve (45).
(c) Remove the bolts (43), the spacers (42) and the inflation valve
(41).
(d) Remove and discard the O-ring (40) and the backing rings (39)
from the inflation valve (41).
R (a) Put the CONTAINER 5 L(1 1/2 USGAL) under the housing (52) to
collect the hydraulic fluid.
(b) Remove and discard the cotter pins (53). Remove the washers (57)
and the pin (58).
(c) Carefully remove the valve stem (56) from the housing (52).
(d) Let the hydraulic fluid drain from the housing (52) into the
container.
(e) Remove and discard the O-ring (54) and the backing ring (55) from
the valve stem (56).
(Ref. Fig. 403A/TASK 32-11-13-991-009-A)
R
EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-11-13
Page 420
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
R (5) Remove the torque link assembly (Ref. TASK 32-11-27-000-001).
R (b) Remove the nuts (18), the washers (17), the sleeves (16) and the
R bolts (15).
R (c) Move the bottom slave link (21) away from the shock absorber (1)
R together with:
R - the fitting (20)
R - the electrical harness (23)
R - the flexible hydraulic lines (22).
R (d) Make sure that you do not make kinks in the electrical harness
R (23) or the flexible hydraulic lines (22). Safety them in this
R position and give them protection.
R (7) Put the container in position below the shock absorber (1).
R Subtask 32-11-13-020-058
R WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
R - FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
R - GET MEDICAL AID.
R CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLUID DOES NOT STAY ON THE AIRCRAFT
_______
R STRUCTURE. IF THE FLUID GETS ON THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE, WASH IT
R OFF IMMEDIATELY WITH SOAP AND WATER.
R (1) Use a 200 kg (440 lb) hand-operated forklift (angle of lift +10 to -
R 10 degrees) to compress the shock absorber (1) fully into the MLG
R leg. Make sure that you lift the shock absorber (1) along the
R centerline of the MLG main fitting.
R NOTE : Hydraulic oil will come from the charging valve hole.
____
R
EFF :
001-003, 051-052, 301-399, 32-11-13
Page 421
Feb 01/08
CES
(3) Remove and discard the cotter pin (35). Remove the nut (34), the
washer (33), the bolt (31) and the collar (32).
(a) Remove the nuts (52), the washers (51) and the bolts (49).
Disconnect the end of the bonding straps (50).
(d) Remove and discard the tab washers (47), (53) and (54).
(6) Make sure that the gland housing (57) does not fall out of the shock
absorber (1).
(7) Carefully lower the shock absorber (1) along the centerline of the
MLG main fitting and remove it from the MLG leg. Make sure that the
shock absorber (1) does not fall when it comes out of the MLG leg.
NOTE : Hydraulic fluid will come from the shock absorber (1).
____
(8) Remove and discard the seals (36) and (37), the O-rings (56) and the
backing rings (55).
Subtask 32-11-13-020-058-B
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-11-13
Page 422
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLUID DOES NOT STAY ON THE AIRCRAFT
_______
STRUCTURE. IF THE FLUID GETS ON THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE, WASH IT
OFF IMMEDIATELY WITH SOAP AND WATER.
(1) Use a 200 kg (440 lb) hand-operated forklift (angle of lift +10 to -
10 degrees) to compress the shock absorber (1) fully into the MLG
leg. Make sure that you lift the shock absorber (1) along the
centerline of the MLG main fitting.
NOTE : Hydraulic oil will come from the charging valve hole.
____
(3) Remove and discard the cotter pin (35). Remove the nut (34), the
washer (33), the bolt (31) and the collar (32).
(6) Make sure that the gland housing (51) does not fall out of the shock
absorber (1).
(7) Carefully lower the shock absorber (1) along the centerline of the
MLG main fitting and remove it from the MLG leg. Make sure that the
shock absorber (1) does not fall when it comes out of the MLG leg.
NOTE : Hydraulic fluid will come from the shock absorber (1).
____
(8) Remove and discard the seals (36) and (37), the O-rings (50) and the
backing rings (49).
R
EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-11-13
Page 423
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
**ON A/C 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
Subtask 32-11-13-020-063
Subtask 32-11-13-020-063-B
Subtask 32-11-13-020-063-A
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-11-13
Page 424
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 32-11-13-400-001
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING
_______
NOTICES ARE IN POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-13
Page 425
Feb 01/10
CES
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-13
Page 426
May 01/09
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-13
Page 427
May 01/09
R
CES
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-13
Page 428
Aug 01/08
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-13
Page 429
Feb 01/10
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-11-13-941-054
A. Safety Precautions
(3) Make sure that the WARNING NOTICES are in the cockpit to tell persons
not to operate the brakes.
(4) Make sure that the WARNING NOTICES are on the ground service
connections to tell persons not to operate the Green and the Yellow
hydraulic systems.
(5) Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE is in position to tell persons not
to operate the landing gear doors.
(6) Make sure that the safety devices are on the landing gear (Ref. TASK
32-00-00-481-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-11-13
Page 430
Feb 01/10
CES
Subtask 32-11-13-869-057
(1) If the electrical power is not necessary for other maintenance tasks,
make sure that the aircraft electrical circuits are de-energized
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002). Then, it is not necessary to operate
the LGCIU circuit breakers.
(2) If electrical power is necessary, make sure that the precautions for
flight configuration with electrical power are done (Ref. TASK 32-00-
00-860-001) before you open the circuit breakers.
Subtask 32-11-13-865-051
C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/BRAKING AND STEERING/SYS2/SPLY 4GG M36
121VU HYDRAULIC/BRAKING AND STEERING/SYS2/CTL 3GG M35
121VU HYDRAULIC/BRAKING AND STEERING/SYS1/CTL 1GG M34
121VU HYDRAULIC/BRAKING AND STEERING/SYS1/IND AND/SPLY 2GG M33
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
Subtask 32-11-13-860-056
(1) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT) is in position adjacent
to the MLG.
(2) Make sure that the applicable main gear door is open (Ref. TASK 32-
12-00-010-001).
(3) Make sure that the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK (460005835) is on the
applicable main gear door actuator.
(4) Make sure that the Yellow and the Green hydraulic systems are
depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001), (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-
002).
EFF :
ALL 32-11-13
Page 431
Aug 01/08
R
CES
(5) Make sure the applicable hydraulic reservoirs are depressurized
(Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-11-13-560-050
(1) Install the 1M and 2M system harnesses in the axle (Ref. TASK 32-11-
43-400-003). Make sure that the cables are in the correct position.
EFF :
ALL 32-11-13
Page 432
Feb 01/10
CES
R **ON A/C 051-099, 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
R 528-599,
Subtask 32-11-13-560-050-B
(1) Install the 1M and 2M system harnesses in the axle (Ref. TASK 32-11-
43-400-003). Make sure that the cables are in the correct position.
Subtask 32-11-13-560-050-A
(1) Install the 1M and 2M system harnesses in the axle (Ref. TASK 32-11-
43-400-003). Make sure that the cables are in the correct position.
Subtask 32-11-13-420-054-A
R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE CONSUMABLE MATERIAL(S). YOU MUST
_______
R OBEY THE OPERATORS AND MANUFACTURERS HEALTH AND SAFETY
R INSTRUCTIONS.
R
EFF : 001-003, 051-099, 234-235, 239-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-11-13
Page 433
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
(1) Clean the component interfaces and the adjacent areas with a
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-026).
(2) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
(6) Install the new seal (36) and the new seal (37) on the shock absorber
(1).
(7) Install the new O-rings (56) and the new backing rings (55) on the
gland housing (57).
(8) Install the new O-ring (40) and the new backing rings (39) on the
inflation valve assembly (41). Use the RING - KEEP (460003180-24) to
get them back to their initial dimensions.
(9) Install the new packer (46) on the charging valve (45).
(10) Install the new backing ring (61) and the new O-ring (62) on the
valve stem (63).
(11) Apply a thin layer of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-047) to:
- the washer (38)
- the pin (30)
- the collar (32)
- the interface and the stem (area N) of the inflation valve
assembly (41)
- the external surface of the gland housing (57) (area M).
EFF :
001-003, 051-052, 32-11-13
Page 434
Feb 01/10
R
CES
Subtask 32-11-13-420-053
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE CONSUMABLE MATERIAL(S). YOU MUST
_______
R OBEY THE OPERATORS AND MANUFACTURERS HEALTH AND SAFETY
R INSTRUCTIONS.
(1) Put the shock absorber (1) in position on the 200 kg (440 lb) hand-
operated forklift (angle of lift +10 to -10 degrees).
(2) Put the hand-operated forklift below the MLG main fitting.
(3) Adjust the lift angle of the forklift so that you can:
- lift the shock absorber (1) along the centerline of the MLG main
fitting.
(4) Install the shock absorber (1) fully in the MLG leg.
(a) Install the gland housing (57) in the MLG leg. Use the SPANNER-
PEG (460006465) to align the holes in the gland housing (57) with
the holes in the MLG leg.
(d) Make a fillet of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) between the gland
housing (57) and the MLG main fitting.
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 32-11-13-991-013)
NOTE : Use only the sealants that came out when the gland housing
____
(57) was installed. It is not necessary to apply more
sealant to make a fillet.
EFF :
001-003, 051-052, 32-11-13
Page 435
Feb 01/10
CES
R MLG Two-Stage Shock Absorber
R Figure 404/TASK 32-11-13-991-013
EFF :
001-003, 051-052, 32-11-13
Page 436
Aug 01/08
CES
(e) TORQUE the retaining pins (48) to between 9.5 and 10.0 m.daN
(70.05 and 73.74 lbf.ft).
(f) Safety the retaining pins (48) with the tab washers (47), (53)
and (54).
(g) Install the bonding straps (50) with the bolts (49), the washers
(51) and the nuts (52) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).
(h) Install the washer (38) and the pin (30). Make sure that the
cut-away on the pin (30) is at the top and aligns with the
anti-rotation pin.
(i) Install the collar (32), the bolt (31), the washer (33) and the
nut (34). TORQUE the nut (34) to between 0.63 and 0.73 m.daN
(55.75 and 64.60 lbf.in).
(j) Safety the nut (34) with a new cotter pin (35).
(a) Remove the hand-operated forklift from the shock absorber (1) and
carefully let it extend fully.
(b) Carefully put the inflation valve assembly (41) in position and
install the spacers (42) and the bolts (43). TORQUE the bolts
(43) to between 1.5 and 1.8 m.daN (11.06 and 13.27 lbf.ft).
(c) Install the charging valve (45) on the inflation valve assembly
(41). TORQUE the charging valve (45) to between 1.13 and 1.58
m.daN (99.99 and 139.82 lbf.in).
(d) Safety the bolts (43) and the charging valve (45) together with
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).
(a) Install the ball (60) and the valve stem (63) in the housing
(58).
(c) Safety the pin (65) with the new cotter pins (59).
EFF :
001-003, 051-052, 32-11-13
Page 437
Feb 01/10
R
CES
(8) Install the lower torque link assembly as follows:
(b) Install the spacers (4) and put the lower torque link (3) and the
fitting (9) in position.
(d) Install the bolt (5), the bonding strap assembly, the washer(s)
(6) and the nut (7) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).
NOTE : You can use a maximum of two washers (6) under the nut
____
(7).
(e) TORQUE the nut (7) to between 2.1 and 2.7 m.daN (15.48 and 19.91
lbf.ft). Safety the nut (7) with a new cotter pin (8).
(f) Put the lock plate (10) in position then install the new tab
washers (11) and the bolts (12).
(g) TORQUE the bolts (12) to between 1.5 and 1.8 m.daN (11.06 and
13.27 lbf.ft). Safety the bolts (12) with the tab washers (11).
1
_ Release the lower slave link (25) together with:
- the fitting (21)
- the electrical harness (27)
- the flexible hydraulic lines (26).
2
_ Put the lower slave link (25) and the fitting (21) in position
then install the pin (16).
3
_ Install the bolt (17), the washer(s) (20) and the nut (18).
NOTE : You can use a maximum of three washers (20) under the
____
nut (18).
4
_ TORQUE the nut (18) to between 0.40 and 0.45 m.daN (35.39 and
39.82 lbf.in).
R
EFF :
001-003, 051-052, 32-11-13
Page 438
Aug 01/08
CES
5
_ Install the bolt (15), the bonding strap assembly, the washer
(22) and the nut (23). TORQUE the nut (23) to between 0.9 and
1.1 m.daN (79.64 and 97.34 lbf.in).
6
_ Safety the nut (23) with a new cotter pin (24).
1
_ Apply a thin layer of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) to the
interface of the fitting (21) and the shock absorber (1).
2
_ Apply a thin layer of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-047)
to:
- the bottom of each bolt head (15)
- the washers (17).
3
_ Release the lower slave link (25) together with:
- the fitting (21)
- the electrical harness (27)
- the flexible hydraulic lines (26).
4
_ Put the lower slave link (25) and the fitting (21) in position
then install the bolts (15).
5
_ Install the sleeves (16), the washers (17) and the nuts (18).
NOTE : You can use a maximum of three washers (17) under each
____
nut (18).
6
_ TORQUE the nuts (18) to between 0.8 and 1.0 m.daN (70.79 and
88.49 lbf.in).
7
_ Safety the nuts (18) with new cotter pins (19).
(10) TORQUE the bottom charging valve (66) to between 0.57 and 0.79 m.daN
(50.44 and 69.91 lbf.in).
(b) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
correct condition.
EFF :
001-003, 051-052, 32-11-13
Page 439
Feb 01/10
CES
(12) Install the 2M system harness as follows:
(b) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
correct condition.
(13) Clean the nuts and bolts you installed with a clean MISCELLANEOUS
(Material No. 19-003) and CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026).
(14) Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) to the nuts and bolts
you installed and the areas around them. Make sure the drain hole
under the collar (32) is clear.
(17) Fill and charge the MLG shock absorber (Ref. TASK 12-12-32-611-008).
Subtask 32-11-13-420-054-C
R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE CONSUMABLE MATERIAL(S). YOU MUST
_______
R OBEY THE OPERATORS AND MANUFACTURERS HEALTH AND SAFETY
R INSTRUCTIONS.
(1) Clean the component interfaces and the adjacent areas with a
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-026).
(2) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-11-13
Page 440
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
(5) Apply HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-001) or HYDRAULIC FLUIDS
(Material No. 02-004) or HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-006) to:
- the new O-rings (40), (50) and (54)
- the new backing rings (39), (49) and (55)
- the new seals (36) and (37).
(6) Install the new seal (36) and the new seal (37) on the shock absorber
(1).
(7) Install the new O-rings (50) and the new backing rings (49) on the
gland housing (51).
(8) Install the new O-ring (40) and the new backing rings (39) on the
inflation valve assembly (41). Use the RING - KEEP (460003180-24) to
get them back to their initial dimensions.
(9) Install the new packer (46) on the charging valve (45).
(10) Install the new backing ring (55) and the new O-ring (54) on the
valve stem (56).
(11) Apply a thin layer of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-047) to:
- the washer (38)
- the pin (30)
- the collar (32)
- the interface and the stem (area N) of the inflation valve
assembly (41)
- the external surface of the gland housing (51) (area M).
Subtask 32-11-13-420-053-A
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
R
EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-11-13
Page 441
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE CONSUMABLE MATERIAL(S). YOU MUST
_______
R OBEY THE OPERATORS AND MANUFACTURERS HEALTH AND SAFETY
R INSTRUCTIONS.
(1) Put the shock absorber (1) in position on the 200 kg (440 lb) hand-
operated forklift (angle of lift +10 to -10 degrees).
(2) Put the hand-operated forklift below the MLG main fitting.
(3) Adjust the lift angle of the forklift so that you can:
- lift the shock absorber (1) along the centerline of the MLG main
fitting.
(4) Install the shock absorber (1) fully in the MLG leg.
(a) Install the gland housing (51) in the MLG leg. Use the SPANNER-
PEG (460006465) to align the holes in the gland housing (51) with
the holes in the MLG leg.
(d) Make a fillet of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) between the gland
housing (51) and the MLG main fitting.
(Ref. Fig. 404A/TASK 32-11-13-991-013-A)
NOTE : Use only the sealants that came out when the gland housing
____
(51) was installed. It is not necessary to apply more
sealant to make a fillet.
(e) TORQUE the retaining pins (48) to between 9.5 and 10.0 m.daN
(70.05 and 73.74 lbf.ft).
(f) Safety the retaining pins (48) with the cup washers (47).
(g) Install the washer (38) and the pin (30). Make sure that the
cut-away on the pin (30) is at the top and aligns with the
anti-rotation pin.
(h) Install the collar (32), the bolt (31), the washer (33) and the
nut (34). TORQUE the nut (34) to between 0.63 and 0.73 m.daN
(55.75 and 64.60 lbf.in).
(i) Safety the nut (34) with a new cotter pin (35).
R
EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-11-13
Page 442
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
MLG Two-Stage Shock Absorber
Figure 404A/TASK 32-11-13-991-013-A
R
EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-11-13
Page 443
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(6) Install the top charging valve assembly as follows:
(a) Remove the hand-operated forklift from the shock absorber (1) and
carefully let it extend fully.
(b) Carefully put the inflation valve assembly (41) in position and
install the spacers (42) and the bolts (43). TORQUE the bolts
(43) to between 1.5 and 1.8 m.daN (11.06 and 13.27 lbf.ft).
(c) Install the charging valve (45) on the inflation valve assembly
(41). TORQUE the charging valve (45) to between 1.13 and 1.58
m.daN (99.99 and 139.82 lbf.in).
(d) Safety the bolts (43) and the charging valve (45) together with
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).
(c) Safety the pin (58) with the new cotter pins (53).
(b) Install the spacers (4) and put the lower torque link (3) and the
fitting (9) in position.
(d) Install the bolt (5), the washer(s) (6) and the nut (7).
NOTE : You can use a maximum of two washers (6) under the nut
____
(7).
(e) TORQUE the nut (7) to between 2.1 and 2.7 m.daN (15.48 and 19.91
lbf.ft). Safety the nut (7) with a new cotter pin (8).
(f) Put the lock plate (10) in position then install the new tab
washers (11) and the bolts (12).
R
EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-11-13
Page 444
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
(g) TORQUE the bolts (12) to between 1.5 and 1.8 m.daN (11.06 and
13.27 lbf.ft). Safety the bolts (12) with the tab washers (11).
(b) Apply a thin layer of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-047) to:
- the bottom of each bolt head (15)
- the washers (17).
(d) Put the lower slave link (21) and the fitting (20) in position
then install the bolts (15).
(e) Install the sleeves (16), the washers (17) and the nuts (18).
NOTE : You can use a maximum of three washers (17) under each nut
____
(18).
(f) TORQUE the nuts (18) to between 0.8 and 1.0 m.daN (70.79 and
88.49 lbf.in).
(g) Safety the nuts (18) with new cotter pins (19).
(10) TORQUE the bottom charging valve (59) to between 0.57 and 0.79 m.daN
(50.44 and 69.91 lbf.in).
(b) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
correct condition.
R
EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-11-13
Page 445
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
(12) Install the 2M system harness as follows:
(b) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
correct condition.
(13) Clean the nuts and bolts you installed with a clean MISCELLANEOUS
(Material No. 19-003) and CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026).
(14) Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) to the nuts and bolts
you installed and the areas around them. Make sure the drain hole
under the collar (32) is clear.
(17) Fill and charge the MLG shock absorber (Ref. TASK 12-12-32-611-008).
Subtask 32-11-13-420-054-B
R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE CONSUMABLE MATERIAL(S). YOU MUST
_______
R OBEY THE OPERATORS AND MANUFACTURERS HEALTH AND SAFETY
R INSTRUCTIONS.
(1) Clean the component interfaces and the adjacent areas with a
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-026).
(2) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
R
EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-11-13
Page 446
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(5) Apply HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-001) or HYDRAULIC FLUIDS
(Material No. 02-004) or HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-006) to:
- the new O-rings (40), (50) and (54)
- the new backing ring (39), (49) and (55)
- the new seals (36) and (37).
(6) Install the new seal (36) and the new seal (37) on the shock absorber
(1).
(7) Install the new O-rings (50) and the new backing rings (49) on the
gland housing (51).
(8) Install the new O-ring (40) and the new backing rings (39) on the
inflation valve assembly (41). Use the RING - KEEP (460003180-24) to
get them back to their initial dimensions.
(9) Install the new packer (46) on the charging valve (45).
(10) Install the new backing ring (55) and the new O-ring (54) on the
valve stem (56).
(11) Apply a thin layer of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-047) to:
- the washer (38)
- the pin (30)
- the collar (32)
- the interface and the stem (area N) of the inflation valve
assembly (41)
- the external surface of the gland housing (51) (area M).
Subtask 32-11-13-420-053-B
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
EFF :
301-399, 32-11-13
Page 447
Feb 01/10
R
CES
R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE CONSUMABLE MATERIAL(S). YOU MUST
_______
R OBEY THE OPERATORS AND MANUFACTURERS HEALTH AND SAFETY
R INSTRUCTIONS.
(1) Put the shock absorber (1) in position on the 200 kg (440 lb) hand-
operated forklift (angle of lift +10 to -10 degrees).
(2) Put the hand-operated forklift below the MLG main fitting.
(3) Adjust the lift angle of the forklift so that you can:
- lift the shock absorber (1) along the centerline of the MLG main
fitting.
(4) Install the shock absorber (1) fully in the MLG leg.
(a) Install the gland housing (51) in the MLG leg. Use the SPANNER-
PEG (460006465) to align the holes in the gland housing (51) with
the holes in the MLG leg.
(d) Make a fillet of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) between the gland
housing (51) and the MLG main fitting.
(Ref. Fig. 404A/TASK 32-11-13-991-013-A)
NOTE : Use only the sealants that came out when the gland housing
____
(51) was installed. It is not necessary to apply more
sealant to make a fillet.
(e) TORQUE the retaining pins (48) to between 9.5 and 10.0 m.daN
(70.05 and 73.74 lbf.ft).
(f) Safety the retaining pins (48) with the cup washers (47).
(g) Install the washer (38) and the pin (30). Make sure that the
cut-away on the pin (30) is at the top and aligns with the
anti-rotation pin.
(h) Install the collar (32), the bolt (31), the washer (33) and the
nut (34). TORQUE the nut (34) to between 0.63 and 0.73 m.daN
(55.75 and 64.60 lbf.in).
(i) Safety the nut (34) with a new cotter pin (35).
EFF :
301-399, 32-11-13
Page 448
Feb 01/10
CES
(6) Install the top charging valve assembly as follows:
(a) Remove the hand-operated forklift from the shock absorber (1) and
carefully let it extend fully.
(b) Carefully put the inflation valve assembly (41) in position and
install the spacers (42) and the bolts (43). TORQUE the bolts
(43) to between 1.5 and 1.8 m.daN (11.06 and 13.27 lbf.ft).
(c) Install the charging valve (45) on the inflation valve assembly
(41). TORQUE the charging valve (45) to between 1.13 and 1.58
m.daN (99.99 and 139.82 lbf.in).
(d) Safety the bolts (43) and the charging valve (45) together with
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).
(c) Safety the pin (58) with the new cotter pins (53).
(b) Apply a thin layer of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-047) to:
- the bottom of each bolt head (15)
- the washers (17).
(d) Put the lower slave link (21) and the fitting (20) in position
then install the bolts (15).
(e) Install the sleeves (16), the washers (17) and the nuts (18).
NOTE : You can use a maximum of three washers (17) under each nut
____
(18).
EFF :
301-399, 32-11-13
Page 449
Feb 01/10
R
CES
(f) TORQUE the nuts (18) to between 0.8 and 1.0 m.daN (70.79 and
88.49 lbf.in).
(g) Safety the nuts (18) with new cotter pins (19).
(10) TORQUE the bottom charging valve (59) to between 0.57 and 0.79 m.daN
(50.44 and 69.91 lbf.in).
(b) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
correct condition.
(b) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
correct condition.
(13) Clean the nuts and bolts you installed with a clean MISCELLANEOUS
(Material No. 19-003) and CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026).
(14) Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) to the nuts and bolts
you installed and the areas around them. Make sure the drain hole
under the collar (32) is clear.
(17) Fill and charge the MLG shock absorber (Ref. TASK 12-12-32-611-008).
R
EFF :
301-399, 32-11-13
Page 450
Feb 01/10
CES
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 32-11-13-860-057
(3) Pressurize the Green and the Yellow hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-
10-00-863-001), (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-002).
Subtask 32-11-13-865-052
E. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1GA, 2GA, 52GA, 1GG, 2GG, 3GG, 4GG.
Subtask 32-11-13-790-050
F. Leak Test
Subtask 32-11-13-710-050-A
G. Operational Test
(1) Do an operational test of the brake cooling fans (Ref. TASK 32-48-00-
710-001).
(3) Do an operational test of the brake temperature system (Ref. TASK 32-
47-00-710-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-11-13
Page 451
Feb 01/10
CES
**ON A/C 251-299, 301-304,
Subtask 32-11-13-710-050
G. Operational Test
(1) Do an operational test of the brake cooling fans (Ref. TASK 32-48-00-
710-001).
(2) Do an operational test of the brake temperature system (Ref. TASK 32-
47-00-710-001).
Subtask 32-11-13-720-050
H. Functional Test
CAUTION : DURING THE FUNCTIONAL TEST OF THE TACHOMETERS, MAKE SURE THAT
_______
THE OPERATION OF THE BRAKE PISTONS IS CORRECT AND AGREES WITH
EACH STEP GIVEN IN THIS TEST: INCORRECT OPERATION OF THE BRAKE
PISTONS CAN BE CAUSED BY A BAD OR A CROSSED CONNECTION OF THE
TACHOMETERS DURING INSTALLATION, AND CAN CAUSE UNSATISFACTORY
BRAKING AND/OR A TIRE BURST DURING AIRCRAFT OPERATION.
Subtask 32-11-13-740-050
J. BITE Test
EFF :
ALL 32-11-13
Page 452
Feb 01/10
R
CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-11-13-860-058
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 32-11-13-860-058-A
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 32-11-13
Page 453
Feb 01/10
CES
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 32-11-13-942-050
B. Removal of Equipment
(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-11-13
Page 454
Feb 01/10
CES
TASK 32-11-13-000-003
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-13
Page 455
Feb 01/10
CES
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-11-13-941-055
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the safety devices are installed on the landing gear
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-11-13
Page 456
Feb 01/10
CES
R (4) Put the WARNING NOTICES in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate
R the brakes.
R (5) Put the WARNING NOTICES in position on the ground hydraulic services
R connections to tell persons not to operate:
- the Green hydraulic system
- the Yellow hydraulic system.
Subtask 32-11-13-860-059
(1) Make sure that the applicable hydraulic systems are depressurized
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
(2) Make sure that the applicable hydraulic reservoirs are depressurized
(Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).
Subtask 32-11-13-010-051
C. Get Access
(1) Remove the applicable MLG shock absorber (Ref. TASK 32-11-13-000-
001).
(2) Use the LIFTING-TACKLE (460006211) to install the MLG shock absorber
in the TROLLEY-BUILD (460006212).
Subtask 32-11-13-010-051-A
C. Get Access
(1) Remove the applicable MLG shock absorber (Ref. TASK 32-11-13-000-
001).
(2) Use the LIFTING-TACKLE (460006211) to install the MLG shock absorber
in the TROLLEY-BUILD (460007240).
EFF :
ALL 32-11-13
Page 457
Feb 01/10
CES
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-11-13-020-051-A
(2) Move the bearing (15) out of its groove to get access to the pins
(14) and (17).
(3) Hold the retaining collar (16). Use the TOOL - ASSEMBLY AND
EXTRACTION (460006409) to remove the pins (14) and (17).
(7) Remove the upper bearing housing (18) with the attached parts.
R
EFF :
ALL 32-11-13
Page 458
Feb 01/10
CES
MLG Shock-Absorber Gland-Seals - Location and Detail
Figure 405/TASK 32-11-13-991-005-A
R
EFF : 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-11-13
Page 459
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
MLG Shock-Absorber Gland-Seals - Location and Detail
Figure 405A/TASK 32-11-13-991-005
R
EFF :
051-052, 32-11-13
Page 460
Feb 01/10
CES
MLG Shock-Absorber Gland-Seals - Location and Detail
Figure 405B/TASK 32-11-13-991-005-B
R
EFF :
301-399, 32-11-13
Page 461
Feb 01/10
CES
(10) Remove the internal gland seals:
(a) Remove and discard the seals (8) and (9), the joint seal (11) and
the sealing ring (10).
(a) Remove and discard the seals (7) and the backing rings (6).
Subtask 32-11-13-020-051
(2) Move the bearing (14) out of its groove to get access to the pins
(13) and (16).
(3) Hold the retaining collar (15). Use the TOOL - ASSEMBLY AND
EXTRACTION (460006409) to remove the pins (13) and (16).
(7) Remove the upper bearing housing (17) with the attached parts.
(a) Remove and discard the seals (8) and (9), the joint seal (11) and
the sealing ring (10).
(a) Remove and discard the packings (7) and the retainers (6).
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-11-13
Page 462
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
(12) Remove and discard the seals (1) and (2).
Subtask 32-11-13-020-051-B
(4) Remove the lock-plate (6) from the upper bearing housing (7).
(5) Use the SPANNER-PIN (460007253) to release the upper bearing housing
(7).
(6) Remove the upper bearing housing (7) and the upper diaphragm tube
assembly (3) from the sliding tube assembly (11).
(7) Remove the pins (9) from the two-part stop (8).
(8) Remove the two-part stop (8) from inside the upper bearing housing
(7).
(9) Remove the lower bearing housing (10) from the sliding tube assembly
(11).
(a) Remove and discard the seals (12) and (13), the joint seal (15)
and the sealing ring (14).
(a) Remove and discard the seals (19) and the backing rings (18).
R
EFF :
051-052, 301-399, 32-11-13
Page 463
Feb 01/10
CES
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 32-11-13-400-003
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING
_______
NOTICES ARE IN POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
CAUTION : WHEN YOU DO A MAINTENANCE TASK THAT USES COMMON GREASE, USE ONLY
_______
GREASES OF THE SAME SPECIFICATION (IT IS PERMITTED TO USE DIFFERENT
BRANDS IF THEIR SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE SAME). DO NOT MIX GREASES THAT
HAVE CLAY THICKENERS WITH GREASES THAT HAVE LITHIUM THICKENERS. THIS
MIXTURE CAN CHANGE THE LUBRICATION PROPERTIES OF THE GREASE. IF YOU
USE GREASES OF DIFFERENT TYPES (SPECIALLY THOSE WITH CLAY THICKENERS
AND LITHIUM THICKENERS), DECREASE THE SERVICE INTERVALS OF THE
AIRCRAFT (BY HALF, FOR EXAMPLE) SPECIFIED IN THE MAINTENANCE PLANNING
DOCUMENT. DO THIS FOR APPROXIMATELY THREE OR FOUR SERVICES (REFER TO
YOUR IN-SERVICE DATA TO FIND THE NUMBER OF SERVICES BEST ADAPTED TO
YOUR AIRCRAFT).
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
EFF :
ALL 32-11-13
Page 464
Feb 01/10
CES
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-13
Page 465
Feb 01/10
R
CES
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-13
Page 466
Feb 01/10
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-13
Page 467
Feb 01/10
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-11-13-941-056
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the safety devices are on the landing gear (Ref. TASK
32-00-00-481-001).
(4) Make sure that the WARNING NOTICES are in the cockpit to tell persons
not to operate the brakes.
(5) Make sure that the WARNING NOTICES are on the ground service
connections to tell persons not to operate:
- the green hydraulic system
- the Yellow Hydraulic system.
EFF :
ALL 32-11-13
Page 468
Feb 01/10
CES
(6) Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE is in position to tell persons not
to operate the MLG doors.
Subtask 32-11-13-860-054
(1) Make sure that the Blue and the Green Hydraulic systems are
depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001) and (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
864-003).
(2) Make sure that the applicable hydraulic reservoirs are depressurized
(Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).
(3) Make sure that MLG shock absorber is removed (Ref. TASK 32-11-13-000-
001) and installed in the TROLLEY-BUILD.
Subtask 32-11-13-860-054-A
(1) Make sure that the Blue and the Green Hydraulic systems are
depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001) and (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
864-003).
(2) Make sure that the applicable hydraulic reservoirs are depressurized
(Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).
(3) Make sure that MLG shock absorber is removed (Ref. TASK 32-11-13-000-
001) and installed in the TROLLEY-BUILD.
4. Procedure
_________
R
EFF :
ALL 32-11-13
Page 469
Feb 01/10
CES
**ON A/C 051-052,
Subtask 32-11-13-420-052-A
R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE CONSUMABLE MATERIAL(S). YOU MUST
_______
R OBEY THE OPERATORS AND MANUFACTURERS HEALTH AND SAFETY
R INSTRUCTIONS.
(1) Use a clean MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026) to clean the seal grooves.
(2) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
(5) Lubricate the new items that follow with HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material
No. 02-001) or HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-004) or HYDRAULIC
FLUIDS (Material No. 02-006):
- seal (1)
- seal (2)
- retainers (6)
- packings (7)
- seal (8)
- seal (9)
- sealing ring (10)
- joint seal (11)
- wiper ring (13).
NOTE : In the step that follows, make sure that the Materials No.
____
04-004 and No. 04-022 are not mixed together. Do not use them
at the same time (Ref. SIL 12-008).
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-11-13
Page 470
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(6) Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) or COMMON
GREASE (Material No. 04-022) on the internal surface of the lower
bearing housing (4).
Subtask 32-11-13-420-051-A
(1) Install the new sealing ring (10), the new joint seal (11) and the
new seals (8) and (9).
(2) Install the new retainers (6) and the new packing (7).
(3) Install the new wiper ring (13). Make sure that the wiper ring (13)
is correctly installed. The open U section points out.
(5) Use the KEEP RING (460003180-74) to make the seal (2) go back to its
initial condition.
(6) Use a smooth edged tool to carefully install each part of the seal
(2) in the correct position.
(8) Put the bearing (15) on the upper bearing housing (18). Do not cover
the holes for the pins (14) and (17).
(9) Install the upper bearing housing (18) on the sliding tube (5). Make
sure that the holes in the upper bearing housing (18) align with the
holes in the sliding tube (5).
(10) Install the diaphragm tube assembly (3) into the sliding tube (5).
(11) Install both parts of the retaining collar (16) in the sliding tube
(5) with the larger diameter at the top. Make sure that the holes
align with the holes in the upper bearing housing (18).
(12) Use the TOOL - ASSEMBLY AND EXTRACTION to install the pin (14) in the
larger diameter hole. Install the pins (17) in the other holes.
(13) Install the bearing (15) in its groove to cover the pins (14) and
(17).
R
EFF : 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-11-13
Page 471
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
**ON A/C 051-052,
Subtask 32-11-13-420-052
R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE CONSUMABLE MATERIAL(S). YOU MUST
_______
R OBEY THE OPERATORS AND MANUFACTURERS HEALTH AND SAFETY
R INSTRUCTIONS.
(1) Use a clean MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026) to clean the seal grooves.
(2) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
(5) Lubricate the new items that follow with HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material
No. 02-001) or HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-004) or HYDRAULIC
FLUIDS (Material No. 02-006):
- seal (1)
- seal (2)
- retainers (6)
- packings (7)
- seal (8)
- seal (9)
- sealing ring (10)
- joint seal (11)
- wiper ring (12).
NOTE : In the step that follows, make sure that the Materials No.
____
04-004 and No. 04-022 are not mixed together. Do not use them
at the same time (Ref. SIL 12-008).
(6) Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) or COMMON
GREASE (Material No. 04-022) on the internal surface of the lower
bearing housing (4).
R
EFF :
051-052, 32-11-13
Page 472
Feb 01/10
CES
Subtask 32-11-13-420-051
(1) Install the new sealing ring (10), the new joint seal (11) and the
new seals (8) and (9).
NOTE : There are two types of seal (8) available, a standard seal and
____
a wedgepak seal. The seal types are fully interchangeable but
it is recommended that a wedgepak seal is installed. The
wedgepak seal must not be installed in the bottom (primary)
position of the lower bearing housing (4). Refer to VSB
200-32-240 for data.
(2) Install the new retainers (6) and the new packings (7).
(3) Install the new wiper ring (12). Make sure that the wiper ring (12)
is correctly installed. The open U section points out.
(5) Use the KEEP RING (460003180-74) to make the seal (2) go back to its
initial condition.
(6) Use a smooth edged tool to carefully install each part of the seal
(2) in the correct position.
(8) Put the bearing (14) on the upper bearing housing (17). Do not cover
the holes for the pins (13) and (16).
(9) Install the upper bearing housing (17) on the sliding tube (5). Make
sure that the holes in the upper bearing housing (17) align with the
holes in the sliding tube (5).
(10) Install the diaphragm tube assembly (3) into the sliding tube (5).
(11) Install both parts of the retaining collar (15) in the sliding tube
(5) with the larger diameter at the top. Make sure that the holes
align with the holes in the upper bearing housing (17).
(12) Use the TOOL - ASSEMBLY AND EXTRACTION to install the pin (13) in the
larger diameter hole. Install the pins (16) in the remaining holes.
R
EFF :
051-052, 32-11-13
Page 473
Feb 01/10
CES
(13) Install the bearing (14) in its groove to cover the pins (13) and
(16).
Subtask 32-11-13-420-052-B
R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE CONSUMABLE MATERIAL(S). YOU MUST
_______
R OBEY THE OPERATORS AND MANUFACTURERS HEALTH AND SAFETY
R INSTRUCTIONS.
(1) Use a clean MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026) to clean the seal grooves.
(2) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
(5) Lubricate the new items that follow with HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material
No. 02-001) or HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-004) or HYDRAULIC
FLUIDS (Material No. 02-006):
- seal (1)
- seal (2)
- retainers (18)
- packings (19)
- seal (12)
- seal (13)
- ring sealing (14)
- joint seal (15)
- wiper ring (17).
NOTE : In the step that follows, make sure that the Materials No.
____
04-004 and No. 04-022 are not mixed together. Do not use them
at the same time (Ref. SIL 12-008).
(6) Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) or COMMON
GREASE (Material No. 04-022) on the internal surface of the lower
bearing housing (10).
R
EFF :
051-052, 301-399, 32-11-13
Page 474
Feb 01/10
CES
Subtask 32-11-13-420-051-B
(1) Install the new sealing ring (14), the new joint seal (15), and the
new seals (12) and (13).
(2) Install the new retainers (18) and the new packings (19).
(3) Install the new wiper ring (17). Make sure that the wiper ring (17)
is correctly installed. The open U section points out.
(5) Use the KEEP RING (460003180-74) to make the seal (2) go back to its
initial condition.
(6) Use a smooth edged tool to carefully install each part of the seal
(2) in the correct position.
(7) Lubricate the parts that follow with HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No.
02-001) or HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-004) or HYDRAULIC FLUIDS
(Material No. 02-006):
- the internal diameter of the lower bearing housing (10)
- the external diameter of the sliding tube assembly (11).
(9) Install the upper diaphragm tube assembly (3) and the upper bearing
housing (7) on the sliding tube (11).
(10) Install the two-part stop (8) and the pins (9) in the upper bearing
housing (7).
NOTE : Make sure that the pins (9) in the two-part stop (8) are found
____
in the keyways on the end of the sliding tube assembly (11).
(11) Install the lock-plate (6) in the upper bearing housing (7).
(12) Use the SPANNER-PIN (460007253) to torque the upper bearing housing
(7) to 60.0 m.daN (442.47 lbf.ft).
R
EFF :
301-399, 32-11-13
Page 475
Feb 01/10
CES
(15) Torque the upper bearing housing (7) to between 50.0 and 60.0 m.daN
(368.73 and 442.47 lbf.ft).
(17) Install the new tab-washers (5) and the new screws (4).
(18) Torque the screws (4) to between 0.113 and 0.225 m.daN (9.99 and
19.91 lbf.in).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-11-13-410-054
A. Close Access
(1) Use the LIFTING-TACKLE (460006211) to remove the MLG shock absorber
from the TROLLEY-BUILD.
Subtask 32-11-13-410-054-A
A. Close Access
(1) Use the LIFTING-TACKLE (460006211) to remove the MLG shock absorber
from the TROLLEY-BUILD.
EFF :
ALL 32-11-13
Page 476
Feb 01/10
CES
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 32-11-13-860-055
Subtask 32-11-13-942-054
C. Removal of Equipment
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-11-13
Page 477
Feb 01/10
CES
TASK 32-11-13-000-004
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-13
Page 478
Feb 01/10
CES
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-11-13-941-057
A. Safety Precautions
R (2) Put the WARNING NOTICES in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate
R the landing gear or the brakes.
R (3) Put the WARNING NOTICES in position on the ground hydraulic services
R connections to tell persons not to operate:
- the Green hydraulic system
- the Blue hydraulic system.
EFF :
ALL 32-11-13
Page 479
Feb 01/10
CES
(4) Make sure that the safety devices are installed on the landing gear
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
Subtask 32-11-13-860-062
(1) Make sure that the applicable hydraulic systems are depressurized
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
Subtask 32-11-13-010-053-A
C. Get Access
(1) Remove the applicable MLG shock absorber (Ref. TASK 32-11-13-000-
001).
Subtask 32-11-13-010-053-B
C. Get Access
(1) Remove the applicable MLG shock absorber (Ref. TASK 32-11-13-000-
001).
R
EFF :
ALL 32-11-13
Page 480
Feb 01/10
CES
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-11-13-020-059-A
(2) Move the bearing (15) out of its groove to get access to the pins
(14) and (17).
(3) Use the TOOL - ASSEMBLY AND EXTRACTION (460006409) to remove the pins
(14) 1 off and (17) 5 off.
(4) Remove the upper diaphragm tube-assembly (3) together with the travel
stop (16). Remove the travel stop (16).
(6) Remove the upper bearing housing (18) with the attached parts.
(7) Remove the lower bearing housing (4) with the attached parts.
R
EFF :
ALL 32-11-13
Page 481
Feb 01/10
CES
MLG Sliding Tube Sub-Assembly - Location and Detail
Figure 406/TASK 32-11-13-991-011-A12 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF : 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-11-13
Page 482
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
MLG Sliding Tube Sub-Assembly - Location and Detail
Figure 406/TASK 32-11-13-991-011-A22 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF : 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-11-13
Page 483
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
MLG Sliding Tube Sub-Assembly - Location and Detail
Figure 406A/TASK 32-11-13-991-011- 12 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
051-052, 32-11-13
Page 484
Feb 01/10
CES
MLG Sliding Tube Sub-Assembly - Location and Detail
Figure 406A/TASK 32-11-13-991-011- 22 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
051-052, 32-11-13
Page 485
Feb 01/10
CES
MLG Sliding Tube Sub-Assembly - Location and Detail
Figure 406B/TASK 32-11-13-991-011-B12 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
301-399, 32-11-13
Page 486
Feb 01/10
CES
MLG Sliding Tube Sub-Assembly - Location and Detail
Figure 406B/TASK 32-11-13-991-011-B22 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
301-399, 32-11-13
Page 487
Feb 01/10
CES
(9) Remove the internal gland seals:
(a) Remove and discard the seals (8) and (9), the joint seal (11) and
the sealing ring (10).
(a) Remove and discard the retainers (6) and the packings (7).
(13) Remove the sliding tube sub-assembly (24) from the TROLLEY-BUILD.
(14) Use the ADAPTER - TORQUE (460006404) to remove the jacking dome (22).
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(16) Remove and discard the lockwire from the screws (30).
(18) Remove the lower charging valve housing (26) together with the
charging valve (25) from the tube assembly (19). Do not remove the
charging valve (25) from the lower charging valve housing (26).
(19) Remove and discard the O-ring (28) and the backing ring (27) from the
lower charging valve housing (26).
(20) Remove the tube assembly (19) from the sliding tube sub-assembly
(24).
(21) Remove and discard the O-ring (20) and the backing ring (21).
R
EFF : 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-11-13
Page 488
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
**ON A/C 051-052,
Subtask 32-11-13-020-059
(2) Move the bearing (14) out of its groove to get access to the pins
(13) and (16).
(3) Use the TOOL - ASSEMBLY AND EXTRACTION (460006409) to remove the pins
(13) 1 off and (16) 5 off.
(4) Remove the upper diaphragm tube-assembly (3) together with the travel
stop (15). Remove the travel stop (15).
(6) Remove the upper bearing housing (17) with the attached parts.
(7) Remove the lower bearing housing (4) with the attached parts.
(a) Remove and discard the seals (8) and (9), the joint seal (11) and
the sealing ring (10).
(a) Remove and discard the retainers (6) and the packings (7).
(13) Remove the sliding tube sub-assembly (23) from the TROLLEY-BUILD.
(14) Use the ADAPTER - TORQUE (460006404) to remove the jacking dome (21).
R
EFF :
051-052, 32-11-13
Page 489
Feb 01/10
CES
(15) Remove and discard the lock washer (22).
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(16) Remove and discard the lockwire from the screws (29).
(18) Remove the lower charging valve housing (25) together with the
charging valve (24) from the tube assembly (18). Do not remove the
charging valve (24) from the lower charging valve housing (25).
(19) Remove and discard the O-ring (27) and the backing ring (26) from the
lower charging valve housing (25).
(20) Remove the tube assembly (18) from the sliding tube sub-assembly
(23).
(21) Remove and discard the O-ring (19) and the backing ring (20).
Subtask 32-11-13-020-059-B
(5) Remove and discard the lock-plate (6) from the upper bearing housing
(7).
(6) Use the SPANNER,PIN (460007279) to release the upper bearing housing
(7).
(7) Remove the upper bearing housing (7), remove the pins (9) then remove
the two-part stop (8) from the upper bearing housing (7).
(8) Remove the upper diaphragm tube-assembly (3) with the attached parts.
R
EFF :
051-052, 301-399, 32-11-13
Page 490
Feb 01/10
CES
(9) Remove the lower bearing housing (10) with the attached parts.
(a) Remove and discard the seals (12) and (13), the joint seal (15)
and the sealing ring (14).
(a) Remove and discard the retainers (18) and the packings (19).
(15) Remove the sliding tube sub-assembly (25) from the TROLLEY-BUILD.
(16) Use the ADAPTER - TORQUE (460006404) to remove the jacking dome (23).
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(18) Remove and discard the lockwire from the screws (31).
(20) Remove the lower charging valve housing (27) together with the
charging valve (26) from the tube assembly (20). Do not remove the
charging valve (26) from the lower charging valve housing (27).
(21) Remove and discard the O-ring (29) and the backing ring (28) from the
lower charging valve housing (27).
(22) Remove the tube assembly (20) from the sliding tube sub-assembly
(25).
(23) Remove and discard the O-ring (21) and the backing ring (22).
R
EFF :
301-399, 32-11-13
Page 491
Feb 01/10
CES
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 32-11-13-400-004
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
CAUTION : WHEN YOU DO A MAINTENANCE TASK THAT USES COMMON GREASE, USE ONLY
_______
GREASES OF THE SAME SPECIFICATION (IT IS PERMITTED TO USE DIFFERENT
BRANDS IF THEIR SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE SAME). DO NOT MIX GREASES THAT
HAVE CLAY THICKENERS WITH GREASES THAT HAVE LITHIUM THICKENERS. THIS
MIXTURE CAN CHANGE THE LUBRICATION PROPERTIES OF THE GREASE. IF YOU
USE GREASES OF DIFFERENT TYPES (SPECIALLY THOSE WITH CLAY THICKENERS
AND LITHIUM THICKENERS), DECREASE THE SERVICE INTERVALS OF THE
AIRCRAFT (BY HALF, FOR EXAMPLE) SPECIFIED IN THE MAINTENANCE PLANNING
DOCUMENT. DO THIS FOR APPROXIMATELY THREE OR FOUR SERVICES (REFER TO
YOUR IN-SERVICE DATA TO FIND THE NUMBER OF SERVICES BEST ADAPTED TO
YOUR AIRCRAFT).
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
EFF :
ALL 32-11-13
Page 492
Feb 01/10
R
CES
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-13
Page 493
Feb 01/10
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-13
Page 494
Feb 01/10
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-13
Page 495
Feb 01/10
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-13
Page 496
Feb 01/10
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-11-13-941-058
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the WARNING NOTICES are in the cockpit to tell persons
not to operate the landing gear and the brakes.
(3) Make sure that the WARNING NOTICES are on the ground service
connections to tell persons not to operate:
- the green hydraulic system
- the Blue hydraulic system.
(4) Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE is in position to tell persons not
to operate the landing gear doors.
(5) Make sure that the safety devices are on the landing gear (Ref. TASK
32-00-00-481-001).
R
EFF :
ALL 32-11-13
Page 497
Feb 01/10
CES
Subtask 32-11-13-860-060
(1) Make sure that the Blue and the Green hydraulic systems are
depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001) and (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
864-003).
(2) Make sure that the applicable hydraulic reservoirs are depressurized
(Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).
(3) Make sure that MLG shock absorber is removed (Ref. TASK 32-11-13-000-
001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-11-13-420-055-A
WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE CONSUMABLE MATERIAL(S). YOU MUST
_______
OBEY THE OPERATORS AND MANUFACTURERS HEALTH AND SAFETY
INSTRUCTIONS.
(1) Use a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-026) to clean the seal grooves and the
interfaces of the jacking dome (22).
R
EFF :
ALL 32-11-13
Page 498
Feb 01/10
CES
(2) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
(5) Lubricate the new items that follow with HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material
No. 02-001) or HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-004) or HYDRAULIC
FLUIDS (Material No. 02-006):
- seal (1)
- seal (2)
- retainers (6)
- packings (7)
- seal (8)
- seal (9)
- sealing ring (10)
- joint seal (11)
- wiper ring (13)
- O-ring (20)
- backing ring (21).
NOTE : In the step that follows, make sure that the Materials No.
____
04-004 and No. 04-022 are not mixed together. Do not use them
at the same time (Ref. SIL 12-008).
(6) Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) or COMMON
GREASE (Material No. 04-022) on the internal surface of the lower
bearing housing (4).
(7) Use a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-026) to clean the AREA A on the tube assembly
(19), and the interface of the sliding tube sub-assembly (24).
(8) Apply a thin layer of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the
AREA A on the tube assembly (19), and the interface of the sliding
tube sub-assembly (24).
R
EFF :
001-003, 32-11-13
Page 499
Feb 01/10
CES
R **ON A/C 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,
R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 32-11-13-420-055-B
WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE CONSUMABLE MATERIAL(S). YOU MUST
_______
OBEY THE OPERATORS AND MANUFACTURERS HEALTH AND SAFETY
INSTRUCTIONS.
(1) Use a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-026) to clean the seal grooves and the
interfaces of the jacking dome (22).
(2) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
(5) Lubricate the new items that follow with HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material
No. 02-001) or HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-004) or HYDRAULIC
FLUIDS (Material No. 02-006):
- seal (1)
- seal (2)
- retainers (6)
- packings (7)
- seal (8)
- seal (9)
- sealing ring (10)
- joint seal (11)
- wiper ring (13)
- O-ring (20)
- backing ring (21).
NOTE : In the step that follows, make sure that the Materials No.
____
04-004 and No. 04-022 are not mixed together. Do not use them
at the same time (Ref. SIL 12-008).
(6) Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) or COMMON
GREASE (Material No. 04-022) on the internal surface of the lower
bearing housing (4).
R
EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-11-13
Page A400
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
(7) Use a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-026) to clean the AREA A on the tube assembly
(19), and the interface of the sliding tube sub-assembly (24).
(8) Apply a thin layer of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the
AREA A on the tube assembly (19), and the interface of the sliding
tube sub-assembly (24).
Subtask 32-11-13-420-055
WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE CONSUMABLE MATERIAL(S). YOU MUST
_______
OBEY THE OPERATORS AND MANUFACTURERS HEALTH AND SAFETY
INSTRUCTIONS.
(1) Use a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-026) to clean the seal grooves and the
interfaces of the jacking dome (21).
(2) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
(5) Lubricate the new items that follow with HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material
No. 02-001) or HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-004) or HYDRAULIC
FLUIDS (Material No. 02-006):
- seal (1)
- seal (2)
- retainers (6)
- packings (7)
- seal (8)
- seal (9)
- sealing ring (10)
- joint seal (11)
- wiper ring (12)
- O-ring (19)
- backing ring (20).
R
EFF : 004-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-11-13
Page A401
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
NOTE : In the step that follows, make sure that the Materials No.
____
04-004 and No. 04-022 are not mixed together. Do not use them
at the same time (Ref. SIL 12-008).
(6) Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) or COMMON
GREASE (Material No. 04-022) on the internal surface of the lower
bearing housing (4).
(7) Use a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-026) to clean the AREA A on the tube assembly
(18), and the interface of the sliding tube sub-assembly (23).
(8) Apply a thin layer of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the
AREA A on the tube assembly (18), and the interface of the sliding
tube sub-assembly (23).
Subtask 32-11-13-420-055-C
WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE CONSUMABLE MATERIAL(S). YOU MUST
_______
OBEY THE OPERATORS AND MANUFACTURERS HEALTH AND SAFETY
INSTRUCTIONS.
(1) Use a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-026) to clean the seal grooves and the
interfaces of the jacking dome (23).
(2) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
(5) Lubricate the new items that follow with HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material
No. 02-001) or HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-004) or HYDRAULIC
FLUIDS (Material No. 02-006):
- seal (1)
- seal (2)
- retainers (18)
- packings (19)
- seal (12)
- seal (13)
R
EFF :
051-052, 301-399, 32-11-13
Page A402
Feb 01/10
CES
- sealing ring (14)
- joint seal (15)
- wiper ring (17)
- O-ring (21)
- backing ring (22).
NOTE : In the step that follows, make sure that the Materials No.
____
04-004 and No. 04-022 are not mixed together. Do not use them
at the same time (Ref. SIL 12-008).
(6) Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) or COMMON
GREASE (Material No. 04-022) on the internal surface of the lower
bearing housing (10).
(7) Use a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-026) to clean the AREA A on the tube assembly
(20), and the interface of the sliding tube sub-assembly (25).
(8) Apply a thin layer of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the
AREA A on the tube assembly (20), and the interface of the sliding
tube sub-assembly (25).
Subtask 32-11-13-420-056-A
R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE CONSUMABLE MATERIAL(S). YOU MUST
_______
R OBEY THE OPERATORS AND MANUFACTURERS HEALTH AND SAFETY
R INSTRUCTIONS.
R WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
R REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
R LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(1) Install the new O-ring (20) and the new backing ring (21) on the tube
assembly (19).
(2) Put the tube assembly (19) in position in the sliding tube
sub-assembly (24). Make sure that the holes for the charging valve
align correctly.
(3) Install the new backing ring (27) and the new O-ring (28) on the
lower charging valve housing (26).
R
EFF : 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-11-13
Page A403
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(4) Install the lower charging valve housing (26) together with the
charging valve (25) to the tube assembly (19).
(6) TORQUE the screws (30) to between 0.5 and 1.0 m.daN (44.24 and 88.49
lbf.in).
R
(7) Safety the screws (30) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).
(8) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-047) to the mating faces of
the new lock washer (23).
(9) Put the lock washer (23) in position on the sliding tube sub-assembly
(24). Make sure that the lock washer (23) engages correctly in the
bottom of the sliding tube sub-assembly (24).
(11) TORQUE the jacking dome (22) with the ADAPTER - TORQUE (460006404) to
between 8.0 and 8.9 m.daN (58.99 and 65.63 lbf.ft).
(12) Safety the lock washer (23) against one flat of the jacking dome
(22).
(13) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) around the joints between the
jacking dome (22), the lock washer (23) and the sliding tube
sub-assembly (24).
(15) Install the new sealing ring (10), the new joint seal (11) and the
new seals (8) and (9).
(16) Install the new retainers (6) and the new packings (7).
(17) Install the new wiper ring (13). Make sure that the wiper ring (13)
is correctly installed. The open U section points out.
(19) Allow one hour for the seal (2) to go back to its initial dimensions,
before you continue.
R
EFF : 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-11-13
Page A404
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
(20) Use the SLEEVE-ASSEMBLY (460006405) to carefully install the lower
bearing housing (4) on the sliding tube (5).
(21) Put the travel stop (16) on the upper diaphragm tube-assembly (3).
(22) Put the bearing (15) on the upper bearing housing (18). Do not cover
the holes for the pins (14) and (17).
(23) Install the upper bearing housing (18) on the sliding tube (5). Make
sure that the larger hole in the upper bearing housing (18) aligns
with the larger hole in the sliding tube (5).
(24) Install the upper diaphragm tube-assembly (3) into the sliding tube
(5).
(25) Install the travel stop (16) on the sliding tube (5).
(26) Use the TOOL - ASSEMBLY AND EXTRACTION to install the pin (14) in the
larger diameter hole. Install the pins (17) in the remaining holes.
(27) Install the bearing (15) in its groove to cover the pins (14) and
(17).
Subtask 32-11-13-420-056
R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE CONSUMABLE MATERIAL(S). YOU MUST
_______
R OBEY THE OPERATORS AND MANUFACTURERS HEALTH AND SAFETY
R INSTRUCTIONS.
R WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
R REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
R LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(1) Install the new O-ring (19) and the new backing ring (20) on the tube
assembly (18).
(2) Put the tube assembly (18) in position in the sliding tube
sub-assembly (23). Make sure that the holes for the charging valve
align correctly.
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-11-13
Page A405
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
(3) Install the new backing ring (26) and the new O-ring (27) on the
lower charging valve housing (25).
(4) Install the lower charging valve housing (25) together with the
charging valve (24) to the tube assembly (18).
(6) TORQUE the screws (29) to between 0.5 and 1.0 m.daN (44.24 and 88.49
lbf.in).
R
(7) Safety the screws (29) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).
(8) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-047) to the mating faces of
the new lock washer (22).
(9) Put the lock washer (22) in position on the sliding tube sub-assembly
(23). Make sure that the lock washer (22) engages correctly in the
bottom of the sliding tube sub-assembly (23).
(11) TORQUE the jacking dome (21) with the ADAPTER - TORQUE (460006404) to
between 8.0 and 8.9 m.daN (58.99 and 65.63 lbf.ft).
(12) Safety the lock washer (22) against one flat of the jacking dome
(21).
(13) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) around the joints between the
jacking dome (21), the lock washer (22) and the sliding tube
sub-assembly (23).
(15) Install the new sealing ring (10), the new joint seal (11) and the
new seals (8) and (9).
NOTE : There are two types of seal (8) available, a standard seal and
____
a wedgepak seal. The seal types are fully interchangeable but
it is recommended that a wedgepak seal is installed. The
wedgepak seal must not be installed in the bottom (primary)
position of the lower bearing housing (4). Refer to VSB
200-32-240 for data.
(16) Install the new retainers (6) and the new packings (7).
R
EFF :
051-052, 32-11-13
Page A406
Feb 01/10
CES
(17) Install the new wiper ring (12). Make sure that the wiper ring (12)
is correctly installed. The open U section points out.
(19) Allow one hour for the seal (2) to go back to its initial dimensions,
before you continue.
(21) Put the travel stop (15) on the upper diaphragm tube-assembly (3).
(22) Put the bearing (14) on the upper bearing housing (17). Do not cover
the holes for the pins (13) and (16).
(23) Install the upper bearing housing (17) on the sliding tube (5). Make
sure that the larger hole in the upper bearing housing (17) aligns
with the larger hole in the sliding tube (5).
(24) Install the upper diaphragm tube-assembly (3) into the sliding tube
(5).
(25) Install the travel stop (15) on the sliding tube (5).
(26) Use the TOOL - ASSEMBLY AND EXTRACTION to install the pin (13) in the
larger diameter hole. Install the pins (16) in the remaining holes.
(27) Install the bearing (14) in its groove to cover the pins (13) and
(16).
Subtask 32-11-13-420-056-B
R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE CONSUMABLE MATERIAL(S). YOU MUST
_______
R OBEY THE OPERATORS AND MANUFACTURERS HEALTH AND SAFETY
R INSTRUCTIONS.
R
EFF :
051-052, 301-399, 32-11-13
Page A407
Feb 01/10
CES
R WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
R REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
R LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(1) Install the new O-ring (21) and the new backing ring (22) on the tube
assembly (20).
(2) Put the tube assembly (20) in position in the sliding tube
sub-assembly (25). Make sure that the holes for the charging valve
(26) align correctly.
(3) Install the new backing ring (28) and the new O-ring (29) on the
lower charging valve housing (27).
(4) Install the lower charging valve housing (27) together with the
charging valve (26) to the tube assembly (20).
(6) TORQUE the screws (31) to between 0.5 and 1.0 m.daN (44.24 and 88.49
lbf.in).
R
(7) Safety the screws (31) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).
(8) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-047) to the mating faces of
the new lock washer (24).
(9) Put the lock washer (24) in position on the sliding tube sub-assembly
(25). Make sure that the lock washer (24) engages the bush in the
bottom of the sliding tube sub-assembly (25) correctly.
(11) TORQUE the jacking dome (23) with the ADAPTER - TORQUE (460006404) to
between 8.0 and 8.9 m.daN (58.99 and 65.63 lbf.ft).
(12) Safety the lock washer (24) against one flat of the jacking dome
(23).
(13) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) around the joints between the
jacking dome (23), the lock washer (24) and the sliding tube
sub-assembly (25).
R
EFF :
301-399, 32-11-13
Page A408
Feb 01/10
CES
(15) Install the new sealing ring (14), the new joint seal (15) and the
new seals (12) and (13).
(16) Install the new retainers (18) and the new packings (19).
(17) Install the new wiper ring (17). Make sure that the wiper ring (17)
is correctly installed. The open U section points out.
(19) Let the seal (2) go back to its initial dimensions for one hour
before you continue.
(20) Lubricate the parts that follow with HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No.
02-001) or HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-004) or HYDRAULIC FLUIDS
(Material No. 02-006):
- the internal diameter of the lower bearing housing (10)
- the external diameter of the sliding tube assembly (11).
(22) Install the upper bearing housing (7) on the sliding tube
sub-assembly (25).
(23) Install the upper diaphragm tube assembly (3) in the sliding tube
sub-assembly (25).
(24) Install the two-part stop (8), make sure that the pins (9) engage
with the key-ways in the sliding tube sub-assembly (25).
(25) Use the SPANNER,PIN (460007279) to torque the upper bearing housing
(7) to 60.0 m.daN (442.47 lbf.ft).
(26) Decrease the torque on the upper bearing housing (7) to zero.
(28) Torque the upper bearing housing (7) to between 50.0 and 60.0 m.daN
(368.73 and 442.47 lbf.ft).
(29) Install the new lock-plate (6) in the correct position (Ref. CMMV 32-
12-22).
(30) Install the new tab washers (5) and the new screws (4).
EFF :
301-399, 32-11-13
Page A409
Feb 01/10
CES
(31) Torque the screws (4) to between 0.113 and 0.225 m.daN (9.99 and
19.91 lbf.in) then safety the screws (4) with the tab washers (5).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-11-13-410-053
A. Close Access
(1) Use the LIFTING-TACKLE (460006211) to remove the MLG shock absorber
from the TROLLEY-BUILD.
Subtask 32-11-13-410-053-A
A. Close Access
(1) Use the LIFTING-TACKLE (460006211) to remove the MLG shock absorber
from the TROLLEY-BUILD.
Subtask 32-11-13-860-061
EFF :
ALL 32-11-13
Page A410
Feb 01/10
CES
Subtask 32-11-13-942-055
C. Removal of Equipment
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-11-13
Page A411
Feb 01/10
CES
SIDE STAY ASSY - MLG (2505GM,2506GM) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________________________________
TASK 32-11-16-000-001
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-16
Page 401
Nov 01/09
CES
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-16
Page 402
Feb 01/10
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-11-16-941-052
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are installed on the landing
gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
(3) Put a WARNING NOTICE on the ground service connection to tell persons
not to pressurize:
- the Green hydraulic system
- the Yellow hydraulic system.
EFF :
ALL 32-11-16
Page 403
Feb 01/10
CES
(4) On the panel 400VU:
- make sure that the landing-gear control-lever 6GA is in the DOWN
position
R - put a WARNING NOTICE in position to tell persons not to operate the
landing gear.
Subtask 32-11-16-860-052
(1) Disconnect the isolation coupling of the PTU (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-
001).
(2) Make sure that the Yellow and Green hydraulic systems are
depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
Subtask 32-11-16-582-050
Subtask 32-11-16-869-054
(1) If the electrical power is not necessary for other maintenance tasks,
de-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-
002). Then, it is not necessary to operate the LGCIU circuit
breakers.
EFF :
ALL 32-11-16
Page 404
Nov 01/09
CES
Subtask 32-11-16-865-055
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
Subtask 32-11-16-010-052
F. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT) below the applicable side-stay, at
zone 733 or 743.
(2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT) in line with the trailing edge of
the applicable wing, at zone 580 or 680.
4. Procedure
_________
EFF :
ALL 32-11-16
Page 405
Feb 01/10
CES
MLG Side-Stay Assembly - Removal/Installation
Figure 401/TASK 32-11-16-991-001
R
EFF :
001-003, 051-052, 32-11-16
Page 406
May 01/05
CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
R
32-11-16
Page 407
May 01/04
CES
MLG Side-Stay Assembly - Removal/Installation
Figure 401A/TASK 32-11-16-991-001-A12 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-11-16
Page 408
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
MLG Side-Stay Assembly - Removal/Installation
Figure 401A/TASK 32-11-16-991-001-A22 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-11-16
Page 409
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
R MLG Side-Stay Assembly - Removal/Installation
R Figure 401B/TASK 32-11-16-991-001-B12 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
301-399, 32-11-16
Page 410
May 01/04
CES
R MLG Side-Stay Assembly - Removal/Installation
R Figure 401B/TASK 32-11-16-991-001-B22 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
301-399, 32-11-16
Page 411
May 01/04
CES
R MLG Side-Stay Assembly - Support Equipment
Figure 402/TASK 32-11-16-991-002
EFF :
ALL 32-11-16
Page 412
Aug 01/09
CES
Cardan Joints - Dimensions
Figure 403/TASK 32-11-16-991-005
R
EFF :
001-003, 051-052, 32-11-16
Page 413
Aug 01/08
CES
R **ON A/C 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,
R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 32-11-16-020-052
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(1) Remove the MLG actuating cylinder (Ref. TASK 32-31-46-000-001). Use a
hoist that can lift 67.0 kg (147.7096 lb).
(2) Disconnect the electrical connector of the cable (42) from the
proximity sensor (32).
(3) Remove the bolts (41), the washers (40) and the clips (39) from the
bracket (38).
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-11-16
Page 414
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
Cardan Joints - Dimensions
Figure 403A/TASK 32-11-16-991-005-A
R
EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-11-16
Page 415
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
Cardan Joints - Dimensions
Figure 403B/TASK 32-11-16-991-005-B
R
EFF :
301-399, 32-11-16
Page 416
Nov 01/09
CES
MLG Side-Stay Assembly - Circlip Detail
Figure 404/TASK 32-11-16-991-007
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-11-16
Page 417
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
R MLG Side-Stay Assembly - Circlip Detail
R Figure 404A/TASK 32-11-16-991-007-A
R
EFF :
301-399, 32-11-16
Page 418
May 01/04
CES
(5) Disconnect the hydraulic hoses as follows:
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU
_______
DO:
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLUID DOES NOT STAY ON THE AIRCRAFT
_______
STRUCTURE. IF THE FLUID GETS ON THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE,
WASH IT OFF IMMEDIATELY WITH SOAP AND WATER.
R (a) Put the CONTAINER 1 L (1/4 USGAL) below the hose unions (20) and
(31) and the hoses (25) and (26).
R
(b) Remove and discard the lockwire and disconnect the hose unions
(20) and (31) from the hoses (25) and (26).
(c) Remove and discard the lockwire from the nuts (27), (30), (24)
and (21).
R (e) Remove the nuts (21) and (30) and the washers (22) and (29).
R Remove the hoses (25) and (26) from the bracket assembly.
(f) Remove the washers (23) and (28) and the nuts (24) and (27) from
the hoses (25) and (26).
R (g) Put a CAP - BLANKING on the disconnected hose unions (20) and
R (31) and the hoses (25) and (26).
(6) Disconnect the locksprings at their top attachment (Ref. TASK 32-11-
19-000-003).
(8) Tighten the strap and connect the cables to the hook.
EFF :
001-003, 051-052, 32-11-16
Page 419
Nov 01/09
CES
(9) Remove the blanking cap from the aft face of the integral cross tube
on the upper part of the MLG main fitting.
NOTE : Be careful when you remove the bolt (4) as it is possible for
____
it to fall inside the MLG leg assembly.
(10) Remove the cotter pin (9), the nut (10), the washers (8), the bracket
(7) and the bolt (4). Discard the cotter pin (9) and the bolt (4).
(11) Carefully disengage the cardan bracket (3) from the MLG leg assembly.
(12) Compress the lockstay actuator to fold the lockstay and safety the
lockstay in this position.
NOTE : Make sure that all the related parts are clean before you
____
remove the circlip (17).
(a) Use an applicable tool to release the tail of the circlip (17)
from the key slot of the lock washer (16).
(b) Hold the tail of the circlip (17) with a pair of thin-nose
pliers.
(14) Remove the lock washer (16) from the nut (15).
(15) Use the SPANNER - TUBE (460005834) and remove the nut (15) and the
washer (14) from the cardan joint (18).
(16) Loosen the strap (but not fully) on the side-stay splint assembly.
(17) Move the side-stay around the side-stay center-joint so that the
cardan joint (18) comes out of the MLG attachment lugs.
NOTE : Make sure that all the related parts are clean before you
____
remove the circlip (36).
(a) Use an applicable tool to release the tail of the circlip (36)
from the key slot of the lock washer (35).
EFF :
001-003, 051-052, 32-11-16
Page 420
Nov 01/09
R
CES
(b) Hold the tail of the circlip (36) with a pair of thin-nose
pliers.
(19) Remove the lock washer (35) from the nut (34).
(20) Use the SPANNER - TUBE (460005812) and remove the nut (34) and the
washer (33) from the cardan joint (37).
(21) Move the side-stay so that the cardan joint (37) comes out of the
side-stay bracket. Tighten the strap to prevent movement of the
side-stay assembly (19).
(23) Remove the cotter pin (11), the nut (6) and the washer (5). Discard
the cotter pin (11).
(24) Remove the pin (1) and the washer (2). Move the cardan bracket (3)
away from the cardan joint (13) and remove the washers (12).
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 32-11-16-991-005)
(25) Remove the seal (54) from the bush (53). Discard the seal (54).
Subtask 32-11-16-020-052-A
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(1) Remove the MLG actuating cylinder (Ref. TASK 32-31-46-000-001). Use a
hoist that can lift 67.0 kg (147.7096 lb).
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-11-16
Page 421
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
(2) Disconnect the electrical connector of the cable (23) from the
proximity sensor (7).
(3) Remove the bolts (22), the washers (21) and the clips (20) from the
bracket (24).
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU
_______
DO:
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLUID DOES NOT STAY ON THE AIRCRAFT
_______
STRUCTURE. IF THE FLUID GETS ON THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE,
WASH IT OFF IMMEDIATELY WITH SOAP AND WATER.
(a) Put the CONTAINER 1 L (1/4 USGAL) below the hose unions (32) and
(43) and the hoses (37) and (38).
(b) Remove and discard the lockwire and disconnect the hose unions
(32) and (43) from the hoses (37) and (38).
(c) Remove and discard the lockwire from the nuts (39), (42), (36)
and (33).
(e) Remove the nuts (33) and (42) and the washers (34) and (41).
Remove the hoses (37) and (38) from the bracket assembly.
(f) Remove the washers (35) and (40) and the nuts (36) and (39) from
the hoses (37) and (38).
(g) Put a CAP - BLANKING on the disconnected hose unions (32) and
(43) and the hoses (37) and (38).
(6) Disconnect the locksprings at their top attachment (Ref. TASK 32-11-
19-000-003).
R
EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-11-16
Page 422
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
(7) Install the SPLINT ASSEMBLY - SIDE STAY (98D32104013001) on the
side-stay assembly (6) with:
- the cables to the wing surface
- the strap to the wing surface
- the center joint of the side-stay located in the center hole of the
side-stay splint assembly.
(8) Tighten the strap and connect the cables to the hook.
(9) Remove the cotter pin (31), the nut (30) and the washer (29). Discard
the cotter pin (31).
(10) Hold the lockstay (28) (which weighs 3.4 kg (7.4957 lb)), and remove
the pin (26) and the washer (27).
(11) Carefully disengage the lockstay (28) from the cardan joint and
collect the spacers (25).
(12) Compress the lockstay actuator to fold the lockstay and safety the
lockstay in this position.
NOTE : Make sure that all the related parts are clean before you
____
remove the circlip (4).
(a) Use an applicable tool to release the tail of the circlip (4)
from the key slot of the lock washer (3).
(b) Hold the tail of the circlip (4) with a pair of thin-nose pliers.
(14) Remove the lock washer (3) from the nut (2).
(15) Use the SPANNER - TUBE (460005834) and remove the nut (2) and the
washer (1) from the cardan joint (5).
(16) Loosen the strap (but not fully) on the side-stay splint assembly.
(17) Move the side-stay around the side-stay center-joint so that the
cardan joint (5) comes out of the MLG attachment lug.
R
EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-11-16
Page 423
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
(18) Remove the circlip (11) as follows:
NOTE : Make sure that all the related parts are clean before you
____
remove the circlip (11).
(a) Use an applicable tool to release the tail of the circlip (11)
from the key slot of the lock washer (10).
(b) Hold the tail of the circlip (11) with a pair of thin-nose
pliers.
(19) Remove the lock washer (10) from the nut (9).
(20) Use the SPANNER - TUBE (460005812) and remove the nut (9) and the
washer (8) from the cardan joint (12).
(21) Move the side-stay so that the cardan joint (12) comes out of the
side-stay bracket. Tighten the strap to prevent movement of the
side-stay assembly (6).
(23) Remove the seal (48) from the bush (47). Discard the seal (48).
Subtask 32-11-16-020-052-B
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
R
EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-11-16
Page 424
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(1) Remove the MLG actuating cylinder (Ref. TASK 32-31-46-000-001). Use a
hoist that can lift 67.0 kg (147.7096 lb).
(2) Disconnect the electrical connector of the cable (23) from the
proximity sensor (7).
(3) Remove the bolts (22), the washers (21) and the clips (20) from the
bracket (24).
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU
_______
DO:
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLUID DOES NOT STAY ON THE AIRCRAFT
_______
STRUCTURE. IF THE FLUID GETS ON THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE,
WASH IT OFF IMMEDIATELY WITH SOAP AND WATER.
(a) Put the CONTAINER 1 L (1/4 USGAL) below the hose unions (32) and
(43) and the hoses (37) and (38).
(b) Remove and discard the lockwire and disconnect the hose unions
(32) and (43) from the hoses (37) and (38).
(c) Remove and discard the lockwire from the nuts (39), (42), (36)
and (33).
(e) Remove the nuts (33) and (42) and the washers (34) and (41).
Remove the hoses (37) and (38) from the bracket assembly.
(f) Remove the washers (35) and (40) and the nuts (36) and (39) from
the hoses (37) and (38).
(g) Put a CAP - BLANKING on the disconnected hose unions (32) and
(43) and the hoses (37) and (38).
(6) Disconnect the locksprings at their top attachment (Ref. TASK 32-11-
19-000-003).
EFF :
301-399, 32-11-16
Page 425
Feb 01/10
CES
(7) Install the SPLINT ASSEMBLY - SIDE STAY (98D32104013004) on the
side-stay assembly (6) with:
- the cables to the wing surface
- the strap to the wing surface
- the center joint of the side-stay located in the center hole of the
side-stay splint assembly.
(8) Tighten the strap and connect the cables to the hook.
(9) Remove the cotter pin (31), the nut (30) and the washer (29). Discard
the cotter pin (31).
(10) Hold the lockstay (28) (which weighs 3.4 kg (7.4957 lb)), and remove
the pin (26) and the washer (27).
(11) Carefully disengage the lockstay (28) from the cardan joint and
collect the spacers (25).
(12) Compress the lockstay actuator to fold the lockstay and safety the
lockstay in this position.
(13) Remove and discard the lockwire from the bolt (4). Remove the bolt
(4) and the washer (3).
(14) Remove the lock washer (2) from the nut (1).
(15) Use the SPANNER-TUBE (460007272) and remove the nut (1) from the
cardan joint (5).
(16) Loosen the strap (but not fully) on the side-stay splint assembly.
(17) Move the side-stay around the side-stay center-joint so that the
cardan joint (5) comes out of the MLG attachment lug.
NOTE : Make sure that all the related parts are clean before you
____
remove the circlip (11).
(a) Use an applicable tool to release the tail of the circlip (11)
from the key slot of the locking washer (10).
(b) Hold the tail of the circlip (11) with a pair of thin-nose
pliers.
EFF :
301-399, 32-11-16
Page 426
Feb 01/10
R
CES
(c) Carefully pull the circlip (11) in a clockwise direction until it
releases from the chamfered slot in the nut (9).
(19) Remove the lock washer (10) from the nut (9).
(20) Use the SPANNER - TUBE (460005812) and remove the nut (9) and the
washer (8) from the cardan joint (12).
(21) Move the side-stay so that the cardan joint (12) comes out of the
side-stay bracket. Tighten the strap to prevent movement of the
side-stay assembly (6).
(23) Remove the seal (54) from the bush (53). Discard the seal (54).
R
EFF :
301-399, 32-11-16
Page 427
Nov 01/09
CES
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 32-11-16-400-001
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING
_______
NOTICES ARE IN POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
CAUTION : WHEN YOU DO A MAINTENANCE TASK THAT USES COMMON GREASE, USE ONLY
_______
GREASES OF THE SAME SPECIFICATION (IT IS PERMITTED TO USE DIFFERENT
BRANDS IF THEIR SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE SAME). DO NOT MIX GREASES THAT
HAVE CLAY THICKENERS WITH GREASES THAT HAVE LITHIUM THICKENERS. THIS
MIXTURE CAN CHANGE THE LUBRICATION PROPERTIES OF THE GREASE. IF YOU
USE GREASES OF DIFFERENT TYPES (SPECIALLY THOSE WITH CLAY THICKENERS
AND LITHIUM THICKENERS), DECREASE THE SERVICE INTERVALS OF THE
AIRCRAFT (BY HALF, FOR EXAMPLE) SPECIFIED IN THE MAINTENANCE PLANNING
DOCUMENT. DO THIS FOR APPROXIMATELY THREE OR FOUR SERVICES (REFER TO
YOUR IN-SERVICE DATA TO FIND THE NUMBER OF SERVICES BEST ADAPTED TO
YOUR AIRCRAFT).
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
EFF :
ALL 32-11-16
Page 428
Feb 01/10
CES
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-16
Page 429
Feb 01/10
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-16
Page 430
Feb 01/10
R
CES
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-16
Page 431
Feb 01/10
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-16
Page 432
Feb 01/10
CES
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-11-16-941-053
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are installed on the landing
gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
(3) Make sure that a WARNING NOTICE is on the ground service connection
to tell persons not to pressurize:
- the Green hydraulic system
- the Yellow hydraulic system.
Subtask 32-11-16-860-053
(1) Make sure that the isolation coupling of the PTU is disconnected
(Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-001).
(2) Make sure that the Yellow and Green hydraulic systems are
de-pressurized (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001).
(3) Make sure that the applicable hydraulic reservoirs are depressurized
(Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).
(4) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT) are in position below
the applicable MLG and at the trailing edge.
Subtask 32-11-16-869-055
(1) If you did not open the LGCIU circuit breakers, make sure that the
electrical circuits are de-energized (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
EFF :
ALL 32-11-16
Page 433
Feb 01/10
R
CES
Subtask 32-11-16-865-050
D. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
4. Procedure
_________
EFF :
ALL 32-11-16
Page 434
Feb 01/10
CES
**ON A/C 301-399,
Subtask 32-11-16-560-050
(1) Make sure that the lockstay has been safetied to the side-stay.
(3) Tighten the strap and connect the cables to the hook. Tighten the
cable.
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-11-16
Page 435
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
R **ON A/C 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,
R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 32-11-16-560-050-A
(1) Make sure that the lockstay has been safetied to the side-stay.
(3) Tighten the strap and connect the cables to the hook. Tighten the
cable.
Subtask 32-11-16-560-050-C
(1) Make sure that the lockstay has been safetied to the side-stay.
(3) Tighten the strap and connect the cables to the hook. Tighten the
cable.
R
EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-11-16
Page 436
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
**ON A/C 001-003, 051-052,
Subtask 32-11-16-420-057-B
R WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL
_______
R MATERIAL.
R THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.
(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with a
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-026).
(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
(4) Make sure that the hydraulic line end-fittings are serviceable.
NOTE : In the step that follows, make sure that the Materials No.
____
04-004 and No. 04-022 are not mixed together. Do not use them
at the same time (Ref. SIL 12-008).
(7) Lubricate with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) or COMMON GREASE
(Material No. 04-022):
- the pin (1)
- the bushes in the side-stay bracket
- the seal (54)
- the bores of the MLG attachment lugs.
R
EFF :
001-003, 051-052, 32-11-16
Page 437
Feb 01/10
CES
R **ON A/C 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 32-11-16-420-057-A
R WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL
_______
R MATERIAL.
R THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.
(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with a
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-026).
(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
(4) Make sure that the hydraulic line end-fittings are serviceable.
NOTE : In the step that follows, make sure that the Materials No.
____
04-004 and No. 04-022 are not mixed together. Do not use them
at the same time (Ref. SIL 12-008).
(6) Lubricate with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) or COMMON GREASE
(Material No. 04-022):
- the pin (26)
- the bushes in the cardan joint
- the seal (48)
- the bore of the MLG attachment lug.
R
EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-11-16
Page 438
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
**ON A/C 001-003, 051-052,
Subtask 32-11-16-420-050
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(2) Put the washers (12) in position on the cardan joint (13) and install
the cardan bracket (3).
(3) Install the washer (2), the pin (1), the washer (5) and the nut (6).
Tighten the nut (6) with your hand.
(4) Lift the side-stay assembly (19) into position with the hoist and
install the cardan joint (37) in the side-stay bracket.
(5) Use a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-026) to clean the thread of the cardan joint
(37).
(6) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-047) to the thread of the
cardan joint (37).
(7) Install the washer (33) and the nut (34). Tighten the nut (34) with
your hand.
(8) Loosen the strap (but not fully) on the SPLINT ASSEMBLY - SIDE STAY.
EFF :
001-003, 051-052, 32-11-16
Page 439
Feb 01/10
CES
(9) Move the side-stay around the side-stay center-joint and install the
cardan joint (18) in the MLG attachment lugs.
(10) Use a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-026) to clean the thread of the cardan joint
(18).
(11) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-047) to the thread of the
cardan joint (18).
(12) Install the washer (14) and the nut (15). Tighten the nut (15) with
your hand.
(13) Release the lockstay from the side-stay and extend the lockstay
actuator to hold the lockstay in the open position.
(14) Apply a thin layer of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-047) to:
- the interface surfaces of the bracket (7)
- the cardan bracket (3)
- the shank (with no threads) of the new bolt (4).
NOTE : When you install the bolt (4), make sure that it is held
____
safely as it can fall inside the MLG leg.
(15) Correctly align the cardan bracket (3) with the dowels on the MLG leg
assembly and install these parts:
- the bracket (7)
- the bolt (4)
- the washers (8)
- the nut (10).
(16) TORQUE the nut (10) to between 12.47 and 14.50 m.daN (91.96 and
106.93 lbf.ft) and install a new cotter pin (9).
(17) TORQUE the nut (6) to between 5.5 and 6.5 m.daN (40.56 and 47.93
lbf.ft) and install a new cotter pin (11).
(19) Disconnect the strap and remove the SPLINT ASSEMBLY - SIDE STAY.
EFF :
001-003, 051-052, 32-11-16
Page 440
Feb 01/10
CES
(20) To tighten the nut (34):
(a) Push the MLG as far as possible to the closed position. This will
make sure that the cardan joint (37) is installed fully in the
side-stay bracket.
(b) Use the SPANNER - TUBE (460005812) and TORQUE the nut (34) to 25
m.daN (184.36 lbf.ft).
(d) Do the steps (a), (b) and (c) two more times.
(e) Use the SPANNER - TUBE and TORQUE the nut (34) to 18 m.daN
(132.74 lbf.ft).
(a) Push the MLG as far as possible to the closed position. This will
make sure that the cardan joint (18) is installed fully in the
MLG leg assembly.
(b) Use the SPANNER - TUBE (460005834) and TORQUE the nut (15) to
between 24.4 and 27.1 m.daN (179.94 and 199.85 lbf.ft).
(d) Do the steps (a), (b) and (c) two more times.
(e) Use the SPANNER - TUBE and TORQUE the nut (15) to between 16.2
and 20.3 m.daN (119.46 and 149.70 lbf.ft).
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 32-11-16-991-005)
EFF :
001-003, 051-052, 32-11-16
Page 441
Feb 01/10
R
CES
(24) Use a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-026) to clean the mating surfaces of:
- the cardan joint (37), the lock washer (35) and the nut (34).
(25) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-047) to the mating surfaces
of the cardan joint (37), the lock washer (35) and the nut (34).
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 32-11-16-991-007)
(26) Align the key slot of the lock washer (35) with the chamfered slot on
the nut (34) and install the lock washer (35). Make sure that the
space between the lock washer (35) and the nut (34) is full of
SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-047).
(27) Align the circlip (36) with the key slot of the lock washer (35) and
the chamfered slot of the nut (34).
(28) Install the circlip (36) (in a counterclockwise direction) until the
end of the circlip (36) engages in the key slot of the lock washer
(35).
(29) Use a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-026) to clean the mating surfaces of:
- the cardan joint (18), the lock washer (16) and the nut (15).
(30) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-047) to the mating surfaces
of the cardan joint (18), the lock washer (16) and the nut (15).
(31) Align the key slot of the lock washer (16) with the chamfered slot on
the nut (15) and install the lock washer (16). Make sure that the
space between the lock washer (16) and the nut (15) is full of
SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-047).
(32) Align the circlip (17) with the key slot of the lock washer (16) and
the chamfered slot of the nut (15).
(33) Install the circlip (17) (in a counterclockwise direction) until the
end of the circlip (17) engages in the key slot of the lock washer
(16).
EFF :
001-003, 051-052, 32-11-16
Page 442
Feb 01/10
CES
(34) Connect the locksprings at the top attachment (Ref. TASK 32-11-19-
400-003).
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU
_______
DO:
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLUID DOES NOT STAY ON THE AIRCRAFT
_______
STRUCTURE. IF THE FLUID GETS ON THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE,
WASH IT OFF IMMEDIATELY WITH SOAP AND WATER.
(a) Remove the PLUG - BLANKING from the hoses (26) and (25) and the
hose unions (20) and (31).
(b) Install the nuts (27) and (24) and the washers (28) and (23) on
the hoses (26) and (25).
(c) Put the hoses (26) and (25) on the bracket assembly. Install the
washers (29) and (22) and the nuts (30) and (21) on the hoses
(26) and (25).
(d) TORQUE the nuts (27) and (30) to between 1.4 and 1.7 m.daN (10.32
and 12.53 lbf.ft) and safety with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
010).
(e) TORQUE the nuts (24) and (21) to between 1.0 and 1.2 m.daN (88.49
and 106.19 lbf.in) and safety with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
19-010).
(f) Connect the hose unions (31) and (20) to the hoses (26) and (25).
(g) TORQUE the hose union (31) to between 2.4 and 2.8 m.daN (17.69
and 20.64 lbf.ft) and safety with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
010)
(h) TORQUE the hose union (20) to between 1.5 and 1.6 m.daN (11.06
and 11.79 lbf.ft) and safety with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
010).
(i) Remove the CAP - BLANKING from the electrical connectors of the
cable (42) and the proximity sensor (32). Connect the cable (42)
to the proximity sensor (32).
R
EFF :
001-003, 051-052, 32-11-16
Page 443
Feb 01/10
CES
(k) Put the bracket (38) in position on the lockstay and install the
washers (40) and the bolts (41). TORQUE the bolts (41) to between
0.4 and 0.45 m.daN (35.39 and 39.82 lbf.in).
(38) Make sure that there are no tools or equipment remaining in the MLG
assembly before you install the blanking cap (in the end of the cross
member).
NOTE : Do not apply sealant between the washer (33) and the flanged
____
bush in the side-stay bracket.
(41) Lubricate the side-stay assembly (19) through the greasers (Ref. TASK
12-22-32-640-001).
Subtask 32-11-16-420-050-A
R WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
R REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
R LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-11-16
Page 444
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
(Ref. Fig. 403A/TASK 32-11-16-991-005-A)
(2) Hold the lockstay and align the lockstay eye-end (28) with the cardan
joint.
(3) Lift the side-stay assembly (6) into position with the hoist and
install the cardan joint (12) in the side-stay bracket.
(4) Use a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-026) to clean the thread of the cardan joint
(12).
(5) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-047) to the thread of the
cardan joint (12).
(6) Install the washer (8) and the nut (9). Tighten the nut (9) with your
hand.
(7) Loosen the strap (but not fully) on the SPLINT ASSEMBLY - SIDE STAY.
(8) Move the side-stay around the side-stay center-joint and install the
cardan joint (5) in the MLG attachment lug.
(9) Use a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-026) to clean the thread of the cardan joint
(5).
(10) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-047) to the thread of the
cardan joint (5).
(11) Install the washer (1) and the nut (2). Tighten the nut (2) with your
hand.
(12) Release the lockstay from the side-stay and extend the lockstay
actuator to hold the lockstay in the open position.
R
EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-11-16
Page 445
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
(13) Align the lockstay eye-end (28) with the cardan joint and install the
spacers (25).
(14) Install the washer (27), the pin (26), the washer (29) and the nut
(30).
(15) TORQUE the nut (30) to to between 3.6 and 4.2 m.daN (26.54 and 30.97
lbf.ft). Tighten the nut (30), no more than 4.2 m.daN (30.97 lbf.ft)
to align the cotter pin hole.
(16) Safety the nut (30) with a new cotter pin (31).
(18) Disconnect the strap and remove the SPLINT ASSEMBLY - SIDE STAY.
(a) Push the MLG as far as possible to the closed position. This will
make sure that the cardan joint (12) is installed fully in the
side-stay bracket.
R (b) Use the SPANNER - TUBE (460005812) and TORQUE the nut (9) to 25
m.daN (184.36 lbf.ft).
(d) Do the steps (a), (b) and (c) two more times.
R (e) Use the SPANNER - TUBE and TORQUE the nut (9) to 18 m.daN (132.74
lbf.ft).
(a) Push the MLG as far as possible to the closed position. This will
make sure that the cardan joint (5) is installed fully in the MLG
leg assembly.
R (b) Use the SPANNER - TUBE (460005834) and TORQUE the nut (2) to
between 24.4 and 27.1 m.daN (179.94 and 199.85 lbf.ft).
(d) Do the steps (a), (b) and (c) two more times.
R
EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-11-16
Page 446
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
(e) Use the SPANNER - TUBE and TORQUE the nut (2) to between 16.2 and
20.3 m.daN (119.46 and 149.70 lbf.ft).
(Ref. Fig. 403A/TASK 32-11-16-991-005-A)
(23) Use a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-026) to clean the mating surfaces of:
- the cardan joint (12), the lock washer (10) and the nut (9).
(24) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-047) to the mating surfaces
of the cardan joint (12), the lock washer (10) and the nut (9).
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 32-11-16-991-007)
(25) Align the key slot of the lock washer (10) with the chamfered slot on
the nut (9) and install the lock washer (10). Make sure that the
space between the lock washer (10) and the nut (9) is full of SPECIAL
MATERIALS (Material No. 05-047).
(26) Align the circlip (11) with the key slot of the lock washer (10) and
the chamfered slot of the nut (9).
(27) Install the circlip (11) (in a counterclockwise direction) until the
end of the circlip (11) engages in the key slot of the lock washer
(10).
R
EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-11-16
Page 447
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
(28) Use a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-026) to clean the mating surfaces of:
- the cardan joint (5), the lock washer (3) and the nut (2).
(29) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-047) to the mating surfaces
of the cardan joint (5), the lock washer (3) and the nut (2).
(30) Align the key slot of the lock washer (3) with the chamfered slot on
the nut (2) and install the lock washer (3). Make sure that the space
between the lock washer (3) and the nut (2) is full of SPECIAL
MATERIALS (Material No. 05-047).
(31) Align the circlip (4) with the key slot of the lock washer (3) and
the chamfered slot of the nut (2).
(32) Install the circlip (4) (in a counterclockwise direction) until the
end of the circlip (4) engages in the key slot of the lock washer
(3).
(33) Connect the locksprings at the top attachment (Ref. TASK 32-11-19-
400-003).
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU
_______
DO:
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLUID DOES NOT STAY ON THE AIRCRAFT
_______
STRUCTURE. IF THE FLUID GETS ON THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE,
WASH IT OFF IMMEDIATELY WITH SOAP AND WATER.
(a) Remove the PLUG - BLANKING from the hoses (37) and (38) and the
hose unions (32) and (43).
(b) Install the nuts (36) and (39) and the washers (35) and (40) on
the hoses (37) and (38).
(c) Put the hoses (37) and (38) on the bracket assembly. Install the
washers (34) and (41) and the nuts (33) and (42) on the hoses
(37) and (38).
(d) TORQUE the nuts (39) and (42) to between 1.4 and 1.7 m.daN (10.32
and 12.53 lbf.ft) and safety with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
010).
R
EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-11-16
Page 448
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
(e) TORQUE the nuts (36) and (33) to between 1.0 and 1.2 m.daN (88.49
and 106.19 lbf.in) and safety with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
19-010).
(f) Connect the hose unions (32) and (43) to the hoses (37) and (38).
(g) TORQUE the hose union (43) to between 2.4 and 2.8 m.daN (17.69
and 20.64 lbf.ft) and safety with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
010).
(h) TORQUE the hose union (32) to between 1.5 and 1.6 m.daN (11.06
and 11.79 lbf.ft) and safety with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
010).
(i) Remove the CAP - BLANKING from the electrical connectors of the
cable (23) and the proximity sensor (7). Connect the cable (23)
to the proximity sensor (7).
(k) Put the bracket (24) in position on the lockstay and install the
washers (21) and the bolts (22). TORQUE the bolts (22) to between
0.4 and 0.45 m.daN (35.39 and 39.82 lbf.in).
NOTE : Do not apply sealant between the washer (8) and the flanged
____
bush in the side-stay bracket.
(38) Lubricate the side-stay assembly through the greasers (Ref. TASK 12-
22-32-640-001).
R
EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-11-16
Page 449
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
**ON A/C 301-399,
Subtask 32-11-16-420-050-B
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(2) Hold the lockstay and align the lockstay eye-end (28) with the cardan
joint.
(3) Lift the side-stay assembly (6) into position with the hoist and
install the cardan joint (12) in the side-stay bracket.
(4) Use a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-026) to clean the thread of the cardan joint
(12).
(5) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-047) to the thread of the
cardan joint (12).
(6) Install the washer (8) and the nut (9). Tighten the nut (9) with your
hand.
(7) Loosen the strap (but not fully) on the SPLINT ASSEMBLY - SIDE STAY.
(8) Move the side-stay around the side-stay center-joint and install the
cardan joint (5) in the MLG attachment lug.
EFF :
301-399, 32-11-16
Page 450
Feb 01/10
CES
(9) Use a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-026) to clean the thread of the cardan joint
(5).
(10) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-047) to the thread of the
cardan joint (5).
(11) Install the nut (1) and tighten with your hand.
(12) Release the lockstay from the side-stay and extend the lockstay
actuator to hold the lockstay in the open position.
(13) Align the lockstay eye-end (28) with the cardan joint and install the
spacers (25).
(14) Install the washer (27), the pin (26), the washer (29) and the nut
(30).
(15) TORQUE the nut (30) to to between 3.6 and 4.2 m.daN (26.54 and 30.97
lbf.ft). Tighten the nut (30), no more than 4.2 m.daN (30.97 lbf.ft)
to align the cotter pin hole.
(16) Safety the nut (30) with a new cotter pin (31).
(18) Disconnect the strap and remove the SPLINT ASSEMBLY - SIDE STAY.
(a) Push the MLG as far as possible to the closed position. This will
make sure that the cardan joint (12) is installed fully in the
side-stay bracket.
(b) Use the SPANNER - TUBE (460005812) and TORQUE the nut (9) to 35
m.daN (258.11 lbf.ft).
(d) Do the steps (a), (b) and (c) two more times.
(e) Use the SPANNER - TUBE and TORQUE the nut (9) to 27 m.daN (199.11
lbf.ft).
EFF :
301-399, 32-11-16
Page 451
Feb 01/10
R
CES
(20) To tighten the nut (1):
(a) Push the MLG as far as possible to the closed position. This will
make sure that the cardan joint (5) is installed fully in the MLG
leg assembly.
(b) Use the SPANNER-TUBE (460007272) and TORQUE the nut (1) to 40
m.daN (294.98 lbf.ft).
(d) Do the steps (a), (b) and (c) two more times.
(e) Use the SPANNER-TUBE and TORQUE the nut (1) to 16.2 m.daN (119.46
lbf.ft).
(Ref. Fig. 403B/TASK 32-11-16-991-005-B)
(23) Use a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-026) to clean the mating surfaces of:
- the cardan joint (12), the lock washer (10) and the nut (9).
(24) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-047) to the mating surfaces
of the cardan joint (12), the lock washer (10) and the nut (9).
(Ref. Fig. 404A/TASK 32-11-16-991-007-A)
(25) Align the key slot of the lock washer (10) with the chamfered slot on
the nut (9) and install the lock washer (10). Make sure that the
space between the lock washer (10) and the nut (9) is full of SPECIAL
MATERIALS (Material No. 05-047).
EFF :
301-399, 32-11-16
Page 452
Feb 01/10
CES
(26) Align the circlip (11) with the key slot of the lock washer (10) and
the chamfered slot of the nut (9).
(27) Install the circlip (11) (in a counterclockwise direction) until the
end of the circlip (11) engages in the key slot of the lock washer
(10).
(28) Use a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-026) to clean the mating surfaces of:
- the cardan joint (5), the locking washer (2) and the nut (1).
(29) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-047) to the mating surfaces
of the cardan joint (5), the lock washer (2) and the nut (1).
(30) Align the key slot of the lock washer (2) with the chamfered slot on
the nut (1) and install the lock washer (2). Make sure that the space
between the lock washer (2) and the nut (1) is full of SPECIAL
MATERIALS (Material No. 05-047).
(31) Install the washer (3) and the bolt (4). TORQUE the bolt (4) to 1.0
m.daN (88.49 lbf.in).
(32) Safety the bolt (4) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).
(33) Connect the locksprings at the top attachment (Ref. TASK 32-11-19-
400-003).
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU
_______
DO:
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLUID DOES NOT STAY ON THE AIRCRAFT
_______
STRUCTURE. IF THE FLUID GETS ON THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE,
WASH IT OFF IMMEDIATELY WITH SOAP AND WATER.
(a) Remove the PLUG - BLANKING from the hoses (37) and (38) and the
hose unions (32) and (43).
(b) Install the nuts (36) and (39) and the washers (35) and (40) on
the hoses (37) and (38).
R
EFF :
301-399, 32-11-16
Page 453
Feb 01/10
CES
(c) Put the hoses (37) and (38) on the bracket assembly. Install the
washers (34) and (41) and the nuts (33) and (42) on the hoses
(37) and (38).
(d) TORQUE the nuts (39) and (42) to between 1.4 and 1.7 m.daN (10.32
and 12.53 lbf.ft) and safety with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
010).
(e) TORQUE the nuts (36) and (33) to between 1.0 and 1.2 m.daN (88.49
and 106.19 lbf.in) and safety with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
19-010).
(f) Connect the hose unions (32) and (43) to the hoses (37) and (38).
(g) TORQUE the hose union (43) to between 2.4 and 2.8 m.daN (17.69
and 20.64 lbf.ft) and safety with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
010).
(h) TORQUE the hose union (32) to between 1.5 and 1.6 m.daN (11.06
and 11.79 lbf.ft) and safety with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
010).
(i) Remove the CAP - BLANKING from the electrical connectors of the
cable (23) and the proximity sensor (7). Connect the cable (23)
to the proximity sensor (7).
(k) Put the bracket (24) in position on the lockstay and install the
washers (21) and the bolts (22). TORQUE the bolts (22) to between
0.4 and 0.45 m.daN (35.39 and 39.82 lbf.in).
R
EFF :
301-399, 32-11-16
Page 454
Feb 01/10
CES
NOTE : Do not apply sealant between the washer (8) and the flanged
____
bush of the side-stay bracket.
(38) Lubricate the side-stay assembly (6) through the greasers (Ref. TASK
12-22-32-640-001).
Subtask 32-11-16-942-050
D. Removal of Equipment
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 32-11-16-865-054
E. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1GA, 2GA, 52GA.
Subtask 32-11-16-869-053
(1) If you did not de-energize the aircraft electrical circuits, put the
aircraft back to the ground configuration (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-
002).
(2) Connect the isolation coupling of the PTU (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-
002).
EFF :
ALL 32-11-16
Page 455
Feb 01/10
CES
Subtask 32-11-16-720-050
G. Test
(2) Do a functional test of the Free-Fall Extension System (Ref. TASK 32-
33-00-720-001).
Subtask 32-11-16-790-050
(1) Make sure that all the connections that you have moved are tightened,
and that there are no hydraulic leaks.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-11-16-586-050
Subtask 32-11-16-942-051
B. Removal of Equipment
(3) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-11-16
Page 456
Feb 01/10
CES
LOCK STAY - MLG - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________
TASK 32-11-17-000-001
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-17
Page 401
Nov 01/09
CES
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-11-17-941-051
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are installed on the landing
gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-11-17
Page 402
Feb 01/10
CES
(3) On the panel 400VU:
- make sure that the landing-gear control-lever 6GA is in the down
position
R - put a WARNING NOTICE in position to tell persons not to operate the
landing gear.
Subtask 32-11-17-860-053
(1) Disconnect the isolation coupling of the PTU (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-
001).
(2) Make sure that the Yellow and Green hydraulic systems are
depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
Subtask 32-11-17-582-050
Subtask 32-11-17-869-052
(1) If the electrical power is not necessary for other maintenance tasks,
de-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-
002). Then, it is not necessary to operate the LGCIU circuit
breakers.
EFF :
ALL 32-11-17
Page 403
Nov 01/09
CES
Subtask 32-11-17-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
Subtask 32-11-17-010-052
F. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position below the applicable
MLG lockstay, at zone 731 or 741.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-11-17-020-050
CAUTION : SAFETY THE SIDE-STAY TO PREVENT ITS MOVEMENT WHEN YOU REMOVE
_______
THE LOCK-STAY. THE SIDE-STAY WEIGHS 54.8kg (120.8lb).
(1) Disconnect the lock springs at the top attachments (Ref. TASK 32-11-
19-000-003).
(2) Disconnect the connector of the electrical cable (47) from the
proximity sensor (19) and remove the bolts (50) and the clips (49).
Move the electrical cable (47) away from the bracket (46) and safety
in this position.
EFF :
ALL 32-11-17
Page 404
Feb 01/10
CES
R (3) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).
(4) Remove the cotter pin (40), the nut (39) and the washer (38). Discard
the cotter pin (40).
(5) Remove the pin (43) and the washer (42). Move the lock-stay
actuating-cylinder eye-end away from the lock stay and remove the
washers (41).
(6) Move the lock-stay actuating-cylinder away from the lock stay and
safety in this position.
(7) Remove the cotter pin (33), the nut (34) and the washer (32). Discard
the cotter pin (33).
(9) Remove the cotter pin (35), the nut (36) and the washer (37). Discard
the cotter pin (35).
(10) Use a SPATULA - NON METALLIC to remove the sealant from the blanking
cap, then remove the blanking cap.
(12) Move the lock stay away from the side stay and remove the washers
(27).
(13) Remove the cotter pin (10), the nut (11), the washers (9), the
bracket (8) and the bolt (5). Be careful not to drop the bolt (5)
inside the MLG leg.
(14) Discard the cotter pin (10) and the bolt (5).
(15) Hold the lock stay, which weighs 3.4 kg (7.50 lb) and carefully
disengage the cardan bracket (4) from the MLG leg assembly. Put the
lock stay on a TRESTLE - PADDED.
(a) Remove the cotter pin (12), the nut (7) and the washer (6).
Discard the cotter pin (12).
(b) Remove the pin (2) and the washer (3). Move the cardan bracket
(4) away from the cardan joint (1) and collect the washers (13).
EFF :
001-003, 051-052, 32-11-17
Page 405
Feb 01/10
CES
MLG Lockstay - Removal/Installation
Figure 401/TASK 32-11-17-991-001- 12 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
001-003, 051-052, 32-11-17
Page 406
May 01/05
CES
MLG Lockstay - Removal/Installation
Figure 401/TASK 32-11-17-991-001- 22 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
001-003, 051-052, 32-11-17
Page 407
May 01/05
CES
MLG Lockstay - Removal/Installation
Figure 401A/TASK 32-11-17-991-001-A13 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-11-17
Page 408
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
MLG Lockstay - Removal/Installation
Figure 401A/TASK 32-11-17-991-001-A23 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-11-17
Page 409
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
MLG Lockstay - Removal/Installation
Figure 401A/TASK 32-11-17-991-001-A33 (SHEET 3)
R
EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-11-17
Page 410
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(c) Remove these parts:
- the nut (26), the washer (25) and the bolt (24)
- the nut (20), the washer (21) and the bolt (23)
- the proximity-sensor bracket (22)
- the proximity sensor (19) (Ref. TASK 32-31-73-000-001).
(d) Hold the target bracket (16) and remove the nuts (15) and the
washers (14).
Subtask 32-11-17-020-050-A
CAUTION : SAFETY THE SIDE-STAY TO PREVENT ITS MOVEMENT WHEN YOU REMOVE
_______
THE LOCK-STAY. THE SIDE-STAY WEIGHS 54.8kg (120.8lb).
(1) Disconnect the lock springs at the top attachments (Ref. TASK 32-11-
19-000-003).
(2) Disconnect the connector of the electrical cable (9) from the
proximity sensor (7) and remove the bolts (12) and the clips (11).
Move the electrical cable (9) away from the bracket (8) and safety in
this position.
(4) Remove the cotter pin (36), the nut (35) and the washer (34). Discard
the cotter pin (36).
(5) Remove the pin (33) and the washer (32). Move the lock-stay
actuating-cylinder eye-end away from the lock stay and remove the
washers (37).
(6) Move the lock-stay actuating-cylinder away from the lock stay and
safety in this position.
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-11-17
Page 411
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(7) Remove the cotter pin (44), the nut (45) and the washer (43). Discard
the cotter pin (44).
(9) Remove the cotter pin (46), the nut (47) and the washer (48). Discard
the cotter pin (46).
(11) Move the lock stay away from the side stay and remove the washers
(38).
(12) Remove the cotter pin (20), the nut (19) and the washer (18). Discard
the cotter pin (20).
(13) Hold the lock stay, which weighs 3.4 kg (7.50 lb), and remove the pin
(15) and the washer (16).
(14) Carefully disengage the lock stay (17) from the cardan joint and
collect the spacers (1). Put the lock stay on a TRESTLE - PADDED.
(a) Hold the target bracket (4) and remove the nuts (3) and the
washers (2).
R
EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-11-17
Page 412
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 32-11-17-400-001
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING
_______
NOTICES ARE IN POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
CAUTION : WHEN YOU DO A MAINTENANCE TASK THAT USES COMMON GREASE, USE ONLY
_______
GREASES OF THE SAME SPECIFICATION (IT IS PERMITTED TO USE DIFFERENT
BRANDS IF THEIR SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE SAME). DO NOT MIX GREASES THAT
HAVE CLAY THICKENERS WITH GREASES THAT HAVE LITHIUM THICKENERS. THIS
MIXTURE CAN CHANGE THE LUBRICATION PROPERTIES OF THE GREASE. IF YOU
USE GREASES OF DIFFERENT TYPES (SPECIALLY THOSE WITH CLAY THICKENERS
AND LITHIUM THICKENERS), DECREASE THE SERVICE INTERVALS OF THE
AIRCRAFT (BY HALF, FOR EXAMPLE) SPECIFIED IN THE MAINTENANCE PLANNING
DOCUMENT. DO THIS FOR APPROXIMATELY THREE OR FOUR SERVICES (REFER TO
YOUR IN-SERVICE DATA TO FIND THE NUMBER OF SERVICES BEST ADAPTED TO
YOUR AIRCRAFT).
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-17
Page 413
Nov 01/09
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-17
Page 414
Nov 01/05
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-17
Page 415
Aug 01/09
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-11-17-941-052
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that a WARNING NOTICE is on the ground service connection
to tell persons not to pressurize:
- the Green hydraulic system
- the Yellow hydraulic system.
Subtask 32-11-17-860-054
(1) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) is below the applicable
MLG lockstay at zone 731 or 741.
(2) Make sure that the aircraft is lifted on jacks (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-
581-001).
(3) Make sure that the applicable hydraulic systems are depressurized
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
(4) Make sure that the applicable hydraulic reservoirs are depressurized
(Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-11-17
Page 416
Feb 01/10
CES
(5) Make sure that the isolation coupling of the PTU is disconnected
(Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-001).
Subtask 32-11-17-865-051
C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
Subtask 32-11-17-869-053
(1) If you did not open the LGCIU circuit breakers, make sure that the
electrical circuits are de-energized (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-11-17-560-050
(1) Lubricate these parts with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004):
- the applicable bores of the lock stay, the side stay and the cardan
joint (1)
- the plain shank of the pin (2).
EFF :
ALL 32-11-17
Page 417
Feb 01/10
CES
(2) Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) to the interfaces of:
- the target bracket (16)
- the proximity-sensor bracket (22)
- the bracket (46).
(3) Align the target bracket (16) and the bracket (46) on the lock stay
and install these parts:
- the bolts (44), (45) and (48)
- the washers (14) and (17)
- the nuts (15) and (18).
(4) TORQUE the nuts (15) and (18) to between 0.29 and 0.45 m.daN (25.66
and 39.82 lbf.in).
(5) Align the proximity-sensor bracket (22) on the lock stay and install
these parts:
- the bolt (23), the washer (21) and the nut (20)
- the bolt (24), the washer (25) and the nut (26).
(6) TORQUE the nuts (20) and (26) to between 0.125 and 0.192 m.daN (11.06
and 16.99 lbf.in).
(8) Align the cardan joint (1) and the cardan bracket (4) and install
these parts:
- the washers (13)
- the washer (3)
- the pin (2)
- the washer (6)
- the nut (7).
Subtask 32-11-17-420-052-B
(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with a
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-026).
(2) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
(3) Make sure that the side stay is safetied in position, the weight of
the side stay is 54.8 kg (121 lb).
EFF :
001-003, 051-052, 32-11-17
Page 418
Aug 01/08
R
CES
R (4) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
R NOTE : In the step that follows, make sure that the Materials No.
____
R 04-004 and No. 04-022 are not mixed together. Do not use them
R at the same time (Ref. SIL 12-008).
R (5) Lubricate with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) or COMMON GREASE
R (Material No. 04-022):
R - the pins (29), (30) and (43)
R - the bore of the lock-stay actuating-cylinder eye-end.
Subtask 32-11-17-420-050
(1) Correctly align the cardan bracket (4) with the dowels on the MLG leg
assembly and install these parts:
- the bracket (8)
R - the new bolt (5)
- the washers (9)
- the nut (11).
NOTE : Be careful when you install the bolt (5) because it is not
____
easy to remove items that fall inside the MLG leg.
(2) TORQUE the nut (11) to between 12.5 and 14.5 m.daN (92.18 and 106.93
lbf.ft) and safety with a cotter pin (10).
(3) Align the lower lock-link with the side-stay attachment lugs and
install these parts:
- the washers (27)
- the washer (28)
- the pin (29), with the head of the pin aft
- the washer (37)
- the nut (36).
(4) Align the lockspring link with the lug on the lower lock-link and
install these parts:
- the washers (31)
- the pin (30), with the head of the pin aft
- the washer (32)
EFF :
001-003, 051-052, 32-11-17
Page 419
Aug 01/05
CES
- the nut (34).
(5) TORQUE the nut (7) to between 3.0 and 3.6 m.daN (22.12 and 26.54
R lbf.ft). Tighten the nut (7), no more than 3.6 m.daN (26.54 lbf.ft)
to align the cotter-pin hole.
(7) TORQUE the nut (36) to between 1.5 and 2.26 m.daN (11.06 and 16.66
lbf.ft) and safety with a new cotter-pin (35).
(8) TORQUE the nut (34) to between 0.34 and 0.508 m.daN (30.08 and 44.95
lbf.in) and safety with a new cotter-pin (33).
(11) TORQUE the nut (39) to between 0.46 and 0.7 m.daN (40.70 and 61.94
lbf.in) and safety with a new cotter-pin (40).
(13) Connect the locksprings at the top attachment (Ref. TASK 32-11-19-
400-003).
(14) Put the clips (49) on the electrical cable (47) and position them on
the bracket (46).
(16) Remove the blanking caps and connect the electrical cable (47) to the
proximity sensor (19).
(17) Do the dimensional check of the proximity sensors on the lock stay
(Ref. TASK 32-31-73-200-001).
(18) Make sure that there are no tools or equipment remaining in the MLG
assembly before you install the blanking cap.
EFF :
001-003, 051-052, 32-11-17
Page 420
May 01/06
CES
(20) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) to:
- the ends of the cardan joint (1)
- the ends of the pins (2), (29), (30) and (43)
- the heads of the bolts (44), (45) and (48)
- the nuts (7), (11), (15), (18), (20), (26), (34), (36) and (39)
- the washers (3), (6), (9), (14), (17), (21), (25), (28), (32),
(37), (38) and (42)
- the edges of the blanking cap.
NOTE : In the step that follows, make sure that the Materials No.
____
04-004 and No. 04-022 are not mixed together. Do not use them
at the same time (Ref. SIL 12-008).
(21) Use COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) or COMMON GREASE (Material
No. 04-022) to lubricate the lock-stay through the greasers.
Subtask 32-11-17-560-050-A
(1) Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) to the interfaces of:
- the target bracket (4)
- the proximity-sensor bracket (27)
- the bracket (8).
(2) Align the target bracket (4) and the bracket (8) on the lock stay and
install these parts:
- the bolts (13), (14) and (10)
- the washers (2) and (5)
- the nuts (3) and (6).
(3) TORQUE the nuts (3) and (6) to between 0.29 and 0.45 m.daN (25.66 and
39.82 lbf.in).
(4) Align the proximity-sensor bracket (27) on the lock stay and install
these parts:
- the bolt (28), the washer (26) and the nut (25)
- the bolt (29), the washer (30) and the nut (31).
(5) TORQUE the nuts (25) and (31) to between 0.125 and 0.192 m.daN (11.06
and 16.99 lbf.in).
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-11-17
Page 421
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
Subtask 32-11-17-420-052-A
(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with a
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-026).
(2) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
NOTE : In the step that follows, make sure that the Materials No.
____
04-004 and No. 04-022 are not mixed together. Do not use them
at the same time (Ref. SIL 12-008).
(4) Lubricate these parts with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) or
COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022):
- the cardan joint
- the plain shank of the pins (15), (40), (41) and (33)
- the bores of the lock stay and the side stay
- the bore of the lock-stay actuating-cylinder eye-end.
Subtask 32-11-17-420-050-A
(1) Make sure that the side stay is safetied in position, the weight of
the side stay is 54.8 kg (121 lb).
(2) Hold and align the lock-stay eye end (17) with the cardan joint.
(3) Install the spacers (1), the washer (16), the pin (15), the washer
(18) and the nut (19).
(4) Align the lower lock-link with the side-stay attachment lugs and
install these parts:
- the washers (38)
- the washer (39)
- the pin (40), with the head of the pin aft
- the washer (48)
- the nut (47).
R
EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-11-17
Page 422
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(5) Align the lockspring link with the lug on the lower lock-link and
install these parts:
- the washers (42)
- the pin (41), with the head of the pin aft
- the washer (43)
- the nut (45).
(6) TORQUE the nut (19) to between 3.6 and 4.2 m.daN (26.54 and 30.97
lbf.ft). Tighten the nut (19), no more than 4.2 m.daN (30.97 lbf.ft)
to align the cotter-pin hole.
(8) TORQUE the nut (47) to between 3.6 and 4.2 m.daN (26.54 and 30.97
lbf.ft) and safety with a new cotter-pin (46).
(9) TORQUE the nut (45) to between 0.8 and 0.95 m.daN (70.79 and 84.07
lbf.in) and safety with a new cotter-pin (44).
(12) TORQUE the nut (35) to between 0.46 and 0.7 m.daN (40.70 and 61.94
lbf.in) and safety with a new cotter-pin (36).
(14) Connect the locksprings at the top attachment (Ref. TASK 32-11-19-
400-003).
(15) Put the clips (11) on the electrical cable (9) and position them on
the bracket (8).
(17) Remove the blanking caps and connect the electrical cable (9) to the
proximity sensor (7).
(18) Do the dimensional check of the proximity sensors on the lock stay
(Ref. TASK 32-31-73-200-001).
R
EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-11-17
Page 423
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(19) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) to:
- the ends of the cardan joint
- the ends of the pins (15), (40), (41) and (33)
- the nuts (3), (6), (19), (25), (31), (45), (47) and (35)
- the washers (16), (18), (2), (5), (16), (18), (26), (30), (39),
(43), (48), (32) and (34)
- the heads of the bolts (13), (14) and (10).
NOTE : In the step that follows, make sure that the Materials No.
____
04-004 and No. 04-022 are not mixed together. Do not use them
at the same time (Ref. SIL 12-008).
(20) Use COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) or COMMON GREASE (Material
No. 04-022) to lubricate the lock-stay through the greasers.
Subtask 32-11-17-860-052
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(4) Connect the isolation coupling of the PTU (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-
002).
Subtask 32-11-17-865-052
E. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1GA, 2GA, 52GA.
Subtask 32-11-17-869-054
(1) If you did not de-energize the aircraft electrical circuits, put the
aircraft back to the ground configuration (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-
002).
EFF :
ALL 32-11-17
Page 424
Feb 01/08
CES
Subtask 32-11-17-720-050
G. Test
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-11-17-586-050
Subtask 32-11-17-942-051
B. Removal of Equipment
(3) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-11-17
Page 425
Nov 01/09
CES
SIDE STAY - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________
TASK 32-11-18-000-001
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-18
Page 401
Feb 01/10
R
CES
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-18
Page 402
Feb 01/10
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
EFF :
ALL 32-11-18
Page 403
Feb 01/10
CES
MLG Side-Stay - Removal/Installation
Figure 401/TASK 32-11-18-991-001
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-11-18
Page 404
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
R MLG Side Stay - Removal/Installation
Figure 401A/TASK 32-11-18-991-001-A
EFF :
301-399, 32-11-18
Page 405
May 01/06
CES
MLG Side-Stay - Support Equipment
Figure 402/TASK 32-11-18-991-002
R
EFF :
ALL 32-11-18
Page 406
Feb 01/08
CES
Cardan Joints - Dimensions
Figure 403/TASK 32-11-18-991-004
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-11-18
Page 407
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
R Cardan Joints - Dimensions
Figure 403A/TASK 32-11-18-991-004-A
EFF :
301-399, 32-11-18
Page 408
Aug 01/06
CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,
R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 32-11-18-941-050
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are on the landing gear
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
(4) Put a WARNING NOTICE on the ground service connection to tell persons
not to pressurize:
- the Green hydraulic system
- the Yellow hydraulic system.
Subtask 32-11-18-860-050
(1) Disconnect the isolation coupling of the PTU (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-
001).
(2) De-pressurize the Yellow and the Green hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-001), (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002).
EFF :
ALL 32-11-18
Page 409
Feb 01/10
CES
MLG Side-Stay - Circlip Detail
Figure 404/TASK 32-11-18-991-005
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-11-18
Page 410
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
R MLG Side-Stay - Circlip Detail
R Figure 404A/TASK 32-11-18-991-005-A
R
EFF :
301-399, 32-11-18
Page 411
May 01/04
CES
Subtask 32-11-18-582-050
Subtask 32-11-18-869-054
(1) If the electrical power is not necessary for other maintenance tasks,
de-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-
002). Then it is not necessary to operate the LGCIU circuit breakers.
Subtask 32-11-18-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
Subtask 32-11-18-010-052
F. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE below the applicable
side-stay, at zone 733 or 743.
(2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT) in line with the trailing edge of
the applicable wing, at zone 580 or 680.
4. Procedure
_________
EFF :
ALL 32-11-18
Page 412
Feb 01/10
CES
**ON A/C 301-399,
Subtask 32-11-18-020-052
EFF :
ALL 32-11-18
Page 413
Feb 01/10
CES
(4) Disconnect the lockstay assembly as follows:
(a) Remove the cotter pin (17), the nut (16) and the washer (18).
Discard the cotter pin (17).
(c) Remove the cotter pin (14), the nut (15) and the washer (13).
Discard the cotter pin (14).
(d) Remove the pin (21), the washer (22) and the washers (12).
(5) Move the lockstay away from the side-stay (6) and temporarily safety
the lockstay in this position.
(7) Tighten the strap and connect the cables to the hook. Tighten the
cable.
NOTE : Before you remove the circlip (11), make sure that all the
____
related parts are clean.
(a) Use an applicable tool to release the tail of the circlip (11)
from the key slot of the lock washer (10).
(b) Hold the tail of the circlip (11) with a pair of thin-nose
pliers.
(c) Carefully pull the circlip (11) (in a clockwise direction) until
it releases from the chamfered slot in the nut (9).
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-11-18
Page 414
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
(9) Remove the locking washer (10) from the nut (9).
(10) Use the SPANNER - TUBE (460005834) to remove the nut (9) and remove
the washer (8) from the cardan joint (7).
(11) Loosen the strap (but not fully) on the SPLINT ASSEMBLY - SIDE STAY.
(12) Move the side-stay (6) around the side-stay center joint so that the
cardan joint (7) comes out of the MLG attachment lugs.
NOTE : Before you remove the circlip (4), make sure that all the
____
related parts are clean.
(a) Use an applicable tool to release the tail of the circlip (4)
from the key slot of the lock washer (3).
(b) Hold the tail of the circlip (4) with a pair of thin nose pliers.
(c) Carefully pull the circlip (4) (in a clockwise direction) until
it releases from the chamfered slot in the nut (2).
(14) Remove the lock washer (3) from the nut (2).
(15) Use the SPANNER - TUBE (460005812) to remove the nut (2) and remove
the washer (1) from the cardan joint (5).
(a) Move the side-stay (6) so that the cardan joint (5) comes out of
the side-stay bracket. Tighten the strap to prevent movement of
the side-stay (6).
(b) Lower the side-stay (6) on to the TRESTLE - PADDED and disconnect
the cables from the hook.
(16) If you are to replace the side-stay (6), remove the SPLINT ASSEMBLY -
SIDE STAY.
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 32-11-18-991-004)
(17) Remove the seal (32) from the bush (33). Discard the seal (32).
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-11-18
Page 415
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
**ON A/C 301-399,
Subtask 32-11-18-020-052-A
(a) Remove the cotter pin (17), the nut (16) and the washer (18).
Discard the cotter pin (17).
(c) Remove the cotter pin (14), the nut (15) and the washer (13).
Discard the cotter pin (14).
(d) Remove the pin (21), the washer (22) and the washers (12).
(5) Move the lockstay away from the side-stay (6) and temporarily safety
the lockstay in this position.
R
EFF :
301-399, 32-11-18
Page 416
Nov 01/09
CES
(7) Tighten the strap and connect the cables to the hook. Tighten the
cable.
(8) Remove and discard the lockwire from the bolts (11). Remove the bolts
(11) and the washers (10).
(9) Use the SPANNER-TUBE (460007272) to remove the nut (8) from the
cardan joint (7).
(10) Loosen the strap (but not fully) on the SPLINT ASSEMBLY - SIDE STAY.
(11) Move the side-stay (6) around the side-stay center joint so that the
cardan joint (7) comes out of the MLG attachment lugs.
NOTE : Before you remove the circlip (4), make sure that all the
____
related parts are clean.
(a) Use an applicable tool to release the tail of the circlip (4)
from the key slot of the locking washer (3).
R (b) Hold the tail of the circlip (4) with a pair of thin nose pliers.
(c) Carefully pull the circlip (4) (in a clockwise direction) until
it releases from the chamfered slot in the nut (2).
(13) Remove the locking washer (3) from the nut (2).
(14) Use the SPANNER - TUBE (460005812) to remove the nut (2) and remove
the washer (1) from the cardan joint (5).
(a) Move the side-stay (6) so that the cardan joint (5) comes out of
the side-stay bracket. Tighten the strap to prevent movement of
the side-stay (6).
R (b) Lower the side-stay (6) on to the TRESTLE - PADDED and disconnect
the cables from the hook.
(15) If you are to replace the side-stay (6), remove the SPLINT ASSEMBLY -
SIDE STAY.
(Ref. Fig. 403A/TASK 32-11-18-991-004-A)
(16) Remove the seal (32) from the bush (33). Discard the seal (32).
EFF :
301-399, 32-11-18
Page 417
Nov 01/09
CES
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 32-11-18-400-001
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING
_______
NOTICES ARE IN POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
CAUTION : WHEN YOU DO A MAINTENANCE TASK THAT USES COMMON GREASE, USE ONLY
_______
GREASES OF THE SAME SPECIFICATION (IT IS PERMITTED TO USE DIFFERENT
BRANDS IF THEIR SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE SAME). DO NOT MIX GREASES THAT
HAVE CLAY THICKENERS WITH GREASES THAT HAVE LITHIUM THICKENERS. THIS
MIXTURE CAN CHANGE THE LUBRICATION PROPERTIES OF THE GREASE. IF YOU
USE GREASES OF DIFFERENT TYPES (SPECIALLY THOSE WITH CLAY THICKENERS
AND LITHIUM THICKENERS), DECREASE THE SERVICE INTERVALS OF THE
AIRCRAFT (BY HALF, FOR EXAMPLE) SPECIFIED IN THE MAINTENANCE PLANNING
DOCUMENT. DO THIS FOR APPROXIMATELY THREE OR FOUR SERVICES (REFER TO
YOUR IN-SERVICE DATA TO FIND THE NUMBER OF SERVICES BEST ADAPTED TO
YOUR AIRCRAFT).
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
EFF :
ALL 32-11-18
Page 418
Feb 01/10
CES
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-18
Page 419
Feb 01/10
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-18
Page 420
Feb 01/10
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-18
Page 421
Feb 01/10
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
EFF :
ALL 32-11-18
Page 422
Feb 01/10
CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,
R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 32-11-18-941-052
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are installed on the landing
gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
(4) Make sure that a WARNING NOTICE is on the ground service connection
to tell persons not to pressurize the Green and Yellow Hydraulic
systems.
Subtask 32-11-18-860-051
(1) Make sure that the aircraft is on jacks (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-581-001).
(2) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE is below
the applicable side-stay at zone 733 or 743.
(3) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT) is in line with the
trailing edge of the applicable wing, at zone 580 or 680.
(4) Make sure that the isolation coupling of the PTU is disconnected
(Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-11-18
Page 423
Feb 01/10
CES
(5) Make sure that the Yellow and Green Hydraulic systems are
de-pressurized (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
(6) Make sure that the applicable hydraulic reservoirs have been
depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).
Subtask 32-11-18-869-055
(1) If you did not open the LGCIU circuit breakers, make sure that the
electrical circuits are de-energized (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
Subtask 32-11-18-865-051
D. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
4. Procedure
_________
EFF :
ALL 32-11-18
Page 424
Feb 01/10
CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,
R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 32-11-18-420-054
(1) If the MLG side-stay has been replaced, install the SPLINT ASSEMBLY -
SIDE STAY (98D32104013001) on the side-stay (6) with:
- the cables to the wing surface
- the strap to the wing surface
- the center joint of the side-stay (6) located in the center hole of
the SPLINT ASSEMBLY - SIDE STAY.
(2) Tighten the strap and connect the cables to the hook. Tighten the
cable.
(3) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with a
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-026).
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-11-18
Page 425
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(5) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
NOTE : In the step that follows, make sure that the Materials No.
____
04-004 and No. 04-022 are not mixed together. Do not use them
at the same time (Ref. SIL 12-008).
(7) Lubricate these parts with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) or
COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022):
- the pins (20) and (21)
- the bushes in the side-stay bracket
- the seal (32)
- the bores of the MLG attachment lugs.
Subtask 32-11-18-420-050
(2) Lift the side-stay (6) into position with the hoist and install the
cardan joint (5) in the side-stay bracket.
(3) Use a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-026) to clean the thread of the cardan joint
(5).
(4) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-047) to the thread of the
cardan joint (5).
(5) Install the washer (1) and the nut (2) and tighten the nut (2) by
hand.
(6) Loosen the strap (but not fully) on the SPLINT ASSEMBLY - SIDE STAY.
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-11-18
Page 426
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
(7) Move the side-stay (6) about the the side-stay center joint and
install the cardan joint (7) in the MLG attachment lug.
(8) Use a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-026) to clean the thread of the cardan joint
(7).
(9) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-047) to the thread of the
cardan joint (7).
(10) Install the washer (8) and the nut (9) and tighten the nut (9) by
hand.
(12) Disconnect the strap and remove the SPLINT ASSEMBLY - SIDE STAY.
(a) Push the MLG as far as possible to the closed position. This will
make sure that the cardan joint (5) is installed fully in the
side-stay bracket.
R (b) Use the SPANNER - TUBE (460005812) to TORQUE the nut (2) to 25
R m.daN (184.36 lbf.ft).
(d) Do the steps (a), (b) and (c) two more times.
R (e) Use the SPANNER - TUBE to TORQUE the nut (2) to 18 m.daN (132.74
R lbf.ft).
(a) Push the MLG as far as possible to the closed position. This will
make sure that the cardan joint (7) is installed fully in the MLG
leg assembly.
R (b) Use the SPANNER - TUBE (460005834) to TORQUE the nut (9) to
between 24.4 and 27.1 m.daN (179.94 and 199.85 lbf.ft).
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-11-18
Page 427
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
(d) Do the steps (a), (b) and (c) two more times.
(e) Use the SPANNER - TUBE to TORQUE the nut (9) to between 16.2 and
20.3 m.daN (119.46 and 149.70 lbf.ft).
NOTE : The clearance can change around the pin and the bush
____
circumference. This is permitted if the maximum clearance is
the dimension used in all the calculations.
1
_ Remove the side-stay assembly from the MLG at the bottom
cardan joint (Ref. TASK 32-11-16-000-001).
2
_ Measure the dimensions T and V:
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 32-11-18-991-004)
- T must be between 137.917 mm (5.4298 in.) and 137.957 mm
(5.4313 in.)
- V must be between 138.0 mm (5.4330 in.) and 138.06 mm
(5.4354 in.).
3
_ Replace the bottom cardan bushes (Ref. CMM 321133) and/or the
lower cardan sub-assembly (Ref. CMM 321126) as necessary.
4
_ Install the side-stay assembly (Ref. TASK 32-11-16-400-001).
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-11-18
Page 428
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
(17) Use a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-026) to clean the mating surfaces of:
(18) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-047) to the mating surfaces
of:
- the cardan joint (7)
- the washer (8)
- the nut (9).
(19) Align the key slot of the locking washer (10) with the chamfered slot
of the nut (9). Install the locking washer (10). Make sure that the
space between the locking washer (10) and the nut (9) is full of
SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-047).
(20) Align the circlip (11) with the key slot of the locking washer (10)
and the chamfered slot in the nut (9). Install the circlip (11) in a
counterclockwise direction. Turn until the end of the circlip (11)
engages in the key slot of the locking washer (10).
(21) Use a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-026) to clean the mating surfaces of:
- the cardan joint (5)
- the washer (1)
- the nut (2).
(22) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-047) to the mating surfaces
of:
- the cardan joint (5)
- the washer (1)
- the nut (2).
(23) Align the key slot of the locking washer (3) with the chamfered slot
of the nut (4). Install the locking washer (3). Make sure that the
space between the locking washer (3) and the nut (2) is full of
SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-047).
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-11-18
Page 429
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
(24) Align the circlip (4) with the key slot of the locking washer (3) and
the chamfered slot in the nut (2). Turn the circlip (4) in a
counterclockwise direction. Turn until the end of the circlip (4)
engages in the key slot of the locking washer (3).
(25) Release the lockstay and put it in position on the side-stay (6).
(26) Put the washers (12) between the attachment of the lockstay and the
center joint lugs of the side-stay (6).
(28) TORQUE the nut (15) to between 1.5 and 2.26 m.daN (11.06 and 16.66
lbf.ft).
(29) Safety the nut (15) with a new cotter pin (14).
(30) Put the washers (19) between the lockspring link and the lockstay
attachment lug.
(31) Install the pin (20), with the head of the pin aft, the washer (18)
and the nut (16).
(32) TORQUE the nut (16) to between 0.34 and 0.508 m.daN (30.08 and 44.95
lbf.in).
(33) Safety the nut (16) with a new cotter pin (17).
(34) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical dressings and the
proximity switches.
(37) Do the dimensional check of the proximity sensors on the side stay
(Ref. TASK 32-31-73-200-001).
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-11-18
Page 430
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
(39) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) to:
- the ends of the cardan joints (5) and (7)
- the ends of the pins (20) and (21)
- the nuts (2), (9), (15) and (16)
- the washers (1), (8), (13), (18) and (22)
- the locking washers (3) and (10).
NOTE : Do not apply sealant between the washer (1) and the flanged
____
bush of the side-stay assembly.
(40) Lubricate the side-stay (6) through the greasers (Ref. TASK 12-22-32-
640-001).
Subtask 32-11-18-420-054-A
(1) If the MLG side-stay has been replaced, install the SPLINT ASSEMBLY -
SIDE STAY (98D32104013004) on the side-stay (6) with:
- the cables to the wing surface
- the strap to the wing surface
- the center joint of the side-stay (6) located in the center hole of
the SPLINT ASSEMBLY - SIDE STAY.
(2) Tighten the strap and connect the cables to the hook. Tighten the
cable.
(3) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with a
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-026).
(5) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-11-18
Page 431
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
NOTE : In the step that follows, make sure that the Materials No.
____
04-004 and No. 04-022 are not mixed together. Do not use them
at the same time (Ref. SIL 12-008).
(7) Lubricate these parts with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) or
COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022):
- the pins (20) and (21)
- the bushes in the side-stay bracket
- the seal (32)
- the bores of the MLG attachment lugs.
Subtask 32-11-18-420-050-A
R WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
R REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
R LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(2) Lift the side-stay (6) into position with the hoist and install the
cardan joint (5) in the side-stay bracket.
(3) Use a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-026) to clean the thread of the cardan joint
(5).
(4) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-047) to the thread of the
cardan joint (5).
(5) Install the washer (1) and the nut (2) and tighten the nut (2) by
hand.
(6) Loosen the strap (but not fully) on the SPLINT ASSEMBLY - SIDE STAY
(98D32104013004).
R
EFF :
301-399, 32-11-18
Page 432
Feb 01/10
CES
(7) Move the side-stay (6) about the the side-stay center joint and
install the cardan joint (7) in the MLG attachment lug.
(8) Use a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-026) to clean the thread of the cardan joint
(7).
(9) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-047) to the thread of the
cardan joint (7).
(12) Disconnect the strap and remove the SPLINT ASSEMBLY - SIDE STAY.
(a) Push the MLG as far as possible to the closed position. This will
make sure that the cardan joint (5) is installed fully in the
side-stay bracket.
(b) Use the SPANNER - TUBE (460005812) to TORQUE the nut (2) to 35.0
m.daN (258.11 lbf.ft).
(d) Do the steps (a), (b) and (c) two more times.
(e) Use the SPANNER - TUBE to TORQUE the nut (2) to 27.0 m.daN
(199.11 lbf.ft).
(a) Push the MLG as far as possible to the closed position. This will
make sure that the cardan joint (7) is installed fully in the MLG
leg assembly.
EFF :
301-399, 32-11-18
Page 433
Feb 01/10
CES
(d) Do the steps (a), (b) and (c) two more times.
(e) Use the SPANNER-TUBE to TORQUE the nut (8) to 16.2 m.daN (119.46
lbf.ft).
NOTE : The clearance can change around the pin and the bush
____
circumference. This is permitted if the maximum clearance is
the dimension used in all the calculations.
1
_ Remove the side-stay assembly from the MLG at the bottom
cardan joint (Ref. TASK 32-11-16-000-001).
2
_ Measure the dimensions T and V:
(Ref. Fig. 403A/TASK 32-11-18-991-004-A)
- T must be between 137.917 mm (5.4298 in.) and 137.957 mm
(5.4313 in.)
- V must be between 138.0 mm (5.4330 in.) and 138.06 mm
(5.4354 in.).
3
_ Replace the bottom cardan bushes (Ref. CMM 321183) and/or the
lower cardan sub-assembly (Ref. CMM 321126) as necessary.
4
_ Install the side-stay assembly (Ref. TASK 32-11-16-400-001).
EFF :
301-399, 32-11-18
Page 434
Feb 01/10
R
CES
(17) Use a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-026) to clean the mating surfaces of:
(18) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-047) to the mating surfaces
of:
- the cardan joint (7)
- the washer (8)
- the nut (9).
(19) Align the key slot of the locking washer (10) with the chamfered slot
of the nut (9). Install the locking washer (10). Make sure that the
space between the locking washer (10) and the nut (9) is full of
SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-047).
(20) Install the washers (10) and the bolts (11). TORQUE the bolts (11) to
1.0 m.daN (88.49 lbf.in).
(21) Safety the bolts (11) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).
(22) Use a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-026) to clean the mating surfaces of:
- the cardan joint (5)
- the washer (1)
- the nut (2).
(23) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-047) to the mating surfaces
of:
- the cardan joint (5)
- the washer (1)
- the nut (2).
(24) Align the key slot of the locking washer (3) with the chamfered slot
of the nut (4). Install the locking washer (3). Make sure that the
space between the locking washer (3) and the nut (2) is full of
SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-047).
(25) Align the circlip (4) with the key slot of the locking washer (3) and
the chamfered slot in the nut (2). Turn the circlip (4) in a
counterclockwise direction. Turn until the end of the circlip (4)
engages in the key slot of the locking washer (3).
EFF :
301-399, 32-11-18
Page 435
Feb 01/10
CES
(26) Release the lockstay and put it in position on the side-stay (6).
(27) Put the washers (12) between the attachment of the lockstay and the
center joint lugs of the side-stay (6).
(29) TORQUE the nut (15) to between 3.6 and 4.2 m.daN (26.54 and 30.97
lbf.ft).
(30) Safety the nut (15) with a new cotter pin (14).
(31) Put the washers (19) between the lockspring link and the lockstay
attachment lug.
(32) Install the pin (20), with the head of the pin aft, the washer (18)
and the nut (16).
(33) TORQUE the nut (16) to between 0.8 and 0.95 m.daN (70.79 and 84.07
lbf.in).
(34) Safety the nut (19) with a new cotter pin (17).
(35) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical dressings and the
proximity switches.
(38) Do the dimensional check of the proximity sensors on the side stay
(Ref. TASK 32-31-73-200-001).
NOTE : Do not apply sealant between the washer (1) and the flanged
____
bush of the side-stay assembly.
EFF :
301-399, 32-11-18
Page 436
Feb 01/10
R
CES
(41) Lubricate the side-stay (6) through the greasers (Ref. TASK 12-22-32-
640-001).
Subtask 32-11-18-410-051
C. Close Access
(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 32-11-18-865-052
D. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1GA, 2GA, 52GA.
Subtask 32-11-18-860-052
(1) Connect the isolation coupling of the PTU (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-
002).
Subtask 32-11-18-720-050
F. Test
(2) Do a functional test of the Free-Fall Extension system (Ref. TASK 32-
33-00-720-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-11-18
Page 437
Aug 01/08
R
CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-11-18-586-050
Subtask 32-11-18-942-051
B. Removal of Equipment
(1) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-11-18
Page 438
Aug 01/08
R
CES
LOCK SPRINGS - MLG - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
__________________________________________
TASK 32-11-19-481-001
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING
_______
NOTICES ARE IN POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
EFF :
ALL 32-11-19
Page 201
Feb 01/08
CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-11-19-941-061
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are on the landing gear
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
Subtask 32-11-19-860-063
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position below the applicable
zone 733 (744).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-11-19-481-054
R (1) Make sure that the components of the SPRING EXPANDER-MLG SIDE STAY
R (460005832) are clean and in the correct condition.
(2) Loosen the locknuts (2), (5), (17) and (19) and make sure that the
clamps (10), (13), (8) and (15) are loose.
(3) Operate the driving nut (11) to adjust the clamp block (6) until you
can install the SPRING EXPANDER-MLG SIDE STAY.
(4) Put the SPRING EXPANDER-MLG SIDE STAY in position on the locksprings
(9) and (14), with the reaction plate (12) adjacent to the lockspring
link. Install the safety pin (1).
EFF :
ALL 32-11-19
Page 202
Feb 01/10
CES
MLG Spring Expander
Figure 201/TASK 32-11-19-991-004
R
EFF :
ALL 32-11-19
Page 203
Feb 01/08
CES
R (5) Operate the driving nut (11) until the clamp (15) is in position on
R the lockspring. Install the safety pins (7).
(6) If necessary, operate the screw (20) to adjust the clamp (8), until
it is in the correct position on the lockspring (9). Install the
safety pin (7).
(7) Adjust the studs (16) and the screws (18) to tighten the clamps (8)
and (15), then tighten the locknuts (17) and (19).
(8) Adjust the stud (3) and the screws (4) to tighten the clamps (10) and
(13), then tighten the locknuts (2) and (5).
EFF :
ALL 32-11-19
Page 204
Feb 01/10
CES
TASK 32-11-19-081-001
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
EFF :
ALL 32-11-19
Page 205
Feb 01/08
CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-11-19-941-060
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Install the ground safety locks on the landing gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-
00-481-001).
(3) Make sure that the landing-gear control-lever 6GA is in the DOWN
position.
(4) Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE is in position to tell persons not
to operate the landing gear.
Subtask 32-11-19-860-062
(1) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT) is in position.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-11-19-081-051
(2) Hold the SPRING EXPANDER-MLG SIDE STAY and remove the safety pins (7)
and the safety pin (1), then remove the SPRING EXPANDER-MLG SIDE
STAY.
R
EFF :
ALL 32-11-19
Page 206
Feb 01/08
CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-11-19-942-058
A. Removal of Equipment
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(5) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
R
EFF :
ALL 32-11-19
Page 207
Feb 01/08
CES
LOCK SPRINGS - MLG - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________________
TASK 32-11-19-000-001
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-19
Page 401
Nov 01/09
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-11-19-941-058
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are on the landing gear
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
R (4) Put a WARNING NOTICE in the cockpit to tell persons not to pressurize
R the Green hydraulic system.
Subtask 32-11-19-860-060
(1) Disconnect the isolation coupling of the PTU (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-
001).
Subtask 32-11-19-869-051
(1) If the electrical power is not necessary for other maintenance tasks,
de-energize the aircraft electrical cicuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-
002). Then, it is not necessary to operate the LGCIU circuit
breakers.
EFF :
ALL 32-11-19
Page 402
Nov 01/09
CES
(2) If the electrical power is necessary, do the precautions for flight
configuration (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-001) before you open the LGCIU
circuit breakers.
Subtask 32-11-19-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
Subtask 32-11-19-010-052
E. Get Access
(1) Open the applicable main gear door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).
R (2) Make sure that the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK is on the applicable main
gear door actuating cylinder.
R (3) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position below the applicable
R zone 731(741).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-11-19-020-051
R (1) Install the SPRING EXPANDER-MLG SIDE STAY (460005832), (Ref. TASK 32-
11-19-481-001).
(2) Remove the cotter pin (13), the nut (12) and the washer (11). Discard
the cotter pin.
EFF :
ALL 32-11-19
Page 403
Nov 01/09
CES
MLG Locksprings
Figure 401/TASK 32-11-19-991-002
EFF :
ALL 32-11-19
Page 404
Nov 01/09
R
CES
(3) Adjust the SPRING EXPANDER-MLG SIDE STAY, by use of the driving nut
(7), until the pin (2) is loose.
(4) Remove the the pin (2), the washer (10), the spacer (3) and the
washer (4).
(5) Release the spring tension, by use of the driving nut (7).
(6) Remove the cotter pin (20), the nut (19) and the washer (18). Discard
the cotter pin.
(7) Remove the the pin (15), the lock spring (8), the washers (17), (14)
and (16) and the lock spring (6).
(8) Remove the lock springs (6) and (8) together with the SPRING
EXPANDER-MLG SIDE STAY.
(a) Remove the SPRING EXPANDER-MLG SIDE STAY (Ref. TASK 32-11-19-081-
001).
(b) Remove the lock springs (6) and (8) from the lock spring guide
block.
EFF :
ALL 32-11-19
Page 405
Nov 01/09
R
CES
TASK 32-11-19-400-001
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING
_______
NOTICES ARE IN POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
CAUTION : WHEN YOU DO A MAINTENANCE TASK THAT USES COMMON GREASE, USE ONLY
_______
GREASES OF THE SAME SPECIFICATION (IT IS PERMITTED TO USE DIFFERENT
BRANDS IF THEIR SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE SAME). DO NOT MIX GREASES THAT
HAVE CLAY THICKENERS WITH GREASES THAT HAVE LITHIUM THICKENERS. THIS
MIXTURE CAN CHANGE THE LUBRICATION PROPERTIES OF THE GREASE. IF YOU
USE GREASES OF DIFFERENT TYPES (SPECIALLY THOSE WITH CLAY THICKENERS
AND LITHIUM THICKENERS), DECREASE THE SERVICE INTERVALS OF THE
AIRCRAFT (BY HALF, FOR EXAMPLE) SPECIFIED IN THE MAINTENANCE PLANNING
DOCUMENT. DO THIS FOR APPROXIMATELY THREE OR FOUR SERVICES (REFER TO
YOUR IN-SERVICE DATA TO FIND THE NUMBER OF SERVICES BEST ADAPTED TO
YOUR AIRCRAFT).
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-19
Page 406
Nov 01/09
CES
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-19
Page 407
Nov 01/09
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-11-19-941-055
A. Safety Precautions
R (2) Make sure that the WARNING NOTICES are in the cockpit to tell persons
R not to operate:
- the landing gear
- the main gear doors.
R (3) Make sure that a WARNING NOTICE is in the cockpit to tell persons not
to pressurize the Green hydraulic system.
(4) Make sure that the ground safety locks are on the landing gear
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
Subtask 32-11-19-860-056
(1) Make sure that the applicable MLG door is open (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-
010-001).
R (2) Make sure that the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK is on the applicable main
gear door actuator.
(3) Make sure that that the flight configurations were obeyed (Ref. TASK
32-00-00-860-001).
(4) Make sure that the access platform is in position below the
applicable zone 731(741).
EFF :
ALL 32-11-19
Page 408
Nov 01/09
CES
Subtask 32-11-19-865-051
C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-11-19-560-051
(1) If you are to install new lock springs (6) and (8):
(a) Install the new springs (6) and (8) into the lock spring guide
block.
(b) Install the lock spring guide block assembly into the SPRING
EXPANDER-MLG SIDE STAY (Ref. TASK 32-11-19-481-001).
Subtask 32-11-19-420-050
(1) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
R (2) Examine the pins (2) and (15), the bores of the attachment lugs for
R damage, cracks and corrosion.
NOTE : In the step that follows, make sure that the Materials No.
____
04-004 and No. 04-022 are not mixed together. Do not use them
at the same time (Ref. SIL 12-008).
(3) Lubricate the pins (2) and (15), the bores of the attachment lugs and
R the bushes of the lock spring eye-ends with:
R - COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) or COMMON GREASE (Material No.
04-022).
EFF :
ALL 32-11-19
Page 409
Nov 01/09
CES
R (4) Install the lock springs (6) and (8) through the lock spring guide
R block. Make sure that:
R - the fixed eye-ends are to the side-stay attachment lugs
R - the free to turn eye-ends are to the center pivot attachment lugs.
Subtask 32-11-19-420-054
(1) Align the lock spring link with the attachment lugs, at the
center-pivot attachment lugs, and install the washers (14).
(2) Make sure the head of the pin (15) points AFT and install these items
together:
- the pin (15)
- the lock spring (6)
- the washers (16) and (17)
- the lock spring (8)
- the washer (18)
- the nut (19).
(3) TORQUE the nut (19) to between 0.34 and 0.508 m.daN (30.08 and 44.95
lbf.in) and install a new cotter-pin (20).
(4) Install the SPRING EXPANDER-MLG SIDE STAY, (Ref. TASK 32-11-19-481-
001).
(5) Install the location pin (5) through the eye-ends of the lock springs
(6) and (8). Turn the location pin (5) to align the lock spring
eye-ends. Remove the location pin (5).
(a) Adjust the SPRING EXPANDER-MLG SIDE STAY, by use of the driving
nut (7). Align the eye-end of the lock springs (6) and (8) with
the bores of the side-stay attachment lugs.
EFF :
ALL 32-11-19
Page 410
Nov 01/09
CES
(7) Attach the bullet (1), (part of the Spring Expander - MLG Side Stay),
to the pin (2). Make sure the head of the pin (2) points AFT and
install the pin (2).
NOTE : The pin (2) will push out the pin (9).
____
(9) Install the washer (11) and the nut (12). TORQUE the nut (12) to
between 0.34 and 0.508 m.daN (30.08 and 44.95 lbf.in) and install a
new cotter-pin (13).
(10) Remove the SPRING EXPANDER-MLG SIDE STAY, (Ref. TASK 32-11-19-081-
001).
NOTE : In the step that follows, make sure that the Materials No.
____
04-004 and No. 04-022 are not mixed together. Do not use them
at the same time (Ref. SIL 12-008).
(11) Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) or COMMON
GREASE (Material No. 04-022) to the lock springs (6) and (8).
Subtask 32-11-19-865-052
D. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1GA, 2GA, 52GA.
Subtask 32-11-19-860-061
(1) Connect the isolation coupling of the PTU (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-
002).
(2) If you did the flight configuration precautions, put the aircraft
back to the ground configuration (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-002).
EFF :
ALL 32-11-19
Page 411
Nov 01/09
R
CES
Subtask 32-11-19-720-050
F. Test
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-11-19-942-051
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 32-11-19-942-059
B. Removal of Equipment
(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-11-19
Page 412
Nov 01/09
CES
TASK 32-11-19-000-003
Disconnection of one end of the MLG Lock Springs from a MLG Side-Stay
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-19
Page 413
Nov 01/09
CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-11-19-941-059
A. Safety Precautions
Subtask 32-11-19-860-064
(1) Make sure that the Yellow and Green hydraulic systems have been
depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001), (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-
002).
(2) Make sure that the hydraulic reservoirs are depressurized (Ref. TASK
29-14-00-614-001).
Subtask 32-11-19-869-062
(1) If the electrical power is not necessary for other maintenance tasks,
de-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-
002). Then, it is not necessary to operate the LGCIU circuit
breakers.
EFF :
ALL 32-11-19
Page 414
Nov 01/09
CES
R MLG Locksprings and Spring Expander
Figure 402/TASK 32-11-19-991-005
EFF :
ALL 32-11-19
Page 415
Aug 01/09
CES
Subtask 32-11-19-865-056
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
Subtask 32-11-19-480-050
(1) Install the SPRING EXPANDER-MLG SIDE STAY (Ref. TASK 32-11-19-481-
001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-11-19-020-054
(1) Remove the cotter pin (13), the nut (12) and the washer (11). Discard
the cotter pin (13).
(2) Adjust the SPRING EXPANDER-MLG SIDE STAY by use of the driving nut
(7), until the pin (2) is loose.
(4) Release the tension of the lock springs (6) and (8), by use of the
driving nut (7).
(5) Remove the SPRING EXPANDER-MLG SIDE STAY (Ref. TASK 32-11-19-081-
001).
(6) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-11-19
Page 416
Feb 01/04
R
CES
TASK 32-11-19-400-003
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING
_______
NOTICES ARE IN POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
CAUTION : WHEN YOU DO A MAINTENANCE TASK THAT USES COMMON GREASE, USE ONLY
_______
GREASES OF THE SAME SPECIFICATION (IT IS PERMITTED TO USE DIFFERENT
BRANDS IF THEIR SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE SAME). DO NOT MIX GREASES THAT
HAVE CLAY THICKENERS WITH GREASES THAT HAVE LITHIUM THICKENERS. THIS
MIXTURE CAN CHANGE THE LUBRICATION PROPERTIES OF THE GREASE. IF YOU
USE GREASES OF DIFFERENT TYPES (SPECIALLY THOSE WITH CLAY THICKENERS
AND LITHIUM THICKENERS), DECREASE THE SERVICE INTERVALS OF THE
AIRCRAFT (BY HALF, FOR EXAMPLE) SPECIFIED IN THE MAINTENANCE PLANNING
DOCUMENT. DO THIS FOR APPROXIMATELY THREE OR FOUR SERVICES (REFER TO
YOUR IN-SERVICE DATA TO FIND THE NUMBER OF SERVICES BEST ADAPTED TO
YOUR AIRCRAFT).
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
No specific access platform 2.0 m (6 ft. 7 in.)
R No specific AR SAFETY BARRIER
R No specific AR WARNING NOTICE
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
460005832 1 SPRING EXPANDER-MLG SIDE STAY
EFF :
ALL 32-11-19
Page 417
Nov 01/09
CES
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-19
Page 418
Nov 01/05
CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-11-19-941-056
A. Safety Precautions
R (3) Make sure that the WARNING NOTICES are in position in the cockpit to
R tell persons not to operate the landing gear.
(4) Make sure that the ground safety locks are on the landing gear
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
Subtask 32-11-19-860-065
(1) Make sure that the flight safety precautions were obeyed (Ref. TASK
32-00-00-860-001).
(2) Make sure that the access platform is in position adjacent to the
applicable Main Landing Gear (MLG).
Subtask 32-11-19-865-057
C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
EFF :
ALL 32-11-19
Page 419
Nov 01/09
CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-11-19-420-053
(a) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
NOTE : In the step that follows, make sure that the Materials No.
____
04-004 and No. 04-022 are not mixed together. Do not use
them at the same time (Ref. SIL 12-008).
(c) Install the SPRING EXPANDER-MLG SIDE STAY (460005832), (Ref. TASK
32-11-19-481-001).
(a) Use the location pin (5) to make sure that the eye-ends of the
lock springs (6) and (8) are aligned with each other.
R (c) Adjust the SPRING EXPANDER-MLG SIDE STAY by use of the driving
R nut (7), to align:
R - the eye-ends of the lock springs (6) and (8) with the bores of
R the side-stay attachment lugs.
(d) Put the spacer (3) in position between the eye-ends of the lock
spring (8) and the lock spring (6). Install the washers (10) and
(4) and the pin (9).
(e) Attach the bullet (1), (part of the SPRING EXPANDER-MLG SIDE
STAY), to the pin (2) and install the pin
EFF :
ALL 32-11-19
Page 420
Nov 01/09
CES
(f) Make sure the head of the pin (2) points AFT and install the pin
(2). The pin (2) will push out the pin (9).
(i) TORQUE the nut (12) to between 0.34 and 0.51 m.daN (30.08 and
45.13 lbf.in) and install a new cotter pin (13).
(j) Remove the SPRING EXPANDER-MLG SIDE STAY, (Ref. TASK 32-11-19-
081-001).
(4) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 32-11-19-865-058
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1GA, 2GA, 52GA.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-11-19-720-052
A. Test
Subtask 32-11-19-942-056
B. Removal of Equipment
EFF :
ALL 32-11-19
Page 421
Nov 01/09
CES
(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-11-19
Page 422
Aug 01/09
CES
LOCK SPRINGS - MLG - INSPECTION/CHECK
_____________________________________
TASK 32-11-19-200-001
Visual Check of Main Landing Gear Downlocking Springs and Sidestay Center Joint
Links and Cuffs
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-19
Page 601
Nov 01/09
CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-11-19-941-050
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are installed on the landing
gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
(4) On the panel 110VU, make sure that the GRAVITY GEAR EXT handle is
folded into the center console.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-11-19-210-050
A. Visual Inspection of the MLG Lock-Springs and Sidestay Center Joint Links
and Cuffs
(3) Examine the spacer (2) for signs of impact damage, wear and
corrosion.
(4) Make sure as far as possible that the cotter pins (1) and (5) are
serviceable and correctly installed.
(5) Make sure that the center joint links (4) are correctly attached to
the lugs of the cuff (7).
EFF :
ALL 32-11-19
Page 602
Nov 01/09
CES
R MLG Lock Springs, Sidestay Center Joint Links
Figure 601/TASK 32-11-19-991-001
EFF :
ALL 32-11-19
Page 603
Feb 01/10
CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-11-19-942-050
A. Removal of Equipment
(1) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-11-19
Page 604
Nov 01/09
R
CES
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-154, 201-207,
TASK 32-11-19-200-004
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
201-207,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-154, 32-11-19
Page 605
Nov 01/09
CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-11-19-941-063
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are installed on the landing
gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
(4) On the panel 110VU, make sure that the GRAVITY GEAR EXT handle is
folded into the center console.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-11-19-210-057
(1) Examine the sidestay center joint links (1) and the cuffs (2).
(2) Make sure that there is no sign of damage on the center joint links
(1) or the cuffs (2).
NOTE : Look carefully for signs of cracks around the area of the
____
center joint link (1) and cuff lug (2) interface.
(3) If damage is found the MLG sidestay must be replaced before the next
flight (Ref. TASK 32-11-18-000-001) and (Ref. TASK 32-11-18-400-001).
EFF :
201-207,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-154, 32-11-19
Page 606
Nov 01/09
CES
R MLG Sidestay Center Joint Links and Cuffs
Figure 602/TASK 32-11-19-991-007
EFF :
201-207,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-154, 32-11-19
Page 607
Nov 01/09
CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-11-19-942-061
A. Removal of Equipment
(1) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
201-207,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-154, 32-11-19
Page 608
Feb 01/06
CES
ACTUATING CYLINDER - MLG LOCKSTAY - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________________________________
TASK 32-11-21-000-001
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To remove the MLG lockstay actuating cylinder with the aircraft lifted on
jacks.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-21
Page 401
Nov 01/09
CES
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-11-21-941-050
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are installed on the landing
gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-11-21
Page 402
Nov 01/09
CES
MLG Lockstay Actuating-Cylinder
Figure 401/TASK 32-11-21-991-001
R
EFF :
ALL 32-11-21
Page 403
Feb 01/08
CES
Subtask 32-11-21-582-050
(2) Make sure that the safety device is installed on the applicable MLG
lockstay actuating cylinder (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
Subtask 32-11-21-860-050
(1) Disconnect the isolation coupling of the PTU (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-
001).
(2) Make sure that the Yellow and Green Hydraulic systems are
de-pressurized (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
Subtask 32-11-21-869-053
(1) If the electrical power is not necessary for other maintenance tasks,
de-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-
002). Then, it is not necessary to operate the LGCIU circuit
breakers.
Subtask 32-11-21-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
R
EFF :
ALL 32-11-21
Page 404
Feb 01/08
CES
Subtask 32-11-21-010-050
F. Get Access
R (1) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) below the applicable MLG lockstay
actuating cylinder, at zone 731 or 741.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-11-21-020-051
R WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
R REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
R LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLUID DOES NOT STAY ON THE AIRCRAFT
_______
STRUCTURE. IF THE FLUID GETS ON THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE, WASH IT
OFF IMMEDIATELY WITH SOAP AND WATER.
(1) Disconnect one end of the MLG lock springs from the MLG side-stay
(Ref. TASK 32-11-19-000-003).
(d) Use the TOOL - HOLDING (460006437) to hold the pin (13) and
remove the bolt (15), the tab washer (16) and the sleeve (17).
Discard the tab washer (16).
R
(e) Remove and discard the lockwire from the bolts (5).
EFF :
ALL 32-11-21
Page 405
Nov 01/09
CES
(f) Remove the bolts (5) and the washers (4) from the hoses (1).
(g) Move the hoses (1) away from the actuating cylinder (12). Remove
and discard the packings (3) and the back-up packings (2).
(4) Hold the actuating cylinder (12) (weight 3.3 kg (7.2752 lb)) and
remove:
- the pin (7)
- the washers (6) and (11)
- the pin (13)
- the washers (14).
EFF :
ALL 32-11-21
Page 406
Nov 01/09
R
CES
TASK 32-11-21-400-001
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING
_______
NOTICES ARE IN POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
CAUTION : WHEN YOU DO A MAINTENANCE TASK THAT USES COMMON GREASE, USE ONLY
_______
GREASES OF THE SAME SPECIFICATION (IT IS PERMITTED TO USE DIFFERENT
BRANDS IF THEIR SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE SAME). DO NOT MIX GREASES THAT
HAVE CLAY THICKENERS WITH GREASES THAT HAVE LITHIUM THICKENERS. THIS
MIXTURE CAN CHANGE THE LUBRICATION PROPERTIES OF THE GREASE. IF YOU
USE GREASES OF DIFFERENT TYPES (SPECIALLY THOSE WITH CLAY THICKENERS
AND LITHIUM THICKENERS), DECREASE THE SERVICE INTERVALS OF THE
AIRCRAFT (BY HALF, FOR EXAMPLE) SPECIFIED IN THE MAINTENANCE PLANNING
DOCUMENT. DO THIS FOR APPROXIMATELY THREE OR FOUR SERVICES (REFER TO
YOUR IN-SERVICE DATA TO FIND THE NUMBER OF SERVICES BEST ADAPTED TO
YOUR AIRCRAFT).
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To install and test the MLG lockstay actuating cylinder with the aircraft
lifted on jacks.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
No specific AR ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE
R No specific AR SAFETY BARRIER
R No specific AR WARNING NOTICE
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.20 to 3.60 m.daN
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
R 460003180-51 1 RING-KEEP
R 460005171-95 1 POST-ASSEMBLY
460006437 1 TOOL - HOLDING
EFF :
ALL 32-11-21
Page 407
Nov 01/09
CES
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-21
Page 408
Nov 01/08
CES
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-11-21-941-051
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are installed on the landing
gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-11-21
Page 409
Nov 01/09
CES
(3) On the panel 400VU:
- make sure that the landing-gear control-lever 6GA is in the DOWN
position
R - make sure that a WARNING NOTICE is in position to tell persons not
R to operate the landing gear.
R (4) Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE is in position to tell persons not
R to pressurize the Green Hydraulic system.
Subtask 32-11-21-860-051
(1) Make sure that the aircraft is on jacks (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-581-001).
(2) Make sure that the safety device is installed on the applicable MLG
lockstay actuating cylinder (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
(3) Make sure that the applicable hydraulic systems are de-pressurized
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
(5) Make sure that the isolation coupling of the PTU is disconnected
(Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-001).
(6) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE is in
position below the applicable MLG lockstay actuating cylinder, at
zone 731 or 741.
Subtask 32-11-21-869-054
(1) If you did not open the LGCIU circuit breakers, make sure that the
electrical circuits are de-energized (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
EFF :
ALL 32-11-21
Page 410
Nov 01/09
CES
Subtask 32-11-21-865-051
D. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-11-21-560-050
(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with a
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-026).
(2) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU
_______
DO:
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.
WARNING : DO NOT LET OIL STAY ON YOUR SKIN FOR A LONG TIME AS IT CAN
_______
CAUSE INJURY.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLUID DOES NOT STAY ON THE AIRCRAFT
_______
STRUCTURE. IF THE FLUID GETS ON THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE,
WASH IT OFF IMMEDIATELY WITH SOAP AND WATER.
NOTE : In the step that follows, make sure that the Materials No.
____
04-004 and No. 04-022 are not mixed together. Do not use them
at the same time (Ref. SIL 12-008).
EFF :
ALL 32-11-21
Page 411
Nov 01/09
R
CES
(a) Lubricate the pins (7) and (13), and the attachment lugs of the
sidestay and the lockstay with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-
004) or COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022).
(b) Lubricate the new packings (3) and the new back-up packings (2)
with HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003).
Subtask 32-11-21-420-050
R WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
R REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
R LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLUID DOES NOT STAY ON THE AIRCRAFT
_______
STRUCTURE. IF THE FLUID GETS ON THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE, WASH IT
OFF IMMEDIATELY WITH SOAP AND WATER.
(1) Hold the actuating cylinder (12) in the correct position at the
lockstay and install the pin (7), the washer (6) and the washers
(11). The washers (11) are installed one on each side of the
actuating cylinder (12) eye-end.
(2) Align the other end of the actuating cylinder (12) in the sidestay
and install the pin (13).
(3) Install the washers (14), one on each side of the actuating cylinder
(12).
R (5) Use the POST-ASSEMBLY (460005171-95) to install the two new packings
(3) and the two new back-up packings (2) on the hoses (1).
R (6) Use the RING-KEEP (460003180-51) to set the back-up packings (2) and
the packings (3) in the grooves on the hoses (1).
EFF :
ALL 32-11-21
Page 412
Nov 01/09
CES
(7) Attach the hoses (1) to the actuating cylinder (12) with the bolts
(5) and the washers (4).
(8) TORQUE tighten the bolts (5) to between 0.30 and 0.45 m.daN (26.54
and 39.82 lbf.in).
(9) Safety the bolts (5) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).
(11) TORQUE tighten the nut (9) to between 0.46 and 0.70 m.daN (40.70 and
61.94 lbf.in).
(12) Safety the nut (9) with the new cotter pin (10).
(13) Install the sleeve (17), the new tab washer (16) and the bolt (15).
R (14) Use the TOOL - HOLDING (460006437) to hold the pin (13) and TORQUE
tighten the bolt (15) to between 0.83 and 1.24 m.daN (73.45 and
109.73 lbf.in).
(15) Bend the tabs of the tab washer (16) to safety the bolt (15).
(16) Connect the end of the MLG lock springs to the MLG side-stay
(Ref. TASK 32-11-19-400-003).
(17) Do the dimensional check on the lockstay actuator and the lockstay
center-joint (Ref. TASK 32-11-00-220-003).
(18) Lubricate the greasers on the actuating cylinder (12) (Ref. TASK 12-
22-32-640-001).
Subtask 32-11-21-860-052
(1) Connect the isolation coupling of the PTU (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-
002).
R
EFF :
ALL 32-11-21
Page 413
Feb 01/08
CES
Subtask 32-11-21-942-050
D. Removal of Equipment
(3) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 32-11-21-614-052
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
_______
ARE CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC
SYSTEM.
Subtask 32-11-21-865-052
F. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1GA, 2GA, 52GA.
R
Subtask 32-11-21-720-050
G. Test
EFF :
ALL 32-11-21
Page 414
Feb 01/08
CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-11-21-481-050
Subtask 32-11-21-582-051
Subtask 32-11-21-942-051
C. Removal of Equipment
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-11-21
Page 415
Nov 01/09
CES
TASK 32-11-21-000-001- 01
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To remove the MLG lockstay actuating cylinder with the lockstay brace tool
(DRT68864) installed. It is not necessary to lift the aircraft on jacks.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-21
Page 416
Nov 01/09
CES
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-11-21-941-054
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are installed on the landing
gear and the landing gear doors (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001) and
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-002).
R (4) Make sure that a WARNING NOTICE is in position to tell persons not to
pressurize the Green or Yellow Hydraulic system.
EFF :
ALL 32-11-21
Page 417
Nov 01/09
CES
Subtask 32-11-21-860-056
(1) Make sure that the isolation coupling of the PTU is disconnected
(Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-001).
(2) Make sure that the Yellow and Green Hydraulic systems are
depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
Subtask 32-11-21-869-057
(1) If the electrical power is not necessary for other maintenance tasks,
de-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-
002). Then, it is not necessary to operate the LGCIU circuit
breakers.
Subtask 32-11-21-865-056
D. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
Subtask 32-11-21-010-052
E. Get Access
R (1) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE below the applicable
MLG lockstay actuating cylinder, at zone 731 or 741.
EFF :
ALL 32-11-21
Page 418
Nov 01/09
CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-11-21-020-053
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
R (1) Install the LOCK, STAY BRACE TOOL (DRT68864) (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-480-
001).
(2) Remove and discard the lockwire from the bolts (5).
(3) Remove the bolts (5) and the washers (4) from the hoses (1).
(4) Move the hoses (1) away from the actuating cylinder (6). Remove and
discard the packings (3) and the back-up packings (2).
(6) Release and open the clamps (8) on support-arms (9) and (10).
R (7) Remove the actuating cylinder (6) (weight 3.3 kg (7.2752 lb)) from
R the LOCK, STAY BRACE TOOL (7).
EFF :
ALL 32-11-21
Page 419
Feb 01/06
CES
R MLG Lockstay Actuating-Cylinder
R Figure 402/TASK 32-11-21-991-003
EFF :
ALL 32-11-21
Page 420
Aug 01/05
CES
TASK 32-11-21-400-001- 01
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING
_______
NOTICES ARE IN POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To install and test the MLG lockstay actuating cylinder with the lockstay
brace tool (DRT68864) installed. It is not necessary to lift the aircraft on
jacks.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
No specific AR ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE
No specific AR SAFETY BARRIER
No specific AR WARNING NOTICE
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
R 460003180-51 1 RING-KEEP
R 460005171-95 1 POST-ASSEMBLY
EFF :
ALL 32-11-21
Page 421
Nov 01/09
CES
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-21
Page 422
Nov 01/09
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-11-21-941-055
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are installed on the landing
gear and the landing gear doors (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001) and
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-002).
R (4) Make sure that a WARNING NOTICE is in position to tell persons not to
pressurize the Green Hydraulic system.
Subtask 32-11-21-860-057
(1) Make sure that the LOCK, STAY BRACE TOOL (DRT68864) (7) is installed
on the applicable MLG (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-480-001).
(2) Make sure that the safety device is installed on the applicable MLG
lockstay actuating cylinder (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
(3) Make sure that the applicable hydraulic systems are de-pressurized
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
(5) Make sure that the isolation coupling of the PTU is disconnected
(Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-11-21
Page 423
Nov 01/09
CES
(6) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE is in
position below the applicable MLG lockstay actuating cylinder, at
zone 731 or 741.
Subtask 32-11-21-869-058
(1) If you did not open the LGCIU circuit breakers, make sure that the
electrical circuits are de-energized (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
Subtask 32-11-21-865-057
D. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-11-21-420-053
(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with a
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-026).
(2) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU
_______
DO:
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.
EFF :
ALL 32-11-21
Page 424
Nov 01/09
R
CES
WARNING : DO NOT LET OIL STAY ON YOUR SKIN FOR A LONG TIME AS IT CAN
_______
CAUSE INJURY.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLUID DOES NOT STAY ON THE AIRCRAFT
_______
STRUCTURE. IF THE FLUID GETS ON THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE,
WASH IT OFF IMMEDIATELY WITH SOAP AND WATER.
(a) Lubricate the new packings (3) and the new back-up packings (2)
with HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003).
Subtask 32-11-21-420-054
R WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
R REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
R LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
R (2) Use the POST-ASSEMBLY (460005171-95) to install the two new packings
(3) and the two new back-up packings (2) on the hoses (1).
R (3) Use the RING-KEEP (460003180-51) to set the back-up packings (2) and
the packings (3) in the grooves on the hoses (1).
(4) Attach the hoses (1) to the actuating cylinder (6) with the bolts (5)
and the washers (4).
(5) TORQUE tighten the bolts (5) to between 0.30 and 0.45 m.daN (26.54
and 39.82 lbf.in).
(6) Safety the bolts (5) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).
Subtask 32-11-21-860-058
(1) Connect the isolation coupling of the PTU (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-
002).
Subtask 32-11-21-865-058
D. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1GA, 2GA, 52GA
EFF :
ALL 32-11-21
Page 425
Nov 01/09
CES
Subtask 32-11-21-720-052
E. Test
Subtask 32-11-21-865-059
F. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
Subtask 32-11-21-080-051
(1) Remove the LOCK, STAY BRACE TOOL (7) from the lockstay actuating
cylinder (6) (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-080-001).
Subtask 32-11-21-865-060
H. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1GA, 2GA, 52GA
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-11-21-481-052
EFF :
ALL 32-11-21
Page 426
Nov 01/09
R
CES
R Subtask 32-11-21-942-055
R B. Removal of Equipment
R (1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
R items.
R (4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
R standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-11-21
Page 427
Aug 01/05
CES
HOSE - ACTUATOR LOCK STAY MLG - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
____________________________________________________
TASK 32-11-22-000-001
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
No specific safety barriers
R No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE
R No specific 1 CAP - BLANKING
R No specific 1 CONTAINER - CLEAN, APPLICABLE
R No specific AR WARNING NOTICE
EFF :
ALL 32-11-22
Page 401
Nov 01/09
CES
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-11-22-941-050
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are on the landing gear
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
(5) Make sure that you obey the hydraulic safety procedures (Ref. TASK
29-00-00-910-002) when you do work on the hydraulic system.
EFF :
ALL 32-11-22
Page 402
Nov 01/09
CES
Subtask 32-11-22-860-050
(1) Disconnect the isolation coupling of the PTU (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-
001).
(2) Make sure that the Green and the Yellow hydraulic systems are
depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001) and (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
864-002).
Subtask 32-11-22-010-050
C. Get Access
R (1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE below the applicable
side-stay, at zone 733 or 743.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-11-22-020-050
R WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
R REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
R LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
R (1) Put a CONTAINER - CLEAN, APPLICABLE below the hose (1) and (2)
connections.
(3) Remove and discard the lockwire from the nuts (6) and (9).
R (4) Remove the nuts (6) and (9) and the washers (5) and (10). Remove the
R hoses (1) and (2) from the bracket assembly.
(5) Remove the washers (4) and (11) and the nuts (3) and (12) from the
hoses (1) and (2).
R
(6) Remove and discard the lockwire from the bolts (16) and (17).
(7) Remove the bolts (16) and (17) and the washers (15) and (18).
EFF :
ALL 32-11-22
Page 403
Nov 01/09
CES
R Lockstay Actuator Hoses - Location and Detail
Figure 401/TASK 32-11-22-991-001
EFF :
ALL 32-11-22
Page 404
Feb 01/05
CES
(8) Remove the hoses (1) and (2). Remove and discard the packings (13)
and (19) and the backup packing-retainers (14) and (20).
EFF :
ALL 32-11-22
Page 405
Nov 01/09
CES
TASK 32-11-22-400-001
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING
_______
NOTICES ARE IN POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-22
Page 406
Nov 01/09
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-22
Page 407
Nov 01/07
R
CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-11-22-941-051
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are on the landing gear
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
R (4) Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE is in position to tell persons not
to pressurize the Green and Yellow Hydraulic Systems.
(5) Make sure that you obey the hydraulic safety procedures (Ref. TASK
29-00-00-910-002) when you do work on the hydraulic system.
Subtask 32-11-22-860-051
(1) Make sure that the isolation coupling of the PTU is disconnected
(Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-001).
(2) Make sure that the Yellow and Green Hydraulic Systems are
de-pressurized (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002) and (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
864-001).
R (3) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE is in
R position below the applicable side-stay, at zone 733 or 743.
EFF :
ALL 32-11-22
Page 408
Nov 01/07
CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-11-22-420-050
(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with a
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-026).
(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
(4) Apply HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003) to the new packing (19)
and (13) and the new backup packing-retainer (20) and (14).
Subtask 32-11-22-420-051
R WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
R REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
R LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
R (1) Remove the CAP - BLANKING from the disconnected line ends.
NOTE : Make sure that you install each of the hoses in the correct
____
location. There is only one location for each hose to be
installed correctly. The LH/RH hoses are not interchangeable.
(4) Install the hoses (1) and (2) on the lockstay actuator.
(5) Install the washers (15) and (18) and the bolts (16) and (17).
(6) TORQUE the bolts (16) and (17) to between 0.29 and 0.45 m.daN (25.66
and 39.82 lbf.in).
EFF :
ALL 32-11-22
Page 409
Nov 01/09
CES
(7) Safety the bolts (16) and (17) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
010).
(8) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-018) or SEALANTS (Material No. 09-
019) to the mating faces of the nuts (3) and (12).
(9) Install the nuts (3) and (12) and the washers (4) and (11) on the
hoses (1) and (2).
(10) Put the hoses (1) and (2) in the bracket assembly.
(11) Install the washers (5) and (10) and the nuts (6) and (9) on the
hoses (1) and (2).
(12) Tighten the nuts (3), (6), (9) and (12) with your hand.
(13) Connect the hoses (1) and (2) to the pipes (7) and (8).
(14) Tighten the nuts (3), (6), (9) and (12) and safety with MISCELLANEOUS
(Material No. 19-010).
Subtask 32-11-22-720-050
NOTE : If the LOCK, STAY BRACE TOOL (DRT68864) is used, the aircraft can
____
stay on wheels for the functional test.
(a) Install the LOCK, STAY BRACE TOOL (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-480-001).
(c) Remove the LOCK, STAY BRACE TOOL (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-080-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-11-22
Page 410
Nov 01/09
R
CES
Subtask 32-11-22-790-050
(1) Make sure that all the connections that you have moved are tightened,
and that there are no hydraulic leaks.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-11-22-942-050
A. Removal of Equipment
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(5) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-11-22
Page 411
Nov 01/09
CES
TORQUE LINK ASSY - MLG - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_____________________________________________
TASK 32-11-27-000-001
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-27
Page 401
Aug 01/07
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-11-27-941-053
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are installed on the landing
gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
(4) Put a WARNING NOTICE in position to tell persons not to operate the
brakes.
Subtask 32-11-27-582-050
(1) Lift the applicable MLG axle (Ref. TASK 07-12-00-582-002) or lift the
aircraft on jacks (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-581-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-11-27
Page 402
Feb 01/10
CES
Subtask 32-11-27-010-050
C. Get Access
(1) Remove the applicable MLG brakes (Ref. TASK 32-42-27-000-001) and the
wheels (Ref. TASK 32-41-11-000-006).
(2) Release the electrical harnesses from the clamps attached to the
upper and lower torque links (Ref. TASK 32-11-43-000-001).
(3) Release the hydraulic dressings from the clamps attached to the upper
and lower torque links (Ref. TASK 32-11-12-000-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-11-27-020-053
(c) Support and prevent damage to the rod (27) and remove the bolt
(22).
EFF :
ALL 32-11-27
Page 403
Feb 01/10
CES
MLG Torque Link Assembly
Figure 401/TASK 32-11-27-991-001
R
EFF :
001-003, 051-052, 32-11-27
Page 404
May 01/05
CES
MLG Torque Link Assembly
Figure 401A/TASK 32-11-27-991-001-A
R
EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-11-27
Page 405
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(3) Remove the top torque link (9) as follows:
(b) Remove the nut (4), the washer(s) (3) and the bolt (1).
(c) Hold the top torque link (9), remove the pin assembly (29), the
spacers (2) and then the top torque link (9).
(4) If you are to replace the torque link (9), remove the nuts (6), the
washers (7) and the bolts (28). Remove the bracket (23) and the plate
(8).
(a) Release the tab-washers (11) and remove the bolts (10). Remove
and discard the tab-washers (11).
(e) Remove the bolt (15) and release the bonding strap assembly (13).
(f) Hold and prevent damage to the fitting (14) and the electrical
harness that is attached to its lower surface.
(g) Hold the bottom torque link (20) and remove the pin assembly
(21), the spacers (19) and then the bottom torque link (20).
Subtask 32-11-27-020-053-A
(a) Release the tab-washers (4), remove the bolts (3) and remove and
discard the tab-washers (4).
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-11-27
Page 406
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(c) Remove and discard the cotter pin (7).
(d) Remove the nut (8), the washer(s) (6) and the bolt (2).
(e) Hold the top torque link (20). Remove the pin assembly (21), the
spacers (22) and then the top torque link (20) and the bracket
(1).
(a) Release the tab-washers (10), remove the bolts (9) and remove and
discard the tab-washers (10).
(d) Remove the nut (15), the washer(s) (16) and the bolt (12).
(e) Hold and prevent damage to the fitting (13) and the electrical
harness that is attached to its lower surface.
(f) Hold the bottom torque link (18) and remove the pin assembly
(19), the spacers (17) and then the bottom torque link (18).
R
EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-11-27
Page 407
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 32-11-27-400-001
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING
_______
NOTICES ARE IN POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
CAUTION : WHEN YOU DO A MAINTENANCE TASK THAT USES COMMON GREASE, USE ONLY
_______
GREASES OF THE SAME SPECIFICATION (IT IS PERMITTED TO USE DIFFERENT
BRANDS IF THEIR SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE SAME). DO NOT MIX GREASES THAT
HAVE CLAY THICKENERS WITH GREASES THAT HAVE LITHIUM THICKENERS. THIS
MIXTURE CAN CHANGE THE LUBRICATION PROPERTIES OF THE GREASE. IF YOU
USE GREASES OF DIFFERENT TYPES (SPECIALLY THOSE WITH CLAY THICKENERS
AND LITHIUM THICKENERS), DECREASE THE SERVICE INTERVALS OF THE
AIRCRAFT (BY HALF, FOR EXAMPLE) SPECIFIED IN THE MAINTENANCE PLANNING
DOCUMENT. DO THIS FOR APPROXIMATELY THREE OR FOUR SERVICES (REFER TO
YOUR IN-SERVICE DATA TO FIND THE NUMBER OF SERVICES BEST ADAPTED TO
YOUR AIRCRAFT).
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-27
Page 408
Aug 01/08
CES
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-27
Page 409
Nov 01/05
CES
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-27
Page 410
Feb 01/10
CES
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-11-27-941-054
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are installed on the landing
gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
(4) Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE is in position to tell persons not
to operate the brakes.
(5) Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE is in position to tell persons not
to pressurize the hydraulic systems.
Subtask 32-11-27-860-052
(1) Make sure that the applicable MLG axle has been lifted (Ref. TASK 07-
12-00-582-002) or that the aircraft is lifted on jacks (Ref. TASK 07-
11-00-581-001).
(2) Make sure that the electrical harnesses have been released from the
torque link clamps (Ref. TASK 32-11-43-000-001).
(3) Make sure that the hydraulic dressings have been released from the
torque link clamps (Ref. TASK 32-11-12-000-001).
(4) Make sure that the brakes (Ref. TASK 32-42-27-000-001) and the wheels
(Ref. TASK 32-41-11-000-006) have been removed.
(5) Make sure that the Yellow and Green Hydraulic systems have been
depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-11-27
Page 411
Aug 01/08
R
CES
(6) Make sure that the Yellow and the Green Hydraulic reservoirs have
been depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-11-27-420-054
(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with a
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-026).
(2) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
Subtask 32-11-27-420-052
(1) Put the bracket (23) and the plate (8) in position on the top torque
link (9). Install the bolts (28), the washers (7) and the nuts (6).
TORQUE the nuts (6) to between 0.9 and 1.1 m.daN (79.64 and 97.34
lbf.in).
(2) Use a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-026) to clean:
- the bonding areas of the fitting (14)
- the bonding strap assembly (13).
EFF :
ALL 32-11-27
Page 412
Feb 01/10
CES
NOTE : In the step that follows, make sure that the Materials No.
____
04-004 and No. 04-022 are not mixed together. Do not use them
at the same time (Ref. SIL 12-008).
(3) Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) or COMMON
GREASE (Material No. 04-022) to the interfaces of:
- the pin assemblies (21) and (29)
- the bushes of the torque links (9) and (20)
- the bushes of the fixed and sliding members.
(4) Apply a thin layer of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-047) to the
bolts, the nuts and the washers before you install them.
(b) Install the spacers (19) on each side of the MLG fitting.
R (d) Use the PIN-ALIGNMENT (460006227) to align the holes for the bolt
(15).
(e) At the connection of the bottom torque link assembly (20) to the
main leg, measure the clearance at the spacers (Ref. TASK 32-11-
27-200-001).
(f) Install the bolt (15), the bonding strap assembly (13), the
washer(s) (18) and the nut (17) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004)
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-869-002). Make sure that the bonding strap
assembly (13) stays in the correct position when you tighten the
nut (17).
(g) TORQUE the nut (17) to between 2.1 and 2.7 m.daN (15.48 and 19.91
lbf.ft).
(h) Safety the nut (17) with a new cotter pin (16). Tighten the nut
(17) no more than 2.7 m.daN (19.91 lbf.ft) to align the cotter
pin hole.
(i) Install the wedge (12) with the new tab washers (11) and the
bolts (10). TORQUE the bolts (10) to between 1.5 and 1.8 m.daN
(11.06 and 13.27 lbf.ft).
(j) Safety the bolts (10) with the tab washers (11).
EFF :
001-003, 051-052, 32-11-27
Page 413
Aug 01/08
CES
(6) Install the top torque link (9) as follows:
(b) Install the spacers (2) on each side of the MLG fitting.
R (d) Use the PIN-ALIGNMENT (460006227) to align the holes for the bolt
(1).
(e) At the connection of the top torque link assembly (9) to the main
leg, measure the clearance at the spacers (Ref. TASK 32-11-27-
200-001).
(f) Install the bolt (1), the washer(s) (3) and the nut (4).
NOTE : You can use a maximum of 3 washers (3) under the nut (4)
____
to align the cotter pin (5).
(g) TORQUE the nut (4) to between 3.0 and 3.6 m.daN (22.12 and 26.54
lbf.ft).
(h) Safety the nut (4) with a new cotter pin (5).
(8) Put the rod (27) in position in the bracket (23) and install:
- the bolt (22)
- the washer (24)
- the nut (25).
(10) Safety the nut (25) with a new cotter pin (26).
(11) Use a clean MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026) to clean:
- the nuts and the bolts that you installed, and the areas around
them
- the joints between the top surface of the wedge (12) and the MLG
sliding tube
- the interface area of the bonding strap assembly (13) with the
fitting (14)
EFF :
001-003, 051-052, 32-11-27
Page 414
Aug 01/08
CES
- if applicable, the edges of the plate (8) and the bracket (23).
(12) Apply a layer (or bead) of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) to:
- the nuts and the bolts that you installed, and the areas around
them
- the joints between the top surface of the wedge (12) and the MLG
sliding tube
- if applicable, the joints of the plate (8) and the bracket (23)
- the interface of the bonding strap assembly (13) with the fitting
(14). Make sure that the sealant covers the unprotected surface of
the fitting (14) and makes an overlap of the painted surface.
Subtask 32-11-27-420-052-A
NOTE : In the step that follows, make sure that the Materials No. 04-004
____
and No. 04-022 are not mixed together. Do not use them at the same
time (Ref. SIL 12-008).
(1) Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) or COMMON
GREASE (Material No. 04-022) to the interfaces of:
- the pin assemblies (19) and (21)
- the bushes of the torque links (18) and (20)
- the bushes of the fixed and sliding members.
(2) Apply a thin layer of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-047) to the
bolts, the nuts and the washers before you install them.
(b) Install the spacers (17) on each side of the MLG fitting.
(d) Use the PIN-ALIGNMENT (460006227) to align the holes for the bolt
(12).
(e) At the connection of the bottom torque link assembly (18) to the
main leg, measure the clearance at the spacers (Ref. TASK 32-11-
27-200-001).
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-11-27
Page 415
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(f) Install the bolt (12), the washer(s) (16) and the nut (15).
(g) TORQUE the nut (15) to between 2.1 and 2.7 m.daN (15.48 and 19.91
lbf.ft).
(h) Safety the nut (15) with a new cotter pin (14). Tighten the nut
(15) no more than 2.7 m.daN (19.91 lbf.ft) to align the cotter
pin hole.
(i) Install the wedge (11) with the new tab washers (10) and the
bolts (9). TORQUE the bolts (9) to between 1.6 and 1.8 m.daN
(11.79 and 13.27 lbf.ft).
(j) Safety the bolts (9) with the tab washers (10).
(b) Install the spacers (22) on each side of the MLG fitting.
(d) Use the PIN-ALIGNMENT (460006227) to align the holes for the bolt
(2).
(e) At the connection of the top torque link assembly (20) to the
main leg, measure the clearance at the spacers (22) (Ref. TASK
32-11-27-200-001).
(f) Install the bolt (2), the washer(s) (6) and the nut (8).
NOTE : To align the hole for the cotter pin (7), you can use a
____
maximum of 3 washers (6).
(g) TORQUE the nut (8) to between 3.0 and 3.6 m.daN (22.12 and 26.54
lbf.ft).
(h) Safety the nut (8) with a new cotter pin (7).
(i) Install the wedge (5) with the new tab washers (4) and the bolts
(3). TORQUE the bolts (3) to between 1.6 and 1.8 m.daN (11.79 and
13.27 lbf.ft).
R
EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-11-27
Page 416
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(j) Safety the bolts (3) with the tab washers (4).
(6) Use a clean MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026) to clean:
- the nuts and bolts that you installed, and the areas around them
- the joints between the top surface of the wedge (11) and the MLG
sliding tube.
(7) Apply a layer (or bead) of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) to:
- the nuts and bolts that you installed and the areas around them
- the joints between the top surface of the wedge (11) and the MLG
sliding tube.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-11-27-640-051
A. Lubrication
(1) Lubricate the torque link pivot pins (Ref. TASK 12-22-32-640-001).
Subtask 32-11-27-410-050
B. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Install the applicable MLG brakes (Ref. TASK 32-42-27-400-001) and
the wheels (Ref. TASK 32-41-11-400-006).
(3) Install the electrical harnesses on the torque link clamps (Ref. TASK
32-11-43-400-002).
(4) Install the hydraulic dressings on the torque link clamps (Ref. TASK
32-11-12-400-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-11-27
Page 417
Aug 01/08
R
CES
Subtask 32-11-27-586-050
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Lower the applicable MLG off the jack (Ref. TASK 07-12-00-582-002) or
lower the aircraft off jacks (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-586-002).
Subtask 32-11-27-942-050
D. Removal of Equipment
(3) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-11-27
Page 418
Aug 01/08
R
CES
TORQUE LINK ASSY - MLG - INSPECTION/CHECK
_________________________________________
TASK 32-11-27-200-001
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-27
Page 601
Nov 01/09
CES
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-27
Page 602
Feb 01/10
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-11-27-941-051
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are installed on the landing
gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
(4) Put a WARNING NOTICE on the MLG ground-opening handle to tell persons
not to open the MLG doors.
Subtask 32-11-27-860-053
(1) Depressurize the Yellow and the Green Hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK
29-00-00-864-001).
(2) Make sure that the Yellow and the Green Hydraulic reservoirs have
been depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).
(3) Lift the applicable MLG axle (Ref. TASK 07-12-00-582-002) or lift the
aircraft on jacks (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-581-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-11-27
Page 603
Feb 01/10
CES
Subtask 32-11-27-010-052
C. Get Access
(1) Remove the applicable MLG wheels (Ref. TASK 32-41-11-000-006) and
brakes (Ref. TASK 32-42-27-000-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-11-27-220-059-B
A. Inspection Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 32-11-27-991-003)
(1) Do a check of the axial clearances at the connections of the top and
bottom torque-link hinges:
(a) At the top, make sure that the total of the dimensions A + B is
not more than 1.156 mm (0.0455 in.).
EFF :
ALL 32-11-27
Page 604
Feb 01/10
CES
Top and Bottom Torque-Links Axial Clearance Check
Figure 601/TASK 32-11-27-991-003
R
EFF :
001-003, 051-052, 32-11-27
Page 605
May 01/05
CES
Top and Bottom Torque-Links Axial Clearance Check
Figure 601A/TASK 32-11-27-991-003-A
R
EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-11-27
Page 606
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
R Top and Bottom Torque-Links Radial Clearance Check
R Figure 602/TASK 32-11-27-991-010
EFF :
ALL 32-11-27
Page 607
Nov 01/00
CES
Torque-Link Apex Joint Detail
Figure 603/TASK 32-11-27-991-008
R
EFF :
001-003, 051-052, 32-11-27
Page 608
May 01/05
CES
Torque-Link Apex Joint Detail
Figure 603A/TASK 32-11-27-991-008-B
R
EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-11-27
Page 609
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(b) At the bottom, make sure that the total of the dimensions C + D
is not more than 1.156 mm (0.0455 in.).
Subtask 32-11-27-220-058-B
B. Inspection Procedure
(a) Carefully remove the top torque-link pin (Ref. TASK 32-11-27-000-
001).
(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 32-11-27-991-010)
(a) Carefully remove the bottom torque-link pin (Ref. TASK 32-11-27-
000-001).
(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 32-11-27-991-010)
R
EFF :
001-003, 051-052, 32-11-27
Page 610
May 01/05
CES
(b) Use an external micrometer 50-75 mm (2.0-3.0 in.) to measure the
diameter Y of the pin and record the minimum dimension.
Subtask 32-11-27-220-060-B
C. Inspection Procedure
(a) Carefully remove the torque-link apex pin (1) and the torque-link
sleeves (2) and (3) (Ref. TASK 32-11-27-000-001). Make sure that
each sleeve is correctly identified with the applicable torque
link.
(Ref. Fig. 603/TASK 32-11-27-991-008)
1
_ Use an internal micrometer to measure the internal diameter R
and S of the bushes. Record the maximum dimension.
2
_ Use an external micrometer 25-50 mm (1.0-2.0 in.) to measure
the external diameter P of the sleeve (2) and record the
minimum dimension.
3
_ Subtract dimension P from the maximum dimension R or S to give
the sleeve clearance. A maximum in-service sleeve clearance of
0.50 mm (0.0196 in.) is permitted.
R
EFF :
001-003, 051-052, 32-11-27
Page 611
May 01/05
CES
4
_ Use an internal micrometer to measure the internal diameter Q
of the sleeve (2) and record the maximum dimension.
5
_ Use an external micrometer 25-50 mm (1.0-2.0 in.) to measure
the external diameter N of the pin (1) and record the minimum
dimension.
6
_ Subtract dimension N from the maximum dimension Q to give the
pin clearance. A maximum in-service pin clearance of 0.093 mm
(0.0036 in.) is permitted.
1
_ Use an internal micrometer to measure the internal diameter T
and U of the bushes. Record the maximum dimension.
2
_ Use an external micrometer 25-50 mm (1.0-2.0 in.) to measure
the external diameter W and X of the sleeve (3). Make sure
that the measurements are taken at a position 16 mm (0.6299
in.) from each end of the sleeve (3).
3
_ Subtract dimension W from the maximum dimension T to give the
sleeve clearance. A maximum in-service sleeve clearance of
0.25 mm (0.0098 in.) is permitted.
4
_ Subtract dimension X from the maximum dimension U to give the
sleeve clearance. A maximum in-service sleeve clearance of
0.25 mm (0.0098 in.) is permitted.
5
_ Use an internal micrometer to measure the internal diameter V
of the sleeve (3) and record the maximum dimension.
6
_ Use an external micrometer 25-50 mm (1.0-2.0 in.) to measure
the external diameter N of the pin (1) and record the minimum
dimension.
R
EFF :
001-003, 051-052, 32-11-27
Page 612
May 01/05
CES
7
_ Subtract dimension N from the maximum dimension V to give the
pin clearance. A maximum in-service clearance of 0.103 mm
(0.0040 in.) is permitted.
8
_ Install the sleeves (2) and (3) and the torque-link apex pin
(1) (Ref. TASK 32-11-27-400-001).
Subtask 32-11-27-220-059
A. Inspection Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 601A/TASK 32-11-27-991-003-A)
(1) Do a check of the axial clearances at the connections of the top and
bottom torque-link hinges:
(a) At the top, make sure that the total of the dimensions A + B is
not more than 1.156 mm (0.0455 in.).
(b) At the bottom, make sure that the total of the dimensions C + D
is not more than 1.156 mm (0.0455 in.).
Subtask 32-11-27-220-058-B
B. Inspection Procedure
(a) Carefully remove the top torque-link pin (Ref. TASK 32-11-27-000-
001).
(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 32-11-27-991-010)
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-11-27
Page 613
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
(c) Use an internal micrometer to measure the internal diameter E and
F of the bushes in the:
- top torque link
- MLG leg.
Record the maximum dimension.
(a) Carefully remove the bottom torque-link pin (Ref. TASK 32-11-27-
000-001).
(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 32-11-27-991-010)
R
EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-11-27
Page 614
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
Subtask 32-11-27-220-060-D
C. Inspection Procedure
(a) Carefully remove the torque-link apex pin (1) and the torque-link
sleeves (2) and (3) (Ref. TASK 32-11-27-000-001). Make sure that
each sleeve is correctly identified with the applicable torque
link.
(Ref. Fig. 603A/TASK 32-11-27-991-008-B)
1
_ Use an internal micrometer to measure the internal diameter R
and S of the bushes. Record the maximum dimension.
2
_ Use an external micrometer 25-50 mm (1.0-2.0 in.) to measure
the external diameter P of the sleeve (2) and record the
minimum dimension.
3
_ Subtract dimension P from the maximum dimension R or S to give
the sleeve clearance. A maximum in-service sleeve clearance of
0.50 mm (0.0196 in.) is permitted.
4
_ Use an internal micrometer to measure the internal diameter Q
of the sleeve (2) and record the maximum dimension.
5
_ Use an external micrometer 25-50 mm (1.0-2.0 in.) to measure
the external diameter N of the pin (1) and record the minimum
dimension.
6
_ Subtract dimension N from the maximum dimension Q to give the
pin clearance. A maximum in-service pin clearance of 0.134 mm
(0.0052 in.) is permitted.
1
_ Use an internal micrometer to measure the internal diameter T
and U of the bushes. Record the maximum dimension.
R
EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-11-27
Page 615
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
2
_ Use an external micrometer 25-50 mm (1.0-2.0 in.) to measure
the external diameter W and X of the sleeve (3). Make sure
that the measurements are taken at a position 20 mm (0.7874
in.) from each end of the sleeve (3).
3
_ Subtract dimension W from the maximum dimension T to give the
sleeve clearance. A maximum in-service sleeve clearance of
0.25 mm (0.0098 in.) is permitted.
4
_ Subtract dimension X from the maximum dimension U to give the
sleeve clearance. A maximum in-service sleeve clearance of
0.25 mm (0.0098 in.) is permitted.
5
_ Use an internal micrometer to measure the internal diameter V
of the sleeve (3) and record the maximum dimension.
6
_ Use an external micrometer 25-50 mm (1.0-2.0 in.) to measure
the external diameter N of the pin (1) and record the minimum
dimension.
7
_ Subtract dimension N from the maximum dimension V to give the
pin clearance. A maximum in-service pin clearance of 0.144 mm
(0.0056 in.) is permitted.
8
_ Install the sleeves (2) and (3) and the torque-link apex pin
(1) (Ref. TASK 32-11-27-400-001).
R
EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-11-27
Page 616
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
R **ON A/C 301-399,
R Subtask 32-11-27-220-059-C
R A. Inspection Procedure
R (Ref. Fig. 601A/TASK 32-11-27-991-003-A)
R (1) Do a check of the axial clearances at the connections of the top and
R bottom torque-link hinges:
R (a) At the top, make sure that the total of the dimensions A + B is
R not more than 1.156 mm (0.0455 in.).
R (b) At the bottom, make sure that the total of the dimensions C + D
R is not more than 1.156 mm (0.0455 in.).
R Subtask 32-11-27-220-058-C
R B. Inspection Procedure
R (a) Carefully remove the top torque-link pin (Ref. TASK 32-11-27-000-
R 001).
R (Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 32-11-27-991-010)
R
EFF :
301-399, 32-11-27
Page 617
May 01/04
CES
R (e) Install the top torque-link pin (Ref. TASK 32-11-27-400-001).
R (a) Carefully remove the bottom torque-link pin (Ref. TASK 32-11-27-
R 000-001).
R (Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 32-11-27-991-010)
R Subtask 32-11-27-220-060-C
R C. Inspection Procedure
R (a) Carefully remove the torque-link apex pin (1) and the torque-link
R sleeves (2) and (3) (Ref. TASK 32-11-27-000-001). Make sure that
R each sleeve is correctly identified with the applicable torque
R link.
R (Ref. Fig. 603A/TASK 32-11-27-991-008-B)
R
EFF :
301-399, 32-11-27
Page 618
May 01/04
CES
R (b) At the top torque-link bushes:
R 1
_ Use an internal micrometer to measure the internal diameter R
R and S of the bushes. Record the maximum dimension.
R 2
_ Use an external micrometer 25-50 mm (1.0-2.0 in.) to measure
R the external diameter P of the sleeve (2) and record the
R minimum dimension.
R 3
_ Subtract dimension P from the maximum dimension R or S to give
R the sleeve clearance. A maximum in-service sleeve clearance of
R 0.50 mm (0.0196 in.) is permitted.
R 4
_ Use an internal micrometer to measure the internal diameter Q
R of the sleeve (2) and record the maximum dimension.
R 5
_ Use an external micrometer 25-50 mm (1.0-2.0 in.) to measure
R the external diameter N of the pin (1) and record the minimum
R dimension.
R 6
_ Subtract dimension N from the maximum dimension Q to give the
R pin clearance. A maximum in-service pin clearance of 0.134 mm
R (0.0052 in.) is permitted.
R 1
_ Use an internal micrometer to measure the internal diameter T
R and U of the bushes. Record the maximum dimension.
R 2
_ Use an external micrometer 25-50 mm (1.0-2.0 in.) to measure
R the external diameter W and X of the sleeve (3). Make sure
R that the measurements are taken at a position 20 mm (0.7874
R in.) from each end of the sleeve (3).
R 3
_ Subtract dimension W from the maximum dimension T to give the
R sleeve clearance. A maximum in-service sleeve clearance of
R 0.25 mm (0.0098 in.) is permitted.
R
EFF :
301-399, 32-11-27
Page 619
May 01/04
CES
R 4
_ Subtract dimension X from the maximum dimension U to give the
R sleeve clearance. A maximum in-service sleeve clearance of
R 0.25 mm (0.0098 in.) is permitted.
R 5
_ Use an internal micrometer to measure the internal diameter V
R of the sleeve (3) and record the maximum dimension.
R 6
_ Use an external micrometer 25-50 mm (1.0-2.0 in.) to measure
R the external diameter N of the pin (1) and record the minimum
R dimension.
R 7
_ Subtract dimension N from the maximum dimension V to give the
R pin clearance. A maximum in-service pin clearance of 0.144 mm
R (0.0056 in.) is permitted.
R 8
_ Install the sleeves (2) and (3) and the torque-link apex pin
R (1) (Ref. TASK 32-11-27-400-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-11-27-410-051
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Install the applicable MLG brakes (Ref. TASK 32-42-27-400-001) and
the wheels (Ref. TASK 32-41-11-400-006).
Subtask 32-11-27-860-054
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Lower the applicable MLG off the jack (Ref. TASK 07-12-00-582-002) or
lower the aircraft off jacks (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-586-002).
EFF :
ALL 32-11-27
Page 620
May 01/04
CES
Subtask 32-11-27-942-052
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-11-27
Page 621
May 01/04
R
CES
TASK 32-11-27-210-001
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-27
Page 622
Nov 01/09
CES
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-11-27-941-055
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are on the landing gear
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-11-27-210-055
EFF :
ALL 32-11-27
Page 623
Nov 01/09
CES
Torque-Link Damper-Assembly
Figure 604/TASK 32-11-27-991-006
R
EFF :
ALL 32-11-27
Page 624
Feb 01/08
CES
(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with a
R MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS
R (Material No. 11-026).
(2) Make sure that the level indicator shows a level between the REFILL
line and the FULL line. If the torque link damper is at the REFILL
position fill the damper (Ref. TASK 12-12-32-611-006).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-11-27-942-054
A. Removal of Equipment
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-11-27
Page 625
Nov 01/09
CES
DAMPER - TORQUE LINK ASSY, MLG (2823GM,2824GM) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_____________________________________________________________________
TASK 32-11-29-000-001
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-29
Page 401
Nov 01/09
CES
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-11-29-941-050
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are installed on the landing
gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
Subtask 32-11-29-582-050
EFF :
ALL 32-11-29
Page 402
Feb 01/10
CES
Subtask 32-11-29-010-050
C. Get Access
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-11-29-020-050
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(1) Remove and discard the cable tie (8). Remove the cover (7).
(4) Hold the torque link pin (6) with the ADAPTOR-TORQUE REACTOR
(460007242) and remove the nut (13) and the spacer (12).
(7) Remove and discard the lockwire from the bolts (1).
EFF :
ALL 32-11-29
Page 403
Feb 01/10
CES
Torque Link Damper - Location and Detail
Figure 401/TASK 32-11-29-991-001
R
EFF :
001-003, 051-052, 32-11-29
Page 404
May 01/05
CES
Torque Link Damper - Location and Detail
Figure 401A/TASK 32-11-29-991-001-B
R
EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-11-29
Page 405
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(8) Remove the bolts (1) and the washers (2).
(10) Remove the spacer (4), the spacer assembly (3) and the sleeve (9)
from the top torque link assembly.
Subtask 32-11-29-020-050-B
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(1) Remove and discard the cable tie (4). Remove the cover (5).
(3) Remove the nut (21), the washer (22) and the bolt (19).
(4) Hold the torque link pin (3) with the ADAPTOR-TORQUE REACTOR
(460007242) and remove the nut (18) and the spacer (17).
(5) Hold the bottom torque link assembly and remove the torque link pin
(3), the sleeve (16), the spacer (15) and the sleeve (7).
(7) Remove and discard the lockwire from the bolts (9) and (10).
(10) Remove the bolts (13), the washers (14) and the bracket (12).
(12) Remove the spacer (1) and the shaped spacer (6).
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-11-29
Page 406
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 32-11-29-400-001
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING
_______
NOTICES ARE IN POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
CAUTION : WHEN YOU DO A MAINTENANCE TASK THAT USES COMMON GREASE, USE ONLY
_______
GREASES OF THE SAME SPECIFICATION (IT IS PERMITTED TO USE DIFFERENT
BRANDS IF THEIR SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE SAME). DO NOT MIX GREASES THAT
HAVE CLAY THICKENERS WITH GREASES THAT HAVE LITHIUM THICKENERS. THIS
MIXTURE CAN CHANGE THE LUBRICATION PROPERTIES OF THE GREASE. IF YOU
USE GREASES OF DIFFERENT TYPES (SPECIALLY THOSE WITH CLAY THICKENERS
AND LITHIUM THICKENERS), DECREASE THE SERVICE INTERVALS OF THE
AIRCRAFT (BY HALF, FOR EXAMPLE) SPECIFIED IN THE MAINTENANCE PLANNING
DOCUMENT. DO THIS FOR APPROXIMATELY THREE OR FOUR SERVICES (REFER TO
YOUR IN-SERVICE DATA TO FIND THE NUMBER OF SERVICES BEST ADAPTED TO
YOUR AIRCRAFT).
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-29
Page 407
Nov 01/09
CES
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-29
Page 408
Aug 01/08
CES
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-11-29-941-051
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are installed on the landing
gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-11-29
Page 409
Feb 01/10
CES
(3) On the panel 400VU:
- make sure that the landing-gear control-lever 6GA is in the DOWN
position
- make sure that the WARNING NOTICE is in position to tell persons
not to operate the landing gear.
Subtask 32-11-29-860-050
(1) Make sure the applicable axle is on jacks (Ref. TASK 07-12-00-582-
002).
(2) Make sure the applicable MLG wheels have been removed (Ref. TASK 32-
41-11-000-006).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-11-29-420-051
(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with a
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-026).
(2) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
NOTE : In the step that follows, make sure that the Materials No.
____
04-004 and No. 04-022 are not mixed together. Do not use them
at the same time (Ref. SIL 12-008).
EFF :
ALL 32-11-29
Page 410
Feb 01/10
CES
(4) Lubricate the items that follow with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-
004) or COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022):
- the threads of the bolts (1)
- the washers (2)
- the spacer assembly (3)
- the spacers (4), (10) and (12)
- the torque link pin (6)
- the sleeves (9) and (11)
- the nut (13)
- the mating surfaces of the torque link damper (5)
- the hinge points of the top and bottom torque link assemblies.
Subtask 32-11-29-420-050
R WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
R REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
R LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(1) Install the sleeve (9) in the top torque link assembly and the sleeve
(11) in the bottom torque link assembly.
(2) Put the spacer assembly (3) in position on the sleeve (9). Make sure
that the spacer assembly flange touches the top torque link assembly.
(3) Carefully install the torque link pin (6) into the torque link damper
(5).
(4) Put the spacer (4) in position on the torque link pin (6).
(5) Install the torque link pin (6) through the spacer assembly (3), the
top torque link assembly and the sleeve (9).
(6) Install the torque link damper (5) on the spacer assembly (3) with
the bolts (1) and the washers (2). TORQUE tighten the bolts (1) in a
diagonal sequence to 3.39 m.daN (24.99 lbf.ft).
(7) Safety the top and bottom bolts (1) together in pairs with
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).
(8) Align the apex of the top and bottom torque links assemblies.
(9) Put and hold the spacer (12) in position between the top and the
bottom torque link assemblies.
EFF :
001-003, 051-052, 32-11-29
Page 411
Nov 01/09
CES
(10) Push the torque link pin (6) through the torque link damper (5) and
the top and bottom torque link assemblies. Push the pin (6) until the
head is against the flange of the torque link damper (5).
(11) Install the spacer (12) and the nut (13) on the torque link pin (6).
(12) Hold the torque link pin (6) with the ADAPTOR-TORQUE REACTOR
(460007242) and TORQUE tighten the nut (13) to 22.3 m.daN (164.45
lbf.ft).
(13) Loosen the nut (13) and do the torque sequence, step (12) two more
times.
(14) Loosen the nut (13) and TORQUE tighten to between 13.5 and 22.3 m.daN
(99.55 and 164.45 lbf.ft). Make sure that the slot in the nut (13)
aligns with the hole in the torque link pin (6).
NOTE : If the slot in the nut does not align with the hole in the
____
torque link pin, refer to the applicable CMM (Ref. CMMV
321222), (Ref. CMMV 321225), (Ref. CMMV 321133) or (Ref. CMMV
321183).
(15) Install the bolt (16) through the nut (13) and the torque link pin
(6).
(17) TORQUE tighten the nut (14) to between 0.5 and 1.0 m.daN (44.24 and
88.49 lbf.in).
(18) Safety the nut (14) with the new cotter pin (15).
(19) Install the cover (7) and safety with the new cable tie (8).
(20) Fill the torque link damper (5) (Ref. TASK 12-12-32-611-006).
Subtask 32-11-29-420-051-B
(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with a
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-026).
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-11-29
Page 412
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(2) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
NOTE : In the step that follows, make sure that the Materials No.
____
04-004 and No. 04-022 are not mixed together. Do not use them
at the same time (Ref. SIL 12-008).
(4) Lubricate the items that follow with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-
004) or COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022):
- the spacers (1), (15) and (17)
- the torque link pin (3)
- the shaped spacer (6)
- the sleeves (7) and (16)
- the threads of the bolts (9) and (10)
- the washers (8) and (14)
- the nut (18)
- the mating surfaces of the torque link damper (2)
- the hinge points of the top and bottom torque link assemblies.
Subtask 32-11-29-420-050-C
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(1) Install the sleeve (7) in the top torque link assembly and the sleeve
(16) in the bottom torque link assembly.
(2) Assemble the bracket (12) to the shaped spacer (6) and install the
washers (14) and the bolts (13). TORQUE tighten the bolts (13) to
between 0.8 and 1.0 m.daN (70.79 and 88.49 lbf.in).
(3) Put the shaped spacer (6) in position on the sleeve (7). Make sure
that the flange of the shaped spacer touches the top torque link
assembly.
(4) Carefully install the torque link pin (3) into the torque link damper
(2).
(5) Put the spacer (1) in position on the torque link pin (3).
(6) Install the torque link pin (3) through the shaped spacer (6), the
top torque link assembly and the sleeve (7).
R
EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-11-29
Page 413
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(7) Install the torque link damper (2) on the shaped spacer (6) with the
washers (8), the bolts (9), the washers (11) and the bolts (10).
NOTE : The pair of longer bolts (10) and washers (11) are installed
____
through the bracket (12).
(8) TORQUE tighten the bolts (9) and (10) in a diagonal sequence to
between 2.7 and 2.9 m.daN (19.91 and 21.38 lbf.ft).
(9) Safety the top and bottom bolts (9) and (10) together in pairs with
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).
(10) Align the apex of the top and bottom torque link assemblies.
(11) Put and hold the spacer (15) in position between the top and bottom
torque link assemblies.
(12) Push the torque link pin (3) through the torque link damper (2) and
the top and bottom torque link assemblies. Push the torque link pin
(3) until the head is against the flange of the torque link damper
(2).
(13) Install the spacer (17) and the nut (18) on the torque link pin (3).
(14) Hold the torque link pin (3) with the ADAPTOR-TORQUE REACTOR
(460007242) and TORQUE tighten the nut (18) to 22.3 m.daN (164.45
lbf.ft).
(15) Loosen the nut (18) and do the torque sequence two more times.
(16) Loosen the nut (18) and TORQUE tighten to between 13.5 and 22.3 m.daN
(99.55 and 164.45 lbf.ft). Make sure that the slot in the nut (18)
aligns with the hole in the torque link pin (3).
NOTE : If the slot in the nut does not align with the hole in the
____
torque link pin, refer to the applicable CMM (Ref. CMMV
321222), (Ref. CMMV 321225), (Ref. CMMV 321133) or (Ref. CMMV
321183).
(17) Install the bolt (19) through the nut (18) and the torque link pin
(3).
(18) Install the washer (22) and the nut (21) on the bolt (19).
(19) TORQUE tighten the nut (21) to between 0.5 and 1.0 m.daN (44.24 and
88.49 lbf.in).
R
EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-11-29
Page 414
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(20) Safety the nut (21) with the new cotter pin (20).
(21) Install the cover (5) and safety with the new cable tie (4).
(22) Fill the torque link damper (2) (Ref. TASK 12-12-32-611-006).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-11-29-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 32-11-29-586-050
(1) Lower the aircraft off the jacks (Ref. TASK 07-12-00-582-002).
Subtask 32-11-29-942-050
C. Removal of Equipment
(3) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-11-29
Page 415
Nov 01/09
CES
HARNESS - MLG SYSTEMS, 1M, 2M - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
____________________________________________________
TASK 32-11-43-000-001
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-43
Page 401
Nov 01/09
CES
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-43
Page 402
Feb 01/10
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-43
Page 403
Feb 01/10
CES
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-11-43-941-050
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are on the landing gear
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
Subtask 32-11-43-869-053
(1) If the electrical power is not necessary for other maintenance tasks,
de-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-
002). Then, it is not necessary to operate the LGCIU circuit
breakers.
Subtask 32-11-43-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
EFF :
ALL 32-11-43
Page 404
Nov 01/09
CES
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-103, 201-203,
Subtask 32-11-43-010-053
D. Get Access
Subtask 32-11-43-010-053-A
D. Get Access
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
32-11-43
Page 405
Nov 01/09
CES
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
R 528-599,
Subtask 32-11-43-010-053-B
D. Get Access
4. Procedure
_________
EFF :
ALL 32-11-43
Page 406
Feb 01/10
CES
R MLG Harnesses 1M and 2M
Figure 401/TASK 32-11-43-991-001
EFF :
001-003, 051-052, 32-11-43
Page 407
Nov 01/06
CES
MLG Harnesses 1M and 2M
Figure 401A/TASK 32-11-43-991-001-A
R
EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-11-43
Page 408
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
MLG Harnesses 1M and 2M - Location and Detail
Figure 402/TASK 32-11-43-991-037
R
EFF :
001-003, 051-052, 32-11-43
Page 409
Feb 01/08
CES
MLG Harnesses 1M and 2M - Location and Detail
Figure 402A/TASK 32-11-43-991-037-B
R
EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-11-43
Page 410
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
**ON A/C 001-003, 051-052,
EFF :
ALL 32-11-43
Page 411
Feb 01/10
CES
MLG Harnesses 1M and 2M - Location and Detail
Figure 403/TASK 32-11-43-991-002
R
EFF :
001-003, 051-052, 32-11-43
Page 412
Nov 01/06
CES
MLG Harnesses 1M and 2M - Location and Detail
Figure 403A/TASK 32-11-43-991-002-A
R
EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-11-43
Page 413
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
MLG Harnesses 1M and 2M - Location and Detail
Figure 404/TASK 32-11-43-991-003
R
EFF :
001-003, 051-052, 32-11-43
Page 414
Nov 01/06
CES
MLG Harnesses 1M and 2M - Location and Detail
Figure 404A/TASK 32-11-43-991-003-A
R
EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-11-43
Page 415
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
R MLG Harnesses 1M and 2M - Detail at the Normal-Brake Servovalve Manifold
Figure 405/TASK 32-11-43-991-004
R
EFF :
001-002, 051-052, 32-11-43
Page 416
Aug 01/06
CES
MLG Harnesses 1M and 2M - Detail at the Normal-Brake Servovalve Manifold
Figure 405A/TASK 32-11-43-991-004-E
R
EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-11-43
Page 417
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
MLG Harnesses 1M and 2M - Detail at the Normal-Brake Servovalve Manifold
Figure 405B/TASK 32-11-43-991-004-D
R
EFF :
001-003, 051-052, 32-11-43
Page 418
May 01/05
CES
MLG Harnesses 1M and 2M - Location and Detail
Figure 406/TASK 32-11-43-991-010
EFF :
ALL 32-11-43
Page 419
Feb 01/08
R
CES
**ON A/C 001-003, 051-052,
Subtask 32-11-43-020-058
R WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
R REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
R LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(1) Remove and discard the lockwire from the locknuts (4) and (6).
(2) Loosen the upper locknuts (6) to release the 1M and 2M harnesses from
the brackets (5).
(3) Loosen the upper locknut (4) to release the 2M harness from the
bracket (3).
(4) If necessary, remove the bolts (20), the tab washers (21) and the
bracket (3). Discard the tab washers (21).
(5) Remove the nuts (17), the washers (15) and the bolts (14) to release
the P clips (16).
(6) Remove and discard the cable tie (18) and remove the grommet (19).
(7) Remove and discard the lockwire from the screws (32).
(9) Carefully remove the band-clamps (33) from the MLG leg assembly.
NOTE : When the band-clamps (33) are removed, make sure that the
____
line-support blocks stay in position on the harnesses.
(10) Remove the nuts (34), the washers (35) and the bolts (37). Remove the
clamps (36).
EFF :
001-003, 051-052, 32-11-43
Page 420
Nov 01/09
CES
(11) Remove the nuts (38), the washers (39) and the bolts (41). Remove the
clamps (40).
Subtask 32-11-43-020-058-A
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(1) Remove and discard the lockwire from the locknuts (4) and (6).
(2) Loosen the upper locknuts (6) to release the 1M and 2M harnesses from
the brackets (5).
(3) Loosen the upper locknut (4) to release the 2M harness from the
bracket (3).
(4) If necessary, remove the bolts (20), the tab washers (21) and the
bracket (3). Discard the tab washers (21).
(5) Remove the nuts (17), the washers (15) and the bolts (14) to release
the P clips (16).
NOTE : When the band-clamps (33) are removed, make sure that the
____
mystic tape and the line-support blocks stay in position on
the harnesses.
(7) Carefully remove the band-clamps (33) from the leg assembly.
(9) Remove the nuts (37), the washers (36) and the bolts (34) to release
the channels (35).
(10) Remove the nuts (39), the washers (40) and the bolts (42) to release
the clamps (41). Remove the clamp-blocks (43) from the harnesses.
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
208-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-11-43
Page 421
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
**ON A/C 201-207,
Subtask 32-11-43-020-058-B
R WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
R REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
R LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(1) Remove and discard the lockwire from the locknuts (4) and (6).
(2) Loosen the upper locknuts (6) to release the 1M and 2M harnesses from
the brackets (5).
(3) Loosen the upper locknut (4) to release the 2M harness from the
bracket (3).
(4) If necessary, remove the bolts (20), the tab washers (21) and the
bracket (3). Discard the tab washers (21).
CAUTION : DO NOT REMOVE THE NUT, WASHER AND BOLT THAT HOLD THE TWO
_______
P-CLIPS TOGETHER (ADJACENT TO THE NORMAL BRAKE MANIFOLD).
THIS WILL PREVENT AN INCORRECT ASSEMBLY DURING THE
INSTALLATION PROCEDURE.
(5) Remove the nuts (17), the washers (15) and the bolts (14) to release
the P clips (16).
(Ref. Fig. 403A/TASK 32-11-43-991-002-A)
NOTE : When the band-clamps (33) are removed, make sure that the
____
mystic tape and the line-support blocks stay in position on
the harnesses.
(7) Carefully remove the band-clamps (33) from the leg assembly.
(9) Remove the nuts (37), the washers (36) and the bolts (34) to release
the channels (35).
EFF :
201-207, 32-11-43
Page 422
Nov 01/09
CES
MLG Harnesses 1M and 2M - Location and Detail
Figure 407/TASK 32-11-43-991-038
R
EFF :
201-207, 32-11-43
Page 423
Nov 01/06
CES
R (10) Remove the nuts (39), the washers (40) and the bolts (42) to release
the clamps (41). Remove the clamp-blocks (43) from the harnesses.
Subtask 32-11-43-020-061
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT ALL ELECTRICAL CONNECTORS ARE IDENTIFIED WITH
_______
THEIR FIN NO. TO CORRECTLY CONNECT EACH PLUG TO ITS RELATED
RECEPTACLE. INCORRECT CONNECTION OF THE ELECTRICAL CONNECTORS
CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT ELECTRICAL SYSTEM.
(a) Disconnect the electrical connector 4027VC (4028VC) (2) from the
MLG disconnection box (Ref. TASK 32-11-46-000-001).
(b) Remove the nuts (53), the washers (52) and the bolts (50) to
release the cable support (51) from the bracket (54).
R
EFF :
001-003, 051-052, 201-207, 32-11-43
Page 424
Nov 01/06
CES
(d) Disconnect the electrical connectors that follow:
- 21GA-A (20GA-A) (7)
- 3GW-A (2GW-A) (8)
- 15GA-A (14GA-A) (13)
- 13GG-A (12GG-A) (61)
- 17GG-A (16GG-A) (62).
(e) Remove the nuts (56), the washers (57) and the bolts (59) to
release the cable support (58) from the bracket (55).
EFF :
001-003, 051-052, 32-11-43
Page 425
Feb 01/10
CES
**ON A/C 001-003, 051-052,
Subtask 32-11-43-020-061-A
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT ALL ELECTRICAL CONNECTORS ARE IDENTIFIED WITH
_______
THEIR FIN NO. TO CORRECTLY CONNECT EACH PLUG TO ITS RELATED
RECEPTACLE. INCORRECT CONNECTION OF THE ELECTRICAL CONNECTORS
CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT ELECTRICAL SYSTEM.
(a) Disconnect the electrical connector 4027VC (4028VC) (2) from the
MLG disconnection box (Ref. TASK 32-11-46-000-001).
(b) Disconnect the axle harness electrical plug from the electrical
connector LGAB1 (LGAB2) (18) (Ref. TASK 32-11-43-000-003).
(c) Release the electrical connector (18) from the bracket (50) as
follows:
1
_ Loosen the electrical connector (18) back-shell.
2
_ Remove the nuts (53), the washers (52) and the cap screws (51)
from the electrical connector (18).
3
_ Fully loosen the connector (18) back-shell and pull back the
conduit a small distance to show the inner cables.
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-11-43
Page 426
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
4
_ Carefully move the cables out through the slot in the bracket
(50).
5
_ After the cables are released from the bracket (50) loosely
install the electrical connector (18) back-shell.
(e) Disconnect the axle harness electrical plug from the electrical
connector (10) LGAB3 (LGAB4) (Ref. TASK 32-11-43-000-003).
(f) Release the electrical connector (10) from the bracket (57) as
follows:
1
_ Loosen the electrical connector (10) back-shell.
2
_ Remove the nuts (54), the washers (55) and the cap screws (56)
from the electrical connector (10).
3
_ Fully loosen the connector (10) back-shell and pull back the
conduit a small distance to show the inner cables.
R
EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-11-43
Page 427
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
4
_ Carefully move the cables out through the slot in the bracket
(57).
5
_ After the cables are released from the bracket (57) loosely
install the electrical connector (10) back-shell.
R
EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-11-43
Page 428
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 32-11-43-400-002
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING
_______
NOTICES ARE IN POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-43
Page 429
Nov 01/09
CES
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-43
Page 430
Nov 01/09
R
CES
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-43
Page 431
Feb 01/10
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-11-43
Page 432
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-11-43-941-053
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are on the landing gear
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
Subtask 32-11-43-869-056
(1) If you did not open the LGCIU circuit breakers, make sure that the
electrical circuits are de-energized (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
Subtask 32-11-43-865-056
C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
EFF :
ALL 32-11-43
Page 433
Feb 01/10
CES
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-103, 201-203,
Subtask 32-11-43-860-051
(1) Make sure that the applicable MLG door is open (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-
010-001).
(2) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) is adjacent to the
applicable MLG.
(3) Make sure that the applicable access panel is open 574AB(674AB).
(4) Make sure that the MLG fixed fairing is removed (Ref. TASK 32-12-14-
000-001).
Subtask 32-11-43-860-051-A
(1) Make sure that the applicable MLG door is open (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-
010-001).
(2) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) is adjacent to the
applicable MLG.
(3) Make sure that the applicable access panel is removed 574AB(674AB).
(4) Make sure that the MLG fixed fairing is removed (Ref. TASK 32-12-14-
000-001).
4. Procedure
_________
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE INSTALLATION AND ROUTING OF ALL ELECTRICAL
_______
CABLES AGREE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE ELECTRICAL STANDARD
PRACTICES MANUAL.
EFF :
ALL 32-11-43
Page 434
Feb 01/10
CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,
R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 32-11-43-420-065
WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE CONSUMABLE MATERIAL(S). YOU MUST
_______
OBEY THE OPERATORS AND MANUFACTURERS HEALTH AND SAFETY
INSTRUCTIONS.
(1) Clean the component interfaces and the adjacent areas with a clean
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-026).
(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
(4) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-11-43
Page 435
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
**ON A/C 301-399,
Subtask 32-11-43-420-065-A
R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE CONSUMABLE MATERIAL(S). YOU MUST
_______
R OBEY THE OPERATORS AND MANUFACTURERS HEALTH AND SAFETY
R INSTRUCTIONS.
(1) Clean the component interfaces and the adjacent areas with a clean
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-026).
(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
(4) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
Subtask 32-11-43-420-075-A
R WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
R REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
R LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(1) Put the 1M and 2M harnesses on the MLG leg in the correct routing.
Make sure that there are no kinks in the harnesses.
(2) Put the harnesses in position on the brackets (5) and TORQUE the
upper locknuts (6) to between 0.396 and 0.452 m.daN (35.04 and 39.99
lbf.in).
(3) Safety the locknuts (6) together with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
010).
R
EFF :
001-003, 051-052, 301-399, 32-11-43
Page 436
Nov 01/09
CES
(4) For the 2M harness do the steps that follow:
1
_ Put the harness in the bracket (3).
2
_ TORQUE the upper locknut (4) to between 0.396 and 0.452 m.daN
(35.04 and 39.99 lbf.in).
3
_ Safety the locknuts (4) together with MISCELLANEOUS (Material
No. 19-010).
1
_ Put the harness in the bracket (3).
2
_ Install the bracket (3) with the new tabwasher (21) and the
bolts (20).
3
_ TORQUE the bolts (20) to between 0.8 and 1.0 m.daN (70.79 and
88.49 lbf.in).
4
_ Safety the tab washers (21).
5
_ TORQUE the upper locknut (4) to between 0.396 and 0.452 m.daN
(35.04 and 39.99 lbf.in).
6
_ Safety the locknuts (4) together with MISCELLANEOUS (Material
No. 19-010).
EFF :
001-003, 051-052, 32-11-43
Page 437
Nov 01/09
R
CES
**ON A/C 001-003, 051-052,
(b) Put the clamp (51) in position on the cable for the connector
(9).
(c) Install the clamp (51) on the bracket (54) with the bolts (50),
the washers (52) and the nuts (53).
(d) Connect the electrical connector 4027VC (4028VC) (2) at the MLG
disconnection box (Ref. TASK 32-11-46-400-001).
EFF :
001-003, 051-052, 32-11-43
Page 438
Nov 01/09
R
CES
(7) For the 2M harness:
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 32-11-43-991-001)
(b) Put the clamp (58) in position on the cable for the connector
(10).
(c) Install the clamp (58) on the bracket (55) with the bolts (59),
the washers (57) and the nuts (56).
(e) Install the plug (91) in the liner (90). Do not tighten the
center nut (92).
(f) Align the end of the protective sleeve of the 2M harness with the
inboard face of the plug (91).
(g) Tighten the center nut (92) sufficiently to secure the plug (91).
EFF :
001-003, 051-052, 32-11-43
Page 439
Nov 01/09
R
CES
(h) Install the grommet (19) approximately 75.0 mm (2.9527 in.) from
the electrical connector (11) and attach with a new cable tie
(18).
(8) Install the P clips (16) on the leg assembly with the bolts (14), the
washers (15) and the nuts (17).
(9) TORQUE the nuts (17) to between 0.40 and 0.45 m.daN (35.39 and 39.82
lbf.in).
(10) Install the clamps (40) on the harnesses with the bolts (41), the
washers (39) and the nuts (38).
(11) TORQUE the nuts (38) to between 0.40 and 0.45 m.daN (35.39 and 39.82
lbf.in).
(12) Install the clamps (36) on the harnesses with the bolts (37), the
washers (35) and the nuts (34).
(13) Make sure that the dimension X for the 1M harness is 150.0 mm (5.9055
in.).
(14) Make sure that the dimension Y for the 2M harness is 280.0 mm
(11.0236 in.).
(15) TORQUE the nuts (34) to between 0.40 and 0.45 m.daN (35.39 and 39.82
lbf.in).
(17) Visually inspect each harness for correct routing and installation.
(18) Tighten the screws (32) and safety with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
19-010).
R
EFF :
001-003, 051-052, 32-11-43
Page 440
Nov 01/09
CES
(19) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-048) to the
backshells of all the electrical connectors that you removed.
(20) Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) to all the bolts and
washers that you installed.
Subtask 32-11-43-420-075-B
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(1) Put the 1M and 2M harnesses on the MLG leg in the correct routing.
Make sure that there are no kinks in the harnesses.
(2) Position the harnesses on the brackets (5) and TORQUE the upper
locknuts (6) to between 0.396 and 0.452 m.daN (35.04 and 39.99
lbf.in).
(3) Safety the locknuts (6) together with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
010).
1
_ Put the harness in the bracket (3).
2
_ TORQUE the upper locknut (4) to between 0.396 and 0.452 m.daN
(35.04 and 39.99 lbf.in).
3
_ Safety the locknuts (4) together with MISCELLANEOUS (Material
No. 19-010).
1
_ Put the harness in the bracket (3).
2
_ Install the bracket (3) with the new tabwasher (21) and the
bolts (20).
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-11-43
Page 441
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
3
_ TORQUE the bolts (20) to between 0.8 and 1.0 m.daN (70.79 and
88.49 lbf.in).
4
_ Safety the tab washers (21).
5
_ TORQUE the upper locknut (4) to between 0.396 and 0.452 m.daN
(35.04 and 39.99 lbf.in).
6
_ Safety the locknuts (4) together with MISCELLANEOUS (Material
No. 19-010).
1
_ Fully loosen the electrical connector (18) back-shell.
2
_ Pull back the conduit a small distance to show the inner
cables.
3
_ Carefully move the cables through the slot in the bracket
(50).
4
_ Attach the electrical connector (18) to the bracket (50) with
the:
- cap screws (51)
- washers (52)
- nuts (53).
R
EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-11-43
Page 442
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
5
_ Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-048) to
the thread of the electrical connector (18) and fully tighten
the back-shell.
6
_ Mark the back-shell of the electrical connector (18) with red
STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-016) to identify that it is
safetied.
(d) Connect the electrical connector 4027VC (4028VC) (2) at the MLG
disconnection box (Ref. TASK 32-11-46-400-001).
1
_ Fully loosen the electrical connector (10) back-shell.
2
_ Pull back the conduit a small distance to show the inner
cables.
3
_ Carefully move the cables through the slot in the bracket
(57).
4
_ Attach the electrical connector (10) to the bracket (57) with
the:
- cap screws (56)
R
EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-11-43
Page 443
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
- washers (55)
- nuts (54).
5
_ Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-048) to
the thread of the electrical connector (10) and fully tighten
the back-shell.
6
_ Mark the back-shell of the electrical connector (10) with red
STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-016) to identify that it is
saftied.
(e) Install the plug (91) in the liner (90). Do not tighten the
center nut (92).
(f) Align the end of the protective sleeve of the 2M harness with the
inboard face of the plug (91).
(g) Tighten the center nut (92) sufficiently to secure the plug (91).
(h) Install the grommet (19) approximately 75.0 mm (2.9527 in.) from
the electrical connector (11) and attach with a new cable tie
(18).
R
EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-11-43
Page 444
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(8) Install the P clips (16) on the leg assembly with the bolts (14), the
washers (15) and the nuts (17).
(9) TORQUE the nuts (17) to between 0.40 and 0.45 m.daN (35.39 and 39.82
lbf.in).
(11) Put the clamps (41) in position over the clamp-blocks (43). Install
the clamps (41) with the bolts (42), the washers (40) and the nuts
(39).
(13) Install the channels (35) with the bolts (34), the washers (36) and
the nuts (37).
(14) Safety the nuts (37) with the new cotter pins (38).
(15) Make sure that the dimension X for the 1M harness is 150.0 mm (5.9055
in.).
(16) Make sure that the dimension Y for the 2M harness is 280.0 mm
(11.0236 in.).
(17) Put the band-clamps (33) in position around the line-support blocks.
(18) Visually inspect each harness for correct routing and installation.
(20) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-048) to the
screws (32).
(a) Mark the screws (32) with red STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-
016).
R
EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-11-43
Page 445
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(b) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-048) to the
backshells of all the electrical connectors that you removed.
(c) Mark the backshells of all the electrical connectors that you
removed with red STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-016).
(d) Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) to all the bolts
and washers that you installed.
Subtask 32-11-43-410-062
C. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(3) Close the applicable access panel 574AB(674AB) (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-
400-008).
Subtask 32-11-43-410-062-A
C. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(3) Install the applicable access panel 574AB(674AB) (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-
400-008).
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-11-43
Page 446
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
R 528-599,
Subtask 32-11-43-410-062-B
C. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(4) Install the applicable access panel 574AB(674AB) (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-
400-008).
Subtask 32-11-43-865-057
D. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1GA, 2GA, 52GA.
Subtask 32-11-43-740-052
E. Test
(2) Do an operational test of the normal braking system (Ref. TASK 32-42-
00-710-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-11-43
Page 447
Feb 01/10
CES
R **ON A/C 051-099, 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
R 528-599,
Subtask 32-11-43-740-052-B
E. Test
(2) Do an operational test of the normal braking system (Ref. TASK 32-42-
00-710-001).
Subtask 32-11-43-740-052-A
E. Test
(2) Do an operational test of the normal braking system (Ref. TASK 32-42-
00-710-001).
R
EFF : 051-099, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
32-11-43
Page 448
Feb 01/10
CES
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 32-11-43-720-053
F. Functional Test
CAUTION : DURING THE FUNCTIONAL TEST OF THE TACHOMETERS, MAKE SURE THAT
_______
THE OPERATION OF THE BRAKE PISTONS IS CORRECT AND AGREES WITH
EACH STEP GIVEN IN THIS TEST: INCORRECT OPERATION OF THE BRAKE
PISTONS CAN BE CAUSED BY A BAD OR A CROSSED CONNECTION OF THE
TACHOMETERS DURING INSTALLATION, AND CAN CAUSE UNSATISFACTORY
BRAKING AND/OR A TIRE BURST DURING AIRCRAFT OPERATION.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-11-43-942-055
A. Removal of Equipment
(3) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-11-43
Page 449
Nov 01/09
CES
TASK 32-11-43-000-003
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-43
Page 450
Nov 01/09
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-11-43-941-055
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are on the landing gear
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-11-43
Page 451
Feb 01/10
CES
Subtask 32-11-43-869-059
(1) If the electrical power is not necessary for other maintenance tasks,
de-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-
002). Then, it is not necessary to operate the LGCIU circuit
breakers.
Subtask 32-11-43-865-060
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
Subtask 32-11-43-010-056
D. Get Access
EFF :
ALL 32-11-43
Page 452
Nov 01/09
CES
R **ON A/C 051-099, 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
R 528-599,
Subtask 32-11-43-010-056-B
D. Get Access
(5) Remove the applicable brake fan assemblies (Ref. TASK 32-48-51-000-
005).
(6) Remove the applicable TPIS rotating mechanisms (Ref. TASK 32-49-18-
000-001).
Subtask 32-11-43-010-056-A
D. Get Access
(5) Remove the applicable brake fan assemblies (Ref. TASK 32-48-51-000-
005).
R
EFF : 051-099, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
32-11-43
Page 453
Feb 01/10
CES
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-11-43-020-062
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT ALL ELECTRICAL CONNECTORS ARE IDENTIFIED WITH
_______
THEIR FIN NO. TO CORRECTLY CONNECT EACH PLUG TO ITS RELATED
RECEPTACLE. INCORRECT CONNECTION OF THE ELECTRICAL CONNECTORS
CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT ELECTRICAL SYSTEM.
(a) Remove the nuts (4), the washers (3) and the bolts (1) to release
the cable support (2) from the bracket (6).
(b) Disconnect the MLG leg harness electrical plug 4051VC (4052VC)
(5).
EFF :
ALL 32-11-43
Page 454
Feb 01/10
CES
(c) Release the electrical connector (15) from the bracket (6) as
follows:
1
_ Loosen the electrical connector (15) back-shell (16).
2
_ Remove the nuts (13), the washers (14) and the cap screws
(17).
3
_ Fully loosen the connector back-shell (16) and pull back the
conduit a small distance to show the inner cables.
4
_ Carefully move the cables out through the slot and remove the
electrical connector (15) from the bracket (6).
5
_ After the cables are released from the bracket (6) loosely
install the electrical connector (15) back-shell (16).
(a) Remove the nuts (9), the washers (10) and the bolts (12) to
release the cable support (11) from the bracket (7).
(b) Disconnect the MLG leg harness electrical plug 4053VC (4054VC)
(8).
(c) Remove and discard the lockwire from the bolts (21).
(d) Remove the bolts (21), the washers (20) and remove the clamp (22)
from the harness (19).
(e) Release the electrical connector (24) from the bracket (7) as
follows:
1
_ Loosen the electrical connector (24) back-shell (23).
2
_ Remove the nuts (26), the washers (25) and the cap screws
(18).
3
_ Fully loosen the connector back-shell (23) and pull back the
conduit a small distance to show the inner cables.
4
_ Carefully move the cables out through the slot and remove the
electrical connector (24) from the bracket (7).
5
_ After the cables are released from the bracket (7) loosely
install the electrical connector (24) back-shell (23).
EFF :
001-003, 051-052, 32-11-43
Page 455
Nov 01/09
R
CES
MLG Axle Harnesses 1M and 2M - Location and Detail
Figure 408/TASK 32-11-43-991-028- 12 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
001-003, 051-052, 32-11-43
Page 456
Nov 01/09
CES
MLG Axle Harnesses 1M and 2M - Location and Detail
Figure 408/TASK 32-11-43-991-028- 22 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
001-003, 051-052, 32-11-43
Page 457
Nov 01/09
CES
MLG Axle Harnesses 1M and 2M - Location and Detail
Figure 408A/TASK 32-11-43-991-028-A
R
EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-11-43
Page 458
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
MLG Axle Harnesses 1M and 2M - Cableform Identification
Figure 409/TASK 32-11-43-991-029
EFF :
ALL 32-11-43
Page 459
Nov 01/09
R
CES
(3) Carefully remove the six cableforms of the 1M and 2M harnesses from
the axle through the cable access holes. Do not make kinks in the
harnesses.
Subtask 32-11-43-020-062-A
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT ALL ELECTRICAL CONNECTORS ARE IDENTIFIED WITH
_______
THEIR FIN NO. TO CORRECTLY CONNECT EACH PLUG TO ITS RELATED
RECEPTACLE. INCORRECT CONNECTION OF THE ELECTRICAL CONNECTORS
CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT ELECTRICAL SYSTEM.
(a) Remove and discard the lockwire from the bolts (4).
(b) Remove the bolts (4), the washers (5) and remove the cable clamp
(6).
(3) Carefully remove the six cableforms of the 1M and 2M harnesses from
the axle through the cable access holes. Do not make kinks in the
harnesses.
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-11-43
Page 460
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 32-11-43-400-003
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING
_______
NOTICES ARE IN POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-43
Page 461
Nov 01/09
CES
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
EFF :
ALL 32-11-43
Page 462
Nov 01/09
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-11-43-941-056
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are on the landing gear
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-11-43
Page 463
Feb 01/10
CES
Subtask 32-11-43-869-060
(1) If you did not open the LGCIU circuit breakers, make sure that the
electrical circuits are de-energized (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
Subtask 32-11-43-865-061
C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
Subtask 32-11-43-860-053
(1) Make sure that the applicable MLG wheels are removed (Ref. TASK 32-
41-11-000-006).
(2) Make sure that the applicable tachometers are removed (Ref. TASK 32-
42-57-000-001).
(3) Make sure that the applicable MLG door is open (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-
010-001).
(4) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) is adjacent to the
applicable MLG.
(5) Make sure that the applicable access door is open 574AB(674AB)
(Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-008).
R
EFF :
ALL 32-11-43
Page 464
Nov 01/09
CES
R **ON A/C 051-099, 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
R 528-599,
Subtask 32-11-43-860-053-B
(1) Make sure that the applicable MLG wheels are removed (Ref. TASK 32-
41-11-000-006).
(2) Make sure that the applicable brake fan assemblies are removed
(Ref. TASK 32-48-51-000-005).
(3) Make sure that the applicable TPIS rotating mechanisms are removed
(Ref. TASK 32-49-18-000-001).
(4) Make sure that the applicable tachometers are removed (Ref. TASK 32-
42-57-000-001).
(5) Make sure that the applicable MLG door is open (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-
010-001).
(6) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) is adjacent to the
applicable MLG.
(7) Make sure that the applicable access door is open 574AB(674AB)
(Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-008).
Subtask 32-11-43-860-053-A
(1) Make sure that the applicable MLG wheels are removed (Ref. TASK 32-
41-11-000-006).
(2) Make sure that the applicable brake fan assemblies are removed
(Ref. TASK 32-42-27-000-001).
(3) Make sure that the applicable tachometers are removed (Ref. TASK 32-
42-57-000-001).
(4) Make sure that the applicable MLG door is open (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-
010-001).
R
EFF : 051-099, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
32-11-43
Page 465
Feb 01/10
CES
(5) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) is adjacent to the
applicable MLG.
(6) Make sure that the applicable access door is open 574AB(674AB)
(Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-008).
4. Procedure
_________
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE INSTALLATION AND ROUTING OF ALL ELECTRICAL
_______
CABLES AGREE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE ELECTRICAL STANDARD
PRACTICES MANUAL.
Subtask 32-11-43-420-076
R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE CONSUMABLE MATERIAL(S). YOU MUST
_______
R OBEY THE OPERATORS AND MANUFACTURERS HEALTH AND SAFETY
R INSTRUCTIONS.
(1) Clean the component interfaces and the adjacent areas with a
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-026).
(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
(4) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
Subtask 32-11-43-420-077
R WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
R REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
R LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
R
EFF :
ALL 32-11-43
Page 466
Nov 01/09
CES
(1) Make sure that there are no kinks in the 1M and 2M harnesses.
(2) Identify the positions of the three cableforms at the end of each
harness.
(4) Pull the draw strings through the axle, one at a time, to put the
cableforms in position. Remove the draw strings.
(5) Make sure that the there are no kinks in the cableforms when they are
put in position.
1
_ Fully loosen the electrical connector (15) back-shell (16).
2
_ Pull back the conduit a small distance to show the inner
cables.
3
_ Carefully move the cables through the slot in the bracket (6).
4
_ Attach the electrical connector (15) to the bracket (6) with
the:
- cap screws (17)
- washers (14)
- nuts (13).
R
EFF :
001-003, 051-052, 32-11-43
Page 467
Nov 01/09
CES
NOTE : A minimum of half a thread must show through the nut
____
after the cap screws (17) are fully tightened.
5
_ Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-048) to
the thread of the electrical connector (15) and fully tighten
the back-shell (16).
6
_ Mark the back-shell (16) of the electrical connector (15) with
red STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-016) to identify that it
is safetied.
(b) Connect the electrical plug 4051VC (4052VC) (5) to the electrical
connector (15).
(c) Install the bolts (1), the washers (3) and the nuts (4).
1
_ Fully loosen the electrical connector (24) back-shell (23).
2
_ Pull back the conduit a small distance to show the inner
cables.
3
_ Carefully move the cables through the slot in the bracket (7).
4
_ Attach the electrical connector (24) to the bracket (7) with
the:
- cap screws (18)
- washers (25)
- nuts (26).
5
_ Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-048) to
the thread of the electrical connector (24) and fully tighten
the back-shell (23).
R
EFF :
001-003, 051-052, 32-11-43
Page 468
Nov 01/09
CES
6
_ Mark the back-shell (23) of the electrical connector (24) with
red STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-016) to identify that it
is safetied.
(b) Put the clamp (22) in position on the harness (19) and install it
with the washers (20) and the bolts (21).
(c) Safety the bolts (21) together with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
19-010).
(d) Connect the electrical plug 4053VC (4054VC) (8) to the electrical
connector (24).
(e) Install the bolts (12), the washers (10) and the nuts (9).
(9) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-048) to the
backshells of all the electrical connectors.
(10) Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) to all the bolts,
screws and washers you installed.
Subtask 32-11-43-420-077-A
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(1) Make sure that there are no kinks in the 1M and 2M harnesses.
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-11-43
Page 469
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(2) Identify the positions of the three cableforms at the end of each
harness.
(4) Pull the draw strings through the axle, one at a time, to put the
cableforms in position. Remove the draw strings.
(5) Make sure that the there are no kinks in the cableforms when they are
put in position.
(a) Connect the electrical plug 4051VC (4052VC) (3) to the electrical
connector (2).
(a) Put the cable clamp (6) in position and install with the washers
(5) and the bolts (4).
(b) Safety the bolts (4) together with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
19-010).
(9) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-048) to the
backshells of all the electrical connectors that you removed.
(10) Mark the backshells of all the electrical connectors that you removed
with red STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-016).
(11) Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) to all the bolts,
screws and washers you installed.
R
EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-11-43
Page 470
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
**ON A/C 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
Subtask 32-11-43-410-065
C. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Close the applicable access door 574AB (674AB) (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-
400-008).
Subtask 32-11-43-410-065-B
C. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Close the applicable access door 574AB (674AB) (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-
400-008).
(4) Install the applicable TPIS rotating mechanisms (Ref. TASK 32-49-18-
400-001).
(5) Install the applicable brake fan assemblies (Ref. TASK 32-48-51-400-
005).
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-11-43
Page 471
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
R **ON A/C 251-299, 301-304,
Subtask 32-11-43-410-065-A
C. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Close the applicable access door 574AB (674AB) (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-
400-008).
(4) Install the applicable brake fan assemblies (Ref. TASK 32-48-51-400-
005).
Subtask 32-11-43-865-062
D. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1GA, 2GA, 52GA.
Subtask 32-11-43-740-053
E. Test
EFF :
ALL 32-11-43
Page 472
Nov 01/09
CES
Subtask 32-11-43-720-054
F. Functional Test
CAUTION : DURING THE FUNCTIONAL TEST OF THE TACHOMETERS, MAKE SURE THAT
_______
THE OPERATION OF THE BRAKE PISTONS IS CORRECT AND AGREES WITH
EACH STEP GIVEN IN THIS TEST: INCORRECT OPERATION OF THE BRAKE
PISTONS CAN BE CAUSED BY A BAD OR A CROSSED CONNECTION OF THE
TACHOMETERS DURING INSTALLATION, AND CAN CAUSE UNSATISFACTORY
BRAKING AND/OR A TIRE BURST DURING AIRCRAFT OPERATION.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-11-43-942-057
A. Removal of Equipment
(3) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-11-43
Page 473
Nov 01/09
CES
DISCONNECTION BOX - MLG - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________________
TASK 32-11-46-000-001
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-46
Page 401
Nov 01/09
CES
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-11-46-941-050-A
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are on the landing gear
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-11-46
Page 402
Feb 01/10
CES
(3) On the panel 400VU:
- make sure that the landing-gear control-lever 6GA is in the DOWN
position
- put a WARNING NOTICE in position to tell persons not to operate the
landing gear.
Subtask 32-11-46-869-050-A
(1) If the electrical power is not necessary for other maintenance tasks,
de-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-
002). Then it is not necessary to operate the LCGIU circuit breakers.
Subtask 32-11-46-865-050
WARNING : OPEN CIRCUIT BREAKERS 1JH, 2JH1, 2JH2, 3JH1 AND 3JH2 (ENGINE 1
_______
AND 2 IGNITION SYSTEMS).
THEN OPEN CIRCUIT BREAKERS 2KS1 AND 2KS2 (FADEC A AND EIU 1 AND
2) AND 4KS1 (FADEC B AND EIU 1).
IF YOU DO NOT OBEY THIS SEQUENCE, THE ENGINE AUTOMATIC
IGNITION- SYSTEM WILL OPERATE. THIS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO
MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-46
Page 403
Feb 01/10
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C ALL
EFF :
ALL 32-11-46
Page 404
Feb 01/10
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 051-099, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 32-11-46-010-050-A
D. Get Access
(3) Make sure that the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK (460005835) is on the
applicable MLG door actuator.
EFF :
ALL 32-11-46
Page 405
Feb 01/10
CES
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
R 528-599,
Subtask 32-11-46-010-050-B
D. Get Access
(3) Make sure that the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK (460005835) is on the
applicable MLG door actuator.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-11-46-020-051-C
(1) Remove the screws (1) and remove the lid (4).
EFF :
ALL 32-11-46
Page 406
Feb 01/10
CES
MLG Disconnection Box
Figure 401/TASK 32-11-46-991-001
R
EFF :
001-049, 051-060, 101-101, 32-11-46
Page 407
Aug 01/06
CES
MLG Disconnection Box
Figure 401A/TASK 32-11-46-991-001-A
R
EFF : 061-099, 102-149, 151-199, 201-249,
251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
32-11-46
Page 408
Feb 01/10
CES
MLG Disconnection Box
Figure 401B/TASK 32-11-46-991-001-B
R
EFF :
301-399, 32-11-46
Page 409
Feb 01/08
CES
(3) Disconnect the electrical connector (3) and remove the cable (13)
from the box.
(5) Remove the screws (5) and (6) and disconnect the bonding straps (10).
(6) Remove the screws (9) and then the four cable clips (11) from the
harness.
(7) Remove the electrical receptacle 4027VC (4028VC) from its retaining
plate.
(8) Remove the electrical receptacle 4031VC (4032VC) from its retaining
plate.
(9) Loosen the locknuts on the electrical connections (7), (8) and (12).
(10) Carefully move the harness cable through the slots in the MLG
disconnection box (16).
(11) Hold the MLG disconnection box (16) and remove the screws (2).
Subtask 32-11-46-020-051-B
(1) Remove the screws (1) and lower the lid (4) on the lanyards.
(3) Disconnect the electrical connector (3) and remove the cable (13)
from the box.
(5) Remove the screws (5) and (6) and disconnect the bonding straps (10).
(6) Remove the screws (9) and then the four cable clips (11) from the
harness.
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-11-46
Page 410
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
(7) Remove the electrical receptacle 4027VC (4028VC) from its retaining
plate.
(8) Loosen the locknuts on the electrical connections (7), (8) and (12).
(9) Carefully move the harness cable through the slots in the MLG
disconnection box (16).
(10) Hold the MLG disconnection box (16) and remove the screws (2).
Subtask 32-11-46-020-051-D
(1) Remove the screws (1) and remove the lid (4).
(3) Disconnect the electrical connector (3) and remove the cable (13)
from the box.
(5) Remove the screws (5) and (6) and disconnect the bonding straps (10).
(6) Remove the screws (9) and then the four cable clips (11) from the
harness.
(7) Remove the electrical receptacle 4027VC (4028VC) from its retaining
plate.
(8) Loosen the locknuts on the electrical connections (7), (8) and (12).
(9) Carefully move the harness cable through the slots in the MLG
disconnection box (16).
(10) Hold the MLG disconnection box (16) and remove the screws (2).
R
EFF : 061-099, 102-149, 151-199, 201-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-11-46
Page 411
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 32-11-46-400-001
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING
_______
NOTICES ARE IN POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-46
Page 412
Nov 01/09
CES
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-46
Page 413
Feb 01/10
CES
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-11-46-941-051-A
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are on the landing gear
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
Subtask 32-11-46-860-050-A
R (1) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) is below the applicable
zone 730 or 740.
(2) Make sure that the MLG door is open (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).
(3) Make sure that the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK (460005835) is on the
applicable MLG door actuator.
Subtask 32-11-46-865-051
C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
WARNING : OPEN CIRCUIT BREAKERS 1JH, 2JH1, 2JH2, 3JH1 AND 3JH2 (ENGINE 1
_______
AND 2 IGNITION SYSTEMS).
THEN OPEN CIRCUIT BREAKERS 2KS1 AND 2KS2 (FADEC A AND EIU 1 AND
2) AND 4KS1 (FADEC B AND EIU 1).
IF YOU DO NOT OBEY THIS SEQUENCE, THE ENGINE AUTOMATIC
IGNITION- SYSTEM WILL OPERATE. THIS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO
MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL.
EFF :
ALL 32-11-46
Page 414
Nov 01/09
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-11-46
Page 415
Feb 01/10
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU ENGINE/IGN/ENG2/SYS B 3JH2 P42
121VU ENGINE/IGN/ENG1/SYS B 3JH1 P41
121VU ENGINE/IGN/ENG2/SYS A BAT 2JH2 P40
121VU ENGINE/IGN/ENG1/SYS A BAT 2JH1 P39
121VU ENGINE/ENG1 AND 2 FIRE EXTIG/BTL1/SQUIB/B 2WE1 Q44
121VU ENGINE/ENG1 AND 2 FIRE EXTIG/BTL1/SQUIB/A 1WE1 Q43
121VU ENGINE/ENG1 AND 2 FIRE EXTIG/BTL2/SQUIB/B 2WE2 Q42
121VU ENGINE/ENG1 AND 2 FIRE EXTIG/BTL2/SQUIB/A 1WE2 Q41
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
121VU ENGINE/ENG1/FADEC B/AND EIU 1 4KS1 R41
4. Procedure
_________
EFF :
ALL 32-11-46
Page 416
Feb 01/10
CES
**ON A/C 301-399,
Subtask 32-11-46-420-052-A
(2) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with a
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-026).
(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
(4) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
Subtask 32-11-46-420-051-A
(1) Put the MLG disconnection box (16) between the mid and aft beams of
R the overwing panel Z571 (Z671). Install it with the screws (2)
R (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).
(2) Carefully move the electrical connections (7), (8) and (12) into
their slots in the MLG disconnection box (16).
(4) Install the electrical receptacle 4027VC (4028VC) into its retaining
plate.
(5) Connect the electrical connector (3) to 4027VC (4028VC) and make sure
that the route of the cable (13) is correct. Put the cleat (15) in
position and install the screw (14).
(6) Tighten the electrical connections (7), (8) and (12), and safety with
BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-048).
EFF :
ALL 32-11-46
Page 417
Nov 01/09
CES
(7) Clean the electrical connectors (3), (7), (8) and (12) with a
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-026).
(9) Connect the bonding straps (10), and install the screws (5) and (6)
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).
(10) Put the clips (11) in position and install the screws (9).
(11) Put the lid (4) in position and install the screws (1).
Subtask 32-11-46-865-052
C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
61GG, 1GA, 52GA, 2GS, 1GS, 4GG, 3GG, 1GG, 2GG, 3GS, 1GV, 71GG, 70GG, 2GA,
1GW, 2HA1, 3HA1, 1703GK, 3702GD, 5CV, 6CV, 2QE, 1QP, 2QP, 3WV, 2KS1,
2KS2, 4KS1, 1JH, 2JH1, 2JH2, 3JH1, 3JH2, 2QU, 1WE2, 2WE2, 1WE1, 2WE1,
1LB, 2LB, 3LB, 4LB.
Subtask 32-11-46-720-050-A
R D. Test
R CAUTION : DURING THE FUNCTIONAL TEST OF THE TACHOMETERS, MAKE SURE THAT
_______
R THE OPERATION OF THE BRAKE PISTONS IS CORRECT AND AGREES WITH
R EACH STEP GIVEN IN THIS TEST: INCORRECT OPERATION OF THE BRAKE
R PISTONS CAN BE CAUSED BY A BAD OR A CROSSED CONNECTION OF THE
R TACHOMETERS DURING INSTALLATION, AND CAN CAUSE UNSATISFACTORY
R BRAKING AND/OR A TIRE BURST DURING AIRCRAFT OPERATION.
Subtask 32-11-46-740-050-A
E. Test
EFF :
ALL 32-11-46
Page 418
May 01/08
CES
**ON A/C 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
Subtask 32-11-46-710-050
F. Test
(1) Do an operational test of the brake temperature system (Ref. TASK 32-
47-00-710-001).
(2) Do an operational test of the normal brake system (Ref. TASK 32-42-
00-710-001).
Subtask 32-11-46-710-050-B
F. Test
(1) Do an operational test of the brake cooling system (Ref. TASK 32-48-
00-710-001).
(3) Do an operational test of the brake temperature system (Ref. TASK 32-
47-00-710-001).
(4) Do an operational test of the normal brake system (Ref. TASK 32-42-
00-710-001).
Subtask 32-11-46-710-050-C
F. Test
(1) Do an operational test of the brake cooling system (Ref. TASK 32-48-
00-710-001).
(3) Do an operational test of the brake temperature system (Ref. TASK 32-
47-00-710-001).
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-11-46
Page 419
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
(4) Do an operational test of the normal brake system (Ref. TASK 32-42-
00-710-001).
Subtask 32-11-46-710-050-A
F. Test
(1) Do an operational test of the brake cooling system (Ref. TASK 32-48-
00-710-001).
(2) Do an operational test of the brake temperature system (Ref. TASK 32-
47-00-710-001).
(3) Do an operational test of the normal brake system (Ref. TASK 32-42-
00-710-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-11-46-862-050-A
Subtask 32-11-46-410-052-A
B. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 32-11-46
Page 420
Nov 01/09
CES
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
R 528-599,
Subtask 32-11-46-410-052-B
B. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 32-11-46-942-051-A
C. Removal of Equipment
(3) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-11-46
Page 421
Feb 01/10
CES
MAIN GEAR DOORS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
___________________________________________
1. General
_______
Three doors close each Main Landing Gear (MLG) bay. These are:
- a hydraulically-operated main door
- a mechanically-operated hinged-fairing door
- a fixed fairing door on the MLG leg.
When the MLG retracts, all the doors close. When the MLG extends, the
hydraulically operated doors close and the mechanically operated doors stay
open.
A door opening mechanism lets the hydraulically operated doors open on the
ground, for access to the MLG bay. A ground door-opening handle operates a
bypass valve in the doors hydraulic circuit and releases the doors uplocks.
2. __________________
Component Location
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2523GM ACTG CYL-MLG DOOR, L 734 734 32-10-00
2522GM ACTG CYL-MLG DOOR, R 744 744 32-10-00
2517GM BYPASS VALVE-MLG DOOR GROUND 147 734 32-31-13
OPENING, L
2518GM BYPASS VALVE-MLG DOOR GROUND 148 744 32-31-13
OPENING, R
2521GM UPLOCK ASSY-MLG DOOR, L 148 744 32-10-00
2520GM UPLOCK ASSY-MLG DOOR, R 147 734 32-10-00
EFF :
ALL 32-12-00
Page 1
Feb 01/08
CES
Door and Fairings
Figure 001
EFF :
ALL 32-12-00
Page 2
Feb 01/98
CES
MLG Fairings
Figure 002
R
EFF :
ALL 32-12-00
Page 3
Feb 01/08
CES
3. __________________
System Description
A. MLG Doors
Each main door has hinges at the keel beam and closes outboard to an
uplock in the fuselage. The main body of the door actuating cylinder
attaches to a fitting on the keel beam. Steps on the internal surface
of the door give access to the MLG bay, without other support
equipment. Two fixed ramps and one adjustable ramp, are installed on
the inside of the main door. These ramps make sure that the main gear
does not get caught on the door during a free-fall extension.
The MLG door actuating-cylinder operates the main door during the
extension and retraction sequence. The door opens in sequence, before
movement of the main gear. The door closes only when the main gear is
locked in the fully extended or retracted position.
EFF :
ALL 32-12-00
Page 4
Feb 01/10
CES
MLG Main Door - Fittings
Figure 003
EFF :
ALL 32-12-00
Page 5
Feb 01/08
R
CES
An uplock roller assembly, installed on the main door, engages with
the MLG door uplock. The uplock roller assembly and the MLG door
uplock keep the door in the closed position.
R
(Ref. Fig. 002)
R
Each main door has a ground door-opening mechanism to open the door for
maintenance. The mechanism has these components:
- a ground door-opening handle
- a bypass valve 2517GM (2518GM) (Ref. 32-31-00)
- a release mechanism in the door uplock 2520GM (2521GM) (Ref. 32-31-00).
EFF :
ALL 32-12-00
Page 6
Feb 01/08
CES
MLG Fixed Fairing - Fittings
Figure 004
EFF :
ALL 32-12-00
Page 7
Feb 01/08
R
CES
MLG Door - Ground Opening Mechanism
Figure 005
R
EFF :
301-399, 32-12-00
Page 8
Feb 01/08
CES
The initial movement of the ground door-opening handle causes the bypass
valve to:
- isolate the door actuating-cylinders from the door-close hydraulic line
(the Green hydraulic system does not have to be pressurized)
- connect together the two chambers of each door actuating-cylinder, to
move the hydraulic fluid during the actuating cylinder extension.
More movement of the ground door-opening handle makes the rod on the
layshaft turn a splined shaft on the door uplock (Ref. 32-31-00). This
operates a release mechanism in the uplock, which releases the uplock
hook, and lets gravity open the main door.
If the ground door-opening handle is put in the closed position, with the
doors open, a hydraulic pressurization of the system will cause the doors
to close. The locking plunger in the bypass valve will prevent movement
of the ground door-opening handle to the doors-close position (unless the
Green hydraulic system is pressurized). When the handle is moved to the
doors-close position, the main doors close at the same time.
The door bypass valve is installed in the close line of each MLG door
actuating-cylinder. During the operation of the Normal Extension and
Retraction System (Ref. 32-31-00), hydraulic fluid goes through the door
bypass valve.
EFF :
ALL 32-12-00
Page 9
Feb 01/08
R
CES
D. Proximity Sensors
Proximity sensors and targets (Ref. 32-31-00) are used to show the
position of the main door. The proximity sensors are installed on the
center-fuselage keel-structure. The targets are installed on the main
door, on a bracket at the door hinge line.
During the operation of the door, the positions of the proximity sensors
change in relation to their targets. The sensors send a signal to the
Landing Gear Control and Interface Units (LGCIUs) (Ref. 32-31-00). This
signal shows when the door is fully open or not fully open. This data
is used to:
- control the retraction and extension sequences of the landing gear
- supply indication/failure data of the MLG doors, to the indication and
warning system in the flight compartment.
4. ____________
Power Supply
Not applicable
5. Interface
_________
The systems that follow, interface with the main landing gear doors:
- normal extension and retraction (Ref. 32-31-00)
- main landing gear (Ref. 32-11-00)
- main landing gear doors (Ref. 52-81-00).
6. _____________________
Component Description
A. General
The MLG doors are made from Carbon-Fibre Reinforced-Plastic (CFRP) with a
NOMEX honeycombe core. A detailed description of the MLG doors is given
in (Ref. 52-81-00).
R
EFF :
ALL 32-12-00
Page 10
Feb 01/08
CES
MLG Door - Proximity Sensor and Target
Figure 006
EFF :
ALL 32-12-00
Page 11
Feb 01/08
R
CES
MLG - Interface
Figure 007
EFF :
ALL 32-12-00
Page 12
Feb 01/08
R
CES
MLG - Main Door
Figure 008
R
EFF :
301-399, 32-12-00
Page 13
Feb 01/08
CES
Each door has flexible seals at its structure interface which protect the
CFRP/metal interfaces from damage by the airflow.
B. Main Door
The shape of the door agrees with the contour of the fuselage and has
hinges at its inboard edge. The MLG door actuating-cylinder ram end is
attached to the main door, at an attachment fitting on the forward edge.
There are three access steps on the door, and ramps at the front and rear
(two fixed and one adjustable). An uplock roller is attached to the
forward, outboard end.
C. Fixed Fairing
D. Hinged Fairing
The hinged fairing has one hinge and an attachment point for the MLG
attachment rod.
EFF :
ALL 32-12-00
Page 14
Feb 01/08
R
CES
MLG - Fixed Fairing
Figure 009
EFF :
301-399, 32-12-00
Page 15
Feb 01/08
R
CES
MLG - Hinged Fairing
Figure 010
EFF :
301-399, 32-12-00
Page 16
Feb 01/08
R
CES
**ON A/C ALL
F. Bypass Valve
7. ________________________________
Operation/Control and Indicating
At the same time, the hook of the door uplock is released. Gravity then
opens the main door, which causes the hydraulic fluid to move from one
side of the door actuating-cylinder to the other. The main door opens
slowly because some cavitation occurs in the door actuating-cylinder.
EFF :
ALL 32-12-00
Page 17
Feb 01/08
R
CES
When the ground door-opening handle is turned towards the closed
position, it pushes the teleflex cable. This moves the lever of the
bypass valve. The valve then isolates the chambers of the main door
actuator from each other and connects them to the hydraulic supply. At
the same time, the rod to the uplock moves the ground release mechanism
in the door uplock to its initial position. The main door actuator then
closes the main door, and the uplock closes to hold the door
actuating-cylinder in the closed position.
8. _________
BITE Test
Not applicable
R
EFF :
ALL 32-12-00
Page 18
Feb 01/08
CES
MAIN GEAR DOORS - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
_______________________________________
TASK 32-12-00-010-001
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To open the main landing-gear (MLG) doors for access to equipment installed
in zones 147 and 148.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-12-00
Page 201
Nov 01/09
CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-12-00-941-051
A. Safety Precautions
R (2) Put the SAFETY BARRIER in position to prevent access to the range(s)
of travel of the applicable MLG door(s).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-12-00-010-050
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE LANDING GEAR ARE CLEAR.
_______
WARNING : INSTALL THE GROUND LOCK SLEEVE ON THE MLG ACTUATING CYLINDER
_______
IMMEDIATELY AFTER YOU OPEN THE MLG DOOR.
(3) Move the applicable MLG door control-handle to the OPEN position, as
follows:
(b) Push and hold-in the pushbutton and move the handle down.
(c) Release the pushbutton to lock the handle in the OPEN position.
R (5) Install the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK (460005835) on the applicable MLG
door actuating-cylinder (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-002).
EFF :
ALL 32-12-00
Page 202
Nov 01/09
CES
MLG Door Ground-Control-Handle
Figure 201/TASK 32-12-00-991-001
EFF :
ALL 32-12-00
Page 203
Feb 01/98
CES
R (6) If only one door is opened, put a WARNING NOTICE on the
control-handle of the closed door. This notice must tell persons not
to open the MLG door because persons are near the MLG doors.
EFF :
ALL 32-12-00
Page 204
Nov 01/09
CES
TASK 32-12-00-410-001
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING
_______
NOTICES ARE IN POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
WARNING : PRESSURIZE ONLY THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM(S) THAT IS (ARE) NECESSARY FOR
_______
THE TASK. ISOLATE THE OTHER HYDRAULIC SYSTEM(S) BEFORE YOU SUPPLY
HYDRAULIC POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To close the main landing-gear (MLG) doors after they have been opened for
access to zones 147 and 148.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-12-00
Page 205
Nov 01/09
CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-12-00-941-056
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the MLG door ground-control-handle is locked in the
OPEN position.
(4) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 32-12-00-860-053
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE CONTROLS AGREE WITH THE POSITION OF THE
_______
ITEMS THEY OPERATE BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
_______
ARE CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC
SYSTEM.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-12-00-410-050
(1) Remove the GROUND LOCK SLEEVE from the applicable MLG door
actuating-cylinder.
EFF :
ALL 32-12-00
Page 206
Nov 01/09
CES
(3) Move the applicable MLG door control-handle to the CLOSE position, as
follows:
(b) Push and hold-in the pushbutton and move the handle up.
(c) Release the pushbutton to lock the handle in the CLOSE position.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-12-00-860-052
(a) Do the EIS start procedure (Upper ECAM DU and lower ECAM DU only)
(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).
(b) On the panel 11VU, push the WHEEL pushbutton switch in.
(c) On ECAM, make sure that the applicable green door-uplock symbol
is in-line.
Subtask 32-12-00-862-050
EFF :
ALL 32-12-00
Page 207
May 01/98
CES
Subtask 32-12-00-942-052
C. Removal of Equipment
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-12-00
Page 208
Feb 01/98
CES
MAIN GEAR DOORS - DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION
___________________________________________
TASK 32-12-00-040-001
Preparation of the Aircraft for Flight with One MLG Door Assembly Missing or
One MLG Fixed Fairing Assembly Missing or One Secondary Hinged Fairing Missing
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
EFF :
ALL 32-12-00
Page 401
Feb 01/10
CES
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-12-00
Page 402
Feb 01/10
R
CES
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-12-00-941-063
A. Safety Precautions
EFF :
ALL 32-12-00
Page 403
Feb 01/10
R
CES
(2) On the panel 400VU:
- make sure that the landing-gear control-lever 6GA is in the DOWN
position
- put a WARNING NOTICE in position to tell persons not to operate the
landing gear.
(3) On the panel 110VU, make sure that the GRAVITY GEAR EXTN handle is
folded into the center console.
(4) Make sure the safety device is installed on the applicable MLG
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
Subtask 32-12-00-860-056
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED
_______
BEFORE YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
Subtask 32-12-00-869-059
Subtask 32-12-00-865-062
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/BRAKING AND STEERING/SYS2/SPLY 4GG M36
121VU HYDRAULIC/BRAKING AND STEERING/SYS2/CTL 3GG M35
121VU HYDRAULIC/BRAKING AND STEERING/SYS1/CTL 1GG M34
121VU HYDRAULIC/BRAKING AND STEERING/SYS1/IND AND/SPLY 2GG M33
121VU HYDRAULIC/Y HYD/PUMP ENG2/MONG 3700GD Q37
121VU HYDRAULIC/Y HYD/PUMP ENG2/CTL 3701GD Q36
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
EFF :
ALL 32-12-00
Page 404
Feb 01/10
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/CTL 1701GK R35
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/MONG 1702GK R34
Subtask 32-12-00-010-057
E. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position below the applicable
zone 128.
(3) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT) in position below the applicable
zone 733(743).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-12-00-980-050
A. Manual Operation
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(a) Remove the MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) from the safety
cover of the L/G DOWN VMO/MMO SELECTION switch 22FP.
(b) Set the L/G DOWN VMO/MMO SELECTION switch 22FP to L/G DOWN.
Subtask 32-12-00-020-060
CAUTION : DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACES. THE COMPONENTS ARE MADE OF
_______
CARBONFIBER REINFORCED PLASTIC.
(2) Remove the applicable MLG door assembly (Ref. TASK 32-12-11-000-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-12-00
Page 405
Feb 01/10
R
CES
Bonding Straps to MLG Door Hinge Attachment Points - Removal/Installation
Figure 401/TASK 32-12-00-991-011
EFF :
ALL 32-12-00
Page 406
Nov 01/00
R
CES
MLG Actuator Flexible Hoses - Removal/Installation
Figure 402/TASK 32-12-00-991-015
EFF :
ALL 32-12-00
Page 407
Nov 01/00
R
CES
(3) Remove and retain all the nuts and bolts from the MLG door hinge
attachment points (4).
(4) Remove and discard the cotter pins (1) from the nuts (2).
(5) Remove and retain the nuts (2), the washers (3), the bolts (6) and
the bonding straps (5) from the door hinge attachment points (4).
(6) Remove the applicable MLG door-actuating cylinder (Ref. TASK 32-31-
35-000-001).
(7) Remove the applicable MLG door swivel-joint assembly (Ref. TASK 32-
31-38-000-001).
(8) Remove and retain the nuts (17), the bolts (14), the washers (15) and
the clamps (16) from the flexible hoses (13).
(9) Disconnect the connectors (18) from the elbow connectors (19) and
remove and retain the flexible hoses (13).
NOTE : Make sure that the blanking plugs are correctly installed
____
before each flight if subsequent flights in this configuration
are necessary.
Subtask 32-12-00-860-058
C. ECAM Display During Flight with One MLG Door Assembly Missing
NOTE : The main landing gear and the nose landing gear must be extended
____
at all times during flight with one MLG door missing (control
lever 6GA in the DOWN position).
(1) The ECAM displays (for the applicable missing MLG door) are as
follows:
EFF :
ALL 32-12-00
Page 408
Feb 01/10
R
CES
(b) ECAM warnings:
- L/G DOOR.
Subtask 32-12-00-860-058-A
C. ECAM Display During Flight with One MLG Door Assembly Missing
NOTE : The main landing gear and the nose landing gear must be extended
____
at all times during flight with one MLG door missing (control
lever 6GA in the DOWN position).
(1) The ECAM displays (for the applicable missing MLG door) are as
follows:
EFF :
ALL 32-12-00
Page 409
Feb 01/10
R
CES
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 32-12-00-020-063
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
CAUTION : DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACES. THE COMPONENTS ARE MADE OF
_______
CARBONFIBER REINFORCED PLASTIC.
(1) Remove the applicable fixed fairing assembly (Ref. TASK 32-12-14-000-
001).
(2) Remove and retain all the nuts and bolts that attach the fixed
fairing assembly from the MLG.
(3) Remove and discard the cotter pin (51) from the nut (50).
(4) Remove the nut (50), the washer (49) and the bolt (48). Remove and
retain the bonding strap (47) from the bracket (46).
(5) Install the bolt (48), the washer (49) and the nut (50).
(6) Safety the nut (50) with a new cotter pin (51).
(7) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) to the head of the bolt (48) and
the nut (50).
(8) Remove and discard the MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) from the
bolts (53) and (56).
(9) Remove the bolt (56), the washer (55) and the bonding strap (54) from
the bracket (52). Retain the bonding strap (54).
(11) TORQUE the bolt (56) to between 0.904 and 1.808 m.daN (79.99 and
159.99 lbf.in).
EFF :
ALL 32-12-00
Page 410
Feb 01/10
R
CES
Bonding Straps to MLG Leg - Removal/Installation
Figure 403/TASK 32-12-00-991-009
EFF :
ALL 32-12-00
Page 411
Feb 01/10
R
CES
(12) Safety the bolts (53) and (56) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
010).
(13) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) to the heads of the bolts (53)
and (56).
Subtask 32-12-00-020-064
CAUTION : DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACES. THE COMPONENTS ARE MADE OF
_______
CARBONFIBER REINFORCED PLASTIC.
(1) Remove the MLG fixed fairing assembly (Ref. TASK 32-12-14-000-001).
(3) Remove and retain all the nuts and bolts that attach the secondary
hinged fairing from the MLG.
(4) Remove the secondary hinged fairing attachment (Ref. TASK 57-26-21-
000-001).
(5) Remove and retain all the nuts and bolts that attach the secondary
hinged fairing attachment from the MLG.
(6) Identify the position of the hinged fairing mounting plate (66)
before you remove it.
(7) Remove and discard the cotter pin (69) from the nut (68).
(8) Remove and retain the nut (68) and the washer (70).
(9) Remove and retain the nuts (73), the bolts (67), the hinged fairing
mounting plate (66), the shim (71) and the packer (72).
(10) Remove and retain the bolt (83), the washer (82), the bonding strap
(84) and the nut (75) from the transfer block (80).
(11) Remove and retain the bolt (79), the washer (78), the pin (77), the
spacer (76) and the threaded insert (81) from the transfer block
(80).
EFF :
ALL 32-12-00
Page 412
Feb 01/10
R
CES
Attaching Parts for the Secondary Hinged Fairing - Removal/Installation
Figure 404/TASK 32-12-00-991-010
EFF :
ALL 32-12-00
Page 413
Feb 01/10
R
CES
(12) Remove and retain the actuating rod (74) from the transfer block
(80).
(13) Install the MLG fixed fairing assembly (Ref. TASK 32-12-14-400-001).
Subtask 32-12-00-865-058
F. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1GA, 2GA, 1GG, 2GG, 3GG, 4GG, 52GA, 1701GK, 1702GK, 3700GD, 3701GD.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-12-00-860-057
(2) Put the aircraft back to ground configuration (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-
860-002).
Subtask 32-12-00-942-057
B. Removal of Equipment
(3) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-12-00
Page 414
Feb 01/10
R
CES
TASK 32-12-00-040-005
Preparation of the Aircraft for Flight with One MLG Fixed Fairing Assembly
Removed or One Secondary Hinged Fairing Removed
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-12-00
Page 415
Feb 01/10
CES
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-12-00-941-065
A. Safety Precautions
EFF :
ALL 32-12-00
Page 416
Feb 01/09
R
CES
R (1) Put the safety barriers in position.
R
(3) On the panel 110VU, make sure that the GRAVITY GEAR EXTN handle is
folded into the center console.
(4) Make sure that the safety device is on the applicable MLG (Ref. TASK
32-00-00-481-001).
Subtask 32-12-00-860-067
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED
_______
BEFORE YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
Subtask 32-12-00-869-061
EFF :
ALL 32-12-00
Page 417
Feb 01/09
CES
Subtask 32-12-00-865-068
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/BRAKING AND STEERING/SYS2/SPLY 4GG M36
121VU HYDRAULIC/BRAKING AND STEERING/SYS2/CTL 3GG M35
121VU HYDRAULIC/BRAKING AND STEERING/SYS1/CTL 1GG M34
121VU HYDRAULIC/BRAKING AND STEERING/SYS1/IND AND/SPLY 2GG M33
121VU HYDRAULIC/Y HYD/PUMP ENG2/MONG 3700GD Q37
121VU HYDRAULIC/Y HYD/PUMP ENG2/CTL 3701GD Q36
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/CTL 1701GK R35
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/MONG 1702GK R34
Subtask 32-12-00-010-061
E. Get Access
R (1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT) in position below the applicable
zone 733(743).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-12-00-020-065
R WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
R REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
R LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
CAUTION : DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACES. THE COMPONENTS ARE MADE OF
_______
CARBONFIBER REINFORCED PLASTIC.
(1) Remove the applicable fixed fairing assembly (Ref. TASK 32-12-14-000-
001).
(2) Remove and retain all attaching nuts and bolts for the fixed fairing
assembly from the MLG.
(3) Remove and discard the cotter pin (6) from the nut (5).
EFF :
ALL 32-12-00
Page 418
Feb 01/09
CES
Bonding Straps to MLG Leg - Removal/Installation
Figure 405/TASK 32-12-00-991-016
EFF :
ALL 32-12-00
Page 419
Nov 01/00
R
CES
(4) Remove the nut (5), the washer (4) and the bolt (3). Remove and
retain the bonding strap (2) from the bracket (1).
(5) Install the bolt (3), the washer (4) and the nut (5).
(6) Safety the nut (5) with a new cotter pin (6).
(7) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) to the head of the bolt (3) and
the nut (5).
(8) Remove and discard the MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) from the
bolts (8) and (10).
(9) Remove the bolt (10), the washer (11) and the bonding strap (9) from
the bracket (7). Retain the bonding strap (9).
(11) TORQUE the bolt (10) to between 0.904 and 1.808 m.daN (79.99 and
159.99 lbf.in).
(12) Safety the bolts (8) and (10) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
010).
(13) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) to the heads of the bolts (8)
and (10).
Subtask 32-12-00-020-066
CAUTION : DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACES. THE COMPONENTS ARE MADE OF
_______
CARBONFIBER REINFORCED PLASTIC.
(1) Remove the MLG fixed fairing assembly (Ref. TASK 32-12-14-000-001).
(3) Remove and retain all attaching nuts and bolts for the secondary
hinged fairing from the MLG.
EFF :
ALL 32-12-00
Page 420
Nov 01/09
CES
Attaching Parts for the Secondary Hinged Fairing - Removal/Installation
Figure 406/TASK 32-12-00-991-017
EFF :
ALL 32-12-00
Page 421
Nov 01/00
R
CES
(5) Remove and retain all attaching nuts and bolts for the
secondary-hinged-fairing attachment from the MLG.
(6) Identify the position of the hinged fairing mounting plate (22)
before you remove it.
(7) Remove and discard the cotter pin (25) from the nut (24).
(8) Remove and retain the nut (24) and the washer (26).
(9) Remove and retain the nuts (21), the bolts (23), the hinged fairing
mounting plate (22), the shim (27) and the packer (28).
(10) Remove and retain the bolt (38), the washer (37), the bonding strap
(39) and the nut (30) from the transfer block (35).
(11) Remove and retain the bolt (33), the washer (32), the pin (31), the
spacer (34) and the threaded insert (36) from the transfer block
(35).
(12) Remove and retain the actuating rod (29) from the transfer block
(35).
(13) Install the MLG fixed fairing assembly (Ref. TASK 32-12-14-400-001).
Subtask 32-12-00-865-069
C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1GA, 2GA, 1GG, 2GG, 3GG, 4GG, 52GA, 1701GK, 1702GK, 3700GD, 3701GD.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-12-00-860-068
(1) Put the aircraft back to ground configuration (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-
860-002).
EFF :
ALL 32-12-00
Page 422
Feb 01/09
R
CES
Subtask 32-12-00-942-063
B. Removal of Equipment
R
R (3) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-12-00
Page 423
Nov 01/09
CES
TASK 32-12-00-040-006
Preparation of the Aircraft for Flight with a Failed or Missing Ground Door
Opening Cable
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific cable-tie
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific safety barriers
No specific AR ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT)
No specific AR WARNING NOTICE
460005835 2 SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK
98DNSA20208040 1 RIGGING PIN
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-12-00
Page 424
Feb 01/09
R
CES
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-12-00-941-067
A. Safety Precautions
EFF :
ALL 32-12-00
Page 425
Feb 01/09
R
CES
MLG Door Ground-Opening System
Figure 407/TASK 32-12-00-991-018
EFF :
ALL 32-12-00
Page 426
Feb 01/09
R
CES
(2) On the panel 400VU:
- make sure that the landing-gear control-lever 6GA is in the DOWN
position
- put a WARNING NOTICE in position to tell persons not to operate the
landing gear.
(3) Put a WARNING NOTICE in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate
the Green and Yellow Hydraulic systems.
(4) On the panel 110VU, make sure that the GRAVITY GEAR EXTN handle is
folded into the center console.
(5) Make sure that the ground safety locks are installed on the landing
gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
Subtask 32-12-00-860-071
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED
_______
BEFORE YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
(1) Make sure that the aircraft electrical circuits are de-energized
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
Subtask 32-12-00-865-072
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/CTL 1701GK R35
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/MONG 1702GK R34
Subtask 32-12-00-010-063
D. Get Access
(1) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) below the applicable zone 730(740).
FOR 2804GM
- open 195BB
FOR 2805GM
EFF :
ALL 32-12-00
Page 427
Nov 01/09
R
CES
- open 196BB.
(3) If necessary, open the MLG doors by the free-fall system (Ref. TASK
32-33-00-720-001).
(4) Install a SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK (460005835) on each MLG door actuating
cylinder (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-002).
(5) Disconnect the isolation coupling of the PTU (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-
001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-12-00-020-067
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE LANDING GEAR DOORS ARE
_______
CLEAR.
R WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
R REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
R LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
NOTE : The defective cable can be removed, or can stay with the cable
____
ends disconnected from the control handle and by-pass valve. If
disconnected, the cable ends must be safetied correctly.
(a) Disconnect the cable end (2) from the control handle as follows:
1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (5).
2
_ Remove the nut (4), the washer (3) and the bolt (1).
3
_ Remove the cable end (2) from the control handle.
EFF :
ALL 32-12-00
Page 428
Nov 01/09
CES
4
_ Safety the cable end (2) in position with a cable-tie.
(b) Disconnect the cable end (6) from the by-pass valve as follows:
1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (8).
2
_ Remove the nut (7), the washer (9), the bush (11) and the bolt
(12).
3
_ Remove the cable end (6) from the by-pass valve operating
lever (10).
4
_ Safety the cable end (6) in position with a cable-tie.
(2) Make sure that a SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK is installed on the applicable
MLG door actuating cylinder (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-002).
(3) Disconnect the applicable MLG door actuating cylinder from the MLG
door (Ref. TASK 32-31-35-000-001).
(4) Hold the body of the door actuating cylinder to prevent damage caused
by small movement of the ram.
(7) If the free-fall system was used to open the MLG doors, reset the
free-fall system (Ref. TASK 32-33-00-720-001).
(8) Make sure that the by-pass valve operating lever is in the normal
position as follows:
(a) Put the RIGGING PIN (98DNSA20208040) through the operating lever
and the by-pass valve rigging pin holes.
1
_ Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these)
circuit breaker(s):
1GA, 52GA.
2
_ Manually move the operating lever until the lever and the
by-pass valve rigging pin holes are aligned.
EFF :
ALL 32-12-00
Page 429
Feb 01/09
R
CES
3
_ Put the RIGGING PIN through the operating lever and the
by-pass valve rigging pin holes.
4
_ Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
1GA, 52GA.
(c) Remove the RIGGING PIN and safety the operating lever in the
rigged position with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) through
the rigging pin holes.
(10) On the panel 110VU, turn the GRAVITY GEAR EXTN handle clockwise two
full turns.
(11) Connect the applicable MLG door actuating cylinder (Ref. TASK 32-31-
35-400-001).
(12) Remove the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK from the MLG door actuating
cylinders.
(a) Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these)
circuit breaker(s):
1GA, 52GA.
(b) On the panel 110VU, turn the GRAVITY GEAR EXTN handle
counterclockwise two full turns at a rate of one full turn every
5 seconds.
(c) Fold the GRAVITY GEAR EXTN handle into the center console.
(15) Put the MLG door ground-control handle in the CLOSED position.
(16) Make sure that the MLG doors are closed and locked correctly.
WARNING : IF THE MLG DOOR CONTROLS DO NOT AGREE WITH THE POSITION OF
_______
THE MLG DOORS, YOU MUST KEEP CLEAR OF THE LANDING GEAR BAY
UNTIL:
- YOU DEPRESSURIZE THE GREEN HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
- YOU INSTALL A GROUND LOCK SLEEVE ON THE ACTUATING
CYLINDER OF THE APPLICABLE OPEN DOOR(S). IF THE DOOR IS
OPEN AND NOT SAFETIED, THERE IS A RISK THAT IT CAN CLOSE
AND CAUSE INJURY.
EFF :
ALL 32-12-00
Page 430
Feb 01/09
R
CES
(17) Depressurize the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-12-00-410-055
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
FOR 2804GM
- close 195BB
FOR 2805GM
- close 196BB.
Subtask 32-12-00-865-073
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
2GA, 1701GK, 1702GK.
Subtask 32-12-00-860-072
(1) Connect the isolation coupling of the PTU (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-
002).
Subtask 32-12-00-942-065
D. Removal of Equipment
(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-12-00
Page 431
Nov 01/09
CES
TASK 32-12-00-440-001
Restoration of the Aircraft after Flight with One MLG Door Assembly Missing or
One MLG Fixed Fairing Assembly Missing or One Secondary Hinged Fairing Missing
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
EFF :
ALL 32-12-00
Page 432
Feb 01/10
CES
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific AR ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT)
No specific AR ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE
R No specific 1 PLUG - BLANKING
No specific AR SAFETY BARRIER
No specific AR WARNING NOTICE
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.20 to 3.60 m.daN
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-12-00
Page 433
Nov 01/09
CES
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-12-00
Page 434
Nov 01/09
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-12-00-941-064
A. Safety Precautions
(3) On the panel 110VU, make sure that the GRAVITY GEAR EXTN handle is
folded into the center console.
(4) Make sure that the safety device is installed on the applicable MLG
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
Subtask 32-12-00-860-063
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED
_______
BEFORE YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
EFF :
ALL 32-12-00
Page 435
Nov 01/09
R
CES
Subtask 32-12-00-869-060
Subtask 32-12-00-865-063
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/BRAKING AND STEERING/SYS2/SPLY 4GG M36
121VU HYDRAULIC/BRAKING AND STEERING/SYS2/CTL 3GG M35
121VU HYDRAULIC/BRAKING AND STEERING/SYS1/CTL 1GG M34
121VU HYDRAULIC/BRAKING AND STEERING/SYS1/IND AND/SPLY 2GG M33
121VU HYDRAULIC/Y HYD/PUMP ENG2/MONG 3700GD Q37
121VU HYDRAULIC/Y HYD/PUMP ENG2/CTL 3701GD Q36
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/CTL 1701GK R35
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/MONG 1702GK R34
Subtask 32-12-00-010-058
E. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position below the applicable
zone 128.
(3) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position below the
applicable zone 733(743).
EFF :
ALL 32-12-00
Page 436
Nov 01/09
R
CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-12-00-420-065
CAUTION : DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACES. THE COMPONENTS ARE MADE OF
_______
CARBONFIBER REINFORCED PLASTIC.
(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed components are
clean and in the correct condition.
R (4) Remove the PLUG - BLANKING from the elbow connectors (19).
(6) Put the flexible hoses (13) in position and connect the connectors
(18) to the elbow connectors (19). Tighten the connectors (18) and
TORQUE to between 2.9 and 3.2 m.daN (21.38 and 23.59 lbf.ft).
(7) Apply corrosion protection to the connectors (18) and (19) and the
adjacent areas (Ref. TASK 51-75-13-916-002).
(8) Mark the connectors (18) and (19) with PAINTS FOR DETAIL (INTERNAL
AND EXTERN AL) (Material No. 07-010).
(9) Position the clamps (16) on the flexible hoses (13) and install the
clamps with the bolts (14), the washers (15) and the nuts (17).
EFF :
ALL 32-12-00
Page 437
Nov 01/09
CES
(10) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) to the heads of the bolts (14)
and the nuts (17).
(11) Install the applicable MLG door swivel-joint assembly (Ref. TASK 32-
31-38-400-001).
(12) Install the applicable MLG door-actuating cylinder (Ref. TASK 32-31-
35-400-001).
(13) Install the bonding straps (5), the bolts (6), the washers (3) and
the nuts (2) to the hinge attachment points (4) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-
912-004).
(14) Safety the nuts (2) with a new cotter pin (1).
(15) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) to the heads of the bolts (6)
and the nuts (2).
(16) Install the applicable MLG door assembly (Ref. TASK 32-12-11-400-
001).
Subtask 32-12-00-640-050
B. Lubrication
(1) Lubricate the applicable door hinge connection points (Ref. TASK 12-
22-32-640-001).
Subtask 32-12-00-710-054
C. Operational Test
(1) Do an operational test of the main landing gear doors (Ref. TASK 32-
31-00-710-002).
Subtask 32-12-00-420-062
CAUTION : DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACES. THE COMPONENTS ARE MADE OF
_______
CARBONFIBER REINFORCED PLASTIC.
EFF :
ALL 32-12-00
Page 438
Nov 01/09
CES
(1) Remove the applicable fixed fairing assembly (Ref. TASK 32-12-14-000-
001).
(4) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed components are
clean and in the correct condition.
(5) Put the actuating rod (74) between the lugs of the transfer block
(80).
(6) Install the threaded insert (81), the spacer (76), the pin (77), the
washer (78) and the bolt (79) to the transfer block (80).
(7) Install the nut (75), the bonding strap (84), the washer (82) and the
bolt (83) to the transfer block (80) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).
(8) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) to the heads of the bolts (79)
and (83) and the nut (75).
(9) Install the packer (72), the shim (71), the hinged fairing mounting
plate (66), the washer (70) and loosely install the nut (68).
(10) Install the screws (67) and loosely install the nuts (73).
(11) Hold the mounting plate (66) in the position identified before
removal.
(13) Safety the nut (68) with a new cotter pin (69).
(14) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) to the heads of the screws (67)
and the nuts (68) and (73).
EFF :
ALL 32-12-00
Page 439
Nov 01/09
CES
(15) Install the applicable secondary-hinged-fairing attachment (Ref. TASK
57-26-21-400-001).
(16) Install the applicable secondary hinged fairing (Ref. TASK 32-12-13-
400-001).
Subtask 32-12-00-420-063
CAUTION : DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACES. THE COMPONENTS ARE MADE OF
_______
CARBONFIBER REINFORCED PLASTIC.
(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed components are
clean and in the correct condition.
(4) Remove and discard the cotter pin (51) from the nut (50).
(5) Remove the nut (50), the washer (49) and the bolt (48) from the
bracket (46).
(6) Install the bonding strap (47), the bolt (48), the washer (49) and
the nut (50) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).
(7) Safety the nut (50) with a new cotter pin (51).
(8) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) to the head of the bolt (48) and
the nut (50).
R WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
R REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
R LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(9) Remove and discard the lockwire from the bolts (53) and (56).
(10) Remove the bolt (56) and the washer (55) from the bracket (52).
EFF :
ALL 32-12-00
Page 440
Nov 01/09
CES
(11) Install the bonding strap (54), the washer (55) and the bolt (56)
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).
(12) Safety the bolts (53) and (56) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
010).
(13) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) to the heads of the bolts (53)
and (56).
Subtask 32-12-00-980-051
F. Manual Operation
R WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
R REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
R LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(a) Set the L/G DOWN VMO/MMO SELECTION switch 22FP to NORM.
(b) Lock the safety cover and secure it with MISCELLANEOUS (Material
No. 19-010).
Subtask 32-12-00-865-065
G. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1GA, 2GA, 1GG, 2GG, 3GG, 4GG, 52GA, 1701GK, 1702GK, 3700GD, 3701GD.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-12-00-860-064
(2) Put the aircraft back to the ground configuration (Ref. TASK 32-00-
00-860-002).
EFF :
ALL 32-12-00
Page 441
Nov 01/09
CES
(3) Depressurize the Green hydraulic system
(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001).
Subtask 32-12-00-942-060
B. Removal of Equipment
R
R (3) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-12-00
Page 442
Nov 01/09
CES
TASK 32-12-00-440-004
Restoration of the Aircraft after Flight with One Fixed Fairing Removed or One
Secondary Hinged Fairing Removed
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-12-00
Page 443
Feb 01/10
CES
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-12-00
Page 444
Nov 01/09
R
CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-12-00-941-066
A. Safety Precautions
(3) On the panel 110VU, make sure that the GRAVITY GEAR EXTN handle is
folded into the center console.
(4) Make sure that the safety device is installed on the applicable MLG
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
Subtask 32-12-00-860-069
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED
_______
BEFORE YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
Subtask 32-12-00-869-062
EFF :
ALL 32-12-00
Page 445
Nov 01/09
R
CES
Subtask 32-12-00-865-070
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/BRAKING AND STEERING/SYS2/SPLY 4GG M36
121VU HYDRAULIC/BRAKING AND STEERING/SYS2/CTL 3GG M35
121VU HYDRAULIC/BRAKING AND STEERING/SYS1/CTL 1GG M34
121VU HYDRAULIC/BRAKING AND STEERING/SYS1/IND AND/SPLY 2GG M33
121VU HYDRAULIC/Y HYD/PUMP ENG2/MONG 3700GD Q37
121VU HYDRAULIC/Y HYD/PUMP ENG2/CTL 3701GD Q36
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/CTL 1701GK R35
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/MONG 1702GK R34
Subtask 32-12-00-010-062
E. Get Access
R (1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT) in position below the applicable
zone 733(743).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-12-00-420-066
CAUTION : DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACES. THE COMPONENTS ARE MADE OF
_______
CARBONFIBER REINFORCED PLASTIC.
(1) Remove the applicable fixed fairing assembly (Ref. TASK 32-12-14-000-
001).
(4) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed components are
clean and in the correct condition.
EFF :
ALL 32-12-00
Page 446
Nov 01/09
CES
(5) Put the actuating rod (29) between the lugs of the transfer block
(35).
(6) Install the threaded insert (36), the spacer (34), the pin (31), the
washer (32) and the bolt (33) to the transfer block (35).
(7) Install the nut (30), the bonding strap (39), the washer (37) and the
bolt (38) to the transfer block (35) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).
(8) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) to the heads of the bolts (33)
and (38) and the nut (30).
(9) Install the packer (28), the shim (27), the hinged fairing mounting
plate (22), the washer (26) and loosely install the nut (24).
(10) Install the screws (23) and loosely install the nuts (21).
(11) Hold the mounting plate (22) in the position identified before
removal.
(13) Safety the nut (24) with a new cotter pin (25).
(14) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) to the heads of the screws (23)
and the nuts (24) and (21).
(16) Install the applicable secondary hinged fairing (Ref. TASK 32-12-13-
400-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-12-00
Page 447
Nov 01/09
CES
Subtask 32-12-00-420-067
R WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
R REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
R LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
CAUTION : DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACES. THE COMPONENTS ARE MADE OF
_______
CARBONFIBER REINFORCED PLASTIC.
(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed components are
clean and in the correct condition.
(4) Remove and discard the cotter pin (6) from the nut (5).
(5) Remove the nut (5), the washer (4) and the bolt (3) from the bracket
(1).
(6) Install the bonding strap (2), the bolt (3), the washer (4) and the
nut (5) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).
(7) Safety the nut (5) with a new cotter pin (6).
(8) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) to the head of the bolt (3) and
the nut (5).
(9) Remove and discard the lockwire from the bolts (8) and (10).
(10) Remove the bolt (10) and the washer (11) from the bracket (7).
(11) Install the bonding strap (9), the washer (11) and the bolt (10)
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).
EFF :
ALL 32-12-00
Page 448
Nov 01/09
CES
(12) Safety the bolts (8) and (10) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
010).
(13) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) to the heads of the bolts (8)
and (10).
Subtask 32-12-00-865-071
C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1GA, 2GA, 1GG, 2GG, 3GG, 4GG, 52GA, 1701GK, 1702GK, 3700GD, 3701GD.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-12-00-860-070
Subtask 32-12-00-942-064
B. Removal of Equipment
R
R (3) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-12-00
Page 449
Nov 01/09
CES
TASK 32-12-00-440-005
Restoration of the Aircraft after Flight with a Failed or Missing Ground Door
Opening Cable
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-12-00
Page 450
Nov 01/09
CES
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-12-00-941-068
A. Safety Precautions
EFF :
ALL 32-12-00
Page 451
Nov 01/09
CES
R (3) Put a WARNING NOTICE in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate
the Green and Yellow Hydraulic systems.
(4) On the panel 110VU, make sure that the GRAVITY GEAR EXTN handle is
folded into the center console.
(5) Make sure that the ground safety locks are installed on the landing
gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
Subtask 32-12-00-860-073
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED
_______
BEFORE YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
Subtask 32-12-00-865-074
C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/CTL 1701GK R35
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/MONG 1702GK R34
Subtask 32-12-00-010-064
D. Get Access
R (1) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) below the applicable zone 730(740).
FOR 2804GM
- open 195BB
FOR 2805GM
EFF :
ALL 32-12-00
Page 452
Nov 01/09
CES
- open 196BB.
(3) If necessary, open the MLG doors by the free fall system (Ref. TASK
32-33-00-720-001).
(4) Install a SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK (460005835) on each MLG door actuating
cylinder (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-002).
(5) Disconnect the isolation coupling of the PTU (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-
001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-12-00-420-068
R WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
R REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
R LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(1) Remove and discard the lock wire from the operating lever/by-pass
valve rigging pin holes.
(2) Install the RIGGING PIN (98DNSA20208040) in the rigging pin holes
through the operating lever into the by-pass valve.
(4) If the defective opening cable is installed with the cable ends
secured:
- release the cable end(s)
- replace the opening cable (Ref. TASK 32-12-16-000-001) (Ref. TASK
32-12-16-400-001).
Subtask 32-12-00-710-055
B. Operational Test
EFF :
ALL 32-12-00
Page 453
Nov 01/09
CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-12-00-410-056
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
FOR 2804GM
- close 195BB
FOR 2805GM
- close 196BB.
Subtask 32-12-00-860-074
(1) Connect the isolation coupling of the PTU (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-
002).
Subtask 32-12-00-865-075
C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1GA, 2GA, 52GA, 1701GK, 1702GK.
Subtask 32-12-00-942-066
D. Removal of Equipment
R
R (3) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-12-00
Page 454
Nov 01/09
CES
MAIN GEAR DOORS - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
_________________________________
TASK 32-12-00-710-002
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-12-00
Page 501
Nov 01/09
CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-12-00-941-057
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are on the landing gear
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
(4) Make sure that the travel ranges of the landing gear doors are clear.
Subtask 32-12-00-869-050
(1) Do the EIS start procedure (Upper ECAM DU and lower ECAM DU only)
(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).
(2) On panel 11VU, push (in) the WHEELS pushbutton switch (PBS/W).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-12-00-710-050
NOTE : During the test procedure, make sure that the mechanical system
____
operates freely and does not touch the structure.
(1) On the ECAM lower DU, make sure that the MLG door symbols are green
and in the doors-closed position (in-line).
(4) When the MLG doors start to open, the MLG doors symbols are amber and
not closed.
EFF :
ALL 32-12-00
Page 502
Nov 01/09
CES
(5) When the MLG doors are fully open, the MLG doors symbols are amber
and in the doors-fully-open position.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-12-00-869-051
Subtask 32-12-00-942-053
B. Removal of Equipment
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-12-00
Page 503
Feb 01/98
CES
TASK 32-12-00-820-001
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
Material No. 05-002 USA MIL-PRF-8116
PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 19-010 USA AMS 5687
R LOCKWIRE STAINLESS STEEL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA
R (Ref. 20-31-00)
EFF :
ALL 32-12-00
Page 504
Nov 01/09
CES
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-12-00-941-054
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are on the landing gear
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-12-00
Page 505
Nov 01/09
CES
(3) On the panel 400VU:
R - make sure that the landing-gear control-lever 6GA is in the DOWN
R position
R - put a WARNING NOTICE in position to tell persons not to operate the
R landing gear.
R (4) Put a WARNING NOTICE in the cockpit to tell persons not to pressurize
the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems.
Subtask 32-12-00-010-052
B. Get Access
R (1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) below the applicable zone 730(740).
(2) Open the applicable main gear door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).
(3) Make sure that the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK (460005835) is on the
applicable main gear door actuator.
Subtask 32-12-00-860-050
(1) Disconnect the isolation coupling of the PTU (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-
001).
(2) Make sure that the Green and Yellow hydraulic system are
depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001) and (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
864-002).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-12-00-820-050
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL
_______
SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
EFF :
ALL 32-12-00
Page 506
Nov 01/09
CES
MLG Door Ground-Opening System
Figure 501/TASK 32-12-00-991-004
EFF :
ALL 32-12-00
Page 507
Feb 01/98
CES
(a) Pressurize the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-
001).
(b) Remove the pin (2), put the handle (1) to the CLOSED position and
then install the pin (2).
1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (7).
2
_ Remove the nut (8), the washer (6), the bush (9) and the bolt
(10).
(f) Install the RIGGING PIN (98DNSA20208040) in the rear face of the
by-pass valve (21) at location X.
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
1
_ Remove and discard the lockwire and loosen the nut (5).
2
_ Adjust the eye-end (4) until it aligns with the hole in the
lever (11). Make sure that the eye-end is in safety (you can
see threads in the witness-hole of the eye-end).
3
_ Hold the eye-end (4) and tighten the nut (5).
R 4
_ Safety the nut (5) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).
5
_ Put the eye-end (4) in position and install the bush (9), the
bolt (10), the washer (6) and the nut (8). Safety the nut (8)
with a new cotter pin (7).
EFF :
ALL 32-12-00
Page 508
Nov 01/09
CES
6
_ Remove and discard the cotter pins (12). Remove the nuts (13),
the washers (14), the bushes (18), the bolts (19) and then the
rod (16).
7
_ Install the RIGGING PIN (98DNSA20208040) in the rear face of
the uplock (20) at location Y.
1
_ Remove and discard the lockwire and loosen the nuts (16).
2
_ Adjust the eye-ends (17) until they align with their related
attachment holes in the uplock (20) and the by-pass valve
(21). Make sure that the eye-ends are in safety (you can see
threads in the witness-holes of the eye-ends).
3
_ Hold the eye-ends (17) and tighten the locknuts (16). Safety
R the locknuts (16) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).
R 4
_ Application of special material:
a
_ Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the bushes
(18), the bolts (19), the washers (14) and the nuts (13).
5
_ Put the rod (15) in position and install the bushes (18), the
bolts (19), the washers (14) and the nuts (13). Safety each
nut (13) with a new cotter pin (12).
R 6
_ Remove the RIGGING PIN from the by-pass valve (21) and the
R uplock (20).
7
_ Remove the pin (2), put the handle (1) to the OPEN position
and install the pin (2).
EFF :
ALL 32-12-00
Page 509
Nov 01/09
CES
Subtask 32-12-00-863-053
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE CONTROLS AGREE WITH THE POSITION OF THE
_______
ITEMS THEY OPERATE BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
Subtask 32-12-00-410-052
C. Close Access
(1) Remove the pin (2). Move the handle (1) through its travel range and
make sure that:
- the system can move freely
- the system linkage does not touch other parts of the structure.
(2) Put the handle (1) to the OPEN position and install the pin (2).
(3) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(4) Close the applicable main gear door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001).
(5) Connect the isolation coupling of the PTU (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-
002).
Subtask 32-12-00-710-053
D. Test
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-12-00-942-056
A. Removal of Equipment
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 32-12-00
Page 510
Nov 01/09
CES
(3) Remove the warning notice(s).
(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-12-00
Page 511
Feb 01/98
CES
DOOR ASSY - MAIN - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_______________________________________
TASK 32-12-11-000-001
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
CAUTION : DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACES. THE COMPONENTS ARE MADE OF
_______
CARBONFIBER REINFORCED PLASTIC.
CAUTION : DO NOT MOVE THE ACTUATOR SUDDENLY. SUDDEN MOVEMENT CAN CAUSE DAMAGE
_______
AT THE FORK LUG OF THE ACTUATOR FITTING AT THE KEEL BEAM.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-12-11
Page 401
Aug 01/09
CES
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-12-11-010-050
A. Access
(1) Open the left hand and/or right hand main landing gear door.
(Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001)
Subtask 32-12-11-860-052
R Subtask 32-12-11-860-058
R (1) If the electrical power is not necessary for other maintenance tasks,
R de-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-
R 002). Then, it is not necessary to operate the LGCIU circuit
R breakers.
EFF :
ALL 32-12-11
Page 402
Nov 01/07
CES
Subtask 32-12-11-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/BRAKING AND STEERING/SYS2/SPLY 4GG M36
121VU HYDRAULIC/BRAKING AND STEERING/SYS2/CTL 3GG M35
121VU HYDRAULIC/BRAKING AND STEERING/SYS1/CTL 1GG M34
121VU HYDRAULIC/BRAKING AND STEERING/SYS1/IND AND/SPLY 2GG M33
121VU HYDRAULIC/Y HYD/PUMP ENG2/MONG 3700GD Q37
121VU HYDRAULIC/Y HYD/PUMP ENG2/CTL 3701GD Q36
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/CTL 1701GK R35
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/MONG 1702GK R34
Subtask 32-12-11-941-050
R E. Safety Precautions
(1) Put the warning notices in the flight compartment to tell persons not
to operate the landing gear doors.
(2) Put the warning notices in position to tell persons not to operate
the hydraulic systems.
(3) Put the access platform in position at zone 734 for the left hand
main landing gear door and/or zone 744 for the right hand main
landing gear door.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-12-11-020-053
(1) Remove and discard the cotter pins (1), (10) and (23) from the nuts
(2) and (9).
(2) Remove the nuts (9), the washers (8) and the screws (7), to
disconnect the bonding leads (11).
EFF :
ALL 32-12-11
Page 403
Nov 01/07
CES
Main Gear Doors (Z734/Z744) - Removal/Installation
Figure 401/TASK 32-12-11-991-001- 12 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
ALL 32-12-11
Page 404
Feb 01/98
CES
Main Gear Doors (Z734/Z744) - Removal/Installation
Figure 401/TASK 32-12-11-991-001- 22 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
ALL 32-12-11
Page 405
Feb 01/98
CES
(3) Disconnect the actuator (13) 2523GM (2522GM) from the main gear door
(Ref. TASK 32-31-35-000-001).
R NOTE : Do not move the actuator suddenly. Sudden movement can cause
____
R damage at the fork lug of the actuator fitting at the keel
R beam.
(4) Remove the nuts (2) and the washers (3) from the hinge bolts (12) and
(26).
Subtask 32-12-11-020-050
(1) Support the main gear door and remove the hinge bolts (12) and (26),
and the washers (25), if installed.
(2) Remove the spacers (4) and (24) and the bush (5).
(3) Remove the main gear door and put it on a clean and dry surface.
EFF :
ALL 32-12-11
Page 406
Nov 01/07
CES
TASK 32-12-11-400-001
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE CONTROLS AGREE WITH THE POSITION OF THE ITEMS THEY
_______
OPERATE BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
CAUTION : DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACES. THE COMPONENTS ARE MADE OF
_______
CARBONFIBER REINFORCED PLASTIC.
CAUTION : DO NOT MOVE THE ACTUATOR SUDDENLY. SUDDEN MOVEMENT CAN CAUSE DAMAGE
_______
AT THE FORK LUG OF THE ACTUATOR FITTING AT THE KEEL BEAM.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-12-11
Page 407
Nov 01/09
CES
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-12-11
Page 408
Aug 01/08
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-12-11-860-054
(1) Make sure that the Green hydraulic system is depressurized (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-001).
(2) Make sure that the warning notices are in the flight compartment to
tell persons not to operate the flight controls.
(3) Make sure that the warning notices are in position to tell persons
not to operate the hydraulic systems.
(4) Make sure that the access platforms are in position at zone 734
and/or zone 744.
Subtask 32-12-11-860-059
(1) If the electrical power is not necessary for other maintenance tasks,
make sure that the aircraft electrical circuits are de-energize
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002). Then, it is not necessary to operate
the LGCIU circuit breakers.
EFF :
ALL 32-12-11
Page 409
Aug 01/08
CES
Subtask 32-12-11-865-057
R C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/BRAKING AND STEERING/SYS2/SPLY 4GG M36
121VU HYDRAULIC/BRAKING AND STEERING/SYS2/CTL 3GG M35
121VU HYDRAULIC/BRAKING AND STEERING/SYS1/CTL 1GG M34
121VU HYDRAULIC/BRAKING AND STEERING/SYS1/IND AND/SPLY 2GG M33
121VU HYDRAULIC/Y HYD/PUMP ENG2/MONG 3700GD Q37
121VU HYDRAULIC/Y HYD/PUMP ENG2/CTL 3701GD Q36
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/CTL 1701GK R35
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/MONG 1702GK R34
Subtask 32-12-11-210-050
R D. Visual Inspection
(1) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
Subtask 32-12-11-110-050
R E. Cleaning
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-12-11-420-054
(1) Install the spacers (4) and (24) and the bush (5).
(2) Put the main gear door in position below the aircraft.
(3) Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the
hinge bolts (12) and (26).
EFF :
ALL 32-12-11
Page 410
Nov 01/07
CES
(4) Install the BULLET-LOCATING, MLG PIVOT BOLT on the hinge bolts (12)
and (26).
NOTE : Check that the position of the podger on the MLG door which is
____
going to be installed is in accordance with the tires
requirements.
Subtask 32-12-11-420-055
(1) Lift the main gear door and put it in position on the structure.
(b) Remove the BULLET-LOCATING, MLG PIVOT BOLT from the aft hinge
bolt (12).
(c) Install the spacer (4), the washer (3) and the nut (2) on the aft
hinge bolt (12).
(a) Install the forward hinge bolt (26), and up to two shim washers
(25) as necessary to achieve a gap of 0.1 mm (0.0039 in.) between
the spherical bearing (6) and the fitting.
(b) Remove the BULLET-LOCATING, MLG PIVOT BOLT from the forward hinge
bolt (26).
(c) Install the spacer (24), the washer (3) and the nut (2) on the
forward hinge bolt (26).
(4) Connect the actuator (13) 2523GM (2522GM) to the main gear door
(Ref. TASK 32-31-35-400-001).
NOTE : Do not move the actuator suddenly. Sudden movement can cause
____
damage at the fork lug of the actuator fitting at the keel
beam.
(5) TORQUE the nuts (2) on the hinge bolts (12) and (26) to between 2.8
and 5.6 m.daN (20.64 and 41.29 lbf.ft).
EFF :
ALL 32-12-11
Page 411
Feb 01/10
R
CES
(6) Safety the nut (2) on the aft hinge bolt (12) with a new cotter pin
(1).
NOTE : Do not safety the nut (2) on the forward hinge bolt (26) at
____
this time.
(7) Connect the bonding leads (11) with the screws (7), the washers (8)
and the nuts (9).
(8) Safety the nuts (9) with a new cotter pin (10).
Subtask 32-12-11-916-050
C. Protective Treatment
Subtask 32-12-11-640-050
D. Lubrication
(1) Lubricate the door hinge connection points. (Ref. TASK 12-22-32-640-
001)
Subtask 32-12-11-820-055
(1) Close the MLG doors to the fully closed position with the Uplock
locked (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001).
(2) Measure the gap between the door and the airframes.
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 32-12-11-991-002)
The correct gap is:
- from A to B. X = 4.5 +3.5 -2.5 mm (0.1771 +0.1377 -0.0984 in.) and
R - at C. Y = 8.5 +2.25 -2.25 mm (0.3346 +0.0885 -0.0885 in.).
If the gap is not correct, adjust on the hinge attachment point.
EFF :
ALL 32-12-11
Page 412
Feb 01/10
CES
Main Gear Doors (Z734/Z744) - Adjustment
Figure 402/TASK 32-12-11-991-003
EFF :
ALL 32-12-11
Page 413
Nov 01/07
R
CES
R Main Gear Doors (Z734/Z744) - Adjustment
Figure 403/TASK 32-12-11-991-002
EFF :
ALL 32-12-11
Page 414
Aug 01/09
CES
(a) Open the MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).
NOTE : Make sure that the spacer (8) is installed and a gap of
____
R 0.1 mm (0.0039 in.) minimum exists between the washer (3)
R and the fitting after the adjustment.
(c) Remove the nut (2), the washer (3) the spacer (8) and the hinge
bolt (6).
R NOTE : The installation of the shim washer (5) moves the door
____
R rearwards. Remove or peel off the shim washer (5) at AA to
R move the door forwards.
R (e) Install the BULLET-LOCATING, MLG PIVOT BOLT on the hinge bolt
(6).
R (f) Install the hinge bolt (6), the washer (3) and the nut (2).
(h) Remove the BULLET-LOCATING, MLG PIVOT BOLT from the hinge bolt
(6).
(i) TORQUE the nut (2) to between 2.8 and 5.6 m.daN (20.64 and 41.29
lbf.ft).
(j) Safety the nut (2) with a new cotter pin (1).
Subtask 32-12-11-820-057-A
R (1) Close the MLG doors to the fully closed position with the Uplock
R locked (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-12-11
Page 415
Aug 01/09
CES
Main Gear Door (Z734/Z744) - Adjustment
Figure 404/TASK 32-12-11-991-008
EFF :
ALL 32-12-11
Page 416
Nov 01/07
R
CES
(2) Measure the step between the MLG door rear edge and the airframe
structure .The door should make a continuous surface with the
adjacent fairing structure.
R (3) A maximum step of 1.5 mm (0.0590 in.) inside of the adjacent fairing
R structure is permitted.
R (5) Measure the step between the MLG door rear edge and the airframe
R structure. The door should make a continuous surface with the
R adjacent fairing structure. A maximum step of 2.5 mm (0.0984 in.) out
R of the adjacent fairing structure is permitted.
(6) It is also permitted a maximum step of 5.0 mm (0.1968 in.) out of the
adjacent structure on the last 80 mm (3.1496 in.) of the upper part
(MLG door rear edge).
(7) Adjust the door stoppers assemblies if the step is greater than the
maximum
R (b) Remove the nuts (1), the washers (2) and the screws (6).
(e) Install the stop (5) with the plate set-packing (4) and the plate
(3) with the screws (6) the washers (2) and the nuts (1).
Subtask 32-12-11-820-058
R (1) Close the MLG doors to the fully closed position with the Uplock
R locked (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-12-11
Page 417
Aug 01/09
CES
Main Gear Door (Z734/744) - Adjustment
Figure 405/TASK 32-12-11-991-005
EFF :
ALL 32-12-11
Page 418
Nov 01/07
R
CES
(2) Measure the step between the MLG door forward edge and the airframe
structure. The door should make a continuous surface with the
R adjacent fairing structure. A maximum step of 2.5 mm (0.0984 in.)
R inside of the adjacent fairing structure is permitted.
(3) Measure the step between the MLG door forward edge and the airframe
structure. The door should make a continuous surface with the
adjacent fairing structure.
(a) A maximum step of 1.5 mm (0.0590 in.) out of the adjacent fairing
structure is permitted.
(4) Adjust the uplock roller assembly as shown in view C if the step is
R greater than the maximum.
(d) Move the Uplock roller assembly mounting bracket (3) in the
required direction.
1
_ To lower the door, move the Uplock mounting bracket up, or
2
_ To raise the door, move the Uplock mounting bracket down.
(f) Safety the nuts (2) with a new cotter pin (1).
Subtask 32-12-11-820-059
(1) Open the MLG doors to the fully open position (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-
010-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-12-11
Page 419
Aug 01/09
CES
(2) Measure the gap X between the proximity sensors and the targets
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 32-12-11-991-006)
The correct gap should be 2.0 +0.5 -0.5 mm (0.0787 +0.0196 -0.0196
in.). If the gap is not correct, adjust on the proximity sensors.
(c) Remove the nuts (1), the washers (2) and the bolts (10).
(f) Put the proximity sensor (4) in position on the proximity sensor
mounting bracket.
(g) Install the bolts (10), the washers (2) and the nuts (1).
(h) TORQUE the nuts (1) to between 0.125 and 0.192 m.daN (11.06 and
16.99 lbf.in).
(i) Add SEALANTS (Material No. 09-004) to the bolts (10) and the nuts
(1).
(j) Remove the blanking cap from the electrical connector (3).
(k) Make sure that the electrical connector (3) is in the correct
condition.
EFF :
ALL 32-12-11
Page 420
Aug 01/09
R
CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
R
32-12-11
Page 421
Aug 01/09
CES
Main Gear Doors (Z734/Z744) - Adjustment
Figure 406/TASK 32-12-11-991-006- 12 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
ALL 32-12-11
Page 422
Aug 01/09
R
CES
Main Gear Doors (Z734/Z744) - Adjustment
Figure 406/TASK 32-12-11-991-006- 22 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
ALL 32-12-11
Page 423
Aug 01/09
R
CES
Subtask 32-12-11-820-060
(1) Measure the dimension Y between the center lines of the proximity
sensors and the targets
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 32-12-11-991-006)
The correct dimensions should be to a maximum of 2.5 mm (0.0984 in.)
either side of the center lines. If the dimension is not correct,
adjust on the targets.
(a) Remove the nuts (8), the washers (9) and the bolts (5).
(d) Put the target (6) in position on the target mounting bracket.
(e) Install the bolts (5), the washers (9) and the nuts (8).
(f) TORQUE the nuts (8) to between 0.124 and 0.192 m.daN (10.97 and
16.99 lbf.in).
(g) Add SEALANTS (Material No. 09-004) to the bolts (5) and the nuts
(8).
Subtask 32-12-11-710-050
K. Operational Test
(1) Do an operational test of the main gear doors (Ref. TASK 32-31-00-
710-002).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-12-11-860-055
EFF :
ALL 32-12-11
Page 424
Aug 01/09
R
CES
Subtask 32-12-11-865-054
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1GA, 4GG, 3GG, 1GG, 2GG, 2GA, 1701GK, 1702GK
Subtask 32-12-11-860-060
Subtask 32-12-11-942-050
(1) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-12-11
Page 425
Aug 01/09
CES
DOOR ASSY - MAIN - REPAIRS
__________________________
TASK 32-12-11-300-001
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE
_______
CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
CAUTION : DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACES. THE COMPONENTS ARE MADE OF
_______
CARBONFIBER REINFORCED PLASTIC.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-12-11
Page 801
Aug 01/04
R
CES
B. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-12-11-941-051
R A. Safety Precautions
(1) Prevent the damage to the anti-ice heat elements (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-
860-001)
(2) Put the warning notice in the flight compartment to tell persons not
to operate the landing gear doors in case not properly secured the
door levers.
(3) Put the access platform in position at zone 734 for the left hand
main landing gear door and/or zone 744 for the right hand main
landing gear door.
EFF :
ALL 32-12-11
Page 802
Aug 01/04
CES
R Subtask 32-12-11-860-056
R Subtask 32-12-11-865-055
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
R 121VU HYDRAULIC/BRAKING AND STEERING/SYS2/SPLY 4GG M36
R 121VU HYDRAULIC/BRAKING AND STEERING/SYS2/CTL 3GG M35
R 121VU HYDRAULIC/BRAKING AND STEERING/SYS1/CTL 1GG M34
R 121VU HYDRAULIC/BRAKING AND STEERING/SYS1/IND AND/SPLY 2GG M33
R 121VU HYDRAULIC/Y HYD/PUMP ENG2/MONG 3700GD Q37
R 121VU HYDRAULIC/Y HYD/PUMP ENG2/CTL 3701GD Q36
R 121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
R 121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/CTL 1701GK R35
R 121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/MONG 1702GK R34
R Subtask 32-12-11-010-053
R D. Access
R (1) Open the main landing gear doors (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-12-11-020-051
(1) Remove the nuts (5), the washers (6) and the screws (7) from the U
section (2) and the section (3).
(4) Position the new tip seal (4) on the door tip (1).
EFF :
ALL 32-12-11
Page 803
Aug 01/04
CES
Main Landing Gear Door Seal Replacement
Figure 801/TASK 32-12-11-991-004
EFF :
ALL 32-12-11
Page 804
Nov 01/00
R
CES
(5) Install the new tip seal (4), the U section (2) and the section (3)
with the screws (7), the washers (6) and the nuts (5).
Subtask 32-12-11-020-052
(1) Remove the fasteners (Ref. ASRM 514211019) from the U sections (11)
and (17).
(3) Remove and discard the sealing strips (10) and (18).
(4) Install in position the new strip sealing (10) and strip sealing
(18).
(5) Install the U sections (11) and (17) with rivets (19) (Ref. ASRM
514211007).
(6) Remove the rivets (19) (Ref. ASRM 514211019) from the U sections
(12), (13), (14), (15) and (16).
(7) Remove the U sections (12), (13), (14), (15) and (16).
(10) Install the U sections (12), (13), (14),(15) and (16) with the rivets
(19) (Ref. ASRM 514211007) on the door (9).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-12-11-410-050
R A. Close Access
R Subtask 32-12-11-865-056
R B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
R 1GA, 4GG, 3GG, 1GG, 2GG, 2GA, 1701GK, 1702GK
EFF :
ALL 32-12-11
Page 805
Aug 01/04
CES
R Subtask 32-12-11-942-051
R (1) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-12-11
Page 806
Aug 01/04
CES
DOOR ASSY - SECONDARY HINGED FAIRING - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________________________________
TASK 32-12-13-000-001
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-12-13
Page 401
Nov 01/09
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-12-13-941-050
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are installed on the landing
gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-12-13
Page 402
Feb 01/10
CES
(4) On panel 110VU, make sure that the GRAVITY GEAR EXTN handle is folded
into the center console.
(5) Put a WARNING NOTICE at the ground door opening panel, to tell
persons not to operate the landing gear doors.
Subtask 32-12-13-869-052
(1) If the electrical power is not necessary for other maintenance tasks,
de-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-
002). Then, it is not necessary to operate the LGCIU circuit
breakers.
Subtask 32-12-13-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
Subtask 32-12-13-010-053
D. Get Access
R (1) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT) below the applicable zone:
- for the left wing, below zone 733
- for the right wing, below zone 743.
(2) Remove the fixed fairing (Ref. TASK 32-12-14-000-001) only if a new
secondary hinged fairing is to be installed.
NOTE : If you remove the secondary hinged fairing for access only, it
____
is not necessary to remove the fixed fairing.
EFF :
ALL 32-12-13
Page 403
Nov 01/09
CES
Secondary Hinged Fairing
Figure 401/TASK 32-12-13-991-001- 12 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203, 32-12-13
Page 404
May 01/05
CES
Secondary Hinged Fairing
Figure 401/TASK 32-12-13-991-001- 22 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203, 32-12-13
Page 405
May 01/05
CES
Secondary Hinged Fairing
Figure 401A/TASK 32-12-13-991-001-A12 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF : 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-12-13
Page 406
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
Secondary Hinged Fairing
Figure 401A/TASK 32-12-13-991-001-A22 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF : 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-12-13
Page 407
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-12-13-020-050
(1) Remove and discard the cotter pins (4) and (8).
(2) Remove the nut (5), the bolt (7) and the bonding tag (6).
(4) Carefully remove the secondary hinged fairing (2). If necessary, use
a WEDGE - NON METALLIC to loosen the seal to release the secondary
hinged fairing.
(5) Loosely attach the nuts (5) and (9) and the bolts (7) and (10) to the
secondary hinged fairing (2).
EFF :
ALL 32-12-13
Page 408
Feb 01/10
CES
TASK 32-12-13-400-001
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING
_______
NOTICES ARE IN POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-12-13
Page 409
Nov 01/09
CES
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
Material No. 09-001 USA MIL-S-8802 TYPE I CLASS A
FUEL TANK SEALANT (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-018 USA AMS 3267/3
NO LONGER AVAILABLE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-026 GB DEF-STAN 68-148/1
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-005
WAX CRAYON (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 19-010 USA AMS 5687
R LOCKWIRE STAINLESS STEEL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA
R (Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-12-13
Page 410
Nov 01/09
CES
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-12-13
Page 411
Feb 01/10
CES
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-12-13-941-053
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are installed on the landing
gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
(4) On panel 110VU, make sure that the GRAVITY GEAR EXTN handle is folded
into the center console.
(5) Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE is in position at the ground door
opening panel, to tell persons not to operate the landing gear doors.
R (6) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT) is in position below
the applicable MLG.
Subtask 32-12-13-865-051
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
Subtask 32-12-13-869-053
(1) If you did not open the LGCIU circuit breakers, make sure that the
electrical circuits are de-energized (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
EFF :
ALL 32-12-13
Page 412
Nov 01/09
CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-12-13-420-052
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE CONSUMABLE MATERIAL(S). YOU MUST
_______
OBEY THE OPERATORS AND MANUFACTURERS HEALTH AND SAFETY
INSTRUCTIONS.
(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with a
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-026).
(2) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
(4) Remove the nut (5) and the bolt (7) from the secondary hinged fairing
(2).
(5) Remove the lockwire from the actuating rod (3) locknuts.
(7) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-018) to the interface of the hinge
(1) and the secondary hinged fairing (2).
EFF :
ALL 32-12-13
Page 413
Feb 01/10
CES
(8) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-001) to the bolts (7) and (10), but
not the threads or the end.
Subtask 32-12-13-420-050
(1) Hold the secondary hinged fairing (2) in the correct position and
install the bolts (10) and the nuts (9).
(2) Install the bolt (7), the bonding tag (6) and the nut (5).
(3) Install, bond and seal the bonding tag (6) to the hinge (1)
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).
(4) TORQUE the nuts (5) and (9) to between 0.28 and 0.34 m.daN (24.77 and
30.08 lbf.in).
(5) Safety the nut (5) with a new cotter pin (4).
(6) Safety the nuts (9) with new cotter pins (8).
(8) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 32-12-13-582-050
Subtask 32-12-13-865-052
D. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1GA, 2GA, 52GA
EFF :
ALL 32-12-13
Page 414
Nov 01/09
R
CES
Subtask 32-12-13-860-053
(2) On panel 40VU, make sure that the PTU-AUTO pushbutton switch OFF
light is on.
(4) Make sure that a SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK is on the applicable MLG door
actuator.
(6) Make sure that a SAFETY PIN - NLG DOOR is installed in each NLG door
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-002).
(7) Remove the ground lock sleeve from the applicable MLG.
(8) Open the access panel 197CB to get access to the Green
hydraulic-system ground-connection.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE EDGES OF THE FAIRINGS DO NOT HIT THE
_______
WING OPENING WHILE YOU RETRACT THE LANDING GEAR.
(b) Retract the applicable landing gear with the hand pump on the
ground hydraulic cart (or use the electric pump on a very low
flow rate) until it is in the uplock position (on panel 402VU,
the related red UNLK legend(s) go(es) off).
EFF :
ALL 32-12-13
Page 415
Nov 01/09
CES
Subtask 32-12-13-865-053
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
Subtask 32-12-13-820-051
R (1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE below the applicable
zone:
- for the left wing, below zone 733
- for the right wing, below zone 743.
(2) Get access to the actuating rod (3) through the fixed fairing
aperture.
(3) Adjust the actuating rod (3) to raise the door to make sure that the
dimensions (DIM Y and Z) at positions T, U, V, and W are correct:
- the average of DIM Y at positions T and U must be between -2.5 mm
(-0.0984 in.) and 2.0 mm (0.0787 in.)
- the average of DIM Z at positions V and W must be between -2.5 mm
(-0.0984 in.) and 2.0 mm (0.0787 in.).
Subtask 32-12-13-865-054
H. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1GA, 2GA, 52GA
EFF :
ALL 32-12-13
Page 416
Nov 01/09
CES
Subtask 32-12-13-867-052
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE LANDING GEAR ARE CLEAR.
_______
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLOW RATE AND THE SUPPLY PRESSURE ON THE
_______
GROUND HYDRAULIC CART ARE SET TO A MINIMUM.
(1) On the panel 400VU, move the landing-gear control-lever 6GA to the
DOWN position.
(2) Extend the applicable landing gear with the hand pump on the ground
hydraulic cart (or use the electric pump on a very low flow rate)
until locked in the DOWN position.
Subtask 32-12-13-865-055
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
Subtask 32-12-13-420-051
R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE CONSUMABLE MATERIAL(S). YOU MUST
_______
R OBEY THE OPERATORS AND MANUFACTURERS HEALTH AND SAFETY
R INSTRUCTIONS.
(1) Install the ground lock sleeve on the applicable MLG (Ref. TASK 32-
00-00-481-001).
R (2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE below the applicable
zone:
- for the left wing, below zone 733
- for the right wing, below zone 743.
EFF :
ALL 32-12-13
Page 417
Nov 01/09
CES
(3) Torque the actuating rod (3) locknuts to between 1.13 and 1.6 m.daN
(99.99 and 141.59 lbf.in).
Subtask 32-12-13-410-051
M. Close Access
Subtask 32-12-13-942-053
N. Removal of Equipment
(1) Remove the ground lock sleeve from the applicable MLG.
Subtask 32-12-13-865-056
P. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1GA, 2GA, 52GA
Subtask 32-12-13-720-050
Q. Test
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-12-13-860-052
(1) Install the ground lock sleeve on the applicable MLG (Ref. TASK 32-
00-00-481-001).
(3) Put the aircraft back to the ground configuration (Ref. TASK 32-00-
00-860-002).
EFF :
ALL 32-12-13
Page 418
Nov 01/09
CES
(4) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
Subtask 32-12-13-410-050
B. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 32-12-13-942-054
C. Removal of Equipment
(1) Remove the temporary wax pencil marks from the skin at the inboard
edge of the secondary hinged fairing.
(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-12-13
Page 419
Nov 01/09
CES
TASK 32-12-13-400-002
Installation of the Secondary Hinged Fairing (That was Removed for Access Only)
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING
_______
NOTICES ARE IN POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-12-13
Page 420
Nov 01/09
CES
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-12-13
Page 421
Nov 01/09
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-12-13-941-054
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are installed on the landing
gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
(4) On panel 110VU, make sure that the GRAVITY GEAR EXTN handle is folded
into the center console.
(5) Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE is in position at the ground door
opening panel, to tell persons not to operate the landing gear doors.
EFF :
ALL 32-12-13
Page 422
Feb 01/10
CES
R (6) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT) is in position below
the applicable MLG.
Subtask 32-12-13-865-059
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-12-13-420-053
R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE CONSUMABLE MATERIAL(S). YOU MUST
_______
R OBEY THE OPERATORS AND MANUFACTURERS HEALTH AND SAFETY
R INSTRUCTIONS.
NOTE : Make sure that the lockwire on the actuating rod locknuts is
____
satisfactory. If it is unsatisfactory, you must do the
Installation of a Replacement Secondary Hinged Fairing (Ref. TASK
32-12-13-400-001).
(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with a
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-026).
(2) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
(4) Remove the nut (5) and the bolt (7) from the secondary hinged fairing
(2).
(5) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-018) to the interface of the hinge
(1) and the secondary hinged fairing (2).
(6) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-001) to the bolts (7) and (10), but
not the threads or the end.
EFF :
ALL 32-12-13
Page 423
Nov 01/09
CES
Subtask 32-12-13-420-054
(1) Hold the secondary hinged fairing (2) in the correct position and
install the bolts (10) and the nuts (9).
(2) Install the bolt (7), the bonding tag (6) and the nut (5).
(3) Install, bond and seal the bonding tag (6) to the hinge (1)
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).
(4) TORQUE the nuts (5) and (9) to between 0.28 and 0.34 m.daN (24.77 and
30.08 lbf.in).
(5) Safety the nut (5) with a new cotter pin (4).
(6) Safety the nuts (7) with new cotter pins (8).
(8) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 32-12-13-865-060
C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1GA, 2GA, 52GA
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-12-13-942-055
A. Removal of Equipment
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(3) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-12-13
Page 424
Nov 01/09
CES
FAIRING ASSY - FIXED, LEG - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________________________
TASK 32-12-14-000-001
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-12-14
Page 401
Nov 01/09
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-12-14-941-050
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are on the landing gear
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
(4) On the panel 110VU, make sure that the GRAVITY GEAR EXTN handle is
folded into the center console.
Subtask 32-12-14-010-053
B. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT) in position below the applicable
zone 733(743).
EFF :
ALL 32-12-14
Page 402
Feb 01/10
CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-12-14-020-050
NOTE : Do not move the locknuts (2) and (10) or you will cause the fixed
____
fairing (1) to go out of adjustment.
(1) At the positions C and F, remove the screws (19) and remove the cover
plate (20).
(2) Hold the head of the screw (21) and remove the nut (9). Disconnect
the bonding strap (8) from the fixed fairing (1).
(4) Remove the nuts (3) and the washers (5) from the bolts (7).
EFF :
ALL 32-12-14
Page 403
Feb 01/10
CES
MLG Fixed Fairing Assembly - Location and Detail
Figure 401/TASK 32-12-14-991-005
R
EFF :
001-049, 051-060, 101-101, 32-12-14
Page 404
May 01/05
CES
MLG Fixed Fairing Assembly - Location and Detail
R Figure 401A/TASK 32-12-14-991-005-C
R
EFF :
301-399, 32-12-14
Page 405
Nov 01/08
CES
MLG Fixed Fairing Assembly - Location and Detail
Figure 401B/TASK 32-12-14-991-005-B
R
EFF : 051-099, 102-149, 151-199, 201-249,
251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
32-12-14
Page 406
Feb 01/10
CES
(d) Remove the bush (11).
(8) At the positions B, D and E, remove the bolts (7) and the bushes (6).
Remove the fixed fairing (1).
Subtask 32-12-14-020-050-B
NOTE : Do not move the locknuts (3) and (11) or you will cause the fixed
____
fairing (1) to go out of adjustment.
(2) Remove the screws (20) and remove the cover plates (21).
R (3) Hold the head of the screw (22). Remove the nut (10) to release the
R bonding strap (9) from the fixed fairing (1).
(5) Remove the nuts (4) and the washers (6) from the bolts (8).
EFF :
001-049, 051-060, 101-101, 301-399, 32-12-14
Page 407
Nov 01/09
CES
(c) Remove the bolt (19).
(9) Remove the bolts (8) and the bushes (7). Remove the fixed fairing
(1).
Subtask 32-12-14-020-050-A
NOTE : Do not move the locknuts (2) and (10) or you will cause the fixed
____
fairing (1) to go out of adjustment.
(1) Remove the screws (19) and remove the cover plates (20).
(2) Hold the head of the screw (21). Remove the nut (9) to release the
bonding strap (8) from the fixed fairing (1).
(4) Remove the nuts (3) and the washers (5) from the bolts (7).
R
EFF : 051-099, 102-149, 151-199, 201-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-12-14
Page 408
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
(c) Remove the bolt (18).
(8) Remove the bolts (7) and the bushes (6). Remove the fixed fairing
(1).
R
EFF : 051-099, 102-149, 151-199, 201-249,
251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
32-12-14
Page 409
Feb 01/10
CES
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 32-12-14-400-001
Installation of the MLG Fixed Fairing Assembly (That was Removed For Access
Only)
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-12-14
Page 410
Nov 01/08
CES
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-12-14
Page 411
Feb 01/09
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-12-14-941-054
A. Safety Precautions
EFF :
ALL 32-12-14
Page 412
Feb 01/10
CES
Subtask 32-12-14-860-053
(1) Make sure that the safety device is installed on the applicable MLG
lockstay actuator (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
(2) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT) is in position below
the applicable zone 733(743).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-12-14-420-057
WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE CONSUMABLE MATERIAL(S). YOU MUST
_______
OBEY THE OPERATORS AND MANUFACTURERS HEALTH AND SAFETY
INSTRUCTIONS.
(1) Clean the component interfaces and the adjacent areas with a
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-026).
(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
EFF :
ALL 32-12-14
Page 413
Feb 01/10
CES
(4) Make sure that the lockwire around the lock nuts (2) and (10) is
satisfactory. If the lockwire is not satisfactory you must do the
Installation of a Replacement MLG Fixed Fairing Assembly (Ref. TASK
32-12-14-400-002).
(5) Make sure that the fixed fairing assembly (1) is in a servicable
condition.
Subtask 32-12-14-420-057-A
WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE CONSUMABLE MATERIAL(S). YOU MUST
_______
OBEY THE OPERATORS AND MANUFACTURERS HEALTH AND SAFETY
INSTRUCTIONS.
(1) Clean the component interfaces and the adjacent areas with a
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-026).
(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
(4) Make sure that the lockwire around the lock nuts (3) and (11) is
satisfactory. If the lockwire is not satisfactory you must do the
Installation of a Replacement MLG Fixed Fairing Assembly (Ref. TASK
32-12-14-400-002).
(5) Make sure that the fixed fairing assembly (1) is in a servicable
condition.
Subtask 32-12-14-420-055-B
WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE CONSUMABLE MATERIAL(S). YOU MUST
_______
OBEY THE OPERATORS AND MANUFACTURERS HEALTH AND SAFETY
INSTRUCTIONS.
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-12-14
Page 414
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
WARNING : THE WEIGHT OF THE FIXED FAIRING IS 34kg (75lb).
_______
(1) Hold the fixed fairing (1) in position on the brackets of the MLG
leg.
(2) At the position C, install the bush (11), the bolt (18), the washer
(15) and the nut (14).
(a) Install the bush (17), the bolt (18), the washer (15) and the nut
(14).
(b) Make sure that the dimensions Y and Z are between 1.3 mm
(0.0511 in.) and 2.7 mm (0.1062 in.).
(4) At the positions B, D and E, install the bushes (6), the bolts (7),
the washers (5) and the nuts (3).
(5) TORQUE the nuts (3) to between 1.15 and 1.35 m.daN (101.76 and 119.46
lbf.in).
(6) Safety the nuts (3) with the new cotter pins (4).
(a) Make sure that the dimensions Y and Z are correct. They must
be between 1.3 mm (0.0511 in.) and 2.7 mm (0.1062 in.).
(b) TORQUE the nut (14) to between 1.15 and 1.35 m.daN (101.76 and
119.46 lbf.in).
(c) Safety the nut (14) with a new cotter pin (12).
(a) TORQUE the nut (14) to between 1.80 and 2.0 m.daN (13.27 and
14.74 lbf.ft).
(b) Safety the nut (14) with a new cotter pin (13).
R
EFF :
001-049, 051-060, 101-101, 32-12-14
Page 415
Feb 01/09
CES
Fixed Fairing - Rigging
Figure 402/TASK 32-12-14-991-002
R
EFF :
001-049, 051-060, 101-101, 32-12-14
Page 416
Nov 01/08
CES
(9) Clean the components that follow with a clean MISCELLANEOUS (Material
No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026):
- the bolts (7) and (18)
- the washers (5) and (15)
- the nuts (3) and (14).
(11) Install the bonding strap (8) on the screw (21) and install the nut
(9) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).
(12) Hold the head of the screw (21) and TORQUE the nut (9) to between
0.35 and 0.45 m.daN (30.97 and 39.82 lbf.in).
(14) Install the cover plate (20) with the screws (19).
(15) TORQUE the screws (19) to between 0.17 and 0.23 m.daN (15.04 and
20.35 lbf.in).
Subtask 32-12-14-420-055-D
WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE CONSUMABLE MATERIAL(S). YOU MUST
_______
OBEY THE OPERATORS AND MANUFACTURERS HEALTH AND SAFETY
INSTRUCTIONS.
(1) Hold the fixed fairing (1) in position on the brackets of the MLG
leg.
(2) At the position C, install the bush (16), the bolt (19), the washer
(15) and the nut (14).
R
EFF :
001-049, 051-060, 101-101, 301-399, 32-12-14
Page 417
Feb 01/09
CES
(3) At the position F:
(Ref. Fig. 402A/TASK 32-12-14-991-002-A)
(a) Install the bush (18), the bolt (19), the washer (15) and the nut
(14).
(4) At the positions B, D and E, install the bushes (7), the bolts (8),
the washers (6) and the nuts (4).
(5) TORQUE the nuts (4) to between 1.15 and 1.35 m.daN (101.76 and 119.46
lbf.in).
(6) Safety the nuts (4) with the new cotter pins (5).
(b) Make sure that the dimensions Y and Z are correct. They must
be between 1.3 mm (0.0511 in.) and 2.7 mm (0.1062 in.).
(c) TORQUE the nut (14) to between 1.80 and 2.00 m.daN (13.27 and
14.74 lbf.ft).
(d) Safety the nut (14) with a new cotter pin (12).
(a) TORQUE the nut (14) to between 1.15 and 1.35 m.daN (101.76 and
119.46 lbf.in).
(b) Safety the nut (14) with a new cotter pin (13).
(9) Clean the components that follow with a clean MISCELLANEOUS (Material
No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026):
- the bolts (8) and (19)
- the washers (6) and (15)
- the nuts (4) and (14).
EFF :
301-399, 32-12-14
Page 418
Feb 01/09
R
CES
Fixed Fairing - Rigging
Figure 402A/TASK 32-12-14-991-002-A
R
EFF : 051-099, 102-149, 151-199, 201-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-12-14
Page 419
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
(10) Apply a thin layer of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-018) or SEALANTS
(Material No. 09-019) to the components that follow:
- the bolts (8) and (19)
- the nuts (4) and (14).
(11) Install the bonding strap (9) on the screw (22) and install the nut
(10) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).
(12) Hold the head of the screw (22) and TORQUE the nut (10) to between
0.35 and 0.45 m.daN (30.97 and 39.82 lbf.in).
(14) Install the cover plate (21) with the screws (20).
(15) TORQUE the screws (20) to between 0.17 and 0.23 m.daN (15.04 and
20.35 lbf.in).
Subtask 32-12-14-420-055-C
WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE CONSUMABLE MATERIAL(S). YOU MUST
_______
OBEY THE OPERATORS AND MANUFACTURERS HEALTH AND SAFETY
INSTRUCTIONS.
(1) Hold the fixed fairing (1) in position on the brackets of the MLG
leg.
(2) At the position C, install the bush (15), the bolt (18), the washer
(14) and the nut (13).
(a) Install the bush (17), the bolt (18), the washer (14) and the nut
(13).
R
EFF : 051-099, 102-149, 151-199, 201-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-12-14
Page 420
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
(b) Install the SPACER-RIGGING (98D32104083000) on the bolt (18).
This will make sure that the dimensions Y and Z are correct.
They must be between 1.3 mm (0.0511 in.) and 2.7 mm (0.1062 in.).
(4) At the positions B, D and E, install the bushes (6), the bolts (7),
the washers (5) and the nuts (3).
(5) TORQUE the nuts (3) to between 1.15 and 1.35 m.daN (101.76 and 119.46
lbf.in).
(6) Safety the nuts (3) with the new cotter pins (4).
(b) Make sure that the dimensions Y and Z are correct. They must
be between 1.3 mm (0.0511 in.) and 2.7 mm (0.1062 in.).
(c) TORQUE the nut (13) to between 1.80 and 2.00 m.daN (13.27 and
14.74 lbf.ft).
(d) Safety the nut (13) with a new cotter pin (11).
(a) TORQUE the nut (13) to between 1.15 and 1.35 m.daN (101.76 and
119.46 lbf.in).
(b) Safety the nut (13) with a new cotter pin (12).
(9) Clean the components that follow with a clean MISCELLANEOUS (Material
No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026):
- the bolts (7) and (18)
- the washers (5) and (14)
- the nuts (3) and (13).
(11) Install the bonding strap (8) on the screw (21) and install the nut
(9) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).
R
EFF : 051-099, 102-149, 151-199, 201-249,
251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
32-12-14
Page 421
Feb 01/10
CES
(12) Hold the head of the screw (21) and TORQUE the nut (9) to between
0.35 and 0.45 m.daN (30.97 and 39.82 lbf.in).
(14) Install the cover plate (20) with the screws (19).
(15) TORQUE the screws (19) to between 0.17 and 0.23 m.daN (15.04 and
20.35 lbf.in).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-12-14-942-051
A. Removal of Equipment
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(5) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-12-14
Page 422
Nov 01/09
CES
TASK 32-12-14-400-002
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING
_______
NOTICES ARE IN POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
NOTE : This procedure can be used for the installation of the fixed fairing
____
after replacement of fairing attachments.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-12-14
Page 423
Nov 01/09
CES
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-12-14
Page 424
Nov 01/08
CES
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-12-14
Page 425
Feb 01/10
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-12-14-941-061
A. Safety Precautions
(3) Put the SAFETY BARRIERS at the limits of the MLG travel ranges.
(4) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT) is in position.
(5) Make sure that the safety device is installed on the applicable MLG
lockstay actuator (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-12-14
Page 426
Feb 01/10
CES
Subtask 32-12-14-860-054
(1) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT) is below the applicable
MLG.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-12-14-420-058
R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE CONSUMABLE MATERIAL(S). YOU MUST
_______
R OBEY THE OPERATORS AND MANUFACTURERS HEALTH AND SAFETY
R INSTRUCTIONS.
(1) Clean the component interfaces and/or the adjacent areas with a
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-026).
(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
Subtask 32-12-14-560-050
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(1) Remove and discard the lockwire from the lock nuts (10) and (29).
(3) Adjust the eye-ends (3) out of the spools (2) so that the dimension W
is between 44.0 mm (1.7322 in.) and 46.0 mm (1.8110 in.).
EFF :
ALL 32-12-14
Page 427
Nov 01/09
CES
Fixed Fairing - Installation
Figure 403/TASK 32-12-14-991-001
R
EFF :
001-049, 051-060, 101-101, 32-12-14
Page 428
Nov 01/08
CES
(4) Remove the bolts (5) and the washers (4).
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(5) Remove and discard the lockwire from the lock nuts (12).
(6) Loosen the lock nuts (12) so that the studs (20) can turn. Make sure
that the serrated plates (16) do not disengage.
Subtask 32-12-14-420-059-B
(2) At the position C, install the bush (21), the bolt (27), the washer
(22) and the nut (23).
(3) At the position F, install the bush (26), the bolt (27), the washer
(22) and the nut (23).
(4) Install the bolts (9), the washers (8) and the nuts (7).
(5) Temporarily tighten the lock nuts (12). This will cause the MLG fixed
fairing (1) to become stable during MLG retraction.
(7) Remove the lock nuts (12), the locking devices (13) and (14) and the
outer serrated plates (16).
(8) Turn the studs (20) so that they are fully into the rod-ends (28).
(9) Turn the spools (2) to get the dimensions that follow:
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 32-12-14-991-003)
(a) The dimension V must be between 2.5 mm (0.0984 in.) and 9.5 mm
(0.3740 in.).
R
EFF :
001-049, 051-060, 101-101, 32-12-14
Page 429
Nov 01/08
CES
Fixed Fairing - Installation
Figure 403A/TASK 32-12-14-991-001-C
R
EFF :
301-399, 32-12-14
Page 430
Nov 01/08
CES
Fixed Fairing - Installation
Figure 403B/TASK 32-12-14-991-001-B
R
EFF : 051-099, 102-149, 151-199, 201-249,
251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
32-12-14
Page 431
Feb 01/10
CES
Fixed Fairing - Rigging
Figure 404/TASK 32-12-14-991-003
R
EFF :
001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203, 32-12-14
Page 432
Nov 01/08
CES
(b) At the position H, the dimension T must be between -1.5 mm (-
0.0590 in.) and -4.5 mm (-0.1771 in.) (Negative Step).
(d) The dimension S must be between 2.5 mm (0.0984 in.) and 9.5 mm
(0.3740 in.).
(e) The dimension R must be between 14.0 mm (0.5511 in.) and 31.0 mm
(1.2204 in.).
(h) The dimension W must be between 1.3 mm (0.0511 in.) and 10.7 mm
(0.4212 in.)
(10) Turn the studs (20) out of the rod-ends (28) until the shoulders of
the studs (20) touch the support plates (19).
(11) Install the outer serrated plates (16), the locking devices (14) and
(13) and the lock nuts (12).
(12) Tighten the lock nuts (12) sufficiently to make sure that the
serrated plates (16) do not disengage. However, make sure that you
can turn the studs (20).
(13) Make sure that the fixed fairing (1) steps and gaps are correct
(refer to the dimensions above). If necessary use the spools (2) to
adjust the MLG fixed fairing (1) to the correct position.
(14) If necessary, adjust each stud (20) so that the stud shoulder touches
the support plate (19).
EFF :
001-049, 051-060, 101-101, 32-12-14
Page 433
Nov 01/08
R
CES
(17) Make sure that the safety devices are on the applicable MLG
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
(18) Make sure that the thread of each stud (20) can be seen through the
inspection hole in the rod-end (28).
(19) Turn each spool (2), the minimum amount, to align a slot with the
thread hole in the fixed fairing (1).
(21) TORQUE the bolts (5) to between 0.17 and 0.23 m.daN (15.04 and 20.35
lbf.in).
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(22) Safety the bolts (5) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).
(23) TORQUE the lock nuts (12) to between 0.4 and 0.5 m.daN (35.39 and
44.24 lbf.in).
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(24) Safety the lock nuts (12) to the locking devices (14) with
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).
(25) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-013) to the lock nuts (12), the
locking devices (13) and (14) and to the end of the studs (20).
(26) Install the cover plates (11) and the screws (30).
(27) TORQUE the screws (30) to between 0.17 and 0.23 m.daN (15.04 and
20.35 lbf.in).
(28) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-013) to the cover plates (11) and the
screws (30).
(29) At the position F, make sure that the dimensions Z and Y are correct.
They must be between 1.3 mm (0.0511 in.) and 2.7 mm (0.1062 in.).
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 32-12-14-991-002)
(30) Hold the rod-ends (28) and TORQUE the lock nuts (29) to between 0.4
and 0.5 m.daN (35.39 and 44.24 lbf.in).
R
EFF :
001-049, 051-060, 101-101, 32-12-14
Page 434
Nov 01/08
CES
(31) Measure the dimension X. It must not be more than 26.0 mm (1.0236
in.).
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 32-12-14-991-002)
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(32) Safety the lock nuts (29) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).
(33) TORQUE the lock nuts (10) to between 0.4 and 0.5 m.daN (35.39 and
44.24 lbf.in).
(34) Measure the dimension W. It must not be more than 40.0 mm (1.5748
in.).
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 32-12-14-991-002)
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(35) Safety the lock nuts (10) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).
(36) TORQUE the nuts (7) to between 1.15 and 1.35 m.daN (101.76 and 119.46
lbf.in).
(38) At the position C, TORQUE the nuts (23) to between 1.8 and 2.0 m.daN
(13.27 and 14.74 lbf.ft).
(39) At the position F, TORQUE the nuts (23) to between 1.15 and 1.35
m.daN (101.76 and 119.46 lbf.in).
(40) At the position F, install and safety the new cotter pin (24).
(41) At the position C, install and safety the new cotter pin (25).
(42) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-013) to the parts that follow:
NOTE : Make sure that the sealant does not go into the spherical
____
bearings of the eye-ends (3) and the rod-ends (28).
R
EFF :
001-049, 051-060, 101-101, 32-12-14
Page 435
Nov 01/08
CES
- the bolts (27), the washers (22) and the nuts (23)
- the studs (20) and the lock nuts (29).
(43) Install the bonding strap (17) on the screw (15) and install the nut
(18) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).
Subtask 32-12-14-560-050-B
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(1) Remove and discard the lockwire from the lock nuts (11) and (30).
(3) Adjust the eye-ends (4) out of the spools (3) so that the dimension W
is between 44.0 mm (1.7322 in.) and 46.0 mm (1.8110 in.).
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(5) Remove and discard the lockwire from the lock nuts (13).
(6) Loosen the lock nuts (13) so that the studs (21) can turn. Make sure
that the serrated plates (17) do not disengage.
Subtask 32-12-14-420-059-D
R
EFF :
001-049, 051-060, 101-101, 301-399, 32-12-14
Page 436
Nov 01/08
CES
(2) At the position C, install the bush (26), the bolt (28), the washer
(25) and the nut (24).
(3) At the position F, install the bush (27), the bolt (28), the washer
(25) and the nut (24).
(5) Install the bolts (10), the washers (9) and the nuts (8).
(6) Tighten the lock nuts (13) sufficiently to make sure that the MLG
fixed fairing (1) is stable during MLG retraction.
(8) Remove the lock nuts (13), the locking devices (14) and (15) and the
outer serrated plates (17).
(9) Turn the studs (21) so that they are fully on the rod-ends (29).
(10) Turn the spools (3) to get the dimensions that follow:
(Ref. Fig. 404B/TASK 32-12-14-991-003-B)
(a) The dimension V must be between 2.5 mm (0.0984 in.) and 9.5 mm
(0.3740 in.).
(d) The dimension S must be between 2.5 mm (0.0984 in.) and 9.5 mm
(0.3740 in.).
(e) The dimension R must be between 14.0 mm (0.5511 in.) and 31.0 mm
(1.2204 in.).
EFF :
301-399, 32-12-14
Page 437
Nov 01/08
R
CES
Fixed Fairing - Rigging
Figure 404A/TASK 32-12-14-991-003-A
R
EFF : 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249,
251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
32-12-14
Page 438
Feb 01/10
CES
Fixed Fairing - Rigging
Figure 404B/TASK 32-12-14-991-003-B
EFF :
301-399, 32-12-14
Page 439
Nov 01/08
R
CES
(g) The dimension Q must be:
- between 2.5 mm (0.0984 in.) and 9.5 mm (0.3740 in.) at the
inboard end of the shroud box
- between 3.2 mm (0.1259 in.) and 10.2 mm (0.4015 in.) at the
outboard end of the shroud box.
(h) The dimension W must be between 1.3 mm (0.0511 in.) and 10.7 mm
(0.4212 in.)
(11) Turn the studs (21) on the rod-ends (29) until the shoulders of the
studs (21) touch the support plates (20).
(12) Install the outer serrated plates (17), the locking devices (15) and
(14) and the lock nuts (13).
(13) Tighten the lock nuts (13) sufficiently to make sure that the
serrated plates (17) do not disengage. However, make sure that you
can turn the studs (21).
(14) Make sure that the fixed fairing (1) steps and gaps are correct
(refer to the dimensions above). If necessary, use the spools (3) to
adjust the MLG fixed fairing (1) to the correct position.
(15) If necessary, adjust each stud (21) so that the stud shoulder touches
the support plate (20).
1
_ Loosen the bolts (44) and (48), and the nuts (45).
2
_ Adjust the 1A extension fairing (46) so that the dimension A
is correct.
(c) TORQUE the bolts (44) and (48) and the nuts (45) to between 0.7
and 0.8 m.daN (61.94 and 70.79 lbf.in).
EFF :
301-399, 32-12-14
Page 440
Nov 01/08
R
CES
Hinge 1A Extension Fairing - Rigging
Figure 405/TASK 32-12-14-991-004
EFF :
301-399, 32-12-14
Page 441
Nov 01/08
R
CES
(d) Apply a thin layer of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-018) or SEALANTS
(Material No. 09-019) to the bolts (44) and (48) and the nuts
(45).
(17) Tighten the lock nuts (13) sufficiently to make sure that the MLG
fixed fairing (1) is stable during MLG extension.
(19) Make sure that the safety devices are on the applicable MLG
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
(20) Turn each spool (3), the minimum amount, to align a slot with the
thread hole in the fixed fairing (1).
(23) At the position F, make sure that the dimensions Z and Y are correct.
They must be between 1.3 mm (0.0511 in.) and 2.7 mm (0.1062 in.).
(Ref. Fig. 402A/TASK 32-12-14-991-002-A)
(24) Check that the threads of the rod-ends (29) can be seen through the
inspection holes in the studs (21).
(25) TORQUE the bolts (6) to between 0.17 and 0.23 m.daN (15.04 and 20.35
lbf.in).
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(26) Safety the bolts (6) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).
(27) TORQUE the lock nuts (13) to between 4.0 and 4.3 m.daN (29.49 and
31.71 lbf.ft).
NOTE : When you tighten the lock nuts (13), apply opposite force by
____
use of the flats on the studs (21).
EFF :
301-399, 32-12-14
Page 442
Nov 01/08
R
CES
(28) Safety the lock nuts (13):
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(a) Safety the lock nuts (13) to the locking devices (14) with
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).
(29) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-013) to the lock nuts (13), the
locking devices (14) and (15) and to the end of the studs (21).
(30) Hold the rod-ends (29) and TORQUE the lock nuts (30) to between 0.4
and 0.5 m.daN (35.39 and 44.24 lbf.in).
(31) Make sure that the rod-ends (29) are parallel to the MLG bracket
lugs.
NOTE : When you tighten the lock nuts (30), apply opposite force by
____
use of the flats on the studs (21).
(32) Measure the dimension X. It must not be more than 44.7 mm (1.7598
in.).
(Ref. Fig. 402A/TASK 32-12-14-991-002-A)
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(33) Safety the lock nuts (30) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).
(34) Install the cover plates (12) and the screws (31).
(35) TORQUE the screws (31) to between 0.17 and 0.23 m.daN (15.04 and
20.35 lbf.in).
(36) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-013) to the cover plates (12) and the
screws (31).
(37) Hold the eye-ends (4) and TORQUE the lock nuts (11) to between 0.4
and 0.5 m.daN (35.39 and 44.24 lbf.in).
(38) Make sure that the eye-ends (4) are parallel to the MLG bracket lugs.
R
EFF :
301-399, 32-12-14
Page 443
Nov 01/08
CES
(39) Measure the dimension W. It must not be more than 40.0 mm (1.5748
in.).
(Ref. Fig. 402A/TASK 32-12-14-991-002-A)
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(40) Safety the lock nuts (11) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).
(41) At the position F, TORQUE the nuts (24) to between 1.8 and 2.0 m.daN
(13.27 and 14.74 lbf.ft).
(42) At the position C, TORQUE the nuts (24) to between 1.15 and 1.35
m.daN (101.76 and 119.46 lbf.in).
(43) At the position F, install and safety the new cotter pin (22).
(44) At the position C, install and safety the new cotter pin (23).
(45) TORQUE the nuts (8) to between 1.15 and 1.35 m.daN (101.76 and 119.46
lbf.in).
(47) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-013) to the parts that follow:
NOTE : Make sure that the sealant does not go into the spherical
____
bearings of the eye-ends (4) and the rod-ends (29).
(48) Install the bonding strap (18) on the screw (16) and install the nut
(19) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).
R
EFF :
301-399, 32-12-14
Page 444
Nov 01/08
CES
R **ON A/C 051-099, 102-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,
Post SB 52-1100 For A/C 051-060,
Subtask 32-12-14-560-050-A
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(1) Remove and discard the lockwire from the lock nuts (10) and (29).
(3) Adjust the eye-ends (3) out of the spools (2) so that the dimension W
is between 44.0 mm (1.7322 in.) and 46.0 mm (1.8110 in.).
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(5) Remove and discard the lockwire from the lock nuts (12).
(6) Loosen the lock nuts (12) so that the studs (20) can turn. Make sure
that the serrated plates (16) do not disengage.
Subtask 32-12-14-420-059-C
(2) At the position C, install the bush (25), the bolt (27), the washer
(24) and the nut (23).
(3) At the position F, install the bush (26), the bolt (27), the washer
(24) and the nut (23).
R
EFF : 051-099, 102-149, 151-199, 201-249,
251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
32-12-14
Page 445
Feb 01/10
CES
(4) At the position F, install the SPACER-RIGGING (98D32104083000) on the
bolt (27). This will make sure that the dimensions Z and Y are
correct. They must be between 1.3 mm (0.0511 in.) and 2.7 mm (0.1062
in.).
(Ref. Fig. 402A/TASK 32-12-14-991-002-A)
(5) Install the bolts (9), the washers (8) and the nuts (7).
(6) Tighten the lock nuts (12) sufficiently to make sure that the MLG
fixed fairing (1) is stable during MLG retraction.
(8) Remove the lock nuts (12), the locking devices (13) and (14) and the
outer serrated plates (16).
(9) Turn the studs (20) so that they are fully on the rod-ends (28).
(10) Turn the spools (2) to get the dimensions that follow:
(a) The dimension V must be between 2.5 mm (0.0984 in.) and 9.5 mm
(0.3740 in.).
R
EFF : 051-099, 102-149, 151-199, 201-249,
251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
32-12-14
Page 446
Feb 01/10
CES
(d) The dimension S must be between 2.5 mm (0.0984 in.) and 9.5 mm
(0.3740 in.).
(e) The dimension R must be between 14.0 mm (0.5511 in.) and 31.0 mm
(1.2204 in.).
(h) The dimension W must be between 1.3 mm (0.0511 in.) and 10.7 mm
(0.4212 in.)
(11) Turn the studs (20) on the rod-ends (28) until the shoulders of the
studs (20) touch the support plates (19).
(12) Install the outer serrated plates (16), the locking devices (14) and
(13) and the lock nuts (12).
(13) Tighten the lock nuts (12) sufficiently to make sure that the
serrated plates (16) do not disengage. However, make sure that you
can turn the studs (20).
(14) Make sure that the fixed fairing (1) steps and gaps are correct
(refer to the dimensions above). If necessary use the spools (2) to
adjust the MLG fixed fairing (1) to the correct position.
(15) If necessary, adjust each stud (20) so that the stud shoulder touches
the support plate (19).
(16) Tighten the lock nuts (12) sufficiently to make sure that the MLG
fixed fairing (1) is stable during MLG extension.
(18) Make sure that the safety devices are on the applicable MLG
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
R
EFF : 051-099, 102-149, 151-199, 201-249,
251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
32-12-14
Page 447
Feb 01/10
CES
(19) Turn the spools (2), the minimum amount, to align a slot with the
thread holes in the fixed fairing (1).
(22) At the position F, make sure that the dimensions Z and Y are correct.
They must be between 1.3 mm (0.0511 in.) and 2.7 mm (0.1062 in.).
(Ref. Fig. 402A/TASK 32-12-14-991-002-A)
(23) Check that the threads of the rod-ends (28) can be seen through the
inspection holes in the studs (20).
(24) TORQUE the bolts (5) to between 0.17 and 0.23 m.daN (15.04 and 20.35
lbf.in).
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(25) Safety the bolts (5) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).
(26) TORQUE the lock nuts (12) to between 4.0 and 4.3 m.daN (29.49 and
31.71 lbf.ft).
NOTE : When you tighten the lock nuts (12), apply opposite force by
____
use of the flats on the studs (20).
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(a) Safety the lock nuts (12) to the locking devices (14) with
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).
(28) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-013) to the lock nuts (12), the
locking devices (13) and (14) and to the end of the studs (20).
(29) Hold the rod-ends (28) and TORQUE the lock nuts (29) to between 0.4
and 0.5 m.daN (35.39 and 44.24 lbf.in).
R
EFF : 051-099, 102-149, 151-199, 201-249,
251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
32-12-14
Page 448
Feb 01/10
CES
(30) Make sure that the rod-ends (28) are parallel to the MLG bracket
lugs.
NOTE : When you tighten the lock nuts (29), apply opposite force by
____
use of the flats on the studs (20).
(31) Measure the dimension X. It must not be more than 44.7 mm (1.7598
in.).
(Ref. Fig. 402A/TASK 32-12-14-991-002-A)
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(32) Safety the lock nuts (29) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).
(33) Install the cover plates (11) and the screws (30).
(34) TORQUE the screws (30) to between 0.17 and 0.23 m.daN (15.04 and
20.35 lbf.in).
(35) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-013) to the cover plates (11) and the
screws (30).
(36) Hold the eye-ends (3) and TORQUE the lock nuts (10) to between 0.4
and 0.5 m.daN (35.39 and 44.24 lbf.in).
(37) Make sure that the eye-ends (3) are parallel to the MLG bracket lugs.
(38) Measure the dimension W. It must not be more than 40.0 mm (1.5748
in.).
(Ref. Fig. 402A/TASK 32-12-14-991-002-A)
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(39) Safety the lock nuts (10) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).
(40) At the position F, TORQUE the nuts (23) to between 1.8 and 2.0 m.daN
(13.27 and 14.74 lbf.ft).
(41) At the position C, TORQUE the nuts (23) to between 1.15 and 1.35
m.daN (101.76 and 119.46 lbf.in).
(42) At the position F, install and safety the new cotter pin (21).
R
EFF : 051-099, 102-149, 151-199, 201-249,
251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
32-12-14
Page 449
Feb 01/10
CES
(43) At the position C, install and safety the new cotter pin (22).
(44) TORQUE the nuts (7) to between 1.15 and 1.35 m.daN (101.76 and 119.46
lbf.in).
(46) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-013) to the parts that follow:
NOTE : Make sure that the sealant does not go into the spherical
____
bearings of the eye-ends (3) and the rod-ends (28).
(47) Install the bonding strap (17) on the screw (15) and install the nut
(18) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).
Subtask 32-12-14-710-051
D. Test
(2) Make sure that the fixed fairing clearances are correct.
EFF :
ALL 32-12-14
Page 450
Feb 01/10
CES
**ON A/C ALL
(4) Make sure that the safety device is on the applicable MLG (Ref. TASK
32-00-00-481-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-12-14-860-055
A. Aircraft Configuration
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 32-12-14-942-054
B. Removal of Equipment
(3) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-12-14
Page 451
Nov 01/09
CES
CONTROL UNIT - MLG DOOR GROUND OPENING - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_____________________________________________________________
TASK 32-12-15-000-001
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-12-15
Page 401
May 01/05
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-12-15-860-050
(3) Move the handle of the applicable MLG door control-unit to the closed
position.
Subtask 32-12-15-010-051
B. Get Access
Subtask 32-12-15-941-051
C. Safety Precautions
(3) Put the warning notices in position to tell persons not to pressurize
the Green hydraulic system:
- on the panel 40VU in the cockpit,
- on the ground service panel of the Green hydraulic system.
EFF :
ALL 32-12-15
Page 402
May 01/05
R
CES
Subtask 32-12-15-865-053
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/CTL 1701GK R35
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/MONG 1702GK R34
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-12-15-020-050
(1) Put the RIGGING PIN through the actuating lever and into the bypass
valve 2517GM (2518GM).
(2) Remove and discard the lockwire from the locknut (3).
(5) Remove the nut (7), the washer (8) and disconnect the angle joint (4)
from the support (5).
(6) Disengage the control cable (2) from the bracket (1) and move it away
from the control unit (11).
(7) Remove the bolts (9), the washers (10) and remove the control unit
(11).
EFF :
ALL 32-12-15
Page 403
Feb 01/99
CES
Control-Unit - MLG Door Ground-Opening
Figure 401/TASK 32-12-15-991-001
EFF :
ALL 32-12-15
Page 404
Feb 01/98
CES
TASK 32-12-15-400-001
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-12-15
Page 405
May 01/05
CES
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-12-15
Page 406
Aug 01/09
CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-12-15-860-051
(1) Make sure that the electrical circuits are de-energized (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002) or the flight configuration precautions were obeyed
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-001).
(2) Make sure that the PTU isolation coupling is disconnected (Ref. TASK
29-23-00-860-001).
(3) Make sure that the handle of the new MLG door control-unit is in the
closed position.
(4) Make sure that the RIGGING PIN is in position through the actuating
lever and into the bypass valve 2517GM (2518GM).
(5) Make sure that the Green hydraulic system is depressurized (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-001).
(6) Make sure that the warning notices are in position to tell persons
not to pressurize the Green hydraulic system:
- on the panel 40VU in the cockpit,
- on the ground service panel of the Green hydraulic system.
Subtask 32-12-15-865-052
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/CTL 1701GK R35
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/MONG 1702GK R34
EFF :
ALL 32-12-15
Page 407
Feb 01/99
CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-12-15-420-050
(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
(a) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the bolts (9)
and the washers (10).
1
_ Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-005) to the interface of the
control unit (11).
2
_ Put the control unit (11) in position and install the washers
(10) and the bolts (9).
3
_ Apply corrosion protection to the heads of the bolts (9)
(Ref. TASK 51-75-13-916-002).
4
_ Put the control cable (2) in position in the bracket (1). Make
sure that the bracket (1) is between the washers (12).
5
_ TORQUE the locknut (3) to 3 m.daN (22.12 lbf.ft).
6
_ Safety the locknut (3) with corrosion-resistant steel lockwire
0.8 mm (0.032 in.) dia.
EFF :
ALL 32-12-15
Page 408
Feb 01/98
CES
Subtask 32-12-15-820-050
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(1) Put the angle joint (4) in position at the support (5). If necessary
adjust the position of the angle joint (4):
- remove and discard the lockwire from the locknut (14),
- loosen the locknut (14),
- adjust the angle joint (4) until you can connect it to the support
(5).
- TORQUE the locknut (14) to 0.3 m.daN (26.54 lbf.in).
(4) Connect the angle joint (4) to the support (5) and install the washer
(8) and the nut (7).
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
EFF :
ALL 32-12-15
Page 409
Nov 01/98
CES
(7) Remove the rigging pin from the bypass valve 2517GM (2518GM).
Subtask 32-12-15-865-054
C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1GA, 2GA, 52GA, 1701GK, 1702GK.
Subtask 32-12-15-941-053
(2) Move the applicable MLG door control-handle to the open position.
(4) If the flight configuration precautions were obeyed, put the aircraft
back to the serviceable condition (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-002).
Subtask 32-12-15-720-050
E. Functional Test
(1) Close the applicable MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001). Make sure
that the MLG door control-handle can move freely and is clear of the
aircraft structure.
(2) Open the applicable MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001). Make sure
that the MLG door control-handle can move freely and is clear of the
aircraft structure.
EFF :
ALL 32-12-15
Page 410
Feb 01/98
CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-12-15-410-051
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 32-12-15
Page 411
Feb 01/98
CES
CONTROL CABLE - MLG DOOR GROUND OPENING (2804GM,2805GM) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________________________________________________
TASK 32-12-16-000-001
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-12-16
Page 401
Feb 01/08
CES
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-12-16-861-050
Subtask 32-12-16-010-050
B. Get Access
EFF :
ALL 32-12-16
Page 402
May 01/05
CES
Subtask 32-12-16-941-052
C. Safety Precautions
(2) Disconnect the MLG door actuating-cylinder 2523GM (2522GM) from the
MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-31-35-000-001).
R (3) Remove the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK from the actuating cylinder 2523GM
(2522GM).
Subtask 32-12-16-865-051
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/CTL 1701GK R35
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/MONG 1702GK R34
Subtask 32-12-16-867-050
(2) Support the body of the actuating cylinder 2523GM (2522GM) so that
the ram can retract.
EFF :
ALL 32-12-16
Page 403
Feb 01/08
CES
(6) Put the access platform in position.
Subtask 32-12-16-480-050
(1) Put the RIGGING PIN through the actuating lever and into the bypass
valve 2517GM (2518GM).
Subtask 32-12-16-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/CTL 1701GK R35
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/MONG 1702GK R34
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-12-16-020-050
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(1) Remove and discard the lockwire from the locknuts (9) and (16).
(5) Disconnect the angle joint (17) from the control handle (21) and the
control cable (10) from the bracket (15).
EFF :
ALL 32-12-16
Page 404
Feb 01/99
CES
Control Cable MLG-Door Ground-Opening.
Figure 401/TASK 32-12-16-991-001
EFF :
ALL 32-12-16
Page 405
Feb 01/98
CES
(7) Remove the nut (4), the washer (3), the bolt (6) and the bush (7).
(8) Disconnect the rod end (1) from the lever (2) and the control cable
(10) from the bracket (8).
EFF :
ALL 32-12-16
Page 406
Feb 01/98
CES
TASK 32-12-16-400-001
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-12-16
Page 407
May 01/05
CES
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-12-16
Page 408
Feb 01/08
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-12-16-860-050
(1) Make sure that the aircraft is in the same configuration as for the
removal task.
R (2) Make sure that the PTU isolation coupling is disconnected (Ref. TASK
29-23-00-860-001).
(3) Make sure that the aircraft electrical circuits are de-energized
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002) or the
(4) Make sure that the Green hydraulic system is depressurized (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-001).
(5) Make sure that the RIGGING PIN is installed through the actuating
lever and into the bypass valve 2517GM (2518GM). flight configuration
precautions were obeyed (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-001).
Subtask 32-12-16-865-052
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/CTL 1701GK R35
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/MONG 1702GK R34
EFF :
ALL 32-12-16
Page 409
May 01/00
CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-12-16-420-050
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
(4) Put the control cable (10) in position in the brackets (8) and (15).
Make sure that the brackets (8) and (15) are between the washers
(31).
(5) TORQUE the locknuts (9) and (16) to 3 m.daN (22.12 lbf.ft).
(6) Safety the locknuts (9) and (16) with corrosion-resistant steel
lockwire 0.8 mm (0.032 in.) dia.
(7) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the bolts (14) and
if necessary the spacers (12).
NOTE : Make sure that the control cable (10) has a minimum bend
____
radius of 100 mm (3.9370 in.).
FOR 2804GM
- put the clamps (13) in position and install the spacers (12), the
bolts (14) and the nut (11).
FOR 2805GM
- put the clamps (13) in position and install the bolts (14) and the
nuts (11).
EFF :
ALL 32-12-16
Page 410
May 01/00
R
CES
Adjustment of the Control Cable 2804GM (2805GM)
Figure 402/TASK 32-12-16-991-002
EFF :
ALL 32-12-16
Page 411
May 01/00
R
CES
(9) Make sure that the locknuts (33) and (34) are loose.
(10) Make sure that the ends of the inner cable (32) are between the
inspection holes of the sliding end assemblies (30).
(11) Turn the rod end (1) and the angle joint (17) fully in to give a
minimum cable length.
(12) Turn the rod end (1) and the angle joint (17) out 2 turns.
(13) Connect the angle joint (17) to the control handle (21) and install
the washer (20) and the nut (19).
Subtask 32-12-16-420-054
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL
_______
MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.
(1) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the bush (7), the
bolt (6) and the washer (3).
(2) Put the rod end (1) in position in the lever (2) and make sure that
the holes are aligned.
(3) If necessary turn both sliding end assemblies (30) an equal amount to
align the holes.
(4) Make sure that the rod end (1) is in position in the lever (2) and
install the bush (7), the bolt (6), the washer (3) and the nut (4).
(5) Make sure that the ends of the inner cable (32) are between the
inspection holes in the sliding end assemblies (30).
(6) Make sure that the rod end (1) and the angle joint (17) are in
safety.
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(8) Safety the locknuts (34) with corrosion-resistant steel lockwire 0.8
mm (0.032 in.) dia.
EFF :
ALL 32-12-16
Page 412
May 01/00
R
CES
(9) TORQUE the locknuts (33) to 0.6 m.daN (53.09 lbf.in).
(10) Safety the nut (4) with a new cotter pin (5).
FOR 2805GM
- with a new cotter pin (18).
Subtask 32-12-16-865-053
C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1GA, 2GA, 52GA, 1701GK, 1702GK.
Subtask 32-12-16-941-053
(1) Remove the rigging pin from the bypass valve 2517GM (2518GM).
(2) Support the actuating cylinder 2523GM (2522GM) and move the MLG door
control- handle to the open position.
(3) Pull the actuating ram of the actuating cylinder 2523GM (2522GM) to
the extended position.
(4) Connect the actuating cylinder 2523GM (2522GM) to the MLG door
(Ref. TASK 32-31-35-400-001).
(6) If the flight configuration precautions were obeyed, put the aircraft
back to the serviceable condition (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-002).
EFF :
ALL 32-12-16
Page 413
May 01/00
R
CES
Subtask 32-12-16-710-050
E. Operational Test
(1) Do the operational test of the main gear doors (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-
710-002).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-12-16-410-050
A. Close Access
(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-12-16
Page 414
May 01/00
CES
NOSE GEAR AND DOORS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_______________________________________________
1. _______
General
(Ref. Fig. 001)
The nose gear hangs on the structure between FR19 and FR20.
It includes :
EFF :
ALL 32-20-00
Page 1
Feb 01/98
CES
Nose Gear and Doors
Figure 001
EFF :
ALL 32-20-00
Page 2
Feb 01/98
CES
NOSE GEAR - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_____________________________________
1. _______
General
(Ref. Fig. 001, 002)
A. Nose Gear
The nose gear is of the direct acting type with an integral shock
absorber. The gear retracts forward into the fuselage.
The gear is therefore favorably assisted by the aerodynamic moments in
the downlocking direction during gear extension.
The sliding tube assembly, which includes the wheel axle, is inclined 9
degrees forward. Because of this the wheels return freely to the center
position.
The shock strut is made of aluminum alloy and hangs on the structure from
two trunnions.
(Ref. Fig. 004)
A rotating tube made of steel is installed inside the shock strut. A
pinion gear installed on the tube is engaged with a rack which is
connected to the steering actuating cylinder. The steering actuating
cylinder transmits hydraulic power through the rack and pinion mechanism
which steers the wheels.
The sliding tube is made of steel and is connected to the rotating tube
by torque links.
The shock absorber includes 2 centering cams which engage with each other
after take-off of the aircraft. This causes the wheels to return to the
center position before gear retraction.
EFF :
ALL 32-21-00
Page 1
Feb 01/10
CES
Nose Gear
Figure 001
EFF :
ALL 32-21-00
Page 2
Feb 01/98
CES
R Nose Gear - General
Figure 002
EFF :
ALL 32-21-00
Page 3
Aug 01/06
CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
32-21-00
Page 4
Feb 01/98
CES
Nose Gear - Side View and Looking Aft
Figure 003
R
EFF :
001-049, 051-061, 101-102, 201-202, 32-21-00
Page 5/6
May 01/05
CES
Nose Gear - Side View and Looking Aft
Figure 003A
R
EFF : 062-099, 103-149, 151-199, 203-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-21-00
Page 7/8
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
R Nose Gear - Leg Attachments
R Figure 004
EFF :
ALL 32-21-00
Page 9
Nov 01/02
CES
The lockstay assembly gives secondary bracing.
The lockstay assembly includes two parts connected by a spherical
bearing:
- the upper link made of forged aluminum alloy, which hinges on the leg,
- the lower link made of forged steel.
The forestay of the primary bracing assembly hangs on the aircraft from
two trunnions in the same way as the gear leg. Some hinge points include
spherical bearings to permit movement to allow for deformation.
(Ref. Fig. 005)
A hydraulic cylinder on the nose gear lockstay locks and unlocks both
brace assemblies in Normal operation.
If the hydraulic pressure is not available, two traction springs pull and
hold the leg in the extended locked position in Free Fall extension mode.
One spring is sufficient to operate the lockstay mechanism.
E. NLG Tires
The radial type tires or conventional type tires are installed on the
gear.
The dimensions of these tires are 30 x 8.8 -15 and 30 x 8.8 R15.
On the 64.4T version, the inflation pressure is 11.3 bars.
On the 66T version, the inflation pressure is 10.8 bars.
On the 68T/70T versions, it is 11 bars and on the 73.5T/75.5T/77T
versions it is 11.8 bars.
EFF :
ALL 32-21-00
Page 10
Feb 01/10
CES
Nose Gear - Forestay Attachments
Figure 005
EFF :
ALL 32-21-00
Page 11
Nov 01/00
R
CES
**ON A/C 301-399,
E. NLG Tires
The radial type tires or conventional type tires are installed on the
gear.
The dimensions of these tires are 30 x 8.8 -15 and 30 x 8.8 R15.
Inflation pressure of the tires on the 82.2T version is 10.1 bars. On the
83T versions, it is 10.4 bars.
2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 006)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2526GM LEG ASSY-NLG 711 32-21-11
2528GM STRUT ASSY-NLG DRAG 711 32-21-16
3. _____________________
Component Description
EFF :
ALL 32-21-00
Page 12
Feb 01/10
CES
Nose Gear - Component Location
Figure 006
EFF :
ALL 32-21-00
Page 13
Nov 01/00
R
CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
32-21-00
Page 14
Nov 01/00
R
CES
Nose Gear Shock Absorber - Schematic
Figure 007
EFF :
ALL 32-21-00
Page 15/16
Nov 01/00
R
CES
Nose Gear Shock Absorber - Section
Figure 008
R
EFF :
ALL 32-21-00
Page 17/18
Nov 01/00
R
CES
Nose Gear Shock Absorber Charging Valve
Figure 009
R
EFF :
001-004, 051-054, 32-21-00
Page 19
May 01/05
CES
Nose Gear Shock Absorber Charging Valve
Figure 009A
R
EFF : 005-049, 055-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-21-00
Page 20
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
**ON A/C ALL
EFF :
ALL 32-21-00
Page 21
May 01/04
R
CES
B. Nose Wheel Steering Control
Refer to 32-51 for the description of the control system.
R Refer to 09-00-00 for information related to towing.
R Steering mechanical stops are located at 95 degrees on each side of the
R Nose Landing Gear center line.
R
Any possible leakage of the steering actuating cylinder can be detected
by means of a drainage hole at the bottom of the leg.
The steering actuating cylinder is parallel to the aircraft centerline to
keep to a minimum the risk of damage by tire tread shedding.
The towing lug has two bolts that break if the towing load is more than
the specified limit. This prevents the risk of damage to the sliding rod.
(Ref. Fig. 010)
EFF :
ALL 32-21-00
Page 22
Feb 01/07
CES
R Nose Gear- Towing Lug
Figure 010
EFF :
ALL 32-21-00
Page 23
May 01/08
CES
C. Shock Absorber and Nose Wheels Position Information
(Ref. Fig. 011)
A control mechanism with full redundancy controls the proximity detectors
which monitor the shock absorber and wheel position.
The data Ground is given when the shock absorber is at more than 4.4 mm
(0.1732 in.) to 8 mm (0.3149 in.) from its extended position.
The data Ground is also given when the nose wheels are at more than
1.95 to 5.28 degrees from their centered position.
If not, the data Flight is given and retraction of the nose gear is
then possible.
(1) The lockstay assembly controls alignment of the folding drag strut.
(7) On the ground, a safety pin prevents accidental release of the gear.
This safety pin locks the two arms of the lockstay. It is only
possible to put the pin into the two arms if the lockstay is in the
locked position.
(Ref. Fig. 013)
EFF :
ALL 32-21-00
Page 24
Nov 01/00
R
CES
Nose Gear - Proximity Detectors
Figure 011
EFF :
ALL 32-21-00
Page 25
Nov 01/00
R
CES
Nose Gear - Lockstay Assembly
Figure 012
EFF :
ALL 32-21-00
Page 26
Nov 01/00
R
CES
Safety Pin
Figure 013
EFF :
ALL 32-21-00
Page 27
Nov 01/00
CES
E. Nose Gear Actuating Cylinder (Ref. 32-3)
This actuating cylinder has these characteristics:
- Retraction section: 39.69 square centimeters,
- Extension section: 49.24 square centimeters,
- Travel: 287.9 mm.
The actuating cylinder includes a fluid metering device which operates:
- At the end of retraction of the gear to make sure that the gear locks
in the retracted position without shocks.
- Permanently during extension.
Overtravel is permitted in the actuator to prevent internal bottoming
during conditions where the actuator operates under limit conditions.
Each end fitting is equipped with a spherical bearing that is
replaceable.
(4) Two feedback sensors to show the position of the rotating tube.
(5) An electrical box for the deactivation of the nose wheel steering
system before towing.
EFF :
ALL 32-21-00
Page 28
Feb 01/10
CES
R **ON A/C ALL
4. ________________________
Materials and Technology
A. Materials
- Shock strut: Aluminum alloy 7010, R more than or equal to 500 MPa
- Sliding tube, including axle = 35NCD 16 steel, R more than or equal to
1800 MPa
- Rotating tube = 35NCD 16 steel, R more than or equal to 1230 MPa
- Drag strut: forestay = Aluminum alloy 7010 and lower arm = 35NCD 16
steel
- Actuating cylinder: cylinder = 35CD4 steel, R more than or equal to
1180 MPa and rod = 35NCD 16 steel, R more than or equal to 1230 MPa
B. Technology
The main elements of the structure are interchangeable without any
adjustment.
All the hinges have replaceable bronze bushes.
Lubricators are provided on all the rotating or fixed hinges which are
installed without interference.
The chromium-plated end fittings and pins have thickness allowances for
repair.
All the spherical bearings are installed in replaceable cages.
A 3-coat paint is applied to all the external or internal surfaces (not
chromium-plated).
The minimum thickness of chromium deposit is 100 microns.
EFF :
ALL 32-21-00
Page 29
May 01/05
CES
NOSE GEAR - DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION
_____________________________________
TASK 32-21-00-040-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific spatula
No specific warning notices
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-21-00-941-061
A. Safety Precaution
(1) In the cockpit, on the panel 400VU, put the warning notice in
position to tell persons not to operate the landing gear control
lever.
(2) Put the warning notices in position to tell persons not to operate
the nose wheel steering system:
- on the brake pedals
- on the nose wheel steering handwheel (18VU, 19VU).
EFF :
ALL 32-21-00
Page 401
Feb 01/10
CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-21-00-020-050
(1) Remove the rubber sealant with a spatula to prevent damage to the
surface protection.
(3) Remove the nuts (5), the washers (3) and (4).
EFF :
ALL 32-21-00
Page 402
Aug 01/08
CES
Deactivation/Reactivation of the NLG Towing Attachement.
Figure 401/TASK 32-21-00-991-006
EFF :
ALL 32-21-00
Page 403
Aug 01/08
R
CES
TASK 32-21-00-440-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-21-00
Page 404
Feb 01/10
CES
R D. Referenced Information
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-21-00-941-062
A. Safety Precaution
(1) In the cockpit, on the panel 400VU, make sure that the warning notice
is in position to tell persons not to operate the landing gear
control lever.
(2) Make sure that the warning notices are in position to tell persons
not to operate the nose wheel steering system:
- on the brake pedals
- on the nose wheel steering handwheel (18VU, 19VU).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-21-00-420-050
(1) Clean the removed parts with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-001)
and dry them with compressed air.
(2) Apply a light coat of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-047) to the
threads of the bolts (1).
(4) Install the washers (2), the bolts (1), the washers (3) and (4) and
the nuts (5).
(5) TORQUE the nuts (5) to between 4.4 and 5.2 m.daN (32.44 and 38.34
lbf.ft).
EFF :
ALL 32-21-00
Page 405
Aug 01/08
CES
(8) Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-002) in the areas F.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-21-00-941-063
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 32-21-00
Page 406
Aug 01/08
R
CES
NOSE GEAR - INSPECTION/CHECK
____________________________
R TASK 32-21-00-200-001
R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE LANDING GEAR ARE CLEAR.
_______
R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R Self Explanatory
R 2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R B. Referenced Information
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 32-21-00-860-055
EFF :
ALL 32-21-00
Page 601
May 01/09
CES
Subtask 32-21-00-010-052
B. Get Access
(1) Open the main doors of the nose gear (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-010-001).
Subtask 32-21-00-941-059
C. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the SAFETY PIN - NLG DOOR (98D32203502000) are in
position.
(3) Put the warning notice(s) to tell persons not use the landing gear
control lever.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-21-00-210-051
(1) Make sure that there are no cracks or signs of unusual deformation.
(2) Make sure that the cotter pins which safety the attachment points are
correctly installed .
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-21-00-942-054
A. Removal of Equipment
(3) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-21-00
Page 602
Nov 01/09
CES
R Subtask 32-21-00-410-052
R B. Close Access
R (1) Close the main doors of the nose gear (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-410-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-21-00
Page 603
May 01/09
CES
TASK 32-21-00-200-002
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE LANDING GEAR ARE CLEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-21-00-860-056
EFF :
ALL 32-21-00
Page 604
May 01/09
R
CES
(2) On the panel 110VU:
- Make sure that the free-fall control handle is in the usual
position.
Subtask 32-21-00-010-053
B. Get Access
(1) Open the main doors of the nose gear (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-010-001).
Subtask 32-21-00-941-056
C. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the SAFETY PIN - NLG DOOR (98D32203502000) are in
position.
(3) Put warning notice(s) to tell persons not to operate the landing-gear
normal control-lever.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-21-00-210-052
A. General Procedure
(1) Examine the lubrication points. Make sure that they are clean and
serviceable.
(3) Make sure that all the components are correctly installed and
safetied.
EFF :
ALL 32-21-00
Page 605
Nov 01/09
CES
(5) Make sure that the safety devices (cotter pins, lockwashers,
lockwire) are correctly installed.
(6) Make sure that all the identification plates are applicable and
correctly installed.
(7) Make sure that the bonding strips are in good condition.
Subtask 32-21-00-210-059
(2) Examine the mechanical controls of the uplock assembly. Make sure
that they are correctly installed and serviceable.
Subtask 32-21-00-210-060
(1) Examine the safety devices. Make sure that they are correctly
installed and in good condition.
(2) Examine the lockstay for signs of corrosion, cracks, distortion and
wear.
Subtask 32-21-00-210-061
(1) Make sure that the downlock release actuator is correctly installed
and safetied.
(2) Make sure that all the components are correctly installed.
(3) Make sure that there are no hydraulic leaks on the downlock release
actuator.
EFF :
ALL 32-21-00
Page 606
May 01/09
R
CES
(4) Examine the protective finish on the surfaces.
Clean and repair the protective finish if necessary.
(5) Examine the chrome plating. Make sure that there are no scores or
signs of unusual wear.
Subtask 32-21-00-210-062
(1) Make sure that the NLG leg is correctly attached to the aircraft
structure.
(2) Make sure that the safety devices are correctly installed and in good
condition.
(3) Examine the NLG leg assembly for signs of corrosion, cracks, scores,
distortion and wear.
Make sure that there are no hydraulic leaks at the unions.
Examine the chrome plating of the shock absorber.
(7) Make sur that the protective finish on the surfaces is not damaged.
Clean and repair the protective finish if necessary.
Subtask 32-21-00-210-053
EFF :
ALL 32-21-00
Page 607
May 01/09
R
CES
- There are no hydraulic fluid leaks on the hydraulic lines and
unions.
(2) Make sure that the safety devices are correctly installed.
Subtask 32-21-00-210-063
(1) Examine the elbows and the unions that connect the pipes to the
components for:
- distortion, cracks and damage from shocks.
(2) Make sure that there is a clearance between all the pipes and the
adjacent structure.
(4) Make sure that all the brackets, support blocks and clamps are
correctly installed.
Subtask 32-21-00-210-064
(2) Make sure that all the electrical connectors and receptacles are
correctly installed and safetied.
(3) Examine the hydraulic selector valves for signs of wear and damage.
Subtask 32-21-00-210-065
(1) Make sure that the electrical connectors and receptacles are
correctly installed and safetied.
EFF :
ALL 32-21-00
Page 608
May 01/09
R
CES
(3) Make sure that the electrical conduits have sufficient protection and
are in good condition.
Subtask 32-21-00-210-066
(1) Examine the actuating cylinder. Make sure that there are no signs of
hydraulic leakage.
(2) Examine the chrome plating on the actuating cylinder for wear, scores
and damage.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-21-00-942-056
A. Removal of Equipment
(1) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
Subtask 32-21-00-410-053
B. Close Access
(1) Close the main doors of the nose gear (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-410-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-21-00
Page 609
May 01/09
R
CES
TASK 32-21-00-200-003
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific shims
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.70 to 10.00 m.daN
(5.00 to 75.00 lbf.ft)
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-21-00
Page 610
Feb 01/10
CES
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-21-00-941-060
A. Safety Precautions
EFF :
ALL 32-21-00
Page 611
Nov 01/09
CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-21-00-210-067
(1) Remove the cotter pin (6) from the nut (5).
(2) Remove the nut (5), the washer (4) and the screw (2).
(3) Remove the nut (3), the washers (7) and (8).
(4) Remove the center hinge pin (11) to do a special detailed inspection
of the center hinge pin and keep the washers (9) and (12).
(a) If you find the center hinge pin bent,replace the center hinge
pin.
(5) Install the center hinge pin (11) with the washer (12) and the washer
(9).
(6) Move each link laterally in the direction of the arrows to the limit
position J1 and J3.
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 32-21-00-991-003)
(7) Make sure that the axle wheel is perpendicular to the aicraft
centerline.
(8) Measure the play at J1 and J3 with the shims and record the values.
(9) The two plays at J1 and J3 must be less than or equal to 0.3 mm
(0.0118 in.)
EFF :
ALL 32-21-00
Page 612
May 01/09
R
CES
NLG Torque-Link Assembly
Figure 601/TASK 32-21-00-991-003
EFF :
ALL 32-21-00
Page 613
May 01/09
R
CES
(10) If the play at J1 and/or J3 is more than 0.3 mm (0.0118 in.), adjust
the relevant play:
(a) Remove the upper and lower hinge pins(Ref. TASK 32-21-27-000-001)
(b) Use the adjusting washers (1) and the adjusting washers (10)
(from the applicable sets) to adjust the play at J1 and J3 to the
permitted values.
(c) Measure the dimensions E1 and E2 at the end of each link of the
torque link assembly. To calculate the thickness K of the
adjusting washer (9), use this formula:
K = 37 mm (1.4578 in) - 1/2(E1 + E2)
(e) Install the lower and upper hinge pins (Ref. TASK 32-21-27-400-
001).
(11) If the play J1 and/or J3 is less than 0.3 mm (0.0118 in.),do the
following torque procedure of the nut (3).
(a) Clean the thread of the center hinge (11) and nut (3) with
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004A) and dry them with filtered
compressed air.
(c) Apply a light coat of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004A) to the
washer (8).
(d) Install the washers (8), (7) and the nut (3).
(e) TORQUE the nut (3) to 9 m.daN (66.37 lbf.ft) and loosen the nut
(3). Do this three times.
EFF :
ALL 32-21-00
Page 614
Feb 01/10
CES
(f) Loosen the nut (3) to get a play J2, between 0.02 mm (0.0007 in.)
and 0.1 mm (0.0039 in.).
R CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE CLEARANCE IS NOT LESS THAN THE
_______
R MINIMUM SPECIFIED CLEARANCE WHEN THE HOLE IN THE NUT IS
R ALIGNED WITH THE SLOT IN THE SHAFT. IF YOU DO NOT HAVE
R THE MINIMUM CLEARANCE, TORSION LOADS CAN OCCUR IN THE
R SHAFT DURING OPERATION.
(g) Make sure that you can align a hole of the nut (3) with the slot
of the center hinge pin and keep the play J2 given above.
If not:
- loosen the nut (3),
- remove the washer (7),
- adjust the thickness of the washer (7) to get the play J2 given
above with a hole of the nut (3) aligned with the slot of the
center hinge pin.
(i) Install the screw (2), the washer (4), the nut (5) and tighten
it.
(j) Install the new cotter pin (6) on the nut (5).
EFF :
ALL 32-21-00
Page 615
Aug 01/09
CES
(13) Make sure that the lubrication points are clean and in good
condition.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-21-00-942-058
A. Removal of Equipment
(1) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-21-00
Page 616
Aug 01/09
R
CES
TASK 32-21-00-200-004
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-21-00-941-057
A. Safety Precautions
EFF :
ALL 32-21-00
Page 617
Nov 01/09
CES
Subtask 32-21-00-010-054
B. Get Access
(1) Open the doors of the nose gear (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-010-001).
(2) Lift the aircraft at the forward jacking point (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-
581-003).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-21-00-210-057
A. Clearance Check
(2) On the opposite side, measure the clearance J between the washer and
the spherical bearing.
(4) The clearance J can be up to 1 mm. In this case you must correct it
at the next 6000 FH (flight hours) or 4500 FC (flight cycles) or 20
months interval check (Ref. TASK 32-21-11-000-002) (Ref. TASK 32-21-
11-400-002).
(5) If the clearance J is more than 1 mm, you must correct it immediately
(Ref. TASK 32-21-11-000-002) (Ref. TASK 32-21-11-400-002).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-21-00-942-059
(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 32-21-00
Page 618
Aug 01/09
R
CES
Connection to the Structure
Figure 602/TASK 32-21-00-991-004
EFF :
ALL 32-21-00
Page 619
Aug 01/09
R
CES
(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
Subtask 32-21-00-410-054
EFF :
ALL 32-21-00
Page 620
Aug 01/09
R
CES
TASK 32-21-00-200-005
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Detailed Inspection/Check of the NLG after the aircraft goes off the
runway/taxiway and the NLG wheels sank into the ground and/or the NLG found
an obstacle on its path.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-21-00
Page 621
Aug 01/09
R
CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-21-00-860-052
(1) make sure that you read the instructions given in the Inspection
after the Aircraft goes off the runway/taxiway (Ref. TASK 05-51-24-
200-001) before you do this task.
(2) On the panel 400VU, make sure that the landing gear control lever is
in the DOWN position.
(3) On the panel 110VU, make sure that the free-fall control handle is in
the usual position.
(4) On the nose gear leg, on the electrical box (5CG), make sure that the
towing lever is in the towing position (disengaged position).
(5) Lift the aircraft at the forward jacking point (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-
581-003).
NOTE : During lifting, make sure that extension of the shock absorber
____
is smooth and full.
(6) Make sure that the Green hydraulic system is depressurized (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-001).
(8) Disconnect the torque link at its apex point (Ref. TASK 32-21-27-000-
001).
EFF :
ALL 32-21-00
Page 622
Aug 01/09
R
CES
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
R 528-599,
Subtask 32-21-00-860-052-A
(1) make sure that you read the instructions given in the Inspection
after the Aircraft goes off the runway/taxiway (Ref. TASK 05-51-24-
200-001) before you do this task.
(2) On the panel 400VU, make sure that the landing gear control lever is
in the DOWN position.
(3) On the panel 110VU, make sure that the free-fall control handle is in
the usual position.
(4) On the nose gear leg, on the electrical box (5CG), make sure that the
towing lever is in the towing position (disengaged position).
(5) Lift the aircraft at the forward jacking point (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-
581-003).
NOTE : During lifting, make sure that extension of the shock absorber
____
is smooth and full.
(8) Disconnect the torque link at its apex point (Ref. TASK 32-21-27-000-
001).
Subtask 32-21-00-010-055
B. Get Access
(1) Open the main doors of the NLG (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-010-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-21-00
Page 623
Feb 01/10
CES
Subtask 32-21-00-941-058
C. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the SAFETY PIN - NLG DOOR (98D32203502000) are in
position.
(3) Put warning notice(s) to tell persons not to operate the landing gear
control lever.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-21-00-210-058
A. Inspection
(Ref. Fig. 603/TASK 32-21-00-991-008)
(1) Measure the out-of-roundness of the chrome plated area of the sliding
rod on a minimum of 7 sections between 70 mm (2.7559 in.) and 450 mm
(17.7165 in.)from end of chrome plated zone .
- out of roundness=(maximum diameter-minimum diameter)/2
- on each section the out-of-round must not be more than 0.04 mm
(0.0015 in.)
(4) Manually move the upper torque link to turn the rotating tube:
- make sure that the rotating tube turns freely.
(5) Make sure that there is no blue color, signs of bronze or chrome
damage on the sliding rod.
Subtask 32-21-00-860-054
EFF :
ALL 32-21-00
Page 624
Nov 01/09
CES
NLG Sliding Rod
Figure 603/TASK 32-21-00-991-008
EFF :
ALL 32-21-00
Page 625
Aug 01/09
R
CES
Subtask 32-21-00-710-050
C. Test
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-21-00-942-060
A. Removal of Equipment
(3) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 32-21-00-410-055
B. Close Access
(1) Close the main doors of the NLG (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-410-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-21-00
Page 626
Aug 01/09
R
CES
TASK 32-21-00-200-006
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-21-00-860-053
(1) Make sure that you read the instructions given in the Inspection
after the aircraft goes off the runway/taxiway (Ref. TASK 05-51-24-
200-001) before you do this task.
(2) Remove the drag strut assembly of the nose landing gear (Ref. TASK
32-21-16-000-002).
NOTE : Remove only the connection between the drag strut and the
____
barrel (lower connection).
EFF :
ALL 32-21-00
Page 627
Aug 01/09
R
CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-21-00-220-050
A. Inspection
(Ref. Fig. 604/TASK 32-21-00-991-005)
(1) Measure the dimension D between the bushes installed on the barrel
lugs, at 4 points 90 degrees apart.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-21-00-942-061
A. Close-up
(1) Install the drag strut assembly of the NLG (Ref. TASK 32-21-16-400-
002).
(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 32-21-00
Page 628
Aug 01/09
R
CES
Barrel/Drag Strut Connection
Figure 604/TASK 32-21-00-991-005
EFF :
ALL 32-21-00
Page 629
Aug 01/09
R
CES
TASK 32-21-00-200-008
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE LANDING GEAR ARE CLEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-21-00-860-059
EFF :
ALL 32-21-00
Page 630
Aug 01/09
R
CES
(2) On the panel RUD TRIM/PARKING BRK panel 110VU:
- Make sure that the free-fall control handle is in the usual
position.
Subtask 32-21-00-010-056
B. Get Access
(1) Open the main doors of the nose gear (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-010-001).
Subtask 32-21-00-941-065
C. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the SAFETY PIN - NLG DOOR (98D32203502000) is in
position.
(3) Put WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the
landing-gear control lever.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-21-00-220-051
(1) Insert the BORESCOPE DIA 5.0 MM (7/32 IN) - FLEXIBLE probe in the
vent hole at the top of the NLG barrel (rear side) to examine the
upper-support anti-rotation lugs and cylinder lugs.
(2) Make sure that the upper-support anti-rotation lugs are not broken
and/or the cylinder lugs are not missing.
(3) If the upper support anti-rotation lugs are broken or cracked and/or
the cylinder lugs are missing :
EFF :
ALL 32-21-00
Page 631
Nov 01/09
CES
Borescope Inspection of the Nose Landing Gear Upper-Support Anti-Rotation Lugs
and Cylinder Lugs
Figure 605/TASK 32-21-00-991-007
EFF :
ALL
32-21-00 Page 632
Aug 01/09
R
CES
- With weight on wheels, record the shock absorber pressure,
temperature and H dimension (Ref. TASK 12-14-32-614-004)
- With weight off wheels, record the shock absorber pressure and
temperature.
- Remove the flexible borescope probe from the vent hole at the top
of the NLG barrel (rear side).
- Remove the NLG (Ref. TASK 32-21-11-000-002) for overhaul
inspection.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-21-00-942-063
A. Removal of Equipment
(1) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
Subtask 32-21-00-410-056
B. Close Access
(1) Close the main doors of the nose gear (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-410-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-21-00
Page 633
Aug 01/09
CES
NOSE GEAR - CLEANING/PAINTING
_____________________________
TASK 32-21-00-100-001
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-21-00
Page 701
Aug 01/09
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-21-00-860-050
(2) Make sure that the L/G normal control lever is set to DOWN.
Subtask 32-21-00-941-050
B. Safety Precautions
(1) Put a warning notice in position to tell persons not to operate the
landing gear control lever.
(2) Put the safety barriers in position to prevent access to the travel
ranges of the nose gear doors.
EFF :
ALL 32-21-00
Page 702
May 01/09
CES
Subtask 32-21-00-010-050
C. Get Access
Subtask 32-21-00-916-050
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-21-00-110-050
(3) Clean the landing gear assembly with the CLEANING AGENTS (Material
No. 11-002). Start at the top.
NOTE : Make sure that the solvent does not go into the components
____
(e.g. the sliding tube). Do not let solvents go on the
protective covers or on the electrical wires and the
connectors. (e.g. the proximity detectors).
You can clean with a sponge, a cloth, a brush or a
low-pressure spray-gun.
EFF :
ALL 32-21-00
Page 703
Feb 01/98
CES
Nose Landing Gear - Basic Materials
Figure 701/TASK 32-21-00-991-001
EFF :
ALL 32-21-00
Page 704
Feb 01/98
CES
R (5) Apply the STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-004) evenly to the
surfaces you cleaned with a spray-gun or a brush. Prevent runs.
NOTE : Obey the same precautions as for the cleaning procedure with
____
the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-002).
Subtask 32-21-00-150-050
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE MATERIALS DO NOT TOUCH THE ASSEMBLY AREAS.
_______
(a) Clean the areas with corrosion with the CLEANING AGENTS (Material
No. 11-002).
(b) Make sure that the paint is in the correct condition and mark the
area with corrosion.
(c) Remove the paint that is not in the correct condition. Make the
edges of the area with corrosion smooth with wet-and-dry emery
paper.
(e) Fully degrease with the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003).
EFF :
ALL 32-21-00
Page 705
May 01/01
CES
(3) Protective Treatment
(b) Apply the solution on the surface with a clean piece of cotton
wool.
(d) Make sure that the solution fully covers the surface.
(e) Flush with water. Dry with filtered compressed air. Keep for 12
hours at the ambient temperature.
NOTE : Apply the paint as soon as possible when the part is dry.
____
Subtask 32-21-00-150-051
NOTE : The depth of the material removed during the treatment must
____
not change the mechanical strength of the part. If you are not
sure, send the part to be repaired.
NOTE : Apply the paint as soon as possible when the part is dry.
____
EFF :
ALL 32-21-00
Page 706
Feb 01/98
CES
Subtask 32-21-00-150-052
NOTE : The depth of the material removed during the treatment must
____
not change the mechanical strength of the part. If you are not
sure, send the part to be repaired.
NOTE : Apply the paint as soon as possible when the part is dry.
____
Subtask 32-21-00-370-050
(b) Apply the STRIPPERS (Material No. 12-005) with a paint brush. If
it is necessary, use a brush on the surface.
(c) If you do this operation in a building, make sure that the work
area is open to the air.
(d) Do not let the material touch the surfaces for more than 5 hours.
EFF :
ALL 32-21-00
Page 707
Feb 01/10
CES
(e) Flush with water, under pressure if it is possible until all the
paint and cleaning product are removed.
(f) Dry, then clean and degrease with a chlorine-base solvent. Make
sure that the surfaces have no oxidation.
NOTE : You can keep the mixture for 8 hours at 20 deg.C (68
____
deg.F).
1
_ 10 parts of primer
2
_ 10 parts of hardener
3
_ 0 to 5 parts of thinner
NOTE : You can keep the mixture for 6 hours at 20 deg.C (68
____
deg.F).
1
_ 10 parts of primer
2
_ 10 parts of hardener
3
_ 5 to 7.5 parts of thinner
NOTE : Apply the paint with a spray gun and cover the adjacent
____
surfaces. When it is possible, the paint and the surfaces must
be at the same temperature :
15 to 25 deg.C (59 to 77 deg.F). The relative humidity must be
35 to 75%.
(b) Apply a layer of top-coat. Let it dry for 24 hours before you
touch it.
R
EFF : 001-049, 052-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-21-00
Page 708
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
**ON A/C 051-051,
Subtask 32-21-00-370-050-A
(b) Apply the STRIPPERS (Material No. 12-005) with a paint brush. If
it is necessary, use a brush on the surface.
(c) If you do this operation in a building, make sure that the work
area is open to the air.
(d) Do not let the material touch the surfaces for more than 5 hours.
(e) Flush with water, under pressure if it is possible until all the
paint and cleaning product are removed.
(f) Dry, then clean and degrease with a chlorine-base solvent. Make
sure that the surfaces have no oxidation.
NOTE : You can keep the mixture for 8 hours at 20 deg.C (68
____
deg.F).
1
_ 100 parts of primer
2
_ 100 parts of hardener
3
_ 20 parts of thinner
NOTE : You can keep the mixture for 6 hours at 20 deg.C (68
____
deg.F).
EFF :
051-051, 32-21-00
Page 709
Nov 01/07
CES
R You must prepare it half an hour before you use it.
R 1
_ 100 parts of primer
R 2
_ 30 parts of hardener
R 3
_ 50 parts of thinner
R NOTE : You can keep the mixture for 6 hours at 20 deg.C (68
____
R deg.F).
R You must prepare it half an hour before you use it.
R 1
_ 100 parts of primer
R 2
_ 100 parts of hardener
R 3
_ 30 parts of thinner
R NOTE : Apply the paint with a spray gun and cover the adjacent
____
R surfaces. When it is possible, the paint and the surfaces must
R be at the same temperature :
R 15 to 25 deg.C (59 to 77 deg.F). The relative humidity must be
R 35 to 75%.
R (a) Apply a layer of the primer. Let it dry for not less than 2 hours
R and not more than 3 hours.
R NOTE : You must apply the primer to bare steel with TS more than
____
R 1450 MPa. When you paint bare steel with TS more than 1450
R MPa, the procedure is an undercoat and a finishing layer.
R (b) Apply a layer of the undercoat. Let it dry for not less than 3
R hours and not more than 4 hours.
R (c) Apply a layer of top-coat. Let it dry for 24 hours before you
R touch it.
R
EFF :
051-051, 32-21-00
Page 710
May 01/05
CES
R **ON A/C ALL
Subtask 32-21-00-914-050
F. Replacement of Sealants
NOTE : You must replace the sealants if they can decrease the sealing
____
of assemblies or if they are damaged.
(a) Make sure that there are no signs of sealant on the surface to be
treated. Remove sealant with a spatula.
(b) Clean and degrease the paint with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No.
11-002).
1
_ Mix the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-001) : 100 g (0.22 lb) of
compound with 10 g (0.022 lb) of activator
2
_ Paint all the parts that it is necessary to paint, then apply
this mixture with a brush or a spatula.
3
_ Let the parts dry for 24 to 36 hours.
EFF :
ALL 32-21-00
Page 711
May 01/05
CES
1
_ Mix the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-002) : 75 g (0.165 lb) of
compound with 10 g (0.022 lb) of activator.
2
_ Paint all the parts that it is necessary to paint, then apply
this mixture with a spatula or a caulking gun.
3
_ Let the parts dry for 30 to 40 hours
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-21-00-916-051
Subtask 32-21-00-942-050
B. Removal of Equipment
Subtask 32-21-00-410-050
C. Close Access
Subtask 32-21-00-942-051
D. Safety Precautions
(3) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 32-21-00
Page 712
May 01/05
CES
TASK 32-21-00-100-002
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-21-00
Page 713
May 01/09
CES
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-21-00-860-060
(2) Make sure that the L/G normal control lever is set to DOWN.
Subtask 32-21-00-941-066
B. Safety Precautions
(1) Put a warning notice in position to tell persons not to operate the
landing gear control lever.
(2) Put the safety barriers in position to prevent access to the travel
ranges of the nose gear doors.
Subtask 32-21-00-010-057
C. Get Access
EFF :
ALL 32-21-00
Page 714
Nov 01/06
CES
Subtask 32-21-00-916-052
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-21-00-100-050
NOTE : Make sure that the solvent does not go into the components
____
(e.g. the sliding tube). Do not let solvents go on the
protective covers or on the electrical wires and the
connectors. (e.g. the proximity detectors).
You can clean with a sponge, a cloth, a brush or a
low-pressure spray-gun.
EFF :
ALL 32-21-00
Page 715
Nov 01/06
CES
(a) Clean the landing gear assembly with the CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-002).Start at the top.
(5) Apply the STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-004) evenly to the
surfaces you cleaned with a spray-gun or a brush. Prevent runs.
NOTE : Obey the same precautions as for the cleaning procedure with
____
the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-002).
Subtask 32-21-00-100-051
(1) Remove the covers that you put on the chromium surfaces of the NLG.
R (2) Clean the chromium surfaces with a lint-free cloth made moist with
R CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-002).
Subtask 32-21-00-916-053
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-21-00-410-057
A. Close Access
Subtask 32-21-00-942-064
B. Removal of Equipment
EFF :
ALL 32-21-00
Page 716
Nov 01/06
CES
(3) Remove the safety barriers
EFF :
ALL 32-21-00
Page 717
Nov 01/06
R
CES
LEG ASSY - NLG (2526GM) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________________
TASK 32-21-11-000-002
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE CONTROLS AGREE WITH THE POSITION OF THE ITEMS THEY
_______
OPERATE BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : PRESSURIZE ONLY THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM(S) THAT IS (ARE) NECESSARY FOR
_______
THE TASK. ISOLATE THE OTHER HYDRAULIC SYSTEM(S) BEFORE YOU SUPPLY
HYDRAULIC POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-21-11
Page 401
May 01/09
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-21-11
Page 402
May 01/05
CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-21-11-941-055
A. Safety Precautions
(1) In the cockpit, on the panel 400VU, put warning notice(s) in position
to tell persons not to operate the landing gear control lever.
(2) Put the warning notice(s) in position to tell persons not pressurize
the Green hydraulic system:
- on the panel 40VU in the cockpit,
- on the ground service panel of the Green hydraulic system, access
door (197CB).
(5) Obey the applicable safety precautions before you open the LGCIU
circuit breakers (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-001).
Subtask 32-21-11-865-058
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/BRAKING AND STEERING/SYS2/SPLY 4GG M36
121VU HYDRAULIC/BRAKING AND STEERING/SYS2/CTL 3GG M35
121VU HYDRAULIC/BRAKING AND STEERING/SYS1/CTL 1GG M34
121VU HYDRAULIC/BRAKING AND STEERING/SYS1/IND AND/SPLY 2GG M33
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
EFF :
ALL 32-21-11
Page 403
Feb 01/10
CES
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 32-21-11-010-053
C. Get Access
(1) Open the doors of the nose landing gear (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-010-001).
Subtask 32-21-11-860-053
(1) Make sure that the Green hydraulic system is depressurized and put it
in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001)
(3) Depressurize the nose gear shock absorber. To do this act on the
charging valve at the top of the shock absorber, as follows:
(b) Slowly open the valve by one and a half turns maximum.
Subtask 32-21-11-860-053-A
(1) Make sure that the Yellow hydraulic system is depressurized and put
it in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001)
EFF :
ALL 32-21-11
Page 404
Feb 01/10
CES
R (2) Depressurize the reservoir of the Yellow hydraulic system.
R (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001)
R (3) Depressurize the nose gear shock absorber. To do this act on the
R charging valve at the top of the shock absorber, as follows:
R (b) Slowly open the valve by one and a half turns maximum.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-21-11-020-054
(4) Remove the NLG wheels 2659GM, 2660GM (Ref. TASK 32-41-12-000-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-21-11
Page 405
Aug 01/05
CES
Installation of the Tool
Figure 401/TASK 32-21-11-991-008
EFF :
ALL 32-21-11
Page 406
Aug 01/05
R
CES
Electrical and Hydraulic Connections
Figure 402/TASK 32-21-11-991-009
EFF :
ALL 32-21-11
Page 407
Aug 01/05
R
CES
Upper Connections
Figure 403/TASK 32-21-11-991-010
EFF :
ALL 32-21-11
Page 408
Aug 01/05
R
CES
Lower Connection
Figure 404/TASK 32-21-11-991-011
EFF :
ALL 32-21-11
Page 409
Aug 01/05
R
CES
Connection of the Rotating Rod
Figure 405/TASK 32-21-11-991-012
EFF :
ALL 32-21-11
Page 410
Aug 01/05
R
CES
Connection to the Structure
Figure 406/TASK 32-21-11-991-013-A
EFF :
ALL 32-21-11
Page 411
Aug 01/05
R
CES
Subtask 32-21-11-020-057
(1) Remove the hydraulic lines (6) and (7). Put blanking plugs on the
disconnected line ends.
(2) Disconnect the electrical connectors (1) and (2). Put blanking caps
on the disconnected electrical connectors.
(3) Remove the nuts (5), the washers (4) and the clamp (3).
Subtask 32-21-11-020-059
(1) Install the TENSIONING FIXTURE (M21929) on the springs (40) and (41).
(2) Remove the cotter pins (37) and (44) and discard them.
NOTE : Stop the pin (34) movement with a wrench in position on the
____
pin flats.
Subtask 32-21-11-020-058
(1) Disconnect the hydraulic lines (25) and (26) and put blanking plugs
on the disconnected line ends.
(2) Remove and discard the cotter pin (27), remove the nut (28) and the
washer (29).
(3) Disconnect the downlock release actuator (24) from the shaft (31).
(4) Remove and discard the cotter pin (47). Remove the nut (48), the
washer (49), the bolt (20) and the washer (21). Remove the bush (50).
EFF :
ALL 32-21-11
Page 412
Aug 01/05
R
CES
(6) Disconnect the spherical end of the actuating cylinder (23).
(7) Remove the pin (32) with the EXTRACTOR (J47558). Remove the washer
(46) and the spacer (36).
Subtask 32-21-11-020-060
(1) Remove and discard the cotter pin (63). Remove the nut (62), the
washer (61) and the bolt (65).
CAUTION : PUSH THE NOSE GEAR LEG TO THE FRONT TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO
_______
THE ROTATING CONTROL RODS OF THE REAR NOSE LANDING GEAR
DOORS.
(3) Put a block below the nose landing gear shock absorber to keep the
nose landing gear leg at an angle.
(4) Remove the hinge pin (60) with the EXTRACTOR (J47555).
Subtask 32-21-11-020-056
(1) Remove and discard the cotter pins (71), remove the nuts (70), the
washers (76) and the bolts (74).
(3) Disengage the trunnion shafts (73) and remove the rotating rods.
NOTE : Push the nose gear leg forward to disengage the trunnion
____
shafts (73).
EFF :
ALL 32-21-11
Page 413
Aug 01/05
R
CES
Subtask 32-21-11-480-050
(1) Install the pin (32), the ring (22), the bolt (20), the washers (21)
and (49) and the nut (48).
(2) Install the hinge pin (60), the ring (64), the bolt (65), the washer
(61) and the nut (62).
(4) Install a mini-hoist with a load capacity of 300 daN (675 lbf) on the
R TOOL-R I NLG (98D32203500000).
Subtask 32-21-11-020-055
(1) Remove and discard the cotter pins (85). Remove the nuts (84), the
washers (83) and the bolts (96).
(2) Remove the grease duct (81), the trunnion pin (95) and the bushing
(80) with the EXTRACTOR (J47556). Remove the washers (86).
(3) Disengage the nose gear leg (97) from the spherical bearings.
(4) Attach the nose gear leg (97) to the TROLLEY-NLG GROUND HANDLING
(98D32203504000) and disconnect the cable of the mini-hoist.
EFF :
ALL 32-21-11
Page 414
May 01/09
CES
TASK 32-21-11-400-002
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE CONTROLS AGREE WITH THE POSITION OF THE ITEMS THEY
_______
OPERATE BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : PRESSURIZE ONLY THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM(S) THAT IS (ARE) NECESSARY FOR
_______
THE TASK. ISOLATE THE OTHER HYDRAULIC SYSTEM(S) BEFORE YOU SUPPLY
HYDRAULIC POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific block
No specific mini-hoist with a load capacity of 300 daN (675 lbf)
No specific safety barriers
No specific warning notice(s)
No specific access platform 2.06 m (6 ft. 9 in.)
No specific container 5 l (1.3208 USgal)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.20 to 3.60 m.daN
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
R No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.70 to 10.00 m.daN
R (5.00 to 75.00 lbf.ft)
R D23080000 1 PIN-GROUND LOCK,NLG
J47554 1 GUIDE CONE
J47557 1 GUIDE CONE
MZ23080000 1 PIN-LOCKING
98D32203500000 1 TOOL-R I NLG
98D32203504000 1 TROLLEY-NLG GROUND HANDLING
EFF :
ALL 32-21-11
Page 415
Nov 01/09
CES
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-21-11
Page 416
Nov 01/09
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-21-11
Page 417
Nov 01/09
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-21-11-860-052
(1) In the cockpit, on the panel 400VU, make sure that the warning
notice(s) is (are) in position to tell persons not to operate the
landing gear control lever.
EFF :
ALL 32-21-11
Page 418
Nov 01/09
R
CES
(2) Make sure that the warning notice(s) is (are) in position to tell
persons not to pressurize the Green hydraulic system:
- on the panel 40VU in the cockpit,
- on the ground service panel of the Green hydraulic system, access
door (197CB).
(4) Make sure that the container is in position below the NLG door
actuating cylinder (2531GM).
(5) Make sure that the doors of the nose landing gear are open (Ref. TASK
32-22-00-010-001).
(6) Make sure that the access platform is in position in zone 123.
(7) Make sure that the Green hydraulic system is depressurized and put it
in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001)
(8) Make sure that the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system is
depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).
(9) Make sure that the nose gear shock absorber is depressurized. To do
this, act on the charging valve at the top of the shock absorber, as
follows:
(b) Slowly open the valve by one and a half turn maximum.
(10) Make sure that the aircraft is lifted with jacks (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-
581-001).
(11) Make sure that you obeyed the flight configuration precautions
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-001).
Subtask 32-21-11-860-052-A
(1) In the cockpit, on the panel 400VU, make sure that the warning
notice(s) is (are) in position to tell persons not to operate the
landing gear control lever.
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-21-11
Page 419
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(2) Make sure that the warning notice(s) is (are) in position to tell
persons not to pressurize the Green hydraulic system:
- on the panel 40VU in the cockpit,
- on the ground service panel of the Green hydraulic system, access
door (197CB).
(4) Make sure that the container is in position below the NLG door
actuating cylinder (2531GM).
(5) Make sure that the doors of the nose landing gear are open (Ref. TASK
32-22-00-010-001).
(6) Make sure that the access platform is in position in zone 123.
(7) Make sure that the Yellow hydraulic system is depressurized and put
it in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001)
(8) Make sure that the reservoir of the Yellow hydraulic system is
depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).
(9) Make sure that the nose gear shock absorber is depressurized. To do
this, act on the charging valve at the top of the shock absorber, as
follows:
(b) Slowly open the valve by one and a half turn maximum.
(10) Make sure that the aircraft is lifted with jacks (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-
581-001).
(11) Make sure that you obeyed the flight configuration precautions
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-001).
R
EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
32-21-11
Page 420
Feb 01/10
CES
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 32-21-11-865-059
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/BRAKING AND STEERING/SYS2/SPLY 4GG M36
121VU HYDRAULIC/BRAKING AND STEERING/SYS2/CTL 3GG M35
121VU HYDRAULIC/BRAKING AND STEERING/SYS1/CTL 1GG M34
121VU HYDRAULIC/BRAKING AND STEERING/SYS1/IND AND/SPLY 2GG M33
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-21-11-110-051
(1) Clean the nose gear leg and the removed components with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-003A) and dry them with filtered compressed
air.
(2) Make sure that the spherical bearings of the structure move freely,
if not, replace them.
EFF :
ALL 32-21-11
Page 421
Feb 01/10
CES
(4) Install the gear leg on the TROLLEY-NLG GROUND HANDLING
(98D32203504000).
(6) Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) or COMMON
GREASE (Material No. 04-022) to:
NOTE : Do not mix Material No. 04-004 with Material No. 04-022. You
____
can use Material No. 04-022 as an alternative to Material No.
04-004. Clean and degrease the parts before you use Material
No. 04-022.
- the trunnion shafts of the rotating rods
- the trunnion pins (87)
- the hinge pin (60)
- the pin (32)
- the spherical bearings
This makes the installation easier.
(7) Clean the attachment hardware with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-
004A) and dry with filtered compressed air.
Subtask 32-21-11-420-061
(1) Engage the nose gear leg in the nose gear well with the TROLLEY-NLG
GROUND HANDLING (98D32203504000).
(2) Put the gear leg between the spherical bearings with the mini-hoist
with a load capacity of 300 daN (675 lbf).
(3) Engage the trunnion pins (95) in the bearings and push the gear leg
against one of the bearings.
(4) On the opposite side, measure the clearance between the gear leg and
the spherical bearing
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 32-21-11-991-015)
EFF :
ALL 32-21-11
Page 422
May 01/09
CES
R Clearance J between the gear leg and the spherical bearing
Figure 407/TASK 32-21-11-991-015
EFF :
ALL 32-21-11
Page 423
Aug 01/05
CES
R (5) Make a selection of two washers from the list that follows to get a
R clearanceof between 0.1 mm (0.0039 in.) and 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.)
R - washer (86)
R - washer (87)
R - washer (88)
R - washer (89)
R - washer (90)
R - washer (91)
R - washer (92)
R - washer (93)
R - washer (94)
R NOTE : Replace the packings (82) after each removal of the trunnion
____
R pins (95).
R (8) Install the grease ducts (81) in the trunnion pins (95). Install the
R bushings (80) in the trunnion pins (95).
R (9) Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) or COMMON
R GREASE (Material No. 04-022) to the trunnion pins (95) and the
R washers (86).
NOTE : Do not mix Material No. 04-004 with Material No. 04-022. You
____
can use Material No. 04-022 as an alternative to Material No.
04-004. Clean and degrease the parts before you use Material
No. 04-022.
R (10) Install the equipped trunnion pins (95) and the washers (86) or (87)
R or (88) or (89) or (90) or (91) or (92) or (93) or (94) one on each
R side. Align the holes of the trunnion pins (95) with the holes of the
R nose gear leg.
R NOTE : You must install only one washer on each side. The two washer
____
R can have different dimensions .
(11) Apply a thin layer of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-047) to the
threaded and unthreaded parts of the bolts (88).
R (12) Install the bolts (96), the washers (83) and the nuts (84). TORQUE
R the nuts (84) to between 4.4 and 5.2 m.daN (32.44 and 38.34 lbf.ft)
and safety them with cotter pins (85).
R NOTE : Put the heads of the bolts (96) to the front of the aircraft.
____
EFF :
ALL 32-21-11
Page 424
Aug 01/08
CES
Subtask 32-21-11-080-052
Subtask 32-21-11-420-059
NOTE : Push the nose gear leg forward to install the trunnion shafts
____
(73).
(2) Put a block below the nose landing gear shock absorber to keep the
nose landing gear leg at an angle.
(4) Install the bolts (74), the washers (76) and the nuts (70). TORQUE
the nuts (70) to 0.3 m.daN (26.54 lbf.in) and safety them with the
cotter pins (71).
Subtask 32-21-11-420-062
(1) Remove the nut (62), the washer (61), the bolt (65), the ring (64)
and the hinge pin (60).
(2) Align the bores of the nose gear leg with the bores of the drag strut
(66).
(3) Install the hinge pin (60) with the GUIDE CONE (J47554).
(4) Install the ring (64), the bolt (65), the washer (61) and the nut
(62). TORQUE the nut (62) to between 1.7 and 2 m.daN (12.53 and 14.74
lbf.ft) and safety it with a new cotter pin (63).
Subtask 32-21-11-420-057
(1) Remove the nut (48), the bolt (20) the washers (49) and (21) and the
ring (22). Remove the pin (32).
EFF :
ALL 32-21-11
Page 425
Nov 01/09
CES
(3) Install the pin (32) with the GUIDE CONE (J47557). Engage in this
order the spacer (36), the lockstay (45), the washer (46) and the
spherical end of the actuating cylinder (23).
(6) Install the bush (50), the bolt (20), the washers (21) and (49) with
the nut (48). TORQUE the nut (48) to between 1.7 and 2 m.daN (12.53
and 14.74 lbf.ft) and safety it with a new cotter pin (47).
(9) Install the end of the downlock release actuator (24), the washer
(29) and the nut (28). TORQUE the nut (28) to between 2.5 and 3 m.daN
(18.43 and 22.12 lbf.ft) and safety it with a new cotter pin (27).
(10) Remove the blanking plugs and connect the hydraulic lines (25) and
(26).
(11) TORQUE the hydraulic lines (25) and (26) to between 1.52 and 2.14
m.daN (11.20 and 15.78 lbf.ft).
Subtask 32-21-11-420-060
(1) Remove the nuts (38) and (43) and the washers (42) and (39).
(2) Make sure that the pin (34) and the bushes (33) and (35) are in the
correct position.
R (3) Put the lock springs (40) and (41) in position with the coil at the
R bottom part. Install the washers (39) and (42) and the nuts (38) and
R (43). TORQUE the nuts (38) and (43) to between 0.8 and 0.95 m.daN
R (70.79 and 84.07 lbf.in) and safety them with the new cotter pins
R (37) and the cotter pins (44).
NOTE : Stop the pin (34) movement with a wrench in position on the
____
pin flats.
EFF :
ALL 32-21-11
Page 426
May 01/09
CES
Subtask 32-21-11-420-058
(5) Install the NLG wheels 2659GM, 2660GM (Ref. TASK 32-41-12-400-001).
(9) Remove the blanking plugs and install the hydraulic lines (6) and
(7).
(10) TORQUE the hydraulic lines (6) and (7) to between 2.42 and 3.16 m.daN
(17.84 and 23.30 lbf.ft).
(11) Remove the blanking caps and connect the electrical connectors (1)
and (2).
(12) Put the bundles and install the clamp (3). Install the washers (4)
and the nuts (5). Tighten the nuts (5).
Subtask 32-21-11-914-051
J. Sealant Applications
Subtask 32-21-11-865-060
K. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1GA, 2GA, 52GA, 1GG, 2GG, 3GG, 4GG, 1GV
EFF :
ALL 32-21-11
Page 427
May 01/07
CES
Subtask 32-21-11-869-056
L. After you close the LGCIU circuit breakers, put the aircraft back to the
correct (ground) condition (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-002).
Subtask 32-21-11-941-059
(1) Fill the nose gear shock absorber (Ref. TASK 12-12-32-611-005).
(2) Fill the NLG shock absorber with nitrogen (Ref. TASK 12-14-32-614-
004).
Subtask 32-21-11-410-051
N. Close Access
Subtask 32-21-11-720-051
P. Functional Test
(2) Do a functional test of the NLG free fall extension (Ref. TASK 32-33-
00-720-001).
(3) Do a functional test of the nose wheel steering (Ref. TASK 32-51-00-
720-003).
EFF :
ALL 32-21-11
Page 428
Aug 01/05
R
CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-21-11-860-051
(2) Do a check of the contents of the hydraulic reservoirs (Ref. TASK 29-
10-00-200-001).
(5) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-21-11
Page 429
Aug 01/05
R
CES
TASK 32-21-11-920-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-21-11-020-053
(3) Remove the NLG drag strut assy (Ref. TASK 32-21-16-000-002).
EFF :
ALL 32-21-11
Page 430
Aug 01/05
R
CES
(5) Remove the Swivel Bearings (Ref. TASK 32-21-24-000-001)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-21-11-300-050
Subtask 32-21-11-300-050-A
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-21-11-420-056
(1) Install the new or repaired Swivel Bearings (Ref. TASK 32-21-24-400-
001)
(3) Install the NLG drag strut assy (Ref. TASK 32-21-16-400-002).
EFF :
ALL 32-21-11
Page 431
Feb 01/10
CES
(5) Install the wheel (Ref. TASK 32-41-12-400-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-21-11
Page 432
Aug 01/05
CES
ABSORBER ASSY - NLG SHOCK - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________________________
TASK 32-21-13-000-001
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE
_______
CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE CONTROLS AGREE WITH THE POSITION OF THE ITEMS THEY
_______
OPERATE BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : PRESSURIZE ONLY THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM(S) THAT IS (ARE) NECESSARY FOR
_______
THE TASK. ISOLATE THE OTHER HYDRAULIC SYSTEM(S) BEFORE YOU SUPPLY
HYDRAULIC POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-21-13
Page 401
Aug 01/08
CES
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-21-13
Page 402
Feb 01/10
CES
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-21-13-941-050
A. Safety Precautions
(1) In the cockpit, on the panel 400VU put warning notice(s) in position
to tell persons not to operate the landing gear control lever.
(2) On the steering handwheel (CAPT and F/O) and on the brake pedals, put
warning notice(s) in position to tell persons not to operate them .
Subtask 32-21-13-860-050
(1) Lift the aircraft with jacks until the wheels are off the ground
(Ref. TASK 07-11-00-581-001).
Subtask 32-21-13-010-050
C. Get Access
(1) Open the doors of the nose landing gear (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-010-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-21-13
Page 403
May 01/05
R
CES
Subtask 32-21-13-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU HYDRAULIC/BRAKING AND STEERING/SYS2/SPLY 4GG M36
121VU HYDRAULIC/BRAKING AND STEERING/SYS2/CTL 3GG M35
121VU HYDRAULIC/BRAKING AND STEERING/SYS1/CTL 1GG M34
121VU HYDRAULIC/BRAKING AND STEERING/SYS1/IND AND/SPLY 2GG M33
4. Procedure
_________
EFF :
ALL 32-21-13
Page 404
Feb 01/10
CES
Nose Gear Shock Absorber
Figure 401/TASK 32-21-13-991-004
R
EFF :
001-004, 051-054, 32-21-13
Page 405
May 01/05
CES
Nose Gear Shock Absorber
Figure 401A/TASK 32-21-13-991-004-A
R
EFF : 005-049, 055-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-225, 236-238,
32-21-13
Page 406
Feb 01/08
CES
Nose Gear Shock Absorber
Figure 401B/TASK 32-21-13-991-004-B
R
EFF : 106-149, 226-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
32-21-13
Page 407
Feb 01/10
CES
Nose Gear Shock Absorber
Figure 402/TASK 32-21-13-991-001
R
EFF :
001-004, 051-054, 32-21-13
Page 408
May 01/05
CES
Nose Gear Shock Absorber
Figure 402A/TASK 32-21-13-991-001-A
R
EFF : 005-049, 055-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-21-13
Page 409
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
**ON A/C 001-004, 051-054,
Subtask 32-21-13-020-051
(1) Remove the wheels of the nose landing gear.(Ref. TASK 32-41-12-000-
001)
Subtask 32-21-13-020-052
(1) Lightly loosen the valve (1) and let the nitrogen go out of the shock
absorber (11).
(2) Remove the receptacles (21) from the wheel axle. Disconnect the
electrical connectors (22) and put blanking caps on the disconnected
electrical connectors.
(3) Remove and discard the cotter pin (25) and remove the nut (26) and
the bolt (20).
(5) Remove the nut (66), the washer (65) and the clamp (64).
EFF :
ALL 32-21-13
Page 410
Feb 01/10
CES
Electrical harness
Figure 403/TASK 32-21-13-991-005
R
EFF :
001-004, 051-054, 32-21-13
Page 411
May 01/05
CES
Nose Gear Torque Links - Center Hinge
Figure 403A/TASK 32-21-13-991-005-A
R
EFF : 005-049, 055-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-21-13
Page 412
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(6) Disconnect the electrical connector (62) from the electrical
connector (68) and put blanking plugs on the disconnected electrical
connectors.
NOTE : Attach the electrical connector (62) to the top torque link
____
with a cord.
(7) Remove the nut (57), the washer (56) and the pin (63).
(8) Remove the nut (51), the washer (52) and the screw (69).
(9) Remove the support (67) assembled with the electrical connector (68).
(10) Remove the cotter pin (75) from the nut (76).
(11) Remove the nut (76), the washer (77) and the screw (54).
(12) Hold the pin (61), remove the nut (53) and the washer (55).
NOTE : Attach the top torque link to the landing gear leg with a
____
cord.
(15) Remove the nuts (70), the bolts (74) and the washers (71) and (73).
(17) Lift the aircraft with jacks so as to get a clearance higher than
1.50 m (4.92 ft.) between the bottom of the shock absorber and the
ground (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-581-001).
(18) Install the lifting trolley and attach the shock absorber (11).
(19) Open the valve (1) and fully compress the shock absorber (11).
(20) Fold back the tabs of the lockwasher (3) and remove the bolt (2).
(21) Remove the stop plates (4) and (5), then remove the valve (1).
(23) Slowly remove the shock absorber (11). Be careful not to hit the
inner part of the shock strut (8) with the sliding tube.
EFF :
001-004, 051-054, 32-21-13
Page 413
Aug 01/08
CES
(24) Remove the shock absorber (11).
Subtask 32-21-13-020-052-A
(1) Lightly loosen the valve (1) and let the nitrogen go out of the shock
absorber (10).
(2) Remove and discard the cotter pin (22) and remove the nut (23) and
the bolt (20).
(4) Remove the cotter pin (65) from the nut (66).
(5) Remove the nut (66), the washer (67) and the screw (54).
(6) Hold the pin (59), remove the nut (53) and the washer (55).
NOTE : Attach the top torque link to the landing gear leg with a
____
cord.
(9) Remove the nuts (60), the bolts (64) and the washers (61) and (63).
(11) Lift the aircraft with jacks so as to get a clearance higher than
1.50 m (4.92 ft.) between the bottom of the shock absorber and the
ground (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-581-001).
(12) Install the lifting trolley and attach the shock absorber (10).
(13) Open the valve (1) and fully compress the shock absorber (10).
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-21-13
Page 414
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(15) Cut and discard the lockwire between the valve (1) and the stop plate
(4).
(16) Remove the stop plate (4), then remove the valve (1).
(18) Slowly remove the shock absorber (10). Be careful not to hit the
inner part of the shock strut (7) with the sliding tube.
R
EFF : 005-049, 055-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-21-13
Page 415
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 32-21-13-400-001
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE
_______
CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE CONTROLS AGREE WITH THE POSITION OF THE ITEMS THEY
_______
OPERATE BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : PRESSURIZE ONLY THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM(S) THAT IS (ARE) NECESSARY FOR
_______
THE TASK. ISOLATE THE OTHER HYDRAULIC SYSTEM(S) BEFORE YOU SUPPLY
HYDRAULIC POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-21-13
Page 416
Nov 01/09
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
J47564 1 ADAPTOR
J47999 1 GUIDE CONE
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-21-13
Page 417
Aug 01/09
CES
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-21-13
Page 418
Nov 01/07
R
CES
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-21-13
Page 419
Feb 01/10
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-21-13-860-052
(1) In the cockpit, on the panel 400VU, make sure that the warning
notice(s) is (are) in position to tell persons not to operate the
landing gear control lever.
(2) On the steering handwheel (CAPT and F/O) and on the brake pedals,
make sure that the warning notice(s) is (are) in position to tell
persons not to operate them.
(4) Make sure that the aircraft is lifted with jacks (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-
581-001).
(5) Make sure that the doors of the nose landing gear are open (Ref. TASK
32-22-00-010-001).
(6) Make sure that the access platform is in position in zone 123.
EFF :
ALL 32-21-13
Page 420
Feb 01/10
CES
Subtask 32-21-13-865-051
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU HYDRAULIC/BRAKING AND STEERING/SYS2/SPLY 4GG M36
121VU HYDRAULIC/BRAKING AND STEERING/SYS2/CTL 3GG M35
121VU HYDRAULIC/BRAKING AND STEERING/SYS1/CTL 1GG M34
121VU HYDRAULIC/BRAKING AND STEERING/SYS1/IND AND/SPLY 2GG M33
4. Procedure
_________
EFF :
ALL 32-21-13
Page 421
Feb 01/10
CES
**ON A/C 001-004, 051-054,
Subtask 32-21-13-110-051
(1) Clean all the removed parts with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-
001) and dry them with compressed air.
(2) Make sure that the parts and the chromed surfaces are in the correct
condition.
(3) Make sure that the three friction pads (12) are in position in the
upper part of the shock strut.
(4) Make sure that the scraper (15) is in the correct condition. Replace
the scraper (15) if necessary.
(6) Systematically replace the seal (14) and the ring (13).
(7) Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022) or COMMON
GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the pin (61) and to the bores of the
torque link arms.
NOTE : Do not mix Material No. 04-004 with Material No. 04-022. You
____
can use Material No. 04-004 as an alternative to Material No.
04-022. It is necessary to clean and degrease the parts before
you use an alternative grease.
(8) Clean the attachment hardware with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-
004A) and dry them with filtered compressed air.
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-21-13
Page 422
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(9) Apply a light coat of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-047) to the
threads of all the nuts, screws, bolts and pins.
(10) Apply a light layer of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-047) to the
threaded parts and the stop plates (4) and (5).
(11) Apply a light layer of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-047) to the
lugs of the shock absorber upper part.
Subtask 32-21-13-420-052
CAUTION : WHEN YOU INSTALL THE SHOCK ABSORBER, MAKE SURE THAT YOU ALIGN
_______
THE PISTON LUGS WITH THE SLOTS IN THE SHOCK STRUT BACKPLATE.
THE SHOCK ABSORBER WILL THUS BE IN THE CORRECT POSITION (THE
WHEEL AXLE PERPENDICULAR TO THE AIRCRAFT CENTERLINE). AN
INCORRECT INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE IMPORTANT DAMAGE TO THE NLG.
(2) Install the GUIDE CONE (J47999) on the threaded part of the sliding
tube.
(3) Release the nitrogen pressure and fully compress the shock absorber.
(4) Make sure that the bush (10) is in position on the shock absorber
(11).
(5) Slowly engage the shock absorber in the shock strut. Be careful not
to cause damage to the friction pads (12) when the shock absorber
goes near the upper self-aligning bearing.
(7) Lift the shock absorber (11) so as to align the lugs of the piston
with the slots in the shock-strut backplate (9).
(8) Remove the GUIDE CONE (J47999) from the threaded part of the sliding
tube.
NOTE : When the shock absorber (11) is fully engaged in the top of
____
the shock strut (8), the length of the thread (16) that you
can see is between 17 and 18 mm (0.67 and 0.71 in.).
R (9) Install and tighten the nut (7) with the ADAPTOR (J47564) to between
22 and 25 m.daN (162.24 and 184.36 lbf.ft).
EFF :
001-004, 051-054, 32-21-13
Page 423
Aug 01/08
CES
(10) Install the charging valve:
(c) TORQUE the valve (1) to between 1 and 1.25 m.daN (88.49 and
110.61 lbf.in).
(d) Install the stop plate (4), align it with a hole of the plate (5)
and the related thread of the nut (7).
(e) Install the new lockwasher (3) and the screw (2).
(f) TORQUE the screw (2) to between 0.25 and 0.35 m.daN (22.12 and
30.97 lbf.in) and safety with the lockwasher (3).
(12) Do the replenishment of the NLG shock absorber (Ref. TASK 12-12-32-
611-005).
(13) Pressurize the shock absorber with nitrogen to slowly extend the
shock absorber and make sure that the cams are engaged (Ref. TASK 12-
14-32-614-004).
(14) With the shock absorber fully extended, make sure that the wheel axle
is perpendicular to the aircraft centerline.
NOTE : In the fully extended position of the shock absorber, the NLG
____
is automatically centered (the nose wheel steering is in zero
position).
(a) Make sure that the dimension H of the extended part of the NLG
sliding tube between the lower area of the NLG lower bearing and
the upper surface of the towing fitting lug is between 454.6 mm
(17.8976 in.) and 445.6 mm (17.5433 in.).
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 32-21-13-991-009)
(15) Try to turn the NLG shock absorber around its vertical axis to make
sure that the anti-rotation lugs are engaged in the slots of the back
plate:
(b) If you can turn the shock absorber, this shows that the
anti-rotation lugs are not engaged in the slots because the
centering cams are not correctly installed.You must remove the
shock absorber to install the cams in the correct position.
(16) Install the stop (72), the bolts (74), the washers (71) and (73) and
the nuts (70). Tighten the nuts (70).
EFF :
001-004, 051-054, 32-21-13
Page 424
Aug 01/08
R
CES
NLG Shock Absorber - Clearance
Figure 404/TASK 32-21-13-991-009
R
EFF :
ALL 32-21-13
Page 425
May 01/05
CES
(17) Install the support (67) assembled with the electrical connector
(68).
(18) Install the screw (69), the washer (52) and the nut (51). Tighten the
nut (51).
(19) Install the pin (63), the washer (56) and the nut (57). Tighten the
nut (57).
NOTE : Make sure that there are no hard points when you moved the
____
torque links through their full travel.
(20) Apply a layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022) to the washers
(58), (59) and (60) and to the pin (61).
(21) Align the bores of the torque links and install the washers (58),
(60) and the washer (59).
(23) Make sure that the play at the torque link hinges is correct
(Ref. TASK 32-21-00-200-003).
(c) TORQUE the nut (53) to 9 m.daN (66.37 lbf.ft) and loosen the nut
(53). Do this three times.
R (d) Loosen the nut (53) to get a clearance between 0.02 mm (0.0007
R in.) and 0.1 mm (0.0039 in.).
(e) Make sure that you can align a hole of the nut (53) with the slot
of the pin (61) and keep the clearance given above.
If not:
- loosen the nut (53),
- remove the washer (55),
- adjust the thickness of the washer (55) to get the clearance
given above with a hole of the nut (53) aligned with the slot
of the pin (61).
EFF :
001-004, 051-054, 32-21-13
Page 426
Nov 01/09
CES
NOTE : The total thickness of the washer (55) (shoulder included)
____
must not be less than 4 mm (0.1574 in.). If the thickness
of the washer (55) is less than 4 mm (0.1574 in.), replace
it with a new washer (55).
(g) Install the screw (54), the washer (77), the nut (76) and tighten
it.
(h) Install the new cotter pin (75) to the nut (76).
(26) Make sure that the lubrication points are clean and in good condition
on the pin (61).
(27) Remove the blanking plugs and connect the electrical connector (62)
to the electrical connector (68).
(28) Install the clamp (64), the washer (65) and the nut (66). Tighten the
nut (66).
Subtask 32-21-13-420-051
(1) Install the support (24) and put the bundle (23) in the axle.
(2) Install the bolt (20) with its head up and install the nut (26).
(3) TORQUE the nut (26) to between 1.7 and 2 m.daN (12.53 and 14.74
lbf.ft) and safety it with a cotter pin (25).
(4) Remove the blanking plugs and connect the electrical connectors (22)
to the plugs (21).
R
EFF :
001-004, 051-054, 32-21-13
Page 427
May 01/05
CES
(6) Install the wheels on the nose landing gear (Ref. TASK 32-41-12-400-
001).
Subtask 32-21-13-110-051-A
(1) Clean all the removed parts with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-
001) and dry them with compressed air.
(2) Make sure that the parts and the chromed surfaces are in the correct
condition.
(3) Make sure that the three friction pads (11) are in position in the
upper part of the shock strut.
(4) Make sure that the scraper (14) is in the correct condition. Replace
the scraper (14) if necessary
(6) Systematically replace the seal (13) and the ring (12).
(7) Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022) or COMMON
GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the pin (59) and to the bores of the
torque link arms.
NOTE : Do not mix Material No. 04-004 with Material No. 04-022. You
____
can use Material No. 04-004 as an alternative to Material No.
04-022. It is necessary to clean and degrease the parts before
you use an alternative grease.
(8) Clean the attachment hardware with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-
004A) and dry them with filtered compressed air.
(9) Apply a light coat of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-047) to the
threads of all the nuts, screws, bolts and pins.
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-21-13
Page 428
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(10) Apply a light layer of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-047) to the
threaded parts and the stop plate (4).
(11) Apply a light layer of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-047) to the
lugs of the shock absorber upper part.
Subtask 32-21-13-420-052-A
CAUTION : WHEN YOU INSTALL THE SHOCK ABSORBER, MAKE SURE THAT YOU ALIGN
_______
THE PISTON LUGS WITH THE SLOTS IN THE SHOCK STRUT BACKPLATE.
THE SHOCK ABSORBER WILL THUS BE IN THE CORRECT POSITION (THE
WHEEL AXLE PERPENDICULAR TO THE AIRCRAFT CENTERLINE). AN
INCORRECT INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE IMPORTANT DAMAGE TO THE NLG.
(2) Install the GUIDE CONE (J47999) on the threaded part of the sliding
tube.
(3) Release the nitrogen pressure and fully compress the shock absorber.
(4) Make sure that the bush (9) is in position on the shock absorber
(10).
(5) Slowly engage the shock absorber in the shock strut. Be careful not
to cause damage to the friction pads (11) when the shock absorber
goes near the upper self-aligning bearing.
(7) Lift the shock absorber (10) so as to align the lugs of the piston
with the slots in the shock-strut backplate (8).
(8) Remove the GUIDE CONE (J47999) from the threaded part of the sliding
tube.
NOTE : When the shock absorber (10) is fully engaged in the top of
____
the shock strut (7), the length of the thread (15) that you
can see is between 17 and 18 mm (0.67 and 0.71 in.).
(9) Install and tighten the nut (6) with the ADAPTOR (J47564) to between
22 and 25 m.daN (162.24 and 184.36 lbf.ft).
R
EFF : 005-049, 055-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-21-13
Page 429
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(10) Install the charging valve:
(c) TORQUE the valve (1) to between 1 and 1.25 m.daN (88.49 and
110.61 lbf.in) and safety with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
010).
(e) TORQUE the screw (2) to between 0.25 and 0.35 m.daN (22.12 and
30.97 lbf.in) .
(12) Do the replenishment of the NLG shock absorber (Ref. TASK 12-12-32-
611-005).
(13) Pressurize the shock absorber with nitrogen to slowly extend the
shock absorber and to make sure that the cams are engaged (Ref. TASK
12-14-32-614-004).
(14) With the shock absorber fully extended, make sure that the wheel axle
is perpendicular to the aircraft centerline.
NOTE : In the fully extended position of the shock absorber, the NLG
____
is automatically centered (the nose wheel steering is in zero
position).
(a) Make sure that the dimension H of the extended part of the NLG
sliding tube between the lower area of the NLG lower bearing and
the upper surface of the towing fitting lug is between 454.6 mm
(17.8976 in.) and 445.6 mm (17.5433 in.).
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 32-21-13-991-009)
(15) Try to turn the NLG shock absorber around its vertical axis to make
sure that the anti-rotation lugs are engaged in the slots of the back
plate:
(b) If you can turn the shock absorber, this shows that the
anti-rotation lugs are not engaged in the slots because the
centering cams are not correctly installed.You must remove the
shock absorber to install the cams in the correct position.
R
EFF : 005-049, 055-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-21-13
Page 430
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(16) Install the stop (62), the bolts (64), the washers (61) and (63) and
the nuts (60). Tighten the nuts (60).
NOTE : Make sure that there are no hard points when you move the
____
torque links through their full travel.
(17) Apply a layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022) to the washers
(56), (57) and (58) and to the pin (59).
(18) Align the bores of the torque links and install the washers (56),
(58) and the washer (57).
(20) Make sure that the play at the torque link hinges is correct
(Ref. TASK 32-21-00-200-003).
(c) TORQUE the nut (53) to 9 m.daN (66.37 lbf.ft) and loosen the nut
(53). Do this three times.
(d) Loosen the nut (53) to get a clearance between 0.02 mm (0.0007
in.) and 0.1 mm (0.0039 in.).
(e) Make sure that you can align a hole of the nut (53) with the slot
of the pin (59) and keep the clearance given above.
If not:
- loosen the nut (53),
- remove the washer (55),
- adjust the thickness of the washer (55) to get the clearance
given above with a hole of the nut (53) aligned with the slot
of the pin (59).
R
EFF : 005-049, 055-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-21-13
Page 431
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
- do the torque procedure on the nut (53) again.
(g) Install the screw (54), the washer (67), the nut (66) and tighten
it.
(h) Install the new cotter pin (65) to the nut (66).
(23) Make sure that the lubrication points are clean and in good condition
on the pin (59).
Subtask 32-21-13-420-051-A
(2) Install the bolt (20) with its head up and install the nut (23).
(3) TORQUE the nut (23) to between 1.7 and 2 m.daN (12.53 and 14.74
lbf.ft) and safety it with a cotter pin (22).
(4) Install the wheels on the nose landing gear (Ref. TASK 32-41-12-400-
001).
Subtask 32-21-13-865-053
D. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1GG, 2GG, 3GG, 4GG, 1GV
EFF :
ALL 32-21-13
Page 432
Nov 01/07
R
CES
Subtask 32-21-13-941-053
(1) Fill the shock absorber with hydraulic fluid (Ref. TASK 12-12-32-611-
005).
(2) Charge the shock absorber with nitrogen (Ref. TASK 12-14-32-614-004).
(3) With the shock absorber fully extended, make sure that the wheel axle
is perpendicular to the aircraft centerline.
NOTE : In the fully extended position of the shock absorber, the NLG
____
is automatically centered (the nose wheel steering is in the
zero position).
(a) Make sure that dimension H of the extended part of the NLG
sliding tube between the lower area of the NLG lower bearing and
the upper surface of the towing fitting lug is between 454.6 mm
(17.8976 in.) and 445.6 mm (17.5433 in.).
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 32-21-13-991-009)
Subtask 32-21-13-720-051
F. Test
(1) Do the functional test of the NLG normal extension and retraction
(Ref. TASK 32-31-00-720-003) or (Ref. TASK 32-31-00-720-002).
EFF :
ALL 32-21-13
Page 433
May 01/09
CES
R **ON A/C 051-099, 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
R 528-599,
Subtask 32-21-13-720-051-A
F. Test
(1) Do the functional test of the NLG normal extension and retraction
(Ref. TASK 32-31-00-720-003) or (Ref. TASK 32-31-00-720-002).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-21-13-860-051
(4) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 32-21-13-410-051
B. Close Access
EFF :
ALL 32-21-13
Page 434
Feb 01/10
CES
TASK 32-21-13-960-001
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE
_______
CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This procedure tells you how to replace the dynamic seals on the NLG shock
absorber when there is leakage at the upper cam (between the sliding rod and
the cylinder).
NOTE : If a leakage from the NLG shock absorber has occured, one return
____
flight is permitted for repair to be completed, if:
- the leak rate from the turning table drain hole is less than 10
drops/min, weight on wheels
R - the servicing level of the shock absorber is done , less than one
R hour before a flight
EFF :
ALL 32-21-13
Page 435
Aug 01/06
CES
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-21-13
Page 436
Feb 01/09
CES
R C. Expendable Parts
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-21-13
Page 437
Aug 01/08
CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-21-13-941-054
A. Safety Precautions
(1) In the cockpit, on the panel 400VU put warning notice(s) in position
to tell persons not to operate the landing gear control lever.
(2) On the steering handwheels (CAPT and F/O) and on the brake pedals,
put warning notice(s) in position to tell persons not to operate
them.
Subtask 32-21-13-860-053
(1) Lift the aircraft with jacks until the wheels are off the ground
(Ref. TASK 07-11-00-581-001).
Subtask 32-21-13-010-051
C. Get Access
(2) Use the JAWS-FALSE (D46795) and the JAWS-FALSE (M46200) to hold the
shock absorber.
Subtask 32-21-13-865-054
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU HYDRAULIC/BRAKING AND STEERING/SYS2/SPLY 4GG M36
121VU HYDRAULIC/BRAKING AND STEERING/SYS2/CTL 3GG M35
121VU HYDRAULIC/BRAKING AND STEERING/SYS1/CTL 1GG M34
121VU HYDRAULIC/BRAKING AND STEERING/SYS1/IND AND/SPLY 2GG M33
EFF :
ALL 32-21-13
Page 438
Feb 01/10
CES
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-21-13-020-053
WARNING : BEFORE YOU REMOVE PARTS FROM THE SHOCK ABSORBER, MAKE SURE THAT
_______
YOU MAKE MATCHMARKS WITH A FELT-TIP MARKER. THIS IS VERY
IMPORTANT. IT WILL LET YOU INSTALL THE PARTS IN THE CORRECT
POSITION WHEN YOU ASSEMBLE THE SHOCK ABSORBER AGAIN.
INCORRECT ASSEMBLY OF THE SHOCK ABSORBER IS DANGEROUS FOR
AIRCRAFT SAFETY.
(1) Before you remove the cylinder (3), make a mark with a felt tip
marker to show the position of the sliding tube (9), upper cam (7),
cylinder (3).
(3) Make sure that the shock absorber is fully depressurized and fully
compressed
WARNING : BEFORE, DISASSEMBLY MAKE SURE THAT YOU RELEASE ALL THE
_______
NITROGEN PRESSURE FROM THE SHOCK ABSORBER.
REMAINING PRESSURE CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SHOCK ABSORBER
AND INJURY TO PERSONS.
(a) If not, remove the cap (1) and slowly open the valve (2) by one
and a half turn maximum.
Subtask 32-21-13-020-054
R (1) Remove the retaining ring (4) with the WRENCH-PIN (M46201).
(a) Turn the retaining bush (5) to align its open groove with the 1.6
mm (0.0629 in.) dia. hole at the end of the upper cam (7).
EFF :
ALL 32-21-13
Page 439
Aug 01/08
CES
NLG Shock Absorber- Dynamic Seals
Figure 405/TASK 32-21-13-991-006
EFF :
ALL 32-21-13
Page 440
Aug 01/08
R
CES
(b) Put a rod in the 1.6 mm (0.0629 in.) dia. hole.
R (c) Turn the retaining bush (5) with the WRENCH-PIN (M46201).
NOTE : This causes the retaining ring (4) to move so that you can
____
hold it without damage to the upper cam (7).
(2) Remove the retaining bush (5) and the eight dowels (6).
(3) Carefully remove the cylinder (3) and the upper cam (7) together.
R Subtask 32-21-13-020-055
R (1) Remove the seal (11) and the back-up rings (10) with the SPATULA
R (89901) and discard them.
R (2) Remove the seal (12) with the SPATULA (89901) and discard it.
Subtask 32-21-13-210-051
CAUTION : DO NOT USE SOLVENTS THAT CONTAIN CHLORINE TO CLEAN PARTS WITH A
_______
RILSAN COATING.
(1) Clean the parts that have grease with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No.
11-004).
EFF :
ALL 32-21-13
Page 441
Aug 01/08
CES
(2) Clean all the parts with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-002) and
dry them with filtered compressed air.
(3) Fully clean the seal grooves on the upper cam (7).
(4) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
R Subtask 32-21-13-420-053
R (1) Before installation of the new seal (12),assemble the elastomer seal
R and the back-up ring together
R (2) Install the new seal (12) in the correct direction with the SPATULA
R (89901) on the upper cam (7).
R (Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 32-21-13-991-006)
R (3) If necessary, install the new scraper (13) on the upper cam (7).
R (4) Install the new seal (11) and the new back-up rings (10) with the
R SPATULA (89901) on the upper cam (7).
Subtask 32-21-13-420-054
CAUTION : ALWAYS INSTALL THE SAME LOWER CAM WITH THE SAME UPPER CAME THEY
_______
ARE A MATCHED ASSEMBLY AND MUST STAY TOGETHER.
NOTE : You must align the reference line on the upper cam (7) with
____
the reference line on the lower cam (8).
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 32-21-13-991-007)
EFF :
ALL 32-21-13
Page 442
Aug 01/08
CES
NLG Shock Absorber - Reference Axes
Figure 406/TASK 32-21-13-991-007
EFF :
ALL 32-21-13
Page 443
Aug 01/08
R
CES
(3) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-047) only to the longer
bearing surface of the upper cam (7).
(4) Carefully engage the cylinder (3) with the upper cam (7) in the
sliding tube (9) until it touches the bottom of the bore.
(5) Put the upper cam (7) in the position that agrees with the mark you
made at removal.
(6) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-047) on the eight dowels
(6), the retaining bush (5) and the retaining ring (4).
(7) Install the eight dowels (6) and the retaining bush (5).
R (8) Install the retaining ring (4) with the WRENCH-PIN (M46201).
Put the bent end of the retaining ring (4) in the open groove of the
retaining bush (5).
(9) Make sure that the positions of the upper cam (7) and the lower cam
(8) are correct.
(10) With the shock absorber in the fully extended position, measure the
dimension A which must be approximately 377.5 mm (14.86 in.).
Subtask 32-21-13-710-051
(1) Pressurize the shock absorber with dry nitrogen to 19 bars (275 PSI)
for one hour.
(a) Install the FILLING ASSEMBLY (M21930) on the charging valve (2).
EFF :
ALL 32-21-13
Page 444
Aug 01/08
CES
NLG Shock Absorber - Pressurization
Figure 407/TASK 32-21-13-991-008
EFF :
ALL 32-21-13
Page 445
Aug 01/08
R
CES
(b) Install the standard charging equipment on the FILLING ASSEMBLY
(M21930), as follows :
1
_ Connect the filling hose (22) to the FILLING ASSEMBLY
(M21930).
2
_ Install the pressure gage (21) on the 3-way valve (23).
3
_ Connect to the 3-way valve (23) to the filling hose (22).
4
_ Make sure that the control valves (24) and (25) are closed.
5
_ Connect the nitrogen source to the 3-way valve (23) with the
supply hose (26).
(c) Open the control valve (25) to inflate the shock absorber to 19
bars (275 PSI).
Close the control valve (25) to stop the nitrogen supply.
(2) After one hour, measure the pressure of the shock absorber : the
pressure must not decrease.
(3) Open the control valve (24) to depressurize the shock absorber.
(4) Remove the standard charging equipment and the FILLING ASSEMBLY
(M21930).
Subtask 32-21-13-420-055
NOTE : The shock absorber is empty, you must do a full servicing of the
____
shock absorber during the installation procedure.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-21-13-865-055
A. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1GG, 2GG, 3GG, 4GG, 1GV
R
EFF :
ALL 32-21-13
Page 446
Aug 01/08
CES
Subtask 32-21-13-860-054
(4) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 32-21-13
Page 447
Feb 01/06
CES
Nose Gear Shock Absorber
Figure 408/TASK 32-21-13-991-010
R
EFF : 005-049, 055-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-21-13
Page 448
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
R Electrical Harness
R Figure 409/TASK 32-21-13-991-011
EFF :
001-004, 052-054, 32-21-13
Page 449
Feb 01/08
CES
Nose Gear Torque Links-Center Hinge
Figure 409A/TASK 32-21-13-991-011-A
R
EFF : 005-049, 055-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-21-13
Page 450
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
R Nose Gear Shock Absorber
R Figure 410/TASK 32-21-13-991-012
EFF : 005-049, 055-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-225, 236-238,
32-21-13
Page 451
Feb 01/08
CES
Nose Gear Shock Absorber
Figure 410A/TASK 32-21-13-991-012-A
R
EFF : 106-149, 226-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
32-21-13
Page 452
Feb 01/10
CES
STRUT ASSY - NLG DRAG (2528GM) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_____________________________________________________
TASK 32-21-16-000-002
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-21-16
Page 401
May 01/09
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-21-16-860-050
(1) Make sure that the Green hydraulic system is depressurized and put it
in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001)
Subtask 32-21-16-941-057
B. Safety Precautions
(1) In the cockpit, on the panel 400VU put warning notice(s) in position
to tell persons not to operate the landing gear control lever.
(2) Put the warning notice(s) in position to tell persons not pressurize
the Green hydraulic system:
- on the panel 40VU in the cockpit,
- on the ground service panel of the Green hydraulic system, access
door (197CB).
(4) Obey the applicable safety precautions before you open the LGCIU
circuits breakers (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-21-16
Page 402
Feb 01/08
CES
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
R 528-599,
Subtask 32-21-16-860-050-A
(1) Make sure that the Yellow hydraulic system is depressurized and put
it in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001)
Subtask 32-21-16-941-057-A
B. Safety Precautions
(1) In the cockpit, on the panel 400VU put warning notice(s) in position
to tell persons not to operate the landing gear control lever.
(2) Put the warning notice(s) in position to tell persons not pressurize
the Yellow hydraulic system:
- on the panel 40VU in the cockpit,
- on the ground service panel of the Yellow hydraulic system, access
door (196BB).
(4) Obey the applicable safety precautions before you open the LGCIU
circuits breakers (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-001).
R
EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
32-21-16
Page 403
Feb 01/10
CES
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 32-21-16-865-059
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/BRAKING AND STEERING/SYS2/SPLY 4GG M36
121VU HYDRAULIC/BRAKING AND STEERING/SYS2/CTL 3GG M35
121VU HYDRAULIC/BRAKING AND STEERING/SYS1/CTL 1GG M34
121VU HYDRAULIC/BRAKING AND STEERING/SYS1/IND AND/SPLY 2GG M33
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
Subtask 32-21-16-010-051
D. Get Access
(1) Open the doors of the nose landing gear (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-010-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-21-16-020-055
(1) Use a scraper to remove the protective sealant from the parts to be
removed.
R (3) Install the attach bar of the TOOL-R I NLG (98D32203500000). Install
the HOISTING DEVICE (M21931) and attach a mini-hoist.
(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (4), remove the nut (3), the
washer (2) and the bolt (6).
EFF :
ALL 32-21-16
Page 404
May 01/09
CES
Lower connection
Figure 401/TASK 32-21-16-991-003
EFF :
ALL 32-21-16
Page 405
Aug 01/05
R
CES
Upper connections
Figure 402/TASK 32-21-16-991-004
EFF :
ALL 32-21-16
Page 406
Aug 01/05
R
CES
(b) Remove the ring (5).
CAUTION : PUSH THE NOSE GEAR LEG TO THE FRONT TO PREVENT DAMAGE
_______
TO THE ROTATING CONTROL RODS OF THE REAR NOSE LANDING
GEAR DOORS.
(d) Put a block at an angle. below the nose landing gear wheels to
keep the nose landing gear leg
(e) Remove and discard the cotter pins (18), remove the nuts (17) and
the washers (16).
(g) Remove the lubrication inserts (11), the bushes (10) and the
trunnion pins (15) with the EXTRACTOR (J47562). Remove the
washers (21).
(h) Release the drag strut (7) from the spherical bearings and remove
it.
EFF :
ALL 32-21-16
Page 407
Aug 01/09
R
CES
TASK 32-21-16-400-002
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-21-16
Page 408
Nov 01/09
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-21-16
Page 409
Nov 01/07
R
CES
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-21-16-860-051
(1) Make sure that the Green hydraulic system is depressurized and put it
in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001)
(2) Make sure that the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system is
depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-21-16
Page 410
Feb 01/08
CES
(3) Make sure that the aircraft is lifted (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-581-003).
(4) In the cockpit, on the panel 400VU, make sure that the warning
notice(s) is (are) in position to tell persons not to operate the
landing gear control lever.
(5) Make sure that the warning notice(s) is (are) in position to tell
persons not to pressurize the Green hydraulic system:
- on the panel 40VU in the cockpit,
- on the ground service panel of the Green hydraulic system, access
door (197CB).
(7) Make sure that the container is in position below the NLG door
actuating cylinder (2531GM).
(8) Make sure that the doors of the nose landing gear are open (Ref. TASK
32-22-00-010-001).
(9) Make sure that the access platform is in position in zone 123.
(10) Make sure that you obeyed the flight configuration precautions
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-001).
Subtask 32-21-16-860-051-A
(1) Make sure that the Yellow hydraulic system is depressurized and put
it in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001)
(2) Make sure that the reservoir of the Yellow hydraulic system is
depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).
(3) Make sure that the aircraft is lifted (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-581-003).
(4) In the cockpit, on the panel 400VU, make sure that the warning
notice(s) is (are) in position to tell persons not to operate the
landing gear control lever.
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-21-16
Page 411
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
R (5) Make sure that the warning notice(s) is (are) in position to tell
R persons not to pressurize the Yellow hydraulic system:
R - on the panel 40VU in the cockpit,
R - on the ground service panel of the Yellow hydraulic system, access
R door (196BB).
R (7) Make sure that the container is in position below the NLG door
R actuating cylinder (2531GM).
R (8) Make sure that the doors of the nose landing gear are open (Ref. TASK
R 32-22-00-010-001).
R (9) Make sure that the access platform is in position in zone 123.
R (10) Make sure that you obeyed the flight configuration precautions
R (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-001).
Subtask 32-21-16-865-060
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/BRAKING AND STEERING/SYS2/SPLY 4GG M36
121VU HYDRAULIC/BRAKING AND STEERING/SYS2/CTL 3GG M35
121VU HYDRAULIC/BRAKING AND STEERING/SYS1/CTL 1GG M34
121VU HYDRAULIC/BRAKING AND STEERING/SYS1/IND AND/SPLY 2GG M33
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
EFF :
ALL 32-21-16
Page 412
Aug 01/05
CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-21-16-110-052
(1) Clean the removed parts with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004A)
and dry them with filtered compressed air.
(2) Apply a light coat of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-047) to the
threads of all the nuts, screws, bolts and pins.
(3) Apply a thin layer of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-047) to the
bushes (10) and the bolts (13) but not on the threads.
(4) Apply a thin layer COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022) or COMMON
GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the pins and the washers.
NOTE : Do not mix Material No. 04-004 with Material No. 04-022. You
____
can use Material No.04-004 as an alternative to Material No.
04-022. It is necessary to clean and degrease the parts before
you use an alternative grease.
Subtask 32-21-16-420-052
(1) Install the HOISTING DEVICE (M21931) on the drag strut (7).
(a) Install the drag strut(forestay) (7) between the two spherical
R bearings with the mini-hoist and the attach bar of the TOOL-R I
R NLG (98D32203500000)
NOTE : The retaining plate (20) on the drag strut center pin (19)
____
can be on the left or right side of the drag strut
assembly. This is because the upper part of the drag strut
(forestay) is a symetrical part.
(b) Engage the trunnion pins (15) (do not engage them fully) in the
spherical bearings and put the drag strut(forestay) against one
of the bearings.
(c) On the opposite side, measure the clearance between the spherical
bearing and the drag strut(forestay)(7).
EFF :
ALL 32-21-16
Page 413
May 01/09
CES
Roller
Figure 403/TASK 32-21-16-991-005
EFF :
ALL 32-21-16
Page 414
Aug 01/05
R
CES
Functional gaps
Figure 404/TASK 32-21-16-991-006
EFF :
ALL 32-21-16
Page 415
Aug 01/05
R
CES
Nose gear door - Control rod
Figure 405/TASK 32-21-16-991-007
EFF :
ALL 32-21-16
Page 416
Aug 01/05
R
CES
R (d) Make a selection of two washers from the list that follows to get
R a clearance of between 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) and 0.5 mm (0.0196
in.)
R - washer (21)
R
R - washer (22)
R - washer (23)
R - washer (24).
R NOTE : You must install only one washer on each side. The two
____
R washers can have different dimensions
(e) Remove the trunnion pins (15). Install the lubrication inserts
(11) with the new packings (12) and the bushes (10) in the
trunnion pins (15).
NOTE : Install the new packings (12) after each removal of the
____
trunnion pins (15).
R (f) Put one of the washers (21),(22),(23) or (24) on each side of the
R drag strut (forestay)(7). Install the trunnion pins (15)
R assembled with the lubrication inserts (11) and the bushes (10).
(g) Make sure that the greases nipples of the lubrication insert (11)
point up.
(h) Align the rigging bores of the trunnion pins (15) and the drag
strut(forestay) (7).
(i) Install the bolts (13), the washers (16) and the nuts (17).
TORQUE the nuts (17) to between 2.5 and 3 m.daN (18.43 and 22.12
lbf.ft) and safety with the cotter pins (18).
NOTE : Put the bolt (13) heads to the rear of the aircraft.
____
(j) Align the rigging bores of the nose landing gear leg and the drag
strut (7) and install the pin (1) with the GUIDE CONE (J47554).
(l) Install the ring (5), align the rigging bores with the pin (1).
(m) Install the bolt (6), the washer (2) and the nut (3). TORQUE the
nut (3) to between 1.7 and 2 m.daN (12.53 and 14.74 lbf.ft) and
safety with the new cotter pin (4).
EFF :
ALL 32-21-16
Page 417
Aug 01/08
CES
Subtask 32-21-16-820-055
(1) Make sure that the SAFETY PIN - NLG DOOR (98D32203502000) and the
R SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK (460005835) are in position.
(2) Make sure that the fork end (40) is in the correct position and that
the bolt (35) is lightly tightened.
(4) On the left side, remove the cotter pins (60) and (64), the nuts (61)
and (65) and the washers (62) and (66).
(5) Remove the bolts (71) and (68), remove the rod (63).
(6) Remove the SAFETY PIN - NLG DOOR (98D32203502000) from the left door
(69). Manually close the left door (69) and put against the front
stop (70).
(8) Release the left door (69) and install the SAFETY PIN - NLG DOOR
(98D32203502000).
(13) Remove the cotter pin (37), the nut (38), the washer (39), the pin
(30), the washer (31), the roller (33) and the washers (32).
EFF :
ALL 32-21-16
Page 418
Feb 01/08
CES
(14) If necessary:
- cut and discard the lockwire from the bolt (35),
- release the tabs of the lock plate (34).
(15) Remove the bolt (35), the lock plate (34) and the washer (36). Remove
the fork end (40) and the serrated plate (41).
(16) Choose between the six shim: shim (42), shim (43), shim (44), shim
(45), shim (46), shim (47) to adjust the clearance K and get the
clearances J3 = 20 mm (0.7874 in.) and J4 = 74 mm (2.9133 in.) min.
(17) Apply some SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-047) on the chosen
shims and install them on the support (48).
(18) Install the serrated plate (41) on the fork end (40).
(19) Install the fork end (40) and the serrated plate.
(20) Apply a thin layer of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-047) to the
threaded and unthreaded part of the bolt (35) .
(21) Install the washer (36), the new lock plate (34) and the bolt (35).
NOTE : Move the support (48) on the drag strut assembly to get the
____
adjustment
(23) TORQUE the bolt (35) to between 3.3 and 3.9 m.daN (24.33 and 28.76
lbf.ft).
(24) Install the pin (30), the washers (31), (32) and the roller (33).
Install the washer (39) and the nut (38). TORQUE the nut (38) to
between 1.7 and 2 m.daN (12.53 and 14.74 lbf.ft).
(26) Measure the clearances J1,J2,J3,J4 and make sure that they are in the
tolerance .
EFF :
ALL 32-21-16
Page 419
Aug 01/05
R
CES
(28) Safety the bolt (35) with the tabs of the lock plate (34) and with
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).
(29) Safety the nut (38) with the new cotter pin (37).
(30) Install the rod (63), the bolt (71), the washer (62) and the nut
(61).
(31) TORQUE the nut (61) to to between 0.6 and 0.61 m.daN (53.09 and 53.98
lbf.in) and safety it with the new cotter pin (60).
(32) Install the rod (63) and install the bolt (68), the washer (66) and
the nut (65).
(33) TORQUE the nut (65) to between 0.6 and 0.61 m.daN (53.09 and 53.98
lbf.in) and safety it with the new cotter pin (64).
Subtask 32-21-16-865-061
D. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1GA, 2GA, 52GA, 1GG, 2GG, 3GG, 4GG
Subtask 32-21-16-869-058
E. After you close the LGCIU circuit breakers, put the aircraft back to the
correct (ground) condition (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-002).
Subtask 32-21-16-941-058
(3) Close the doors of the nose landing gear (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-410-
001).
EFF :
ALL 32-21-16
Page 420
Aug 01/05
CES
Subtask 32-21-16-720-052
G. Functional Test
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-21-16-860-052
(1) Lower the aircraft with the jacks (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-586-001).
(4) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 32-21-16
Page 421
Aug 01/05
CES
LOCKSTAY ASSY - NLG - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________________
TASK 32-21-17-000-001
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE
_______
CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE CONTROLS AGREE WITH THE POSITION OF THE ITEMS THEY
_______
OPERATE BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-21-17
Page 401
Feb 01/98
CES
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-21-17-860-050
(1) Make sure that the Green hydraulic system is depressurized and put it
in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001)
EFF :
ALL 32-21-17
Page 402
Feb 01/08
CES
Subtask 32-21-17-941-050
B. Safety Precautions
(1) In the cockpit, on the panel 400VU put warning notice(s) in position
to tell persons not to operate the landing gear control lever.
(4) Obey the applicable safety precautions before you open the LGCIU
circuit breakers (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-001).
Subtask 32-21-17-860-050-A
(1) Make sure that the Yellow hydraulic system is depressurized and put
it in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001)
Subtask 32-21-17-941-050-A
B. Safety Precautions
(1) In the cockpit, on the panel 400VU put warning notice(s) in position
to tell persons not to operate the landing gear control lever.
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-21-17
Page 403
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
R (3) Put the safety barriers in position.
R (4) Obey the applicable safety precautions before you open the LGCIU
R circuit breakers (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-001).
Subtask 32-21-17-865-053
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
Subtask 32-21-17-010-050
D. Get Access
(1) Open the doors of the nose landing gear (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-010-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-21-17-020-051
(2) Remove the proximity sensors 18GA and 19GA. (Ref. TASK 32-31-73-000-
005)
(3) Remove the nut (31), the washer (30) and the screw (26). Release the
clamps (27) and (28) from the bracket (29).
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 32-21-17-991-001)
(4) Remove and discard the cotter pin (12). Remove the nut (13) and the
washer (14).
EFF :
ALL 32-21-17
Page 404
Aug 01/05
CES
NLG Lockstay Assy
Figure 401/TASK 32-21-17-991-001
EFF :
ALL 32-21-17
Page 405
Aug 01/05
R
CES
(5) Pull the bolt (24) and release the actuator (15). Remove the washer
(16).
(6) Remove and discard the cotter pin (22). Remove the nut (21) and the
washer (20).
(7) Remove the bolt (17), the washer (18) and disengage the lockstay assy
(23) from the drag strut.
NOTE : Make sure that the lockstay assy does not hit the gear leg.
____
(8) Remove and discard the cotter pin (6). Remove the nut (7) and the
washer (5).
(9) Remove the screw (1), the bushing (4) and the washer (2).
(10) Remove the ring (3) and release the actuator (8) from the pin (10).
(11) Remove the pin (10) with the EXTRACTOR (J47558). Remove the washer
(25) and the spacer (11).
EFF :
ALL 32-21-17
Page 406
Nov 01/09
CES
TASK 32-21-17-400-001
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE
_______
CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE CONTROLS AGREE WITH THE POSITION OF THE ITEMS THEY
_______
OPERATE BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-21-17
Page 407
Nov 01/09
CES
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-21-17
Page 408
Aug 01/09
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-21-17-860-051
(1) Make sure that the Green hydraulic system is depressurized and put it
in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001)
(2) Make sure that the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system is
depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).
(3) Make sure that the aircraft is lifted with jacks (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-
581-003).
(4) In the cockpit, on the panel 400VU, make sure that the warning
notice(s) is (are) in position to tell persons not to operate the
landing gear control lever.
(5) Make sure that the warning notice(s) is (are) in position to tell
persons not to pressurize the Green hydraulic system:
- on the panel 40VU in the cockpit,
- on the ground service panel of the Green hydraulic system, access
door (197CB).
(7) Make sure that the doors of the nose landing gear are open (Ref. TASK
32-22-00-010-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-21-17
Page 409
Aug 01/08
R
CES
(8) Make sure that the access platform is in position below the lockstay
assembly in zone 123.
(9) Make sure that you obeyed the flight configuration precautions
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-001).
Subtask 32-21-17-860-051-A
(1) Make sure that the Yellow hydraulic system is depressurized and put
it in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001)
(2) Make sure that the reservoir of the Yellow hydraulic system is
depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).
(3) Make sure that the aircraft is lifted with jacks (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-
581-003).
(4) In the cockpit, on the panel 400VU, make sure that the warning
notice(s) is (are) in position to tell persons not to operate the
landing gear control lever.
(5) Make sure that the warning notice(s) is (are) in position to tell
persons not to pressurize the Yellow hydraulic system:
- on the panel 40VU in the cockpit,
- on the ground service panel of the Yellow hydraulic system, access
door (196BB).
(7) Make sure that the doors of the nose landing gear are open (Ref. TASK
32-22-00-010-001).
(8) Make sure that the access platform is in position below the lockstay
assembly in zone 123.
(9) Make sure that you obeyed the flight configuration precautions
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-001).
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-21-17
Page 410
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 32-21-17-865-054
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-21-17-210-050
(1) Clean the attachment hardware with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-
004A) and dry with filtered compressed air.
(2) Apply a light coat of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-047) to the
threads of all the screws, bolts and nuts.
Subtask 32-21-17-420-050
(1) Apply a light coat of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) and COMMON
GREASE (Material No. 04-022) on the pin (10).
NOTE : Do not mix Material No. 04-004 with Material No. 04-022. You
____
can use Material No. 04-022 as an alternative to Material No.
04-004. Clean and degrease the parts before you use Material
No. 04-022.
EFF :
ALL 32-21-17
Page 411
Nov 01/09
CES
(3) Install the pin (10), the spacer (11), the lockstay assy (23) and the
washer (25) with the GUIDE CONE (J47557)
(6) Install the ring (3) and align the rigging holes.
(7) Install the bushing (4), the screw (1) and the washers (5) and (2).
(8) TORQUE the nut (7) to between 1.7 and 2 m.daN (12.53 and 14.74
lbf.ft).
(9) Safety the nut (7) with the new cotter pin (6).
(10) Apply a light coat of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) and COMMON
GREASE (Material No. 04-022) on the bolt (17).
NOTE : Do not mix Material No. 04-004 with Material No. 04-022. You
____
can use Material No. 04-022 as an alternative to Material No.
04-004. Clean and degrease the parts before you use Material
No. 04-022.
(11) Align the bores of the drag strut (19) with the bores of the
spherical joint on the lockstay assy (23).
(12) Install the bolt (17) and the washers (20) and (18) with the GUIDE
CONE (J47588).
(13) TORQUE the nut (21) to between 2.5 and 3 m.daN (18.43 and 22.12
lbf.ft).
R (14) Safety the nut (21) with the new cotter pin (22).
(15) Apply a light coat of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) or COMMON
GREASE (Material No. 04-022) on the bolt (24).
NOTE : Do not mix Material No. 04-004 with Material No. 04-022. You
____
can use Material No. 04-022 as an alternative to Material No.
04-004. Clean and degrease the parts before you use Material
No. 04-022.
(16) Install the washer (16), the actuator (15) and the washer (14) with
the GUIDE CONE (J47587).
EFF :
ALL 32-21-17
Page 412
Aug 01/08
CES
(17) TORQUE the nut (13) to between 2.5 and 3 m.daN (18.43 and 22.12
lbf.ft).
(18) Safety the nut (13) with the new cotter pin (12).
(20) Install the proximity sensors 18GA and 19GA (Ref. TASK 32-31-73-400-
005).
(21) Install the clamps (27) and (28) on the bracket (29). Install the
screw (26), the washer (30) and the nut (31). Tighten the nut (31).
Subtask 32-21-17-865-055
C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
52GA
Subtask 32-21-17-869-053
(1) After you close the LGCIU circuit breakers, put the aircraft back to
the correct (ground) condition (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-002).
Subtask 32-21-17-410-050
E. Close Access
(1) Close the doors of the nose gear (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-410-001).
Subtask 32-21-17-720-050
F. Functional Test
(1) Do the functional test of the NLG normal extension and retraction.
(Ref. TASK 32-31-00-720-003)
EFF :
ALL 32-21-17
Page 413
Aug 01/05
CES
Subtask 32-21-17-581-050
(1) Lower the aircraft with the jacks (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-586-002).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-21-17-942-050
(2) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-21-17
Page 414
Aug 01/05
CES
LOCK SPRINGS - NLG - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________________
TASK 32-21-18-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-21-18-941-050
A. Safety Precautions
(1) In the cockpit, on the panel 400VU put warning notice(s) in position
to tell persons not to operate the landing gear control lever.
Subtask 32-21-18-010-050
B. Get Access
(1) Open the doors of the nose landing gear (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-010-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-21-18
Page 401
Feb 01/98
CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-21-18-020-051
(1) Install the TENSIONING FIXTURE (M21929) on the springs (4) and (11).
(2) Remove and discard the cotter pins (23) and (15).
NOTE : Stop the pin (19) with a wrench in position on the pin flats.
____
(5) Remove the springs (4) and (11) from their link on the shock strut.
(6) Remove and discard the cotter pins (1) and (14).
NOTE : Stop the pin (24) with a wrench in position on the pin flats.
____
EFF :
ALL 32-21-18
Page 402
Feb 01/98
CES
NLG Lock Springs
Figure 401/TASK 32-21-18-991-001
EFF :
ALL 32-21-18
Page 403
Feb 01/98
CES
TASK 32-21-18-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-21-18
Page 404
Aug 01/09
CES
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-21-18-860-050
(1) In the cockpit, on the panel 400VU, make sure that the warning
notice(s) is (are) in position to tell persons not to operate the
landing gear control lever.
(2) Make sure that the doors of the nose landing gear are open (Ref. TASK
32-22-00-010-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-21-18-110-050
(1) Clean the attachment hardware and the pins (19) and (24) with
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004A), and dry them with filtered
compressed air.
EFF :
ALL 32-21-18
Page 405
May 01/09
R
CES
(2) Apply a light coat of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-047) to the
threads of all the nuts, screws, bolts and pins.
(3) Lubricate the hardware and the pins (19) and (24) with COMMON GREASE
(Material No. 04-004) or COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022).
NOTE : Do not mix Material No. 04-004 with Material No. 04-022. You
____
can use Material No. 04-022 as an alternative to Material No.
04-004. Clean and degrease the parts before you use Material
No. 04-022.
Subtask 32-21-18-420-053
(1) Install the TENSIONING FIXTURE (M21929) on the springs (4) and (11).
(2) Make sure that the brackets (7) and (8) are in position.
R (4) Put the springs (4) and (11) in position with the coils at the bottom
R part and install the washers (3), (5), (10) and (12).
(5) Measure the clearance on each side and use the new washer (6) and the
washer (9) to get a clearance between 0.05 mm (0.0019 in.) and 0.5 mm
(0.0196 in.).
NOTE : You must use between 1 and 3 adjustment washers (6) and (9) on
____
each side.
(6) Install the washers (6), (9), (5) and (10), the springs (4) and (11)
and the washers (3) and (12).
(7) Install the nuts (2) and (13) and TORQUE them to between 0.8 and 0.95
m.daN (70.79 and 84.07 lbf.in).
EFF :
ALL 32-21-18
Page 406
May 01/09
CES
(8) Install the new cotter pin (1).
(10) Make sure that the bushings (18) and (20) are in the correct
position.
(a) The bushing (18) (with a flange) opposite the ring of the shock
strut.
(b) The bushing (20) (without flange) opposite the shouldered part of
the pin (19).
(13) Install the nuts (22) and (16) and TORQUE them to between 0.8 and
0.95 m.daN (70.79 and 84.07 lbf.in).
(16) Remove the TENSIONING FIXTURE (M21929) from the springs (4) and (11).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-21-18-410-051
A. Get Access
(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(3) Close the doors of the nose landing gear (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-410-
001).
EFF :
ALL 32-21-18
Page 407
May 01/05
R
CES
TASK 32-21-18-000-002
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-21-18
Page 408
Aug 01/08
CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-21-18-941-052
A. Safety Precautions
(1) In the cockpit, on the panel 400VU put warning notice(s) in position
to tell persons not to operate the landing gear control lever.
Subtask 32-21-18-010-051
B. Get Access
(1) Open the doors of the nose landing gear (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-010-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-21-18-020-052
(2) Cut and remove the cotter pins (8) and (9).
Subtask 32-21-18-480-050
R (1) Install the SPACER-WASHER (M46789) and the washer (4) on the pin (2).
(2) Use the applicable adjustment washer (3) to get the clearance : J1 =
between 0.05 mm (0.0019 in.) and 0.5 mm (0.0196 in.).
(3) Install the adjustment washer (3), the washer (4), the WASHER SPACER
(M46789), the washer (6) and the nut (7).
EFF :
ALL 32-21-18
Page 409
Aug 01/08
CES
NLG Lock Spring
Figure 402/TASK 32-21-18-991-002
EFF :
ALL 32-21-18
Page 410
Feb 01/98
CES
(4) TORQUE the nut (7) to between 0.8 and 0.95 m.daN (70.79 and 84.07
lbf.in).
NOTE : Put a wrench on the flats of the shoulder of the pin (2) to
____
prevent movement.
(6) Make sure that the spacer (12) is in position on the pin (13).
(8) Install the washer (11) and the nut (10). TORQUE the nut (10) to
between 0.8 and 0.95 m.daN (70.79 and 84.07 lbf.in).
EFF :
ALL 32-21-18
Page 411
Aug 01/08
CES
TASK 32-21-18-400-002
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-21-18
Page 412
Aug 01/09
CES
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-21-18-860-051
(1) In the cockpit, on the panel 400VU, make sure that the warning
notice(s) is (are) in position to tell persons not to operate the
landing gear control lever.
(2) Make sure that the doors of the nose landing gear are open (Ref. TASK
32-22-00-010-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-21-18-110-051
(1) Clean the removed components with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-
004A) and dry the components with dry filtered compressed air.
(2) Apply a light coat of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-047) to the
threads of all the nuts, screws, bolts and pins.
EFF :
ALL 32-21-18
Page 413
May 01/05
CES
(3) Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) or COMMON
GREASE (Material No. 04-022) to the threaded fasteners.
NOTE : Do not mix Material No. 04-004 with Material No. 04-022. You
____
can use Material No. 04-022 as an alternative to Material No.
04-004. Clean and degrease the parts before you use Material
No. 04-022.
Subtask 32-21-18-080-050
(1) Cut and remove the cotter pins (8) and (9).
Subtask 32-21-18-420-054
R (2) Put the spring (5) in position with the coil at the bottom part and
R the washer (4) on the pin (2).
(3) Use the applicable adjustment washers (3) to get the clearance : J1 =
between 0.05 mm (0.0019 in.) and 0.5 mm (0.0196 in.).
(4) Install the adjustment washers (3), the washer (4), the spring (5),
the washer (6) and the nut (7).
(5) TORQUE the nut (7) to between 0.8 and 0.95 m.daN (70.79 and 84.07
lbf.in).
NOTE : Put a wrench on the flats of the shoulder of the pin (2) to
____
prevent movement.
(7) Make sure that the bushing (12) is in the correct position on the pin
(13).
EFF :
ALL 32-21-18
Page 414
May 01/09
CES
(10) Install the nut (10). TORQUE the nut (10) to between 0.8 and 0.95
m.daN (70.79 and 84.07 lbf.in).
(12) Remove the TENSIONING FIXTURE (M21929) from the spring (5).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-21-18-410-050
A. Get Access
(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(3) Close the doors of the nose landing gear (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-410-
001).
EFF :
ALL 32-21-18
Page 415
Feb 01/98
CES
BEARING ASSY - SWIVEL - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
____________________________________________
TASK 32-21-24-000-001
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE
_______
CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE CONTROLS AGREE WITH THE POSITION OF THE ITEMS THEY
_______
OPERATE BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : PRESSURIZE ONLY THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM(S) THAT IS (ARE) NECESSARY FOR
_______
THE TASK. ISOLATE THE OTHER HYDRAULIC SYSTEM(S) BEFORE YOU SUPPLY
HYDRAULIC POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-21-24
Page 401
Nov 01/02
CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-21-24-010-050
A. Get Access
(2) Open the access door 824 to get access to the hinge points of the
nose gear.
(4) Remove the avionics equipment ventilation duct (Ref. TASK 21-26-42-
000-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-21-24-020-052
R (1) Remove the cotter pins (7), the nuts (8), the washers (6) and the
R bolts (1).
R
R (2) Remove the protective cover (5), the seals (3) and (4) and discard
R them.
EFF :
ALL 32-21-24
Page 402
Aug 01/09
CES
R Nose Gear Swivel Bearing
R Figure 401/TASK 32-21-24-991-001-A
EFF :
ALL 32-21-24
Page 403
Nov 01/02
CES
TASK 32-21-24-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-21-24
Page 404
Nov 01/05
CES
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-21-24-010-051
A. Get Access
(1) Make sure that the landing gear is removed (Ref. TASK 32-21-11-000-
002).
(2) Make sure that the access platform is in position in zone 123.
(3) Make sure that the access door 824 is open to get access to the hinge
points of the nose landing gear.
(4) Make sure that the avionics equipment ventilation duct is removed
(Ref. TASK 21-26-42-000-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-21-24-110-050
(1) Clean all the components and the swivel bearing with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-002) and dry them with filtered compressed air.
R (2) Apply a light coat of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) or COMMON
R GREASE (Material No. 04-022) on the swivel bearing to make its
R installation easier.
R NOTE : Do not mix Material No. 04-004 with Material No. 04-022. You
____
R can use Material No. 04-022 as an alternative to Material No.
R 04-004. Clean and degrease the parts before you use Material
R No. 04-022.
EFF :
ALL 32-21-24
Page 405
Feb 01/04
CES
Subtask 32-21-24-420-050
(1) Install the new O-ring (3) on the protective cover (5).
(2) Install the new O-ring (4) on the protective cover (5).
R (4) Install the protective cover(5), the bolts (1), the washer (6) and
R the nut (8).
R
R (5) TORQUE the nut (8) to between 1.2 and 1.35 m.daN (106.19 and 119.46
lbf.in) and safety with the new cotter pin (7).
R (6) Make sure that the swivel bearing has no friction points and can move
freely in its housing.
Subtask 32-21-24-720-050
C. Functional Test
(1) Do the functional test of the NLG normal extension and retraction
(Ref. TASK 32-31-00-720-002).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-21-24-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Install the avionics equipment ventilation duct (Ref. TASK 21-26-42-
400-001).
(4) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 32-21-24
Page 406
Aug 01/09
CES
TASK 32-21-24-000-002
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-21-24-010-052
A. Get Access
(1) Remove the drag strut assembly of the nose landing gear (Ref. TASK
32-21-16-000-002).
EFF :
ALL 32-21-24
Page 407
Feb 01/98
CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-21-24-020-053
(3) Remove the cover (5). Remove the O-rings (3) and (4) and discard
them.
EFF :
ALL 32-21-24
Page 408
Feb 01/98
CES
NLG Drag Strut Assy - Swivel Bearings
Figure 402/TASK 32-21-24-991-002
EFF :
ALL 32-21-24
Page 409
Feb 01/98
CES
TASK 32-21-24-400-002
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-21-24
Page 410
Feb 01/08
CES
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-21-24-010-054
A. Get Access
(1) Make sure that the drag strut assembly of the nose landing gear is
removed (Ref. TASK 32-21-16-000-002).
(2) Make sure that the access doors 812 and 822 are open.
(3) Make sure that the access platform is in position in zone 123.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-21-24-110-051
(1) Clean the nuts, the bolts, the washers and the cover (5) with
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-002). Dry them with dry, filtered
compressed air.
EFF :
ALL 32-21-24
Page 411
Feb 01/04
R
CES
R (2) Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) or COMMON
R GREASE (Material No. 04-022) to the swivel bearings (2). alternative
R to
R NOTE : Do not mix Material No. 04-004 with Material No. 04-022. You
____
R can use Material No. 04-022 as an alternative to Material No.
R 04-004. Clean and degrease the parts before you use Material
R No. 04-022.
Subtask 32-21-24-420-054
(1) Install the new O-ring (3) and the O-ring (4) on the cover (5).
(3) Apply a thin layer of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the
bolts (1).
(4) Install the bolts (1), the cover (5), the washers (6) and the nuts
(8).
(5) Tighten the nuts and safety them with the cotter pins (7).
(6) Install the drag strut assembly of the nose landing gear (Ref. TASK
32-21-16-400-002).
(7) Lubricate the swivel bearings of the drag strut assembly (Ref. TASK
12-22-32-640-002).
Subtask 32-21-24-720-051
C. Functional Test
EFF :
ALL 32-21-24
Page 412
Feb 01/04
CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-21-24-410-052
A. Close Access
(3) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 32-21-24
Page 413
Feb 01/04
CES
TORQUE LINK ASSY - NLG - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_____________________________________________
TASK 32-21-27-000-001
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-21-27
Page 401
Feb 01/10
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-21-27-941-050
A. Safety Precautions
(1) In the cockpit, on the panel 400VU, put warning notice(s) in position
to tell persons not to operate the landing gear control lever.
(2) On the steering handwheels (CAPT and F/O) and on the brake pedals put
warning notice(s) in position to tell persons not to operate them.
EFF :
ALL 32-21-27
Page 402
Feb 01/10
CES
Subtask 32-21-27-860-050
(1) On the panel 110VU, make sure that the PARK BRK control switch is in
the OFF position.
(3) Lift the aircraft at the forward jacking point (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-
581-003).
(4) Remove the nose wheel which prevents the removal of the pin of the
lower arm (Ref. TASK 32-41-12-000-001) (not necessary for Upper Arm
Removal).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-21-27-020-055-A
(a) Remove the cotter pin (9) from the nut (8).
(b) Remove the nut (8), the washer (7) and the screw (10).
(c) Hold the shaft (1) and remove the nut (6) and the washer (5).
EFF :
ALL 32-21-27
Page 403
May 01/09
CES
Nose Gear Torque Links - Center Hinge
R Figure 401/TASK 32-21-27-991-001
EFF :
ALL 32-21-27
Page 404
May 01/09
CES
Nose Gear Torque links - Lower Hinge
R Figure 402/TASK 32-21-27-991-002-A
R
EFF : 005-049, 055-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-228, 236-238, 301-302,
32-21-27
Page 405
May 01/09
CES
(b) Remove the nut (30) and the support (28).
(d) Remove the lower shaft (31) with the EXTRACTOR (J47563).
(e) Remove the lower arm of the torque links and the washers (20) and
(21).
(f) Remove the nuts (23), the washers (24), the bolts (27) and the
washers (26). Remove the stop (25).
(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (140). Remove the nut (139),
the washer (138) and the screw (136).
(d) Hold the casing (134) in position. Remove the screw (133) and the
washer (132).
(e) Release and remove the screw (141). Remove and discard the
lockwasher (142).
(f) Lift the casing (134) and disengage it from the screw (143).
Remove the casing (134).
(a) Release and remove the nut (71). Remove the washer (72).
(c) Remove the upper shaft (73) with the EXTRACTOR (J47563).
R
EFF : 005-049, 055-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-228, 236-238, 301-302,
32-21-27
Page 406
May 01/09
CES
Nose Gear Torque Links - Lower Hinge
Figure 402A/TASK 32-21-27-991-002
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-061, 101-149, 201-203,
229-235, 239-249, 251-299, 303-399, 401-499,
32-21-27
Page 407
Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
CES
Nose Gear Torque Links - Target Support
R Figure 403/TASK 32-21-27-991-005
R
EFF :
ALL 32-21-27
Page 408
May 01/09
CES
Nose Gear Torque Links - Upper Hinge
R Figure 404/TASK 32-21-27-991-003
R
EFF :
ALL 32-21-27
Page 409
May 01/09
CES
(f) Retain the support assy
1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pins (67). Remove the nuts (68)
and the washers (66).
2
_ Remove the screws (62), the washers (63) and the stop (64).
3
_ Remove the screw (60) and the washer (61).
4
_ Remove the support (65).
Subtask 32-21-27-020-055-B
(1) Disconnect the upper electrical harness from the torque link assembly
R (Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 32-21-27-991-004)
NOTE : Use a flat spanner to make sure that the screw (100) does
____
not turn.
(c) Disconnect the connector (90) and install the blanking caps.
(d) Remove the nut (98), the washer (97), the bolt (94), the support
(96) and the clamp (95).
(2) Disconnect the lower electrical harness from the torque link assembly
R (Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 32-21-27-991-004)
(a) Remove the nuts (111), the washers (110), the screw (100) and the
bolt (104).
R
EFF : 005-049, 051-051, 055-099, 101-105,
151-199, 201-228, 236-238, 301-302,
32-21-27
Page 410
May 01/09
CES
Electrical Harness
R Figure 405/TASK 32-21-27-991-004
R
EFF :
001-004, 051-054, 32-21-27
Page 411
May 01/09
CES
(b) Disengage the lower electrical harness and its support (99) from
the torque link assembly.
(3) Remove the related fittings from the torque link assembly
(a) Remove the nut (112), the bolt (93), the washers (92) and (113)
and the protector (91).
(b) Remove the nuts (105), the washers (106), the bolts (109) and the
washers (108). Remove the stop (107).
(a) Remove the cotter pin (9) from the nut (8).
(b) Remove the nut (8), the washer (7) and the screw (10).
(c) Hold the shaft (1) and remove the nut (6) and the washer (5).
(d) Remove the lower shaft (26) with the EXTRACTOR (J47563).
(e) Remove the lower arm of the torque links and the washers (20) and
(21).
1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pins (142). Remove the nuts
(144), the washers (143) and the screws (141).
2
_ Disconnect the rods (138) from the support (145).
EFF :
051-051, 32-21-27
Page 412
May 01/09
CES
3
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (130). Remove the nut (131)
and the washer (132).
4
_ Hold the casing (137) in position. Remove the screw (134) and
the washer (133).
5
_ Lift the indicator (135) and remove it.
6
_ Release and remove the screw (139). Remove and discard the
lockwasher (140).
7
_ Lift the casing (137) and disengage it from the screw (146).
Remove the casing (137).
1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pins (142). Remove the nuts
(144), the washers (143) and the screws (141).
2
_ Disconnect the rods (138) from the support (145).
3
_ Remove the nut (131) and the washer (132).
4
_ Hold the casing (137) in position. Remove the screw (134), the
washer (133) and the spacers (136).
5
_ Lift the indicator (135) and remove it.
6
_ Release and remove the screw (139). Remove and discard the
lockwasher (140).
7
_ Lift the casing (137) and disengage it from the screw (146).
Remove the casing (137).
(a) Release and remove the nut (69). Remove the washer (70).
(c) Remove the upper shaft (71) with the EXTRACTOR (J47563).
R
EFF :
051-051, 32-21-27
Page 413
May 01/09
CES
(f) Retain the support assy
1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pins (65). Remove the nuts (66),
the washers (64), the screws (60) and the washers (61).
2
_ Remove the stop (62).
3
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (74). Remove the nut (76),
the washer (75), the screw (68) and the washer (67).
4
_ Remove the support (63).
Subtask 32-21-27-020-055
(1) Disconnect the upper electrical harness from the torque link assembly
NOTE : Use a flat spanner to make sure that the screw (100) does
____
not turn.
(c) Disconnect the connector (90) and install the blanking caps.
(d) Remove the nut (98), the washer (97), the bolt (94), the support
(96) and the clamp (95).
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-061, 101-149, 201-203,
229-235, 239-249, 251-299, 303-399, 401-499,
32-21-27
Page 414
Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
CES
(2) Disconnect the lower electrical harness from the torque link assembly
(a) Remove the nuts (111), the washers (110), the screw (100) and the
bolt (104).
(b) Disengage the lower electrical harness and its support (99) from
the torque link assembly.
(3) Remove the related fittings from the torque link assembly
(a) Remove the nut (112), the bolt (93), the washers (92) and (113)
and the protector (91).
(b) Remove the nuts (105), the washers (106), the bolts (109) and the
washers (108). Remove the stop (107).
(a) Remove the cotter pin (9) from the nut (8).
(b) Remove the nut (8), the washer (7) and the screw (10).
(c) Hold the shaft (1) and remove the nut (6) and the washer (5).
R
EFF : 001-049, 052-061, 101-149, 201-203,
229-235, 239-249, 251-299, 303-399, 401-499,
32-21-27
Page 415
Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
CES
(d) Remove the lower shaft (26) with the EXTRACTOR (J47563).
(e) Remove the lower arm of the torque link and the washers (20) and
(21).
(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (140). Remove the nut (139),
the washer (138) and the screw (136).
(d) Hold the casing (134) in position. Remove the screw (133) and the
washer (132).
(e) Release and remove the screw (141). Remove and discard the
lockwasher (142).
(f) Lift the casing (134) and disengage it from the screw (143).
Remove the casing (134).
(a) Release and remove the nut (71). Remove the washer (72).
R
EFF : 001-049, 052-061, 101-149, 201-203,
229-235, 239-249, 251-299, 303-399, 401-499,
32-21-27
Page 416
Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
CES
(c) Remove the upper shaft (73) with the EXTRACTOR (J47563).
1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pins (67). Remove the nuts (68)
and the washers (66).
2
_ Remove the screws (62), the washers (63) and the stop (64).
3
_ Remove the screw (60) and the washer (61).
4
_ Remove the support (65).
R
EFF : 001-049, 052-061, 101-149, 201-203,
229-235, 239-249, 251-299, 303-399, 401-499,
32-21-27
Page 417
Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
CES
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 32-21-27-400-001
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-21-27
Page 418
Nov 01/09
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-21-27
Page 419
Aug 01/09
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-21-27
Page 420
Feb 01/10
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-21-27-860-051
(1) In the cockpit, on the panel 400VU, make sure that the warning
notice(s) is (are) in position to tell persons not to operate the
landing gear control lever.
(2) On the steering handwheels (CAPT and F/O) and on the brake pedals,
make sure that the warning notice(s) is (are) in position to tell
persons not to operate them.
(4) On the panel 110VU, make sure that the PARK BRK control switch is in
the OFF position.
(6) Make sure that the aircraft is on jacks at the forward jacking point
(Ref. TASK 07-11-00-581-003).
EFF :
ALL 32-21-27
Page 421
Feb 01/10
CES
(7) Make sure that a wheel is removed from the nose landing gear
(Ref. TASK 32-41-12-000-001) (not necessary for Upper Arm removal).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-21-27-110-050
(1) Remove the outer protections from the arms of the torque links. Clean
them with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-002) and dry them with
filtered compressed air.
(2) Install the grease nipples on the new torque links with the washers
of the removed torque links.
(3) Before installation, clean all the parts with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-002).
(4) Make sure that the parts retained are in the correct condition.
Replace all the faulty parts.
(5) Apply a light coat of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) or COMMON
GREASE (Material No. 04-022) to the bushes and the shafts.
NOTE : Do not mix Material No. 04-004 with Material No. 04-022. You
____
can use Material No. 04-022 as an alternative to Material No.
04-004. Clean and degrease the parts before you use Material
No. 04-022.
Subtask 32-21-27-420-050-A
(a) Install the stop (25), the bolts (27), the washers (24) and (26)
and the nuts (23). Tighten the nuts (23).
EFF :
ALL 32-21-27
Page 422
Aug 01/09
R
CES
(b) Align the bores of the lower arm, of the lower bracket and of the
new washer (20) and washer (21).
(d) Engage the screw (22) with the screw head up.
(f) Install the nut (30) and TORQUE it to between 1.7 and 2 m.daN
(12.53 and 14.74 lbf.ft).
(g) Safety the nut (30) with the new cotter pin (29).
(a) Put the support (65) in position on the upper arm of the torque
links.
(b) Install the screw (60), the washers (61) and (66) and the nut
(68).
(d) Install the screws (62), the washers (63) and (66) and the nuts
(68).
(e) TORQUE the nuts (68) to between 0.6 and 0.7 m.daN (53.09 and
61.94 lbf.in) and safety them with the new cotter pins (67).
(f) Put the upper arm of the torque links and the washers (69) and
(70) in position.
(g) Install the upper shaft (73), align the rigging holes.
(h) Clean the screw (74) with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004A)
and dry it with filtered compressed air.
(k) Install the nut (71) but do not tighten at this time.
R
EFF : 005-049, 055-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-228, 236-238, 301-302,
32-21-27
Page 423
May 01/09
CES
(l) Apply a bead of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-001) at the screw head
(74)/gear leg interface.
(b) Install the screw (141) and the new lockwasher (142).
(c) Tighten the screw (141) and safety it with the lockwasher (142).
(d) Install the screw (133), the washers (132) and (131) and the nut
(130).
(e) TORQUE the nut (130) to between 0.6 and 0.7 m.daN (53.09 and
61.94 lbf.in).
(f) Put the rod (135) in position. Install the screw (136), the
washer (138) and the nut (139).
(g) TORQUE the nut (139) to between 0.6 and 0.75 m.daN (53.09 and
66.37 lbf.in).
(h) Safety the nut (139) with the new cotter pin (140).
(a) Make sure that there is no friction point when each torque link
arm moves.
(b) Clean the threads of the shaft (1) and the nut (6) with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-004A) and dry them with filtered
compressed air.
(c) Apply a light coat of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022) to the
washers (2), (3) and (4) and to the shaft (1).
(d) Align the center bores of the upper and lower arms of the torque
links and install the washers (2), (3) and (4).
R
EFF : 005-049, 055-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-228, 236-238, 301-302,
32-21-27
Page 424
May 01/09
CES
(f) Make sure that the play at the torque link hinges is correct
(Ref. TASK 32-21-00-200-003).
1
_ Apply a layer of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-047) to
the washer (5) and install it on the shaft (1).
2
_ Apply a layer of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-047) to
the threads of the nut (6) and install it.
3
_ TORQUE the nut (6) to 9 m.daN (66.37 lbf.ft) and loosen the
nut (6). Do this three times.
4
_ Loosen the nut (6) to get a clearance between 0.02 mm (0.0007
in.) and 0.1 mm (0.0039 in.).
R CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE CLEARANCE IS NOT LESS THAN THE
_______
R MINIMUM SPECIFIED CLEARANCE WHEN THE HOLE IN THE NUT
R IS ALIGNED WITH THE SLOT IN THE SHAFT. IF YOU DO NOT
R HAVE THE MINIMUM CLEARANCE, TORSION LOADS CAN OCCUR
R IN THE SHAFT DURING OPERATION.
5
_ Make sure that you can align a hole of the nut (6) with the
slot of the shaft (1) and keep the clearance given above.
If not:
- loosen the nut (6),
- remove the washer (5),
- adjust the thickness of the washer (5) to get the clearance
given above with a hole of the nut (6) aligned with the slot
of the shaft (1),
EFF : 005-049, 055-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-228, 236-238, 301-302,
32-21-27
Page 425
Aug 01/09
CES
R weight of the aircraft is on its wheels, it is possible
R that the shaft will not turn manually although it is
R correctly installed. This is because of residual loads.
6
_ Apply a layer of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-047) to
the threads of the screw (10).
R 7
_ Install the screw (10), the washer (7), the nut (8).
R 8
_ TORQUE the nut (8) to between 0.20 and 0.25 m.daN (17.69 and
R 22.12 lbf.in).
R 9
_ Install the new cotter pin (9) on the nut (8).
(6) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022) to the hinges of the torque
links (Ref. TASK 12-22-32-640-001).
(7) Install the removed wheel of the nose gear (Ref. TASK 32-41-12-400-
001).
(9) Make sure that the lubrication points are clean and in good condition
on the shaft (1).
Subtask 32-21-27-420-050-B
(a) Align the bores of the lower arm, of the lower bracket and of the
new washer (20) and washer (21).
EFF : 005-049, 051-051, 055-099, 101-105,
151-199, 201-228, 236-238, 301-302,
32-21-27
Page 426
Aug 01/09
CES
(b) Install the lower shaft (26).
(c) Engage the screw (22) with the screw head up.
(d) Install the support (23) and the nut (25) and TORQUE the nut to
between 1.7 and 2 m.daN (12.53 and 14.74 lbf.ft).
(e) Safety the nut (25) with the new cotter pin (24).
(a) Put the support (63) in position on the upper arm of the torque
links.
(b) Install the screw (68), the washers (67) and (75) and the nut
(76).
(c) TORQUE the nut (76) to between 0.6 and 0.7 m.daN (53.09 and 61.94
lbf.in) and safety it with the new cotter pin (74).
(e) Install the screws (60), the washers (61) and (64) and the nuts
(66).
(f) TORQUE the nuts (66) to between 0.6 and 0.7 m.daN (53.09 and
61.94 lbf.in) and safety them with the cotter pin (65).
(g) Put the upper arm of the torque links and the washer (72) and
washer (73) in position.
(h) Install the upper shaft (71), align the rigging holes.
(i) Clean the screw (77) with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004A)
and dry it with filtered compressed air.
EFF :
051-051, 32-21-27
Page 427
Aug 01/09
R
CES
(3) Install the target support
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 32-21-27-991-005)
1
_ Put the casing (137) in position on the screw (146).
2
_ Install the screw (139) and the new lockwasher (140).
3
_ Tighten the screw (139) and safety it with the lockwasher
(140).
4
_ Install the indicator (135) on the screw (146).
5
_ Install the screw (134), the washers (133) and (132) and the
nut (131).
6
_ TORQUE the nut (131) to between 0.6 and 0.7 m.daN (53.09 and
61.94 lbf.in) and safety it with the new cotter pin (130).
7
_ Tighten the nut (69).
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 32-21-27-991-003)
8
_ Put the rods (138) in position. Install the screws (141), the
washers (143) and the nuts (144).
9
_ TORQUE the nuts (144) to between 0.6 and 0.75 m.daN (53.09 and
66.37 lbf.in).
10
__ Safety the nuts (144) with the new cotter pin (142).
1
_ Put the casing (137) in position on the screw (146).
2
_ Install the screw (139) and the new lockwasher (140).
3
_ Tighten the screw (139) and safety it with the lockwasher
(140).
4
_ Install the indicator (135) on the screw (146).
5
_ Install the screw (134), the washer (133), the spacers (136),
the washer (132) and the nut (131).
6
_ TORQUE the nut (131) to between 0.6 and 0.7 m.daN (53.09 and
61.94 lbf.in).
EFF :
051-051, 32-21-27
Page 428
Aug 01/09
R
CES
7
_ Tighten the nut (69).
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 32-21-27-991-003)
8
_ Put the rods (138) in position. Install the screws (141), the
washers (143) and the nuts (144).
9
_ TORQUE the nuts (144) to between 0.6 and 0.75 m.daN (53.09 and
66.37 lbf.in).
10
__ Safety the nuts (144) with the new cotter pin (142).
(a) Make sure that there is no friction point when each torque link
arm moves.
(b) Clean the threads of the shaft (1) and the nut (6) with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-004A) and dry them with filtered
compressed air.
(c) Apply a light coat of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022) to the
washers (2), (3) and (4) and to the shaft (1).
(d) Align the center bores of the upper and lower arms of the torque
links and install the washers (2), (3) and (4).
(f) Make sure that the play at the torque link hinges is correct
(Ref. TASK 32-21-00-200-003).
1
_ Apply a layer of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-047) to
the washer (5) and install it on the shaft (1).
2
_ Apply a layer of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-047) to
the threads of the nut (6) and install it.
3
_ TORQUE the nut (6) to 9 m.daN (66.37 lbf.ft) and loosen the
nut (6). Do this three times.
4
_ Loosen the nut (6) to get a clearance between 0.02 mm (0.0007
in.) and 0.1 mm (0.0039 in.).
EFF :
051-051, 32-21-27
Page 429
Aug 01/09
R
CES
R CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE CLEARANCE IS NOT LESS THAN THE
_______
R MINIMUM SPECIFIED CLEARANCE WHEN THE HOLE IN THE NUT
R IS ALIGNED WITH THE SLOT IN THE SHAFT. IF YOU DO NOT
R HAVE THE MINIMUM CLEARANCE, TORSION LOADS CAN OCCUR
R IN THE SHAFT DURING OPERATION.
5
_ Make sure that you can align a hole of the nut (6) with the
slot of the shaft (1) and keep the clearance given above.
If not:
- loosen the nut (6),
- remove the washer (5),
- adjust the thickness of the washer (5) to get the clearance
given above with a hole of the nut (6) aligned with the slot
of the shaft (1),
6
_ Apply a layer of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-047) to
the threads of the screw (10).
R 7
_ Install the screw (10), the washer (7), the nut (8).
R 8
_ TORQUE the nut (8) to between 0.20 and 0.25 m.daN (17.69 and
R 22.12 lbf.in).
R 9
_ Install the new cotter pin (9) on the nut (8).
R
EFF :
051-051, 32-21-27
Page 430
Aug 01/09
CES
(6) Make sure that the lubrication points are clean and in good condition
on the shaft (1).
Subtask 32-21-27-420-050
(a) Align the bores of the lower arm, of the lower bracket and of the
new washer (20) and the washer (21).
(c) Engage the screw (22) with the screw head up.
(d) Install the support (23) and the nut (25) and TORQUE the nut to
between 1.7 and 2 m.daN (12.53 and 14.74 lbf.ft).
(e) Safety the nut (25) with the new cotter pin (24).
(a) Put the support (65) in position on the upper arm of the torque
links.
(b) Install the screw (60), the washers (61) and (66) and the nut
(68).
(d) Install the screws (62), the washers (63) and (66) and the nuts
(68).
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-061, 101-149, 201-203,
229-235, 239-249, 251-299, 303-399, 401-499,
32-21-27
Page 431
Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
CES
(e) TORQUE the nuts (68) to between 0.6 and 0.7 m.daN (53.09 and
61.94 lbf.in) and safety them with the new cotter pins (67).
(f) Put the upper arm of the torque links and the washers (69) and
(70) in position.
(g) Install the upper shaft (73), align the rigging holes.
(h) Clean the screw (74) with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004A)
and dry it with filtered compressed air.
(k) Install the nut (71) but do not tighten at this time.
(l) Apply a bead of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-001) at the screw head
(74)/gear leg interface.
(b) Install the screw (141) and the new lockwasher (142).
(c) Tighten the screw (141) and safety it with the lockwasher (142).
(d) Install the screw (133), the washers (132) and (131) and the nut
(130).
(e) TORQUE the nut (130) to between 0.6 and 0.7 m.daN (53.09 and
61.94 lbf.in).
(f) Put the rod (135) in position. Install the screw (136), the
washer (138) and the nut (139).
R
EFF : 001-049, 052-061, 101-149, 201-203,
229-235, 239-249, 251-299, 303-399, 401-499,
32-21-27
Page 432
Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
CES
(g) TORQUE the nut (139) to between 0.6 and 0.75 m.daN (53.09 and
66.37 lbf.in).
(h) Safety the nut (139) with the new cotter pin (140).
(a) Make sure that there is no friction point when each torque link
arm moves.
(b) Clean the threads of the shaft (1) and the nut (6) with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-004A) and dry them with filtered
compressed air.
(c) Apply a light coat of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022) to the
washers (2), (3) and (4) and to the shaft (1).
(d) Align the center bores of the upper and lower arms of the torque
links and install the washers (2), (3) and (4).
(f) Make sure that the play at the torque link hinges is correct
(Ref. TASK 32-21-00-200-003).
1
_ Apply a layer of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-047) to
the washer (5) and install it on the shaft (1).
2
_ Apply a layer of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-047) to
the threads of the nut (6) and install it.
3
_ TORQUE the nut (6) to 9 m.daN (66.37 lbf.ft) and loosen the
nut (6). Do this three times.
4
_ Loosen the nut (6) to get a clearance between 0.02 mm (0.0007
in.) and 0.1 mm (0.0039 in.).
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE CLEARANCE IS NOT LESS THAN THE
_______
MINIMUM SPECIFIED CLEARANCE WHEN THE HOLE IN THE NUT
IS ALIGNED WITH THE SLOT IN THE SHAFT. IF YOU DO NOT
HAVE THE MINIMUM CLEARANCE, TORSION LOADS CAN OCCUR
IN THE SHAFT DURING OPERATION.
R
EFF : 001-049, 052-061, 101-149, 201-203,
229-235, 239-249, 251-299, 303-399, 401-499,
32-21-27
Page 433
Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
CES
5
_ Make sure that you can align a hole of the nut (6) with the
slot of the shaft (1) and keep the clearance given above.
If not:
- loosen the nut (6),
- remove the washer (5),
- adjust the thickness of the washer (5) to get the clearance
given above with a hole of the nut (6) aligned with the slot
of the shaft (1),
6
_ Apply a layer of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-047) to
the threads of the screw (10).
7
_ Install the screw (10), the washer (7), the nut (8)
8
_ TORQUE the nut (8) to between 0.2 and 0.25 m.daN (17.69 and
22.12 lbf.in).
9
_ Install the new cotter pin (9) on the nut (8).
(6) Make sure that the lubrication points are clean and in good condition
on the shaft (1).
R
EFF : 001-049, 052-061, 101-149, 201-203,
229-235, 239-249, 251-299, 303-399, 401-499,
32-21-27
Page 434
Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
CES
(8) Installation of the Upper Arm only
- Do the steps B.(2) to B.(6).
Subtask 32-21-27-420-055
(1) Install the protector (91), the washers (92) and (113), the bolt (93)
and the nut (112). Tighten the nut (112).
(2) Install the stop (107), the bolts (109), the washers (106) and (108)
and the nuts (105). Tighten the nuts (105).
(3) Install the support (99) attached to the lower electrical harness.
(4) Install the bolt (104), the screw (100), the washers (110) and the
nuts (111). Tighten the nuts (111).
(5) Put the upper electrical harness through the protector (91).
(6) Attach the electrical harness with the clamp (95), the support (96),
the bolt (94), the washer (97) and the nut (98). Tighten the nut
(98).
(7) Remove the blanking caps and connect the electrical connector (90).
(8) Install the clamp (101), the washer (102) and the nut (103). Tighten
the nut (103).
NOTE : Use a flat spanner to make sure that the screw (100) does not
____
turn.
(10) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022) to the hinges of the torque
links (Ref. TASK 12-22-32-640-001).
(11) Install the removed wheel of the nose gear (Ref. TASK 32-41-12-400-
001).
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-061, 101-149, 201-203,
229-235, 239-249, 251-299, 303-399, 401-499,
32-21-27
Page 435
Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
CES
**ON A/C 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238, 251-299, 301-304,
Subtask 32-21-27-720-051
D. Test
(2) Do a functional test of the Nose Wheel Steering (Ref. TASK 32-51-00-
720-003).
Subtask 32-21-27-720-051-A
D. Test
(2) Do a functional test of the Nose Wheel Steering (Ref. TASK 32-51-00-
720-003).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-21-27-860-052
(4) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 32-21-27
Page 436
Feb 01/10
CES
R TASK 32-21-27-000-002
R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
R GEAR.
R WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
R START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
R - THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
R - THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
R - THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
R - COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
R MOVEMENT OF COMPONENTS CAN KILL OR INJURE PERSONS.
R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R Self Explanatory
R 2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R B. Referenced Information
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-21-27
Page 437
Feb 01/10
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 32-21-27-941-051
R A. Safety Precautions
R (1) In the cockpit, on the right center instrument panel 400VU, put a
R warning notice(s) in position to tell persons not to operate the
R landing-gear control lever.
R (2) On the steering handwheels (CAPT and F/O) and on the brake pedals,
R put warning notice(s) in position to tell persons not to operate
R them.
R Subtask 32-21-27-860-053
R (1) On the PARKING BRK section of the panel 110VU, make sure that the
R control switch is in the OFF position.
R (3) Lift the aircraft at the forward jacking point (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-
R 581-003).
EFF :
ALL 32-21-27
Page 438
Feb 01/10
CES
R 4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 32-21-27-020-057
R NOTE : Use a flat spanner to make sure that the screw (105) does not
____
R turn.
R (3) Disconnect the connector (104) and install the blanking caps.
R Subtask 32-21-27-020-056
R (a) Remove the cotter pin (9) from the nut (8).
R (b) Remove the nut (8), the washer (7) and the screw (10).
R (c) Hold the shaft (1) and remove the nut (6) and the washer (5).
EFF :
ALL 32-21-27
Page 439
Feb 01/10
CES
R Nose-Gear Torque Links - Upper Harness
R Figure 406/TASK 32-21-27-991-007
EFF :
001-004, 051-054, 32-21-27
Page 440
Feb 01/10
CES
R Nose-Gear Torque Links - Center Hinge
R Figure 407/TASK 32-21-27-991-008
EFF :
ALL 32-21-27
Page 441
Feb 01/10
CES
R TASK 32-21-27-400-002
R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
R GEAR.
R WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
R START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
R - THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
R - THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
R - THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
R - COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
R MOVEMENT OF COMPONENTS CAN KILL OR INJURE PERSONS.
R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R Self Explanatory
R 2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-21-27
Page 442
Feb 01/10
CES
R B. Consumable Materials
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R C. Expendable Parts
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-21-27
Page 443
Feb 01/10
CES
R D. Referenced Information
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 32-21-27-941-052
R (1) In the cockpit, on the right center instrument panel 400VU, make sure
R that the warning notice(s) is in position to tell persons not to
R operate the landing-gear control lever.
R (2) On the steering handwheels (CAPT and F/O) and on the brake pedals,
R make sure that the warning notice(s) are in position to tell persons
R not to operate them.
R (4) On the PARKING BRK section of the panel 110VU, make sure that the
R control switch is in the OFF position.
EFF :
ALL 32-21-27
Page 444
Feb 01/10
CES
R (5) Make sure that the wheel chocks are in position.
R (6) Make sure that the aircraft is on jacks at the forward jacking point
R (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-581-003).
R 4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 32-21-27-110-052
R (1) Remove the outer protections from the arms of the torque links. Clean
R them with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-002) and dry them with
R filtered compressed air.
R (2) Install the grease nipples on the new torque links with the washers
R of the removed torque links.
R (3) Before installation, clean all the parts with CLEANING AGENTS
R (Material No. 11-002).
R (4) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
R clean and in the correct condition.
R (5) Apply a light coat of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) or COMMON
R GREASE (Material No. 04-022) to the bushes and the shafts.
R NOTE : Do not mix Material No. 04-004 with Material No. 04-022. You
____
R can use Material No. 04-022 as an alternative to Material No.
R 04-004. Clean the parts and remove the grease from them before
R you use Material No. 04-022.
R Subtask 32-21-27-420-056
R (a) Make sure that there is no unwanted friction point when each
R torque link arm moves.
R (b) Clean the threads of the shaft (1) and the nut (6) with CLEANING
R AGENTS (Material No. 11-004A) and dry them with filtered
R compressed air.
EFF :
ALL 32-21-27
Page 445
Feb 01/10
CES
R (c) Apply a light coat of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022) to the
R washers (2), (3) and (4) and to the shaft (1).
R (d) Align the center bores of the upper and lower arms of the torque
R links and install the washers (2), (3) and (4).
R (f) Make sure that the play at the torque link hinges is correct
R (Ref. TASK 32-21-00-200-003).
R CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE CLEARANCE IS NOT LESS THAN THE
_______
R MINIMUM SPECIFIED CLEARANCE WHEN THE HOLE IN THE NUT IS
R ALIGNED WITH THE SLOT IN THE SHAFT. IF YOU DO NOT HAVE
R THE MINIMUM CLEARANCE, TORSION LOADS CAN OCCUR IN THE
R SHAFT DURING OPERATION.
R 1
_ Apply a layer of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-047) to
R the washer (5) and install it on the shaft (1).
R 2
_ Apply a layer of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-047) to
R the threads of the nut (6) and install it.
R 3
_ TORQUE the nut (6) to 9 m.daN (66.37 lbf.ft) and then loosen
R it again. Do this three times.
R 4
_ Loosen the nut (6) to get a clearance of between 0.02 mm
R (0.0007 in.) and 0.1 mm (0.0039 in.).
R 5
_ Make sure that you can align the hole of the nut (6) with the
R slot of the shaft (1) and keep the given clearance.
R If not:
R - Loosen the nut (6).
R - Remove the washer (5).
R - Adjust the thickness of the washer (5) to get the given
R clearance when the hole of the nut (6) is aligned with the
R slot of the shaft (1).
EFF :
ALL 32-21-27
Page 446
Feb 01/10
CES
R - Do a passivating treatment on the reworked surface (Ref. PMS
R 010108).
R - Do the torque procedure of the nut (6) again.
R 6
_ Apply a layer of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-047) to
R the threads of the screw (10).
R 7
_ Install the screw (10), the washer (7) and the nut (8).
R 8
_ TORQUE the nut (8) to between 0.2 and 0.25 m.daN (17.69 and
R 22.12 lbf.in).
R 9
_ Install the new cotter pin (9) on the nut (8).
R (3) Make sure that the lubrication points are clean and in correct
R condition on the shaft (1).
R Subtask 32-21-27-420-057
R (1) Remove the blanking caps and connect the electrical connector (104).
R (2) Install the clamp (101) on the upper electrical harness (100).
R (3) Install the washer (102) and the nut (103). Tighten the nut (103).
R NOTE : Use a flat spanner to make sure that the screw (105) does not
____
R turn.
R (4) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-001) to the nut (103) and the washer
R (102).
EFF :
ALL 32-21-27
Page 447
Feb 01/10
CES
R Subtask 32-21-27-720-052
R D. Test
R (2) Do a functional test of the Nose Wheel Steering (Ref. TASK 32-51-00-
R 720-003).
R Subtask 32-21-27-720-052-A
R D. Test
R (2) Do a functional test of the Nose Wheel Steering (Ref. TASK 32-51-00-
R 720-003).
R 5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 32-21-27-942-051
R (4) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
R items.
EFF :
ALL 32-21-27
Page 448
Feb 01/10
CES
ATTACHMENT - NLG TOWING (2701GM) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_______________________________________________________
TASK 32-21-41-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific spatula
No specific warning notices
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-21-41-941-050
A. Safety Precaution
(1) In the cockpit, on the panel 400VU, put the warning notice in
position to tell persons not to operate the landing gear control
lever.
(2) Put the warning notices in position to tell persons not to operate
the nose wheel steering system:
- on the brake pedals
- on the nose wheel steering handwheel (18VU, 19VU).
EFF :
ALL 32-21-41
Page 401
Feb 01/05
CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-21-41-020-050
(1) Remove the rubber sealant with a spatula to prevent damage to the
surface protection.
(3) Remove the nuts (5), the washers (3) and (4).
EFF :
ALL 32-21-41
Page 402
Feb 01/05
CES
R NLG Towing Attachment - Installation
R Figure 401/TASK 32-21-41-991-001-A
EFF :
ALL 32-21-41
Page 403
Feb 01/05
CES
TASK 32-21-41-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-21-41
Page 404
Nov 01/09
CES
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-21-41-941-051
A. Safety Precaution
(1) In the cockpit, on the panel 400VU, make sure that the warning notice
is in position to tell persons not to operate the landing gear
control lever.
(2) Make sure that the warning notices are in position to tell persons
not to operate the nose wheel steering system:
- on the brake pedals
- on the nose wheel steering handwheel (18VU, 19VU).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-21-41-420-050
(1) Clean the removed parts with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-001)
and dry them with compressed air.
(2) Apply a light coat of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-047) to the
threads of the bolts (1).
(4) Install the washers (2), the bolts (1), the washers (3) and (4) and
the nuts (5).
(5) TORQUE the nuts (5) to between 4.4 and 5.2 m.daN (32.44 and 38.34
lbf.ft).
EFF :
ALL 32-21-41
Page 405
Feb 01/05
CES
(7) Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-001) in the areas E.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-21-41-942-050
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 32-21-41
Page 406
Feb 01/03
R
CES
HARNESS - NLG SYSTEMS, 1M, 2M - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
____________________________________________________
TASK 32-21-43-000-001
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-21-43
Page 401
Feb 01/10
CES
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-21-43-860-052
(1) Make sure that the aircraft electrical circuits are de-energized
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
Subtask 32-21-43-941-052
B. Safety Precautions
(1) Make sure that the safety devices are installed on the landing gears
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
R
EFF : 001-004, 051-099, 234-235, 239-249,
305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
32-21-43
Page 402
Feb 01/10
CES
Subtask 32-21-43-865-053
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-21-43-020-051
WARNING : FOR SAFETY STAND AFT OF THE GEAR LEG WHEN YOU OPERATE THE
_______
GROUND OPENING CONTROL OF THE DOOR. CAREFULLY READ THE PLACARD
ON THE LEG DOOR BEFORE YOU OPEN THE NOSE GEAR DOORS.
(1) Cut and remove the lockwire. Remove the screws (11) and the washers
(12).
R
EFF : 001-004, 051-099, 234-235, 239-249,
305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
32-21-43
Page 403
Feb 01/10
CES
NLG - Lower Electrical Harness
Figure 401/TASK 32-21-43-991-001
EFF :
001-004, 32-21-43
Page 404
May 01/05
R
CES
NLG - Lower Electrical Harness (with TPIS)
Figure 401A/TASK 32-21-43-991-001-A
R
EFF : 051-099, 234-235, 239-249, 305-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
32-21-43
Page 405
Feb 01/10
CES
(3) Remove the cotter-pins (14) and discard them. Remove the nuts (15),
the washers (16) and the bolts (17).
(5) Disconnect the electrical connectors (18) from the electrical plugs
on the supports (13).
(6) Remove the screw (5), the nut (2), the washer (3) and the clamp (4).
(9) Remove the cotter pin (22) and discard it. Remove the nut (21) and
the washer (20). Remove the screw (9) and the washer (8).
(10) Remove the casing (19) and the electrical connectors (18) from the
axle.
Subtask 32-21-43-020-051-A
WARNING : FOR SAFETY STAND AFT OF THE GEAR LEG WHEN YOU OPERATE THE
_______
GROUND OPENING CONTROL OF THE DOOR. CAREFULLY READ THE PLACARD
ON THE LEG DOOR BEFORE YOU OPEN THE NOSE GEAR DOORS.
(2) Remove the screw (5), the nut (2) the washer (3) and the clamp (4).
(5) Remove the cotter pin (15) and discard it. Remove the nut (14) and
the washer (13). Remove the screw (9) and the washer (8).
R
EFF : 001-004, 051-099, 234-235, 239-249,
305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
32-21-43
Page 406
Feb 01/10
CES
R (6) Remove the casing (12) and the electrical connectors (11) from the
R axle.
R
EFF :
051-054, 32-21-43
Page 407
May 01/05
CES
R **ON A/C 001-004, 051-099, 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,
TASK 32-21-43-400-001
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
EFF : 001-004, 051-099, 234-235, 239-249,
305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
32-21-43
Page 408
Feb 01/10
CES
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-21-43-860-053
(1) Make sure that the aircraft electrical circuits are de-energized
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
(2) Make sure that the safety devices are installed on the landing gears
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
R
EFF : 001-004, 051-099, 234-235, 239-249,
305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
32-21-43
Page 409
Feb 01/10
CES
(3) Make sure that the warning notice(s) are in position:
- on the panel 400VU, to tell persons not to operate the landing gear
control lever,
- on the NWS handwheels and the rudder pedals to tell persons not to
operate them.
Subtask 32-21-43-865-054
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-21-43-420-051
WARNING : FOR SAFETY STAND AFT OF THE GEAR LEG WHEN YOU OPERATE THE
_______
GROUND OPENING CONTROL OF THE DOOR. CAREFULLY READ THE PLACARD
ON THE LEG DOOR BEFORE YOU OPEN THE NOSE GEAR DOORS.
NOTE : Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors immediatly
____
before you connect them.
R
EFF : 001-004, 051-099, 234-235, 239-249,
305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
32-21-43
Page 410
Feb 01/10
CES
(1) Hold the lower harness (23) in position and:
(b) Install the casing (19). Install the screw (9) and the washer
(8). Install the washer (20) and the nut (21).
(c) Safety the nut (21) with the new cotter pin (22).
(d) Connect the electrical connector (7) with the counterplate (6)
and the screws (1).
(i) Install the bolts (17), the washers (16) and the nuts (15).
(j) Safety the nuts (15) with the new cotter pins (14).
(m) Tighten the screws (11) and safety them with the lockwire
corrosion resistant steel dia. 0.8 mm (0.032 in).
Subtask 32-21-43-420-051-A
R
EFF : 001-004, 051-099, 234-235, 239-249,
305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
32-21-43
Page 411
Feb 01/10
CES
(1) Hold the lower harness (16) in position and:
(b) Install the casing (12). Install the screw (9) and the washer
(8). Install the washer (13) and the nut (14).
(c) Safety the nut (14) with the new cotter pin (15).
(d) Connect the electrical connector (7) with the counterplate (6)
and the screw (1).
Subtask 32-21-43-865-055
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1GV.
Subtask 32-21-43-710-058
C. Test
(1) Do the operational test of the nose wheel steering (Ref. TASK 32-51-
00-710-001).
R
EFF : 001-004, 051-099, 234-235, 239-249,
305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
32-21-43
Page 412
Feb 01/10
CES
R **ON A/C 051-099, 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
R 528-599,
Subtask 32-21-43-710-058-A
C. Test
(1) Do the operational test of the nose wheel steering (Ref. TASK 32-51-
00-710-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-21-43-942-051
A. Removal of Equipment
(2) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
R
EFF : 001-004, 051-099, 234-235, 239-249,
305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
32-21-43
Page 413
Feb 01/10
CES
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 32-21-43-000-002
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-21-43
Page 414
May 01/05
R
CES
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-21-43-860-054
(1) Make sure that the aircraft electrical circuits are de-energized
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
Subtask 32-21-43-941-054
B. Safety Precautions
(1) Make sure that the safety devices are installed on the landing gears
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
Subtask 32-21-43-010-054
C. Get Access
(2) Make sure that the safety devices are correctly installed on the
landing gear doors (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-002).
EFF :
ALL 32-21-43
Page 415
May 01/05
CES
(3) Put the adjustable access platform in position adjacent to the NLG.
Subtask 32-21-43-869-056
D. Obey the applicable safety precautions before you open the LGCIU circuit
breakers (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-001).
Subtask 32-21-43-865-062
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/BRAKING AND STEERING/SYS2/SPLY 4GG M36
121VU HYDRAULIC/BRAKING AND STEERING/SYS2/CTL 3GG M35
121VU HYDRAULIC/BRAKING AND STEERING/SYS1/CTL 1GG M34
121VU HYDRAULIC/BRAKING AND STEERING/SYS1/IND AND/SPLY 2GG M33
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-21-43-020-052
WARNING : FOR SAFETY STAND AFT OF THE GEAR LEG WHEN YOU OPERATE THE
_______
GROUND OPENING CONTROL OF THE DOOR. CAREFULLY READ THE PLACARD
ON THE LEG DOOR BEFORE YOU OPEN THE NOSE GEAR DOORS.
EFF :
ALL 32-21-43
Page 416
Feb 01/10
CES
(1) Disconnect the electrical connector (26) from the NLG proximity
sensor 24GAA (25).
(2) Remove the screw (24), the washer (23) and the clamp (22) from the
bracket (21).
(3) Disconnect the electrical connectors (19) from the connector (18).
(4) Remove the screw (15), the washer (14) and the clamp (13) from the
bracket (20).
(5) Disconnect the electrical connector (16) from the left runway turnoff
light 3LC1A (17).
(6) Remove the screw (10), the washer (11) and the clamp (12) from the
bracket (1).
(7) Remove the screw (9), the washer (8) and the clamp (3) from the
bracket (1).
(8) Remove the screw (7), the washer (6) and the clamp (5) from the
bracket (1).
(9) Cut, remove and discard the braid (4) from the grommets (2).
(10) Disconnect the electrical connector (36) from the feedback sensor 3GC
(35).
(11) Remove the screw (31), the washer (30) and the clamp (29) from the
bracket (27).
(12) Remove the screw (33), the washer (34) and the clamp (32) from the
bracket (27).
(13) Disconnect the electrical connector (37) from the connector on the
take off light 7LRA (41).
(14) Remove the nut (42), the washer (43), the screw (38), the washer (39)
and the clamp (44) from the support (40).
(15) Remove the screw (49), the washer (50) and the clamp (51) from the
bracket (52).
(16) Remove the screw (45), the washer (46), the strut (47) and the clamp
(48) from the bracket (52).
EFF :
ALL 32-21-43
Page 417
May 01/06
R
CES
NLG - Electrical Harness 1M
Figure 402/TASK 32-21-43-991-002- 13 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
ALL 32-21-43
Page 418
May 01/05
R
CES
NLG - Electrical Harness 1M
Figure 402/TASK 32-21-43-991-002- 23 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
ALL 32-21-43
Page 419
May 01/05
R
CES
NLG - Electrical Harness 1M
Figure 402/TASK 32-21-43-991-002- 33 (SHEET 3)
R
EFF :
ALL 32-21-43
Page 420
May 01/05
CES
(17) Disconnect the electrical connector (53) from the proximity sensors
18GAA on the bracket (54).
(18) Remove the screw (58), the washer (57) and the clamp (56) from the
bracket (55).
(19) Disconnect the electrical connector (65) from the connector on the
A/C interface 1300VCA.
(20) Remove the nuts (60), the washers (61), the screws (64) and the
washers (63) to release the clamp (62) on the bracket (59).
(21) Cut, remove and discard the braid (66) from the grommet (67).
EFF :
ALL 32-21-43
Page 421
May 01/06
R
CES
TASK 32-21-43-400-002
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-21-43
Page 422
May 01/05
R
CES
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-21-43
Page 423
Nov 01/07
CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-21-43-860-055
(1) Make sure that the aircraft electrical circuits are de-energized
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
(2) Make sure that the safety devices are installed on the landing gears
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
(4) Make sure that the NLG doors are open (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-010-001).
(5) Make sure that the safety devices are correctly installed on the
landing gear doors (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-002).
(6) Make sure that the adjustable access platform is in position adjacent
to the NLG.
(7) Make sure that you obeyed the applicable safety precautions before
you open the LGCIU circuit breakers (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-001).
Subtask 32-21-43-865-063
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/BRAKING AND STEERING/SYS2/SPLY 4GG M36
121VU HYDRAULIC/BRAKING AND STEERING/SYS2/CTL 3GG M35
121VU HYDRAULIC/BRAKING AND STEERING/SYS1/CTL 1GG M34
121VU HYDRAULIC/BRAKING AND STEERING/SYS1/IND AND/SPLY 2GG M33
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
R
EFF :
ALL 32-21-43
Page 424
May 01/05
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 051-099, 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
R 528-599,
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-21-43-420-052
(a) Put the clamp (62) in position on the bracket (59), install the
washers (63) the screws (64), the washers (61), the nuts (60) and
tighten them.
(b) Connect the electrical connector (65) to the connector on the A/C
interface 1300VCA.
(d) Install the clamp (56), the washers (57) and the screw (58) to
the bracket (55).
(f) Install the clamp (48), the strut (47), the washer (46) and the
screw (45) to the bracket (52).
EFF :
ALL 32-21-43
Page 425
Feb 01/10
CES
(g) Install the clamp (51), the washer (50) and the screw (49) to the
bracket (52).
(h) Install the clamp (44), the washer (39) the screw (38), the
washer (43) and the nut (42).
(j) Install the clamp (32), the washer (34) and the screw (33) to the
bracket (27).
(k) Install the clamp (29), the washer (30) and the screw (31) to the
bracket (27).
(n) Install the clamp (5), the washer (6) and the screw (7) to the
bracket (1).
(o) Install the clamp (3), the washer (8) and the screw (9) to the
bracket (1).
(p) Install the clamp (12), the washers (11) and the screw (10) to
the bracket (1).
(q) Connect the electrical connector (16) to the left runway turnoff
light 3LC1A (17).
(r) Install the clamp (13), the washer (14) and the screw (15) to the
bracket.
(t) Install the clamp (22), the washer (23) and the screw (24) to the
bracket (21).
EFF :
ALL 32-21-43
Page 426
May 01/05
R
CES
Subtask 32-21-43-865-064
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1GG, 2GG, 3GG, 4GG, 1GA, 2GA, 52GA, 3LR, 1LC1, 1GV.
Subtask 32-21-43-869-058
C. After you close the LGCIU circuit breakers, put the aircraft back to the
correct (ground) condition (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-002).
Subtask 32-21-43-410-052
D. Close Access
Subtask 32-21-43-710-060
E. Test:
(1) Do the operational test of the taxi and take off light (Ref. TASK 33-
46-00-710-001).
(2) Do the operational test of the runway turnoff lights (Ref. TASK 33-
43-00-710-001).
(3) Do the operational test of the nose wheel steering (Ref. TASK 32-51-
00-710-001).
(4) Do the BITE test of the landing gear (Ref. TASK 32-69-00-740-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-21-43
Page 427
May 01/09
CES
R **ON A/C 051-099, 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
R 528-599,
Subtask 32-21-43-710-060-A
E. Test:
(1) Do the operational test of the taxi and take off light (Ref. TASK 33-
46-00-710-001).
(2) Do the operational test of the runway turnoff lights (Ref. TASK 33-
43-00-710-001).
(3) Do the operational test of the nose wheel steering (Ref. TASK 32-51-
00-710-001).
(4) Do the BITE test of the landing gear (Ref. TASK 32-69-00-740-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-21-43-942-052
A. Removal of Equipment
(2) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-21-43
Page 428
Feb 01/10
CES
TASK 32-21-43-000-003
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-21-43
Page 429
May 01/05
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-21-43-860-056
(1) Make sure that the aircraft electrical circuits are de-energized
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
Subtask 32-21-43-941-056
B. Safety Precautions
(1) Make sure that the safety device are installed on the landing gears
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
Subtask 32-21-43-010-056
C. Get Access
(2) Make sure that the safety devices are correctly installed on the
landing gear doors (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-002).
(3) Put the adjustable access platform in position adjacent to the NLG.
Subtask 32-21-43-869-059
D. Obey the applicable safety precautions before you open the LGCIU circuit
breakers (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-21-43
Page 430
May 01/05
R
CES
Subtask 32-21-43-865-065
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/BRAKING AND STEERING/SYS2/SPLY 4GG M36
121VU HYDRAULIC/BRAKING AND STEERING/SYS2/CTL 3GG M35
121VU HYDRAULIC/BRAKING AND STEERING/SYS1/CTL 1GG M34
121VU HYDRAULIC/BRAKING AND STEERING/SYS1/IND AND/SPLY 2GG M33
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
122VU LIGHTING/EXT LT/TAXI AND TAKE OFF/TAXI 1LR W08
122VU LIGHTING/EXT LT/RWY TURN OFF/R 1LC2 W05
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-21-43-020-053
WARNING : FOR SAFETY STAND AFT OF THE GEAR LEG WHEN YOU OPERATE THE
_______
GROUND OPENING CONTROL OF THE DOOR. CAREFULLY READ THE PLACARD
ON THE LEG DOOR BEFORE YOU OPEN THE NOSE GEAR DOORS.
(1) Disconnect the electrical connector (20) from the NLG proximity
sensor 25GAA (19).
(2) Remove the screw (18), the washer (17) and the clamp (16) from the
bracket (21).
(3) Cut, remove and discard the braid (15) from the grommet (14).
(4) Disconnect the electrical connector (13) from the electrical box 5GC
(10).
(5) Cut, remove and discard the braid (11) from the grommet (12).
(6) Disconnect the electrical connector (8) from the right runway turnoff
light 3LC2A (9).
EFF :
ALL 32-21-43
Page 431
May 01/05
R
CES
NLG - Electrical Harness 2M
Figure 403/TASK 32-21-43-991-003- 13 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
ALL 32-21-43
Page 432
May 01/05
R
CES
NLG - Electrical Harness 2M
Figure 403/TASK 32-21-43-991-003- 23 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
ALL 32-21-43
Page 433
May 01/05
R
CES
NLG - Electrical Harness 2M
Figure 403/TASK 32-21-43-991-003- 33 (SHEET 3)
R
EFF :
ALL 32-21-43
Page 434
May 01/05
CES
Nose Wheel Steering - Servo-Control
Figure 404/TASK 32-21-43-991-005
EFF :
ALL 32-21-43
Page 435
May 01/05
R
CES
(7) Remove the screw (1), the washer (2) and the clamp (3) from the
bracket (5).
(8) Remove the screw (7), the washer (6) and the clamp (4) from the
bracket (5).
(9) Cut, remove and discard the braid (26) from the grommets (27).
(10) Remove the screw (22), the washer (23) and the clamp (24) from the
bracket (25).
(11) Disconnect the electrical connector (29) from the feedback sensor 4GC
(28).
(12) Disconnect the electrical connector (1) from the nosewheel steering
servo control 6GC (2).
(13) Remove the screw (42), the washer (43) and the clamp (44) from the
bracket (46).
(14) Remove the screw (48), the washer (47) and the clamp (49) from the
bracket (46).
(15) Disconnect the electrical connector (40) from the proximity sensor
19GAA on the bracket (41).
(16) Remove the screw (38), the washer (37) and the clamp (36) from the
bracket (39).
(17) Remove the screw (32), the washer (33) the clamp (34) and the strut
(35) from the bracket (39).
(18) Disconnect the electrical connector (31) from the taxi light 8LRA
(30).
(19) Remove the nuts (51), the washers (52) the screws (55) and the
washers (54) to release the clamp (53) on the bracket (50).
(20) Disconnect the electrical connector (56) from the connector on the
A/C interface 1302VCA.
EFF :
ALL 32-21-43
Page 436
May 01/05
R
CES
TASK 32-21-43-400-003
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-21-43
Page 437
May 01/05
R
CES
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-21-43
Page 438
Aug 01/09
CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-21-43-860-057
(1) Make sure that the aircraft electrical circuits are de-energized
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
(2) Make sure that the safety devices are installed on the landing gears
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
(4) Make sure that the NLG doors are open (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-010-001).
(5) Make sure that the safety devices are correctly installed on the
landing gear doors (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-002).
(6) Make sure that the adjustable access platform is in position adjacent
to the NLG.
(7) Make sure that you obeyed the applicable safety precautions before
you open the LGCIU circuit breakers (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-001).
Subtask 32-21-43-865-066
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/BRAKING AND STEERING/SYS2/SPLY 4GG M36
121VU HYDRAULIC/BRAKING AND STEERING/SYS2/CTL 3GG M35
121VU HYDRAULIC/BRAKING AND STEERING/SYS1/CTL 1GG M34
121VU HYDRAULIC/BRAKING AND STEERING/SYS1/IND AND/SPLY 2GG M33
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
122VU LIGHTING/EXT LT/TAXI AND TAKE OFF/TAXI 1LR W08
122VU LIGHTING/EXT LT/RWY TURN OFF/R 1LC2 W05
R
EFF :
ALL 32-21-43
Page 439
May 01/05
CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-21-43-420-053
(a) Connect the electrical connector (56) to the connector on the A/C
interface 1302VCA.
(b) Put the clamp (53) in position on the bracket (50), install the
washers (54), the screws (55), the washers (52), the nuts (51)
and tighten them.
(c) Connect the electrical connector (31) to the taxi light 8LRA
(30).
(d) Install the strut (35), the clamp (34), the washer (33) and the
screw (32) on the bracket (39).
(e) Install the clamp (36), the washer (37) and the screw (38) to the
bracket (39).
(g) Install the clamp (48), the washer (46) and the screw (47) to the
bracket (45).
(h) Install the clamp (44), the washer (43) and the screw (42) to the
bracket (46).
(j) Connect the electrical connector (29) to the feedback sensor 4GC
(28).
R
EFF :
ALL 32-21-43
Page 440
May 01/05
CES
(k) Install the clamp (24), the washer (23) and the screw (22) to the
bracket (25).
(m) Install the clamp (4), the washer (6) and the screw (7) to the
bracket (5).
(n) Install the clamp (3), the washer (2) and the screw (1) to the
bracket (5).
(o) Connect the electrical connector (8) to the right runway turnoff
light 3LC2A (9).
(q) Connect the electrical connector (13) to the electrical box 5GC
(10).
(s) Install the clamp (16), the washer (17) and the screw (18) to the
bracket (21).
(t) Connect the electrical connector (20) to the NLG proximity sensor
25GAA (19).
Subtask 32-21-43-865-067
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1GG, 2GG, 3GG, 4GG, 1GA, 2GA, 52GA, 1LR, 1LC2.
Subtask 32-21-43-869-061
C. After you close the LGCIU circuit breakers, put the aircraft back to the
correct (ground) condition (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-002).
Subtask 32-21-43-410-053
D. Close Access
R
EFF :
ALL 32-21-43
Page 441
May 01/05
CES
Subtask 32-21-43-720-051
E. Test:
(1) Do the operational test of the taxi and take off light (Ref. TASK 33-
46-00-710-001).
(2) Do the operational test of the runway turnoff lights (Ref. TASK 33-
43-00-710-001).
(3) Do the operational test of the nose wheel steering (Ref. TASK 32-51-
00-710-001).
(5) Do the BITE test of the landing gear (Ref. TASK 32-69-00-740-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-21-43-942-053
A. Removal of Equipment
(2) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
R
EFF :
ALL 32-21-43
Page 442
May 01/05
CES
R **ON A/C 001-004, 051-099, 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,
TASK 32-21-43-000-004
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
EFF : 001-004, 051-099, 234-235, 239-249,
305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
32-21-43
Page 443
Feb 01/10
CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-21-43-860-050
(1) Make sure that the aircraft electrical circuits are de-energized
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
Subtask 32-21-43-941-050
B. Safety Precautions
(1) Make sure that the safety device are installed on the landing gears
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
Subtask 32-21-43-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
EFF : 001-004, 051-099, 234-235, 239-249,
305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
32-21-43
Page 444
Feb 01/10
CES
R **ON A/C 001-004, 051-099, 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-21-43-020-050
WARNING : FOR SAFETY STAND AFT OF THE GEAR LEG WHEN YOU OPERATE THE
_______
GROUND OPENING CONTROL OF THE DOOR. CAREFULLY READ THE PLACARD
ON THE LEG DOOR BEFORE YOU OPEN THE NOSE GEAR DOORS.
(1) Disconnect the electrical connector (27) from the connector (31).
(2) Remove the nut (28), the washer (29) and the clamp (30).
(3) Remove the nut (26), the washer (25), the bolt (20) the clamp (21)
and the support (23).
(4) Remove the screw (10), the washer (9) and the clamp (8).
(5) Remove the screw (5), the washer (6) and the clamp (7).
(6) Remove the screws (14), the washers (15) and the cover (1).
(7) Remove the screws (11), the washers (12) and the clamp (13).
(8) Remove the screw (2), the washer (3) and the clamp (4).
(9) Cut, remove and discard the braid (19) from the grommets (18).
(10) Disconnect the electrical connector (17) from the connector (16).
(11) Disengage the intermediate harness (22) through the hole of the
protector of the torque link assembly (24).
R
EFF : 001-004, 051-099, 234-235, 239-249,
305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
32-21-43
Page 445
Feb 01/10
CES
NLG - Intermediate Electrical Harness
Figure 405/TASK 32-21-43-991-004- 12 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF : 001-004, 051-099, 234-235, 239-249,
305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
32-21-43
Page 446
Feb 01/10
CES
NLG - Intermediate Electrical Harness
Figure 405/TASK 32-21-43-991-004- 22 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF : 001-004, 051-099, 234-235, 239-249,
305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
32-21-43
Page 447
Feb 01/10
CES
TASK 32-21-43-400-004
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
EFF : 001-004, 051-099, 234-235, 239-249,
305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
32-21-43
Page 448
Feb 01/10
CES
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-21-43-860-051
(1) Make sure that the aircraft electrical circuits are de-energized
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
(2) Make sure that the safety devices are installed on the landing gears
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
R
EFF : 001-004, 051-099, 234-235, 239-249,
305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
32-21-43
Page 449
Feb 01/10
CES
Subtask 32-21-43-865-051
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-21-43-420-050
WARNING : FOR SAFETY STAND AFT OF THE GEAR LEG WHEN YOU OPERATE THE
_______
GROUND OPENING CONTROL OF THE DOOR. CAREFULLY READ THE PLACARD
ON THE LEG DOOR BEFORE YOU OPEN THE NOSE GEAR DOORS.
(1) Engage the intermediate harness (22) through the hole of the
protector of the torque link assembly (24).
(c) Install the clamp (4), the washer (3) and the screw (2).
(d) Install the clamp (13), the washers (12) and the screws (11).
R
EFF : 001-004, 051-099, 234-235, 239-249,
305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
32-21-43
Page 450
Feb 01/10
CES
(e) Install the cover (1), the washers (15) and the screws (14).
(f) Install the clamp (7), the washer (6) and the screw (5).
(g) Install the clamp (8), the washer (9) and the screw (10).
(h) Install the support (23), the clamp (21), the bolt (20), the
washer (25) and the nut (26).
(i) Install the clamp (30), the washer (29) and the nut (28).
Subtask 32-21-43-865-052
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1GV.
Subtask 32-21-43-410-050
C. Close Access
Subtask 32-21-43-710-056
D. Test
(1) Do the operational test of the nose wheel steering (Ref. TASK 32-51-
00-710-001).
Subtask 32-21-43-710-056-A
D. Test
(1) Do the operational test of the nose wheel steering (Ref. TASK 32-51-
00-710-001).
R
EFF : 001-004, 051-099, 234-235, 239-249,
305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
32-21-43
Page 451
Feb 01/10
CES
R **ON A/C 001-004, 051-099, 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-21-43-942-050
A. Removal of Equipment
(2) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
R
EFF : 001-004, 051-099, 234-235, 239-249,
305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
32-21-43
Page 452
Feb 01/10
CES
NOSE GEAR DOORS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
___________________________________________
1. _______
General
The doors of the nose landing gear include :
- 2 fwd doors operated by a hydraulic actuating cylinder,
- 2 aft doors connected by a rod to the gear and a leg door attached to the
rear part of the gear leg.
- 1 leg door closes the nose gear well when the gear is retracted.
(Ref. Fig. 001, 002, 003)
The structure of the nose gear doors is described in 52-82-00.
2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. 32-00-00)
3. _____________________
Component Description
A. Main Doors
(1) The two main doors, which are symmetrical in relation to the
centerline of the aircraft, close the gear well along much of its
length.
Each door hangs from three points on the structure of the aircraft.
These two doors are connected mechanically to the aircraft by a
linkage which has two control rods connected to the same bellcrank.
This bellcrank is installed at the roof of the landing gear well and
is operated by one double-acting actuating cylinder (opening and
closing of the doors.
In the closed position an uplock assembly latches the doors.
(Ref. Fig. 002)
(3) Proximity detectors provide a signal when the doors are in the open
position. The doors must be in this position to permit the gear to
operate. Each door is equipped with two proximity detectors installed
on separate brackets.
(Ref. Fig. 003)
EFF :
ALL 32-22-00
Page 1
Feb 01/98
CES
Nose Gear Doors
Figure 001
EFF :
ALL 32-22-00
Page 2
Feb 01/98
CES
Nose Gear Doors - Operating Mechanism
Figure 002
EFF :
ALL 32-22-00
Page 3
Feb 01/98
CES
Nose Gear Doors - Proximity Switches
Figure 003
EFF :
ALL 32-22-00
Page 4
Feb 01/98
CES
B. Aft Doors
(Ref. Fig. 004)
The two aft doors are symmetrical and hang from two points on the
structure of the aircraft.
These two doors are also connected by an adjustable rod to the gear leg.
A max in-service play of 5 mm (0.1968 in.) at the end of the door is
permitted.
These two doors close the aft part of the nose gear well when the gear is
retracted.
When the gear is extended, the doors remain open.
EFF :
ALL 32-22-00
Page 5
Feb 01/98
CES
Aft Doors
Figure 004
EFF :
ALL 32-22-00
Page 6
Feb 01/98
CES
C. Leg Door
(Ref. Fig. 005)
R This door is attached at three points to the rear part of the gear leg.
R A max in-service play between 0.5 mm (0.0196 in.) and 1 mm (0.0393 in.)
R of the leg door is permitted.
When the gear is retracted, this door closes off the area through which
the drag strut passes when the gear is extended.
This door includes two rollers. The main doors come against these rollers
when the door closes after the gear retraction.
EFF :
ALL 32-22-00
Page 7
May 01/06
CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
32-22-00
Page 8
Feb 01/98
CES
Leg Door
Figure 005
EFF :
ALL 32-22-00
Page 9/10
Feb 01/98
CES
NOSE GEAR DOORS - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
_______________________________________
TASK 32-22-00-010-001
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE CONTROLS AGREE WITH THE POSITION OF THE ITEMS THEY
_______
OPERATE BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To open the nose gear doors to get access to or to remove the equipment
R installed in the nose gear well (zones 123).
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-22-00-867-050
(1) In the cockpit, on the center pedestal, make sure that : the
free-fall control handle is in the normal position.
(2) Make sure that the LANDING GEAR CONTROL LEVER is set to DOWN.
EFF :
ALL 32-22-00
Page 201
Aug 01/02
CES
Subtask 32-22-00-941-050
B. Safety Precaution
(1) Put the warning notice in position to tell persons not to operate the
nose landing gear.
(2) Put the safety barriers in position to prevent access to the travel
ranges of the nose gear door.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-22-00-010-051
WARNING : FOR SAFETY STAND AFT OF THE GEAR LEG WHEN YOU OPERATE THE
_______
GROUND OPENING CONTROL OF THE DOOR. CAREFULLY READ THE PLACARD
ON THE LEG DOOR BEFORE YOU OPEN THE NOSE GEAR DOORS.
(1) Remove the quick release pin from the pusher of the ground
door-opening handle.
(2) Push the pusher and move the ground door-opening handle from the
closed position to the opening position.
(3) Release the pusher and make sure that the ground door-opening handle
is locked in the opening position.
(4) Install the quick release pin in the pusher of the ground
door-opening handle to prevent its operation.
(5) Make sure that the nose gear doors are open and downlocked.
NOTE : It is possible that the nose gear doors do not open fully
____
because of their weight. You must help them manually at the
end of the travel.
EFF :
ALL 32-22-00
Page 202
Feb 01/98
CES
Ground Door Opening/Closing
Figure 201/TASK 32-22-00-991-001
EFF :
ALL 32-22-00
Page 203
Feb 01/98
CES
Subtask 32-22-00-481-050
(1) Install the SAFETY PIN - NLG DOOR (98D32203502000) in the rigging
holes of the left and right nose gear doors.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-22-00-942-050
A. Removal of Equipment
(3) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 32-22-00
Page 204
Feb 01/98
CES
TASK 32-22-00-410-001
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE CONTROLS AGREE WITH THE POSITION OF THE ITEMS THEY
_______
OPERATE BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-22-00
Page 205
Feb 01/98
CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-22-00-867-051
(2) Make sure that the control lever of the landing gear is in the DOWN
position.
Subtask 32-22-00-941-051
B. Safety Precautions
(1) Put the warning notice in position to tell persons not to operate the
nose landing gear.
(2) Put the safety barriers in position to prevent access to the travel
ranges of the nose gear door.
(3) Make sure that the Ground Door-Opening Handle is locked in the
Opening position.
Subtask 32-22-00-863-050
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-22-00-081-050
(1) Remove the SAFETY PIN - NLG DOOR (98D32203502000) from the rigging
holes of the left and right doors of the nose gear.
EFF :
ALL 32-22-00
Page 206
Feb 01/98
CES
Subtask 32-22-00-010-052
WARNING : FOR SAFETY STAND AFT OF THE GEAR LEG WHEN YOU OPERATE THE
_______
GROUND OPENING CONTROL OF THE DOOR. CAREFULLY READ THE PLACARD
ON THE LEG DOOR BEFORE YOU OPEN THE NOSE GEAR DOORS.
(1) Remove the quick release pin from the pusher of the ground
door-opening handle.
(2) Push the pusher. Move the ground door-opening handle from the opening
position to the closed position.
(3) Release the pusher. Make sure that the ground door-opening handle is
locked in the closed position.
(4) Install the quick release pin in the pusher of the ground
door-opening handle to prevent its operation.
(5) Make sure that the nose gear doors are closed and uplocked.
NOTE : If the doors do not close, put the ground door-opening handle
____
in the opening position.
(This is possibly because there is not sufficient pressure in
the hydraulic system of the landing gear).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-22-00-864-050
Subtask 32-22-00-942-051
B. Removal of Equipments
(3) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 32-22-00
Page 207
Feb 01/98
CES
NOSE GEAR DOORS - DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION
___________________________________________
TASK 32-22-00-040-001
Preparation of the A/C for flight without NLG Main Doors Assy
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE LANDING GEAR ARE CLEAR.
_______
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE CONTROLS AGREE WITH THE POSITION OF THE ITEMS THEY
_______
OPERATE BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-22-00-860-061
A. Safety Precautions
EFF :
ALL 32-22-00
Page 401
May 01/08
CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-22-00-020-054
(3) Remove the NLG main door control rods (Ref. TASK 32-31-41-000-001).
(5) Retain all the attaching parts from the doors and the rods.
Subtask 32-22-00-860-062
(1) You can ignore the ECAM displays that follow (for the applicable
missing NLG door).
1
_ ECAM WHEEL page
- Door position hinge-bar-DOOR IN TRANSIT.
- Landing gear locked down-Green triangles.
2
_ ECAM warning (flight phases 2, 6 and 7)
- L/G DOOR NOT CLOSED
- L/G LGCIU 1 FAULT
or
- L/G LGCIU 2 FAULT
or
- L/G LGCIU 1 + 2 FAULT
NOTE : The LGCIU warnings, will only occur if LGCIU 1 and /or
____
2 are reset above 70 kts (or if a power interrupt
occurs above 70 kts).
EFF :
ALL 32-22-00
Page 402
Aug 01/98
CES
NLG Main Door Assy
Figure 401/TASK 32-22-00-991-008
EFF :
ALL 32-22-00
Page 403
Aug 01/98
CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-22-00-860-063
(1) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
(3) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(4) In the cockpit, install a temporary placard to tell the crew that the
NLG main doors are removed.
EFF :
ALL 32-22-00
Page 404
Aug 01/98
CES
TASK 32-22-00-440-001
Restoration of the A/C after flight without NLG Main Doors Assy
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-22-00-860-064
A. Safety Precautions
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-22-00-420-054
EFF :
ALL 32-22-00
Page 405
May 01/08
CES
(3) Install the two main doors (Ref. TASK 32-22-11-400-001).
(4) Install the NLG main door control rods (Ref. TASK 32-31-41-400-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-22-00-860-065
R (2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
R (3) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-22-00
Page 406
Nov 01/09
CES
TASK 32-22-00-040-002
Preparation of the A/C for flight without one or two NLG Aft Door Assy
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE LANDING GEAR ARE CLEAR.
_______
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE CONTROLS AGREE WITH THE POSITION OF THE ITEMS THEY
_______
OPERATE BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-22-00
Page 407
Feb 01/10
CES
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-22-00-010-053
A. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position below the NLG doors.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-22-00-020-052
(3) Retain all the attaching parts from the doors and the rotating rods.
NOTE : The hinge point attachment bolts must not stay on the
____
aircraft.
EFF :
ALL 32-22-00
Page 408
Feb 01/10
CES
NLG Aft Door Assy
Figure 402/TASK 32-22-00-991-009
R
EFF :
201-209,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-156, 32-22-00
Page 409
May 01/05
CES
NLG Aft Door Assy
Figure 402A/TASK 32-22-00-991-009-A
R
EFF : 106-149, 157-199, 210-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
32-22-00
Page 410
Feb 01/10
CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-22-00-860-055
(1) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
(3) In the cockpit, install a temporary placard to tell the crew that the
NLG aft doors are removed.
(4) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 32-22-00
Page 411
Aug 01/01
R
CES
TASK 32-22-00-440-002
Restoration of the A/C after flight without one or two NLG Aft Door Assy
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-22-00-010-054
A. Get Access
R (1) Put the access platform in position below the NLG doors.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-22-00-420-053
EFF :
ALL 32-22-00
Page 412
Feb 01/08
CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-22-00-860-060
(2) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
(3) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 32-22-00
Page 413
Nov 01/09
CES
TASK 32-22-00-040-003
Preparation of the A/C for flight without NLG Leg Door Assy
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE LANDING GEAR ARE CLEAR.
_______
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE CONTROLS AGREE WITH THE POSITION OF THE ITEMS THEY
_______
OPERATE BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-22-00-860-056
A. Safety Precautions
EFF :
ALL 32-22-00
Page 414
Nov 01/09
R
CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-22-00-020-053
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-22-00-860-057
(1) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 32-22-00
Page 415
Aug 01/01
R
CES
NLG Leg Door Assy
Figure 403/TASK 32-22-00-991-010
EFF :
ALL 32-22-00
Page 416
Aug 01/01
R
CES
TASK 32-22-00-440-003
Restoration of the A/C after flight without NLG Leg Door Assy
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-22-00-860-058
A. Safety Precautions
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-22-00-420-052
(1) Install the NLG leg door and all the attaching parts (Ref. TASK 32-
22-15-400-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-22-00
Page 417
Feb 01/08
CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-22-00-860-059
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-22-00
Page 418
Aug 01/01
CES
NOSE GEAR DOORS - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
_________________________________
TASK 32-22-00-820-001
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE LANDING GEAR ARE CLEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-22-00
Page 501
Nov 01/09
CES
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-22-00
Page 502
May 01/05
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-22-00-860-052
(1) Make sure that the ground safety locks are on the landing gear
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-22-00
Page 503
Feb 01/10
CES
(3) On the panel 110VU:
- make sure that the free fall control handle is folded into the
center console
- put warning notice(s) in position to tell persons not to operate
the free fall control handle.
(4) Open the NLG doors and the MLG doors (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-010-001)
(Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).
R (5) Make sure that a SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK is installed on each MLG door
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-002).
(7) Lift the aircraft at the forward jacking point (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-
581-003).
Subtask 32-22-00-865-051
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
4. Procedure
_________
EFF :
ALL 32-22-00
Page 504
Aug 01/08
CES
NLG - Aft Door Adjustment
Figure 501/TASK 32-22-00-991-006
EFF :
ALL 32-22-00
Page 505
Nov 01/01
R
CES
NLG - Leg Fairing Adjustment
Figure 502/TASK 32-22-00-991-005
EFF :
ALL 32-22-00
Page 506
Nov 01/01
R
CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
R
32-22-00
Page 507
Nov 01/01
CES
NLG - Doors Gaps
Figure 503/TASK 32-22-00-991-007- 12 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203, 32-22-00
Page 508
May 01/05
CES
NLG - Doors Gaps
Figure 503/TASK 32-22-00-991-007- 22 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203, 32-22-00
Page 509
May 01/05
CES
NLG - Doors Gaps
Figure 503A/TASK 32-22-00-991-007-A12 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
062-099, 151-199, 204-212, 32-22-00
Page 510
May 01/05
CES
NLG - Doors Gaps
Figure 503A/TASK 32-22-00-991-007-A22 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
062-099, 151-199, 204-212, 32-22-00
Page 511
May 01/05
CES
R **ON A/C 106-149, 213-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
R 528-599,
Subtask 32-22-00-020-050
NOTE : You must disconnect the rotating rod to replace the lock-washer
____
(3) before adjustment of the rod (5).
(1) Remove the cotter pin (6) and discard it, remove the nut (7) and the
washer (8).
(2) Remove the bolt (9) and disconnect the rotating rod from the aft door
of the nose landing gear.
(3) Disengage the tabs of the lockwasher (3) from the nut (2).
(5) Remove the rod assy (5) from the universal joint (1) and discard the
lockwasher (3).
(6) Install the rod assy (5) with the nut (2) and a new lockwasher (3) on
the universal joint (1).
(7) In order to help the adjustment of the rod turn the nut (4) to get
approximately a dimension N = 209 mm (8.2283 in.)
Subtask 32-22-00-020-051
B. Remove the Rod of the Main Door Assy (Ref. TASK 32-31-41-000-001)
EFF :
ALL 32-22-00
Page 512
Feb 01/10
CES
Subtask 32-22-00-867-054
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE LANDING GEAR ARE CLEAR.
_______
(6) On the panel 400VU, move the landing gear control level 6GA to the UP
position.
Subtask 32-22-00-820-051
EFF :
ALL 32-22-00
Page 513
Nov 01/09
CES
NLG - Doors Gaps
Figure 503B/TASK 32-22-00-991-007-B12 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF : 106-149, 213-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
32-22-00
Page 514
Feb 01/10
CES
NLG - Doors Gaps
Figure 503B/TASK 32-22-00-991-007-B22 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF : 106-149, 213-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
32-22-00
Page 515
Feb 01/10
CES
(1) Manually close the aft door of the nose landing gear and connect the
rotating rod (5) to the door.
NOTE : If necessary loosen the nut (2) and turn the nut (4) to
____
increase the length of the rotating rod.
(2) Install the bolt (9), the washer (8) and the nut (7).
(3) TORQUE the nut (7) to 0.3 m.daN (26.54 lbf.in) and safety it with the
new cotter pin (6).
(b) Turn the nut (4) to make the door touch the rear stop.
(c) Turn the nut (4) 180 deg. to tighten the rod.
(d) TORQUE the nut (2) to between 2.5 and 3 m.daN (18.43 and 22.12
lbf.ft) with the ADAPTOR - WRENCH (98AMS172321000).
(e) Safety the nut (2) with the new lockwasher (3).
(f) Safety the nut (4) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).
Subtask 32-22-00-820-051-A
(1) Manually close and hold the aft door of the NLG to make the door
touch the adjustable stop (12).
(2) Adjust the length of the adjustable stop (12) to get the mismatch A
between -2 mm (-0.0393in.) and +1 mm (+0.0787in.):
(a) Remove the lockwire of the nut (11) of the adjustable stop (12).
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-22-00
Page 516
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(c) Turn the adjustable stop (12).
(d) Tighten and safety the nut (11) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
19-010)..
NOTE : If necessary loosen the nut (2) and turn the the nut (4) to
____
increase or decrease the length of the rotating rod.
(4) Install the bolt (9), the washer (8) and the nut (7).
(5) TORQUE the nut (7) to to 0.3 m.daN (26.54 lbf.in) and safety it with
the new cotter pin (6) (-0.0393in.) and +1 mm (+0.0787in.):
(b) Turn the nut (4) to make the door touch the adjustable stop.
(c) Turn the nut (4) 180 deg. to tighten the rod.
(d) TORQUE the nut (2) to between to between 2.5 and 3 m.daN (18.43
and 22.12 lbf.ft) with the adaptator wrench ADAPTOR - WRENCH
(98AMS172321000).
(f) Safety the nut (4) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).
Subtask 32-22-00-820-057
(1) Manually close and hold the aft door of the NLG to make the door
touch the adjustable stop (14), without contact with the roll of the
leg door.
R
EFF : 106-149, 213-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
32-22-00
Page 517
Feb 01/10
CES
R (2) Adjust the length of the adjustable stop to get the mismatch (B)
R between -1 mm (- 0.078 in.) and + 1.4 mm (0.11018 in.).
R (d) Tighten and safety the nut (13) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
R 19-010).
Subtask 32-22-00-820-052
(1) Remove the cotter pin (25), the nut (24), the washer (23) and the
screw (22).
(2) Remove the cotter pin (26), the nut (27), the washer (28), the bolt
(40) and the washers (38).
(3) Disconnect the rod ends (34) and (37) from the leg of the nose
landing gear.
(4) Measure and record the dimensions M and N to help the adjustment.
(5) Loosen the nut (33), remove the rod end (34), remove and discard the
lockwasher (32).
(6) Loosen the nut (30), remove the nut (31), remove and discard the
lockwasher (29).
(7) Install the new lockwasher (29) and tighten the nut (31).
(8) Install the new lockwasher (32), tighten the rod end (34) and adjust
approximatly to the dimension N recorded before.
(9) Do not TORQUE and safety the nuts (30) and (33) at this time.
(10) Loosen the nut (36), remove the rod end (37), remove and discard the
lockwasher (35).
EFF :
ALL 32-22-00
Page 518
May 01/03
CES
(11) Install the new lockwasher (35), tighten the rod end (37) and adjust
approximately to the dimension M recorded before.
(12) Do not TORQUE and safety the nut (36) at this time.
(13) Connect the rod ends (34) and (37) to the leg of the nose landing
gear.
(14) Make sure that the bush (39) is in position, install the washers
(38), the bolt (40), the washer (28) and the nut (27).
(15) Install the screw (22), the washer (23) and the nut (24).
(16) Tighten the nuts (24) and (27) but do not TORQUE and safety them at
this time.
(18) Disconnect the rod end (47) from the leg door of the nose landing
gear.
(20) Loosen the nut (46), remove the rod end (47), remove and discard the
lockwasher (45).
(21) Install the new lockwasher (45), tighten the rod end (47) and adjust
approximately to the dimension L recorded before.
(22) Tighten the nut (46) but do not TORQUE and safety it at this time.
(23) Connect the rod end (47) to the leg door of the nose landing gear.
(24) Make sure that the bushes (49) and (50) and the rod (43) are in
position, install the bolt (48) and the nut (51).
(25) Tighten the nut (51) but do not TORQUE and safety it at this time.
EFF :
ALL 32-22-00
Page 519
May 01/03
R
CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,
Subtask 32-22-00-820-053
(1) Manually close the forward doors of the nose landing gear so that
they touch the forward stops.
(3) Manually open the forward doors of the nose landing gear.
(4) Adjust the transversal gap U to between 8.5 mm (0.3346 in.) and 11.5
mm (0.4527 in.) with the washer (38).
(c) Find the correct number of washers (38) to get the gap U (washer
thickness 0.5 mm (0.0196 in.). )
(d) Install the washers (38), the bolt (40), the washer (28) and the
nut (27).
(e) Tighten the nut (27) but do not fully TORQUE it at this time.
(5) Adjust the parallelism of the leg door in relation to the forward
doors with the nut (31):
(a) Manually close one forward door of the nose landing gear so that
it touches the forwad stop.
(c) Manually open the forward door of the nose landing gear.
(d) Tighten the nut (33) but do not fully TORQUE it at this time.
(6) Manually close the forward doors of the nose landing gear so that
they touch the forward stops.
R
EFF :
001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203, 32-22-00
Page 520
May 01/05
CES
(7) Make sure that:
- the gap U is between 8.5 mm (0.3346 in.) and 11.5 mm (0.4527 in.).
- the gap R is between 2.5 mm (0.0984 in.) and 5.5 mm (0.2165 in.).
- the gap V is between 5.5 mm (0.2165 in.) and 8.5 mm (0.3346 in.).
(8) Manually open the forward doors of the nose landing gear.
Subtask 32-22-00-820-053-A
(1) Manually close the forward doors of the nose landing gear so that
they touch the forward stops.
(3) Manually open the forward doors of the nose landing gear.
(c) Find the correct number of washers (38) to get the gap U (washer
thickness 0.5 mm (0.0196 in.). )
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-22-00
Page 521
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(d) Install the washers (38), the bolt (40), the washer (28) and the
nut (27).
(e) Tighten the nut (27) but do not fully TORQUE it at this time.
(5) Adjust the parallelism of the leg door in relation to the forward
doors with the nut (31):
(a) Manually close one forward door of the nose landing gear so that
it touches the forwad stop.
(c) Manually open the forward door of the nose landing gear.
(d) Tighten the nut (33) but do not fully TORQUE it at this time.
(6) Manually close the forward doors of the nose landing gear so that
they touch the forward stops.
(8) Manually open the forward doors of the nose landing gear.
Subtask 32-22-00-820-054
H. Adjust the gap Q between the leg door roller and the stop with the rod
ends (34) and (37).
(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 32-22-00-991-005)
EFF :
ALL 32-22-00
Page 522
May 01/05
CES
R **ON A/C 106-149, 213-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
R 528-599,
(1) Manually close the forward doors of the nose landing gear so that
they touch the forward stops.
(3) Manually open the forward doors of the nose landing gear.
(4) Adjust the gap Q to between 0.83 mm (0.0326 in.) and 2.83 mm (0.1114
in.).
(a) Remove the nut (24), the washer (23) and the screw (22).
(b) Remove the nut (27), the washer (28), the bolt (40) and the
washers (38).
(c) Disconnect the rod ends (34) and (37) from the leg of the nose
landing gear.
(d) Adjust symmetrically the rod ends (34) and (37) to get the
dimension Q between 0.83 mm (0.0326 in.) and 2.83 mm (0.1114
in.).
(e) Tighten the nuts (33) and (36) but do not TORQUE and safety them
at this time.
(f) Connect the rod ends (34) and (37) to the leg of the nose landing
gear.
(g) Make sure that the bush (39) is in position, install the washers
(38), the bolt (40), the washer (28) and the nut (27).
(h) Install the screw (22), the washer (23) and the nut (24).
(i) Tighten the nuts (24) and (27) but do not TORQUE and safety them
at this time.
(j) Manually close the forward doors of the nose landing gear so that
they touch the forward stops.
EFF :
ALL 32-22-00
Page 523
Feb 01/10
CES
(k) Make sure that the gap Q is between 0.83 mm (0.0326 in.) and 2.83
mm (0.1114 in.).
(l) Manually open the forward doors of the nose landing gear.
Subtask 32-22-00-820-055
J. Adjust the mismatch at rear of the leg door with the rod end (47).
(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 32-22-00-991-005)
(2) Disconnect the rod end (47) from the leg door of the nose landing
gear.
(3) Adjust the rod end (47) to get the dimension X = 0 plus or minus 1 mm
(0.0393 in.).
NOTE : 1 turn of the rod end (47) causes a 1 mm movement of the door.
____
(4) Tighten the nut (46) but do not TORQUE and safety it at this time.
(5) Connect the rod end (47) to the leg door of the nose landing gear.
(6) Make sure that the bushes (49), (50) and the rod (43) are in
position, install the bolt (48) and the nut (51).
EFF :
ALL 32-22-00
Page 524
Feb 01/10
CES
(7) Tighten the nut (51) but do not TORQUE and safety it at this time.
Subtask 32-22-00-820-056
(1) Adjust the gap P to between 7 mm (0.2755 in.) and 9 mm (0.3543 in.)
with the rod (43).
(a) Cut and remove the lockwire and loosen the nuts (41).
(b) Loosen the lockwashers (42) and turn the rod (43) to adjust the
gap P to between 7 mm (0.2755 in.) and 9 mm (0.3543 in.).
(c) Tighten the nuts (41) but do not TORQUE and safety them at this
time.
(2) Manually close the forward doors of the nose landing gear so that
they touch the forward stops.
(4) Manually open the forward doors of the nose landing gear.
EFF :
ALL 32-22-00
Page 525
May 01/05
CES
R **ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 32-22-00-820-056-A
(1) Adjust the gap P to between 7 mm (0.2755 in.) and 9 mm (0.3543 in.)
with the rod (43).
(a) Cut and remove the lockwire and loosen the nuts (41).
(b) Loosen the lockwashers (42) and turn the rod (43) to adjust the
gap P to between 7 mm (0.2755 in.) and 9 mm (0.3543 in.).
(c) Tighten the nuts (41) but do not TORQUE and safety them at this
time.
(2) Manually close the forward doors of the nose landing gear so that
they touch the forward stops.
(4) Manually open the forward doors of the nose landing gear.
R
EFF : 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-22-00
Page 526
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,
Subtask 32-22-00-220-052
(1) Manually close the forward doors of the nose landing gear so that
they touch the forward stops.
(3) Manually open the forward doors of the nose landing gear.
Subtask 32-22-00-220-052-A
(1) Manually close the forward doors of the nose landing gear so that
they touch the forward stops.
R
EFF :
201-212,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 32-22-00
Page 527
May 01/05
CES
- the mismatch dimension X is equal to 0 plus or minus 1 mm (0.0393
in.).
(3) Manually open the forward doors of the nose landing gear.
Subtask 32-22-00-220-052-B
(1) Manually close the forward doors of the nose landing gear so that
they touch the forward stops.
(3) Manually open the forward doors of the nose landing gear.
R
EFF : 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-22-00
Page 528
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 32-22-00-867-055
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE LANDING GEAR ARE CLEAR.
_______
(2) Make sure that the travel range of the nose landing gear is clear.
(5) On the panel 400VU, put the landing-gear control-lever 6GA in the
DOWN position.
Subtask 32-22-00-420-050
N. Installation of the rod of the Main Door assy (Ref. TASK 32-31-41-400-
001)
Subtask 32-22-00-220-053
P. Check of the Main Doors Gaps and Mismatches on the NLG (Ref. TASK 32-22-
00-220-001).
Subtask 32-22-00-420-051
(1) TORQUE the nut (51) to between 0.7 and 0.8 m.daN (61.94 and 70.79
lbf.in).
(2) TORQUE the nut (46) to between 1.2 and 1.3 m.daN (106.19 and 115.04
lbf.in) and safety it with the lockwasher (45).
EFF :
ALL 32-22-00
Page 529
Nov 01/09
CES
(3) TORQUE the nuts (41) to between 1.2 and 1.3 m.daN (106.19 and 115.04
lbf.in) and safety them with lockwire corrosion resistant steel dia.
0.8 mm (0.032 in.).
(4) TORQUE the nut (24) to between 1.2 and 1.4 m.daN (106.19 and 123.89
lbf.in) and safety it with a new cotter pin (25).
(5) TORQUE the nut (27) to between 1.2 and 1.4 m.daN (106.19 and 123.89
lbf.in) and safety it with a new cotter pin (26).
(6) TORQUE the nut (36) to between 1.2 and 1.3 m.daN (106.19 and 115.04
lbf.in) and safety it with the lockwasher (35).
(7) TORQUE the nut (33) to between 1.2 and 1.3 m.daN (106.19 and 115.04
lbf.in) and safety it with the lockwasher (32).
(8) TORQUE the nut (30) to between 1.2 and 1.3 m.daN (106.19 and 115.04
lbf.in) and safety it with the lockwasher (29).
Subtask 32-22-00-720-050
R. Test
(1) Make sure that the travel ranges of the landing gear and doors are
clear.
(2) Do the functional test of the normal extension and retraction of the
nose landing gear (Ref. TASK 32-31-00-720-003).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-22-00-860-054
(1) Remove the TARGET-FALSE from each proximity sensor (20GA, 21GA, 22GA,
23GA).
R (2) Install the PIN-GROUND LOCK,NLG (D23080000) on the NLG (Ref. TASK 32-
00-00-481-001).
(3) Lower the aircraft off the jack at the forward jacking point
(Ref. TASK 07-11-00-586-001).
(4) Put the aircraft back to the ground configuration (Ref. TASK 32-00-
00-860-002).
EFF :
ALL 32-22-00
Page 530
Nov 01/09
CES
(5) Close the MLG doors (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001).
(8) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 32-22-00
Page 531
Aug 01/03
CES
NOSE GEAR DOORS - INSPECTION/CHECK
__________________________________
TASK 32-22-00-200-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-22-00-941-052
EFF :
ALL 32-22-00
Page 601
Feb 01/98
CES
Subtask 32-22-00-010-050
B. Get Access
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE LANDING GEAR ARE CLEAR.
_______
(1) Open the main doors of the nose gear (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-010-001).
(3) Make sure that the SAFETY PIN - NLG DOOR (98D32203502000) is in
position.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-22-00-210-053
A. Visual Inspection
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-22-00-410-050
A. Close access.
(3) Close the main doors of the nose gear (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-410-001).
Subtask 32-22-00-942-052
B. Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-22-00
Page 602
Nov 01/09
CES
Nose Gear Doors - Rotating Rod
Figure 601/TASK 32-22-00-991-002
EFF :
ALL 32-22-00
Page 603
Feb 01/98
CES
TASK 32-22-00-220-001
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE LANDING GEAR ARE CLEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-22-00
Page 604
Feb 01/07
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-22-00
Page 605
Feb 01/10
CES
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-22-00-860-050
(1) Make sure that the ground safety locks are on the landing gear
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
R (5) Make sure that a SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK is installed on each MLG door
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-002).
(7) Lift the aircraft at the forward jacking point (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-
581-003).
EFF :
ALL 32-22-00
Page 606
Aug 01/08
CES
Subtask 32-22-00-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
Subtask 32-22-00-867-052
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE LANDING GEAR ARE CLEAR.
_______
(3) On the panel 400VU, move the landing gear control lever 6GA to the UP
position.
(4) On the aircraft, the NLG doors are fully open and the NLG is
retracted and locked up.
(5) Close the MLG uplocks with an applicable rod (not metal).
(6) On the aircraft, the NLG doors are closed and locked up.
4. Procedure
_________
EFF :
ALL 32-22-00
Page 607
Nov 01/09
CES
NLG Doors - Gaps
Figure 602/TASK 32-22-00-991-003- 12 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203, 32-22-00
Page 608
May 01/05
CES
NLG Doors - Gaps
Figure 602/TASK 32-22-00-991-003- 22 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203, 32-22-00
Page 609
May 01/05
CES
**ON A/C 062-099, 151-199, 204-212,
Subtask 32-22-00-220-050
(1) Measure the NLG doors gaps and make sure that:
- the dimension P is between 7.00 mm (0.2755 in.) and 9.00 mm (0.3543
in.).
- the dimension R is between 2.50 mm (0.0984 in.) and 5.50 mm (0.2165
in.).
- the dimension T is between 4.00 mm (0.1574 in.) and 6.00 mm (0.2362
in.).
- the dimension U is between 8.50 mm (0.3346 in.) and 11.5 mm (0.4527
in.).
- the dimension V is between 5.50 mm (0.2165 in.) and 8.50 mm (0.3346
in.).
- the dimension W is between 7.50 mm (0.2952 in.) and 10.5 mm (0.4133
in.).
(a) Measure the longitudinal mismatches and make sure that the
dimension L is between -2 mm (-0.0787 in.) and +2 mm (+0.0787
in.).
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-22-00
Page 610
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
NOTE : A dimension L between -3 mm (-0.1181 in.) and +3 mm
____
(+0.1181 in.) is permitted on a length of 378 mm (14.8818
in.), i.e. 5 % of the sum of the longitudinal dimensions.
(b) Measure the transversal mismatches and make sure that the
dimension M is between -1 mm (-0.0393 in.) and +1 mm (+0.0393
in.).
Subtask 32-22-00-220-050-A
(1) Measure the NLG doors gaps and make sure that:
- the dimension P is between 7.00 mm (0.2755 in.) and 9.00 mm (0.3543
in.).
- the dimension R is between 2.50 mm (0.0984 in.) and 5.50 mm (0.2165
in.).
- the dimension T is between 4.00 mm (0.1574 in.) and 6.00 mm (0.2362
in.).
- the dimension U is between 0 mm (0.0000 in.) and 3 mm (0.1181 in.).
- the dimension V is between 5.50 mm (0.2165 in.) and 8.50 mm (0.3346
in.).
- the dimension W is between 0 mm (0.0000 in.) and 3 mm (0.1181 in.).
(a) Measure the longitudinal mismatches and make sure that the
dimension L is between -2 mm (-0.0787 in.) and +2 mm (+0.0787
in.).
(b) Measure the transversal mismatches and make sure that the
dimension M is between -1 mm (-0.0393 in.) and +1 mm (+0.0393
in.).
R
EFF :
201-212,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 32-22-00
Page 611
May 01/05
CES
NLG Doors - Gaps
Figure 602A/TASK 32-22-00-991-003-A12 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
062-099, 151-199, 204-212, 32-22-00
Page 612
May 01/05
CES
NLG Doors - Gaps
Figure 602A/TASK 32-22-00-991-003-A22 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
062-099, 151-199, 204-212, 32-22-00
Page 613
May 01/05
CES
NLG Doors - Gaps
Figure 602B/TASK 32-22-00-991-003-B13 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF : 106-149, 213-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
32-22-00
Page 614
Feb 01/10
CES
NLG Doors - Gaps
Figure 602B/TASK 32-22-00-991-003-B23 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF : 106-149, 213-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
32-22-00
Page 615
Feb 01/10
CES
NLG Doors - Gaps
Figure 602B/TASK 32-22-00-991-003-B33 (SHEET 3)
R
EFF : 106-149, 213-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
32-22-00
Page 616
Feb 01/10
CES
NLG Doors - Mismatches
Figure 603/TASK 32-22-00-991-004
R
EFF :
201-212,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 32-22-00
Page 617
May 01/05
CES
NLG Doors - Mismatches
Figure 603A/TASK 32-22-00-991-004-A
R
EFF : 106-149, 213-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
32-22-00
Page 618
Feb 01/10
CES
NOTE : A dimension M between -2 mm (-0.0787 in.) and +2 mm
____
(+0.0787 in.) is permitted on a length of 140 mm (5.5118
in.), i.e. 5 % of the sum of the transversal dimensions.
Subtask 32-22-00-220-050-B
(1) Measure the NLG doors gaps and make sure that:
- the dimension P is between 7.00 mm (0.2755 in.) and 9.00 mm (0.3543
in.).
- the dimension R is between 2.50 mm (0.0984 in.) and 5.50 mm (0.2165
in.).
- the dimension T is between 4.00 mm (0.1574 in.) and 6.00 mm (0.2362
in.).
- the dimension U is between 0 mm (0.0000 in.) and 3 mm (0.1181 in.).
- the dimension V is between 5.50 mm (0.2165 in.) and 8.50 mm (0.3346
in.).
- the dimension W is between 0 mm (0.0000 in.) and 3 mm (0.1181 in.).
(a) Measure the mismatche A and make sure that the dimension is
between -2 mm (-0.0787 in.) and +1 mm (+0.0393 in.).
(b) Measure the mismatche B and make sure that the dimension is
between -1 mm (-0.0393 in.) and +1.4 mm (+0.0551 in.) +1.4 mm
(+0.0551 in.).
(c) Measure the longitudinal mismatches and make sure that the
dimension L is between -2 mm (-0.0787 in.) and +2 mm (+0.0787
in.).
(d) Measure the transversal mismatches and make sure that the
dimension M is between -2 mm (-0.0787 in.) and +2 mm (+0.0787
in.).
R
EFF : 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-22-00
Page 619
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 32-22-00-820-050
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-22-00-867-053
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE LANDING GEAR ARE CLEAR.
_______
(4) On the panel 400VU, move the landing-gear control lever 6GA to the
DOWN position.
(5) On the aircraft the NLG is down and locked and the NLG doors are
closed and locked up.
Subtask 32-22-00-860-051
(1) Remove the TARGET-FALSE from each of the proximity sensors 20GA,
21GA, 22GA, 23GA.
R (2) Install the PIN-GROUND LOCK,NLG (D23080000) in the NLG (Ref. TASK 32-
00-00-481-001).
(3) Put the aircraft back to the ground configuration (Ref. TASK 32-00-
00-860-002).
EFF :
ALL 32-22-00
Page 620
Nov 01/09
CES
(5) Depressurize the Green hydraulic system
(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001).
(7) Lower the aircraft off the jack at the forward jacking point
(Ref. TASK 07-11-00-586-001).
(8) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 32-22-00
Page 621
Aug 01/03
CES
TASK 32-22-00-220-002
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific ruler
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific warning notice(s)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-22-00
Page 622
Aug 01/09
CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-22-00-860-066
(1) Make sure that the ground safety locks are on the landing gear
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
R (5) If the forward NLG doors are open, make sure that a SLEEVE - GROUND
R LOCK is installed on each forward NLG door (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-
002).
Subtask 32-22-00-865-052
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
EFF :
ALL 32-22-00
Page 623
Aug 01/08
CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-22-00-220-054
NOTE : Use a 0.4 m (1.31 ft.) ruler to measure the NLG aft-door gap.
____
(1) Put the ruler on the NLG leg, on the flat of the lock springs
attachment.
(6) Subtract the first value from the second one (G1=L2-L1).
NOTE : The maximum value for the NLG aft-door gap G1 must be 5 mm
____
(0.1968 in.).
R (a) If there is no abnormal play when you push the rear of the door
R in all directions, go to the para (8).
R
R (b) If there is abnormal play, remove the door and do a check of the
R dimensions of all the bores (bushes and goose necks).If the
R dimensions are not in the limits, do the applicable repair(Ref.
R SRM 51-72-12)
R
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-22-00-865-053
A. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1GA, 2GA, 52GA.
EFF :
ALL 32-22-00
Page 624
Aug 01/09
CES
R Aft Nose-Gears Door Gap
R Figure 604/TASK 32-22-00-991-011
EFF :
ALL 32-22-00
Page 625
Feb 01/06
CES
Subtask 32-22-00-860-067
(1) Remove the ground safety locks on the landing gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-
00-481-001).
R (2) If the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK is installed on each forward NLG door,
remove it (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-002).
(3) On the panel 400VU, 110VU and 40VU, remove the warning notices.
EFF :
ALL 32-22-00
Page 626
Aug 01/08
CES
DOOR ASSY - MAIN - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_______________________________________
TASK 32-22-11-000-001
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE LANDING GEAR ARE CLEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This procedure is only applicable when the main door assy is removed for
replacement. For the applicable procedure to remove the main door assy for
access only, Ref. TASK 32-22-11-010-001.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-22-11
Page 401
May 01/05
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-22-11-941-050
A. Safety Precautions
(1) In the cockpit, on the panel 400VU put warning notice(s) in position
to tell persons not to operate the landing gear control lever.
Subtask 32-22-11-010-050
B. Get Access
(1) Open the doors of the nose landing gear (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-010-001).
(2) Put the access platform in position below the applicable NLG door.
4. Procedure
_________
EFF :
ALL 32-22-11
Page 402
Feb 01/10
CES
NLG Main Doors
Figure 401/TASK 32-22-11-991-001
R
EFF :
201-212,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 32-22-11
Page 403
May 01/05
CES
NLG Doors
Figure 401A/TASK 32-22-11-991-001-A
R
EFF : 106-149, 213-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
32-22-11
Page 404
Feb 01/10
CES
R **ON A/C ALL
Subtask 32-22-11-020-050
(1) Removal of the applicable NLG main door control rod (Ref. TASK 32-31-
41-000-001).
(4) Remove the proximity sensors from the NLG doors (Ref. TASK 32-31-73-
000-005)
(5) Cut and remove the cotter pins (3) and (13), remove the nuts (4) and
(14).
(6) Remove the washers (5) and (12) and the bolts (6) and (10).
EFF :
ALL 32-22-11
Page 405
May 01/03
CES
TASK 32-22-11-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This procedure is only applicable when the main door assy is installed after
replacement. For the applicable procedure to install the main door assy
after removal for access only, Ref. TASK 32-22-11-410-001.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-22-11
Page 406
Nov 01/05
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-22-11
Page 407
Feb 01/10
CES
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-22-11-860-050
(1) In the cockpit, on the panel 400VU, make sure that the warning
notice(s) is (are) in position to tell persons not to operate the
landing gear control lever.
(3) Make sure that the doors of the nose landing gear are open (Ref. TASK
32-22-00-010-001).
(4) Make sure that the access platform is in position below the
applicable NLG door.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-22-11-020-053
(1) Make sure that the bushes (9) and (11) are in the correct position.
(2) Lubricate the bolts (6) and (10) with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-
022).
EFF :
ALL 32-22-11
Page 408
Feb 01/10
CES
Subtask 32-22-11-420-050
(1) Put the door (1) in position. Install the bolts (6) and (10).
(2) Install the nuts (4) and (14) with the washers (5) and (12).
(3) Tighten the nuts (4) and (14) and safety them with the new cotter
pins (3) and the new cotter pin (13).
(4) Install the bolts (8), the bonding braids (7) and the nuts (2).
Tighten the nuts (2).
Subtask 32-22-11-867-050
(3) Retract the landing gear as slowly as possible (Ref. TASK 32-30-00-
867-001).
Subtask 32-22-11-220-050
(1) Close the door (24) manually so that it touches the forward stop
(25).
(2) Hold the door (24) closed and measure the dimensions Q, R, S, T, U, V
and W.
EFF :
ALL 32-22-11
Page 409
May 01/05
CES
NLG Main Doors
Figure 402/TASK 32-22-11-991-007- 12 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203, 32-22-11
Page 410
May 01/05
CES
NLG Main Doors
Figure 402/TASK 32-22-11-991-007- 22 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203, 32-22-11
Page 411
May 01/05
CES
- the dimension T is between 4.00 mm (0.1574 in.) and 6.00 mm (0.2362
in.),
- the dimension U is between 8.5 mm (0.3346 in.) and 11.5 mm (0.4527
in.),
- the dimension V is between 5.5 mm (0.2165 in.) and 8.5 mm (0.3346
in.),
- the dimension W is between 7.5 mm (0.2952 in.) and 10.5 mm (0.4133
in.).
Subtask 32-22-11-220-050-A
(1) Close the door (24) manually so that it touches the forward stop
(25).
(2) Hold the door (24) closed and measure the dimensions Q, R, S, T, U, V
and W.
R
EFF :
201-212,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 32-22-11
Page 412
May 01/05
CES
R **ON A/C 106-149, 213-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
R 528-599,
Subtask 32-22-11-220-050-B
(1) Close the door (24) manually so that it touches the forward stop
(25).
(2) Hold the door (24) closed and measure the dimensions Q, R, S, T, U, V
and W.
Subtask 32-22-11-869-050
(1) Extend the landing gear as slowly as possible (Ref. TASK 32-30-00-
867-002).
EFF :
ALL 32-22-11
Page 413
Feb 01/10
CES
NLG Main Doors
Figure 402A/TASK 32-22-11-991-007-A12 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
062-099, 151-199, 204-212, 32-22-11
Page 414
May 01/05
CES
NLG Main Doors
Figure 402A/TASK 32-22-11-991-007-A22 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
062-099, 151-199, 204-212, 32-22-11
Page 415
May 01/05
CES
NLG Main Doors
Figure 402B/TASK 32-22-11-991-007-B12 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF : 106-149, 213-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
32-22-11
Page 416
Feb 01/10
CES
NLG Main Doors
Figure 402B/TASK 32-22-11-991-007-B22 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF : 106-149, 213-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
32-22-11
Page 417
Feb 01/10
CES
Subtask 32-22-11-420-055
(1) Installation of the NLG main door control rod (Ref. TASK 32-31-41-
400-001).
Subtask 32-22-11-420-053
(a) Operate the NLG doors manually to make sure that there is no
interference in the linkage.
(5) Do a check of the NLG door gaps and mismatches (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-
200-001).
Subtask 32-22-11-720-050
H. Functional Test
(1) Do the functional test of the NLG normal extension and retraction
(Ref. TASK 32-31-00-720-003).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-22-11-860-051
(3) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 32-22-11
Page 418
Aug 01/03
R
CES
TASK 32-22-11-300-002
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-22-11
Page 419
May 01/05
CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-22-11-941-057
A. Safety Precautions
(1) Put the warning notice(s) in position to tell persons not to operate
the landing-gear.
Subtask 32-22-11-010-054
B. Get Access
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-22-11-020-054
(1) Remove the twenty-one nuts (1) and the twenty-one bolts (21).
(2) Remove the seal retainer assembly (27), the seal (26) and the
lightning arrester strip (23).
(3) Remove the three screws (20) and the seal retainer assembly (25).
(5) Remove the four screws (18) and the seal retainer assembly (24).
(8) Remove the four screws (15) and the seal retainer assembly (7).
(10) Remove the eleven screws (10) and the seal retainer assembly (6).
R
EFF :
ALL 32-22-11
Page 420
Feb 01/04
CES
NLG Main Door - Seals
Figure 403/TASK 32-22-11-991-008
EFF :
ALL 32-22-11
Page 421
Feb 01/04
R
CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
R
32-22-11
Page 422
Feb 01/04
CES
NLG Main Door - Position of Seals
Figure 404/TASK 32-22-11-991-009
EFF :
ALL 32-22-11
Page 423
May 01/03
R
CES
(11) Remove the seals (12) and (9).
(12) Remove the three screws (13) and the seal retainer assembly (2).
(13) Remove the seal (3) and the lightning arrester strip (8).
(14) Remove the four screws (11) and the seal retainer assembly (4).
Subtask 32-22-11-420-056
(1) Rub the zone B in which the sealant is applied with emery cloth.
(2) Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) on the door zone B.
(3) Put the seal (5) and the seal retainer assembly (4) in position.
(4) Make sure that the end of the seal (5) is 10 +2.5 -2.5 mm (0.3937
+0.0984 -0.0984 in.) from the edge of the door.
(5) Install the four screws (11) and TORQUE them to 0.35 m.daN (30.97
lbf.in).
(6) Put the lightning arrester strip (8), the seal (3) and the retainer
assembly (2) in position.
(7) Make sure that the end of the lightning arrester strip (8) is 2 mm
(0.0787 in.) from the edge of the door.
(8) Make sure that the end of the seal (3) is 10 +2.5 -2.5 mm (0.3937
+0.0984 -0.0984 in.) from the edge of the door.
(9) Install the three screws (13) and TORQUE them to 0.35 m.daN (30.97
lbf.in).
(10) Put the seals (9), (12), and the seal retainer assembly (6) in
position.
(11) Make sure that the end of the seals (9) and (12) is 10 +2.5 -2.5 mm
(0.3937 +0.0984 -0.0984 in.) from the edge of the door.
EFF :
ALL 32-22-11
Page 424
Nov 01/08
CES
(12) Install the eleven screws (10) and TORQUE them to 0.35 m.daN (30.97
lbf.in).
(13) Put the seal (14) and the seal retainer assembly (7) in position.
(14) Make sure that the end of the seal (14) is 10 +2.5 -2.5 mm (0.3937
+0.0984 -0.0984 in.) from the edge of the door.
(15) Install the four screws (15), the nine screws (17) and TORQUE them to
0.35 m.daN (30.97 lbf.in).
(16) Put the seal (19) and the seal retainer assembly (24) in position.
(17) Make sure that the end of the seal (19) is 10 +2.5 -2.5 mm (0.3937
+0.0984 -0.0984 in.) from the edge of the door.
(18) Install the four screws (18) and TORQUE them to 0.35 m.daN (30.97
lbf.in).
(19) Put the seal (22) and the seal retainer assembly (25) in position.
(20) Make sure that the end of the seal (22) is 10 +2.5 -2.5 mm (0.3937
+0.0984 -0.0984 in.) from the edge of the door.
(21) Install the three screws (20) and TORQUE them to 0.35 m.daN (30.97
lbf.in).
(22) Put the lightning arrester strip (23), the seal (26), and the seal
retainer assembly (27) in position.
(23) Make sure that the end of the lightning arrester strip (23) is 2 mm
(0.0787 in.) from the edge of the door.
(24) Install the twenty-one bolts (21) and the twenty-one nuts (1) and
TORQUE them to 0.35 m.daN (30.97 lbf.in).
Subtask 32-22-11-420-056-A
(1) Rub the zone B in which the sealant is applied with emery cloth.
(2) Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) on the door zone B.
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-507,
32-22-11
Page 425
Nov 01/09
509-509,
CES
(3) Put the seal (5) and the seal retainer assembly (4) in position.
(4) Make sure that the end of the seal (5) is 10 +2.5 -2.5 mm (0.3937
+0.0984 -0.0984 in.) from the edge of the door.
(5) Install the four screws (11) and TORQUE them to 0.35 m.daN (30.97
lbf.in).
(6) Put the lightning arrester strip (8), the seal (3) and the retainer
assembly (2) in position.
(7) Make sure that the end of the lightning arrester strip (8) is 2 mm
(0.0787 in.) from the edge of the door.
(8) Make sure that the end of the seal (3) is 10 +2.5 -2.5 mm (0.3937
+0.0984 -0.0984 in.) from the edge of the door.
(9) Install the three screws (13) and TORQUE them to 0.35 m.daN (30.97
lbf.in).
(10) Put the seals (9), (12), and the seal retainer assembly (6) in
position.
(11) Make sure that the end of the seals (9) and (12) is 10 +2.5 -2.5 mm
(0.3937 +0.0984 -0.0984 in.) from the edge of the door.
(12) Install the eleven screws (10) and TORQUE them to 0.35 m.daN (30.97
lbf.in).
(13) Put the seal (14) and the seal retainer assembly (7) in position.
(14) Make sure that the end of the seal (14) is 10 +2.5 -2.5 mm (0.3937
+0.0984 -0.0984 in.) from the edge of the door.
(15) Install the four screws (15), the nine screws (17) and TORQUE them to
0.35 m.daN (30.97 lbf.in).
(16) Put the seal (19) and the seal retainer assembly (24) in position.
(17) Make sure that the end of the seal (19) is 10 +2.5 -2.5 mm (0.3937
+0.0984 -0.0984 in.) from the edge of the door.
(18) Install the four screws (18) and TORQUE them to 0.35 m.daN (30.97
lbf.in).
(19) Put the seal (22) and the seal retainer assembly (25) in position.
R
EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
303-399, 401-499, 501-507, 509-509,
32-22-11
Page 426
Nov 01/09
CES
(20) Make sure that the end of the seal (22) is 10 +2.5 -2.5 mm (0.3937
+0.0984 -0.0984 in.) from the edge of the door.
(21) Install the three screws (20) and TORQUE them to 0.35 m.daN (30.97
lbf.in).
(22) Put the lightning arrester strip (23), the seal (26), and the seal
retainer assembly (27) in position.
(23) Make sure that the end of the lightning arrester strip (23) is 2 mm
(0.0787 in.) from the edge of the door.
(24) Install the twenty-one bolts (21) and the twenty-one nuts (1) and
TORQUE them to between 0.18 and 0.21 m.daN (15.92 and 18.58 lbf.in).
Subtask 32-22-11-420-056-B
(1) Rub the zone B in which the sealant is applied with emery cloth.
(2) Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) on the door zone B.
(3) Put the seal (5) and the seal retainer assembly (4) in position.
(4) Make sure that the end of the seal (5) is 10 +2.5 -2.5 mm (0.3937
+0.0984 -0.0984 in.) from the edge of the door.
(5) Install the four screws (11) and TORQUE them to 0.35 m.daN (30.97
lbf.in).
(6) Put the lightning arrester strip (8), the seal (3) and the retainer
assembly (2) in position.
(7) Make sure that the end of the lightning arrester strip (8) is 2 mm
(0.0787 in.) from the edge of the door.
(8) Make sure that the end of the seal (3) is 10 +2.5 -2.5 mm (0.3937
+0.0984 -0.0984 in.) from the edge of the door.
(9) Install the three screws (13) and TORQUE them to 0.35 m.daN (30.97
lbf.in).
R
EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
303-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
32-22-11
Page 427
Feb 01/10
CES
(10) Put the seals (9), (12), and the seal retainer assembly (6) in
position.
(11) Make sure that the end of the seals (9) and (12) is 10 +2.5 -2.5 mm
(0.3937 +0.0984 -0.0984 in.) from the edge of the door.
(12) Install the eleven screws (10) and TORQUE them to 0.35 m.daN (30.97
lbf.in).
(13) Put the seal (14) and the seal retainer assembly (7) in position.
(14) Make sure that the end of the seal (14) is 10 +2.5 -2.5 mm (0.3937
+0.0984 -0.0984 in.) from the edge of the door.
(15) Install the four screws (15), the nine screws (17) and TORQUE them to
0.35 m.daN (30.97 lbf.in).
(16) Put the seal (19) and the seal retainer assembly (24) in position.
(17) Make sure that the end of the seal (19) is 10 +2.5 -2.5 mm (0.3937
+0.0984 -0.0984 in.) from the edge of the door.
(18) Install the four screws (18) and TORQUE them to 0.35 m.daN (30.97
lbf.in).
(19) Put the seal (22) and the seal retainer assembly (25) in position.
(20) Make sure that the end of the seal (22) is 10 +2.5 -2.5 mm (0.3937
+0.0984 -0.0984 in.) from the edge of the door.
(21) Install the three screws (20) and TORQUE them to 0.35 m.daN (30.97
lbf.in).
(22) Put the lightning arrester strip (23), the seal (26), and the seal
retainer assembly (27) in position.
(23) Make sure that the end of the lightning arrester strip (23) is 2 mm
(0.0787 in.) from the edge of the door.
(24) Install the twenty-one bolts (21) and the twenty-one nuts (1) and
TORQUE them to between 0.10 and 0.12 m.daN (8.84 and 10.61 lbf.in).
R
EFF :
508-508, 511-526, 528-599, 32-22-11
Page 428
Feb 01/10
CES
R **ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-22-11-942-057
A. Removal of Equipment
(2) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
Subtask 32-22-11-410-054
B. Close Access
R
EFF :
ALL 32-22-11
Page 429
Nov 01/08
CES
TASK 32-22-11-010-001
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE LANDING GEAR ARE CLEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This procedure is only applicable when the main door assy is removed for
access. For the applicable procedure to remove the main door assy for
replacement, Ref. TASK 32-22-11-000-001.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-22-11
Page 430
Feb 01/10
CES
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-22-11-941-058
A. Safety Precautions
(1) In the cockpit, on the panel 400VU, put warning notice(s) in position
to tell persons not to operate the landing gear control lever.
Subtask 32-22-11-010-055
B. Get Access
(2) Put the access platform in position below the applicable NLG door.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-22-11-020-055
(a) Remove the cotter pin (17) and discard it, remove the nut (16)
and the washer (18).
EFF :
ALL 32-22-11
Page 431
Feb 01/10
CES
NLG Main Doors
Figure 405/TASK 32-22-11-991-010
R
EFF :
201-212,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 32-22-11
Page 432
Nov 01/08
CES
NLG Main doors
Figure 405A/TASK 32-22-11-991-010-A
R
EFF : 106-149, 213-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
32-22-11
Page 433
Feb 01/10
CES
(b) Remove the bolt (20) and disconnect the rod (1).
(4) Remove and discard the cotter pins (3) and (13), remove the nuts (4)
and (14).
(5) Remove the washers (5) and (12) and the bolts (6) and (10).
EFF :
ALL 32-22-11
Page 434
Nov 01/08
R
CES
TASK 32-22-11-410-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This procedure is only applicable when the main door assy was removed for
access. For the applicable procedure to install the main door assy after
replacement, Ref. TASK 32-22-11-400-001.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-22-11
Page 435
Nov 01/08
CES
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-22-11
Page 436
Feb 01/10
CES
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-22-11-860-052
(1) In the cockpit, on the panel 400VU, make sure that the warning
notice(s) is (are) in position to tell persons not to operate the
landing gear control lever.
(3) Make sure that the NLG doors are open (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-010-001).
(4) Make sure that the access platform is in position below the
applicable NLG door.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-22-11-420-057
(1) Make sure that the bushes (9) and (11) are in the correct position.
(2) Lubricate the bolts (6) and (10) with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-
022).
(3) Put the door (15) in position. Install the bolts (6) and (10).
(4) Install the nuts (4) and (14) with the washers (5) and (12).
EFF :
ALL 32-22-11
Page 437
Feb 01/10
CES
(5) Tighten the nuts (4) and (14) and safety them with the new cotter
pins (3) and the new cotter pin (13).
(6) Install the bolts (8), the bonding braids (7) and the nuts (2).
Tighten the nuts (2).
CAUTION : CONNECT THE AFT ROD TO THE LEFT DOOR AND THE FWD ROD TO THE
_______
RIGHT DOOR.
IF YOU CONNECT THE RODS TO THE WRONG DOORS, THE RODS WILL
BECOME DAMAGED DURING OPERATION OF THE DOORS.
(b) Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022) to the
bolt (20).
(d) Install the bolt (20), the washer (18) and the nut (16).
(e) TORQUE the nut (16) to between 0.6 and 0.61 m.daN (53.09 and
53.98 lbf.in).
(f) Make sure that the gap A is more than or equal to 1 mm (0.0393
in.).
(g) If the gap A is correct, safety the nut (16) with the new cotter
pin (17).
1
_ Remove the nut (16) and the washer (18).
2
_ Remove the bolt (20) and disconnect the rod (1).
3
_ Remove the bush (19) and install the new bush (19).
4
_ Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022) to
the bolt (20).
5
_ Put the rod (1) in position.
6
_ Install the bolt (20), the washer (18) and the nut (16).
EFF :
ALL 32-22-11
Page 438
Nov 01/08
CES
7
_ TORQUE the nut (16) to between 0.6 and 0.61 m.daN (53.09 and
53.98 lbf.in) and safety it with the cotter pin (17).
8
_ Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-013) to the head of
the bolt (20), the nut (16) and the washer (18).
Subtask 32-22-11-410-055
(a) Operate the NLG doors manually to make sure that there is no
interference in the linkage.
Subtask 32-22-11-710-050
C. Operational Test
(1) Do a full door close/door open cycle (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-010-001) and
(Ref. TASK 32-22-00-410-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-22-11-860-053
(3) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 32-22-11
Page 439
Nov 01/08
CES
DOOR ASSY - AFT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________
TASK 32-22-13-000-001
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE LANDING GEAR ARE CLEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This procedure is only applicable when the aft door assy is removed for
replacement. For the applicable procedure to remove the aft door assy for
access only, Ref. TASK 32-22-13-010-001.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-22-13
Page 401
Feb 01/10
CES
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-22-13-860-051
(1) In the cockpit, on the panel 400VU put warning notice(s) in position
to tell persons not to operate the landing gear control lever.
(4) Lift the aircraft with jacks until the nose wheels are off the ground
(Ref. TASK 07-11-00-581-003).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-22-13-020-050
(1) Remove the nuts (21) and (7) and the bolts (14) and (5).
(3) Remove the cotter pin (22) and discard it, remove the nut (23) and
the washer (24).
(4) Remove the bolt (27) and release the door (25) from its connection to
the rotating rod (4).
EFF :
ALL 32-22-13
Page 402
Feb 01/10
CES
NLG Aft Door Assy
Figure 401/TASK 32-22-13-991-001
R
EFF :
201-209,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-156, 32-22-13
Page 403
May 01/05
CES
NLG Aft Door Assy
Figure 401A/TASK 32-22-13-991-001-A
R
EFF : 106-149, 157-199, 210-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
32-22-13
Page 404
Feb 01/10
CES
(5) Remove the cotter pin (19) and discard it, remove the nut (20), the
bolt (16) and the washer (17).
NOTE : Keep the door (25) in position to help you to remove the
____
second hinge assembly.
(6) Remove the cotter pin (8) and discard it, remove the nut (9) , the
washer (12) and the bolt (13).
Subtask 32-22-13-020-050-A
(1) Remove the nuts (25) and (6) and the bolts (17) and (7).
(3) Remove the nuts (5), the jumpers (14) and (20) and the bolts (16).
(4) Remove the cotter pin (26) and discard it, remove the nut (27) and
the washer (28).
(5) Remove the bolt (31) and release the door (29) from its connection to
the rotating rod (4).
(6) Remove the cotter pin (23) and discard it, remove the nut (24), the
bolt (19), the washer (21) and the two shouldered bushes (22).
NOTE : Keep the door (29) in position to help you to remove the
____
second hinge assembly.
(7) Remove the cotter pin (9) and discard it, remove the nut (10), the
bolt (15), the washer (13) and the bushes (11) and (12).
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-22-13
Page 405
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 32-22-13-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This procedure is only applicable when the aft door assy is installed after
replacement. For the applicable procedure to install the aft door assy after
removal for access only, Ref. TASK 32-22-13-410-001.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-22-13
Page 406
Nov 01/05
CES
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-22-13
Page 407
May 01/05
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-22-13-860-050
(1) In the cockpit, on the panel 400VU, make sure that the warning
notice(s) is (are) in position to tell persons not to operate the
landing gear control lever.
(4) Make sure that the aircraft is on jacks at the forward jacking point
(Ref. TASK 07-11-00-581-003).
4. Procedure
_________
EFF :
ALL 32-22-13
Page 408
Feb 01/10
CES
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-156, 201-209,
Subtask 32-22-13-420-053
NOTE : Make sure that the bush (11) is in the correct position.
____
(2) Install the bushes (18) and (10) on the fittings and keep the door
(25) in position.
(3) Lubricate the bolts (13) and (16) with COMMON GREASE (Material No.
04-004) or COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022).
NOTE : Do not mix Material No. 04-004 with Material No. 04-022. You
____
can use Material No. 04-022 as an alternative to Material No.
04-004. Clean and degrease the parts before you use Material
No. 04-022.
(4) Install the bolts (13) and (16) and the washers (12) and (17).
R (6) TORQUE the nut(9) to 0.3 m.daN (26.54 lbf.in) and safety it with the
R new cotter pin (8).
(7) Install the nut (20) , TORQUE it to 0.3 m.daN (26.54 lbf.in) and
safety it with the new cotter pin (19).
(8) Install the bolt (14), the bonding braid (15), install the nut (21)
and tighten it.
(9) Install the bolt (5) , the bonding braid (6) , install the nut (7)
and tighten it.
EFF :
201-209,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-156, 32-22-13
Page 409
Feb 01/06
CES
R **ON A/C 106-149, 157-199, 210-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 32-22-13-420-053-A
(1) Install the bush (12) and the two shouldered bushes (22) on the door
assembly (29).
NOTE : Make sure that the bush (12) and the two shouldered bushes
____
(22) are in the correct position.
(2) Install the bush (11) on the fittings and keep the door (29) in
position.
(3) Lubricate the bolts (15) and (19) with COMMON GREASE (Material No.
04-022).
(4) Install the bolts (15) and (19) and the washers (13) and (21).
(5) Install the nut (10), TORQUE itto between 2.6 and 3 m.daN (19.17 and
22.12 lbf.ft)and safety with a new cotter pin (9)
(6) Install the nut (24), TORQUE it to between 1.2 and 1.35 m.daN (106.19
and 119.46 lbf.in) and safety it with a new cotter pin (23).
(7) Install the bolt (7), the bonding braid (8), then the nut (6) and
tighten it.
(9) Install the bolts (16), then the nuts (5) and TORQUE them to between
0.37 and 0.48 m.daN (32.74 and 42.47 lbf.in).
(10) Install the bolt (17), the bonding braid (18), then the nut (25) and
tighten it.
Subtask 32-22-13-867-050
(1) Retract the nose landing gear as slowly as possible (Ref. TASK 32-30-
00-867-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-22-13
Page 410
Feb 01/10
CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-156, 201-209,
Subtask 32-22-13-420-054
(1) Lubricate the bolt (27) with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) and
COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022).
NOTE : Do not mix Material No. 04-004 with Material No. 04-022. You
____
can use Material No. 04-022 as an alternative to Material No.
04-004. Clean and degrease the parts before you use Material
No. 04-022.
(4) Install the bolt (27) , the washer (24) and the nut (23).
(5) TORQUE the nut (23) to 0.3 m.daN (26.54 lbf.in) and safety it with
the new cotter pin (22).
Subtask 32-22-13-820-050
(1) Disengage the tab of the lockwasher (2) from the nut (3).
(3) Turn the nut (1) to make the door (25) touch the stop (26).
(4) Turn the nut (1) 180 deg. to tighten the rotating rod (4).
(5) TORQUE the nut (3) to between 2.5 and 3 m.daN (18.43 and 22.12
lbf.ft) with the ADAPTOR - WRENCH (98AMS172321000).
(6) Safety the nut (3) with the new lockwasher (2).
(7) Safety the nut (1) with the MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).
R
EFF :
201-209,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-156, 32-22-13
Page 411
May 01/05
CES
R **ON A/C 106-149, 157-199, 210-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 32-22-13-420-054-A
(1) Lubricate the bolt (31) with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) or
COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022).
NOTE : Do not mix Material No. 04-004 with Material No. 04-022. You
____
can use Material No. 04-022 as an alternative to Material No.
04-004. Clean and degrease the parts before you use Material
No. 04-022.
(4) Install the bolt (31), the washer (28) and the nut (27).
(5) TORQUE the nut (27) to 0.3 m.daN (26.54 lbf.in) and safety it with a
new cotter pin (26).
Subtask 32-22-13-820-050-A
(1) Disengage the tab of the lockwasher (2) from the nut (3).
(3) Turn the nut (1) to make the door (29) touch the stop (30).
(4) Turn the nut (1) 180 deg. to tighten the rotating rod (4).
(5) TORQUE the nut (3) to between 2.5 and 3 m.daN (18.43 and 22.12
lbf.ft) with the ADAPTOR - WRENCH (98AMS172321000).
(7) Safety the nut (1) with the MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).
R
EFF : 106-149, 157-199, 210-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
32-22-13
Page 412
Feb 01/10
CES
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 32-22-13-867-051
Subtask 32-22-13-220-050
(1) Do a check of the NLG door gaps and mismatches (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-
220-001).
Subtask 32-22-13-942-050
(1) Lubricate the doors of the nose landing gear (Ref. TASK 12-22-32-640-
002).
Subtask 32-22-13-720-050
H. Functional Test
(1) Do the functional test of the NLG normal extension and retraction
(Ref. TASK 32-31-00-720-003).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-22-13-860-052
(4) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 32-22-13
Page 413
Feb 01/04
R
CES
TASK 32-22-13-300-002
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-22-13
Page 414
May 01/05
CES
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-22-13-941-056
A. Safety Precautions
(1) Put the warning notice in position to tell persons not to operate the
landing gear.
Subtask 32-22-13-010-053
B. Get Access
EFF :
ALL 32-22-13
Page 415
Feb 01/10
CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-22-13-020-053
(1) Remove the six nuts (1) and the six bolts (18).
(2) Remove the seal retainer (2), the seal (3) and the lightning arrestor
strip (4).
(3) Remove the two screws (12) and the seal retainer (6).
(5) Remove the four screws (13) and the seal retainer assembly (7).
(6) Remove the two screws (14) and the seal retainer assembly (8).
(7) Remove the two screws (15) and the seal retainer assembly (10).
(9) Remove the three screws (16) and the seal retainer assembly (11).
EFF :
ALL 32-22-13
Page 416
Feb 01/10
CES
NLG Aft Door - Seals
Figure 402/TASK 32-22-13-991-006
R
EFF :
ALL 32-22-13
Page 417
Nov 01/02
CES
NLG Aft Door - Position of the Seals
Figure 403/TASK 32-22-13-991-007
R
EFF :
001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203, 32-22-13
Page 418
May 01/05
CES
NLG Aft Door - Position of the Seals
Figure 403A/TASK 32-22-13-991-007-A
R
EFF : 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-22-13
Page 419
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,
Subtask 32-22-13-420-055
R (1) Rub the zone C on which you apply the sealant with emery cloth.
R (2) Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) on the door zone C.
(3) Put the seal (17) and the seal retainer assembly (11) in position.
(4) Make sure that the end of the seal (17) is 10 +2.5 -2.5 mm (0.3937
+0.0984 -0.0984 in.) from the edge of the door.
(7) Put the seal (9) and the seal retainer assemblies (7), (8) and (10)
in position.
(8) Make sure that the end of the seal (9) is 10 +2.5 -2.5 mm (0.3937
+0.0984 -0.0984 in.) from the edge of the door.
(10) TORQUE the screws (13), (14) and (15) to 0.35 m.daN (30.97 lbf.in).
(11) Put the seal (5) and the seal retainer assemblies (6) in position.
(12) Make sure that the end of the seal (5) is 10 +2.5 -2.5 mm (0.3937
+0.0984 -0.0984 in.) from the edge of the door.
(15) Put the lightning arrestor strip (4), the seal (3) and the seal
retainer (2) in position.
(16) Make sure that the end of the lightning arrestor strip (4) is 2 mm
(0.0787 in.) from the edge of the door.
(17) Install the six bolts (18) and the six nuts (1).
EFF :
001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203, 32-22-13
Page 420
Nov 01/08
CES
(18) TORQUE the nuts (1) to 0.35 m.daN (30.97 lbf.in).
Subtask 32-22-13-420-055-A
R (1) Rub the zone C on which you apply the sealant with emery cloth.
R (2) Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) on the door zone C.
(3) Put the seal (17) in position to get the dimension U to 0 mm (0.0000
in.).
(4) Install the seal retainer assembly (11) and the screws (16).
(6) Put the seal (9) in position to get the dimension S to 0 mm (0.0000
in.).
(7) Install the seal retainer assemblies (7), (8) and (10) and the screws
(13), (14) and (15).
(8) Tighten but do not torque the screws (13), (14) and (15).
(9) Put the seal (5) in position to get the dimension S to 0 mm (0.0000
in.).
(10) Install the seal retainer assemblies (6) and the screws (12).
(12) Put the lightning arrestor strip (4), the seal (3) and the seal
retainer (2) in position.
R (13) Make sure that the dimension W is 2 mm (0.0787 in.) from the end of
R the lightning arrestor strip (4) to the edge of the door.
(14) Install the six bolts (18) and the six nuts (1).
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238, 301-302,
32-22-13
Page 421
Nov 01/08
CES
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 303-399, 401-499, 501-507,
R 509-509,
Subtask 32-22-13-420-055-B
(1) Rub the zone C on which you apply the sealant with emery cloth.
(2) Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) on the door zone C.
(3) Put the seal (17) in position to get the dimension U to 0 mm (0.0000
in.).
(4) Install the seal retainer assembly (11) and the screws (16).
(6) Put the seal (9) in position to get the dimension S to 0 mm (0.0000
in.).
(7) Install the seal retainer assemblies (7), (8) and (10) and the screws
(13), (14) and (15).
(8) Tighten but do not torque the screws (13), (14) and (15).
(9) Put the seal (5) in position to get the dimension S to 0 mm (0.0000
in.).
(10) Install the seal retainer assemblies (6) and the screws (12).
(12) Put the lightning arrestor strip (4), the seal (3) and the seal
retainer (2) in position.
(13) Make sure that the dimension W is 2 mm (0.0787 in.) from the end of
the lightning arrestor strip (4) to the edge of the door.
(14) Install the six bolts (18) and the six nuts (1).
(15) TORQUE the nuts (1) to between 0.18 and 0.21 m.daN (15.92 and 18.58
lbf.in).
R
EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
303-399, 401-499, 501-507, 509-509,
32-22-13
Page 422
Nov 01/09
CES
R **ON A/C 508-508, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 32-22-13-420-055-C
(1) Rub the zone C on which you apply the sealant with emery cloth.
(2) Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) on the door zone C.
(3) Put the seal (17) in position to get the dimension U to 0 mm (0.0000
in.).
(4) Install the seal retainer assembly (11) and the screws (16).
(6) Put the seal (9) in position to get the dimension S to 0 mm (0.0000
in.).
(7) Install the seal retainer assemblies (7), (8) and (10) and the screws
(13), (14) and (15).
(8) Tighten but do not torque the screws (13), (14) and (15).
(9) Put the seal (5) in position to get the dimension S to 0 mm (0.0000
in.).
(10) Install the seal retainer assemblies (6) and the screws (12).
(12) Put the lightning arrestor strip (4), the seal (3) and the seal
retainer (2) in position.
(13) Make sure that the dimension W is 2 mm (0.0787 in.) from the end of
the lightning arrestor strip (4) to the edge of the door.
(14) Install the six bolts (18) and the six nuts (1).
(15) TORQUE the nuts (1) to between 0.10 and 0.12 m.daN (8.84 and 10.61
lbf.in).
R
EFF :
508-508, 511-526, 528-599, 32-22-13
Page 423
Feb 01/10
CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,
R Subtask 32-22-13-867-052-A
R (1) Retract the nose landing gear as slowly as possible (Ref. TASK 32-30-
R 00-867-001).
R Subtask 32-22-13-820-051-A
R NOTE : For correct operation of the door, there must be a minimum gap
____
R between the seal and the fuselage structure (dimension T) but
R the seal must not be compressed.
R
EFF :
001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203, 32-22-13
Page 424
Nov 01/08
CES
R (g) Tighten but do not torque the screws (13), (14) and (15).
R NOTE : For correct operation of the door, there must be a minimum gap
____
R between the seal and the fuselage structure (dimension V) but
R the seal must not be compressed.
R Subtask 32-22-13-867-053-A
R (1) Retract the nose landing gear as slowly as possible (Ref. TASK 32-30-
R 00-867-001).
R Subtask 32-22-13-220-051-A
R
EFF :
001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203, 32-22-13
Page 425
Nov 01/08
CES
R (5) TORQUE the screws (12) to 0.35 m.daN (30.97 lbf.in).
R (6) TORQUE the screws (13), (14) and (15) to 0.35 m.daN (30.97 lbf.in).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-22-13-942-056
A. Removal of Equipment
(2) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
Subtask 32-22-13-410-053
B. Close Access
Subtask 32-22-13-942-057
C. Safety Precautions
EFF :
ALL 32-22-13
Page 426
Nov 01/08
CES
TASK 32-22-13-010-001
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE LANDING GEAR ARE CLEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This procedure is only applicable when the aft door assy is removed for
access. For the applicable procedure to remove the aft door assy for
replacement, Ref. TASK 32-22-13-000-001.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-22-13
Page 427
Feb 01/10
CES
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-22-13-860-053
(1) In the cockpit, on the panel 400VU, put warning notice(s) in position
to tell persons not to operate the landing gear control lever.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-22-13-020-054
(1) Remove the nuts (18) and (4) and the bolts (11) and (2).
(3) Remove the cotter pin (19) and discard it, remove the nut (20) and
the washer (21).
(4) Remove the bolt (23) and release the door (22) from its connection to
the rotating rod (1).
EFF :
ALL 32-22-13
Page 428
Feb 01/10
CES
NLG Aft Door Assy
Figure 404/TASK 32-22-13-991-008
R
EFF :
201-209,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-156, 32-22-13
Page 429
Nov 01/08
CES
NLG Aft Door Assy
Figure 404A/TASK 32-22-13-991-008-A
R
EFF : 106-149, 157-199, 210-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
32-22-13
Page 430
Feb 01/10
CES
(5) Remove the cotter pin (16) and discard it, remove the nut (17), the
bolt (13) and the washer (14).
NOTE : Keep the door (22) in position to help you remove the second
____
hinge assembly.
(6) Remove the cotter pin (5) and discard it, remove the nut (6), the
washer (9) and the bolt (10).
Subtask 32-22-13-020-054-A
(1) Remove the nuts (22) and (3) and the bolts (14) and (4).
(3) Remove the nuts (2), the jumpers (11) and (17) and the bolts (13).
(4) Remove the cotter pin (23) and discard it, remove the nut (24) and
the washer (25).
(5) Remove the bolt (27) and release the door (26) from its connection to
the rotating rod (1).
(6) Remove the cotter pin (20) and discard it, remove the nut (21), the
bolt (16), the washer (18) and the two shouldered bushes (19).
NOTE : Keep the door (26) in position to help you to remove the
____
second hinge assembly.
(7) Remove the cotter pin (6) and discard it, remove the nut (7), the
bolt (12), the washer (10) and the bushes (8) and (9).
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-22-13
Page 431
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 32-22-13-410-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This procedure is only applicable when the aft door assy was removed for
access. For the applicable procedure to install the aft door assy after
replacement, Ref. TASK 32-22-13-400-001.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-22-13
Page 432
Nov 01/08
R
CES
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-22-13
Page 433
Feb 01/10
CES
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-22-13-860-054
(1) In the cockpit, on the panel 400VU, make sure that the warning
notice(s) is (are) in position to tell persons not to operate the
landing gear control lever.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-22-13-420-056
NOTE : Make sure that the bush (8) is in the correct position.
____
(2) Lubricate the bolts (10) and (13) with COMMON GREASE (Material No.
04-004) or COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022).
NOTE : Do not mix Material No. 04-004 with Material No. 04-022. You
____
can use Material No. 04-022 as an alternative to Material No.
04-004. Clean and degrease the parts before you use Material
No. 04-022.
EFF :
ALL 32-22-13
Page 434
Feb 01/10
CES
(3) Install the bushes (15) and (7) on the fittings and keep the door
(22) in position.
(4) Install the bolts (10) and (13) and the washers (9) and (14).
(5) Install the nut (6), TORQUE it to 0.3 m.daN (26.54 lbf.in) and safety
it with the new cotter pin (5).
(6) Install the nut (17) , TORQUE it to 0.3 m.daN (26.54 lbf.in) and
safety it with the new cotter pin (16).
(7) Install the bolt (11), the bonding braid (12), install the nut (18)
and tighten it.
(8) Install the bolt (2), the bonding braid (3), install the nut (4) and
tighten it.
(9) Lubricate the bolt (23) with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) or
COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022).
NOTE : Do not mix Material No. 04-004 with Material No. 04-022. You
____
can use Material No. 04-022 as an alternative to Material No.
04-004. Clean and degrease the parts before you use Material
No. 04-022.
(11) Install the bolt (23), the washer (21) and the nut (20).
(12) TORQUE the nut (20) to 0.3 m.daN (26.54 lbf.in) and safety it with
the new cotter pin (19).
Subtask 32-22-13-420-056-A
(1) Install the bush (9) and the two shouldered bushes (19) on the door
assembly (26).
NOTE : Make sure that the bush (9) and the two shouldered bushes (19)
____
are in the correct position.
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-22-13
Page 435
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(2) Install the bush (8) on the fittings and keep the door (26) in
position.
(3) Lubricate the bolts (12) and (16) with COMMON GREASE (Material No.
04-022).
(4) Install the bolts (12) and (16) and the washers (10) and (18).
(5) Install the nut (7), TORQUE it to between 2.6 and 3 m.daN (19.17 and
22.12 lbf.ft) and safety it with a new cotter pin (6).
(6) Install the nut (21), TORQUE it to between 1.2 and 1.35 m.daN (106.19
and 119.46 lbf.in) and safety it with a new cotter pin (20).
(7) Install the bolt (4), the bonding braid (5), then the nut (3) and
tighten it.
(9) Install the bolts (13), then the nuts (2) and TORQUE them to between
0.37 and 0.48 m.daN (32.74 and 42.47 lbf.in).
(10) Install the bolt (14), the bonding braid (15), then the nut (22) and
tighten it.
(12) Install the bolt (27), the washer (25) and the nut (24).
(13) TORQUE the nut (24) to 0.3 m.daN (26.54 lbf.in) and safety it with a
new cotter pin (23).
Subtask 32-22-13-640-053
B. Lubricate the doors of the nose landing gear (Ref. TASK 12-22-32-640-
002).
EFF :
ALL 32-22-13
Page 436
Nov 01/08
CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-22-13-860-055
(4) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 32-22-13
Page 437
Nov 01/08
CES
DOOR ASSY - LEG - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________
TASK 32-22-15-000-001
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE LANDING GEAR ARE CLEAR.
_______
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE CONTROLS AGREE WITH THE POSITION OF THE ITEMS THEY
_______
OPERATE BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R This procedure is only applicable if the leg door assy is removed for
R replacement. For the applicable procedure to remove the leg door assy for
R access only, Ref. TASK 32-22-15-010-001.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-22-15
Page 401
Aug 01/99
CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-22-15-941-050
A. Safety Precautions
(1) In the cockpit, on the panel 400VU, put the warning notice(s) in
position to tell persons not to operate the landing gear control
level.
(2) In the cockpit, on the steering handwheels (CAPT and F/O) and on the
brake pedals, put warning notice(s) in position to tell persons not
to operate them.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-22-15-020-050
(1) Remove the nut (5) and the bolt (1) and disconnect the end fitting
(2).
(2) Remove the bushes (3) and (4), disconnect the rod (11).
(4) Remove the bushes (8) and disconnect the fairing (6) from the support
(10).
EFF :
ALL 32-22-15
Page 402
Aug 01/99
R
CES
NLG Leg Door
Figure 401/TASK 32-22-15-991-001
EFF :
ALL 32-22-15
Page 403
Feb 01/98
CES
TASK 32-22-15-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This procedure is only applicable when the leg door assy is installed after
replacement. For the applicable procedure to install the leg door assy after
removal for access only, Ref. TASK 32-22-15-410-001.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-22-15
Page 404
Nov 01/05
CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-22-15-860-050
A. Safety Precautions
(1) In the cockpit, make sure that the warning notice(s) is (are) in
position to tell persons not to operate:
- the landing gear control lever on the panel 400VU,
- the steering handwheels (CAPT and F/O),
- the brake pedals.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-22-15-640-050
R (3) Lubricate the bolts and nuts with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004)
R or COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022).
R NOTE : Do not mix Material No. 04-004 with Material No. 04-022. You
____
R can use Material No. 04-022 as an alternative to Material No.
R 04-004. Clean and degrease the parts before you use Material
R No. 04-022.
Subtask 32-22-15-420-050
(3) Install the nuts (7) but do not fully tighten the nuts at this time.
(4) Install the rod (11 ) on its link with the fairing (6) and install
the bushes (3) and (4).
EFF :
ALL 32-22-15
Page 405
Feb 01/04
CES
(5) Install the end fitting (2), the bolt (1) with the nut (5) but do not
fully tighten the bolt and the nut at this time.
Subtask 32-22-15-820-051
Subtask 32-22-15-720-050
D. Functional test
(1) Do the functional test of the NLG normal extension and retraction
(Ref. TASK 32-31-00-720-002).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-22-15-860-051
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(3) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-22-15
Page 406
Feb 01/04
R
CES
R TASK 32-22-15-010-001
R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
R GEAR.
R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE LANDING GEAR ARE CLEAR.
_______
R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE CONTROLS AGREE WITH THE POSITION OF THE ITEMS THEY
_______
R OPERATE BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R This procedure is only applicable when the leg door assy is removed for
R access. For the applicable procedure to remove the leg door assy for
R replacement, Ref. TASK 32-22-15-000-001.
R 2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R B. Referenced Information
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-22-15
Page 407
Aug 01/99
CES
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 32-22-15-941-052
R A. Safety Precautions
R (1) In the cockpit, on the panel 400VU, put warning notice(s) in position
R to tell persons not to operate the landing gear control lever.
R (2) In the cockpit, on the steering handwheels (CAPT and F/O) and on the
R brake pedals, put warning notice(s) in position to tell persons not
R to operate them.
R 4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 32-22-15-020-051
R NOTE : Do not change the adjustment of the rod (11), the rod end of the
____
R fitting (2) and the rod ends of the support (10).
R (1) Remove the nut (5) and the bolt (1) and disconnect the end fitting
R (2).
R (2) Remove the bushes (3) and (4), disconnect the rod (11).
R (4) Remove the bushes (8) and disconnect the fairing (6) from the support
R (10).
EFF :
ALL 32-22-15
Page 408
Aug 01/99
CES
TASK 32-22-15-410-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This procedure is only applicable when the leg door assy was removed for
access. For the applicable procedure to install the leg door assy after
replacement, Ref. TASK 32-22-15-400-001.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-22-15
Page 409
Nov 01/05
CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-22-15-860-052
A. Safety Precautions
(1) In the cockpit, make sure that the warning notice(s) is (are) in
position to tell persons not to operate:
- the landing gear control lever on the panel 400VU,
- the steering handwheels (CAPT and F/O),
- the brake pedals.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-22-15-640-051
R (3) Lubricate the bolts and nuts with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004)
R or COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022).
R NOTE : Do not mix Material No. 04-004 with Material No. 04-022. You
____
R can use Material No. 04-022 as an alternative to Material No.
R 04-004. Clean and degrease the parts before you use Material
R No. 04-022.
Subtask 32-22-15-420-051
NOTE : Do not change the adjustment of the rod (11), the rod end of the
____
fitting (2) and the rod ends of the support (10).
(3) Install the nuts (7), but do not fully tighten the nuts at this time.
(4) Install the rod (11) on its link with the fairing (6) and install the
bushes (3) and (4).
(5) Install the end fitting (2), the bolt (1) with the nut (5).
EFF :
ALL 32-22-15
Page 410
Feb 01/04
CES
R (6) TORQUE the nut (5) to between 0.7 and 0.8 m.daN (61.94 and 70.79
R lbf.in).
R 5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 32-22-15-860-053
R (1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
R items.
R (3) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
R standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-22-15
Page 411
Aug 01/99
CES
R ROD ASSY - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_______________________________
TASK 32-22-16-000-001
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE LANDING GEAR ARE CLEAR.
_______
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE CONTROLS AGREE WITH THE POSITION OF THE ITEMS THEY
_______
OPERATE BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-22-16
Page 401
Feb 01/09
CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-22-16-941-050
A. Safety Precautions
(1) In the cockpit, on the panel 400VU, put warning notice(s) in position
to tell persons not to operate the landing gear control lever.
Subtask 32-22-16-010-051
B. Get Access
(1) Open the doors of the nose landing gear (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-010-001).
Subtask 32-22-16-860-050
(1) Lift the aircraft with jack and lift the nose wheels off the ground
(Ref. TASK 07-11-00-581-003).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-22-16-020-051
(1) Remove the cotter pin (6) and discard it, remove the nut (7) and the
washer (8).
(2) Remove the bolt (9) and disconnect the rotating rod from the aft door
of the nose landing gear.
(5) Remove the cotter pin (15) and discard it, remove the nut (14) and
the washer (13).
EFF :
ALL 32-22-16
Page 402
Feb 01/98
CES
Rotating Rod
Figure 401/TASK 32-22-16-991-001
EFF :
ALL 32-22-16
Page 403
Feb 01/98
CES
(6) Remove the bolt (10) and the bushes (11) and (12).
Subtask 32-22-16-020-052
B. Removal of the Universal Joint (1) from the Rod Assy (5)
(1) Disengage the tab of the lockwasher (3) from the nut (2).
(3) Remove the universal joint (1) from the rod assy (5) and discard the
lockwasher (3).
EFF :
ALL 32-22-16
Page 404
Feb 01/98
CES
TASK 32-22-16-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-22-16
Page 405
Nov 01/05
CES
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-22-16-860-051
(1) In the cockpit, on the panel 400VU, make sure that the warning
notice(s) is (are) in position to tell persons not to operate the
landing gear control lever.
EFF :
ALL 32-22-16
Page 406
Feb 01/03
R
CES
(3) Make sure that the doors of the nose landing gear are open (Ref. TASK
32-22-00-010-001).
(4) Make sure that the access platform is in position in zone 123.
(5) Make sure that the aircraft is lifted with jacks (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-
581-003).
(6) Make sure that the NLG is retracted (Ref. TASK 32-30-00-867-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-22-16-110-050
(1) Clean the junction surfaces of the rotating rod with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-002).
(2) Dry the surfaces with dry and filtered compressed air.
R (3) Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) or COMMON
R GREASE (Material No. 04-022) to the nuts and bolts and the shaft
R which connects the rotating shaft to the nose gear.
R NOTE : Do not mix Material No. 04-004 with Material No. 04-022. You
____
R can use Material No. 04-022 as an alternative to Material No.
R 04-004. Clean and degrease the parts before you use Material
R No. 04-022.
Subtask 32-22-16-420-052
(1) Install the universal joint (1) with the nut (2) and a new lockwasher
(3) on the rod assy (5).
(2) In order to help the adjustment of the rod, turn the nut (4) to get
approximately a dimension X = 209 mm (8.2283 in.).
(3) Tighten the nut (2), do not safety the nut (2) at this step.
Subtask 32-22-16-420-051
(1) Install the rotating rod on the aft door of the nose landing gear.
NOTE : Point the grease fittings of the rotating rod to the nose gear
____
leg.
EFF :
ALL 32-22-16
Page 407
Feb 01/04
CES
(2) Install the bolt (9), the washer (8) and the nut (7).
(4) Safety the nut (7) with the new cotter pin (6).
(5) Manually close the aft door of the nose landing gear and connect the
rotating rod to the nose gear leg.
NOTE : If necessary loosen the nut (2) and turn the nut (4) to
____
increase the length of the rotating rod.
(6) Install the bushes (11) and (12) and align the rigging holes.
(7) Install the bolt (10), the washer (13) and the nut (14). Do not
tighten the nut (14) at this step.
Subtask 32-22-16-820-050-A
(2) Turn the nut (4) to make the door touch the rear stop.
(3) Turn the nut (4) 180 deg. to tighten the rod (1).
(5) Remove the nut (14), the washer (13), the bolt (10) and the bushes
(11) and (12).
(6) Disconnect the rotating rod from the nose gear leg.
(7) Torque the nut (2) to between 2.5 and 3 m.daN (18.43 and 22.12
lbf.ft) with the ADAPTOR - WRENCH (98AMS172321000).
(8) Safety the nut (2) with the new lockwasher (3).
(9) Safety the nut (4) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).
(10) Manually close the aft door of the nose landing gear and connect the
rotating rod to the nose gear leg.
(11) Install the bushes (11) and (12) and align the rigging holes.
(12) Install the bolt (10), the washer (13), and the nut (14).
EFF :
ALL 32-22-16
Page 408
Feb 01/09
CES
R (13) TORQUE the nut (14) to 0.3 m.daN (26.54 lbf.in) and safety it with a
R new cotter pin (15).
(16) Lubricate the rotating rod and its connections (Ref. TASK 12-22-32-
640-002).
Subtask 32-22-16-942-051
E. Close Access
(1) Close the doors of the nose landing gear (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-410-
001).
Subtask 32-22-16-720-050
F. Functional Test
(1) Do the functional Test of the NLG Normal extension and retraction
(Ref. TASK 32-31-00-720-003).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-22-16-860-052
(4) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 32-22-16
Page 409
Feb 01/01
CES
EXTENSION AND RETRACTION - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
____________________________________________________
1. General
_______
The extension and retraction system extends and retracts the landing gear
(L/G). The system is divided into two sub-systems:
- the Normal Extension and Retraction System (Ref. 32-31-00)
- the Free Fall Extension System (Ref. 32-33-00).
The L/G control lever (6GA) is on the First Officers side of the center
instrument panel. It operates the extension and retraction of the landing
gear.
The normal extension and retraction system is used to extend and retract
the L/G. The system is electrically controlled and hydraulically
operated. The hydraulic supply is from the Green hydraulic power system
(Ref. 29-11-00). A Landing Gear Control and Interface Unit (LGCIU)
controls the sequence of operations.
The two control and position-sensing systems each have a LGCIU, proximity
sensors and targets.
If the normal extension and retraction system is not servicable, you can
operate the free-fall extension system. It extends the nose landing gear
(NLG) and the main landing gear (MLG) by gravity. The system is
mechanically operated by cables, rods, and levers, used to make the
necessary extend selections.
EFF :
ALL 32-30-00
Page 1
Feb 01/10
CES
Extension and Retraction - Schematic
Figure 001
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-30-00
Page 2
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
R Extension and Retraction - Schematic
R Figure 001A
R
EFF :
301-399, 32-30-00
Page 3
May 01/04
CES
When you operate the free-fall extension control-handle, it releases the
uplocks on:
- the MLG door
- the NLG door
- the MLG gear
- the NLG gear.
2. __________________
Component Location
Not applicable
3. __________________
System Description
The normal extension and retraction system has two independently wired
electrical circuits, SYSTEM 1 and SYSTEM 2. Each system contains a LGCIU,
and proximity sensors to show the position of the L/G components. Only
one LGCIU controls the System at one time. The LGCIU in control is the
active unit and the other is the standby unit. Each circuit connects to
the L/G control lever, a L/G and a L/G door selector valve. A safety
valve connected to the ADIRS (Ref. 34-10-00) isolates the system from the
Green hydraulic supply when the aircraft flies faster than 264 knots.
This prevents the extension of the L/G. The L/G and the L/G door selector
valves control the flow of the hydraulic fluid to and from the system
hydraulic components.
The L/G doors and the L/G have uplocks that lock the components in the
retracted position. Geometric (overcenter) downlocks lock the L/G in the
extended position.
EFF :
ALL 32-30-00
Page 4
May 01/04
R
CES
An anti-retraction baulk in the L/G control lever prevents an UP
selection when:
- all three L/G shock absorbers are not fully extended (weight off the
ground)
- the nose wheels are not in the center position.
The cut out valve isolates the L/G hydraulic system from the Green
hydraulic power supply (Ref. 29-11-00). The vent valves let the hydraulic
fluid move between some components to prevent cavitation and hydraulic
locks. They also let the unwanted fluid go back to the Green hydraulic
system return.
4. ____________
Power Supply
The normal extension and retraction system gets a 28V DC power supply
from these busbars:
- 401PP ESSENTIAL BUS
- 601PP SERVICE BUS.
The Green hydraulic power system (Ref. 29-11-00) supplies the normal
extension and retraction system.
5. Interface
_________
The extension and retraction system connects with the systems that follow:
- the normal extension and retraction system
- the free-fall extension system.
EFF :
ALL 32-30-00
Page 5
May 01/04
R
CES
Extension and Retraction - Interface
Figure 002
EFF :
ALL 32-30-00
Page 6
May 01/04
R
CES
6. _____________________
Component Description
Not applicable
7. ________________________________
Operation/Control and Indicating
When the L/G control lever is put in the UP position, it sends a signal
to the active LGCIU. A baulk device in the control lever prevents this if
the aircraft is not in the correct configuration. The LGCIU sends a
signal to the L/G and the L/G door selector-valves to move the doors and
gears in this sequence:
- the door uplocks release and the doors open fully
EFF :
ALL 32-30-00
Page 7
Feb 01/10
CES
Landing Gear - Control and Indication
Figure 003
R
EFF :
236-238,
001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233, 32-30-00
Page 8
Feb 01/08
CES
R Landing Gear - Control and Indication
R Figure 003A
R
EFF :
051-099, 32-30-00
Page 9
May 01/05
CES
Landing Gear - Control and Indication
Figure 003B
R
EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
32-30-00
Page 10
Feb 01/10
CES
Landing Gear - Control and Indication
Figure 003C
R
EFF :
251-299, 32-30-00
Page 11
Nov 01/09
CES
Landing Gear - Control and Indication
R Figure 003D
R
EFF :
301-304, 32-30-00
Page 12
Nov 01/09
CES
- the L/G downlocks open
- the L/Gs retract and lock
- the doors close and lock.
The proximity sensor signals supply the necessary position data to the
LGCIU. If the aircraft is in the correct configuration, a DOWN selection
of the L/G control lever starts this extend sequence:
- the door uplocks release and the doors open fully
- the L/G uplocks open
- the L/Gs extend and lock
- the doors close and lock.
The landing gear doors stay open, when the landing gear is extended and
locked down by the lock springs.
C. Indicating
R
EFF :
ALL 32-30-00
Page 13
Nov 01/09
CES
failure-warning messages show, an aural and visual warning is also
given (Ref. 32-61-00).
8. _________
BITE Test
Each LGCIU has BITE (Ref. 32-69-00). The BITE (hardware and software)
makes it possible for each LGCIU to :
- continuously monitor itself and its related electrical system for
failure
- keep a record of failure data and transmit this data to the CFDS
- do a BITE test (during maintenance)
- simulate different L/G configurations (during maintenance).
EFF :
ALL 32-30-00
Page 14
Nov 01/09
R
CES
EXTENSION AND RETRACTION - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
________________________________________________
TASK 32-30-00-867-001
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To retract the landing gear with the landing gear doors kept open.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-30-00
Page 201
Feb 01/08
CES
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-30-00-941-053
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are on the landing gear
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-30-00
Page 202
Feb 01/08
CES
(4) On the panel 400VU:
- make sure that the landing-gear control-lever 6GA is in the DOWN
position
R - put a WARNING NOTICE in position to tell persons not to operate the
landing gear.
Subtask 32-30-00-860-055
(1) Make sure that the Yellow and Green hydraulic systems are
de-pressurized (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001) and (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
864-002).
(2) Disconnect the isolation coupling of the PTU (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-
001).
Subtask 32-30-00-582-052
R (a) If you are to retract the NLG only, lift the aircraft at the
R forward jacking point (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-581-003).
R (b) If you are to retract the MLG only or the MLG and the NLG
R together, lift the aircraft on jacks (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-581-
001).
Subtask 32-30-00-869-057
(1) If the electrical power is not necessary for other maintenance tasks,
de-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-
002). Then, it is not necessary to operate the LGCIU circuit
breakers.
EFF :
ALL 32-30-00
Page 203
Feb 01/08
CES
Subtask 32-30-00-010-053
E. Get Access
(2) Make sure that a SAFETY PIN - NLG DOOR (98D32203502000) is installed
in each NLG door (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-002).
R (4) Make sure that the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK (460005835) is on each MLG
door actuating cylinder (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-002).
Subtask 32-30-00-860-058
(2) Connect the GROUND POWER CART-HYDRAULIC to the Green and the Yellow
hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-001). Do not pressurize the
systems.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-30-00-867-053
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE LANDING GEAR ARE CLEAR.
_______
CAUTION : REMOVE THE SAFETY STAY BEFORE YOU DO THE LANDING GEAR EXTENSION
_______
AND RETRACTION TESTS. DAMAGE TO THE FUSELAGE CAN OCCUR IF THE
AIRCRAFT MOVES DURING THE TESTS.
(2) Remove the safety lock(s) from the landing gear(s) that is(are) to be
retracted:
- for the NLG, remove the pin-ground lock
- for the MLG, remove the ground lock sleeve.
EFF :
ALL 32-30-00
Page 204
Feb 01/08
CES
(3) On the panel 400VU, move the landing-gear control-lever 6GA to the UP
position. On the panel 402VU:
- the green lights stay on
- the red lights come on.
NOTE : In the paragraphs that follow, only the lights that change are
____
given.
(4) Use the handpump on the hydraulic cart to retract the applicable
landing gear(s):
- the related green light(s) go(es) off
- the red lights stay on.
NOTE : If more than one landing gear is to be retracted, you can use
____
the electric pump on the hydraulic cart.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-30-00-860-053
A. Aircraft Configuration
Subtask 32-30-00-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
EFF :
ALL 32-30-00
Page 205
Feb 01/08
R
CES
TASK 32-30-00-867-002
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To extend the landing gear after it has been retracted (Ref. TASK
32-30-00-867-001).
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-30-00
Page 206
Feb 01/08
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-30-00-941-055
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are on the landing gear
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
(3) On panel 110VU, make sure that the GRAVITY GEAR EXTN handle is folded
into the center console.
(4) Put a WARNING NOTICE on the GRAVITY GEAR EXTN handle (panel 110VU) to
tell persons not to operate the landing gear.
Subtask 32-30-00-865-051
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
R 1GA, 2GA, 52GA
Subtask 32-30-00-861-053
EFF :
ALL 32-30-00
Page 207
Nov 01/09
CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-30-00-867-054
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE LANDING GEAR ARE CLEAR.
_______
CAUTION : REMOVE THE SAFETY STAY BEFORE YOU DO THE LANDING GEAR EXTENSION
_______
AND RETRACTION TESTS. DAMAGE TO THE FUSELAGE CAN OCCUR IF THE
AIRCRAFT MOVES DURING THE TESTS.
NOTE : In the paragraphs that follow, only the lights that change are
____
given.
(2) Remove the ground safety lock(s) from the applicable landing gear:
R - for the NLG, remove the pin-ground lock
R - for the MLG, remove the ground lock sleeve from each applicable
R lockstay actuator.
(3) On the panel 400VU, move the landing-gear control-lever 6GA to the
DOWN position. On the panel 402VU, the related red light(s) come(s)
on.
(4) Use the hand pump on the hydraulic cart to extend the applicable
landing gear(s). The red lights stay on.
NOTE : If more than one landing gear is to be extended, you can use
____
the electric pump on the hydraulic cart.
EFF :
ALL 32-30-00
Page 208
Nov 01/07
CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-30-00-865-052
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
Subtask 32-30-00-481-050
Subtask 32-30-00-865-053
C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
R 1GA, 2GA, 52GA
Subtask 32-30-00-860-056
(a) If you retracted the NLG only, lower the aircraft off the jack at
the forward jacking point (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-586-001).
(b) If you retracted the MLG only or the MLG and the NLG together,
lower the aircraft off the jacks (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-586-002).
(2) Connect the isolation coupling of the PTU (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-
002).
(3) If you did not de-energize the aircraft electrical circuits, put the
aircraft back to the ground configuration (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-
002).
EFF :
ALL 32-30-00
Page 209
Nov 01/09
CES
Subtask 32-30-00-410-052
E. Close Access
Subtask 32-30-00-860-059
Subtask 32-30-00-942-054
G. Removal of Equipment
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Disconnect the ground hydraulic cart from the ground connection of
the Green hydraulic system.
(5) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-30-00
Page 210
Nov 01/09
CES
EXTENSION AND RETRACTION - INSPECTION/CHECK
___________________________________________
TASK 32-30-00-200-001
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-30-00
Page 601
Aug 01/07
CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-30-00-941-051
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are on the landing gear
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
Subtask 32-30-00-860-057
R (2) Make sure that a SAFETY PIN - NLG DOOR is installed on each NLG door
R (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-002).
R (3) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in the applicable
R position, at the zone 120, 731, 741.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-30-00-210-056
(1) Examine the bellcrank support brackets and the bellcrank assembly
for:
- impact damage, cracks and corrosion
- damage to the protective finish.
EFF :
ALL 32-30-00
Page 602
Aug 01/07
CES
NLG Door Operating Mechanism.
Figure 601/TASK 32-30-00-991-001
EFF :
ALL 32-30-00
Page 603
Feb 01/98
CES
(2) Make sure that the support brackets of the bellcrank assembly are
correctly installed to the aircraft structure and are in safety.
(4) Make sure that the eye-ends of the control-rods are correctly
installed to the bellcrank levers and are in safety.
(6) Make sure that the actuating cylinder is correctly installed to the
bellcrank assembly and the mounting-bracket on the aircraft
structure.
(10) Make sure that the actuating cylinder is correctly aligned between
the bellcrank assembly and the mounting-bracket.
(11) Make sure that the hydraulic pipes and connections are in the correct
condition.
EFF :
ALL 32-30-00
Page 604
Aug 01/07
R
CES
(14) Examine the door hinges for:
- impact damage
- cracks, wear and corrosion
- damage to the protective finish.
(16) Make sure that the bonding leads to the door hinges are in the
correct condition.
(17) Make sure that the proximity sensors, targets and their related
mounting-brackets are in the correct condition.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-30-00-410-051
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 32-30-00-942-051
B. Removal of Equipment
(3) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-30-00
Page 605
Nov 01/09
CES
NORMAL EXTENSION AND RETRACTION - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
___________________________________________________________
1. General
_______
The landing gear (L/G) normal extension and retraction system has electrical
control and hydraulic operation, to extend and retract the Main Landing Gear
(MLG) and doors (Ref. 32-10-00) and the Nose Landing Gear (NLG) and doors
(Ref. 32-20-00). The electrical control system has:
- a L/G control-lever
- two Landing Gear Control and Interface Units (LGCIU)
- a gear electro-hydraulic selector valve
- a door electro-hydraulic selector valve
- a L/G electro-hydraulic safety valve
- 32 proximity sensors and their related targets
- a set of indicator lights (Ref. 32-61-00).
The electrical control system has two sub-systems, SYSTEM 1 and SYSTEM 2
which operate independently of one another. Each sub-system has:
- an LGCIU
- 16 proximity sensors (and their related targets)
- isolated electrical supplies.
The SYSTEM 1 gets electrical power from the Essential busbar and the SYSTEM
2 gets electrical power from the Normal busbar.
Each sub-system connects to the L/G control lever and to the gear and door
selector valves. To keep the two sub-systems electrically isolated, each has
its own electrical connections. The selector valves have two solenoid
windings, for extension of the L/G and two for retraction of the L/G. The
L/G control lever has two sets of switches for each selection position.
The SYSTEM 1 and the SYSTEM 2 sub-systems connect to the same solenoid (for
the baulk mechanism) on the L/G control lever. They have diode protection.
The Green hydraulic system (Ref. 29-11-00) supplies the hydraulic power to
operate the landing gear system.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 1
Nov 01/98
R
CES
When the L/G control lever is moved, the LGCIU sends a signal to the
electro-hydraulic valve assembly. The LGCIU makes the selections of the
valve assembly to retract/extend the L/G and move the doors in a given
sequence. The proximity sensors send signals to the LGCIU to make sure that
the L/G operates in the correct sequence.
The Engine/Warning Display (Ref. 31-66-00) and the Systems Display WHEEL
page (which together make the ECAM) show system data. The L/G downlock
indicator lights show:
- green when the L/G is extended and locked down
- red when the L/G is unlocked.
The red light on the L/G control-lever 6GA comes on if the aircraft is in a
landing configuration and the gear is not locked down.
The Master Warning/Caution lights and the aural warning also give
indications of specified failures (Ref. 32-61-00).
2. __________________
Component Location
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 2
Feb 01/10
CES
Cockpit - Component Location
Figure 001
R
EFF :
236-238,
001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233, 32-31-00
Page 3
Feb 01/08
CES
R Cockpit - Component Location
R Figure 001A
R
EFF :
051-099, 32-31-00
Page 4
May 01/05
CES
Cockpit - Component Location
Figure 001B
R
EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
32-31-00
Page 5
Feb 01/10
CES
Cockpit - Component Location
Figure 001C
R
EFF :
251-299, 32-31-00
Page 6
Nov 01/09
CES
Cockpit - Component Location
R Figure 001D
R
EFF :
301-304, 32-31-00
Page 7
Nov 01/09
CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,
R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5GA1 LGCIU-1 93VU 121 811 32-31-71
5GA2 LGCIU-2 94VU 122 811 32-31-71
6GA LEVER-L/G NORM CTL 4VU 211 831 32-31-11
49GA SAFETY VALVE-L/G SYS ISOLATION 148 32-31-17
2503GM ACTG CYL-MLG, L 731 32-31-46
2504GM ACTG CYL-MLG, R 741 32-31-46
2505GM SIDE STAY ASSY-MLG, L 731 32-11-16
2506GM SIDE STAY ASSY-MLG, R 741 32-11-16
2509GM UPLOCK ASSY-MLG, L 147 734 32-31-44
2510GM UPLOCK ASSY-MLG, R 148 744 32-31-44
2517GM BYPASS VALVE-MLG DOOR GROUND 147 734 32-31-13
OPENING, L
2518GM BYPASS VALVE-MLG DOOR GROUND 148 744 32-31-13
OPENING, R
2520GM UPLOCK ASSY-MLG DOOR, R 147 734 32-10-00
2521GM UPLOCK ASSY-MLG DOOR, L 148 744 32-10-00
2522GM ACTG CYL-MLG DOOR, R 744 744 32-10-00
2523GM ACTG CYL-MLG DOOR, L 734 734 32-10-00
2524GM MANIFOLD ASSY-L/G AND DOOR SELECTOR 148 744 32-31-31
VALVES
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 8
Feb 01/10
CES
Main Landing Gear and Doors
Figure 002
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-31-00
Page 9
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
MLG - Component Location
Figure 003
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-31-00
Page 10
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
Main Landing Gear and Doors
Figure 004
R
EFF :
301-399, 32-31-00
Page 11
Nov 01/09
CES
MLG - Component Location
Figure 005
R
EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-31-00
Page 12
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
MLG - Component location
Figure 006
R
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 13
Nov 01/09
CES
NLG - Component Location
Figure 007
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 14
Nov 01/09
R
CES
Landing Gear Control-Lever
Figure 008
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 15
Nov 01/09
R
CES
Safety Valve
Figure 009
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 16
Nov 01/09
R
CES
NLG Door Closing/Opening Safety Valves
Figure 010
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 17
Nov 01/09
R
CES
Landing Gear Control and Interface Unit (LGCIU)
Figure 011
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 18
Nov 01/09
R
CES
Landing Gear Control and Interface Unit (LGCIU)
Figure 012
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 19
Nov 01/09
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2527GM ACTG CYL-NLG 711 32-31-22
2530GM UPLOCK ASSY-NLG 124 713 32-31-21
2531GM ACTG CYL-NLG DOOR 123 713 32-31-16
2533GM BYPASS VALVE-NLG DOOR GROUND OPENING 124 713 32-10-00
2534GM UPLOCK ASSY-NLG DOOR 124 713 32-31-14
2629GM SAFETY VALVE-NLG DOOR CLOSING 148 744 32-31-19
2630GM SAFETY VALVE-NLG DOOR OPENING 148 744 32-31-19
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL |ZONE |ACCESS | ATA
| | | |DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8GA PROX SNSR-R 148 32-31-73
9GA PROX SNSR-L 147 32-31-73
10GA PROX SNSR-R 148 32-31-73
11GA PROX SNSR-L 147 32-31-73
14GA PROX SNSR-R 148 32-31-73
15GA PROX SNSR-L 147 32-31-73
16GA PROX SNSR-R 148 32-31-73
17GA PROX SNSR-L 147 32-31-73
20GA PROX SNSR-R 148 32-31-73
21GA PROX SNSR-L 147 32-31-73
22GA PROX SNSR-R 148 32-31-73
23GA PROX SNSR-L 147 32-31-73
26GA PROX SNSR-R 148 32-31-73
27GA PROX SNSR-L 147 32-31-73
28GA PROX SNSR-R 148 32-31-73
29GA PROX SNSR-L 147 32-31-73
32GA PROX SNSR-R 148 32-31-73
33GA PROX SNSR-L 147 32-31-73
34GA PROX SNSR-R 148 32-31-73
35GA PROX SNSR-L 147 32-31-73
40GA SEL VALVE-L/G 744 32-31-12
41GA SEL VALVE-L/G DOORS 744 32-31-34
8GB IND-R L/G 402VU 212 831 32-61-00
10GB IND-L L/G 402VU 212 831 32-61-00
12GA PROX SNSR-NLG 124 32-31-73
13GA PROX SNSR-NLG 123 32-31-73
18GA PROX SNSR-NLG 124 32-31-73
19GA PROX SNSR-NLG 123 32-31-73
24GA PROX SNSR-NLG 124 32-31-73
25GA PROX SNSR-NLG 123 32-31-73
30GA PROX SNSR-NLG 124 32-31-73
R
EFF :
301-399, 32-31-00
Page 20
Nov 01/09
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL |ZONE |ACCESS | ATA
| | | |DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
31GA PROX SNSR-NLG 123 32-31-73
36GA PROX SNSR-NLG 124 32-31-73
37GA PROX SNSR-NLG 123 32-31-73
38GA PROX SNSR-NLG 124 32-31-73
39GA PROX SNSR-NLG 123 32-31-73
9GB IND-NLG 402VU 212 831 32-61-00
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5GA1 LGCIU-1 93VU 121 811 32-31-71
5GA2 LGCIU-2 94VU 122 811 32-31-71
6GA LEVER-L/G NORM CTL 4VU 211 831 32-31-11
49GA SAFETY VALVE-L/G SYS ISOLATION 148 32-31-17
2503GM ACTG CYL-MLG, L 731 32-31-46
2504GM ACTG CYL-MLG, R 741 32-31-46
2505GM SIDE STAY ASSY-MLG, L 731 32-11-16
2506GM SIDE STAY ASSY-MLG, R 741 32-11-16
2509GM UPLOCK ASSY-MLG, L 147 734 32-31-44
2510GM UPLOCK ASSY-MLG, R 148 744 32-31-44
2517GM BYPASS VALVE-MLG DOOR GROUND 147 734 32-31-13
OPENING, L
2518GM BYPASS VALVE-MLG DOOR GROUND 148 744 32-31-13
OPENING, R
2520GM UPLOCK ASSY-MLG DOOR, R 147 734 32-10-00
2521GM UPLOCK ASSY-MLG DOOR, L 148 744 32-10-00
2522GM ACTG CYL-MLG DOOR, R 744 744 32-10-00
2523GM ACTG CYL-MLG DOOR, L 734 734 32-10-00
2524GM MANIFOLD ASSY-L/G AND DOOR SELECTOR 148 744 32-31-31
VALVES
2527GM ACTG CYL-NLG 711 32-31-22
2530GM UPLOCK ASSY-NLG 124 713 32-31-21
2531GM ACTG CYL-NLG DOOR 123 713 32-31-16
2533GM BYPASS VALVE-NLG DOOR GROUND OPENING 124 713 32-10-00
2534GM UPLOCK ASSY-NLG DOOR 124 713 32-31-14
2629GM SAFETY VALVE-NLG DOOR CLOSING 148 744 32-31-19
2630GM SAFETY VALVE-NLG DOOR OPENING 148 744 32-31-19
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-31-00
Page 21
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL |ZONE |ACCESS | ATA
| | | |DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2845GM ACTUATOR - NLG DNLK 711 32-31-23
8GA PROX SNSR-R 148 32-31-73
9GA PROX SNSR-L 147 32-31-73
10GA PROX SNSR-R 148 32-31-73
11GA PROX SNSR-L 147 32-31-73
12GA PROX SNSR-NLG 124 32-31-73
13GA PROX SNSR-NLG 123 32-31-73
14GA PROX SNSR-R 148 32-31-73
15GA PROX SNSR-L 147 32-31-73
16GA PROX SNSR-R 148 32-31-73
17GA PROX SNSR-L 147 32-31-73
18GA PROX SNSR-NLG 124 32-31-73
19GA PROX SNSR-NLG 123 32-31-73
20GA PROX SNSR-R 148 32-31-73
21GA PROX SNSR-L 147 32-31-73
22GA PROX SNSR-R 148 32-31-73
23GA PROX SNSR-L 147 32-31-73
24GA PROX SNSR-NLG 124 32-31-73
25GA PROX SNSR-NLG 123 32-31-73
26GA PROX SNSR-R 148 32-31-73
27GA PROX SNSR-L 147 32-31-73
28GA PROX SNSR-R 148 32-31-73
29GA PROX SNSR-L 147 32-31-73
30GA PROX SNSR-NLG 124 32-31-73
31GA PROX SNSR-NLG 123 32-31-73
32GA PROX SNSR-R 148 32-31-73
33GA PROX SNSR-L 147 32-31-73
34GA PROX SNSR-R 148 32-31-73
35GA PROX SNSR-L 147 32-31-73
36GA PROX SNSR-NLG 124 32-31-73
37GA PROX SNSR-NLG 123 32-31-73
38GA PROX SNSR-NLG 124 32-31-73
39GA PROX SNSR-NLG 123 32-31-73
40GA SEL VALVE-L/G 744 32-31-12
41GA SEL VALVE-L/G DOORS 744 32-31-34
8GB IND-R L/G 402VU 212 831 32-61-00
9GB IND-NLG 402VU 212 831 32-61-00
10GB IND-L L/G 402VU 212 831 32-61-00
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-31-00
Page 22
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________________
System Description
The MLG and NLG are hydraulically operated and retract into bays in the
fuselage. When the L/G is retracted, the L/G doors and the fairings align
with the adjacent structure to make an aerodynamic contour.
The MLG retracts inboard, into the bays to the rear of the wing spar box,
and into the fuselage (to the rear of the hydraulics bay).
The L/G normal extension and retraction system divides into these parts:
- an electrical system
- a hydraulic system
- the mechanical components.
A. Electrical System
The electrical system controls the operation of the L/G extension and
retraction sequences. The system has two independently connected
sub-systems, identified SYSTEM 1 and SYSTEM 2, that are electrically
isolated from each other. Each sub-system contains an LGCIU and 16
proximity sensors. Each sub-system connects to:
- the L/G control lever (6GA)
- the L/G door selector valve (41GA)
- the L/G selector valve (40GA)
- the L/G isolation safety valve (49GA).
The two LGCIUs (which are the same) are identified LGCIU1 and LGCIU2,
and can be in SYSTEM 1 or SYSTEM 2. The LGCIU in SYSTEM 1 independently
controls the operation of a circuit for the L/G downlock indicator
lights. When an LGCIU is installed in SYSTEM 2 the independent circuits
for the L/G downlock indicator lights are not used.
R
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 23
Nov 01/09
CES
L/G Electrical Control - Block Diagram
Figure 013
R
EFF :
301-399, 32-31-00
Page 24
Nov 01/09
CES
The LGCIUs are continuously supplied with power, but only one LGCIU
controls the extension/retraction sequence at one time. The control
changes from one LGCIU to the other after each retraction/extension cycle
(when the L/G control lever is moved away from the DOWN position) or when
one LGCIU becomes unserviceable.
The LGCIU gets position signals from the proximity sensors and the L/G
control lever. It uses these position signals to set the L/G door and the
L/G selector valves in the correct position. The LGCIU calculates the
necessary door and gear configuration signals and compares them with the
configuration requested from the L/G control lever. It then sends the
necessary signals to operate the selector valves.
The L/G control lever has two positions, UP to retract the L/G, and DOWN
to extend the L/G. Signals are sent to the LGCIUs when a selection is
made. The L/G control lever has a baulk device which stops movement of
the lever to the UP position, when the aircraft is on the ground. One of
the LGCIUS sends a signal to release the baulk device, to let the L/G
control lever move (to the UP position). It is not necessary for the
LGCIU to be in control when it sends the signal.
The L/G isolation safety valve, the L/G selector valve and the L/G door
selector valve are solenoid operated valves in the hydraulic system.
Signals from the LGCIUs control the operation of the selector valves. A
signal from the Air Data/Inertial Reference System (ADIRS) (Ref.
34-10-00) and the L/G control lever, controls the operation of the safety
valve.
R
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 25
Nov 01/09
CES
B. Hydraulic System
The L/G isolation safety valve 49GA is a two-position valve that isolates
the L/G hydraulic supply from the Green hydraulic system, (when its
solenoid is de-energized). This stops extension of the L/G when the
aircraft speed is more than 264 kt to prevent damage.
The selector valve and manifold assembly 2524GM controls the flow of
hydraulic fluid to:
- the door open lines
- the door close lines
- the L/G extend lines
- the L/G retract lines.
The L/G door selector valve 41GA and the L/G selector valve 40GA operate
independently from each other.
To open the L/G doors (for access on the ground) each L/G bay has a
mechanically-operated door-bypass valves. These valves isolate the door
actuator from the doors-close pressure-line and hydraulically connect the
two sides of the actuator together. This prevents movement of the doors
if the system is pressurized, and makes the system safe during
maintenance. The doors will only move, if the ground-opening-handle is
moved to the closed position.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 26
Nov 01/09
R
CES
To let the L/G extend (by gravity) the Free Fall Extension System (Ref.
32-33-00) has mechanically operated cut-out and vent valves to prevent a
hydraulic fluid lock in the actuators.
The safety valves keep hydraulic fluid upstream of the safety valve if a
leak occurs downstream.
The restrictor valves are installed in the selector valve and manifold
assembly to control the rate of fluid flow through the L/G extend lines.
C. Mechanical Components
The L/G uplocks are installed in each L/G bay to lock the L/G in the
retracted position. The MLG uplocks have spring struts which keep the
uplock in a set position. They also decrease the loads on the airframe
structure when the MLG uplock pin goes into the lock.
The L/G door uplock locks the L/G doors in the closed position. The L/G
doors can be opened for maintenance on the ground (Ref. 32-12-00) and
(Ref. 32-22-00).
The lockstay locks the L/G in the extended position (Ref. 32-11-00) and
(Ref. 32-21-00). The lockstay holds the L/G in the extended position
because of its geometric (overcenter) position.
4. ____________
Power Supply
5. Interface
_________
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 27
Nov 01/09
R
CES
6. _____________________
Component Description
The L/G control lever is installed on the First Officers side of the
center instrument panel to control the L/G extension and retraction
(normal extension and retraction mode). The front face of the unit has a
control lever and two arrows identified UP and DOWN.
The control lever has a knurled wheel on the end of an arm. The arm moves
in a slot in the face of the unit. Internal locks in the unit keep the
arm in the fully UP or the fully DOWN position. The arm moves switches
inside the unit, which supply electrical signals to the LGCIUs. A
solenoid-operated baulk mechanism prevents an UP selection if the L/G
shock absorbers are not fully extended. The LGCIUs supply 28V DC to
energize the baulk solenoid and release the mechanism, when the shock
absorbers are fully extended. Internal white lighting shows through the
UP and DOWN legends and the outline of the two arrows.
To operate the L/G control lever, you pull it away from the face of the
unit. Then move it to the UP or DOWN position. The lower part of the DOWN
arrow shows red when the aircraft is in a landing configuration (but the
L/G is not locked down).
The pilot valve is a spool valve that is connected to the main valve body
by two screws.
The safety valve body has three ports that are identified A, B and C. The
valve body has holes to connect the ports and faces to install the
solenoid and connector.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 28
Nov 01/09
R
CES
Normal Extension and Retraction - Block Diagram
Figure 014
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 29/30
Nov 01/09
CES
Normal Extension and Retraction System - Interface
Figure 015
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 31
Nov 01/09
R
CES
Safety Valve - Schematic
Figure 016
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 32
Nov 01/09
R
CES
The safety valve is an electrically-operated, two-position valve that
isolates the Green hydraulic supply to the L/G system. When the computed
airspeed is more than 264 kts the safety valve closes (solenoid
de-energized). The safety valve opens (solenoid energized) when the
computed airspeed is less than 260 kts and the L/G control-lever is
selected DOWN.
A signal from LGCIU-1 (5GA1) keeps the safety valve open during
maintentance. The LGCIU sends this signal when the LH and RH MLGs are
compressed or, when ground power is connected to the aircraft.
The safety valve gets its electrical supply from the essential busbar
(401PP), during maintenance it can be supplied from the ground service
busbar (601PP).
With the solenoid de-energized the pressure inlet A is closed and the
supply outlet C is connected to the return outlet B. This isolates the
Green hydraulic system from the L/G system.
The two selector valves are mounted on the manifold block. Each valve has
two operating solenoids, each with two coil windings, one for each of the
L/G control sub-systems.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 33
Nov 01/09
R
CES
Manifold Assembly - Selector Valve (2524GM)
Figure 017
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 34
Nov 01/09
R
CES
Selector Valve - Schematic
Figure 018
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 35
Nov 01/09
R
CES
Restrictor Valve (2538GM)
Figure 019
R
EFF :
301-399, 32-31-00
Page 36
Nov 01/09
CES
Check Valve (2537GM)
Figure 020
EFF :
301-399, 32-31-00
Page 37
Nov 01/09
R
CES
When electrical or hydraulic power is not available the solenoids are
de-energized and the spool is centralized by spring tension.
(a) Solenoid
When the door solenoid A is energized, the ball valve moves
away from its seat to close the pilot valve orifice. Hydraulic
fluid is then sent through annuli 5 to return. Because the
pressures in the end caps are different, the spool moves to the
right to open annuli 4. Ports D and L are connected to the
pressure supply directly across the open spool. The return from
the service ports C and K goes through annuli 2 and annuli 1
to the return gallery. The return gallery connects to annuli 5
and the pressure return line.
The restrictor valve decreases the fluid pressure to reduce the MLG
extension speed. When the MLG is retracted the restrictor valve lets
the return fluid flow fully.
R
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 38
Nov 01/09
CES
Hydraulic fluid pressure (in the direction X) moves the valve
plunger away from the seat and lets the fluid flow through the body.
When fluid flows in the opposite direction, the valve closes and lets
fluid flow only through the valve plunger. This decreases the flow
through the body.
The check valve maintains the supply pressure to the door actuator
when the L/G is in operation.
The hydraulic fluid pressure on the inlet side of the valve pushes
against the face of the poppet. When the pressure of the hydraulic
fluid is greater than the pressure of the spring, the poppet moves
away from the body face. The hydraulic fluid passes trough the valve
and goes out through the outlet. If the pressure on the outlet side
of the valve is more than that at the inlet side, the spring force
closes the poppet. This action makes sure that hydraulic fluid can
only flow in one direction.
An arrow on the body shows the direction in which the fluid flows.
Each solenoid, A and B, has two coil windings. Each coil winding is
independently connected to two electrical connectors identified
SYSTEM 1 and SYSTEM 2. Usually only one circuit is used, but either
circuit operates the solenoids if the other is not available.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 39
Nov 01/09
R
CES
The spool valve has a sleeve in which a spool moves. Two springs keep
the spool in the center position of the sleeve when there is no
pressure in the valve.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION EFFECT RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The door solenoid The pressure port is The doors open, which
A is de-energized, connected to the ports completes the electrical
and the door solenoid C and K. The ports D circuit to energize the
B is energized. and L are connected gear solenoid B. The
to the return port. door solenoid B stays
energized until all the
gears are locked in the
selected position.
The door solenoid The pressure port is The doors close and
A is energized. connected to the ports lock. The door
D and L. The ports C solenoid A stays
and K are connected energized and the
to the return port. gear solenoid B
de-energizes.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 40
Nov 01/09
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION EFFECT RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The door solenoid The pressure port is The doors open, which
A is de-energized, connected to the ports completes the electrical
the door solenoid C and K. The ports D circuit to energize the
B is energized. and L are connected gear solenoid A. The
to the return port. door solenoid B
stays energized until
all the gears are locked
in the selected position.
The gear solenoid The pressure port is The gear extends and
A is energized. connected to the ports locks down, which completes
F and N. The ports E the electrical circuit to
and M are connected to energize the door solenoid
the return port. A. The door solenoid B
de-energizes.
The door solenoid The pressure port is The doors close and
A is energized. connected to the ports lock. The door solenoid
D and L. The ports C A stays energized
and K are connected to whenever electrical
the return port. power is applied.
The gear solenoid A
de-energizes as soon
as the first door
moves away from the
fully open position.
The safety valve is installed in the open and close lines between the NLG
door-actuator and the L/G door selector-valves. The safety valve closes
the line if there is a hydraulic leak.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 41
Nov 01/09
R
CES
NLG Door Closing/Opening Safety Valve (2629GM, 2630GM)
Figure 021
R
EFF :
301-399, 32-31-00
Page 42
Nov 01/09
CES
Safety Valve (2629GM,2630GM) - Schematic
Figure 022
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 43
Nov 01/09
R
CES
The safety valve will only operate at a flow rate equal to or greater
than 11 ltr/min.
The valve has a body with two hydraulic ports B and C. The body is
machined and holds the slide valve and valve seat. The end fitting
(installed in the upper end of the body) holds:
- the jet
- the spring
- the spring seat
- the spring pin
- the bleed screw.
The slide valve has drilled ports to let the hydraulic fluid move
through the valve. The wire installed on the spring pin goes through
the jet to prevent it from being blocked.
The spring pushes against the spring seat to keep the valve in the
open position.
The valve seat is installed at the lower end of the valve body and is
held in position by a screwed ring sealed by packing rings.
When a leak occurs downstream of the safety valve (with a flow rate
greater than 11 litre/minute) the slot in the slide valve stops the
increase of flow. This causes the valve to begin to close. At the
same time the spring is compressed and cavitation is formed in
chamber A, which slows the movement of the slide valve.
The hydraulic fluid passes through the small hole in the slide valve
and fills chamber A. When the chamber A is full the effect of the
cavitation is removed and the valve closes. The speed at which
chamber A fills controls the speed at which the valve will operate.
The safety valve will stay in the closed position even when the
supply pressure decreases to that of the Green system reservoir.
R
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 44
Nov 01/09
CES
To reset the safety valve it is necessary to depressurize the Green
system reservoir or to open the bleed screw installed on the end of
the safety valve.
(1) Description
The cylinder contains the piston rod and a sealed piston head. Each
valve housing contains a restrictor and a restrictor valve. The
restrictor decreases the flow of fluid in each direction and the
restrictor valve decreases the flow of fluid out of the cylinder.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 45
Feb 01/10
CES
MLG Actuating Cylinder (2503GM,2504GM)
Figure 023
R
EFF :
001-003, 051-052, 301-399, 32-31-00
Page 46
Nov 01/09
CES
MLG Actuating Cylinder (2503GM,2504GM)
Figure 023A
R
EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-31-00
Page 47
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
MLG Actuating Cylinder - Schematic
Figure 024
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-31-00
Page 48
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
MLG Actuating Cylinder - Schematic
Figure 025
R
EFF :
301-399, 32-31-00
Page 49
Nov 01/09
CES
(a) Actuating Cylinder
If pressurized fluid gets into the piston rod, the vent valve
blows out and prevents an increase in pressure in the piston rod.
To prevent corrosion a small quantity of hydraulic fluid is put
into the piston rod during assembly.
1
_ The remaining fluid to return through the closed restrictor
valve to the hydraulic system return.
R
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 50
Nov 01/09
CES
2
_ An increase in pressure (on the return side of the piston)
which damps the end of the piston rod travel.
(2) Operation
Once the piston has moved past the control orifice of the
restrictor valve, the flow is increased and the piston
accelerates.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 51
Nov 01/09
R
CES
F. NLG Actuating Cylinder (2527GM)
(1) Description
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 52
Nov 01/09
R
CES
NLG Actuating Cylinder (2527GM)
Figure 026
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 53
Nov 01/09
R
CES
NLG Actuating Cylinder (2527GM) - Detail
Figure 027
R
EFF :
301-399, 32-31-00
Page 54
Nov 01/09
CES
NLG Actuating Cylinder - Schematic
Figure 028
R
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 55
Nov 01/09
CES
The cylinder has a spherical bearing at one end that connects the
cylinder to the aircraft structure. The bearing, with a seal and
scraper, is held in the opposite end of the cylinder by a ring
and plate.
The exterior of the cylinder contains ports for the hydraulic
connections.
Two annuli in the body, aligned with two annuli in the cylinder,
provide the hydraulic connection between the components.
(2) Operation
(a) Retraction
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 56
Nov 01/09
R
CES
(b) Extension
During the extension of the NLG, the aerodynamic loads, and the
weight of the NLG, cause the NLG to extend. The restrictor on the
annular side of the piston decreases the return flow of the fluid
from the actuating-cylinder. This causes a damping-pressure on
the annular side of the piston and thus controls the rate of NLG
extension.
(1) Description
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 57
Nov 01/09
R
CES
MLG Door Actuating Cylinder (2523GM,2522GM)
Figure 029
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 58
Nov 01/09
R
CES
MLG Door Actuating Cylinder - Schematic
Figure 030
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 59
Nov 01/09
R
CES
- the gland housing has two damping holes that are axially
displaced to provide progressive damping.
(2) Operation
(c) Damping
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 60
Nov 01/09
R
CES
H. NLG Door Actuating Cylinder (2531GM)
(1) Description
(b) Restrictor
(2) Operation
With the NLG doors set to CLOSE, the pressurized hydraulic fluid
goes into the annular side of the actuating-cylinder. The
piston-rod retracts and closes the NLG doors. On the other side
of the piston, the hydraulic fluid goes to return through the
main return orifice and the slot in the closed check-valve. Near
the end of the piston-rod travel, the piston closes the main
return orifice. This causes a large decrease in the flow of fluid
to return, which damps the end of the piston-rod travel.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 61
Nov 01/09
R
CES
NLG Door Actuating Cylinder (2531GM)
Figure 031
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 62
Nov 01/09
R
CES
NLG Door Actuating Cylinder - Schematic
Figure 032
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 63
Nov 01/09
R
CES
(b) Doors Open
With the NLG doors set to OPEN, the aerodynamic loads help the
doors to open. The restrictor (2536GM) decreases the return flow
of fluid from the actuating-cylinder. This causes a
damping-pressure on the annular side of the piston to control the
speed at which the NLG doors open. The restrictor-valve (2535GM)
keeps a limit on the damping-pressure. To do this, the valve
decreases the flow of pressurized fluid to the extend side of the
actuating-cylinder.
(1) Description
(a) Casing
The casing has two halves, which are connected by bolts. The
hydraulic actuator has a piston, and is connected to the casing.
A spring keeps the piston retracted when there is no hydraulic
pressure. The actuator has two hydraulic ports A and B. The
casing has two holes for rigging pins and are positioned for
these functions:
- one pin hole is for a rigging check of the position of the
mechanism for the Free Fall Extension System
- one pin hole locks the uplock in the closed position and is for
a rigging check of the proximity sensors.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 64
Nov 01/09
R
CES
MLG Uplock (2509GM,2510GM)
Figure 033
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 65
Nov 01/09
R
CES
MLG Uplock - Schematic
Figure 034
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 66
Nov 01/09
R
CES
(b) Proximity Sensors
The proximity sensors are attached to the casing and the targets
to the latch assembly. They continuously supply an independent
electrical signal to show the uplock configuration (uplock closed
= target near or uplock open = target far).
(2) Operation
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 67
Nov 01/09
R
CES
(c) Proximity Sensors
(1) Description
(a) Casing
The casing has two halves which are connected with bolts. The
hydraulic actuator has a piston, and is connected to the casing.
A spring keeps the piston retracted, when there is no hydraulic
pressure. The actuator has two hydraulic ports A and B.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 68
Nov 01/09
R
CES
NLG Uplock (2530GM)
Figure 035
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 69
Nov 01/09
R
CES
NLG Uplock - Schematic
Figure 036
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 70
Nov 01/09
R
CES
A rigging pin hole is provided for initial installation and
subsequent adjustment of the free fall system.
Two proximity sensors are attached to the casing and the targets
are attached to the lock lever. They continuously supply an
independent electrical signal to show the uplock configuration
(uplock closed = target near or uplock open = target far).
The primary components of the lock mechanism are a lock lever and
a hook. The lock lever has two bearings and two targets. Each
bearing turns on a pin at its center. The lock lever and the hook
also turn on pins at their centers. Springs tension the lock
lever and the hook. The hook has a cam which touches the lower
bearing on the lock lever.
(2) Operation
The L/G retracts and when the L/G pin strikes the upper hook jaw,
it causes the hook to pivot to the closed position. The lock
lever return spring causes the lock lever to pivot and engage the
hook cam. This locks the hook in the closed position.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 71
Nov 01/09
R
CES
During the operation of the lock mechanism, the target to
proximity sensor position changes. This positional change causes
an uplock locked or unlocked signal to be supplied to the
LGCIUs.
The reset of the extension handle, resets the release cam, which
returns the uplock to its normal open position.
(1) Description
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 72
Nov 01/09
R
CES
MLG Door Uplock (2520GM,2521GM)
Figure 037
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 73
Nov 01/09
R
CES
MLG Door Uplock - Schematic
Figure 038
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 74
Nov 01/09
R
CES
(a) Casing
The casing has two halves which are connected by bolts. The
hydraulic actuator has a piston, and is attached to the casing. A
spring keeps the piston retracted when there is no hydraulic
pressure. The actuator has two hydraulic ports A and B. The
casing has three holes for rigging pins which are used to:
- lock the uplock in the closed position to do a rigging check of
the proximity sensors
- permit a rigging check of the mechanism for the Free-Fall
Extension System
- permit a rigging check of the position of the mechanism for the
Ground Door-Opening System.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 75
Nov 01/09
R
CES
(2) Operation
To close and lock the L/G doors, the L/G door selector-valve is
energized. Hydraulic pressure is applied through port B, to make
sure that the piston is fully released. The door closes and the
door pin strikes the upper hook jaw. This causes the hook to
pivot and the roller to move across the hook cam face. When the
hook contacts the stop bolt, the tension springs pull the latch
assembly over the hook cam, and locks the L/G door in position.
The reset of the manual release lever returns the door uplock to
its normal open condition.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 76
Nov 01/09
R
CES
M. NLG Door Uplock 2534GM
(1) Description
(a) Casing
The casing has two halves which are connected by bolts. The
hydraulic actuator contains a piston and is connected to the
casing. A spring keeps the piston retracted, when there is no
hydraulic pressure. The actuator has two ports A and B. The
casing has holes for rigging pins, which carry out these
functions:
- a rigging check of the position of the mechanism for the
Free-Fall Extension System
- a rigging check of the position of the mechanism for the Ground
Door-Opening System
- a rigging check of the proximity sensors.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 77
Nov 01/09
R
CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
R
32-31-00
Page 78
Nov 01/09
CES
NLG Door Uplock (2534GM)
R Figure 039
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 79
Aug 01/09
CES
NLG Door Uplock - Schematic
R Figure 040
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 80
Aug 01/09
CES
(c) Lock Mechanism
The primary components of the lock mechanism are a lock lever and
a hook. The lock lever has two rollers and two targets. Each
roller turns on a pin at its center. The lock lever and the hook
also turn on pins at their centers. Springs tension the lock
lever and the hook. The hook has a cam which touches the lower
roller on the lock lever.
(2) Operation
To close and lock the L/G doors, the L/G door selector-valve is
energized. Hydraulic pressure is supplied through Port B, to make
sure that the piston is fully released. The NLG doors close and
when the door pin strikes the upper hook jaw, it causes the hook
to pivot to the closed position. The lock-lever return-spring
causes the lock-lever to pivot and engage the hook cam, which
locks the hook in the closed position.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 81
Nov 01/09
R
CES
release cam to disengage the lock lever from the hook cam. The
hook pivots open due to the return spring and door pin forces.
The ground door opening system uses a separate release cam which
operates in the same way as the free-fall release cam.
The lockstay actuator is a hydraulic unit with rate control devices. The
main components of the actuator are:
- a cylinder
- a piston
- a two way restrictor valve
- a pressure relief valve.
The lockstay, that moves to an overcenter position, locks the L/G in the
fully extended position.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 82
Nov 01/09
R
CES
MLG Lockstay Actuator
R Figure 041
R
EFF :
301-399, 32-31-00
Page 83
Aug 01/09
CES
NLG Downlock Release Actuator
Figure 042
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 84
Nov 01/09
R
CES
NLG Downlock Release Actuator - Schematic
Figure 043
R
EFF :
301-399, 32-31-00
Page 85
Nov 01/09
CES
**ON A/C ALL
(1) Description
(2) Operation
When you retract the NLG, hydraulic pressure acts on the annular
face of the piston, through port A. The actuator then retracts.
As the actuator retracts, it breaks the overcenter lock, the
lockstay and side stay fold into position against the tension of
the locksprings.
R
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 86
Nov 01/09
CES
Q. In-line Check Valves
(1) General
When the pressure on the inlet side is more than that on the outlet
side, the poppet opens against the spring compression. When the
pressure on the outlet side is more than (or equal to) that on the
inlet side, spring compression keeps the poppet against the valve
seat.
The check valve is installed in a return line of the L/G system. This
line connects the return line of the MLG Vent Valve (2516GM) to the
extend line of the MLG Actuating Cylinders (2503GM/2504GM).
(a) The pressure in the extend sides of the MLG actuating cylinders
decreases below that of the retract sides.
(c) The system fluid flows (through the open MLG vent valve) from the
retract sides into the extend sides of the MLG actuating
cylinders.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 87
Nov 01/09
R
CES
Landing Gear System - In-line Check Valve
R Figure 044
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 88
Aug 01/09
CES
(3) L/G Return Isolation Check-Valves 2537GM (2748GM)
These check valves 2537GM (2748GM) are installed in the return lines
of the L/G system that connect to the Green LP manifold system. If
pipe lines in the Green LP system are damaged when an engine fails
the check valves will close. This is caused by the drop in pressure
in the Green LP manifold circuit. Operation of the check valves
prevents loss of oil from the return lines of the L/G system.
(a) The fluid removed from the doors close side of the MLG door
actuating cylinders causes the check valves to open.
(b) The open check valves let the removed fluid flow (through the
open MLG vent valve) into the Green LP manifold circuit.
(1) General
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 89
Nov 01/09
R
CES
Landing Gear System - In-line Restrictor Valve
R Figure 045
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 90
Aug 01/09
CES
When the hydraulic pressure on the inlet side is more than that on
the outlet side, the poppet opens against spring compression. This
lets more hydraulic fluid through the valve. When the hydraulic
pressure on the outlet side is equal to (or more than) that on the
inlet side, spring compression keeps the poppet against the valve
seat. Thus the closed poppet restricts the flow of fluid through the
valve.
With the aircraft on the ground, the MLG and NLG doors can be opened
independently to get access to the wheel bays for maintenance operations.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 91
Nov 01/09
R
CES
MLG Door Ground Opening
R Figure 046
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 92
Aug 01/09
CES
NLG Door Ground Opening
R Figure 047
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 93
Aug 01/09
CES
NLG/MLG Door Ground Opening By-Pass Valves (2517GM,2518GM,2533GM)
R Figure 048
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 94
Aug 01/09
CES
(1) Operation
The operation of the door by-pass valve isolates the door actuating
cylinder from the hydraulic supply.
The door, when released from its uplock, opens because of gravity or
may be manually assisted.
(Ref. Fig. 011, 049, 050, 051, 052, 053, 054, 055, 056, 057)
(1) General
There are two Landing Gear Control and Interface Units (LGCIUs):
- SYSTEM NO 1 LGCIU (5GA1), located in rack 90VU (Shelf 93VU)
- SYSTEM NO 2 LGCIU (5GA2), located in rack 90VU (Shelf 94VU).
There are two types of LGCIU:
- part number 664700500A4x (x is A, B, C or D), which is the first
type of LGCIU
- part number 80-178-01-880xx, which is the newest type of LGCIU.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 95
Nov 01/09
R
CES
This will let the two LGCIUs identify the sensor that gives an
incorrect state when the systems do not agree.
For this function to work:
- each LGCIU must be part number 80-178-01-880xx
- the interlink must be installed for ARINC 429 communication.
The aircraft can operate with one of each type of LGCIU or without
the interlink ARINC bus. If the interlink ARINC bus is not
installed, the LGCIU part number 80-178-01-880xx and the LGCIU part
number 664700500A4x will operate the same. The proximity sensor
states are not checked across the LGCIUs.
The two LGCIUs are interchangeable, but the aircraft wiring in SYSTEM
NO 1 is different to that of SYSTEM NO 2. Thus the installed LGCIUs
will supply different interfaced aircraft systems with L/G system
position information (Ref. 32-62-00).
The aircraft can operate satisfactorily when one of the LGCIUs does
not operate. When this occurs, the serviceable unit must be installed
in SYSTEM NO.1 (Shelf 93VU).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 96
Nov 01/09
R
CES
LGCIU - Block Diagram
R Figure 049
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 97/98
Aug 01/09
CES
R LGCIU - L/G Retraction Control Logic
R Figure 050
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 99
Aug 01/09
CES
R LGCIU - L/G Extension Control Logic
Figure 051
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A0
Feb 01/10
CES
R LGCIU - L/G Door Close Control Logic
Figure 052
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A1
Feb 01/10
CES
R LGCIU - L/G Door Open Control Logic
Figure 053
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A2
Feb 01/10
CES
LGCIU - Baulk Solenoid Logic
R Figure 054
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A3
Aug 01/09
CES
R LGCIU - Cargo Door Control Logic
R Figure 055
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A4
Aug 01/09
CES
R LGCIU - L/G Control Logic
R Figure 056
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A5/A6
Aug 01/09
CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
R
32-31-00
Page A7
Aug 01/09
CES
R LGCIU - Cargo Door Control Logic
R Figure 057 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A8
Aug 01/09
CES
R LGCIU - Cargo Door Control Logic
R Figure 057 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A9
Aug 01/09
CES
R LGCIU - Cargo Door Control Logic
R Figure 057 (SHEET 3)
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A10
Aug 01/09
CES
R Only one LGCIU is in control of the L/G system at one time. Control
R of the L/G system automatically changes to the other LGCIU on:
- each de-selection of DOWN of the L/G control-lever
R - if a fault is found in the LGCIU/L/G system of the LGCIU which has
R control of the L/G.
R To let one LGCIU change to the other, each LGCIU supplies a status
R signal to the other.
Each LGCIU is connected to the other LGCIU by two pairs of wires that
supply LGCIU status signals. For each LGCIU, one pair of wires is for
the output status signals to the other LGCIU. The second pair of
wires is for input status signals from the other LGCIU.
Two 28V d.c. inputs supply each LGCIU. One input is connected to the
PSU which is connected to:
- the two Proximity Conditioning cards
- two of the Interface cards
- the Microprocessor card.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A11
Aug 01/09
CES
R Each part number 80-178-01-880xx LGCIU consists of an ARINC 600 4 MC
R case that has four Circuit Card Assemblies (CCA).
R
R The four CCAs are:
R - Filterboard
R - Motherboard
R - Control Card
R - Driver Card.
R
R For LGCIU part number 664700500A4x only:
R
R
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A12
Aug 01/09
CES
(2) PCB Functions
R
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A13
Aug 01/09
CES
The L/G control-logic processes these input signals and when:
- each of the two logic parts supply the correct output signal
- the microprocessor controlled enable/disable line supplies an
enable signal.
R Then the L/G control-logic will let a 28V DC output and an earth
R return to be supplied to the (L/G or door selector-valve)
solenoid-windings.
NOTE : Only the logic of the LGCIU in SYSTEM No1 controls the
____
R three indicator lights. The change in control of the L/G
R has no effect on the logic.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A14
Aug 01/09
CES
PL/M-51 high level programming language and has specific routines
programmed in ASM-51 Assembly language.
1
_ System Status (position) Information
2
_ Active/Standby Determination
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A15
Aug 01/09
CES
The software continuously monitors the performance of the
R LGCIU/system hardware. If a failure occurs that affects the
R control of the L/G system, the microprocessor (changeover
logic) transmits:
- a disable signal to the L/G control logic so that the L/G
and door selector- valve solenoid-windings cannot be
energised
- an On Standby signal to the other LGCIU.
Thus with:
a
_ LGCIU 1 in control of the L/G, LGCIU 2 Fails.
LGCIU 2 sets its status to On Standby. LGCIU 1 observes
that LGCIU 2 will not become Active and maintains control
of the L/G system even after the de-selection of DOWN.
b
_ LGCIU 1 in control of the L/G, LGCIU 1 Fails.
LGCIU 1 sets its status to On Standby. LGCIU 2 observes
that LGCIU 1 is On Standby so it becomes Active and
takes and maintains control of the L/G system.
c
_ Both LGCIUs Failed.
If both of the LGCIUs should fail, then both of the
R LGCIUs will set their status to On Standby. Thus none of
R the two LGCIUs will have control of the L/G system.
3
_ Failure Monitoring
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A16
Aug 01/09
CES
When a failure is detected that does not affect the control of
the L/G system, the LGCIU continues to be/become the Active
unit. The details of a failure are stored in the NOVOL memory
and reported to the CFDS.
4
_ System Status/Maintenance Data Transmissions
This is the function which also forms the ARINC 429 words that
contain the system status and maintenance data.
5
_ Fault Logging
6
_ BITE
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A17
Aug 01/09
R
CES
The BITE test is inhibited:
- at aircraft wheel speeds greater than 70kts
- during flight.
7
_ Landing Gear (L/G) Configuration Simulation
8
_ Intel 8251 RS232C Interface Device
The LGCIUs are used to convert the discrete input signals from
the flap disconnect-system into ARINC 429 data for transmission
to the SFFCs (Ref. 27-51-00) This LGCIU function is the same as
that as described in PCB Functions.
The LGCIU performs two separate functions for the cargo door
system (Ref. 52-35-00). Each LGCIU provides one of these
functions:
- the LGCIU in System 1 (5GA1) is used to process the cargo door
warning data that is supplied to the FWCs
- the LGCIU in System 2 (5GA2) provides a logic circuit for the
electrical control system of the cargo doors.
1
_ Cargo Door Warning
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A18
Aug 01/09
CES
2
_ Cargo Door Control
R (a) Filterboard
R
R The filterboard supplies an electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
R filter for all aircraft inputs and LGCIU outputs. It also gives
R lightning and transient voltage protection for the proximity
R sensor inputs.
R It sends signals from the ARINC 600 connector to the control card
R and the driver card through the motherboard.
R
R (b) Motherboard
R
R The motherboards primary purpose is:
R - lightning and transient voltage protection of the LGCIU
R discrete outputs
R - lightning and transient voltage protection of the solenoid
R driver signals
R - an EMC filter for all ARINC interfaces.
R
R It also supplies the interconnect between the filterboard,
R control card and driver card.
R
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A19
Aug 01/09
CES
R - discrete input interfaces
R - internal power supply
R - ARINC 429 interfaces
R - interfaces with off-aircraft equipment.
R
R A MPC565 microcontroller monitors the system, while five
R Programmable Logic Devices (PLD) supply the hardware based
R control and indication logic.
R Seven MA47 ASICs and their related circuits make up the
R proximity sensor interface. Converters change the +5V supplied
R by the driver card to +3.3V, +2.6V and +/- 15V. A power supply
R reset signal is made as a function of the internal supplies.
R The ARINC 429, ARINC 615-3, RS422 and RS232 interfaces are all
R supplied by the control CCA.
R
R (a) Inputs
R - changeover discrete input
R - proximity sensor inputs
R - discrete inputs
R - pin programming inputs
R - aircraft power supplies (+28 VDC, OV).
R
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A20
Aug 01/09
CES
R (b) Outputs
R - changeover discrete output
R - landing gear and landing gear door solenoid drive signals
R - landing gear status discrete inputs
R - system status
R - landing gear baulk solenoid
R - cockpit indication discrete outputs
R - cargo door relay drive signal
R - cargo door status.
R
R (c) Communications
R - ARINC 429, aircraft systems
R - ARINC 429, inter-LGCIU
R - RS232, RMS/MICBAC (shop use only).
R
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A21
Aug 01/09
CES
R (b) Discrete Inputs Interface
R
R The Discrete Input Interface (DII) accepts inputs from the
R aircraft. It supplies logic level signals for use by the LGCIU
R functions together with analog monitor signals in proportion to
R the input voltages.
R The analog level for each discrete input is sent to the Anolog
R Digital Converters (ADC) on the microprocessor. The software
R checks each signal to make sure it is in the correct operating
R range. It uses the checked values for monitoring functions.
R The logic level discrete signal is sent to the PLDs. The LGCIU
R controls Ground/Open and 28V/Open discrete inputs.
R
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A22
Aug 01/09
CES
R outputs of all proximity sensor channels, all discrete outputs
R are defaulted to fail-safe states.
R The landing gear and system status signals are used by
R different aircraft systems to sense if the aircraft is in
R flight or on the ground.
R The landing gear status signals supplied by the LGCIU include:
R - indication if the landing gear shock absorbers are extended or
R compressed
R - if the landing gear is downlocked or uplocked
R - if ground power is connected.
R
R The LGCIU will also report its operational status. It uses
R discrete output and control cockpit indicator lamps to show if
R the landing gear is locked down or unlocked.
R
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A23
Aug 01/09
CES
R it does not have a fault. It will then start the solenoid
R driver outputs after a specified time.
R The solenoid drive outputs are stopped by hardware and software
R if:
R - simulation mode is set
R or
R - a reset occurs
R or
R - the LCGIU is not on.
R
R If faults on the landing gear or landing gear door proximity
R sensor channels are found, the PLDs will immediately stop
R landing gear control. These faults are:
R - landing gear or landing gear door proximity sensor faults
R - selector lever faults
R - proximity sensor interface faults.
R
R The PLDs will start the landing gear control again if the
R fault is corrected. If a control fault is found by the software
R that effects the LGCIU control of the gear or doors, the
R solenoid drive outputs are stopped.
R The software will start the solenoid drive outputs again if the
R control fault is corrected and the fault is cleared.
R
R 1
_ A low-speed bus from the CFDS that gives aircraft system
R status and BITE signals to the LGCIU.
R
R 2
_ A low-speed bus from the other LGCIU used by the BITE
R function. This bus is opto-isolated to make sure that if one
R LGCIU fails, the other LGCIU will continue to operate.
R
R 3
_ A high-speed bus sent from an ARINC 615-3 data loader. The
R high-speed bus will upload software to the LGCIU while it is
R in data load mode.
R
R (f) The LGCIU has three ARINC 429 transmitters. These are used to
R drive five ARINC 429 output buses. These are:
R
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A24
Aug 01/09
CES
R 1
_ A transmitter that supports three low-speed ARINC 429 output
R buses. The three buses supply LGCIU status and maintenance
R data to the CFDS and other aircraft systems.
R
R 2
_ A transmitter that drives the inter-LGCIU low-speed bus. This
R low-speed bus is used only to supply the system status to the
R other LGCIU.
R
R 3
_ A transmitter that supports a high-speed bus that is used only
R to interface with a data loader through the ARINC 615-3
R interface.
R
R Each of the low-speed ARINC 429 transmit buses is attached to
R an ARINC 429 receiver so that it is monitored.
R
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A25
Aug 01/09
CES
R identifier, equipment identifier and fault status are sent with
R the system status labels.
R
R (i) ARINC 429 Inter-LGCIU
R
R The LGCIU transmits its system status to the other LGCIU across
R the inter-LGCIU ARINC 429 bus. Data sent across the inter-LGCIU
R bus is used for fault isolation. The LGCIU will compare its
R internal signals with those from the other LGCIU. It will then
R use alogrithms to find the possible cause of the errors. The
R cause will be local proximity sensors or a failure of the
R mechanical system.
R
R (b) Changeover
R
R Each LGCIU has a select-in discrete input and a select-out
R discrete output. These control the landing gear with the other
R LGCIU. The select-out from one LGCIU connects to the select-in of
R the other LGCIU.
R
R The flight software will make a decision if the LGCIU will be in
R control from the information that follows:
R - active/inactive status before the last power cycle
R - status of the LGSL discrete inputs
R - fault status of the LGCIU
R - select-in status.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A26
Aug 01/09
CES
R
R With this data, the software will sets its select-out enable
R signal to the correct state on power-up when:
R - a fault is found
R or
R - its select-in signal has no effect
R or
R - the LGSL moves away from the down position.
R
R The control PLD receives the software generated select-out
R enable signal. It then supplies a control signal for the
R select-out driver. The driver will go to the inactive state
R when the system is in reset or all watchdog lives are lost. If
R not, the driver will be set by the active/inactive status set
R by the software.
R The LGCIU that is in control, will give control to the other
R LGCIU when the LGSL moves out of the down position. The LGCIU
R will continue to supply the solenoid valve drives until the
R other LGCIU accepts control by setting its select-out signal to
R active.
R If the LGCIU stops its control because of a control fault, it
R will immediately disable the landing gear solenoid valve drive
R outputs. This will make sure it does not give incorrect
R commands to the landing gear or landing gear doors.
R
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A27
Aug 01/09
CES
R - discrete input failures
R - selector valve solenoid failures.
R
R The LGCIU also supplies a built in test function to find and
R isolate internal fault conditions that affect the LGCIU
R interfaces that follow:
R - selector valve solenoid control outputs
R - discrete status and indication outputs
R - ARINC 429 outputs.
R
R A built in test failure that has an effect on how the LGCIU
R controls the landing gear and doors is a control fault. When a
R control fault is found, the LGCIU will set its select-out
R signal to inactive and disable its solenoid valve driver
R circuits. This will prevent the LGCIU that failed from
R controlling the landing gear and doors. If the other LGCIU can
R operate, its select-in signal will go inactive and it will
R start to control the landing gear and doors.
R Data related with logged faults is transmitted to the CFDS
R through the ARINC 429 Interface (Ref. 32-69-00).
R
R 1
_ A power-on reset is done after the hardware has made sure that
R the internal power supplies are sufficient after a power
R interruption. The PLDs, proximity sensor interfaces and
R microprocessor all reset after a power-on reset.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A28
Aug 01/09
CES
R
R 2
_ On a hard reset, only the microprocessor is reset. The control
R PLD causes a hard reset when one of the conditions that
R follows occurs:
R - the internal or external software watchdog operates
R - the data loader other internal microprocessor resets.
R
R A hard reset on the microprocessor will operate the soft
R reset signal. This signal is used by the PLDs to increment
R the software watchdog timer count.
R
R 3
_ A soft reset that is operated independently of a hard reset,
R will only reset the internal logic of the microprocessor. Soft
R resets are only for debug and test functions. If the software
R finds a soft reset when flight software is in operation, it
R will cause a fault.
R
R The select-out signal is made inactive by the control PLD when
R the system is in reset mode. This will make sure that the
R other LGCIU will control the landing gear, if it is in
R operation.
R
R 1
_ Normal Mode
R
R The LGCIU operates in normal mode when power is applied and
R the LGCIU has completed its initial set-up. The LGCIU
R continues to operate in normal mode until the mode is stopped
R by:
R - a reset
R or
R - entry into interactive mode.
R
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A29
Aug 01/09
CES
R 2
_ Interactive Mode
R
R Interactive mode lets the operator get access to more
R maintenance data and to test procedures. The LGCIU software
R stops normal mode and goes into interactive mode when the
R software finds the correct aircraft conditions. This is done
R from the CFDS by the operator through the MCDU.
R When interactive mode is on, the LGCIU will transmit a CFDS
R menu page. From this, the operator can do or get:
R - an initiated test (IBIT)
R - ground scanning
R - a display of fault reports
R - LGCIU identification data.
R
R ARINC 429 system status transmissions continue as usual
R while the LGCIU is in interactive mode.
R
R The LGCIU interfaces with the CFDS during interactive mode.
R It uses the aircraft ARINC 429 interface. The CFDS sends an
R instruction to the LGCIU on Label 227. The LGCIU sends a
R message to the CFDS instruction on Label 356 (Ref.
R 32-69-00).
R
R 3
_ Simulation Mode
R
R Simulation mode lets the operator override the LGCIU landing
R gear and landing gear door proximity sensor inputs to test
R status/indication outputs. The operator does this through the
R CFDS when you access the landing gear simulation mode.
R Simulation mode is accessed from the interactive mode main
R menu or during IBIT. This is done when the test option is
R selected from the interactive mode main menu.
R
R The landing gear proximity sensor values are overridden for
R test and maintenance during simulation mode. The discrete
R outputs and ARINC 429 status outputs give the state driven by
R the proximity sensor override values, not the specified
R proximity sensor states.
R
R During simulation mode, the LGCIU outputs to other systems
R will change state. Other systems can start and cause danger to
R personnel and the aircraft. The correct flight configuration
R precautions must be done (Ref. 32-00-00).
R
R When simulation mode is in operation during the IBIT, the SSM
R of the ARINC 429 labels 020-023 is set to normal operation.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A30
Aug 01/09
CES
The landing gear solenoid outputs stop to prevent accidental
operation of the landing gear when simulation mode is on.
The software supplies the simulation commands and stops the
solenoid drivers when in simulation mode. If the software or
control PLD finds the simulation is active, they will stop
control of the landing gear.
4
_ Data Loading
5
_ Other Modes
U. Proximity Sensor
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A31
Feb 01/10
CES
Proximity Sensor and Target
Figure 058
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-31-00
Page A32
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
R Proximity Sensor and Target
R Figure 058A
R
EFF :
301-399, 32-31-00
Page A33
Aug 01/09
CES
R Proximity Sensor - Operating Characteristics
R Figure 059
R
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A34
Aug 01/09
CES
R
R (1) Description
R
R The proximity sensor is an electronic position indicator. The main
R components of the sensor are a sensor body, a sensor coil and an
R electrical connector. The sensor has a related target.
R
R The sensor body contains the sensor coil. The coil is connected to
R the electrical connector.
R
R Each proximity detection circuit contains:
R - a proximity sensor
R - a sensor target
R - a channel of a proximity-sensor electronics card.
R
R The proximity-sensor electronics-card has 14 channels and is located
R in the LGCIU.
R
R (2) Operation
R
R The proximity sensor continuously transmits an electrical signal to
R the proximity-sensor electronics-card. As the target moves into or
R out of the proximity-sensors actuation area it causes a change in
R the proximity sensors electrical property. The electrical signal to
R the proximity sensor electronics card also changes. The
R proximity-sensor electronics-card converts these electrical signal
R changes into user status signals. The LGCIU control logic modules use
R these user status signals to control the extension and retraction of
R the L/G.
7. ________________________________
Operation/Control and Indicating
A. Operation/Control
R
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A35
Aug 01/09
CES
The position of the L/G control lever controls the extension and
retraction of the L/G. The L/G control lever cannot be moved to the UP
position (the baulk mechanism prevents this) if:
- the MLG is not fully extended
- the NLG shock absorber is not fully extended
- the nosewheels are not in the center position.
When the baulk mechanism of the L/G control lever is released, the lever
can be moved to the UP position.
With the L/G down and locked, and the doors closed and locked, on
selection of UP, the LGCIU will:
(d) As the last door closes and locks, the operations that follow
will occur:
- the L/G retract signal will cancel
- the L/G selector valve will de-energize
- the L/G retract lines will de-pressurize.
R
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A36
Aug 01/09
CES
Hydraulic Schematic - L/G UP Selection, Door Movement to Open
R Figure 060
R
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A37/A38
Aug 01/09
CES
Hydraulic Schematic - L/G UP Selection, Gear Movement to Up
R Figure 061
R
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A39/A40
Aug 01/09
CES
Hydraulic Schematic - L/G UP Selection, Door Movement to Close
R Figure 062
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A41/A42
Aug 01/09
CES
Hydraulic Schematic - L/G DOWN Selection, Door Movement to Open
R Figure 063
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A43/A44
Aug 01/09
CES
Hydraulic Schematic - L/G DOWN Selection, Gear Movement to Down
R Figure 064
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A45/A46
Aug 01/09
CES
Hydraulic Schematic - L/G DOWN Selection, Door Movement to Close
R Figure 065
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A47/A48
Aug 01/09
CES
Landing Gear System - Sequence of Operations
R Figure 066
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A49
Aug 01/09
CES
With the L/Gs up and locked and the doors closed and locked, on
selection of L/G DOWN, the LGCIU will:
(d) As the first door moves from the fully open position:
- cancel the L/G extend signal.
(e) Maintain the doors closed signal and the L/G lockstay actuating-
cylinder pressurized.
With the L/Gs locked up and the doors locked closed, the doors will
not be signalled to open if a door becomes unlocked. This is only if
the control lever is selected to the UP position.
Only one LGCIU controls the operation of the system at any one time.
The LGCIU in control is the Active unit and the unit not in control
is the Standby unit. Each LGCIU has a non-volatile random access
memory (NOVOL RAM) which makes a record if it was Active or
Standby at the last retraction and extension sequence. Control of
the L/G system automatically changes from one LGCIU to the other
when:
- the L/G control lever is moved away from the DOWN position
- a failure occurs in the Active LGCIU.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A50
Aug 01/09
CES
signal to the other LGCIU. The serviceable LGCIU becomes Active, if
it was not already, and stays Active for all the subsequent control
sequences.
B. Indicating
(Ref. 32-61-00)
The System Display shows the position of the L/G and related doors. This
is shown as part of the WHEEL page.
The L/G downlock indicator lights show green lights when the L/G is
downlocked and red lights when it is not locked in the selected position.
The red light on the L/G control lever 6GA comes on if the aircraft is in
a landing configuration and the gear is not locked down. The Flight
Warning Computer (FWC) (Ref. 31-52-00) controls this function.
8. _________
BITE Test
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A51
Feb 01/10
CES
R MCDU System Displays - LGCIU
R Figure 067 (SHEET 1)
EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233,
236-238, 251-299, 301-304,
32-31-00
Page A52
Aug 01/09
CES
R MCDU System Displays - LGCIU
R Figure 067 (SHEET 2)
EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233,
236-238, 251-299, 301-304,
32-31-00
Page A53
Aug 01/09
CES
R MCDU System Displays - LGCIU
R Figure 067 (SHEET 3)
EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233,
236-238, 251-299, 301-304,
32-31-00
Page A54
Aug 01/09
CES
R MCDU System Displays - LGCIU
R Figure 067 (SHEET 4)
EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233,
236-238, 251-299, 301-304,
32-31-00
Page A55
Aug 01/09
CES
MCDU System Displays - LGCIU
Figure 067A (SHEET 1)
R
EFF : 051-099, 234-235, 239-249, 305-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
32-31-00
Page A56
Feb 01/10
CES
MCDU System Displays - LGCIU
Figure 067A (SHEET 2)
R
EFF : 051-099, 234-235, 239-249, 305-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
32-31-00
Page A57
Feb 01/10
CES
MCDU System Displays - LGCIU
Figure 067A (SHEET 3)
R
EFF : 051-099, 234-235, 239-249, 305-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
32-31-00
Page A58
Feb 01/10
CES
MCDU System Displays - LGCIU
Figure 067A (SHEET 4)
R
EFF : 051-099, 234-235, 239-249, 305-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
32-31-00
Page A59
Feb 01/10
CES
R MCDU System Displays - LGCIU
R Figure 068 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A60
Aug 01/09
CES
R MCDU System Displays - LGCIU
R Figure 068 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A61
Aug 01/09
CES
R MCDU System Displays - LGCIU
R Figure 068 (SHEET 3)
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A62
Aug 01/09
CES
R MCDU System Displays - LGCIU
R Figure 068 (SHEET 4)
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A63
Aug 01/09
CES
R MCDU System Displays - LGCIU
R Figure 068 (SHEET 5)
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A64
Aug 01/09
CES
R MCDU System Displays - LGCIU
R Figure 068 (SHEET 6)
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A65
Aug 01/09
CES
R MCDU System Displays - LGCIU
R Figure 068 (SHEET 7)
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A66
Aug 01/09
CES
- to do an automatic test of the system when a selection is made on a
Multipurpose Control and Display Unit (MCDU) (Ref. 22-82-00).
The monitor and failure/defect storage functions are completed all the time
the LGCIUs are supplied with power and are serviceable. The automatic test
selection on the MCDU cannot be selected at wheel speeds of more than 70
knots or during flight. The simulation function is also not available during
flight.
(a) LGCIU 1:
- LDG gear panel.
(b) LGCIU 2:
- none.
1
_ LGCIU 1:
- LDG Gear Panel: No ECAM warning, no visible indication other
than normal operation.
2
_ LGCIU 2:
- no ECAM warning, no visible indication other than normal
operation.
1
_ LGCIU 1:
- ECAM warning: L/G LGCIU 1 FAULT.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A67
Aug 01/09
CES
2
_ LGCIU 2:
- ECAM warning: L/G LGCIU 2 FAULT.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A68
Aug 01/09
CES
NORMAL EXTENSION AND RETRACTION - DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION
___________________________________________________________
TASK 32-31-00-040-003
Check of the System 2 Proximity Sensors of the Landing Gear and the Landing
Gear Doors 11GA(10GA), 13GA, 17GA(16GA), 19GA, 23GA(22GA), 25GA, ......
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 401
Nov 01/09
CES
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 402
Nov 01/09
R
CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-00-941-069
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are on the landing gear
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
Subtask 32-31-00-010-064
B. Get Access
(1) Open the applicable MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001) or the
applicable NLG door (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-010-001).
R (2) Make sure that the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK (460005835) is installed, if
you open the MLG doors, on the applicable MLG door actuating-cylinder
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-002).
(3) Make sure that the SAFETY PIN - NLG DOOR (98D32203502000) is
installed, if you open the NLG doors, in the rigging holes of the
left and right nose gear doors.
R (4) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position in zone 734/744 for the
MLG.
R (5) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position in zone 123 for the
NLG.
Subtask 32-31-00-869-100
(1) Do the EIS start procedure (upper ECAM DU only) (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-
860-001).
(2) On the panel 50VU, make sure that the ENG FADEC GND PWR 1 and 2
pushbutton switches are released (ON legends come on).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 403
Nov 01/09
CES
Subtask 32-31-00-865-089
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU ENGINE/2/FADEC A/AND EIU 2 2KS2 A05
49VU ENGINE/1/FADEC A/AND EIU 1 2KS1 A04
49VU ENGINE/1 AND 2/IGN/SYS A 1JH A03
121VU ENGINE/IGN/ENG2/SYS B 3JH2 P42
121VU ENGINE/IGN/ENG1/SYS B 3JH1 P41
121VU ENGINE/IGN/ENG2/SYS A BAT 2JH2 P40
121VU ENGINE/IGN/ENG1/SYS A BAT 2JH1 P39
121VU ENGINE/ENG2/FADEC B 4KS2 Q40
121VU ENGINE/ENG1/FADEC B/AND EIU 1 4KS1 R41
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-31-00-040-052
R A. Check of the System 2 Proximity Sensors of the Landing Gear and Landing
R Gear Doors
1
_ Make sure that these systems are serviceable:
2
_ Make sure that the two thrust-lever position-sensors of engine
2 are serviceable, as follows:
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 404
Aug 01/06
CES
R WARNING : OPEN CIRCUIT BREAKERS 1JH, 2JH1, 2JH2, 3JH1 AND 3JH2
_______
(ENGINE 1 AND 2 IGNITION SYSTEMS).
THEN OPEN CIRCUIT BREAKERS 2KS1 AND 2KS2 (FADEC A
AND EIU 1 AND 2) AND 4KS1 (FADEC B AND EIU 1).
IF YOU DO NOT OBEY THIS SEQUENCE, THE ENGINE
AUTOMATIC IGNITION- SYSTEM WILL OPERATE. THIS CAN
CAUSE INJURY TO MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL.
a
_ Open the circuit breakers 1JH, 2JH1, 2JH2, 3JH1, 3JH2, 2KS1
and 2KS2.
b
_ Move the ENG1(2) throttle control lever. Make sure that the
small white circle on N1 indication follows the throttle
position.
c
_ Close the circuit breakers 2KS1 and 2KS2 but keep the
circuit breakers 1JH, 2JH1, 2JH2, 3JH1 and 3JH2 open.
d
_ Open the circuit breakers 4KS1 and 4KS2.
e
_ Move the ENG1(2) throttle control lever. Make sure that the
small white circle on N1 indication follows the throttle
position.
f
_ Close the circuit breakers 4KS1, 4KS2, 1JH, 2JH1, 2JH2,
3JH1 and 3JH2.
g
_ Move the ENG1(2) throttle control lever. Make sure that the
small white circle on N1 indication follows the throttle
position.
h
_ Do the BITE test of the EFCS (Ref. TASK 27-96-00-740-001)
and make sure that there are no messages related to the
throttle control unit 8KS1(2).
i
_ Do the EIS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 405
Feb 01/03
CES
(b) If more than one system-2 proximity-sensor is electrically
unserviceable:
1
_ Make sure that these systems are serviceable:
- the LGCIU 1 (Ref. TASK 32-69-00-740-001) or (Ref. TASK 32-
31-00-720-002)
- the elevator and aileron computer (ELAC) (Ref. TASK 27-93-
00-710-001)
- the spoiler elevator computer (SEC) (Ref. TASK 27-94-00-710-
001), (Ref. TASK 27-94-00-710-002) and (Ref. TASK 27-94-00-
710-003)
- the slat flap control computer (SFCC) (Ref. TASK 27-51-00-
740-002) and (Ref. TASK 27-81-00-740-002)
- the radio altimeter (RA) (Ref. TASK 34-42-00-740-002)
- the flight augmentation computer (FAC) (Ref. TASK 22-60-00-
710-001)
- the air data/inertial reference system (ADIRS) (Ref. TASK
34-13-00-740-002) and (Ref. TASK 34-13-00-740-003)
R
2
_ Make sure that the use of flexible take-off thrust is
prevented, as follows:
a
_ Turn the BRT knob of the MCDU, to turn the MCDU on.
b
_ Press the PERF pushbutton on the MCDU keyboard to get the
TAKE OFF data.
c
_ Make sure that no FLEX TO TEMP is displayed.
3
_ Make sure that the operation of avionics equipment-ventilation
with electrical ground-power, is time limited, as follows:
- outside air temperature 43 deg. C or less, no time
limitation
- outside air temperature 52 deg. C, maximum of 3 hours
- outside air temperature 61 deg. C, maximum of half an hour.
4
_ Make sure that the two thrust-lever position-sensors of engine
2 are serviceable, as follows:
WARNING : OPEN CIRCUIT BREAKERS 1JH, 2JH1, 2JH2, 3JH1 AND 3JH2
_______
(ENGINE 1 AND 2 IGNITION SYSTEMS).
THEN OPEN CIRCUIT BREAKERS 2KS1 AND 2KS2 (FADEC A
AND EIU 1 AND 2) AND 4KS1 (FADEC B AND EIU 1).
IF YOU DO NOT OBEY THIS SEQUENCE, THE ENGINE
AUTOMATIC IGNITION- SYSTEM WILL OPERATE. THIS CAN
CAUSE INJURY TO MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 406
Aug 01/06
CES
a
_ Open the circuit breakers 1JH, 2JH1, 2JH2, 3JH1, 3JH2, 2KS1
and 2KS2.
b
_ Move the ENG1(2) throttle control lever. Make sure that the
small white circle on N1 indication follows the throttle
position.
c
_ Close the circuit breakers 2KS1 and 2KS2 but keep the
circuit breakers 1JH, 2JH1, 2JH2, 3JH1, 3JH2 open.
d
_ Open the circuit breakers 4KS1 and 4KS2.
e
_ Move the ENG1(2) throttle control lever. Make sure that the
small white circle on N1 indication follows the throttle
position.
f
_ Close the circuit breakers 4KS1, 4KS2, 1JH, 1JH1, 2JH2,
3JH1 and 3JH2.
g
_ Move the ENG1(2) throttle control lever. Make sure that the
small white circle on N1 indication follows the throttle
position.
h
_ Do the BITE test of the EFCS (Ref. TASK 27-96-00-740-001)
and make sure that there are no messages related to the
throttle control unit 8KS1(2).
i
_ Do the EIS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 407
Aug 01/06
R
CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-31-00-410-062
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(3) Close the MLG doors (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001) or the NLG doors
(Ref. TASK 32-22-00-410-001) as applicable.
Subtask 32-31-00-942-076
B. Removal of Equipment
(3) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 408
Nov 01/09
CES
NORMAL EXTENSION AND RETRACTION - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
_________________________________________________
TASK 32-31-00-700-002
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Simulation of Landing Gear position, with one or more of the Landing Gear
removed from the aircraft.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
No specific safety barriers
R No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT)
R No specific AR CAP - BLANKING
R No specific AR WARNING NOTICE
460005835 2 SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK
98D32203502000 2 SAFETY PIN - NLG DOOR
99D32104085000 3 TEST BOX - L.G. SIMULATOR
99D32104086000 1 HARNESS-NLG SIMULATOR
99D32104087000 2 HARNESS-MLG SIMULATOR
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 501
Nov 01/09
CES
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 502
Feb 01/08
R
CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-00-941-088
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are installed on all of the
installed landing gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
R (5) Put a WARNING NOTICE in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate
R the brakes.
R (6) Put a WARNING NOTICE in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate
R the flap/slat controls.
Subtask 32-31-00-860-102
(1) Make sure that the Green and the Yellow Hydraulic systems are
depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
(2) Make sure that the aircraft is lifted on jacks (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-
581-001).
(3) Do the EIS start procedure (Upper ECAM DU and lower ECAM DU only)
(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 503
Nov 01/09
CES
MLG Disconnection box
Figure 501/TASK 32-31-00-991-020
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 504
Feb 01/08
R
CES
MLG Harness 2M - Location and Detail
Figure 502/TASK 32-31-00-991-021
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 505
Feb 01/08
R
CES
NLG - Electrical Harness 1M
Figure 503/TASK 32-31-00-991-022
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 506
Feb 01/08
R
CES
NLG - Electrical Harness 2M
Figure 504/TASK 32-31-00-991-023
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 507
Feb 01/08
R
CES
(4) Get access to the landing gear (L/G) page on the MCDU (Ref. TASK 31-
32-00-860-009).
Subtask 32-31-00-869-113
Subtask 32-31-00-865-109
D. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
Subtask 32-31-00-860-104
Subtask 32-31-00-010-079
F. Get Access
(1) Make sure that the NLG doors are open (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-010-001).
(2) Make sure that a SAFETY PIN - NLG DOOR (98D32203502000) is installed
in each NLG door (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-002).
(3) Make sure that the MLG doors are open (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 508
Nov 01/09
CES
Subtask 32-31-00-480-068
(a) Remove the screws (1) and lower the lid (3) on the lanyards.
(c) Disconnect the electrical connector (2) from 4027VC (4028VC) and
remove the MLG harness 1M (4) from the box.
(3) Connect the TEST BOX - L.G. SIMULATOR (99D32104085000) with the
HARNESS-MLG SIMULATOR (99D32104087000) to the applicable MLG harness
interface as follows:
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 509
Nov 01/09
CES
(5) Disconnect the electrical connector of the NLG harness 2M, as
follows:
(Ref. Fig. 504/TASK 32-31-00-991-023)
(6) Connect the TEST BOX - L.G. SIMULATOR (99D32104085000) with the
HARNESS-NLG SIMULATOR (99D32104086000) to the applicable NLG harness
interface as follows:
Subtask 32-31-00-865-110
H. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
49VU FWS/FWC1/SPLY 3WW F01
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
121VU EIS/FWC2/SPLY 2WW Q07
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-31-00-740-050
A. Bite Test
(1) Do the Bite Test of the Landing Gear (Ref. TASK 32-69-00-740-001)
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 510
Nov 01/09
CES
Subtask 32-31-00-867-066
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- set the switch (S1) to the - the LKD (green) indicator lights come
LOCKED position and set the on.
switch (S2) to the GROUND
position.
- set the switch (S1) to the - the LKD (green) indicator lights come
LOCKED position and set the on.
switch (S2) to the FLIGHT
position.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 511
Nov 01/07
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
On the panels 130VU and 131VU:
- set the switch (S1) to the - the WHEELS page shows the wheels in
UNLOCKED position and set the UP position and L/G CTL in amber.
the switch (S2) to the
FLIGHT position.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 512
Nov 01/07
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- use a suitable tool (non
metallic) to move the MLG - the L/G (red) indicator lights go off
and NLG uplock hooks to the - the message (amber) L/G CTL goes off
CLOSED and LOCKED position. - the message (amber) UPLOCK shows for
each landing gear.
4. On completion of simulation,
reset the system as follows:
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 513
Nov 01/07
R
CES
Subtask 32-31-00-860-103
Subtask 32-31-00-080-065
(1) Disconnect the TEST BOX - L.G. SIMULATOR and the HARNESS-MLG
SIMULATOR from the applicable MLG harness interface as follows:
(2) Disconnect the TEST BOX - L.G. SIMULATOR and the HARNESS-NLG
SIMULATOR from the applicable NLG harness interface as follows:
(b) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
correct condition.
(c) Connect the electrical connector (2) to 4027VC (4028VC) and make
sure that the route of the harness 1M (4) is correct. Put the
cleat (6) in position and install the screw (5).
(d) Put the lid (3) in position and install the screws (1).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 514
Feb 01/10
CES
(b) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
correct condition.
(b) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
correct condition.
(b) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
correct condition.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-31-00-410-073
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 32-31-00-740-051
B. Bite Test
(1) Do the Bite Test of the Landing Gear (Ref. TASK 32-69-00-740-001)
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 515
Feb 01/10
CES
**ON A/C 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
Subtask 32-31-00-710-062
C. Test
(1) Do an operational test of the brake temperature system (Ref. TASK 32-
47-00-710-001).
(2) Do an operational test of the normal brake system (Ref. TASK 32-42-
00-710-001).
Subtask 32-31-00-710-062-B
C. Test
(1) Do an operational test of the brake cooling system (Ref. TASK 32-48-
00-710-001).
(3) Do an operational test of the brake temperature system (Ref. TASK 32-
47-00-710-001).
(4) Do an operational test of the normal brake system (Ref. TASK 32-42-
00-710-001).
Subtask 32-31-00-710-062-A
C. Test
(1) Do an operational test of the brake cooling system (Ref. TASK 32-48-
00-710-001).
(2) Do an operational test of the brake temperature system (Ref. TASK 32-
47-00-710-001).
(3) Do an operational test of the normal brake system (Ref. TASK 32-42-
00-710-001).
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-31-00
Page 516
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 32-31-00-942-092
D. Removal of Equipment
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
R
R (4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 517
Nov 01/09
CES
TASK 32-31-00-710-001
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 518
Nov 01/09
CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-00-941-050
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are in position (Ref. TASK 32-
00-00-481-001).
R (4) Put the WARNING NOTICE in position to tell persons not to pressurize
R the Yellow and Green hydraulic systems.
Subtask 32-31-00-860-057
(1) Make sure that the Yellow and the Green hydraulic systems are
de-pressurized (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001) and (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
864-002).
(2) Make sure that the applicable hydraulic reservoirs have been
depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).
Subtask 32-31-00-861-050
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 519
Nov 01/09
CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-31-00-710-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
On panel 400VU:
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-31-00-862-050
Subtask 32-31-00-860-058
Subtask 32-31-00-942-058
C. Removal of Equipment
R (3) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 520
Nov 01/09
CES
TASK 32-31-00-710-005
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 521
Aug 01/09
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
98F32304000000 1 TARGET-FALSE
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 522
Nov 01/07
R
CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-00-941-079
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are installed on the landing
gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
(4) Make sure that the flaps/slats are fully retracted (Ref. TASK 27-50-
00-866-009) (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-005).
(5) Install the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001)
on the flap/slat control lever.
(7) Put a WARNING NOTICE on the flap/slat control lever to tell persons
not to operate the flap/slat system.
Subtask 32-31-00-941-079-A
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are installed on the landing
gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 523
Feb 01/10
CES
R (4) Make sure that the flaps/slats are fully retracted (Ref. TASK 27-50-
R 00-866-009) (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-005).
R (5) Install the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001)
R on the flap/slat control lever.
R (7) Put a WARNING NOTICE on the flap/slat control lever to tell persons
R not to operate the flap/slat system.
Subtask 32-31-00-010-071
B. Get Access
Subtask 32-31-00-865-099
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
105VU ELEC/CSM/G /EV AUTO/SPLY 7XE C01
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 524
Aug 01/07
CES
Subtask 32-31-00-869-097
WARNING : OPEN THE WINDOW HEAT CIRCUIT-BREAKERS 4DG1 AND 4DG2, AND THE
_______
WINDSHIELD HEATER CIRCUIT-BREAKERS 1DG1 AND 1DG2, BEFORE YOU
OPEN THE WHC CIRCUIT-BREAKERS 5DG1 AND 5DG2.
IF YOU DO NOT OBEY THIS SEQUENCE:
- THE WINDOWS AND WINDSHIELDS WILL BECOME TOO HOT,
- THIS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT AND INJURY TO PERSONNEL.
WARNING : OPEN CIRCUIT BREAKERS 1JH, 2JH1, 2JH2, 3JH1 AND 3JH2 (ENGINE 1
_______
AND 2 IGNITION SYSTEMS).
THEN OPEN CIRCUIT BREAKERS 2KS1 AND 2KS2 (FADEC A AND EIU 1 AND
2) AND 4KS1 (FADEC B AND EIU 1).
IF YOU DO NOT OBEY THIS SEQUENCE, THE ENGINE AUTOMATIC
IGNITION- SYSTEM WILL OPERATE. THIS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO
MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL.
Subtask 32-31-00-860-079
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits from the APU (Ref. TASK 24-
41-00-861-002).
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE CONTROLS AGREE WITH THE POSITION OF THE
_______
ITEMS THEY OPERATE BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC
SYSTEM.
(2) Use the electric pump of the Yellow Hydraulic system to pressurize
the Green Hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-863-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 525
Aug 01/07
R
CES
Subtask 32-31-00-480-056
CAUTION : REMOVE THE PROTECTIVE COVERS FROM THE PROBES BEFORE YOU DO THE
_______
TEST.
(1) Remove the slip-on covers from the static and pitot probes.
(c) Seal the drain holes of the pitot probe 9DA1 with colored
adhesive tape.
CAUTION : WHEN YOU SEAL THE DRAIN HOLE IN THE PITOT PROBE, DO NOT
_______
SEAL THE HOLE DIRECTLY WITH THE COLORED ADHESIVE TAPE.
ALWAYS PUT A PIECE OF PLASTIC ON THE HOLE FIRST AND USE
THE COLORED ADHESIVE TAPE TO ATTACH THE PLASTIC.
IF YOU SEAL THE DRAIN HOLE DIRECTLY WITH THE ADHESIVE
TAPE, THERE IS A RISK THAT SOME OF THE ADHESIVE WILL
STAY ON THE HOLE AND COLLECT PARTICLES. THIS CAN
SUBSEQUENTLY CAUSE BLOCKAGE OF THE HOLE AND THUS
INCORRECT OPERATION OF THE PROBE.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-31-00-720-059
CAUTION : OBEY THESE PRECAUTIONS WHEN YOU DO THE TEST TO PREVENT DAMAGE
_______
TO INSTRUMENTS:
- THE PRESSURES SET MUST NOT BE MORE THAN 1050 hPa (31 in Hg)
OR LESS THAN 115 hPa (3.39 in Hg)
- CHANGES IN STATIC PRESSURE MUST NOT BE MORE THAN 6000
FEET/MINUTE
- DO NOT SUDDENLY OPEN LINES TO AMBIENT AIR WHILE THE PRESSURE
GENERATOR IS CONNECTED.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 526
Feb 01/08
CES
CAUTION : THE TOTAL PRESSURE IN THE PITOT SYSTEM MUST NEVER BE LESS THAN
_______
THE STATIC PRESSURE. THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE PITOT AND THE
STATIC PRESSURE CIRCUITS MUST NEVER BE MORE THAN 368 hPa (10.86
in Hg).
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. Try to move the applicable ground The handle will not move.
door-operating handle to the
CLOSE position. NOTE : There can be unwanted movement
____
of the ground door-operating
handle because of remaining
green hydraulic pressure. If the
handle can be moved more than
R five times, it is possible that
R the safety valve 49GA is
R defective. If the handle does
R move, the door will not move.
R
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 527
Feb 01/08
CES
Probes and Sensors - Location and Detail
Figure 505/TASK 32-31-00-991-025- 12 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 528
Aug 01/07
R
CES
Probes and Sensors - Location and Detail
Figure 505/TASK 32-31-00-991-025- 22 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 529
Aug 01/07
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7. Set the GROUND PRESSURE GENERATOR
to give a signal of 268 to 270
kts.
8. Try to move the applicable ground The handle will not move.
door-operating handle to the
CLOSE position. NOTE : There can be unwanted movement
____
of the ground door-operating
handle because of remaining
green hydraulic pressure. If the
handle can be moved more than
R five times, it is possible that
R the safety valve 49GA is
R defective. If the handle does
R move, the door will not move.
9. Slowly reduce the signal from the The safety valve 49GA energizes (valve
GROUND PRESSURE GENERATOR to OPEN).
between 255 and 265 kts.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 530
Feb 01/08
CES
Subtask 32-31-00-080-056
(1) Disconnect and remove the ADAPTER COVER-STATIC PORT equipment from
the static probes 7DA1 and 8DA1.
(2) Disconnect and remove the ADAPTOR-CHARGING,PITOT PROBE from the pitot
probe 9DA1.
(3) Remove the colored adhesive tape from the pitot probe 9DA1 drain
holes.
Subtask 32-31-00-480-057
(1) Connect the GROUND PRESSURE GENERATOR to the static and pitot probes
as follows:
(c) Seal the drain holes of the pitot probe 9DA3 with colored
adhesive tape.
CAUTION : WHEN YOU SEAL THE DRAIN HOLE IN THE PITOT PROBE, DO NOT
_______
SEAL THE HOLE DIRECTLY WITH THE COLORED ADHESIVE TAPE.
ALWAYS PUT A PIECE OF PLASTIC ON THE HOLE FIRST AND USE
THE COLORED ADHESIVE TAPE TO ATTACH THE PLASTIC.
IF YOU SEAL THE DRAIN HOLE DIRECTLY WITH THE ADHESIVE
TAPE, THERE IS A RISK THAT SOME OF THE ADHESIVE WILL
STAY ON THE HOLE AND COLLECT PARTICLES. THIS CAN
SUBSEQUENTLY CAUSE BLOCKAGE OF THE HOLE AND THUS
INCORRECT OPERATION OF THE PROBE.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 531
Feb 01/08
R
CES
Subtask 32-31-00-720-060
CAUTION : OBEY THESE PRECAUTIONS WHEN YOU DO THE TEST TO PREVENT DAMAGE
_______
TO INSTRUMENTS:
- THE PRESSURES SET MUST NOT BE MORE THAN 1050 hPa (31 in Hg)
OR LESS THAN 115 hPa (3.39 in Hg)
- CHANGES IN STATIC PRESSURE MUST NOT BE MORE THAN 6000
FEET/MINUTE
- DO NOT SUDDENLY OPEN LINES TO AMBIENT AIR WHILE THE PRESSURE
GENERATOR IS CONNECTED.
CAUTION : THE TOTAL PRESSURE IN THE PITOT SYSTEM MUST NEVER BE LESS THAN
_______
THE STATIC PRESSURE. THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE PITOT AND THE
STATIC PRESSURE CIRCUITS MUST NEVER BE MORE THAN 368 hPa (10.86
in Hg).
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Try to move the applicable ground The handle will not move.
door operating handle to the
CLOSE position. NOTE : There can be unwanted movement
____
of the ground door-operating
handle because of remaining
green hydraulic pressure. If the
handle can be moved more than
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 532
Feb 01/08
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R five times, it is possible that
R the safety valve 49GA is
R defective. If the handle does
R move, the door will not move.
5. Remove the FALSE TARGET from the The safety-valve 49GA is energized
applicable proximity sensor (valve OPEN).
21GA(20GA).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-31-00-080-057
(1) Disconnect and remove the ADAPTOR-CHARGING,PITOT PROBE from the pitot
probe 9DA3 and the GROUND PRESSURE GENERATOR.
(2) Disconnect and remove the ADAPTER COVER-STATIC PORT equipment from
the static probes 7DA3 and 8DA3, and the GROUND PRESSURE GENERATOR.
(3) Remove the colored adhesive tape from the pitot probe 9DA3 drain
holes.
Subtask 32-31-00-410-065
B. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Make sure that the applicable MLG ground door-operating handle is
locked in the CLOSED position.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 533
Feb 01/08
CES
Subtask 32-31-00-860-080
(1) Stop the electric pump of the Yellow Hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-
24-00-864-001).
(2) Make sure the Yellow and the Green Hydraulic systems are
depressurized.
Subtask 32-31-00-865-100
D. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
7XE.
Subtask 32-31-00-869-098
(1) Put the aircraft back to the ground configuration (Ref. TASK 32-00-
00-860-002).
Subtask 32-31-00-942-080
R F. Removal of Equipment
R (2) Remove the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER from the flap/slat
R control lever.
R (4) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
R (6) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 534
Feb 01/08
CES
R **ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 32-31-00-942-080-A
F. Removal of Equipment
(2) Remove the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER from the flap/slat
control lever.
(4) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(6) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
R
EFF : 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-31-00
Page 535
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 32-31-00-710-005- 01
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 536
Aug 01/07
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 537
Aug 01/09
CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-00-941-086
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are installed on the landing
gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
(4) Make sure that the flaps/slats are fully retracted (Ref. TASK 27-50-
00-866-009) (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-005).
(5) Install the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001)
on the flap/slat control lever.
(7) Put a WARNING NOTICE on the flap/slat control lever to tell persons
not to operate the flap/slat system.
Subtask 32-31-00-941-086-A
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are installed on the landing
gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 538
Feb 01/10
CES
(4) Make sure that the flaps/slats are fully retracted (Ref. TASK 27-50-
00-866-009) (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-005).
(5) Install the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001)
on the flap/slat control lever.
(7) Put a WARNING NOTICE on the flap/slat control lever to tell persons
not to operate the flap/slat system.
Subtask 32-31-00-010-077
B. Get Access
(2) Open the MLG doors (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001). Do not install the
R SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK (460005835).
Subtask 32-31-00-865-101
WARNING : OPEN CIRCUIT BREAKERS 1JH, 2JH1, 2JH2, 3JH1 AND 3JH2 (ENGINE 1
_______
AND 2 IGNITION SYSTEMS).
THEN OPEN CIRCUIT BREAKERS 2KS1 AND 2KS2 (FADEC A AND EIU 1 AND
2) AND 4KS1 (FADEC B AND EIU 1).
IF YOU DO NOT OBEY THIS SEQUENCE, THE ENGINE AUTOMATIC
IGNITION- SYSTEM WILL OPERATE. THIS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO
MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 539
Feb 01/08
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 540
Aug 01/09
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2 19CE2 B09
49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY 21CE1 B08
49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND MONG/SYS1 6CV B07
49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND MONG/SYS1 5CV B06
49VU AUTO FLT/FCU/1 9CA1 B05
49VU HYD/FIRE VALVE/Y/ENG2 3702GD C14
49VU HYD/FIRE VALVE/G/ENG1 1703GK C13
49VU HYD/HYD PWR/B WARN/& CTL 2702GJ C12
49VU AIR COND/RAM/AIR/INLET 1HZ D10
49VU AIR COND/CAB/PRESS/CTL1 1HL D09
49VU AIR COND/AVNCS VENT/CTL 5HQ D05
49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PHC/1 2DA1 D03
49VU EIS/ECAM/CTL/PNL 15WT E12
49VU EIS/DMC1/SWTG 21WT1 E09
49VU EIS/DMC3/SWTG 21WT3 E07
49VU EIS/ECAM DU/UPPER/SWTG 24WT1 E06
49VU EIS/PFD CAPT/SWTG 22WT1 E04
49VU CLOCK/NORM/SPLY 6FS F11
49VU CAPT/LOUD/SPKR 5WW F10
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU3/PWR/SWTG 8FP F09
49VU SDAC/1 AND 2/28VDC/ESS BUS 12WV F05
49VU COM/RMP/1 2RG1 G10
49VU COM/VHF/1 2RC1 G09
49VU COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS 153RH G03
49VU LIGHTING/EMER LT/CABIN 79WL H07
49VU LIGHTING/ICE AND STBY/COMP/LIGHT 1LF H04
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 541
Feb 01/10
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
R 528-599,
Subtask 32-31-00-869-109
WARNING : OPEN THE WINDOW HEAT CIRCUIT-BREAKERS 4DG1 AND 4DG2, AND THE
_______
WINDSHIELD HEATER CIRCUIT-BREAKERS 1DG1 AND 1DG2, BEFORE YOU
OPEN THE WHC CIRCUIT-BREAKERS 5DG1 AND 5DG2.
IF YOU DO NOT OBEY THIS SEQUENCE:
- THE WINDOWS AND WINDSHIELDS WILL BECOME TOO HOT,
- THIS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT AND INJURY TO PERSONNEL.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 542
Feb 01/10
CES
WARNING : OPEN CIRCUIT BREAKERS 1JH, 2JH1, 2JH2, 3JH1 AND 3JH2 (ENGINE 1
_______
AND 2 IGNITION SYSTEMS).
THEN OPEN CIRCUIT BREAKERS 2KS1 AND 2KS2 (FADEC A AND EIU 1 AND
2) AND 4KS1 (FADEC B AND EIU 1).
IF YOU DO NOT OBEY THIS SEQUENCE, THE ENGINE AUTOMATIC
IGNITION- SYSTEM WILL OPERATE. THIS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO
MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL.
Subtask 32-31-00-860-097
(1) Disconnect the isolation coupling of the PTU (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-
001).
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE CONTROLS AGREE WITH THE POSITION OF THE
_______
ITEMS THEY OPERATE BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC
SYSTEM.
(2) Use the Ground Power Cart to pressurize the Green Hydraulic System
(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-001).
Subtask 32-31-00-860-098
(a) Make sure that the voltage of the battery 1 and 2 is more than
25.5 VDC.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 543
Aug 01/08
R
CES
(2) On the section INT LT of the panel 25VU:
(a) Put the DOME switch in the position DIM or BRT. Make sure that
the dome lights come on.
(b) Put the DOME switch in the OFF position. Make sure that the dome
lights go off.
Subtask 32-31-00-480-064
CAUTION : REMOVE THE PROTECTIVE COVERS FROM THE PROBES BEFORE YOU DO THE
_______
TEST.
(1) Remove the slip covers from the static and pitot probes.
(c) Seal the drain holes of the pitot probe 9DA1 with colored
adhesive tape.
CAUTION : WHEN YOU SEAL THE DRAIN HOLE IN THE PITOT PROBE, DO NOT
_______
SEAL THE HOLE DIRECTLY WITH THE COLORED ADHESIVE TAPE.
ALWAYS PUT A PIECE OF PLASTIC ON THE HOLE FIRST AND USE
THE COLORED ADHESIVE TAPE TO ATTACH THE PLASTIC.
IF YOU SEAL THE DRAIN HOLE DIRECTLY WITH THE ADHESIVE
TAPE, THERE IS A RISK THAT SOME OF THE ADHESIVE WILL
STAY ON THE HOLE AND COLLECT PARTICLES. THIS CAN
SUBSEQUENTLY CAUSE BLOCKAGE OF THE HOLE AND THUS
INCORRECT OPERATION OF THE PROBE.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 544
Aug 01/08
R
CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-31-00-720-068
CAUTION : OBEY THESE PRECAUTIONS WHEN YOU DO THE TEST TO PREVENT DAMAGE
_______
TO INSTRUMENTS:
- THE PRESSURES SET MUST NOT BE MORE THAN 1050 hPa (31 in Hg)
OR LESS THAN 115 hPa (3.39 in Hg)
- CHANGES IN STATIC PRESSURE MUST NOT BE MORE THAN 6000
FEET/MINUTE
- DO NOT SUDDENLY OPEN LINES TO AMBIENT AIR WHILE THE PRESSURE
GENERATOR IS CONNECTED.
CAUTION : THE TOTAL PRESSURE IN THE PITOT SYSTEM MUST NEVER BE LESS THAN
_______
THE STATIC PRESSURE. THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE PITOT AND THE
STATIC PRESSURE CIRCUITS MUST NEVER BE MORE THAN 368 hPa (10.86
in Hg).
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. Try to move the applicable ground The handle will not move.
door-operating handle to the
CLOSE position. NOTE : There can be unwanted movement
____
of the ground door-operating
handle because of remaining
green hydraulic pressure. If the
handle can be moved more than
five times, it is possible that
the safety valve 49GA is
defective. If the handle does
move, the door will not move.
4. Remove the FALSE TARGET from the The safety valve 49GA is energized
applicable proximity sensor (valve OPEN).
21GA(20GA).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 545
Aug 01/08
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. Make sure that the travel range
of the applicable MLG door is
clear.
Subtask 32-31-00-865-102
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1LF, 79WL, 150RH, 153RH, 154RH, 155RH, 4RN, 5RN, 9RN, 2RC1, 2RG1, 12WV,
5FN, 6FS, 5WW, 8FP, 22WT1, 24WT1, 21WT3, 17WT1, 21WT1, 15WT, 2702GJ, 1HZ,
1HL, 5HQ, 2DA1, 1DB1, 61GG, 1703GK, 3702GD, 15CE1, 19CE2, 21CE1, 6CV,
5CV, 9CA1, 1KC1, 1KC2, 2KS1, 2KS2, 4KS1, 1JH, 2JH1, 2JH2, 3JH1, 3JH2,
7WD1, 8WD2, 1QG, 2QG, 55QA.
Subtask 32-31-00-865-103
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
Subtask 32-31-00-020-052
Subtask 32-31-00-865-106
E. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1GA, 52GA.
Subtask 32-31-00-861-061
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 546
Aug 01/08
R
CES
Subtask 32-31-00-720-069
CAUTION : OBEY THESE PRECAUTIONS WHEN YOU DO THE TEST TO PREVENT DAMAGE
_______
TO INSTRUMENTS:
- THE PRESSURES SET MUST NOT BE MORE THAN 1050 hPa (31 in Hg)
OR LESS THAN 115 hPa (3.39 in Hg)
- CHANGES IN STATIC PRESSURE MUST NOT BE MORE THAN 6000
FEET/MINUTE
- DO NOT SUDDENLY OPEN LINES TO AMBIENT AIR WHILE THE PRESSURE
GENERATOR IS CONNECTED.
CAUTION : THE TOTAL PRESSURE IN THE PITOT SYSTEM MUST NEVER BE LESS THAN
_______
THE STATIC PRESSURE. THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE PITOT AND THE
STATIC PRESSURE CIRCUITS MUST NEVER BE MORE THAN 368 hPa (10.86
in Hg).
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. Try to move the applicable ground The handle will not move.
door-operating handle to the
CLOSE position. NOTE : There can be unwanted movement
____
of the ground door-operating
handle because of remaining
green hydraulic pressure. If the
handle can be moved more than
R five times, it is possible that
R the safety valve 49GA is
R defective. If the handle does
R move, the door will not move.
4. Slowly reduce the signal from the The safety valve 49GA energizes (valve
GROUND PRESSURE GENERATOR to OPEN).
between 255 and 265 kts.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 547
Feb 01/08
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. Make sure that the travel range
of the applicable MLG door is
clear.
7. Make sure that the travel range The MLG door opens.
of the MLG door is clear. Move
the ground door-operating handle
to the OPEN position.
Subtask 32-31-00-080-062
(1) Disconnect and remove the ADAPTER COVER-STATIC PORT equipment from
the static probes 7DA1 and 8DA1.
(2) Disconnect and remove the ADAPTOR-CHARGING,PITOT PROBE from the pitot
probe 9DA1.
(3) Remove the colored adhesive tape from the pitot probe 9DA1 drain
holes.
Subtask 32-31-00-480-065
(1) Connect the GROUND PRESSURE GENERATOR to the static and pitot probes
as follows:
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 548
Feb 01/08
R
CES
(c) Seal the drain holes of the pitot probe 9DA3 with colored
adhesive tape.
CAUTION : WHEN YOU SEAL THE DRAIN HOLE IN THE PITOT PROBE, DO NOT
_______
SEAL THE HOLE DIRECTLY WITH THE COLORED ADHESIVE TAPE.
ALWAYS PUT A PIECE OF PLASTIC ON THE HOLE FIRST AND USE
THE COLORED ADHESIVE TAPE TO ATTACH THE PLASTIC.
IF YOU SEAL THE DRAIN HOLE DIRECTLY WITH THE ADHESIVE
TAPE, THERE IS A RISK THAT SOME OF THE ADHESIVE WILL
STAY ON THE HOLE AND COLLECT PARTICLES. THIS CAN
SUBSEQUENTLY CAUSE BLOCKAGE OF THE HOLE AND THUS
INCORRECT OPERATION OF THE PROBE.
Subtask 32-31-00-720-070
NOTE : Make sure that the applicable MLG door is open before you do
____
the test procedure again.
Subtask 32-31-00-865-104
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
Subtask 32-31-00-420-052
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 549
Feb 01/08
R
CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-31-00-080-066
(1) Disconnect and remove the ADAPTER COVER-STATIC PORT equipment from
the static probes 7DA3 and 8DA3, and the GROUND PRESSURE GENERATOR.
(2) Disconnect and remove the ADAPTOR-CHARGING,PITOT PROBE from the pitot
probe 9DA3 and the GROUND PRESSURE GENERATOR.
(3) Remove the colored adhesive tape from the pitot probe 9DA3 drain
holes.
Subtask 32-31-00-860-099
(3) Connect the isolation coupling of the PTU (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-
002).
Subtask 32-31-00-865-105
C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1GA, 52GA, 7XE.
Subtask 32-31-00-942-089
D. Removal of Equipment
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 32-31-00-410-071
E. Close Access
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 550
Feb 01/08
R
CES
Subtask 32-31-00-869-110
(1) Put the aircraft back to the ground configuration (Ref. TASK 32-00-
00-860-002).
Subtask 32-31-00-942-090
G. Removal of Equipment
(2) Remove the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER from the flap/slat
control lever.
(5) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
Subtask 32-31-00-942-090-A
G. Removal of Equipment
(2) Remove the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER from the flap/slat
control lever.
(5) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 551
Feb 01/10
CES
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 32-31-00-710-005- 02
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE LANDING GEAR DOORS ARE CLEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 552
Aug 01/07
R
CES
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 553
Aug 01/09
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-00-941-087
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are installed on the landing
gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
(4) Make sure that the flaps/slats are fully retracted (Ref. TASK 27-80-
00-866-005) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009).
(5) Install the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001)
on the flap/slat control lever.
(6) Make sure that the external power connector is not connected to the
aircraft receptacle.
(7) Put WARNING NOTICE(S) on the access door 121AL to tell persons not to
use the external power receptacle.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 554
May 01/09
R
CES
(8) On the panel 400VU:
- make sure that the landing-gear control-lever 6GA is in the DOWN
position
- put a WARNING NOTICE in position to tell persons not to operate the
landing gear.
(9) Put a WARNING NOTICE on the flap/slat control lever to tell persons
not to operate the flap/slat system.
Subtask 32-31-00-941-087-A
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are installed on the landing
gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
(4) Make sure that the flaps/slats are fully retracted (Ref. TASK 27-80-
00-866-005) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009).
(5) Install the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001)
on the flap/slat control lever.
(6) Make sure that the external power connector is not connected to the
aircraft receptacle.
(7) Put WARNING NOTICE(S) on the access door 121AL to tell persons not to
use the external power receptacle.
(9) Put a WARNING NOTICE on the flap/slat control lever to tell persons
not to operate the flap/slat system.
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-31-00
Page 555
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 32-31-00-010-078
B. Get Access
(Ref. Fig. 506/TASK 32-31-00-991-019)
(1) Move the third occupant seat for access (Ref. TASK 25-11-41-000-001).
(2) Remove the access panel (1) from below the panel 123VU.
Subtask 32-31-00-865-107
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
105VU ELEC/CSM/G /EV AUTO/SPLY 7XE C01
Subtask 32-31-00-869-111
WARNING : OPEN THE WINDOW HEAT CIRCUIT-BREAKERS 4DG1 AND 4DG2, AND THE
_______
WINDSHIELD HEATER CIRCUIT-BREAKERS 1DG1 AND 1DG2, BEFORE YOU
OPEN THE WHC CIRCUIT-BREAKERS 5DG1 AND 5DG2.
IF YOU DO NOT OBEY THIS SEQUENCE:
- THE WINDOWS AND WINDSHIELDS WILL BECOME TOO HOT,
- THIS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT AND INJURY TO PERSONNEL.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 556
Aug 01/07
R
CES
WARNING : OPEN CIRCUIT BREAKERS 1JH, 2JH1, 2JH2, 3JH1 AND 3JH2 (ENGINE 1
_______
AND 2 IGNITION SYSTEMS).
THEN OPEN CIRCUIT BREAKERS 2KS1 AND 2KS2 (FADEC A AND EIU 1 AND
2) AND 4KS1 (FADEC B AND EIU 1).
IF YOU DO NOT OBEY THIS SEQUENCE, THE ENGINE AUTOMATIC
IGNITION- SYSTEM WILL OPERATE. THIS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO
MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL.
Subtask 32-31-00-480-066
CAUTION : REMOVE THE PROTECTIVE COVERS FROM THE PROBES BEFORE YOU DO THE
_______
TEST.
(1) Remove the slip-on covers from the pitot and static probes.
(c) Seal the drain holes of the pitot probe 9DA1 with colored
adhesive tape.
CAUTION : WHEN YOU SEAL THE DRAIN HOLE IN THE PITOT PROBE, DO NOT
_______
SEAL THE HOLE DIRECTLY WITH THE COLORED ADHESIVE TAPE.
R ALWAYS PUT A PIECE OF PLASTIC ON THE HOLE FIRST AND USE
R THE COLORED ADHESIVE TAPE TO ATTACH THE PLASTIC.
IF YOU SEAL THE DRAIN HOLE DIRECTLY WITH THE ADHESIVE
TAPE, THERE IS A RISK THAT SOME OF THE ADHESIVE WILL
STAY ON THE HOLE AND COLLECT PARTICLES. THIS CAN
SUBSEQUENTLY CAUSE BLOCKAGE OF THE HOLE AND THUS
INCORRECT OPERATION OF THE PROBE.
R
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 557
Nov 01/07
CES
Contactor 3XG - location and Detail
Figure 506/TASK 32-31-00-991-019- 12 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 558
Aug 01/07
R
CES
Contactor 3XG - location and Detail
Figure 506/TASK 32-31-00-991-019- 22 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 559
Aug 01/07
R
CES
Subtask 32-31-00-860-100
(1) Disconnect the electrical connector (5) from the contactor 3XG
connection (4).
R (2) Install the connectors (2) and (3) of the BOX-CONTACTOR,GND PWR
R (98D24408392000) GND PWR Contactor Override Box to the connector (5)
and contactor 3XG connection (4).
(3) Put the switch on the GND PWR Contactor Override Box to the OFF
position.
(4) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits from the external power
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE CONTROLS AGREE WITH THE POSITION OF THE
_______
ITEMS THEY OPERATE BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC
SYSTEM.
(5) Use the electric pump of the Yellow Hydraulic system to pressurize
the Green Hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-863-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-31-00-720-071
CAUTION : OBEY THESE PRECAUTIONS WHEN YOU DO THE TEST TO PREVENT DAMAGE
_______
TO INSTRUMENTS:
- THE PRESSURES SET MUST NOT BE MORE THAN 1050 hPa (31 in Hg)
OR LESS THAN 115 hPa (3.39 in Hg)
- CHANGES IN STATIC PRESSURE MUST NOT BE MORE THAN 6000
FEET/MINUTE
- DO NOT SUDDENLY OPEN LINES TO AMBIENT AIR WHILE THE PRESSURE
GENERATOR IS CONNECTED.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 560
May 01/09
CES
CAUTION : THE TOTAL PRESSURE IN THE PITOT SYSTEM MUST NEVER BE LESS THAN
_______
THE STATIC PRESSURE. THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE PITOT AND THE
STATIC PRESSURE CIRCUITS MUST NEVER BE MORE THAN 368 hPa (10.86
in Hg).
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. Try to move the applicable ground The handle will not move.
door-operating handle to the
CLOSE position. NOTE : There can be unwanted movement
____
of the ground door-operating
handle because of remaining
green hydraulic pressure. If the
handle can be moved more than
R five times, it is possible that
R the safety valve 49GA is
R defective. If the handle does
R move, the door will not move.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 561
Feb 01/08
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7. Set the GROUND PRESSURE GENERATOR
to give a signal of 268 to 270
kts.
9. Try to move the applicable ground The handle will not move.
door-operating handle to the
CLOSE position. NOTE : There can be unwanted movement
____
of the ground door-operating
handle because of remaining
green hydraulic pressure. If the
handle can be moved more than
R five times, it is possible that
R the safety valve 49GA is
R defective. If the handle does
R move, the door will not move.
10. Slowly reduce the signal from The safety valve 49GA energizes (valve
the GROUND SIGNAL GENERATOR to OPEN).
between 255 and 265 kts.
12. Move the applicable ground The applicable MLG door closes.
door-operating handle to the
CLOSE position.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 562
Feb 01/08
CES
Subtask 32-31-00-080-067
(1) Disconnect and remove the ADAPTER COVER-STATIC PORT equipment from
the static probes 7DA1 and 8DA1.
(2) Disconnect and remove the ADAPTOR-CHARGING,PITOT PROBE from the pitot
probe 9DA1.
(3) Remove the colored adhesive tape from the pitot probe 9DA1 drain
holes.
Subtask 32-31-00-480-067
(1) Connect the GROUND PRESSURE GENERATOR to the static and pitot probes
as follows:
(c) Seal the drain holes of the pitot probe 9DA3 with colored
adhesive tape.
CAUTION : WHEN YOU SEAL THE DRAIN HOLE IN THE PITOT PROBE, DO NOT
_______
SEAL THE HOLE DIRECTLY WITH THE COLORED ADHESIVE TAPE.
ALWAYS PUT A PIECE OF PLASTIC ON THE HOLE FIRST AND USE
THE COLORED ADHESIVE TAPE TO ATTACH THE PLASTIC.
IF YOU SEAL THE DRAIN HOLE DIRECTLY WITH THE ADHESIVE
TAPE, THERE IS A RISK THAT SOME OF THE ADHESIVE WILL
STAY ON THE HOLE AND COLLECT PARTICLES. THIS CAN
SUBSEQUENTLY CAUSE BLOCKAGE OF THE HOLE AND THUS
INCORRECT OPERATION OF THE PROBE.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 563
Feb 01/08
R
CES
Subtask 32-31-00-720-072
CAUTION : OBEY THESE PRECAUTIONS WHEN YOU DO THE TEST TO PREVENT DAMAGE
_______
TO INSTRUMENTS:
- THE PRESSURES SET MUST NOT BE MORE THAN 1050 hPa (31 in Hg)
OR LESS THAN 115 hPa (3.39 in Hg)
- CHANGES IN STATIC PRESSURE MUST NOT BE MORE THAN 6000
FEET/MINUTE
- DO NOT SUDDENLY OPEN LINES TO AMBIENT AIR WHILE THE PRESSURE
GENERATOR IS CONNECTED.
CAUTION : THE TOTAL PRESSURE IN THE PITOT SYSTEM MUST NEVER BE LESS THAN
_______
THE STATIC PRESSURE. THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE PITOT AND THE
STATIC PRESSURE CIRCUITS MUST NEVER BE MORE THAN 368 hPa (10.86
in Hg).
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Try to move the applicable ground The handle will not move.
door-operating handle to the
CLOSE position. NOTE : There can be unwanted movement
____
of the ground door-operating
handle because of remaining
green hydraulic pressure. If the
handle can be moved more than
R five times, it is possible that
R the safety valve 49GA is
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 564
Feb 01/08
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R defective. If the handle does
R move, the door will not move.
5. Remove the FALSE TARGET from the The safety-valve 49GA is energized
applicable proximity sensor (valve OPEN).
21GA(20GA).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-31-00-860-101
(1) Stop the electric pump of the Yellow Hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-
24-00-864-001).
(2) Make sure that the Yellow and the Green hydraulic systems are
depressurized. (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
Subtask 32-31-00-080-064
(1) Disconnect the connectors (2) and (3) of the GND PWR Contactor
Overide Box from the connector (5) and the contactor 3XG connection
(4).
(2) Connect the electrical connector (5) to the contactor 3XG connection
(4).
(3) Disconnect and remove the ADAPTER COVER-STATIC PORT equipment from
the static probes 7DA3 and 8DA3, and the GROUND PRESSURE GENERATOR.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 565
Feb 01/08
CES
(4) Disconnect and remove the ADAPTOR-CHARGING,PITOT PROBE from the pitot
probe 9DA3 and the GROUND PRESSURE GENERATOR.
(5) Remove the colored adhesive tape from the pitot probe 9DA3 drain
holes.
Subtask 32-31-00-410-072
C. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the applicable MLG ground door-operating handle is
locked in the CLOSED position.
(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(3) Install the access panel (1) below the panel 123VU.
Subtask 32-31-00-865-108
D. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
7XE.
Subtask 32-31-00-869-112
(1) Put the aircraft back to the ground configuration (Ref. TASK 32-00-
00-860-002).
Subtask 32-31-00-942-091
R F. Removal of Equipment
R (2) Remove the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER from the flap/slat
R control lever.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 566
Feb 01/08
CES
(3) Remove the SAFETY BARRIERS.
(4) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(6) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
Subtask 32-31-00-942-091-A
F. Removal of Equipment
(2) Remove the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER from the flap/slat
control lever.
(4) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(6) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-31-00
Page 567
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-158, 201-210,
TASK 32-31-00-710-008
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
201-210,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-158, 32-31-00
Page 568
Nov 01/09
CES
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-00-941-089
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are installed on the landing
gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
EFF :
201-210,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-158, 32-31-00
Page 569
Feb 01/08
R
CES
MLG Safety Valve - Location and Detail
Figure 507/TASK 32-31-00-991-024
EFF :
201-210,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-158, 32-31-00
Page 570
Feb 01/08
R
CES
(3) On the panel 400VU:
- make sure that the landing-gear control-lever 6GA is in the DOWN
position
R - put a WARNING NOTICE on the flap/slat control lever to tell persons
not to operate the flap/slat system.
Subtask 32-31-00-010-080
B. Get Access
Subtask 32-31-00-865-111
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/BRAKING AND STEERING/SYS2/SPLY 4GG M36
121VU HYDRAULIC/BRAKING AND STEERING/SYS2/CTL 3GG M35
121VU HYDRAULIC/BRAKING AND STEERING/SYS1/CTL 1GG M34
121VU HYDRAULIC/BRAKING AND STEERING/SYS1/IND AND/SPLY 2GG M33
121VU HYDRAULIC/Y HYD/PUMP ENG2/MONG 3700GD Q37
121VU HYDRAULIC/Y HYD/PUMP ENG2/CTL 3701GD Q36
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/CTL 1701GK R35
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/MONG 1702GK R34
Subtask 32-31-00-860-105
R (1) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 1M(3 FT) in position at the RH MLG zone 744.
EFF :
201-210,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-158, 32-31-00
Page 571
Nov 01/09
CES
R (3) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).
(4) Remove the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK from the RH MLG door actuating
cylinder.
NOTE : You can pressurize the Green hydraulic system from the A/C
____
electric pump or from an external source as necessary.
(a) Disconnect the isolation coupling of the PTU (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-
860-001).
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE CONTROLS AGREE WITH THE POSITION OF
_______
THE ITEMS THEY OPERATE BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE A
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
Subtask 32-31-00-865-113
E. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1GA, 4GG, 3GG, 1GG, 2GG, 3700GD, 3701GD, 2GA, 52GA, 1701GK, 1702GK.
EFF :
201-210,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-158, 32-31-00
Page 572
Feb 01/10
CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-31-00-720-073
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. Try to move the ground door If the MLG door stays open, the safety
operating-handle to the CLOSE valve is serviceable.
position.
EFF :
201-210,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-158, 32-31-00
Page 573
Feb 01/08
R
CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-31-00-860-106
(1) If you have pressurized the Green hydraulic system with the A/C
electric pump, do the procedure (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001).
(2) If you have pressurized the Green hydraulic system from an external
source, do the steps that follow:
(4) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE CONTROLS AGREE WITH THE POSITION OF THE
_______
ITEMS THEY OPERATE BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC
SYSTEM.
R
EFF :
201-210,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-158, 32-31-00
Page 574
Feb 01/10
CES
Subtask 32-31-00-720-074
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 32-31-00-860-107
(1) If you have pressurized the Green hydraulic system with the A/C
electric pump, do the procedure (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001).
(2) If you have pressurized the Green hydraulic system from an external
source, do the steps that follow:
(c) Connect the isolation coupling of the PTU (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-
860-002).
Subtask 32-31-00-410-074
D. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
201-210,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-158, 32-31-00
Page 575
Feb 01/10
R
CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
R
32-31-00
Page 576
Feb 01/10
CES
(3) Remove the access platform(s).
Subtask 32-31-00-942-093
E. Removal of Equipment
(3) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
201-210,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-158, 32-31-00
Page 577
Nov 01/09
CES
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 32-31-00-720-002
Functional Test of the Normal Extension and Retraction of the Landing Gear
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 578
Nov 01/09
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-00-941-071
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are installed on the landing
gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
(4) On the panel 110VU, make sure that the GRAVITY GEAR EXTN handle is
folded into the center console.
R (5) Put the WARNING NOTICES adjacent to the NLG and MLG to tell persons
R to keep clear.
Subtask 32-31-00-869-103
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 579
Nov 01/07
CES
Subtask 32-31-00-582-050
Subtask 32-31-00-865-060
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
Subtask 32-31-00-860-061
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE CONTROLS AGREE WITH THE POSITION OF THE
_______
ITEMS THEY OPERATE BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
(3) If you use the APU to energize the aircraft electrical circuits, set
the ADIRU 1 or 3 to ON. On the panel 20VU set the IR1 or IR3 selector
switch to ATT.
(4) Do the EIS start procedure (Upper ECAM DU and lower ECAM DU only)
(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 580
Nov 01/07
R
CES
Subtask 32-31-00-081-051
CAUTION : REMOVE THE SAFETY STAY BEFORE YOU DO THE LANDING GEAR EXTENSION
_______
AND RETRACTION TESTS. DAMAGE TO THE FUSELAGE CAN OCCUR IF THE
AIRCRAFT MOVES DURING THE TESTS.
(1) Remove the ground safety locks from the landing gear:
R - for the NLG, remove the pin-ground lock
R - for the MLG, remove the ground lock sleeve from each MLG lockstay
R actuator.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-31-00-720-052
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE LANDING GEAR ARE CLEAR.
_______
NOTE : During the test procedure, monitor the retraction and extension
____
times:
- the retraction cycle (from the first door-uplock open to the
last door-uplock closed) is between 10 and 15 seconds
- the extension cycle (from the first door-uplock open to the last
door-uplock closed) is between 15 and 21 seconds
- the minimum flow capacity necessary from the ground hydraulic
cart is 140 l.min (36.9837 USgal.mn).
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 581
Nov 01/07
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- the landing gear systems 1 and 2
symbols show the down and locked
position (green).
On the aircraft:
- the doors start to open.
On the aircraft:
- the doors are fully open
- the L/G starts to retract.
On the aircraft:
- the L/G is retracted and locked up.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 582
Nov 01/07
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- the landing gear systems 1 and 2
symbols go out of view.
On the aircraft:
- the doors start to close.
On the aircraft:
- the doors are closed and locked up.
On the aircraft:
- the doors start to open.
On the aircraft:
- the doors are fully open
- the L/G starts to extend.
On the aircraft:
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 583
Nov 01/07
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- the L/G gear is down and locked.
On the aircraft:
- the doors start to close.
On the aircraft:
- the doors are closed and locked up.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-31-00-860-063
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 584
Nov 01/07
R
CES
(3) De-energize the electrical circuits:
- de-energize the electrical circuits from the external power
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002)
or
- de-energize the electrical circuits from the APU (Ref. TASK 24-41-
00-862-002).
(4) If the aircraft electrical circuits were supplied from the APU, set
the ADIRU 1 or 3 to OFF. On the panel 20VU set the IR1 or IR3
selector switch to OFF.
Subtask 32-31-00-481-051
(1) Install the ground safety locks on the landing gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-
00-481-001):
- for the NLG, the pin-ground lock
- for the MLG, the ground lock sleeve.
Subtask 32-31-00-586-050
C. Ground Configuration
(1) Lower the aircraft off the jacks (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-586-002).
Subtask 32-31-00-869-104
(1) Put the aircraft back to the ground configuration (Ref. TASK 32-00-
00-860-002).
Subtask 32-31-00-942-056
E. Removal of Equipment
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 585
Nov 01/09
CES
TASK 32-31-00-710-002
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To operate the landing-gear doors, with the aircraft weight on the ground.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 586
Nov 01/09
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-00-941-057
A. Safety Precautions
(3) Make sure that the safety locks are in position on the landing gear
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
R (4) Put WARNING NOTICES adjacent to the landing gear doors to tell
R persons not to go near the landing gear doors.
Subtask 32-31-00-869-086
Subtask 32-31-00-860-059
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE CONTROLS AGREE WITH THE POSITION OF THE
_______
ITEMS THEY OPERATE BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 587
Nov 01/09
CES
(2) Install a TARGET-FALSE (98F32304000000) on the weight-on-wheels
proximity sensors 20GA, 21GA, 22GA, 23GA, 24GA and 25GA.
(4) If you energize the electrical circuits from the APU, do the steps
that follow:
(a) Energize the electrical circuits from the APU (Ref. TASK 24-41-
00-861-002).
(c) On the panel 20VU, set the applicable IR1 or IR3 selector switch
to the ATT position.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-31-00-710-053
NOTE : You can only do the test on all the landing gear doors
____
together.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 588
Nov 01/09
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Monitor the landing gear doors - on the aircraft, the landing gear
and, on panel 400VU, set the doors open correctly
landing gear control-lever 6GA to - on panel 402VU, the landing gear
the UP position. positions show UNLK (red).
2. Monitor the landing gear doors - on the aircraft, the L/G doors close
and, on panel 400VU, set the correctly
landing gear control-lever 6GA to - on the panel 402VU, the L/G positions
the DOWN position. show green.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-31-00-860-060
(3) If you have energized the electrical circuits from the APU, do the
steps that follow:
(b) On the panel 20VU, set the applicable IR1 or IR3 selector switch
to the OFF position.
Subtask 32-31-00-869-087
(1) Put the aircraft back to the ground configuration (Ref. TASK 32-00-
00-860-002).
R
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 589
Feb 01/08
CES
Subtask 32-31-00-942-057
C. Removal of Equipment
(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 590
Nov 01/09
CES
TASK 32-31-00-710-002- 01
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
NOTE : This task is not applicable if LGCIU 1 and LGCIU 2 are Crane type
____
part number 80-178-xx. If none or only one LGCIU is a Crane type,
this task can be used.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 591
Aug 01/09
R
CES
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-00-941-083
R A. Safety Precautions
(3) Make sure that the safety locks are in position on the landing gear
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
R (4) Put WARNING NOTICES adjacent to the landing gear doors to tell
R persons not to go near the landing gear doors.
R
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 592
May 01/09
CES
Subtask 32-31-00-869-107
Subtask 32-31-00-865-096
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU COM NAV/RAD ALTM/2 1SA2 K12
121VU COM NAV/RAD ALTM/1 1SA1 K11
Subtask 32-31-00-860-089
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE CONTROLS AGREE WITH THE POSITION OF THE
_______
ITEMS THEY OPERATE BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
R (4) If you energize the electrical circuits from the APU, do the
procedure (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 593
May 01/09
CES
R (7) On panel 20VU, set the applicable ADIRS IR1/IR2/IR3 switch to the NAV
position.
R Subtask 32-31-00-865-121
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-31-00-710-060
R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE LANDING GEAR DOORS ARE
_______
R CLEAR.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - push the line key adjacent to - the applicable LGCIU menu page comes
R the <LGCIU 1 indication. into view.
R
- push the NEXT PAGE P/BSW. - the applicable LGCIU menu page 2
comes into view.
- push the line key adjacent to - the LANDING GEAR SIMULATION page
the <LANDING GEAR SIMULATION comes into view.
indication.
- push the line key adjacent to - the applicable < goes off.
the <EXTENDED indication.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 594
May 01/09
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. On the panel 400VU: On the panel 402VU:
- push the line key adjacent to - the LANDING GEAR SIMULATION page
the <RETURN indication. comes into view.
On the aircraft:
- the landing gear doors open
correctly.
- set the landing gear control - the landing gear doors close
lever to the DOWN position. correctly.
- push the line key adjacent to - you exit the simulation mode.
the <RETURN indication 3 times. - the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/L/G page comes
into view.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 595
May 01/09
CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-31-00-860-090
(1) On the panel 20VU, put the applicable ADIRS IR1/IR2/IR3 switch to the
OFF position.
(4) If you have energized the aircraft electrical circuits from the APU,
do the steps that follow:
Subtask 32-31-00-865-122
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
2GA.
Subtask 32-31-00-869-108
(1) Put the aircraft back to the ground configuration (Ref. TASK 32-00-
00-860-002).
Subtask 32-31-00-942-086
D. Removal of Equipment
(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 596
Nov 01/09
CES
(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 597
May 01/09
R
CES
TASK 32-31-00-720-003
Functional Test of the Normal Extension and Retraction of the Nose Landing Gear
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 598
Nov 01/09
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-00-941-075
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are installed on the landing
gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
(4) On the panel 110VU, make sure that the GRAVITY GEAR EXTN handle is
folded into the center console.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 599
Nov 01/09
CES
Subtask 32-31-00-010-056
B. Get Access
R (2) Make sure that a SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK is installed on each MLG door
actuating cylinder (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-002).
Subtask 32-31-00-869-084
Subtask 32-31-00-582-053
(1) Lift the aircraft at the forward jacking point (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-
581-003).
Subtask 32-31-00-860-064
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE CONTROLS AGREE WITH THE POSITION OF THE
_______
ITEMS THEY OPERATE BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
(3) If you use the APU to energize the aircraft electrical circuits, set
the ADIRU 1 or 3 to ON. On panel 20VU set the IR1 or IR3 selector
switch to ATT.
(4) Do the EIS start procedure (Upper ECAM DU and lower ECAM DU only)
(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A500
Feb 01/08
CES
Subtask 32-31-00-865-069
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
Subtask 32-31-00-480-052
Subtask 32-31-00-081-052
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-31-00-720-053
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE LANDING GEAR ARE CLEAR.
_______
NOTE : If you need the NLG doors to close during the test, do these steps
____
when close the MLG uplocks is specified:
R - use a suitable ROD - NON METALLIC to close the MLG leg uplocks
- do this procedure for each separate retraction sequence that you
will do.
NOTE : During the test the ECAM will show unwanted indications, which you
____
can ignore.
NOTE : During this test make sure that the ECAM upper display does not
____
show the message L/G LGCIU 1 (2) FAULT.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A501
Nov 01/09
CES
(1) Do this test:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
On the aircraft:
- the NLG doors start to open.
On the aircraft:
- the NLG doors are fully open
On the aircraft:
- the NLG starts to retract.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A502
Aug 01/07
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- the NLG LDG GEAR down and locked
light goes off.
On the aircraft:
- the NLG is retracted and locked up.
On the aircraft:
- the NLG doors start to close.
On the aircraft:
- the NLG doors are closed and locked
up.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A503
Aug 01/07
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
On the aircraft:
- the NLG doors start to open.
On the aircraft:
- the NLG doors are fully open
On the aircraft:
- the NLG starts to extend.
On the aircraft:
- the NLG is down and locked.
On the aircraft:
- the NLG doors start to close.
On the aircraft:
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A504
Aug 01/07
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- the NLG doors are closed and locked
up.
(2) Do the test procedure again. This is to make sure that the two LGCIUs
operate correctly.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-31-00-860-067
(3) Remove the TARGET-FALSE from each of the proximity sensors 20GA,
21GA, 22GA, 23GA.
R (4) Install the PIN-GROUND LOCK,NLG (D23080000) in the NLG (Ref. TASK 32-
00-00-481-001).
Subtask 32-31-00-869-085
(1) Put the aircraft back to the ground configuration (Ref. TASK 32-00-
00-860-002).
Subtask 32-31-00-410-055
C. Close Access
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A505
Nov 01/09
CES
Subtask 32-31-00-860-065
(3) If the aircraft electrical circuits were supplied from the APU, set
the ADIRU 1 or 3 to OFF. On panel 20VU set the IR1 or IR3 selector
switch to OFF.
Subtask 32-31-00-586-051
(1) Lower the aircraft off the jack at the forward jacking point
(Ref. TASK 07-11-00-586-001).
Subtask 32-31-00-942-063
F. Removal of Equipment
(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A506
Nov 01/09
CES
TASK 32-31-00-790-001
Leak Test of the Landing Gear Actuators with the A/C Weight on the Wheels
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To do a leak test of the landing gear actuators when the aircraft jacks are
not available.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A507
Nov 01/09
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-00-941-076
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are on the landing gear
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
(4) On the panel 110VU, make sure that the GRAVITY GEAR EXTN handle is
folded into the center console.
Subtask 32-31-00-010-066
B. Get Access
(2) Make sure that the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK (460005835) is on the
applicable main gear door actuator.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A508
Nov 01/09
CES
(4) Make sure that a SAFETY PIN - NLG DOOR is installed in each NLG door
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-002).
Subtask 32-31-00-869-080
Subtask 32-31-00-480-053
Subtask 32-31-00-860-068
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE CONTROLS AGREE WITH THE POSITION OF THE
_______
ITEMS THEY OPERATE BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-31-00-790-051
A. Leak Test of the Landing Gear Actuators with the A/C Weight on Wheels
(1) On the panel 400VU, move the landing-gear control-lever 6GA to the UP
position.
(3) On the panel 400VU, move the landing-gear control-lever 6GA to the
DOWN position.
(4) Examine the landing gear actuators for leaks (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-790-
001).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A509
Aug 01/07
R
CES
Proximity Sensors - Location
Figure 508/TASK 32-31-00-991-001
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A510
Aug 01/07
R
CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-31-00-863-064
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
_______
ARE CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC
SYSTEM.
Subtask 32-31-00-410-058
B. Close Access
Subtask 32-31-00-864-061
Subtask 32-31-00-862-057
Subtask 32-31-00-080-052
(1) Remove the TARGET-FALSE from each of the proximity sensors 20GA,
21GA, 22GA, 23GA, 24GA and 25GA.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A511
Aug 01/07
R
CES
Subtask 32-31-00-869-083
(1) Put the aircraft back to the ground configuration (Ref. TASK 32-00-
00-860-002).
Subtask 32-31-00-942-068
G. Removal of Equipment
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A512
Nov 01/09
CES
TASK 32-31-00-720-005
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A513
Nov 01/09
CES
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-00-941-082
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are on the landing gear
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
R (4) Put a WARNING NOTICE on the flap/slat control lever to tell persons
not to operate the flap/slat system.
Subtask 32-31-00-010-074
B. Get Access
(2) Install the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK (460005835) on the MLG doors.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A514
Nov 01/09
CES
Subtask 32-31-00-860-087
Subtask 32-31-00-869-106
(1) If the electrical power is not necessary for other maintenance tasks,
de-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-
002). Then, it is not necessary to operate the LGCIU circuit
breakers.
Subtask 32-31-00-865-094
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-31-00-720-066
(1) Disconnect the electrical connector from the MLG safety valve
solenoid.
(2) Assemble the test equipment that follows, as shown in the circuit
diagram:
- the 1.5 VDC power supply +/- 1% correct to output
- the voltmeter +/- 1% correct to output
- the resistor 5.6 ohm +/- 1% correct to output, 0.25 watt or more
- the electrical cables.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A515
Aug 01/07
R
CES
Functional Test MLG Safety Valve Solenoid
Figure 509/TASK 32-31-00-991-016
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A516
Aug 01/07
R
CES
(3) Connect the 1.5 VDC power supply to the solenoid electrical connector
as follows:
- connect the positive (+) electrical cable to the connector pin B
- connect the negative (-) electrical cable to the connector pin A.
R (4) Measure the voltage drop across the resistor, and use the MULTIMETER-
R STANDARD to measure the resistance of the solenoid.
(5) Make sure the measured values are between the limits given in Table
001.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
| CABLE | SUPPLY | VOLTAGE DROP | SOLENOID |
| POLARITY | VOLTAGE | ACROSS RESISTOR | RESISTANCE |
|--------------|--------------|-------------------|-------------------|
| A (-) B (+) | 1.5 V +/- 1% | 150 - 215 mV | 35 - 47 ohms |
|--------------|--------------|-------------------|-------------------|
| A (+) B (-) | 1.5 V +/- 1% | 600 mV - 1.0 V | 4 - 11 ohms |
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Limits for the Measured Values
Table 001
(6) Disconnect the electrical cables from the electrical connector on the
solenoid.
(7) Connect the 1.5 VDC power supply to the solenoid electrical connector
as follows:
- connect the positive (+) electrical cable to the connector pin A
- connect the negative (-) electrical cable to the connector pin B.
R (8) Measure the voltage drop across the resistor, and use the MULTIMETER-
R STANDARD to measure the resistance of the solenoid.
(9) Make sure the measured values are between the limits given in Table
001.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-31-00-860-088
(1) Disconnect and remove the electrical cables from the MLG safety valve
solenoid.
(2) Connect the electrical connector to the MLG safety valve solenoid.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A517
Nov 01/09
CES
Subtask 32-31-00-869-105
B. Ground Configuration
(1) If you did the flight configuration precautions, put the aircraft
back to the ground configuration (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-002).
Subtask 32-31-00-865-095
C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1GA, 52GA, 2GA
Subtask 32-31-00-410-068
D. Close Access
Subtask 32-31-00-942-085
E. Removal of Equipment
(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A518
Nov 01/09
CES
TASK 32-31-00-820-003
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE LANDING GEAR ARE CLEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A519
Nov 01/09
CES
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A520
Nov 01/09
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-00-820-061
(1) Make sure that a MLG Clearance Check has been done (Ref. TASK 32-31-
00-820-004).
Subtask 32-31-00-941-085
B. Safety Precautions
Subtask 32-31-00-860-095
(1) Make sure that the Green hydraulic system is pressurized (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-863-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A521
Aug 01/07
R
CES
Subtask 32-31-00-867-065
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE LANDING GEAR ARE CLEAR.
_______
(1) Make sure that the rigging pin is removed from the applicable MLG
uplock.
(a) Put the landing gear control lever to the DOWN position.
(b) Make sure that the landing gear locked down lights are Green.
(3) Install the landing gear safety devices (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
Subtask 32-31-00-010-076
E. Get Access
(1) Open the applicable MLG door for maintenance (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-
001).
(2) Put the adjustable access platform adjacent to the applicable MLG
leg, zone 731(741).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-31-00-820-062
(3) Disconnect the free-fall linkage from the up-lock (Ref. TASK 32-31-
44-000-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A522
Aug 01/07
R
CES
MLG Uplock - Dimensions
Figure 510/TASK 32-31-00-991-018
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A523
Aug 01/07
R
CES
MLG Uplock - Adjustment
Figure 511/TASK 32-31-00-991-017
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A524
Aug 01/07
R
CES
Subtask 32-31-00-820-063
R WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
R REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
R LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(1) Remove and discard the lockwire from the locknut (10).
(5) Remove the locknut (15), the washer (14) and the bolt (13).
(6) Move the uplock unit until the eye-end (11) is clear of the
attachment bracket.
(7) Adjust the eye-end (11) to get the dimension W. Refer to Table A
for dimension W.
NOTE : One 1/2 turn of the eye-end (11) moves the dimension W 1.0
____
mm (0.0393 in.).
(8) After adjustment of the eye-end (11). Make sure that dimension X is
not more than 117.4 mm (4.6220 in.) maximum and 93 mm (3.6614 in.)
minimum.
(11) Install the bolt (13), the washer (14) and the locknut (15).
Subtask 32-31-00-820-064
R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE CONSUMABLE MATERIAL(S). YOU MUST
_______
R OBEY THE OPERATORS AND MANUFACTURERS HEALTH AND SAFETY
R INSTRUCTIONS.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A525
Nov 01/09
CES
(1) Bend the tab of the lock washer (2) down, and loosen the locknut (1).
(4) Remove the locknut (18), the washer (19) and the bolt (20).
(5) Move the strut (4) until the eye-end (16) is clear of the attachment
bracket.
(10) Clean the parts that follow with a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
R 003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026):
- the eye-end (16)
- the washer (3)
- the locknut (1).
(11) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the parts that
follow:
- the eye-end (16)
- the washer (3)
- the new lock washer (2)
- the locknut (1).
(12) Install the washer (3) and the new lock washer (2) on the eye-end
(16).
NOTE : One 1/2 turn of the eye-end (16) gives 1.1 mm (0.0433 in.) of
____
movement of the uplock hook inboard or outboard.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A526
Nov 01/09
CES
(16) Tighten the locknut (1) with your hand.
(18) Install the bolt (20), the washer (19) and the locknut (18).
Subtask 32-31-00-820-065
R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE CONSUMABLE MATERIAL(S). YOU MUST
_______
R OBEY THE OPERATORS AND MANUFACTURERS HEALTH AND SAFETY
R INSTRUCTIONS.
(1) Bend the tab of the lock washer (7) down, and loosen the locknut (8).
(4) Remove the locknut (18), the washer (19) and the bolt (20).
(5) Move the strut (5) until the eye-end (16) is clear of the attachment
bracket.
(9) Clean the parts that follow with a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
R 003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026):
- the eye-end (16)
- the washer (6)
- the locknut (8).
(10) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the parts that
follow:
- the eye-end (16)
- the washer (6)
- the new lock washer (7)
- the locknut (8).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A527
Nov 01/09
CES
(11) Install the washer (6) and the new lock washer (7) on the eye-end
(16).
NOTE : One 1/2 turn of the eye-end (16) gives 0.6 mm (0.0236 in.) of
____
movement of the uplock hook inboard or outboard.
(17) Install the bolt (20), the washer (19) and the locknut (18).
Subtask 32-31-00-820-066
R (1) Make sure that the dimensions are correct (Ref. TASK 32-31-00-820-
R 004). If the dimensions are not correct, do the adjustment procedure
R again.
Subtask 32-31-00-820-067
R WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
R REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
R LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(1) Torque the locknuts (1) and (8) to between 1.30 and 1.40 m.daN
(115.04 and 123.89 lbf.in).
(2) Safety the locknuts (1) and (8) with the lock washers (2) and (7).
(4) Safety the locknut (10) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A528
Nov 01/09
CES
(5) Torque the attachment bolt locknuts (15) and (18) to between 6.8 and
7.8 m.daN (50.14 and 57.52 lbf.ft).
(6) Safety the locknuts (18) with the cotter pins (17) and the locknut
(15) with the cotter pin (12).
(7) Connect the free-fall linkage mechanism to the uplock unit (Ref. TASK
32-31-44-400-001).
(8) Install the hinged fairing that was removed (Ref. TASK 32-12-13-400-
001). Make sure that the hinged fairing clearances are correct.
(9) Install the fixed fairing that was removed (Ref. TASK 32-12-14-400-
001). Make sure that the fixed fairing clearances are correct.
Subtask 32-31-00-720-067
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-31-00-860-096
Subtask 32-31-00-410-070
B. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the MLG door that was open for maintenance is closed
(Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001).
Subtask 32-31-00-942-088
C. Removal of Equipment
(2) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A529
Nov 01/09
R
CES
TASK 32-31-00-820-004
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE LANDING GEAR ARE CLEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A530
Feb 01/08
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-00-941-084
A. Safety Precautions
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION
_______
BEFORE YOU START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE LANDING GEAR ARE
_______
CLEAR.
Subtask 32-31-00-581-051
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A531
Aug 01/07
R
CES
Subtask 32-31-00-860-091
Subtask 32-31-00-867-063
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE LANDING GEAR ARE CLEAR.
_______
(1) Retract the applicable MLG and keep the opposite MLG extended and the
door open:
(a) Open the applicable MLG door that is to stay open (Ref. TASK 32-
12-00-010-001).
(b) Install the safety devices on the applicable MLG door (Ref. TASK
32-00-00-481-002).
(d) Remove the brake fan assembly, if installed (Ref. TASK 32-48-51-
000-005).
(g) On the panel 400VU, put the landing-gear control lever in the UP
position.
(h) Make sure that the uplock pin engages in the MLG uplock jaw.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A532
Feb 01/08
CES
Subtask 32-31-00-860-092
Subtask 32-31-00-010-075
F. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform below the applicable gear bay, zone 734(744)
of the extended MLG.
(2) Get access through the gear bay of the extended MLG to measure
dimension W.
(3) Remove the applicable upper-wing fillet fairing (Ref. TASK 53-35-11-
400-001) to measure dimensions A and B.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-31-00-820-060
(a) Put the gage bar (98D32104018040) against the roof of the
applicable MLG bay.
(b) Move the gage on the SETTING TOOL-UPLOCK until it touches the
gage bar.
R (2) Remove the TOOL - SETTING, UPLOCK from the applicable axle.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A533
Feb 01/08
CES
(5) Measure the dimensions A and B. If one of the two dimensions are
incorrect, do the applicable adjustments (Ref. TASK 32-31-00-820-
003).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-31-00-860-093
Subtask 32-31-00-867-064
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE LANDING GEAR ARE CLEAR.
_______
(b) Make sure that the landing-gear locked-down lights are Green.
(2) Install the safety devices on the landing gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-
481-001).
Subtask 32-31-00-860-094
(3) Remove the safety device from the applicable MLG door.
(4) Close the applicable MLG door with the ground opening handle
(Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A534
Aug 01/07
R
CES
Subtask 32-31-00-410-069
D. Close Access
Subtask 32-31-00-586-053
(1) Lower the aircraft off the jacks (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-586-002).
Subtask 32-31-00-942-087
F. Removal of Equipment
(2) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A535
Aug 01/07
R
CES
TASK 32-31-00-720-007
Functional Test of the MLG Lockstay Actuating Cylinder with Brace Tool
Installed
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A536
Nov 01/09
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-00-941-092
A. Safety Precautions
(3) On the panel 110VU, make sure that the GRAVITY GEAR EXTN handle is
folded into the center console.
R (4) Make sure that a WARNING NOTICE is adjacent to the MLG to tell
R persons to keep clear.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A537
Nov 01/09
CES
Subtask 32-31-00-010-082
B. Get Access
R (3) Make sure that the ground safety locks are installed on:
R - the landing gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001)
R - the landing gear doors (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-002).
R
Subtask 32-31-00-869-115
Subtask 32-31-00-865-118
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
Subtask 32-31-00-860-109
(1) Install the brace tool on the applicable MLG lockstay actuating
cylinder (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-480-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A538
Nov 01/09
CES
(3) Pressurize the Green hydraulic system using:
- a ground hydraulic supply (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-001)
or
- the Yellow hydraulic system (through the PTU) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-
863-001).
(5) Do the EIS start procedure (Upper ECAM DU and lower ECAM DU only)
(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).
Subtask 32-31-00-081-055
R (1) Remove the SLEEVE-GROUND LOCK from the applicable MLG lockstay
R actuator.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-31-00-720-075
A. Functional Test of the MLG Lockstay Actuating Cylinder with Brace Tool
Installed
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A539
Nov 01/09
CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-31-00-860-110
(2) Depressurize the Yellow hydraulic system (through the PTU) (Ref. TASK
29-24-00-864-001).
(4) Remove the brace tool from the applicable MLG lockstay actuating
cylinder (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-080-001).
Subtask 32-31-00-410-076
B. Close Access
Subtask 32-31-00-869-116
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A540
Nov 01/09
CES
Subtask 32-31-00-942-095
D. Removal of Equipment
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A541
Nov 01/09
CES
TASK 32-31-00-710-012
Operational Check of Landing Gear Selector Valve 40GA with Aircraft on Ground
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To check the BITE fault message LGCIU 05GA/L/G SEL VALVE 40GA without
jacking of the aircraft.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A542
Feb 01/08
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-00-941-094
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Install the safety locks in position on the landing gear (Ref. TASK
32-00-00-481-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A543
Aug 01/08
CES
Subtask 32-31-00-860-113
(1) Make sure that the cargo doors are closed (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-
002) or (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-004) or (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-009).
(2) Make sure that the electrical power is de-energized (Ref. TASK 24-41-
00-862-002).
(3) Make sure that the hydraulic power is depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-00-
00-864-001).
Subtask 32-31-00-010-085
C. Get Access
(2) Make sure that a SAFETY PIN - NLG DOOR (98D32203502000) is installed
in each NLG door (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-002).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-31-00-860-114
A. Get LGCIU1(2) Ground Scanning and Trouble Shooting Data pages from the
MCDU
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A544
Feb 01/08
CES
(2) Get access to the System Report/Test/L/G page (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-
860-009).
(3) Get access to the Ground Scanning and Trouble Shooting Data pages as
follows:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the line key adjacent to the - the LGCIU1 page comes into view.
LGCIU1 indication.
- push the line key adjacent to the - the LGCIU1 GROUND SCANNING page comes
GROUND SCANNING indication. into view.
- push the line key adjacent to the - the LGCIU1 page comes into view.
RETURN indication.
- push the line key adjacent to the - the LGCIU1 TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA page
TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA indication. comes into view.
(4) If the message LGCIU 05GA1(2)/L/G SEL VALVE 40GA is shown, you must
record the fault counter CNT on the TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA page.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A545
Aug 01/07
R
CES
Subtask 32-31-00-710-066
NOTE : Make sure that the hydraulic power is depressurized before you do
____
this test (view the ECAM HYDRAULIC page).
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. Push the WHEEL pushbutton switch. The WHEEL page indications from LGCIU1
are shown.
7. Close the circuit breaker 2GA to The WHEEL page indications now come
switch LGCIU2 on. from LGCIU2.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A546
Aug 01/07
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- move the landing gear control
lever 6GA to the DOWN
position.
Subtask 32-31-00-860-115
C. Get LGCIU1(2) Ground Scanning and Trouble Shooting Data pages from the
MCDU
(1) Get access to the System Report/Test/L/G page (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-
860-009).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A547
Aug 01/07
R
CES
(2) Get access to the Ground Scanning and Trouble Shooting Data pages as
follows:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the line key adjacent to the - the LGCIU1 page comes into view.
LGCIU1 indication.
- push the line key adjacent to the - the LGCIU1 GROUND SCANNING page comes
GROUND SCANNING indication. into view.
- push the line key adjacent to the - the LGCIU1 page comes into view.
RETURN indication.
- push the line key adjacent to the - the LGCIU1 TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA page
TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA indication. comes into view.
(4) Compare these results with the results from para.4.A. steps (2) thru
(5).
(5) If the message LGCIU 05GA1(2)/L/G SEL VALVE 40GA is not shown, it is
possible the PFR was incorrect.
(6) If one of these two faults occur do TSM TASK 32-31-00-810-883 (Ref.
R TSM TASK 32-31-00-810-883):
- the message LGCIU 05GA1(2)/L/G SEL VALVE 40GA is shown
or
- the counter CNT has increased since Para.4.A. step (4).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A548
Aug 01/08
CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-31-00-860-116
Subtask 32-31-00-410-078
B. Close Access
Subtask 32-31-00-869-117
Subtask 32-31-00-942-097
D. Removal of Equipment
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A549
Nov 01/09
CES
(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page A550
Aug 01/07
CES
NORMAL EXTENSION AND RETRACTION - INSPECTION/CHECK
__________________________________________________
TASK 32-31-00-200-001
Detailed Inspection of Gear Uplock and Door Uplock Units and Pins
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 601
Nov 01/09
CES
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-00-941-054
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are on the landing gear
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
Subtask 32-31-00-010-051
B. Get Access
(2) Make sure that a SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK is installed on each MLG door
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-002).
(4) Make sure that a SAFETY PIN - NLG DOOR is installed on each NLG door
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-002).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 602
Nov 01/09
CES
(5) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in the applicable
position, at the zone 120, 731, 741.
Subtask 32-31-00-110-053
(1) Use MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-026) to clean and dry:
- the areas to be examined around the MLG uplocks, door uplocks and
pins
- the areas to be examined around the NLG uplock, door uplock and
rollers.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-31-00-210-050
A. Detailed Inspection of the Landing Gear Uplock and Door Uplock Units and
Pins
(a) Examine the MLG uplocks, door uplocks and their related mounting
brackets for damage, cracks and corrosion.
(b) Examine the uplock hooks and guide plates for damage, cracks and
corrosion.
(d) Make sure that the MLG uplocks, door uplocks and their related
mounting brackets are correctly installed and in safety.
(f) Examine the strut assemblies for damage, cracks and corrosion.
(g) Make sure that the strut assemblies are correctly installed and
in safety.
(h) Examine the proximity sensors to make sure they are correctly
installed and in safety.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 603
May 01/09
CES
MLG Uplocks, Door Uplocks and Pins.
Figure 601/TASK 32-31-00-991-002
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 604
Feb 01/98
CES
R NLG Uplock, Door Uplock and Rollers.
Figure 602/TASK 32-31-00-991-003
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 605
May 01/07
CES
(i) Examine the proximity sensor cables and electrical connectors for
damage and make sure they are correctly installed.
(j) Examine the identification plates and labels on the MLG uplocks
and door uplocks to make sure they are correctly installed.
(2) Do an inspection of the MLG leg and door uplock pins as follows:
NOTE : To get access to the MLG leg uplock pins may require removal
____
of the access platform.
(a) Examine the MLG leg uplock pins and the adjacent area for damage,
wear, cracks and corrosion.
(b) Examine the protective finish of the MLG leg uplock pins and the
adjacent area for cracks and corrosion.
(c) Examine the MLG door uplock pins for damage, wear, cracks and
corrosion.
(d) Make sure that the uplock-pin mounting brackets are correctly
installed.
(e) Examine the MLG door around the uplock-pin mounting brackets for
delamination of the door structure, damage and cracks.
(a) Examine the NLG uplock, door uplock and their related mounting
brackets for damage, cracks and corrosion.
(d) Make sure that the NLG uplock, door uplock and their related
mounting brackets are correctly installed and in safety.
(f) Examine the proximity sensors to make sure they are correctly
installed and in safety.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 606
Aug 01/07
R
CES
(g) Examine the proximity sensor cables and electrical connectors for
damage and make sure they are correctly installed.
(h) Examine the identification plates and labels on the NLG uplock
and door uplocks to make sure they are correctly installed.
(4) Do an inspection of the NLG uplock roller and the door uplock roller
as follows:
(a) Examine the NLG uplock roller and the door uplock roller for
signs of damage, wear, cracks and corrosion.
(b) Examine the protective finish of the drag strut assembly and the
forestay for damage, cracks and corrosion.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-31-00-410-051
A. Close Access
Subtask 32-31-00-942-052
B. Removal of Equipment
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 607
Nov 01/09
CES
(5) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
R
EFF :
ALL 32-31-00
Page 608
May 01/09
CES
**ON A/C 301-399,
TASK 32-31-00-200-003
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE
No specific 1 SAFETY BARRIER
R No specific 1 WARNING NOTICE
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
301-399, 32-31-00
Page 609
Nov 01/09
CES
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-00-941-093
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are on the landing gear
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
Subtask 32-31-00-010-084
B. Get Access
(2) Make sure that a SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK is installed on each MLG door
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-002).
(3) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in the applicable
position, at the zone 731, 741.
EFF :
301-399, 32-31-00
Page 610
Nov 01/09
CES
MLG Retraction Actuator - Location and Detail
Figure 603/TASK 32-31-00-991-027
EFF :
301-399, 32-31-00
Page 611
May 01/09
R
CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-31-00-200-050
(1) Examine each MLG retraction actuator (MLG actuating cylinder) for
signs of cracks as follows (Ref. ISB 32-1298):
(c) Examine the bottom surface of the actuating cylinder for signs of
cracks.
NOTE : Make sure that the area adjacent to the snubbing ports
____
(restrictor valve) is carefully examined.
(d) If signs of cracks are found, the MLG actuating cylinder must be
replaced (Ref. TASK 32-31-46-000-001) (Ref. TASK 32-31-46-400-
001)
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-31-00-410-077
A. Close Access
Subtask 32-31-00-942-096
B. Removal of Equipment
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
301-399, 32-31-00
Page 612
Nov 01/09
CES
(3) Remove the warning notice(s).
(5) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
301-399, 32-31-00
Page 613
May 01/09
CES
LEVER - LANDING GEAR NORMAL CONTROL (6GA) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________________________________________
TASK 32-31-11-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-11-860-050
(1) Obey the applicable safety precautions before you open the LGCIU
circuit breakers (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-11
Page 401
Aug 01/09
CES
R Subtask 32-31-11-865-055
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
R 121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
R 121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
Subtask 32-31-11-010-050
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-31-11-020-050
(2) Pull the L/G control lever (4) from its housing.
(3) Disconnect the electrical connectors (1) and (2) from the L/G control
lever (4).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-11
Page 402
Aug 01/99
CES
Landing Gear Normal Control Lever
Figure 401/TASK 32-31-11-991-001
EFF :
ALL 32-31-11
Page 403
Feb 01/98
CES
TASK 32-31-11-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
98F32304000000 5 TARGET-FALSE
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-11
Page 404
Nov 01/09
CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-11-860-051
(1) Make sure that you obeyed the flight configuration precautions
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-001).
Subtask 32-31-11-865-056
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-31-11-420-050
(2) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
(3) Connect the electrical connectors (1) and (2) to the L/G control
lever (4).
Subtask 32-31-11-865-057
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1GA, 2GA, 52GA
R
EFF :
ALL 32-31-11
Page 405
Aug 01/09
CES
Subtask 32-31-11-941-050
C. Safety Precautions
(1) Make sure that the safety devices are installed on the MLG and the
NLG (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
(2) Open the MLG doors and the NLG doors (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001)
(Ref. TASK 32-22-00-010-001)
(3) Make sure that the safety devices are installed on the MLG doors and
the NLG doors (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-002).
(4) Make sure that the Green hydraulic system is depressurized (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-001).
Subtask 32-31-11-720-050
R (1) Do the BITE test of the landing gear (Ref. TASK 32-69-00-740-001).
(b) In the cockpit set the landing gear control lever to UP.
(f) Make sure that you cannot set the landing gear control lever to
UP.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-11
Page 406
Nov 01/09
CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-31-11-410-050
R A. Close access.
R (1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
R items
R (2) Remove the safety devices from the landing gear doors (Ref. TASK 32-
R 00-00-081-002).
R (3) Close the MLG doors and the NLG doors (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001)
R (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-410-001).
R (4) Put the aircraft back to the correct (ground) condition. (Ref. TASK
R 32-00-00-860-002)
EFF :
ALL 32-31-11
Page 407
Aug 01/09
CES
SELECTOR VALVE - L/G (40GA) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________________________
TASK 32-31-12-000-001
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R
R Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-12
Page 401
Feb 01/10
CES
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-12-860-050
(3) Depressurize the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK
29-14-00-614-001).
Subtask 32-31-12-010-050
B. Get Access
Subtask 32-31-12-869-051
EFF :
ALL 32-31-12
Page 402
Feb 01/10
R
CES
Subtask 32-31-12-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/CTL 1701GK R35
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/MONG 1702GK R34
Subtask 32-31-12-941-050
E. Safety Precautions
(3) Put a container below the L/G selector valve 40GA to collect the
hydraulic fluid leakage.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-31-12-020-050
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-12
Page 403
Feb 01/10
CES
L/G Selector Valve 40GA
Figure 401/TASK 32-31-12-991-001
EFF :
ALL 32-31-12
Page 404
Feb 01/98
CES
(3) Remove and discard the lockwire from the screws (1).
(5) Remove the L/G selector valve (3) from the manifold (5).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-12
Page 405
Feb 01/98
CES
TASK 32-31-12-400-001
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R
R Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-12
Page 406
Feb 01/10
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-12
Page 407
Nov 01/08
R
CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-12-860-051
(1) Make sure that the PTU isolation coupling is disconnected (Ref. TASK
29-23-00-860-001).
(2) Make sure that the electrical circuits are de-energized (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002) or the flight configuration precautions were obeyed
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-001).
(3) Make sure that the Green hydraulic system is depressurized (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-001).
(4) Make sure that the warning notices are in position to tell persons
not to pressurize the Green hydraulic system:
- on the panel 40VU in the cockpit,
- on the ground service panel of the Green hydraulic system.
(5) Make sure that the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system is
depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).
Subtask 32-31-12-560-050
(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
(5) Apply the HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003) or HYDRAULIC FLUIDS
(Material No. 02-003A) or HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003B) or
HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003C) or HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material
No. 02-003D) to the new seals (6).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-12
Page 408
Nov 01/08
R
CES
Subtask 32-31-12-865-052
C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/CTL 1701GK R35
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/MONG 1702GK R34
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-31-12-420-050
R (1) Make sure that the L/G selector valve (3) has the DI or DI-BE stamp
R on the amendment plate:
R (a) If the L/G selector valve (3) does not have the stamp:
- Do the inspection Service Bulletin (Ref. SB 32-1290) before you
do the steps (2) thru (11).
R (b) If the L/G selector valve (3) does have the stamp, continue with
R the steps (2) thru (11).
(2) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected line ends.
(3) Install the new seals (6) in the hydraulic interface connections of
the manifold (5).
(4) Make sure that the new seals (6) are installed with the PTFE backing
ring on top.
R (5) Put the L/G selector valve (3) on the manifold (5).
(6) Make sure that the locating pin on the manifold (5) is in the
R locating hole in the L/G selector valve (3).
(7) Install the washers (2) and the screws (1). TORQUE the screws (1) to
0.9 m.daN (79.64 lbf.in).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-12
Page 409
May 01/09
CES
(8) Installation of the lockwire:
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(a) Safety the screws (1) on the forward edge of the L/G selector
valve (3) with the lockwire MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).
(10) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
Subtask 32-31-12-865-053
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1GA, 2GA, 52GA, 1701GK, 1702GK.
Subtask 32-31-12-869-052
(2) If the flight configuration precautions were obeyed, put the aircraft
back to the serviceable condition (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-002).
Subtask 32-31-12-860-052
EFF :
ALL 32-31-12
Page 410
Feb 01/10
CES
(5) If necessary fill the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system to the
correct level (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-001).
Subtask 32-31-12-720-050
E. Do this Test
(1) Do the functional test of the normal extension and retraction system
of the landing gear (Ref. TASK 32-31-00-720-002).
(3) Make sure that there is no hydraulic fluid leakage from the L/G
selector valve 40GA.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-31-12-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Apply corrosion protection to the screws (1) and the adjacent areas
(Ref. TASK 51-75-13-916-002).
(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-12
Page 411
May 01/07
R
CES
BYPASS VALVE - MLG DOOR GROUND OPENING (2517GM,2518GM) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_____________________________________________________________________________
TASK 32-31-13-000-001
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-13
Page 401
Nov 01/09
CES
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-13-941-050
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are installed on the landing
gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
R (4) Put a WARNING NOTICE on the ground connection to tell persons not to
R pressurize the Yellow and Green Hydraulic systems.
Subtask 32-31-13-010-050
B. Get Access
R (1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT) in position below the applicable
bypass-valve:
FOR 2517GM
below zone 731
FOR 2518GM
EFF :
ALL 32-31-13
Page 402
Nov 01/09
CES
below zone 741.
R (2) Put a CONTAINER 5 L(1 1/2 USGAL) below the applicable bypass-valve.
(4) Make sure that a SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK is installed on the applicable
MLG door actuating cylinder (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-002).
Subtask 32-31-13-860-052
(1) Make sure that the Yellow and Green hydraulic systems are
depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
(2) Make sure that the applicable hydraulic reservoirs are depressurized
(Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).
(3) Disconnect the isolation coupling of the PTU (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-
001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-31-13-020-050
WARNING : DO NOT LET OIL STAY ON YOUR SKIN FOR A LONG TIME AS IT CAN
_______
CAUSE INJURY.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLUID DOES NOT STAY ON THE AIRCRAFT
_______
STRUCTURE. IF THE FLUID GETS ON THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE, WASH IT
OFF IMMEDIATELY WITH SOAP AND WATER.
(1) Disconnect the end-fittings (1) of the hydraulic pipe-lines from the
unions (2).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-13
Page 403
Nov 01/09
CES
MLG Door Ground-Opening Bypass-Valve - Location and Detail
Figure 401/TASK 32-31-13-991-001
EFF :
ALL 32-31-13
Page 404
Feb 01/98
CES
(b) Remove the nut (10), the washer (8), the bolt (13) and the bush
(12).
1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (24).
2
_ Remove the nut (23), the washer (25), the bolt (28) and the
bush (27).
(4) Hold the bypass-valve (4) and remove the nuts (18) and the bolts (5).
Remove the bypass-valve (4).
(b) Remove the nut (14), the washer (16) and the bolt (6).
(e) Remove the nut (19), the washer (20) and the bolt (21).
(g) Put tape, protective on the splines at each end of the shaft
(17).
R (h) Remove the unions (2) from the bypass-valve (4) and put a PLUG -
R BLANKING in the hydraulic openings.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-13
Page 405
Nov 01/09
CES
TASK 32-31-13-400-001
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING
_______
NOTICES ARE IN POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-13
Page 406
Nov 01/09
CES
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-13
Page 407
Nov 01/09
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-13-941-052
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are on the landing gear
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
R (4) Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE is in position to tell persons not
R to pressurize
R - the Green hydraulic system
R - the Yellow hydraulic system.
Subtask 32-31-13-860-053
R (1) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT) is below the applicable
zone 731 or 741.
(2) Make sure that the applicable MLG door is open (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-
010-001).
(3) Make sure that the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK (460005835) is on the
applicable MLG door actuator.
(4) Make sure that the Yellow and Green hydraulic systems are
depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-13
Page 408
Nov 01/09
CES
(5) Make sure that the applicable hydraulic reservoir has been
depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).
(6) Make sure that the isolation coupling of the PTU is disconnected
(Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-31-13-560-050
R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE CONSUMABLE MATERIAL(S). YOU MUST
_______
R OBEY THE OPERATORS AND MANUFACTURERS HEALTH AND SAFETY
R INSTRUCTIONS.
(1) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
(2) Remove the protective sleeves from the splines of the shaft (17).
(b) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the bolts (6)
and (21), the washers (16) and (20) and the nuts (14) and (19).
(4) Align the master splines of the bypass-levers (7) and (26) and
install them in the correct position on the shaft (17):
(a) Install the bypass-lever (7) with the bolt (6), the washer (16)
and the nut (14).
(b) Install the bypass-lever (26) with the bolt (21), the washer (20)
and the nut (19).
(5) Safety the nut (14) with a new cotter pin (15) and the nut (19) with
a new cotter pin (22).
(6) Apply STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-007) to the nuts (14) and
(19) and the ends of the bolts (6) and (21).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-13
Page 409
Nov 01/09
CES
R (7) Lubricate the new packings (3) with HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No.
R 02-003B).
R (9) Remove the PLUG - BLANKING from the bypass-valve (4) and install the
R unions (2).
(10) TORQUE the unions (2) to between 1.763 and 1.877 m.daN (13.00 and
13.84 lbf.ft).
(11) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the thread of the
unions (2).
Subtask 32-31-13-420-052
R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE CONSUMABLE MATERIAL(S). YOU MUST
_______
R OBEY THE OPERATORS AND MANUFACTURERS HEALTH AND SAFETY
R INSTRUCTIONS.
(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with a
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-026).
(2) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
Subtask 32-31-13-420-050
R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE CONSUMABLE MATERIAL(S). YOU MUST
_______
R OBEY THE OPERATORS AND MANUFACTURERS HEALTH AND SAFETY
R INSTRUCTIONS.
(1) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002)to the bolts (5) and the
nuts (18).
(2) Put the bypass-valve (4) in position and install it with the bolts
(5) and the nuts (18).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-13
Page 410
Nov 01/09
CES
R (3) Remove the CAP - BLANKING and connect the end-fittings (1) on the
R unions (2).
NOTE : The bypass lever (7) to the control rod (11) and the bypass
____
lever (26) to the flexible control rod (29) are connected
during the Preparation for Test.
Subtask 32-31-13-820-050
(1) Do the rigging and complete the installation of the MLG door
ground-opening system (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-820-001).
Subtask 32-31-13-860-054
Subtask 32-31-13-710-050
F. Test
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Do an operational test of the applicable MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-31-
00-710-002).
(3) Make sure that there is no leakage of hydraulic fluid from the
bypass-valve.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-31-13-942-050
A. Removal of Equipment
EFF :
ALL 32-31-13
Page 411
Nov 01/09
CES
(3) Remove the access platform(s).
(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-13
Page 412
Nov 01/09
CES
UPLOCK ASSY - NLG DOOR (2534GM) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________________________
TASK 32-31-14-000-001
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE LANDING GEAR ARE CLEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-14
Page 401
May 01/05
CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-14-860-051
(1) Make sure that the Green hydraulic system is depressurized and put it
in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001)
Subtask 32-31-14-010-050
B. Get Access
(1) Open the doors of the nose landing gear (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-010-001).
Subtask 32-31-14-941-050
C. Safety Precautions
(1) In the cockpit, on the panel 400VU put warning notice(s) in position
to tell persons not to operate the landing gear control lever.
(2) Put the warning notice(s) in position to tell persons not pressurize
the Green hydraulic system:
- on the panel 40VU in the cockpit,
- on the ground service panel of the Green hydraulic system access
door (197CB).
(4) Put a container in position below the NLG door uplock assy (2534GM).
(5) Obey the applicable safety precautions before you open the LGCIU
circuit breakers (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-14
Page 402
Feb 01/98
CES
R Subtask 32-31-14-865-054
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
R 121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
R 121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-31-14-020-051
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE NLG DOWNLOCK SAFETY PIN AND THE TWO DOOR
_______
SAFETY PINS ARE INSTALLED.
(1) Remove the cotter pin (26) and discard it. Remove the nut (27) and
the washer (28).
(2) Remove the bolt (25) and disconnect the rod (21).
(3) Remove the cotter pin (6) and discard it. Remove the nut (5) and the
washer (4).
(4) Remove the bolt (7) and disconnect the rod (8).
(5) Disconnect the electrical connectors (22) and (23) and put the
blanking caps in position.
(6) Disconnect the hydraulic connectors (15) and (16) and put the
blanking plugs in position.
(7) Cut and remove the lockwire. Remove the bolt (39) and the washer
(38).
(9) Remove the spacer (37). Make sure that you keep the shim between the
spacer and the rear flange.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-14
Page 403
Aug 01/99
CES
NLG Door Uplock Assy
Figure 401/TASK 32-31-14-991-001
EFF :
ALL 32-31-14
Page 404
Feb 01/98
CES
(10) Remove the cotter pin (17) and discard it. Remove the nuts (18) and
the washers (24).
(13) Hold the uplock unit (12) and manually close the NLG doors to half
travel to permit passage of the unit.
(15) Open the NLG doors again and put the SAFETY PIN - NLG DOOR
(98D32203502000) in position.
(16) Remove and discard the cotter pin (30). Remove the nut (31), the
washer (32) and the screw (34). Remove the lever (33).
(17) Remove and discard the cotter pin (42). Remove the nut (40), the
washer (41) and the screw (44). Remove the lever (43).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-14
Page 405
Feb 01/98
CES
TASK 32-31-14-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-14
Page 406
Nov 01/08
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-14
Page 407
Aug 01/08
CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-14-860-052
(1) Make sure that the Green hydraulic system is depressurized and put it
in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001)
(2) Make sure that the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system is
depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).
(3) In the cockpit, on the panel 400VU, make sure that the warning
notice(s) is (are) in position to tell persons not to operate the
landing gear control lever.
(4) Make sure that the warning notice(s) is (are) in position to tell
persons not to pressurize the Green hydraulic system:
- on the panel 40VU in the cockpit,
- on the ground service panel of the Green hydraulic system, access
door (197CB).
(6) Make sure that the container is in position below the NLG door uplock
assy (2534GM).
(7) Make sure that the doors of the nose landing gear are open (Ref. TASK
32-22-00-010-001).
(8) Make sure that the access platform is in position in zone 123.
(9) Make sure that you obeyed the flight configuration precautions
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-001).
Subtask 32-31-14-865-055
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
EFF :
ALL 32-31-14
Page 408
May 01/05
R
CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-31-14-110-050
(1) Clean the junction components with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-
002) and dry them with dry and filtered compressed air.
R (2) Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) or COMMON
R GREASE (Material No. 04-022) to the nuts and bolts.
R NOTE : Do not mix Material No. 04-004 with Material No. 04-022. You
____
R can use Material No. 04-022 as an alternative to Material No.
R 04-004. Clean and degrease the parts before you use Material
R No. 04-022.
Subtask 32-31-14-420-052
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE NLG DOWNLOCK SAFETY PIN AND THE TWO DOOR
_______
SAFETY PINS ARE INSTALLED.
(1) Install the lever (43) on the unit (12). Install the screw (44), the
washer (41) and the nut (40). Tighten the nut (40) and safety it with
the new cotter pin (42).
(2) Install the lever (33) on the unit (12). Install the screw (34), the
washer (32) and the nut (31). Tighten the nut (31) and safety it with
the new cotter pin (30).
(4) Manually close the NLG doors to half travel to permit passage of the
unit and install the unit (12) in the support (14) and install the
bolts (13).
(5) Open the NLG doors again and put the SAFETY PIN - NLG DOOR
(98D32203502000) in position.
(7) TORQUE the nuts (18) to between 1.4 and 1.6 m.daN (10.32 and 11.79
lbf.ft) and safety them with the new cotter pin (17).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-14
Page 409
Feb 01/04
CES
(8) Install the spacer (37) and the shim between the spacer and the rear
flange.
(9) Install the lockwasher (35) and the bolt (36). Safety the bolt (36)
with the lockwasher (35).
(11) Safety the bolt (39) with lockwire corrosion resistant steel 0.8 mm
(0.03 in.).
(12) Install the RIGGING PIN (98A32301000000) (11) on the aft lever (33)
of the unit (12).
Subtask 32-31-14-420-050
(2) Put the end of the rod (8) on the lever (33). Make sure that you can
install the bolt (7).
(3) If you cannot install the bolt (7) adjust the rod (8) as follows:
(a) Cut and remove the lockwire and discard it. Remove the nuts (2).
(b) Release the washers (3) and adjust the rod (9) so that you can
install the bolt (7) and the rod (8).
(d) Safety the nuts (2) with lockwire corrosion resistant steel 0.8
mm (0.03 in.).
(5) TORQUE the nut (5) to between 0.7 and 0.8 m.daN (61.94 and 70.79
lbf.in) and safety it with the new cotter pin (6).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-14
Page 410
Aug 01/08
CES
Subtask 32-31-14-420-051
(1) Remove the blanking plugs. Connect the hydraulic lines (15) and (16).
(2) TORQUE the hydraulic lines (15) and (16) to between 1.5 and 1.7 m.daN
(11.06 and 12.53 lbf.ft).
(3) Remove the blanking caps. Connect the electrical lines (22) and (23).
R Subtask 32-31-14-865-056
R E. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
R breaker(s):
R 1GA, 2GA, 52GA
Subtask 32-31-14-869-053
F. After you close the LGCIU circuit breakers, put the aircraft back to the
correct (ground) condition (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-002).
Subtask 32-31-14-420-053
(2) Make sure that the SAFETY PIN - NLG DOOR (98D32203502000) are
installed in the rigging holes of the left and right nose gears doors
(3) Remove the safety pin of the control lever. Put the control lever in
the DOOR CLOSED position. Install the safety pin of the contol lever.
(5) Install the RIGGING PIN (98A32301000000) (29) on the forward lever
(43) of the unit (12).
(6) Put the end of the rod (21) in position on the lever (43). Make sure
that you can install the bolt (25).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-14
Page 411
Aug 01/99
CES
(7) If you cannot install the bolt (25), adjust the rod (21) as follows:
(a) Cut and remove the lockwire. Remove the nuts (19).
(b) Release the washers (20). Adjust the length of the rod (21) so
that you can install the bolt (25).
(d) Safety the nuts (19) with lockwire corrosion resistant steel 0.8
mm (0.03 in.).
(e) Put the rod (21) in position and install the bolt (25).
(8) Install the washer (28) and the nut (27). Tighten the nut (27) and
safety with the new cotter pin (26).
Subtask 32-31-14-914-050
(2) Apply a bead of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-013) around the flanges of
the spacer (37) in zones G.
Subtask 32-31-14-941-054
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Remove the RIGGING PIN (98A32301000000) (29) from the unit (12).
(3) Remove the safety pin from the door ground-opening handle.
(6) Make sure that the NLG door uplock assy (2534GM) is in the open
configuration.
(7) Remove the container below the NLG door uplock assy (2534GM).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-14
Page 412
Feb 01/98
CES
(8) Make sure that the travel range of the NLG doors is clean and clear
of tools and other items.
(11) Adjust the hydraulic power unit for minimum pressure and flow rate.
Subtask 32-31-14-720-050
K. Functional Test
(1) Do an operational test of the landing gear doors (Ref. TASK 32-31-00-
710-002).
(3) Put the access platform in position below the NLG door uplock assy
(2534GM).
(4) Make sure that there is no hydraulic fluid leakage from the NLG door
uplock assy (2534GM).
(5) If necessary fill the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system to the
correct level (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-31-14-410-051
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-14
Page 413
Feb 01/98
CES
(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
(5) Close the doors of the nose landing gear (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-410-
001).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-14
Page 414
Feb 01/98
CES
TASK 32-31-14-000-002
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-14-860-053
(1) Make sure that the Green hydraulic system is depressurized and put it
in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001)
EFF :
ALL 32-31-14
Page 415
Aug 01/08
CES
(2) Depressurize the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system.
(Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001)
Subtask 32-31-14-010-052
B. Get Access
(1) Open the doors of the nose landing gear (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-010-001).
Subtask 32-31-14-941-055
C. Safety Precautions
(1) In the cockpit, on the panel 400VU, put warning notice(s) in position
to tell persons not to operate the landing gear control lever.
(4) Put a container in position below the NLG Door Uplock Assy (2534GM)
(5) Obey the applicable safety precautions before you open the LGCIU
circuit breakers (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-001).
Subtask 32-31-14-865-057
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
EFF :
ALL 32-31-14
Page 416
May 01/05
R
CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-31-14-020-052
(3) Cut and remove the lockwire from the three screws (4).
(4) Remove the three screws (4) from the actuator (3).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-14
Page 417
Aug 01/08
CES
Actuator of the NLG Uplock Assy
Figure 402/TASK 32-31-14-991-003
EFF :
ALL 32-31-14
Page 418
Aug 01/08
R
CES
TASK 32-31-14-400-002
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-14
Page 419
Aug 01/08
R
CES
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-14-860-054
(1) Make sure that the Green hydraulic system is depressurized and put it
in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001)
(2) Make sure that the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system is
depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).
(3) In the cockpit, on the panel 400VU, make sure that the warning
notice(s) is (are) in position to tell persons not to operate the
landing gear control lever.
(4) Make sure that the warning notice(s) is (are) in position to tell
persons not to pressurize the Green hydraulic system:
- on the panel 40VU in the cockpit,
- on the ground service panel of the Green hydraulic system, access
door (197CB).
(6) Make sure that the container is in position below the NLG door uplock
assy (2534GM).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-14
Page 420
Aug 01/08
CES
(7) Make sure that the doors of the nose landing gear are open (Ref. TASK
32-22-00-010-001).
(8) Make sure that the access platform is in position in zone 123.
(9) Make sure that you obeyed the flight configuration precautions
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-001).
Subtask 32-31-14-865-058
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-31-14-110-051
(1) Clean the surfaces and the connection elements with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-002) and dry with filtered compressed air.
(2) Apply mastinox D40 SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-047) to the
threads of the screws (4).
Subtask 32-31-14-420-054
(1) Put the actuator (3) in position on the NLG door uplock
(2) Install and tighten the three screws (4) on the actuator (3).
(3) Safety the three screws (4) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).
(4) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected line ends of the
hydraulic lines (1) and (2).
(5) Connect the hydraulic lines (1) and (2) to the actuator (3).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-14
Page 421
Aug 01/08
R
CES
(6) TORQUE the hydraulic lines (1) and (2) to between 1.5 and 1.7 m.daN
(11.06 and 12.53 lbf.ft).
Subtask 32-31-14-865-059
C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1GA, 2GA, 52GA
Subtask 32-31-14-869-056
D. After you close the LGCIU circuit breakers, put the aircraft back to the
correct (ground) condition (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-002).
Subtask 32-31-14-941-056
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Remove the safety pin from the door ground-opening handle.
(5) Make sure that the NLG door uplock assy (2534GM) is in the open
configuration.
(6) Remove the container below the NLG door uplock assy (2534GM).
(7) Make sure that the travel range of the NLG doors is clean and clear
of tools and other items.
(10) Adjust the hydraulic power unit for minimum pressure and flow rate.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-14
Page 422
Aug 01/08
R
CES
Subtask 32-31-14-720-051
F. Functional Test
(1) Do an operational test of the landing gear doors (Ref. TASK 32-31-00-
710-002).
(3) Put the access platform in position below the NLG door uplock assy
(2534GM).
(4) Make sure that there is no hydraulic fluid leakage from the NLG door
uplock assy (2534GM).
(5) If necessary fill the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system to the
correct level (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-31-14-410-052
A. Close Access
(3) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(4) Close the doors of the nose landing gear (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-410-
001).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-14
Page 423
Aug 01/08
R
CES
BYPASS VALVE - NLG DOOR GROUND OPENING (2533GM) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________________________________________
TASK 32-31-15-000-001
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-15
Page 401
Feb 01/98
CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-15-860-050
(1) Make sure that the Green hydraulic system is depressurized and put it
in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001)
Subtask 32-31-15-010-050
B. Get Access
(1) Open the doors of the nose landing gear (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-010-001).
Subtask 32-31-15-941-050
C. Safety Precautions
(1) In the cockpit, on the panel 400VU, put warning notice(s) in position
to tell persons not to operate the landing gear control lever.
(2) Put the warning notice(s) in position to tell persons not pressurize
the Green hydraulic system:
- on the panel 40VU in the cockpit,
- on the ground service panel of the Green hydraulic system, access
door (197CB).
(4) Put a container in position below the NLG door ground opening bypass
valve (2533GM).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-15
Page 402
Feb 01/98
CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-31-15-020-051
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE NLG DOWNLOCK SAFETY PIN AND THE TWO DOOR
_______
SAFETY PINS ARE INSTALLED.
(1) Disconnect the hydraulic lines (1), (10) and (11). Put the blanking
plugs on the disconnected line ends.
(2) Remove the reducers (2) and (12). Remove the restrictor (9). Remove
and discard the packings (3), (8) and (13).
(3) Remove the cotter pin (27) and discard it. Remove the nut (26) and
the washer (25).
(4) Remove the bolt (22) and disconnect the rod (17).
(5) Remove the cotter pin (18) and discard it. Remove the nut (19) and
the washer (20).
(7) Remove the cotter pins (5) and discard them. Remove the nuts (4) and
the washers (6).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-15
Page 403
Feb 01/98
CES
NLG Door Ground Opening Bypass Valve
Figure 401/TASK 32-31-15-991-001
EFF :
ALL 32-31-15
Page 404
Feb 01/98
CES
TASK 32-31-15-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-15
Page 405
Nov 01/05
CES
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-15-860-051
(1) Make sure that the Green hydraulic system is depressurized and put it
in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001)
(2) Make sure that the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system is
depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).
(3) In the cockpit, on the panel 400VU, make sure that the warning
notice(s) is (are) in position to tell persons not to operate the
landing gear control lever.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-15
Page 406
Feb 01/08
CES
(4) Make sure that the warning notice(s) is (are) in position to tell
persons not to pressurize the Green hydraulic system:
- on the panel 40VU in the cockpit,
- on the ground service panel of the Green hydraulic system, access
door (197CB).
(6) Make sure that the container is in position below the NLG door ground
opening bypass valve (2533GM).
(7) Make sure that the doors of the nose landing gear are open (Ref. TASK
32-22-00-010-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-31-15-110-050
(1) Clean the mating surfaces and the junction components with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-002). Dry them with dry, filtered compressed
air.
R (2) Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022) to the nuts
and bolts, specially the bolt (21).
Subtask 32-31-15-420-051
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE NLG DOWNLOCK SAFETY PIN AND THE TWO DOOR
_______
SAFETY PINS ARE INSTALLED.
(2) Install the bolts (14), the washers (6) and the nuts (4).
(3) TORQUE the nuts (4) to between 0.3 and 0.35 m.daN (26.54 and 30.97
lbf.in) and safety them with the new cotter pin (5).
(4) Install the reducers (2) and (12) with the new packing (3) and the
new packing (13).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-15
Page 407
Feb 01/04
CES
(5) TORQUE the reducers (2) and (12) to between 1.63 and 1.75 m.daN
(12.02 and 12.90 lbf.ft).
(6) Install the restrictor (9) with the new packing (8).
(7) TORQUE the restrictor (9) to between 1.63 and 1.75 m.daN (12.02 and
12.90 lbf.ft).
(8) Remove the blanking plugs and connect the hydraulic lines (1), (10)
and (11).
(9) TORQUE the hydraulic lines (1), (10) and (11) to between 1.5 and 1.7
m.daN (11.06 and 12.53 lbf.ft).
(10) Install the lever (23), the screw (24), the washer (20) and the nut
(19). TORQUE the nut (19) to between 0.7 and 0.8 m.daN (61.94 and
R 70.79 lbf.in) and safety it with the new cotter pin (18).
Subtask 32-31-15-420-052
(1) Install the RIGGING PIN (98A32301013000) (21) on the selector valve
(7). This configuration agrees with the DOORS CLOSED position.
NOTE : You can only move the selector valve (7) from the DOORS OPEN
____
position to the DOORS CLOSED position if the Green hydraulic
system is pressurized. (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-001)
(2) Put the control lever in the closed position with the safety pin in
position.
(3) Cut and remove the lockwire from the rod (17).
(4) Loosen the nuts (15) and release the washers (16).
(5) Install the bolt (22). To do this, adjust the length of the rod (17).
(6) TORQUE the nuts (15) to 0.59 m.daN (52.21 lbf.in) safety them with
lockwire corrosion resistant steel dia. 0.8 mm (0.03 in).
(7) Put the rod (17) in position and install the bolt (21).
(9) TORQUE the nut (26) to between 0.7 and 0.8 m.daN (61.94 and 70.79
lbf.in) and safety it with the new cotter pin (27).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-15
Page 408
Aug 01/05
CES
(10) Remove the RIGGING PIN (98A32301013000) (21).
Subtask 32-31-15-941-052
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Remove the safety pin from the door ground-opening handle.
(5) Remove the container below the NLG door ground opening bypass valve
(2533GM).
(6) Make sure that the travel ranges of the NLG doors are clear.
Subtask 32-31-15-720-050
E. Functional Test
(2) Make sure that there are no anomalies during these operations.
(4) Put the access platform in position below the NLG door ground opening
bypass valve (2533GM).
(5) Make sure that there are no leaks from the disconnected line ends.
(6) If necessary fill the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system to the
correct level (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-001) or (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-
611-002).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-15
Page 409
Feb 01/98
CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-31-15-410-050
A. Close Access
(3) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(4) Close the doors of the nose landing gear (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-410-
001).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-15
Page 410
Feb 01/98
CES
ACTUATING CYLINDER - NLG DOOR (2531GM) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_____________________________________________________________
TASK 32-31-16-000-001
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE LANDING GEAR ARE CLEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-16
Page 401
Feb 01/98
CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-16-860-051
(1) Make sure that the Green hydraulic system is depressurized and put it
in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001)
Subtask 32-31-16-010-050
B. Get Access
(1) Open the doors of the nose landing gear (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-010-001).
Subtask 32-31-16-941-050
C. Safety Precautions
(1) In the cockpit, on the panel 400VU put warning notice(s) in position
to tell persons not to operate the landing gear control lever.
(2) Put the warning notice(s) in position to tell persons not pressurize
the Green hydraulic system:
- on the panel 40VU in the cockpit,
- on the ground service panel of the Green hydraulic system access
door (197CB).
(4) Put a container in position below the NLG door actuating cylinder
(2531GM).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-16
Page 402
Feb 01/98
CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-31-16-020-051
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE NLG DOWNLOCK SAFETY PIN AND THE TWO DOOR
_______
SAFETY PINS ARE INSTALLED.
(1) Disconnect the hydraulic lines (9) and (11) and put the blanking
plugs is position.
(2) Unlock the nut (1) and remove it with the ADAPTER-WRENCH
(98D32303000201).
(4) Remove the washer (3) and the bolt (6) with the washer (7).
(5) Disconnect the rod end (8) from the lever (5).
(6) Remove the cotter pin (12) and discard it, remove the nut (13) and
the washer (14).
(7) Remove the bolt (10) and disconnect the actuating cylinder from the
support (16).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-16
Page 403
Feb 01/98
CES
NLG Door Actuating Cylinder
Figure 401/TASK 32-31-16-991-001
EFF :
ALL 32-31-16
Page 404
Feb 01/98
CES
TASK 32-31-16-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-16
Page 405
Nov 01/05
CES
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-16-860-050
(1) Make sure that the Green hydraulic system is depressurized and put it
in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001)
(2) Make sure that the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system is
depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).
(3) In the cockpit, on the panel 400VU, make sure that the warning
notice(s) is (are) in position to tell persons not to operate the
landing gear control lever.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-16
Page 406
Feb 01/04
R
CES
(4) Make sure that the warning notice(s) is (are) in position to tell
persons not to pressurize the Green hydraulic system:
- on the panel 40VU in the cockpit,
- on the ground service panel of the Green hydraulic system, access
door (197CB).
(6) Make sure that the container is in position below the NLG door
actuating cylinder (2531GM).
(7) Make sure that the doors of the nose landing gear are open (Ref. TASK
32-22-00-010-001).
(8) Make sure that the access platform is in position in zone 123.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-31-16-110-050
(1) Clean the junction components with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-
002) and dry with dry, filtered compressed air.
R (2) Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) or COMMON
R GREASE (Material No. 04-022) on the nuts and bolts, specially the
R bolts (10) and (6).
R NOTE : Do not mix Material No. 04-004 with Material No. 04-022. You
____
R can use Material No. 04-022 as an alternative to Material No.
R 04-004. Clean and degrease the parts before you use Material
R No. 04-022.
Subtask 32-31-16-420-050
(1) Put the actuating cylinder in position and install the bolt (10).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-16
Page 407
Feb 01/04
CES
(4) TORQUE the nut (13) to between 1.5 and 1.7 m.daN (11.06 and 12.53
lbf.ft).
(5) Safety the nut (13) with the new cotter pin (12).
(6) Put the rod end in position and install the bolt (6) with the washer
(7).
(8) Install the washer (3), the new lockwasher (2) and the nut (1).
(9) TORQUE the nut (1) to 1.3 m.daN (115.04 lbf.in) with the ADAPTER-
WRENCH (98D32303000201).
(10) Safety the nut (1) with the new lockwasher (2).
(11) Lubricate the attaching points of the actuating cylinder (Ref. TASK
12-22-32-640-002).
Subtask 32-31-16-420-051
(1) Remove the blanking plugs from the hydraulic lines (9) and (11).
(3) TORQUE the lines (9) and (11) to between 2 and 3 m.daN (14.74 and
22.12 lbf.ft).
Subtask 32-31-16-941-052
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Remove the container below the NLG door actuating cylinder (2531GM).
(3) Make sure that the travel ranges of the NLG doors are clear.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-16
Page 408
Feb 01/04
R
CES
Subtask 32-31-16-720-050
E. Functional Test
(2) Make sure that there are no anomalies during these operations.
(4) Put the access platform in position below the NLG door actuating
cylinder (2531GM).
(5) Make sure that there are no leaks from the disconnected line ends.
(6) If necessary fill the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system to the
correct level (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-001) or (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-
611-002).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-31-16-410-051
A. Close Access
(3) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(4) Close the doors of the nose landing gear (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-410-
001).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-16
Page 409
Feb 01/04
R
CES
SAFETY VALVE - LANDING GEAR (49GA) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________________________________
TASK 32-31-17-000-001
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R
R Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-17
Page 401
Feb 01/10
CES
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-17-860-050
(3) Depressurize the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK
29-14-00-614-001).
Subtask 32-31-17-010-050
R B. Get Access
R
EFF :
ALL 32-31-17
Page 402
Feb 01/10
CES
Subtask 32-31-17-869-050
R C. Safety Precautions
R
(4) Put the container below the safety valve to collect the hydraulic
fluid leakage.
Subtask 32-31-17-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/CTL 1701GK R35
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/MONG 1702GK R34
Subtask 32-31-17-941-050
R E. Safety Precautions
R
(1) Put the warning notices in position to tell persons not to pressurize
the Green hydraulic system:
R - on the panel 40VU in the cockpit
- on the ground service panel of the Green hydraulic system.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-17
Page 403
Feb 01/10
CES
R 4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 32-31-17-020-050
R (1) Disconnect the electrical connector (8) from the safety valve (7).
R (3) Remove the nut (21), the bolt (17), the washer (18) and the bonding
R strap (19) from the safety valve (7).
R (4) Remove the bolts (10), the washers (9) and the safety valve (7).
R (5) Remove and discard the packings (2) and (16) and the back-up rings
R (3) and (15) from the bobbins (4) and (14).
R (6) If necessary, remove the bobbins (4) and (14) from the safety valve
R (7), and remove and discard:
R - the back-up rings (5) and (13) and the square seals (6) and (12)
R (Ref. TASK 20-23-21-911-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-17
Page 404
Feb 01/10
CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
R
32-31-17
Page 405
Feb 01/10
CES
Landing Gear Safety-Valve 49GA
Figure 401/TASK 32-31-17-991-001- 12 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
ALL 32-31-17
Page 406
Feb 01/10
R
CES
Landing Gear Safety-Valve 49GA
Figure 401/TASK 32-31-17-991-001- 22 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
ALL 32-31-17
Page 407
Feb 01/10
R
CES
TASK 32-31-17-400-001
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R
R Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-17
Page 408
Feb 01/10
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R C. Expendable Parts
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-17
Page 409
Feb 01/10
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-17-860-051
(1) Make sure that the PTU isolation coupling is disconnected (Ref. TASK
29-23-00-860-001).
(2) Make sure that the aircraft electrical circuits are de-energized
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002)
(3) Make sure that the flight configuration precautions were obeyed
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-001).
(4) Make sure that the Green hydraulic system is depressurized (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-001).
(5) Make sure that the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system is
depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-17
Page 410
Feb 01/10
R
CES
Subtask 32-31-17-865-052
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/CTL 1701GK R35
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/MONG 1702GK R34
Subtask 32-31-17-860-052
R C. Safety Precautions
R
R (1) Make sure that the warning notices are in position to tell persons
R not to pressurize the Green hydraulic system:
R - on the panel 40VU in the cockpit
- on the ground service panel of the Green hydraulic system.
Subtask 32-31-17-560-050
(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-17
Page 411
Feb 01/10
CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-31-17-420-050
R (1) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected line ends.
R (2) Install the new back-up rings (3) and (15) and the packings (2) and
R (16) on the bobbins (4) and (14).
R
R (3) If the bobbins (4) and (14) were removed from the safety valve (7):
R
R - install the new back-up rings (5) and (13) and the square seals (6)
R and (12) (Ref. TASK 20-23-21-911-001).
R (4) If necessary, install the bobbins (4) and (14) in the safety valve
R (7).
R (5) Put the safety valve (7) in position on the manifold (1) and install
R the washers (9) and the bolts (10).
R (6) TORQUE the bolts (10) to between 0.8 and 0.9 m.daN (70.79 and 79.64
lbf.in).
R (7) Put the bonding strap (19) in position on the bonding bracket (20) of
the safety valve (7). Install the bolt (17), the washer (18) and the
nut (21).
R (8) Mark the bolts with PAINTS FOR DETAIL (INTERNAL AND EXTERN AL)
(Material No. 07-010).
R (11) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
R (12) Connect the electrical connector (8) to the safety valve (7).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-17
Page 412
Feb 01/10
CES
Subtask 32-31-17-865-051
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1GA, 2GA, 52GA, 1701GK, 1702GK.
Subtask 32-31-17-860-053
(2) If the flight configuration precautions were obeyed, put the aircraft
back to the serviceable condition (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-002).
(7) If necessary fill the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system to the
correct level (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-001).
Subtask 32-31-17-720-050
R D. OPerational Test
R (1) Do the operational test of the landing gear safety-valve (Ref. TASK
32-31-00-710-005).
R (3) Make sure that there is no hydraulic fluid leakage from the
R safety-valve (7).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-17
Page 413
Feb 01/10
CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-31-17-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Apply corrosion preventive compound to the bolt heads and the
adjacent area (Ref. TASK 51-75-13-916-002).
(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-17
Page 414
Feb 01/10
CES
SAFETY VALVE - NLG DOOR CLOSING/ OPENING (2629GM,2630GM) - SERVICING
____________________________________________________________________
TASK 32-31-19-600-001
Put the Safety Valve back to the Usual Position after Operation
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-19
Page 301
Nov 01/08
CES
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-19-941-052
A. Safety Precautions
(1) Put the WARNING NOTICE in position to tell persons not to:
- Pressurize the Green hydraulic system
- Operate the landing gear.
R (3) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 1M(3 FT) in position at zone 731(741).
Subtask 32-31-19-860-053
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-31-19-680-050
A. Put the Safety Valve back to the Usual Position after Operation
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 32-31-19-991-002)
EFF :
ALL 32-31-19
Page 302
Nov 01/08
CES
Safety Valve - NLG Door Closing/Opening - Location and Detail
Figure 301/TASK 32-31-19-991-002
EFF :
ALL 32-31-19
Page 303
Nov 01/04
CES
(2) Remove the blanking plug (1) from the bleed screw (2) of the safety
valve (3).
(3) Remove and discard the lockwire from the bleed screw (2).
(4) Connect one end of the bleed pipe to the bleed screw (2). Put the
other end in a CONTAINER 1 L (1/4 USGAL) that contains the HYDRAULIC
FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003).
(5) Slowly open the bleed screw (2) to release the hydraulic fluid.
(6) When the fluid flow stops, close the bleed screw (2).
(7) Disconnect the bleed pipe and remove all the hydraulic fluid from the
bleed screw (2) with the lint-free cloth.
(8) Safety the bleed screw (2) with the corrosion-resitant steel
lockwire, 0.8 mm (0.0314 in.) screw dia.
Subtask 32-31-19-710-052
B. Test
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
R (2) Do the operational test of the landing gear doors (Ref. TASK 32-31-
R 00-710-002).
R (3) Do the functional test of the nose wheel steering (Ref. TASK 32-51-
R 00-720-003).
R (4) Make sure that there is no hydraulic fluid leakage from the safety
R valve(s).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-31-19-942-052
A. Close Access
EFF :
ALL 32-31-19
Page 304
May 01/07
CES
(3) Remove the warning notice(s).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-19
Page 305
May 01/07
CES
SAFETY VALVE - NLG DOOR CLOSING/ OPENING (2629GM,2630GM) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_______________________________________________________________________________
TASK 32-31-19-000-001
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R
R Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-19
Page 401
Feb 01/10
CES
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-19-860-050
(3) Depressurize the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK
29-14-00-614-001).
Subtask 32-31-19-010-050
B. Get Access
EFF :
ALL 32-31-19
Page 402
Aug 01/09
CES
Subtask 32-31-19-865-051
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/CTL 1701GK R35
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/MONG 1702GK R34
Subtask 32-31-19-941-050
D. Safety Precautions
(1) Put the warning notices in position to tell persons not to pressurize
the Green hydraulic system:
- on the panel 40VU in the cockpit,
- on the ground service panel of the Green hydraulic system.
(2) Put the container below the safety valves to collect the hydraulic
fluid leakage.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-31-19-020-050-A
(3) Carefully remove the safety valves (1) and (7) from the manifold (8).
(5) Remove and discard the packings (6) and the back-up rings (5) from
the bobbins (4).
(6) If necessary remove the bobbins (4) and discard the square seals (2)
and the back-up rings (3) (Ref. TASK 20-23-21-911-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-19
Page 403
Aug 01/09
CES
R Safety Valves 2629GM/2630GM - NLG Door Closing/Opening
R Figure 401/TASK 32-31-19-991-001
EFF :
ALL 32-31-19
Page 404
Aug 01/09
CES
R (7) Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-19
Page 405
Aug 01/99
CES
TASK 32-31-19-400-001
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R
R Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-19
Page 406
Feb 01/10
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-19
Page 407
Aug 01/09
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-19-860-051
(1) Make sure that the PTU isolation coupling is disconnected (Ref. TASK
29-23-00-860-001).
(2) Make sure that the aircraft electrical circuits are de-energized
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002) or the flight configuration precautions
were obeyed (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-001).
(3) Make sure that the Green hydraulic system is depressurized (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-001).
(4) Make sure that the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system is
depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).
(5) Make sure that the warning notices are in position to tell persons
not to pressurize the Green hydraulic system:
- on the panel 40VU in the cockpit,
- on the ground panel of the Green hydraulic system.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-19
Page 408
Aug 01/09
CES
Subtask 32-31-19-865-052
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/CTL 1701GK R35
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/MONG 1702GK R34
Subtask 32-31-19-560-050-A
(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-19
Page 409
Aug 01/09
R
CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-31-19-420-051-A
A. Installation of the Valves (1) and (7) on the Manifold Assy (8)
R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 32-31-19-991-001)
(2) If removed install the new back-up rings (3) and the new seals (2) on
the bobbins (4) and install the bobbins (4) in the manifold (8)
(Ref. TASK 20-23-21-911-001).
(4) Install the new back-up rings (5) and the new packings (6) on the
bobbins (Ref. TASK 20-23-21-911-001).
(5) Put the safety valves (1) and (7) in position on the manifold (8).
NOTE : Make sure that you do not damage the packings when you install
____
the valves.
(8) TORQUE the bolts (10) and (11) to between 0.6 and 0.7 m.daN (53.09
and 61.94 lbf.in).
(9) Mark the bolts with PAINTS FOR DETAIL (INTERNAL AND EXTERN AL)
(Material No. 07-010).
Subtask 32-31-19-860-052
(2) If the flight configuration precautions were obeyed, put the aircraft
back to the serviceable condition (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-002).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-19
Page 410
Aug 01/09
CES
(6) Close the left MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001).
(7) If necessary fill the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system to the
correct level (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-001).
Subtask 32-31-19-865-053
C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1GA, 2GA, 52GA, 1701GK, 1702GK.
Subtask 32-31-19-710-051
(1) Do the operational test of the landing gear doors (Ref. TASK 32-31-
00-710-002).
(2) Do the functional test of the nose wheel steering (Ref. TASK 32-51-
00-720-003).
(4) Make sure that there is no hydraulic fluid leakage from the safety
valves 2629GM and 2630GM.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-31-19-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.
(2) Apply corrosion preventive compound to the heads of the bolts (6) and
(7) and the adjacent area (Ref. TASK 51-75-13-916-002).
(5) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-19
Page 411
Aug 01/09
R
CES
UPLOCK ASSY - NLG (2530GM) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________________________
TASK 32-31-21-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-21
Page 401
May 01/05
CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-21-860-050
(1) Make sure that the Green hydraulic system is depressurized and put it
in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001)
Subtask 32-31-21-010-050
B. Get Access
(1) Open the doors of the nose landing gear (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-010-001).
Subtask 32-31-21-941-050
C. Safety Precautions
(1) In the cockpit, on the panel 400VU, put warning notice(s) in position
to tell persons not to operate the landing gear control lever.
(4) Put a container in position below the NLG uplock assy (2530GM).
(5) Obey the applicable safety precautions before you open the LGCIU
circuit breakers (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-21
Page 402
Feb 01/98
CES
Subtask 32-31-21-865-057
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-31-21-020-052
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE NLG DOWNLOCK SAFETY PIN AND THE TWO DOOR
_______
SAFETY PINS ARE INSTALLED.
(1) Disconnect the electrical connectors (8) and (9) and put blanking
caps on the disconnected ends.
(2) Disconnect the hydraulic lines (10) and (11) and put blanking plugs
on the disconnected ends.
(3) Remove and discard the cotter pin (27). Remove the nut (26) and the
washer (25)
(4) Remove the screw (20) and disconnect the rod (23).
(5) Remove and discard the cotter pin (13). Remove the nut (14), the
washer (15) and the screw (17).
(7) Remove and discard the cotter pins (3) and (4). Remove the nuts (2)
and (5) and the washers (1) and (6).
(8) Remove the screws (28) and (29), the uplock assy (12) and the washers
(7).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-21
Page 403
Aug 01/02
CES
NLG Uplock Assy
Figure 401/TASK 32-31-21-991-001
EFF :
ALL 32-31-21
Page 404
Feb 01/98
CES
TASK 32-31-21-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-21
Page 405
Nov 01/05
CES
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-21-860-051
(1) Make sure that the Green hydraulic system is depressurized and put it
in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001)
(2) Make sure that the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system is
depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-21
Page 406
May 01/05
CES
(3) In the cockpit, on the panel 400VU, make sure that the warning
notice(s) is (are) in position to tell persons not to operate the
landing gear control lever.
(4) Make sure that the warning notice(s) is (are) in position to tell
persons not to pressurize the Green hydraulic system:
- on the panel 40VU in the cockpit,
- on the ground service panel of the Green hydraulic system, access
door (197CB).
(6) Make sure that the container is in position below the NLG uplock assy
(2530GM).
(7) Make sure that the doors of the nose landing gear are open (Ref. TASK
32-22-00-010-001).
(8) Make sure that the access platform is in position in zone 123.
(9) Make sure that you obeyed the flight configuration precautions
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-001).
Subtask 32-31-21-865-058
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-31-21-110-050
(1) Clean the surfaces and the connection elements with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-002) and dry with filtered compressed air.
R (2) Apply a light coat of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) or COMMON
R GREASE (Material No. 04-022) on the hardware.
R NOTE : Do not mix Material No. 04-004 with Material No. 04-022. You
____
R can use Material No. 04-022 as an alternative to Material No.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-21
Page 407
Feb 01/04
CES
R 04-004. Clean and degrease the parts before you use Material
R No. 04-022.
Subtask 32-31-21-420-050
(1) Put the uplock assy (12) in position and install the screws (28) and
(29).
(2) Measure the distance between the uplock assy (12) and the structure
fork end.
(3) Use adjustment washers (7) to get the clearance J = 0.13 mm (0.0051
in.) to 0.20 mm (0.0078 in.)
(4) Remove the screws (28) and (29) and remove the uplock assy (12).
(5) Put the uplock assy (12) in position with the adjustment washers (7).
Install the screws (28) and (29).
(6) Install the washers (1) and (6) and the nuts (2) and (5).
(7) TORQUE the nuts (2) to between 1.4 and 1.6 m.daN (10.32 and 11.79
lbf.ft) and (5) and safety them with the cotter pin (3) and the
cotter pin (4).
(9) Install the screw (17), the washer (15) and the nut (14). TORQUE the
nut (14) to between 0.7 and 0.8 m.daN (61.94 and 70.79 lbf.in) and
safety it with the new cotter pin (13).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-21
Page 408
Feb 01/04
CES
Subtask 32-31-21-420-052
(1) Install the RIGGING PIN (98A32301000000) (18) on the uplock assy
(12).
(3) Put the rod (23) in position on the lever (16). Make sure that you
can install the screw (20).
(4) If you cannot install the screw (20), adjust the rod (23) as follows:
(a) Remove and discard the lockwire and remove the nuts (21).
(b) Release the washers (22) and ajust the rod (23) length to make
the screw (20) installation easier.
(d) Safety the nuts (21) with the lockwire corrosion resistant steel
dia. 0.8 mm (0.03 in).
(e) Put the rod (23) in position and install the screw (20).
(6) TORQUE the nut (26) to between 0.7 and 0.8 m.daN (61.94 and 70.79
lbf.in) and safety it with the new cotter pin (27).
(7) Remove the blanking caps and install the hydraulic lines (10) and
(11).
(8) TORQUE the hydraulic lines (10) and (11) to between 1.5 and 1.7 m.daN
(11.06 and 12.53 lbf.ft).
(9) Remove the blanking plugs and connect the electrical connectors (8)
and (9).
(10) Remove the PIN, RIGGING - RUDDER CONTROL (98A27901002000) (19) and
RIGGING PIN (98A32301000000) (18).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-21
Page 409
Feb 01/98
CES
R Subtask 32-31-21-865-059
R D. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
R breaker(s):
R 1GA, 2GA, 52GA
Subtask 32-31-21-869-053
E. After you close the LGCIU circuit breakers, put the aircraft back to the
correct (ground) condition (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-002).
Subtask 32-31-21-941-053
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Remove the container below the NLG uplock assy (2530GM).
(3) Make sure that the NLG uplock assy (2530GM) is in the OPEN
configuration.
(4) Make sure that the travel range of the landing gear is clean.
(5) Remove the access platform below the NLG uplock assy (2530GM).
(7) Do 5 full retraction and extention cycles of the nose landing gear at
very low speed to bleed the system (Ref. TASK 32-30-00-867-001) and
(Ref. TASK 32-30-00-867-002).
Subtask 32-31-21-720-050
G. Functional Test
(1) Do the operational test of the NLG normal extension and retraction
(Ref. TASK 32-31-00-720-003).
(2) Do the operational test of the free fall extension (Ref. TASK 32-33-
00-720-001).
(4) Put the access platform in position below the NLG uplock assy
(2530GM).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-21
Page 410
Aug 01/99
CES
(5) Make sure that there are no leaks on the disconnected line ends.
(6) If necessary fill the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system to the
correct level (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-31-21-410-050
A. Close Access
(3) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(4) Close the doors of the nose landing gear (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-410-
001).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-21
Page 411
Feb 01/98
CES
TASK 32-31-21-000-002
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-21-860-052
(1) Make sure that the Green hydraulic system is depressurized and put it
in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001)
EFF :
ALL 32-31-21
Page 412
May 01/05
CES
(2) Depressurize the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system.
(Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001)
Subtask 32-31-21-010-051
B. Get Access
(1) Open the doors of the nose landing gear (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-010-001).
Subtask 32-31-21-941-054
C. Safety Precautions
(1) In the cockpit, on the panel 400VU, put warning notice(s) in position
to tell persons not to operate the landing gear control lever.
(4) Put a container in position below the NLG uplock assy (2530GM).
(5) Obey the applicable safety precautions before you open the LGCIU
circuit breakers (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-001).
Subtask 32-31-21-865-060
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
R
EFF :
ALL 32-31-21
Page 413
Aug 01/01
CES
R 4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 32-31-21-020-053
R (3) Cut and remove the lockwire from the three screws (1).
R (4) Remove the three screws (1) from the actuator (2).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-21
Page 414
May 01/99
CES
R Actuator of the NLG Uplock Assy
R Figure 402/TASK 32-31-21-991-002
EFF :
ALL 32-31-21
Page 415
May 01/99
CES
TASK 32-31-21-400-002
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-21
Page 416
Aug 01/01
CES
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-21-860-053
(1) Make sure that the Green hydraulic system is depressurized and put it
in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001)
(2) Make sure that the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system is
depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).
(3) In the cockpit, on the panel 400VU, make sure that the warning
notice(s) is (are) in position to tell persons not to operate the
landing gear control lever.
(4) Make sure that the warning notice(s) is (are) in position to tell
persons not to pressurize the Green hydraulic system:
- on the panel 40VU in the cockpit,
- on the ground service panel of the Green hydraulic system, access
door (197CB).
(6) Make sure that the container is in position below the NLG uplock assy
(2530GM).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-21
Page 417
May 01/05
CES
(7) Make sure that the doors of the nose landing gear are open (Ref. TASK
32-22-00-010-001).
(8) Make sure that the access platform is in position in zone 123.
(9) Make sure that you obeyed the flight configuration precautions
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-001).
Subtask 32-31-21-865-061
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-31-21-110-051
(1) Clean the surfaces and the connection elements with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-002) and dry with filtered compressed air.
(2) Apply mastinox D40 SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-047) to the
threads of the screws (1).
Subtask 32-31-21-420-053
(2) Install and tighten the three screws (1) on the actuator (2).
(3) Safety the three screws (1) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).
(4) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected line ends of the
hydraulic lines (3) and (4).
(5) Connect the hydraulic lines (3) and (4) to the actuator (2).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-21
Page 418
May 01/05
R
CES
(6) TORQUE the hydraulic lines (3) and (4) to between 1.5 and 1.7 m.daN
(11.06 and 12.53 lbf.ft).
R Subtask 32-31-21-865-062
R C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
R breaker(s):
R 1GA, 2GA, 52GA
Subtask 32-31-21-869-054
D. After you close the LGCIU circuit breakers, put the aircraft back to the
correct (ground) condition (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-002).
Subtask 32-31-21-941-055
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Remove the container below the NLG uplock assy (2530GM).
(3) Make sure that the NLG uplock assy (2530GM) is in the open
configuration.
(4) Make sure that the travel range of the landing gear is clean.
(5) Remove the access platform below the NLG uplock assy (2530GM).
(7) Do 5 full retraction and extension cycles of the nose landing gear at
very low speed to bleed the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 32-30-
00-867-001) and (Ref. TASK 32-30-00-867-002).
Subtask 32-31-21-720-051
F. Functional Test
(1) Do the operational test of the NLG normal extension and retraction
(Ref. TASK 32-31-00-720-003).
(2) Make sure that there are no leaks on the disconnected line ends.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-21
Page 419
Aug 01/99
CES
R 5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 32-31-21-410-051
R A. Close Access
R (3) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
R items.
R (4) Close the doors of the nose landing gear (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-410-
R 001).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-21
Page 420
May 01/99
CES
ACTUATING CYLINDER - NLG (2527GM) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________________________________
R TASK 32-31-22-920-001
R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R 2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
R A. Referenced Information
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 32-31-22-941-053
R A. Not applicable.
R 4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 32-31-22-920-050
EFF :
ALL 32-31-22
Page 401
May 01/08
CES
TASK 32-31-22-000-001
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE
_______
CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE CONTROLS AGREE WITH THE POSITION OF THE ITEMS THEY
_______
OPERATE BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : PRESSURIZE ONLY THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM(S) THAT IS (ARE) NECESSARY FOR
_______
THE TASK. ISOLATE THE OTHER HYDRAULIC SYSTEM(S) BEFORE YOU SUPPLY
HYDRAULIC POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-22
Page 402
May 01/08
R
CES
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-22-860-050
(2) Make sure that the Green hydraulic system is depressurized and put it
in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001)
EFF :
ALL 32-31-22
Page 403
Feb 01/10
CES
Subtask 32-31-22-010-050
B. Get Access
(2) Put the access platform in position below the NLG actuator in zone
123.
Subtask 32-31-22-941-050
C. Safety Precautions
(3) Put the container in position below the NLG actuating cylinder to
collect the hydraulic fluid leakage.
4. Procedure
_________
EFF :
ALL 32-31-22
Page 404
Feb 01/10
CES
Actuating Cylinder
Figure 401/TASK 32-31-22-991-001
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-228, 236-238, 301-302,
32-31-22
Page 405
May 01/08
CES
Actuating Cylinder
Figure 401A/TASK 32-31-22-991-001-A
R
EFF : 106-149, 229-235, 239-249, 251-299,
303-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
32-31-22
Page 406
Feb 01/10
CES
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 32-31-22-020-050
(1) Disconnect the hydraulic lines (20) and (21) from the elbows (23) and
(22).
(3) Remove and discard the cotter pin (14) remove the nut (13) and the
washer (15).
(4) Remove the screw (19), the bushing (16) and the washer (18).
(6) Disconnect the spherical end (12) of the actuating cylinder (8) from
the hollow pin (11) with the EXTRACTOR (J47558).
NOTE : Do not remove the pin (11) from the nose gear leg.
____
(7) Unlock the nut (1) and remove it with the ADAPTER-WRENCH
(98D32303000000).
(8) Remove and discard the lockwasher (2) and remove the washer (3).
(10) Unlock the nut (4) and remove it with the ADAPTER-WRENCH
(98D32303000000).
(11) Remove and discard the lockwasher (5) and remove the washer (6).
(12) Remove the pin (9) with the EXTRACTOR - NLG (98D32203503000).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-22
Page 407
May 01/08
R
CES
TASK 32-31-22-400-001
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE
_______
CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE CONTROLS AGREE WITH THE POSITION OF THE ITEMS THEY
_______
OPERATE BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : PRESSURIZE ONLY THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM(S) THAT IS (ARE) NECESSARY FOR
_______
THE TASK. ISOLATE THE OTHER HYDRAULIC SYSTEM(S) BEFORE YOU SUPPLY
HYDRAULIC POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-22
Page 408
Nov 01/09
CES
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-22
Page 409
Aug 01/09
CES
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-22-860-051
(2) Make sure that the Green hydraulic system is depressurized and put it
in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001)
EFF :
ALL 32-31-22
Page 410
Feb 01/10
CES
(3) Make sure that the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system is
depressurized.
(Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001)
(4) Make sure that the NLG doors are open (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-010-001).
(5) Make sure that the access platform is in position below the zone 123.
(6) Make sure that the container is in position below the NLG actuator in
zone 123.
(8) Make sure that the warning notice(s) is (are) in position to tell
persons not to pressurize the Green hydraulic system:
- on the panel 40VU in the cockpit,
- on the ground service panel of the Green hydraulic system, access
door 197CB.
4. Procedure
_________
EFF :
ALL 32-31-22
Page 411
Feb 01/10
CES
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 32-31-22-640-050
(1) Clean the actuating cylinder (8) with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No.
11-004A) and dry it with filtered compressed air.
(2) Apply a light coat of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) or COMMON
GREASE (Material No. 04-022) on the spherical ends.
NOTE : Do not mix Material No. 04-004 with Material No. 04-022. You
____
can use Material No. 04-022 as an alternative to Material No.
04-004. Clean and degrease the parts before you use Material
No. 04-022.
(3) Apply a light coat of HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003) on the
rod of the actuating cylinder (8).
(4) Apply a light coat of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) and COMMON
GREASE (Material No. 04-022) on the pin (7) end and on the pin (9).
NOTE : Do not mix material 04-004 with material 04-022. You can use
____
material 04-022 as an alternative to material 04-004. Clean
and degrease the parts before you use material 04-022.
(5) Clean the attachment hardware with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-
004A) and dry them with filtered compressed air.
(6) Apply a light coat of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-047) to the
threads of all the nuts, screws, bolts and pins.
Subtask 32-31-22-420-051
(1) Set the actuating cylinder (8) on its upper link with the GUIDE CONE-
NLG (98D32203501000).
(2) Install the pin (9), the washers (6), the new lockwasher (5) and the
nut (4).
(3) TORQUE the nut (4) to 5 m.daN (36.87 lbf.ft) with ADAPTER-WRENCH
(98D32303000000) and safety it with the lockwasher (5).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-22
Page 412
May 01/08
R
CES
(4) Install the lubrication insert (10) and set the grease nipple up.
(5) Install the washer (3), the new lockwasher (2) and the nut (1).
(6) TORQUE the nut (1) to 0.5 m.daN (44.24 lbf.in) with ADAPTER-WRENCH
(98D32303000000) and safety it with the lockwasher (2).
(7) Engage the spherical end (12) of the actuating cylinder (8) on the
hollow pin (11) with the GUIDE CONE (J47557).
(8) Install the stop ring (17), the bushing (16), the screw (19) and the
washers(18) and (15).
(9) Install and TORQUE the nut (13) to between 1.7 and 2 m.daN (12.53 and
14.74 lbf.ft).
(10) Safety the nut (13) with the new cotter pin (14).
(11) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected line ends.
(12) Connect the hydraulic lines (20) and (21) to the elbows (23) and
(22).
(13) TORQUE the union nuts of the hydraulic lines (20) and (21) to between
2.43 and 2.76 m.daN (17.92 and 20.35 lbf.ft).
(14) Lubricate the spherical ends of the actuating cylinder (8) (Ref. TASK
12-22-32-640-002).
Subtask 32-31-22-942-053
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-22
Page 413
May 01/08
R
CES
Subtask 32-31-22-720-050
D. Functional Test
(1) Do the functional Test of the NLG normal extension and retraction .
(Ref. TASK 32-31-00-720-003)
(3) Put the access platform in position below the actuating cylinder
(2527GM) in zone 123.
(4) Make sure that there is no hydraulic fluid leakage from the actuating
cylinder (2527GM).
(5) If necessary fill the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system to the
correct level (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-001) or (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-
611-002).
R (6) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-001) or SEALANTS (Material No. 09-
R 008E) on the screw heads and the nuts.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-31-22-862-050
Subtask 32-31-22-410-050
B. Close Access
(1) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
(3) Close the doors of the nose gear (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-410-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-22
Page 414
Nov 01/08
CES
ACTUATOR - DOWNLOCK RELEASE-NLG - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________________________
TASK 32-31-23-000-001
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
WARNING : PRESSURIZE ONLY THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM(S) THAT IS (ARE) NECESSARY FOR
_______
THE TASK. ISOLATE THE OTHER HYDRAULIC SYSTEM(S) BEFORE YOU SUPPLY
HYDRAULIC POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE CONTROLS AGREE WITH THE POSITION OF THE ITEMS THEY
_______
OPERATE BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-23
Page 401
Feb 01/98
CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-23-860-050
(1) Make sure that the Green hydraulic system is depressurized and put it
in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001)
Subtask 32-31-23-010-050
B. Get Access
(1) Open the doors of the nose landing gear (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-010-001).
Subtask 32-31-23-941-050
C. Safety Precautions
(1) In the cockpit, on the panel 400VU put warning notice(s) in position
to tell persons not to operate the landing gear control lever.
(2) Put the warning notice(s) in position to tell persons not pressurize
the Green hydraulic system:
- on the panel 40VU in the cockpit,
- on the ground service panel of the Green hydraulic system access
door (197CB).
(4) Put a container in position below the NLG downlock release actuator
(2845GM).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-23
Page 402
Feb 01/98
CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-31-23-020-052
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE
_______
LANDING GEAR.
(1) Disconnect the hydraulic lines (2) and (3) and put blanking plugs on
the disconnected line ends.
(7) Disconnect the actuator (1) from the shaft (8) and remove the
actuator.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-23
Page 403
Feb 01/98
CES
R NLG Downlock Release Actuator
Figure 401/TASK 32-31-23-991-001
EFF :
ALL 32-31-23
Page 404
Feb 01/09
CES
TASK 32-31-23-400-001
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
WARNING : LET THE BRAKES AND THE WHEELS BECOME COOL BEFORE YOU GO NEAR THE
_______
LANDING GEAR. DO NOT APPLY A LIQUID OR GAS FIRE EXTINGUISHER DIRECTLY
ON A HOT WHEEL OR BRAKE UNIT. THIS COULD CAUSE AN EXPLOSION.
WARNING : PRESSURIZE ONLY THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM(S) THAT IS (ARE) NECESSARY FOR
_______
THE TASK. ISOLATE THE OTHER HYDRAULIC SYSTEM(S) BEFORE YOU SUPPLY
HYDRAULIC POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE CONTROLS AGREE WITH THE POSITION OF THE ITEMS THEY
_______
OPERATE BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
CAUTION : DO NOT LET THE MLG DOOR TOUCH THE BOTTOM WING SURFACE. THIS WILL
_______
PREVENT DAMAGE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-23
Page 405
Aug 01/08
R
CES
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-23
Page 406
Aug 01/09
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-23-860-051
(1) Make sure that the Green hydraulic system is depressurized and put it
in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001)
(2) Make sure that the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system is
depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).
(3) In the cockpit, on the panel 400VU, make sure that the warning
notice(s) is (are) in position to tell persons not to operate the
landing gear control lever.
(4) Make sure that the warning notice(s) is (are) in position to tell
persons not to pressurize the Green hydraulic system:
- on the panel 40VU in the cockpit,
- on the ground service panel of the Green hydraulic system, access
door (197CB).
(6) Make sure that the container is in position below the NLG downlock
release actuator (2845GM).
(7) Make sure that the doors of the nose landing gear are open (Ref. TASK
32-22-00-010-001).
(8) Make sure that the access platform is in position in zone 123.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-31-23-110-050
(1) Clean the shafts (8) and (10) with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-
002).
R (2) Lightly lubricate the shafts (8) and (10) with COMMON GREASE
R (Material No. 04-022).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-23
Page 407
Feb 01/04
CES
(3) Clean the attachment hardware with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-
004A) and dry with filtered compressed air.
(4) Apply a light coat of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-047) to the
threads of all the nuts, screws, bolts and pins.
Subtask 32-31-23-420-050
NOTE : Make sure that the washer (7) is in position on the shaft (8).
____
(2) Install the washer (6) and the nut (5). TORQUE the nut (5) to between
2.5 and 3 m.daN (18.43 and 22.12 lbf.ft).
(3) Safety the nut (5) with the new cotter pin (4).
(5) Install the ball end of the actuator (1) on the shaft (10).
NOTE : Make sure that the bush (9) is correctly installed on the
____
shaft (10).
(7) Install the washer (11) and the nut (12). TORQUE the nut (12) to
between 2.5 and 3 m.daN (18.43 and 22.12 lbf.ft).
(8) Safety the nut (12) with the new cotter pin (13).
Subtask 32-31-23-420-052
(1) Remove the blanking plugs from the hydraulic lines (2) and (3).
(3) TORQUE the hydraulic lines (2) and (3) to between 1.52 and 2.14 m.daN
(11.20 and 15.78 lbf.ft)
EFF :
ALL 32-31-23
Page 408
Feb 01/09
CES
Subtask 32-31-23-941-053
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Remove the container below the NLG downlock release actuator
(2845GM).
(3) Make sure that the travel ranges of the NLG doors are clear.
Subtask 32-31-23-720-050
E. Functional Test
(1) Do the functional test of the NLG normal extension and retraction
R (Ref. TASK 32-31-00-720-003).
(3) Put the access platform in position below the NLG downlock release
actuator (2845GM).
(4) Make sure that there are no leaks from the disconnected line ends.
(5) If necessary fill the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system to the
correct level (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-001) or (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-
611-002).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-31-23-410-050
A. Close Access
(3) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-23
Page 409
Aug 01/06
CES
(4) Close the doors of the nose landing gear (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-410-
001).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-23
Page 410
May 01/03
R
CES
R ____________________________________________________________________
MANIFOLD AND VALVES ASSEMBLY - L/G AND DOOR SELECTOR VALVES (2524GM)
____________________
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
TASK 32-31-31-000-001
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-31
Page 401
Aug 01/06
CES
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-31-860-050
Subtask 32-31-31-010-050
B. Get Access
Subtask 32-31-31-869-050
(1) Depressurize the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK
29-14-00-614-001).
(3) Put the container below the manifold assembly 2524GM to collect the
hydraulic fluid leakage.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-31
Page 402
Aug 01/06
CES
Subtask 32-31-31-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/CTL 1701GK R35
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/MONG 1702GK R34
Subtask 32-31-31-941-051
E. Safety Precautions
(1) Put the warning notices in position to tell persons not to pressurize
the Green hydraulic system:
- on the panel 40VU in the cockpit,
- on the ground service panel of the Green hydraulic system.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-31-31-020-051
(1) Disconnect the electrical connectors (1), (2), (15), and (18) from
the selector-valve manifold assembly (8).
(3) Disconnect the hydraulic pipes (9), (11), (12), (14), (13), (10),
(16), (17), (19), (20) and the non return valve assembly (12) from
the manifold assembly (8).
(4) Remove the bolt (3), the washer (4) and disconnect the bonding strap
(5) from the selector-valve manifold assembly (8).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-31
Page 403
Feb 01/99
CES
Selector-Valve Manifold Assembly
Figure 401/TASK 32-31-31-991-001
EFF :
ALL 32-31-31
Page 404
Feb 01/98
CES
(6) Carefully remove the selector-valve manifold assembly (8) from the
aircraft.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-31
Page 405
Feb 01/98
CES
TASK 32-31-31-400-001
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-31
Page 406
Nov 01/09
CES
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-31
Page 407
Nov 01/08
CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-31-860-051
(1) Make sure that the PTU isolation coupling is disconnected (Ref. TASK
29-23-00-860-001).
(2) Make sure that the electrical circuits are de-energized (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002)
(3) Make sure that the flight configuration precautions were obeyed
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-002).
(4) Make sure that the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system is
depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).
(5) Make sure that the Green hydraulic system is depressurized (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-001).
Subtask 32-31-31-865-051
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/CTL 1701GK R35
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/MONG 1702GK R34
Subtask 32-31-31-941-052
C. Safety Precautions
(1) Make sure that the warning notices are in position to tell persons
not to pressurize the Green hydraulic system:
- on the panel 40VU in the cockpit,
- on the ground service panel of the Green hydraulic system.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-31
Page 408
Feb 01/99
CES
Subtask 32-31-31-560-050
(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-31-31-420-051
(2) Install the washer (4), the bonding strap (5) and the bolt (3)
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).
(4) Connect the pipes (10) and (13) and TORQUE to between 4.47 and 4.57
m.daN (32.96 and 33.70 lbf.ft).
(5) Connect the pipes (9) and (14) and TORQUE to between 0.83 and 1.37
m.daN (73.45 and 121.23 lbf.in).
(6) Connect the pipe (11) and TORQUE to between 9.7 and 10.7 m.daN (71.53
and 78.90 lbf.ft).
R (7) Connect the non-return valve assembly (12) and TORQUE to between 6.26
R and 6.83 m.daN (46.16 and 50.36 lbf.ft).
(8) Connect the pipes (17) and (19) and TORQUE to between 9.7 and 10.7
m.daN (71.53 and 78.90 lbf.ft).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-31
Page 409
Feb 01/09
CES
(9) Connect the pipes (16) and (20) and TORQUE to between 0.83 and 1.37
m.daN (73.45 and 121.23 lbf.in).
(11) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
(12) Connect the electrical connectors (18), (15), (2) and (1) to the
selector-valve manifold assembly (8).
(13) Identify the pipe connectors with PAINTS FOR DETAIL (INTERNAL AND
EXTERN AL) (Material No. 07-010).
Subtask 32-31-31-865-052
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1GA, 2GA, 52GA, 1701GK, 1702GK
Subtask 32-31-31-860-052
(2) If the flight configuration precautions were obeyed, put the aircraft
back to the serviceable condition (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-002).
(7) If necessary fill the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system to the
correct level (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-001).
Subtask 32-31-31-720-050
D. Do the Test
(1) Do the functional test of the normal extension and retraction system
(Ref. TASK 32-31-00-720-002).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-31
Page 410
Feb 01/09
R
CES
(3) Make sure that there is no hydraulic fluid leakage from the manifold
assembly 2524GM.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-31-31-410-050
A. Close Access
(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-31
Page 411
Feb 01/98
CES
_________________________________________________________
MANIFOLD ASSEMBLY - L/G AND DOOR SELECTOR VALVES (2818GM)
____________________
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
TASK 32-31-32-000-001
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-32
Page 401
May 01/09
R
CES
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-32-860-050
Subtask 32-31-32-010-050
B. Get Access
Subtask 32-31-32-869-050
EFF :
ALL 32-31-32
Page 402
Nov 01/09
CES
(3) Put the access platform in position.
(4) Depressurize the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK
29-14-00-614-001).
(5) Put the container below the manifold assembly 2818GM to collect the
hydraulic fluid leakage.
Subtask 32-31-32-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/CTL 1701GK R35
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/MONG 1702GK R34
Subtask 32-31-32-941-050
E. Safety Precautions
(1) Put the warning notices in position to tell persons not to pressurize
the Green hydraulic system:
- on the panel 40VU in the cockpit,
- on the ground service panel of the Green hydraulic system.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-31-32-020-050
(1) Remove the L/G selector valve 40GA (Ref. TASK 32-31-12-000-001).
R (2) Remove the L/G door selector valve 41GA (Ref. TASK 32-31-34-000-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-32
Page 403
Nov 01/09
CES
Manifold Assembly
Figure 401/TASK 32-31-32-991-001
EFF :
ALL 32-31-32
Page 404
Feb 01/98
CES
(4) Disconnect the hydraulic pipes (7), (9), (11), (10), (8), (12), (13),
(14) and (15).
(5) Remove the bolt (1), the washer (2) and disconnect the bonding strap
(3) from the manifold assembly (6).
(7) Carefully remove the manifold assembly (6) from the aircraft.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-32
Page 405
Nov 01/09
R
CES
TASK 32-31-32-400-001
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-32
Page 406
Nov 01/09
CES
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-32
Page 407
Nov 01/09
CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-32-860-051
(1) Make sure that the PTU isolation coupling is disconnected (Ref. TASK
29-23-00-860-001).
(2) Make sure that the electrical circuits are de-energized (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002)
(3) Make sure that the flight configuration precautions were obeyed
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-001).
(4) Make sure that the Green hydraulic system is depressurized (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-001).
(5) Make sure that the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system is
depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).
Subtask 32-31-32-865-051
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/CTL 1701GK R35
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/MONG 1702GK R34
Subtask 32-31-32-941-051
C. Safety Precautions
(1) Make sure that the warning notices are in position to tell persons
not to pressurize the Green hydraulic system:
- on the panel 40VU in the cockpit,
- on the ground service panel of the Green hydraulic system.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-32
Page 408
Feb 01/99
CES
Subtask 32-31-32-560-050
(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-31-32-420-050
(1) Put the manifold assembly (6) in position on the aircraft structure
and install the washers (5) and the bolts (4).
R (2) Install the washer (2), the bonding strap (3) and the bolt (1).
R TORQUE the bolts(1) and (4) to to 0.9 m.daN (79.64 lbf.in) and mark
R them with a line with PAINTS FOR DETAIL (INTERNAL AND EXTERN AL)
(Material No. 07-010).
(4) Remove the blanking plugs from the hydraulic pipes (15), (14), (13),
(12), (8), (10), (11), (9) and (7).
(5) Connect the pipes (7), (8), (10) and (11) and TORQUE them to between
4.47 and 4.57 m.daN (32.96 and 33.70 lbf.ft).
(6) Connect the pipe (9) and TORQUE to between 9.7 and 10.7 m.daN (71.53
and 78.90 lbf.ft).
(7) Connect the pipes (13) and (14) and TORQUE them to between 9.7 and
10.7 m.daN (71.53 and 78.90 lbf.ft).
(8) Connect the pipes (12) and (15) and TORQUE to between 4.47 and 4.57
m.daN (32.96 and 33.70 lbf.ft).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-32
Page 409
May 01/09
CES
(9) Mark the pipe connectors with a line with PAINTS FOR DETAIL (INTERNAL
AND EXTERN AL) (Material No. 07-010).
R (11) Install the L/G door selector valve 41GA (Ref. TASK 32-31-34-400-
001).
(12) Install the L/G selector valve 40GA (Ref. TASK 32-31-12-400-001).
Subtask 32-31-32-865-052
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1GA, 2GA, 52GA, 1701GK, 1702GK.
Subtask 32-31-32-860-052
(2) If the flight configuration precautions were obeyed, put the aircraft
back to the serviceable condition (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-002).
(6) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 32-31-32-720-050
D. Do the Test
(1) Do the functional test of the normal extension and retraction system
(Ref. TASK 32-31-00-720-002).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-32
Page 410
Nov 01/09
CES
(3) Make sure that there is no hydraulic fluid leakage from the manifold
assembly 2818GM.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-31-32-410-051
A. Close Access
(1) Apply corrosion protection to the bolt heads, pipe connections and
adjacent areas (Ref. TASK 51-75-13-916-002).
(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-32
Page 411
Feb 01/98
CES
UPLOCK ASSY - MLG DOOR (2520GM,2521GM) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_____________________________________________________________
TASK 32-31-33-000-001
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-33
Page 401
Feb 01/98
CES
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-33-860-050
Subtask 32-31-33-010-050
B. Get Access
Subtask 32-31-33-869-051
(4) Put the container below the MLG door uplock to collect the hydraulic
fluid leakage.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-33
Page 402
Feb 01/08
CES
Subtask 32-31-33-865-051
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/CTL 1701GK R35
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/MONG 1702GK R34
Subtask 32-31-33-941-050
E. Safety Precautions
(1) Put the warning notices in position to tell persons not to pressurize
the Green hydraulic system:
- on the panel 40VU in the cockpit,
- on the ground service panel of the Green hydraulic system.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-31-33-020-050
(1) Disconnect the electrical connectors (12) and (13) from the MLG door
uplock (11).
(3) Disconnect the hydraulic pipes (10) and (14) from the MLG door uplock
(11).
(5) Remove the nut (15), the bolt (19), the washers (16) and (18) and the
bonding strap (17) from the MLG door uplock (11).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-33
Page 403
Feb 01/10
CES
R MLG Door Uplock 2521GM (2520GM)
Figure 401/TASK 32-31-33-991-001
EFF :
ALL 32-31-33
Page 404
Feb 01/10
CES
(7) Remove the nut (23), the washer (22), the bolt (21) and the bush
(20).
(8) Move the rod (26) away from the MLG door uplock (11).
(10) Remove the nut (7), the washer (4), the bolt (8) and the bush (9).
(11) Move the rod (2) away from the MLG door uplock (11).
(14) Hold the MLG door uplock (11), remove the bolts (1) and the MLG door
uplock (11).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-33
Page 405
Feb 01/98
CES
TASK 32-31-33-400-002
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-33
Page 406
Feb 01/98
CES
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-33
Page 407
Feb 01/08
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-33-860-052
(1) Make sure that the PTU isolation coupling is disconnected (Ref. TASK
29-23-00-860-001).
(2) Make sure that the aircraft electrical circuits are de-energized
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002)
(3) Make sure that the flight configuration precautions were obeyed
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-001).
(4) Make sure that the Green hydraulic system is depressurized (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-001).
(5) Make sure that the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system is
depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-33
Page 408
Feb 01/08
CES
Subtask 32-31-33-865-052
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/CTL 1701GK R35
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/MONG 1702GK R34
Subtask 32-31-33-941-051
C. Safety Precautions
(1) Make sure that the warning notices are in position to tell persons
not to pressurize the Green hydraulic system:
- on the panel 40VU in the cockpit,
- on the ground service panel of the Green hydraulic system.
Subtask 32-31-33-560-050
(1) Remove and discard the cotter pin (45) from the removed MLG door
uplock (11).
(2) Remove the nut (46), the washer (47), the bolt (49) and the lever
(48).
(4) Remove the nut (40), the washer (42), the bolt (43) and the lever
(44).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-33
Page 409
May 01/99
R
CES
(b) Align the master splines and install the lever (44) on the
splined shaft of the MLG door uplock (11).
(c) Install the bolt (43), the washer (42) and the nut (40).
(d) Safety the nut (40) with a new cotter pin (41).
(e) Align the master splines and install the lever (48) on the
splined shaft of the MLG door uplock (11).
(f) Install the bolt (49), the washer (47) and the nut (46).
(g) Safety the nut (46) with a new cotter pin (45).
(h) Apply the corrosion preventive compound to the nuts, bolts and
adjacent areas (Ref. TASK 51-75-13-916-002).
Subtask 32-31-33-860-051
(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
(a) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the bolts (1)
and the bushes (5).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-31-33-420-051
(1) Put the MLG door uplock (11) in position and install the bushes (5),
the bolts (1), the washers (29) and the nuts (28).
(2) Safety the nuts (28) with the new cotter pins (27).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-33
Page 410
May 01/99
R
CES
(3) Remove the blanking plugs.
(4) Connect the hydraulic pipes (10) and (14) to the hydraulic connectors
of the MLG door uplock (11).
(5) TORQUE the pipes (10) and (14) to between 1.5 and 1.7 m.daN (11.06
R and 12.53 lbf.ft) and mark them with PAINTS FOR DETAIL (INTERNAL AND
R EXTERN AL) (Material No. 07-010).
Subtask 32-31-33-480-050
R WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION
_______
R BEFORE YOU START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
R - THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
R - THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
R - THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
R - COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
R (a) Install the safety devices on the landing gear doors (Ref. TASK
R 32-00-00-481-002).
R (3) Move the MLG ground door-opening handle from the OPEN to the CLOSED
position.
R (5) Put the RIGGING PIN (98DNSA20208060) through the lever into the
forward face of the MLG door uplock 2521GM.
R (6) Put the RIGGING PIN (98DNSA20208040) through the lever into the aft
face of the MLG door uplock 2521GM.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-33
Page 411
May 01/99
CES
Rigging of the MLG Door Uplocks 2521GM (2520GM)
Figure 402/TASK 32-31-33-991-003
EFF :
ALL 32-31-33
Page 412
Feb 01/98
CES
R (7) Put the RIGGING PIN (98DNSA20208040) through the lever into the
forward face of the MLG vent valve 2516GM.
R (8) Put the RIGGING PIN (98DNSA20208040) through the lever into the aft
face of the door by-pass valve 2517GM.
FOR 2520GM
R (9) Put the RIGGING PIN (98DNSA20208060) through the lever into the
forward face of the MLG door uplock 2520GM.
R (10) Put the RIGGING PIN (98DNSA20208040) through the lever into the aft
face of the MLG door uplock 2520GM.
R (11) Put the RIGGING PIN (98DNSA20208060) through the lever into the
forward face of the cutout valve 2515GM.
R (12) Put the RIGGING PIN (98DNSA20208040) through the lever into the aft
face of the door by-pass valve 2518GM.
Subtask 32-31-33-820-050
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(1) Put the rod assembly (2) between the forks of the lever (44) and make
sure that the holes are aligned. If necessary adjust the rod assembly
(2).
(2) Remove and discard the lockwire from the locknuts (3) at both ends of
the rod assembly (2).
(4) Turn the rod assembly (2) until the holes are aligned.
(6) Make sure that the threads of the rod ends are in safety.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-33
Page 413
May 01/99
CES
Levers of the MLG Door Uplock 2521GM (2520GM)
Figure 403/TASK 32-31-33-991-002
EFF :
ALL 32-31-33
Page 414
May 01/99
R
CES
(7) Safety the locknuts (3) with corrosion-resistant steel lockwire 0.8
mm (0.032 in.) dia.
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(a) Put the rod assembly (26) between the forks of the lever (48) and
make sure that the holes are aligned. If necessary adjust the rod
assembly (26).
(8) Remove and discard the lockwire from the locknuts (25) at both ends
of the rod assembly (26).
(10) Turn the rod assembly (26) until the holes are aligned.
(12) Make sure that the threads of the rod ends are in safety.
(13) Safety the locknuts (25) with corrosion-resistant steel lockwire 0.8
mm (0.032 in.) dia.
Subtask 32-31-33-560-051
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL
_______
MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.
(1) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the bolts (8) and
(21) and the bushes (9) and (20).
(3) Install the bushes (9) and (20), the bolts (8) and (21), the washers
(4) and (22) and the nuts (7) and (23).
(4) Safety the nut (7) with the new cotter pin (6).
(5) Safety the nut (23) with the new cotter pin (24).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-33
Page 415
May 01/99
CES
(7) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
(8) Connect the electrical connectors (12) and (13) to the electrical
connectors on the MLG door uplock (11).
(9) Install the bolt (19), the washer (18), the bonding strap (17), the
washer (16) and the nut (15) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).
Subtask 32-31-33-080-050
Subtask 32-31-33-865-053
F. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1GA, 2GA, 52GA, 1701GK, 1702GK.
Subtask 32-31-33-860-053
(2) If the flight configuration precautions were obeyed, put the aircraft
back to the serviceable condition (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-002).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-33
Page 416
May 01/99
CES
(3) Remove the container.
(7) If necessary fill the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system to the
correct level (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-001).
Subtask 32-31-33-720-050
H. Do the Test
(1) Do the operational test of the landing gear doors (Ref. TASK 32-31-
00-710-002).
(2) Do the operational test of the gear uplock and door uplock
mechanical-control-system (Ref. TASK 32-33-00-710-001).
(4) Make sure that there is no hydraulic fluid leakage from the MLG door
uplock 2521GM (2520GM).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-31-33-410-050
A. Close Access
(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-33
Page 417
May 01/99
R
CES
SELECTOR VALVE - L/G DOOR (41GA) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_______________________________________________________
TASK 32-31-34-000-001
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-34
Page 401
May 01/09
CES
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-34-860-050
Subtask 32-31-34-010-050
B. Get Access
Subtask 32-31-34-869-050
R (4) Put a container below the L/G selector valve 41GA to collect the
R hydraulic fluid leakage.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-34
Page 402
May 01/09
CES
Subtask 32-31-34-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/CTL 1701GK R35
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/MONG 1702GK R34
Subtask 32-31-34-941-050
E. Safety Precautions
(1) Put the warning notices in position to tell persons not to pressurize
the Green hydraulic system:
- on the panel 40VU in the cockpit,
- on the ground service panel of the Green hydraulic system.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-31-34-020-050
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(3) Remove and discard the lockwire from the screws (1).
R (5) Remove the L/G selector valve (4) from the manifold (5).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-34
Page 403
May 01/09
CES
R L/G Selector Valve 41GA
Figure 401/TASK 32-31-34-991-001
EFF :
ALL 32-31-34
Page 404
May 01/09
CES
(6) Remove and discard the seals (6).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-34
Page 405
Feb 01/98
CES
TASK 32-31-34-400-001
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-34
Page 406
May 01/09
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-34
Page 407
Nov 01/08
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-34-860-052
(1) Make sure that the PTU isolation coupling is disconnected (Ref. TASK
29-23-00-860-001).
(2) Make sure that the aircraft electrical circuits are de-energized
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002)
(3) Make sure that the flight configuration precautions were obeyed
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-001).
(4) Make sure that the Green hydraulic system is depressurized (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-001).
(5) Make sure that the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system is
depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).
Subtask 32-31-34-865-052
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/CTL 1701GK R35
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/MONG 1702GK R34
EFF :
ALL 32-31-34
Page 408
Nov 01/08
R
CES
Subtask 32-31-34-941-052
C. Safety Precautions
(1) Make sure that the warning notices are in position to tell persons
not to pressurize the Green hydraulic system:
- on the panel 40VU in the cockpit,
- on the ground service panel of the Green hydraulic system.
Subtask 32-31-34-860-051
(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
(5) Apply one of the hydraulic fluids that follow to the new seals (6):
- HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003)
- HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003A)
- HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003B)
- HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003C)
- HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003D).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-31-34-420-051
R (1) Make sure that the L/G selector valve (4) has the DI or DI-BE stamp
R on the amendment plate.
R (a) If the L/G selector valve does not have the stamp, do the
R Inspection Service Bulletin (Ref. SB 32-1290) before you do the
steps (2) thru (9).
R (b) If the L/G selector valve does have the stamp, continue with the
R steps (2) thru (9).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-34
Page 409
May 01/09
CES
(2) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected line ends.
(3) Install the new seals (6) in the hydraulic interface connections of
the manifold (5). Make sure that the seals (6) are installed with the
PTFE backing ring on top.
R (4) Put the L/G selector valve (4) on the manifold (5). Make sure that
R the locating pin on the manifold (5) is in the locating hole in the
R L/G selector valve (4).
(5) Install the washers (2) and the screws (1). TORQUE the screws (1) to
0.9 m.daN (79.64 lbf.in).
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
R (a) Safety the screws (1) on the aft edge of the L/G selector valve
R (4) with the lockwire MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).
(8) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
Subtask 32-31-34-865-051
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1GA, 2GA, 52GA, 1701GK, 1702GK.
Subtask 32-31-34-860-053
(2) If the flight configuration precautions were obeyed, put the aircraft
back to the serviceable condition (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-002).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-34
Page 410
May 01/09
CES
(5) Remove the access platform(s).
(7) If necessary fill the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system to the
correct level (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-001).
Subtask 32-31-34-720-050
R D. Do the Test
R (4) Make sure that there is no hydraulic fluid leakage from the L/G
R selector valve 41GA.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-31-34-410-050
A. Close Access
(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-34
Page 411
May 01/09
CES
ACTUATING CYLINDER - MLG DOOR (2522GM,2523GM) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
____________________________________________________________________
TASK 32-31-35-000-001
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-35
Page 401
May 01/08
CES
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-35-860-050
Subtask 32-31-35-010-051
B. Get Access
Subtask 32-31-35-869-050
EFF :
ALL 32-31-35
Page 402
May 01/08
CES
(4) Put the container below the actuating cylinder 2523GM (2522GM) to
collect the hydraulic fluid leakage.
Subtask 32-31-35-865-053
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/CTL 1701GK R35
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/MONG 1702GK R34
Subtask 32-31-35-941-050
E. Safety Precautions
(1) Put the warning notices in position to tell persons not to pressurize
the Green hydraulic system:
- on the panel 40VU in the cockpit,
- on the ground service panel of the Green hydraulic system.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-31-35-020-051
(4) Remove and discard the cotter pins (8) and (10) from the bolts (1)
and (9).
(5) Remove the sealant from the bolts (1) and (9) and the nuts (7) and
(11) with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.
(6) Remove the nuts (7) and (11) and the washers (6) and (12) from the
bolts (1) and (9).
(7) Remove the spacers (5) and (13) from the bolts (1) and (9).
(8) Hold the actuating-cylinder (4) and remove the bolts (1) and (9).
Remove the actuating-cylinder.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-35
Page 403
May 01/09
R
CES
R MLG Door Actuating-Cylinder 2523GM (2522GM) (with flanged bush)
Figure 401/TASK 32-31-35-991-005- 12 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
ALL 32-31-35
Page 404
May 01/09
CES
R MLG Door Actuating-Cylinder 2523GM (2522GM) (with flanged bush)
Figure 401/TASK 32-31-35-991-005- 22 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
ALL 32-31-35
Page 405
May 01/09
CES
TASK 32-31-35-400-001
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific container
No specific warning notices
No specific 1 PUMP - HAND, HYDRAULIC
No specific Torque Wrench : range 15.00 to 150.00 lbf.ft
(2.00 to 20.00 m.daN)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.20 to 3.60 m.daN
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
R No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.70 to 10.00 m.daN
R (5.00 to 75.00 lbf.ft)
EFF :
ALL 32-31-35
Page 406
Nov 01/09
CES
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-35
Page 407
Feb 01/10
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-35-860-051
(1) Make sure that the PTU isolation coupling is disconnected (Ref. TASK
29-23-00-860-001).
(2) Make sure that the electrical circuits are de-energized (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002) or the flight configuration precautions were obeyed
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-001).
(3) Make sure that the Green hydraulic system is depressurized (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-001).
(4) Make sure that the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system is
depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-35
Page 408
Feb 01/10
CES
Subtask 32-31-35-865-054
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/CTL 1701GK R35
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/MONG 1702GK R34
Subtask 32-31-35-941-051
C. Safety Precautions
(1) Make sure that the warning notices are in position to tell persons
not to pressurize the Green hydraulic system:
- On the panel 40VU in the cockpit
- On the ground service panel of the Green hydraulic system.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-31-35-820-050
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT YOU INSTALL THE ACTUATOR TOP BOLT WITH
_______
THE BOLT HEAD ON THE SAME SIDE AS THE FLANGED BUSHING.
INCORRECT INSTALLATION OF THE BOLT CAN CAUSE THE BOLT
TO MOVE THROUGH THE BUSHINGS. THIS CAN CAUSE A FAILURE
OF THE MAIN LANDING GEAR DOOR.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-35
Page 409
Aug 01/09
R
CES
(b) Install the bolt (1) and the spacer (5) in the upper support
bracket. Do not install the nut (7) at this time.
NOTE : The bolt head (1) must be installed on the same side as
____
the flanged bushing.
(d) Remove the blanking plugs and attach a PUMP - HAND, HYDRAULIC to
the extension port of the actuating-cylinder (4).
(e) Fully extend the actuating-cylinder (4) with the hydraulic hand
pump.
(g) Install the bolt (9) and the spacer (13). Do not install the nut
(11) at this time.
(i) Measure the distance between the centers of the eye-ends. The
distance must be between 1039.7 mm (40.9330 in.) and 1040.3 mm
(40.9567 in.).
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-35
Page 410
Feb 01/10
CES
Actuating-Cylinder - Adjustment
Figure 402/TASK 32-31-35-991-003
R
EFF :
001-049, 051-061, 101-103, 201-203, 32-31-35
Page 411
Aug 01/09
CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
R
32-31-35
Page 412
Aug 01/09
CES
Actuating-Cylinder - Adjustment
Figure 402A/TASK 32-31-35-991-003-A
R
EFF : 062-099, 104-149, 151-199, 204-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-31-35
Page 413
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
(a) Cut and remove the lock-wire (21).
R (c) Release the pressure from the actuating-cylinder (4) and remove
R the lower bolt (9) and the spacer (13).
(f) Put the eye-end (20) in position and install the bolt (9) and the
spacer (13).
(i) TORQUE the nut (22) to 80.0 lbf.ft (10.84 m.daN). You must TORQUE
R and loosen the nut (2) two times, then TORQUE and safety it with
R the lockwire. This is to make sure that all the tolerance between
the threads is removed.
(j) Safety the nut (22) to the lock key (23) with the lockwire
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) (21).
R
Subtask 32-31-35-420-051
EFF :
ALL 32-31-35
Page 414
May 01/08
CES
(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
(5) Install the washers (6) and (12) on the bolts (1) and (9) with the
nuts (7) and (11).
(6) Tighten the nuts (7) and (11) and TORQUE to between 2.75 and 5.50
m.daN (20.28 and 40.56 lbf.ft).
R (7) Safety the nut (7) with a new cotter pin (8) and the nut (11) with a
new cotter pin (10).
(9) Connect the connectors (3) to the actuating-cylinder (4) and TORQUE
to between 2.43 and 2.76 m.daN (17.92 and 20.35 lbf.ft).
(12) Apply the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) to the heads of the bolts
(1) and (9) and the nuts (7) and (11).
Subtask 32-31-35-865-055
C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1GA, 2GA, 52GA, 1701GK, 1702GK
Subtask 32-31-35-860-052
(2) If the flight configuration precautions were obeyed, put the aircraft
back to the serviceable condition (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-002).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-35
Page 415
Feb 01/10
CES
(3) Remove the container.
Subtask 32-31-35-710-051
E. Do the Test
(1) Do the operational test of the MLG doors (Ref. TASK 32-31-00-710-
002).
(2) Make sure that the MLG door(s) is(are) flush with the adjacent
airframe structure (Ref. TASK 32-12-11-400-001).
(4) Make sure that there is no hydraulic fluid leakage from the actuating
cylinder 2523GM (2522GM).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-31-35-410-051
A. Close Access
(1) Apply corrosion protection to the connectors (3) and the adjacent
areas (Ref. TASK 51-75-13-916-002).
(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-35
Page 416
May 01/08
R
CES
CHECK VALVE - MLG (2519GM,2525GM,2529GM) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_______________________________________________________________
TASK 32-31-36-000-001
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-36
Page 401
Feb 01/05
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-36-860-050
Subtask 32-31-36-010-050
B. Get Access
Subtask 32-31-36-869-050
(1) Depressurize the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK
29-14-00-614-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-36
Page 402
Feb 01/05
R
CES
(5) Put the container below the check valves to collect the hydraulic
fluid leakage.
Subtask 32-31-36-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/CTL 1701GK R35
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/MONG 1702GK R34
Subtask 32-31-36-941-050
E. Safety Precautions
(1) Put the warning notices in the position to tell persons not to
pressurize the Green hydraulic system:
- on the panel 40VU in the cockpit,
- on the ground service panel of the Green hydraulic system.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-31-36-020-051
(2) Disconnect the connectors (8) and (9) and remove the union (11) with
the check valve (13).
(3) Remove the check valve (13) from the union (11).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-36
Page 403
Nov 01/08
CES
R MLG Check Valves 2519GM, 2525GM and 2529GM
Figure 401/TASK 32-31-36-991-001
EFF :
ALL 32-31-36
Page 404
Aug 01/99
CES
Subtask 32-31-36-020-052
(3) Remove the check valve (4) from the manifold (6).
Subtask 32-31-36-020-053
(2) Disconnect the connectors (1) and remove the union (2).
(3) Remove the check valve (7) from the manifold (6).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-36
Page 405
Feb 01/98
CES
TASK 32-31-36-400-001
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-36
Page 406
Nov 01/09
CES
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-36
Page 407
Nov 01/08
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-36-860-051
(1) Make sure that the PTU isolation coupling is disconnected (Ref. TASK
29-23-00-860-001).
(2) Make sure that the aircraft electrical circuits are energized
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
(3) Make sure that the flight configuration precautions were obeyed
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-001).
(4) Make sure that the Green hydraulic system is depressurized (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-001).
(5) Make sure that the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system is
depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-36
Page 408
Nov 01/08
R
CES
Subtask 32-31-36-865-052
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/CTL 1701GK R35
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/MONG 1702GK R34
Subtask 32-31-36-941-051
C. Make sure that the warning notices are in position to tell persons not to
pressurize the Green hydraulic system:
- on the panel 40VU in the cockpit,
- on the ground service panel of the Green hydraulic system.
Subtask 32-31-36-560-050
(f) TORQUE the check valve (13) to between 3.19 and 3.47 m.daN (23.52
and 25.58 lbf.ft).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-36
Page 409
Nov 01/08
R
CES
(2) Preparation of the check valve 2525GM.
(6) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-36
Page 410
Nov 01/08
R
CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-31-36-420-051
(2) Put the union (11) and the check valve (13) in position and tighten
the connectors (10), (14) and (9).
(3) TORQUE the connector (10) to between 5.2 and 5.65 m.daN (38.34 and
41.66 lbf.ft).
(4) TORQUE the pipe (14) to between 2.9 and 3.2 m.daN (21.38 and 23.59
lbf.ft).
(5) TORQUE the pipe (9) to between 3.34 and 3.44 m.daN (24.63 and 25.36
lbf.ft).
Subtask 32-31-36-420-053
(3) TORQUE the check valve (4) to between 3.19 and 3.47 m.daN (23.52 and
25.58 lbf.ft).
(4) Tighten the connector (3) and TORQUE to between 2.9 and 3.2 m.daN
(21.38 and 23.59 lbf.ft).
Subtask 32-31-36-420-054
(3) TORQUE the check valve (7) to between 3.19 and 3.47 m.daN (23.52 and
25.58 lbf.ft).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-36
Page 411
Nov 01/08
CES
(4) Put the union (2) in position and tighten the connectors (1) and
TORQUE them to between 2.9 and 3.2 m.daN (21.38 and 23.59 lbf.ft).
Subtask 32-31-36-865-051
D. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1GA, 2GA, 52GA, 1701GK, 1702GK.
Subtask 32-31-36-860-052
(2) If the flight configuration precautions were obeyed, put the aircraft
back to the serviceable condition (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-002).
(7) If necessary fill the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system to the
correct level (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-001).
Subtask 32-31-36-720-050
F. Do the Test
(1) Do the functional test of the normal extension and retraction system
(Ref. TASK 32-31-00-720-002).
(3) Make sure that there is no hydraulic fluid leakage from the check
valve(s).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-36
Page 412
Nov 01/08
R
CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-31-36-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-36
Page 413
Nov 01/08
CES
CHECK VALVE - RETURN ISOLATION (2748GM) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________________________________
TASK 32-31-37-000-001
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-37
Page 401
Feb 01/05
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-37-860-050
Subtask 32-31-37-010-050
B. Get Access
Subtask 32-31-37-869-050
(1) Depressurize the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK
29-14-00-614-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-37
Page 402
Feb 01/05
R
CES
(5) Put the container below the check valve 2748GM to collect the
hydraulic fluid leakage.
Subtask 32-31-37-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/CTL 1701GK R35
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/MONG 1702GK R34
Subtask 32-31-37-941-050
E. Safety Precautions
(1) Put the warning notices in position to tell persons not to pressurize
the Green hydraulic system:
- on the panel 40VU in the cockpit,
- on the ground service panel of the Green hydraulic system.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-31-37-020-050
(3) Remove the reducer (5) together with the check valve (3).
(4) Remove the check valve (3) from the reducer (5).
(5) Remove and discard the packing (4) from the check valve (3).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-37
Page 403
Feb 01/99
CES
Check Valve 2748GM
Figure 401/TASK 32-31-37-991-001
EFF :
ALL 32-31-37
Page 404
Feb 01/98
CES
TASK 32-31-37-400-001
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-37
Page 405
Nov 01/09
CES
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-37
Page 406
Nov 01/08
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-37-860-051
(1) Make sure that PTU isolation coupling is disconnected (Ref. TASK 29-
23-00-860-001).
(2) Make sure that the aircraft electrical circuits are energized
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
(3) Make sure that the flight configuration precautions were obeyed
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-001).
(4) Make sure that the Green hydraulic system is depressurized (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-001).
(5) Make sure that the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system is
depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).
Subtask 32-31-37-865-051
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/CTL 1701GK R35
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/MONG 1702GK R34
EFF :
ALL 32-31-37
Page 407
Nov 01/07
R
CES
Subtask 32-31-37-941-051
C. Safety Precautions
(1) Make sure that the warning notices are in position to tell persons
not to pressurize the Green hydraulic system:
- on the panel 40VU in the cockpit,
- on the ground service panel of the Green hydraulic system.
Subtask 32-31-37-560-050
(5) TORQUE the check valve (3) to between 4.32 and 4.61 m.daN (31.85 and
33.99 lbf.ft).
Subtask 32-31-37-560-051
(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-37
Page 408
Nov 01/07
CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-31-37-420-050
(3) Put the reducer (5) and the check valve (3) in position and tighten
the connectors (1), (2) and (6).
(4) TORQUE the connector (1) to between 9.7 and 10.7 m.daN (71.53 and
78.90 lbf.ft).
(5) TORQUE the pipes (2) and (6) to between 5.4 and 5.9 m.daN (39.82 and
43.51 lbf.ft).
(6) Mark the connections with PAINTS FOR DETAIL (INTERNAL AND EXTERN AL)
(Material No. 07-010).
Subtask 32-31-37-865-052
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1GA, 2GA, 52GA, 1701GK, 1702GK
Subtask 32-31-37-860-052
(2) If the flight configuration precautions were obeyed, put the aircraft
back to the serviceable condition (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-002).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-37
Page 409
Nov 01/99
R
CES
(7) If necessary fill the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system to the
correct level (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-001).
Subtask 32-31-37-720-050
(2) Make sure that there is no hydraulic fluid leakage from the check
valve 2748GM.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-31-37-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Apply corrosion protection to the check valve 2748GM and the adjacent
areas (Ref. TASK 51-75-13-916-002).
(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-37
Page 410
Nov 01/99
CES
JOINT ASSY - SWIVEL, MLG DOOR (2763GM,2764GM) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
____________________________________________________________________
TASK 32-31-38-000-001
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-38
Page 401
Feb 01/05
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-38-860-050
Subtask 32-31-38-010-050
B. Get Access
(1) Open the left or the right MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).
Subtask 32-31-38-869-050
(1) Depressurize the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK
29-14-00-614-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-38
Page 402
Feb 01/05
R
CES
(5) Put the container below the swivel joint assembly 2763GM (2764GM) to
collect the hydraulic fluid leakage.
Subtask 32-31-38-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/CTL 1701GK R35
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/MONG 1702GK R34
Subtask 32-31-38-941-053
E. Safety Precautions
(1) Put the warning notices in position to tell persons not to pressurize
the Green hydraulic system:
- on the panel 40VU in the cockpit,
- on the ground service panel of the Green hydraulic system.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-31-38-020-050
(2) Disconnect the connectors (2) and move the flexible hoses (1) away
from the swivel joints (5).
(3) Disconnect the connectors (8) and remove the swivel joints (5) from
the MLG door actuator (7).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-38
Page 403
Feb 01/99
CES
R MLG Door Swivel-Joint Assembly 2763GM (2764GM)
Figure 401/TASK 32-31-38-991-001
EFF :
ALL 32-31-38
Page 404
May 01/00
CES
TASK 32-31-38-400-001
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-38
Page 405
Nov 01/08
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-38
Page 406
Aug 01/09
CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-38-860-051
(1) Make sure that the PTU isolation coupling is disconnected (Ref. TASK
29-23-00-860-001).
(2) Make sure that the aircraft electrical circuits are energized
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
(3) Make sure that the flight configuration precautions were obeyed
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-001).
(4) Make sure that the Green hydraulic system is depressurized (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-001).
(5) Make sure that the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system is
depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).
Subtask 32-31-38-865-051
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/CTL 1701GK R35
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/MONG 1702GK R34
Subtask 32-31-38-941-051
C. Safety Precautions
(1) Make sure that the warning notices are in position to tell persons
not to pressurize the Green hydraulic system:
- on the panel 40VU in the cockpit,
- on the ground service panel of the Green hydraulic system.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-38
Page 407
Nov 01/99
R
CES
Subtask 32-31-38-560-050
(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
(7) Lubricate the threads of the swivel joints (5) with HYDRAULIC FLUIDS
(Material No. 02-003), HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003A),
HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003B), HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material
No. 02-003C) or HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003D).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-31-38-420-050
(1) Put the swivel joints (5) in position and install the connectors (8).
Do not tighten the connectors (8) at this time.
(2) The swivel joint (5) alignment must be parallel to the aircraft axis.
(3) Put the bracket (4), equally positioned, on both swivel joints (5).
Install the bolt (6) and the nut (3) and TORQUE the nut (3) to
between 1.58 and 1.81 m.daN (11.65 and 13.34 lbf.ft).
(4) Make sure that the swivel joints are in correct position and tighten
the connectors (8). TORQUE the connectors (8) to between 2.9 and 3.2
m.daN (21.38 and 23.59 lbf.ft).
(5) Put the flexible hoses (1) in position and connect the connectors (2)
to the swivel joints (5).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-38
Page 408
Nov 01/09
CES
(6) TORQUE the connectors (2) to between 2.9 and 3.2 m.daN (21.38 and
23.59 lbf.ft).
R (7) Mark all the connectors with a line with PAINTS FOR DETAIL (INTERNAL
AND EXTERN AL) (Material No. 07-020).
Subtask 32-31-38-865-052
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1GA, 2GA, 52GA, 1701GK, 1702GK.
Subtask 32-31-38-860-052
(2) If the flight configuration precautions were obeyed, put the aircraft
back to the serviceable condition (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-002).
(7) If necessary fill the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system to the
correct level (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-001).
Subtask 32-31-38-710-050
(2) Make sure that there is no hydraulic fluid leakage from the swivel
joint assembly 2763GM (2764GM).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-38
Page 409
Nov 01/09
CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-31-38-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Apply corrosion protection to the swivel joints and the adjacent
areas (Ref. TASK 51-75-13-916-002).
(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-38
Page 410
Nov 01/99
CES
HOSE ASSEMBLY - FLEXIBLE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_______________________________________________
TASK 32-31-39-000-001
Removal of the Flexible Hose Assembly 2765GM (2768GM) and 2766GM (2767GM)
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-39
Page 401
Nov 01/09
CES
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-39-860-050
Subtask 32-31-39-010-050
B. Get Access
(1) Open the left or the right MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).
Subtask 32-31-39-869-050
(1) Depressurize the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK
29-14-00-614-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-39
Page 402
Nov 01/09
CES
(4) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 1M(3 FT) in position.
(5) Put the CONTAINER 5 L(1 1/2 USGAL) below the flexible hose assembly
2765GM (2768GM) and 2766GM (2767GM) to collect the hydraulic fluid
leakage.
Subtask 32-31-39-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/CTL 1701GK R35
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/MONG 1702GK R34
Subtask 32-31-39-941-050
E. Safety Precautions
(1) Put the WARNING NOTICE in position to tell persons not to pressurize
the Green hydraulic system:
- On the panel 40VU in the cockpit
- On the ground service panel of the Green hydraulic system.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-31-39-020-050
A. Removal of the Flexible Hose Assembly 2765GM (2768GM) and 2766GM (2767GM)
(2) Disconnect the connectors (2), (5) from the swivel joints (4) and
(3).
(3) Disconnect the connectors (11), the nuts (12) and the washers (13)
from the elbow joints (14) and the brackets (15).
(4) Remove the nuts (7), the washers (8) and the bolts (10) from the
clamps (9).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-39
Page 403
Nov 01/09
CES
Flexible Hose Assembly 2765GM (2768GM) and 2766GM (2767GM) - Location and
Detail
Figure 401/TASK 32-31-39-991-001
EFF :
ALL
32-31-39 Page 404
Nov 01/09
CES
(5) Remove the clamps (9) from the flexible hoses (6) and (1).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-39
Page 405
Nov 01/09
CES
TASK 32-31-39-400-001
Installation of the Flexible Hose Assembly 2765GM (2768GM) and 2766GM (2767GM)
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific 1 VISCOMETER
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.20 to 3.60 m.daN
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-39
Page 406
Nov 01/09
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-39
Page 407
Nov 01/09
CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-39-860-051
(1) Make sure that the PTU isolation coupling is disconnected (Ref. TASK
29-23-00-860-001).
(2) Make sure that the aircraft electrical circuits are energised
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
(3) Make sure that the flight configuration precautions were obeyed
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-001).
(4) Make sure that the Green hydraulic system is depressurized (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-001).
(5) Make sure that the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system is
depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).
Subtask 32-31-39-865-051
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/CTL 1701GK R35
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/MONG 1702GK R34
Subtask 32-31-39-941-051
C. Safety Precautions
(1) Make sure that the VISCOMETER are in position to tell persons not to
pressurize the Green hydraulic system:
- On the panel 40VU in the cockpit
- On the ground service panel of the Green hydraulic system.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-39
Page 408
Nov 01/09
CES
Subtask 32-31-39-560-050
(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
(6) Lubricate the threads of the swivel joints (4) and (3) and the elbow
joints (14) with HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003), HYDRAULIC
FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003A), HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-
003B), HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003C) or HYDRAULIC FLUIDS
(Material No. 02-003D).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-31-39-420-050
(2) Install the connectors (2) and (5) to the swivel joints (4) and (3).
(3) Install the connectors (11) with the washers (13) and the nuts (12)
to the elbow joints (14) and the brackets (15).
(4) Tighten the connectors (2), (5) and (11) and TORQUE them to between
2.9 and 3.2 m.daN (21.38 and 23.59 lbf.ft).
(5) Install the clamps (9) with the bolts (10), the washers (8) and the
nuts (7).
(6) Put marks on all the connectors with the PAINTS FOR DETAIL (INTERNAL
AND EXTERN AL) (Material No. 07-020).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-39
Page 409
Nov 01/09
CES
Subtask 32-31-39-865-052
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1GA, 2GA, 52GA, 1701GK, 1702GK.
Subtask 32-31-39-860-052
C. Preparation of Test
(2) If the flight configuration precautions were obeyed, put the aircraft
back to the serviceable condition (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-002).
(7) If necessary fill the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system to the
correct level (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-001).
Subtask 32-31-39-710-050
(2) Make sure that the there is no hydraulic fluid leakage from the
flexible hose assembly 2765GM (2768GM) and 2766GM (2767GM).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-31-39-410-050
A. Close Access
(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-39
Page 410
Nov 01/09
CES
(3) Close the applicable MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001).
(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-39
Page 411
Nov 01/09
CES
CONTROL ROD - NLG MAIN DOOR - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________________________
TASK 32-31-41-000-001
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE LANDING GEAR ARE CLEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-41-941-050
A. Safety Precautions
(1) In the cockpit, on the panel 400VU, put warning notice(s) to tell
persons not to operate the landing gear control lever.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-41
Page 401
Feb 01/98
CES
Subtask 32-31-41-010-050
B. Get Access
(2) Put the access platform in position below the related NLG door.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-31-41-020-050
(1) Remove the cotter pin (10) and discard it, remove the nut (11) and
the washer (9).
(2) Remove the bolt (7) and disconnect the rod (4).
(3) Remove the cotter pin (1) and discard it, remove the nut (2) and the
washer (3).
(4) Remove the bolt (6) and disconnect the rod (4).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-41
Page 402
Feb 01/98
CES
Removal/Installation of the NLG main door control rod
Figure 401/TASK 32-31-41-991-001
EFF :
ALL 32-31-41
Page 403
Feb 01/98
CES
TASK 32-31-41-400-001
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE LANDING GEAR ARE CLEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-41
Page 404
Nov 01/08
CES
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-41-860-050
(1) In the cockpit, on the panel 400VU, make sure that the warning
notice(s) is(are) in position to tell persons not to operate the
landing gear control lever.
(3) Make sure that the NLG doors are open (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-010-001).
(4) Make sure that the access platform is in position below the related
NLG door.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-41
Page 405
Aug 01/06
CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-31-41-820-050
(1) Cut and remove the lockwire and loosen the nuts (12).
(3) Adjust the rod length between the eye-end centers to the dimension L
= 848 mm (33.3858 in.) plus or minus 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.).
(5) TORQUE the nuts (12) to between 1.8 and 2.5 m.daN (13.27 and 18.43
lbf.ft) and safety them with lockwire corrosion resistant steel dia.
0.8 mm (0.032 in).
Subtask 32-31-41-420-050
CAUTION : CONNECT THE ROD FROM THE LEFT DOOR TO THE AFT BELLCRANK AND THE
_______
ROD FROM THE RIGHT DOOR TO THE FWD BELLCRANK.
IF YOU CONNECT THE RODS TO THE WRONG BELLCRANKS, THE RODS WILL
BECOME DAMAGED DURING OPERATION OF THE DOORS.
CAUTION : WHEN YOU PUT THE CONNECTING RODS IN POSITION, MAKE SURE THAT
_______
THE TAPERED ENDS OF THEM ARE CONNECTED TO THE UPPER BELLCRANK.
RODS INSTALLED IN THE OPPOSITE DIRECTION CAN CAUSE IMPORTANT
DAMAGE TO THE MECHANISM.
R (1) Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022) to the
bolts (7) and (6).
CAUTION : INSTALL THE BOLTS AT THE TOP OF THE CONTROL RODS WITH THE
_______
HEADS ON THE INNER SIDE OF THE MECHANISM.
- IF NOT, THE NUTS CAN TOUCH THE CRANK LEVERS AND CAUSE
DAMAGE WHEN THE MECHANISM OPERATES.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-41
Page 406
Feb 01/04
CES
Control Rod - Upper Attachment
Figure 402/TASK 32-31-41-991-002
EFF :
ALL 32-31-41
Page 407
Feb 01/98
CES
Control Rod - Upper and Lower Attachment Gaps
Figure 403/TASK 32-31-41-991-003
EFF :
ALL 32-31-41
Page 408
Feb 01/98
CES
(3) Install the bolts (6) with the heads on the inner side of the
mechanism.
(4) Make sure that the bushes (8) and (5) are in position.
(5) Install the washers (9) and (3), install the nuts (11) and (2).
(6) TORQUE the nuts (11) and (2) to between 0.6 and 0.61 m.daN (53.09 and
53.98 lbf.in).
(7) Make sure that the gaps A and B are more than or equal to 0.1 mm
(0.0039 in.).
(8) If the gaps A and B are correct, safety the nuts (11) and (2) with
the new cotter pin (10) and the new cotter pin (1).
(b) Remove the bolt (7) and disconnect the rod (4).
(c) Remove the bush (8) and install the new bush (8).
R (d) Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022) to the
bolt (7).
(f) Install the bolt (7), the washer (9) and the nut (11).
(g) TORQUE the nut (11) to between 0.6 and 0.61 m.daN (53.09 and
53.98 lbf.in) and safety it with the nut cotter pin (10).
(b) Remove the bolt (6) and disconnect the rod (4).
(c) Remove the bush (5) and install the new bush (5).
R (d) Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022) to the
bolt (6).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-41
Page 409
Feb 01/04
CES
(e) Put the rod (4) in position.
CAUTION : INSTALL THE BOLTS AT THE TOP OF THE CONTROL RODS WITH
_______
THE HEADS ON THE INNER SIDE OF THE MECHANISM.
- IF NOT, THE NUTS CAN TOUCH THE CRANK LEVERS AND CAUSE
DAMAGE WHEN THE MECHANISM OPERATES.
(f) Install the bolt (6) with the heads on the inner side of the
mechanism.
(h) TORQUE the nut (2) to between 0.6 and 0.61 m.daN (53.09 and 53.98
lbf.in) and safety it with the new cotter pin (1).
Subtask 32-31-41-710-050
C. Operational Test
(1) Do a full door close/door open cycle (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-010-001) and
(Ref. TASK 32-22-00-410-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-31-41-860-051
(4) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-41
Page 410
Feb 01/04
R
CES
UPLOCK ASSY - MLG (2509GM,2510GM) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________________________________
TASK 32-31-44-000-001
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-44
Page 401
May 01/99
CES
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-44-860-050
Subtask 32-31-44-010-050
B. Get Access
Subtask 32-31-44-869-050
(1) Depressurize the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK
29-14-00-614-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-44
Page 402
May 01/05
CES
Subtask 32-31-44-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/CTL 1701GK R35
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/MONG 1702GK R34
Subtask 32-31-44-941-050
E. Safety Precautions
(2) Put the container below the uplock assembly 2509GM (2510GM) to
collect the hydraulic fluid leakage.
(3) Put the warning notices in position to tell persons not to pressurize
the Green hydraulic system:
- on the panel 40VU in the cockpit,
- on the ground service panel of the Green hydraulic system.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-31-44-020-051
(2) Disconnect the electrical connectors (5) and (6) from the uplock
assembly (8).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-44
Page 403
Feb 01/10
CES
R MLG Uplock Assembly 2509GM (2510GM)
R Figure 401/TASK 32-31-44-991-001- 12 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
ALL 32-31-44
Page 404
Feb 01/99
CES
R MLG Uplock Assembly 2509GM (2510GM)
R Figure 401/TASK 32-31-44-991-001- 22 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
ALL 32-31-44
Page 405
Feb 01/99
CES
(4) Make a note of the dimension X.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 32-31-44-991-002)
R (5) Disconnect the hydraulic hoses (7) and (9) from the uplock assembly
R (8).
R (b) Remove the nut (36), the washer (37), the bolt (33) and the bush
R (34). Move the rod (35) away from the lever (29).
R (b) Remove the nut (27), the washers (26) and (25).
R
R (c) Remove the bolt (23) the washer assembly (24) and move the strut
R (10) away from the uplock assembly (8).
R (a) Remove the nut (21), the washer (22), the bolt (14) and
R disconnect the bonding strap (13) from the uplock assembly (8).
R
R (c) Remove the nut (16), the washers (17) and (18).
R (d) Remove the bolt (20) the washer assembly (19) and move the strut
R (4) away from the uplock assembly (8).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-44
Page 406
Feb 01/99
CES
R Rigging of the MLG Uplock Assembly 2509GM (2510GM)
Figure 402/TASK 32-31-44-991-002
EFF :
ALL 32-31-44
Page 407
Feb 01/99
CES
R (10) Remove the Uplock Assembly (8) view B
R
R (b) Remove the nut (2), the bolt (11), the washer (12), the outer
R bush (1) and remove the uplock assembly (8).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-44
Page 408
Feb 01/99
CES
TASK 32-31-44-400-001
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific container
No specific warning notices
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.20 to 3.60 m.daN
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
R No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.70 to 10.00 m.daN
R (5.00 to 75.00 lbf.ft)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 2.00 to 20.00 m.daN
(15.00 to 150.00 lbf.ft)
98DNSA20208060 2 RIGGING PIN
EFF :
ALL 32-31-44
Page 409
Nov 01/09
CES
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-44
Page 410
Feb 01/08
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-44-860-051
(1) Make sure that the PTU isolation coupling is disconnected (Ref. TASK
29-23-00-860-001).
(2) Make sure that the aircraft electrical circuits are energized
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
(3) Make sure that the flight configuration precautions were obeyed
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-001).
(4) Make sure that the Green hydraulic system is depressurized (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-001).
(5) Make sure that the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system is
depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).
Subtask 32-31-44-865-051
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/CTL 1701GK R35
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/MONG 1702GK R34
EFF :
ALL 32-31-44
Page 411
May 01/05
CES
Subtask 32-31-44-941-052
C. Safety Precautions
(1) Make sure that the warning notices are in position to tell persons
not to pressurize the Green hydraulic system:
- on the panel 40VU in the cockpit,
- on the ground service panel of the Green hydraulic system.
Subtask 32-31-44-560-050
(1) View D
(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (32) from the removed uplock
assembly (8).
(b) Remove the nut (31), the washer (30), the bolt (39) and remove
the lever (29) from the uplock assembly (8).
(d) Put the lever (29) in position on the splined shaft of the uplock
assembly (8). Make sure that the master splines are aligned.
(e) Install the bolt (39), the washer (30) and the nut (31).
(f) Safety the nut (31) with a new cotter pin (32).
(2) Make sure that the dimension X of the new component is the same of
that retained from the removed component.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 32-31-44-991-002)
(a) Cut and remove the lock wire from the eye end-lock nut.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-44
Page 412
May 01/04
R
CES
(c) Turn the eye end IN or OUT until the Dimension X is reached.
(d) Tighten the eye end-lock nut and Torque to 14.6 m.daN (107.66
lbf.ft).
(e) Safety the eye end with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).
Subtask 32-31-44-560-051
(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-31-44-420-050
(a) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the bolt (11),
the bushes (1) and the washer (12).
(d) Install the outer bush (1), the washer (12), the bolt (11) and
the nut (2).
(e) TORQUE the nut (2) to between 6.8 and 7.8 m.daN (50.14 and 57.52
lbf.ft) .
(f) Safety the nut (2) with a new cotter pin (3).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-44
Page 413
May 01/04
R
CES
(2) Install the Strut A (4) view E
(a) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the bolt (20)
and the washer assembly (19), the washers (18) and (17).
(b) Put the washer assembly (19) and the strut (4) in position.
(c) Install the bolt (20), the washer (18), (17) and the nut (16).
(d) Safety the nut (16) with a new cotter pin (15).
(e) Put the bonding strap (13) in position and install the bolt (14),
the washer (22) and the nut (21) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).
(a) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the bolt (23)
and the washers (25), (26) and the washer assembly (24).
(b) Put the washer assebmly (24) and the strut (10) in position and
install the bolt (23), the washers (25), (26) and the nut (27).
(c) Safety the nut (27) with a new cotter pin (28).
(b) Remove the blanking plugs and connect the hydraulic hoses (7) and
(9) to the uplock assembly (8) TORQUE the connections to between
1.52 and 1.63 m.daN (11.20 and 12.02 lbf.ft).
(c) Mark the connections with PAINTS FOR DETAIL (INTERNAL AND EXTERN
AL) (Material No. 07-010).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-44
Page 414
May 01/04
R
CES
(e) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
correct condition.
(f) Connect the electrical connectors (5) and (6) to the uplock
assembly (8).
1
_ Remove and discard the lockwire and loosen the nuts (41).
2
_ Release the lockwashers (40) and adjust length of the rod
(35).
3
_ Make sure that all the installed rigging pins can be moved
freely and easily.
4
_ Install the nuts (41) and safety with lockwire MISCELLANEOUS
(Material No. 19-010).
(c) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the bolt (33),
the bush (34) and the washer (37).
(d) Put the rod (35) in position and install the bush (34), the bolt
(33), the washer (37) and the nut (36).
(e) Safety the nut (36) with a new cotter pin (38).
Subtask 32-31-44-865-052
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1GA, 2GA, 52GA, 1701GK, 1702GK.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-44
Page 415
May 01/04
R
CES
Subtask 32-31-44-860-052
(2) If the flight configuration precautions were obeyed, put the aircraft
back to the serviceable condition (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-002).
(6) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(8) If necessary fill the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system to the
correct level (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-001).
Subtask 32-31-44-720-050
D. Do the Test
(2) Do the functional test of the free-fall extension system of the MLG
(Ref. TASK 32-33-00-720-001).
(4) Make sure that there is no hydraulic fluid leakage from the uplock
assembly.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-44
Page 416
May 01/04
R
CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-31-44-410-051
A. Close Access
(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-44
Page 417
May 01/04
R
CES
TASK 32-31-44-000-002
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-44
Page 418
May 01/05
CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-44-860-053
Subtask 32-31-44-010-052
B. Get Access
Subtask 32-31-44-869-053
(1) Depressurize the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK
29-14-00-614-001).
Subtask 32-31-44-865-053
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/CTL 1701GK R35
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/MONG 1702GK R34
R
EFF :
ALL 32-31-44
Page 419
Feb 01/99
CES
Subtask 32-31-44-941-053
E. Safety Precautions
(2) Put the container below the uplock assembly 2509GM (2510GM) to
collect the hydraulic fluid leakage.
(3) Put the warning notices in position to tell persons not to pressurize
the Green hydraulic system:
- on the panel 40VU in the cockpit,
- on the ground service panel of the Green hydraulic system.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-31-44-020-052
R (b) Remove and discard the cotter pins (5) and (11).
R (e) Remove the nut (12) and the washers (9) and (10).
(f) Pull the bolt (6) out and removed the Washer assembly (7).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-44
Page 420
Feb 01/99
CES
R MLG Uplock-Support Struts
Figure 403/TASK 32-31-44-991-003
EFF :
ALL 32-31-44
Page 421
Feb 01/99
CES
R Rigging of the MLG Uplock Support Struts
Figure 404/TASK 32-31-44-991-004- 12 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
ALL 32-31-44
Page 422
Feb 01/99
CES
R Rigging of the MLG Uplock Support Struts
Figure 404/TASK 32-31-44-991-004- 22 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
ALL 32-31-44
Page 423
Feb 01/99
CES
(2) Remove the support strut B
R (b) Remove and discard the cotter pins (19) and (21).
R (e) Remove the nut (18) and the washers (16) and (17).
R (f) Pull the bolt (13) out and removed the Washer assembly (14).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-44
Page 424
Feb 01/99
CES
TASK 32-31-44-400-002
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific container
No specific warning notices
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.20 to 3.60 m.daN
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
B. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-44
Page 425
May 01/04
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-44-860-054
(1) Make sure that the PTU isolation coupling is disconnected (Ref. TASK
29-23-00-860-001).
(2) Make sure that the aircraft electrical circuits are energized
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
(3) Make sure that the flight configuration precautions were obeyed
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-001).
(4) Make sure that the Green hydraulic system is depressurized (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-001).
(5) Make sure that the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system is
depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-44
Page 426
May 01/05
CES
Subtask 32-31-44-865-054
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/CTL 1701GK R35
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/MONG 1702GK R34
Subtask 32-31-44-941-054
C. Safety Precautions
(1) Make sure that the warning notices are in position to tell persons
not to pressurize the Green hydraulic system:
- on the panel 40VU in the cockpit,
- on the ground service panel of the Green hydraulic system.
Subtask 32-31-44-560-052
(1) Make sure that the dimension Y of the new support strut A is same
of that retained from the removed component.
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 32-31-44-991-004)
(a) Bend back the lockwasher from the eye end-lock nut if it is
safeted.
(c) Turn the eye end IN or OUT until the Dimension Y is reached.
(d) Tighten the eye end-lock nut and Torque to between to 1.3 m.daN
(115.04 lbf.in) and to 1.4 m.daN (10.32 lbf.ft).
(e) Bend up the lock washer to safety the eye end-lock nut.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-44
Page 427
Feb 01/99
CES
(3) Make sure that the dimension Z of the new support strut B is same
of that retained from the removed component.
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 32-31-44-991-004)
(a) Bend back the lockwasher from the eye end-lock nut if it is
safeted.
(c) Turn the eye end IN or OUT until the Dimension Z is reached.
(d) Tighten the eye end-lock nut and Torque to between to 1.3 m.daN
(115.04 lbf.in) and to 1.4 m.daN (10.32 lbf.ft).
(e) Bend up the lock washer to safety the eye end-lock nut.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-31-44-420-051
R (a) Put the support strut A (8) in position on the uplock assembly
R (25).
R (b) Install the bolt (6) and the washer assembly (7).
R (c) Install the washers (9), (10) and the nut (12).
R (d) Safety the nut (12) with a new cotter pin (11).
(e) Put the eye end in position and install the bolt (1) together
with the bush (2).
(g) Safety the nut (4) with a new cotter pin (5).
R (a) Put the support strut B (15) in position on the uplock assembly
R (25).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-44
Page 428
Feb 01/99
CES
R (b) Install the bolt (13) and the washer assembly (14).
R (c) Install the washers (16), (17) and the nut (18).
R (d) Safety the nut (18) with a new cotter pin (19).
R (e) Put the eye end in position and install the bolt (24) together
R with the bush (23).
R (g) Safety the nut (20) with a new cotter pin (21).
Subtask 32-31-44-865-055
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1GA, 2GA, 52GA, 1701GK, 1702GK.
Subtask 32-31-44-860-055
(2) If the flight configuration precautions were obeyed, put the aircraft
back to the serviceable condition (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-002).
(6) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(8) If necessary fill the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system to the
correct level (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-44
Page 429
Feb 01/99
CES
Subtask 32-31-44-720-051
D. Do the Test
(2) Do the functional test of the free-fall extension system of the MLG
(Ref. TASK 32-33-00-720-001).
(4) Make sure that there is no hydraulic fluid leakage from the uplock
assembly.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-31-44-410-052
A. Close Access
(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-44
Page 430
Feb 01/99
R
CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,
R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
TASK 32-31-44-000-003
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-31-44
Page 431
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-44-941-055
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are on the landing gear
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
(3) Put a warning notice on the ground service connection to tell persons
not to pressurize the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems.
Subtask 32-31-44-860-056
(2) Make sure that the aircraft electrical circuits are energized
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
Subtask 32-31-44-010-053
C. Get Access
Subtask 32-31-44-869-054
(2) Depressurize the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK
29-14-00-614-001).
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-31-44
Page 432
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
(3) Obey the flight configuration precautions (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-
001).
Subtask 32-31-44-865-056
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/CTL 1701GK R35
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/MONG 1702GK R34
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-31-44-020-053
(2) Disconnect the electrical connectors (5) and (6) from the uplock
assembly (8).
(5) Disconnect the hydraulic hoses (7) and (9) from the uplock assembly
(8).
(a) Remove the nut (21), the washer (22), the bolt (14) and
disconnect the bonding strap (13) from the uplock assembly (8).
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-31-44
Page 433
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
MLG Uplock Assembly 2509GM (2510GM)
Figure 405/TASK 32-31-44-991-005- 13 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-31-44
Page 434
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
MLG Uplock Assembly 2509GM (2510GM)
Figure 405/TASK 32-31-44-991-005- 23 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-31-44
Page 435
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
MLG Uplock Assembly 2509GM (2510GM)
Figure 405/TASK 32-31-44-991-005- 33 (SHEET 3)
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-31-44
Page 436
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
(8) Disconnect the Free Fall Exstension Rod (35) view D
(b) Remove the nut (36), the washer (37), the bolt (33) and the bush
(34).
(c) Move the rod (35) away from the lever (29).
(b) Remove the nut (16), the washers (17), (18) the bolt (20) and the
washer assembly (19).
(c) Move the strut (4) away from the uplock assembly (8).
(b) Remove the nut (27), the washers (25), (26) the bolt (23) and the
washer assembly (24).
(c) Move the strut (10) away from the uplock assembly (8).
(b) Remove the nut (2), the bolt (11), the washer (12), the outer
bush (1) and remove the uplock assembly (8).
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-31-44
Page 437
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
TASK 32-31-44-400-003
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific container
No specific hydraulic cart
No specific warning notices
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.20 to 3.60 m.daN
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.70 to 10.00 m.daN
(5.00 to 75.00 lbf.ft)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 2.00 to 20.00 m.daN
(15.00 to 150.00 lbf.ft)
98DNSA20208060 2 RIGGING PIN
98D32104018000 1 TOOL - SETTING, UPLOCK
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-31-44
Page 438
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-31-44
Page 439
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-44-860-057
(2) Make sure that the PTU isolation coupling is disconnected (Ref. TASK
29-23-00-860-001).
(3) Make sure that the aircraft electrical circuits are energized
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
(4) Make sure that the flight configuration precautions are obeyed
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-001).
(5) Make sure that the Green hydraulic system is depressurized (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-001).
(6) Make sure that the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system is
depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).
Subtask 32-31-44-865-057
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/CTL 1701GK R35
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/MONG 1702GK R34
Subtask 32-31-44-941-056
C. Safety Precautions
(1) Make sure that the warning notices are in position to tell persons
not to pressurize the Green hydraulic system:
- on the panel 40VU in the cockpit,
- on the ground service panel of the Green hydraulic system.
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-31-44
Page 440
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
Subtask 32-31-44-560-053
(1) Remove and discard the cotter pin (32) from the removed uplock
assembly (8).
(2) Remove the nut (31), the washer (30), the bolt (39) and remove the
lever (29) from the uplock assembly (8).
(3) Make sure that the dimension X of the new component is the same of
that retained from the removed component VIEW G.
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 32-31-44-991-005)
Subtask 32-31-44-820-052
(1) Cut and remove the lock wire from the eye end-lock nut.
(3) Turn the eye end IN or OUT to get the dimension X = 105 mm (4.13
in.).
(5) Make sure that the strut A (4) has a length of 168.5 mm (6.64 in.).
(6) Make sure that the strut B (10) has a length of 230.64 mm (9.08 in.).
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-31-44
Page 441
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-31-44-420-052
(1) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the bolt (11), the
bushes (1) and the washer (12).
(a) Install the eye end in the bracket and install the attachment
bolt (11), the washer (12), the outer bush (1) and the nut (2)
but do not tighten at this time.
(a) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the bolt (20)
and the washer assembly (19), the washers (17) and (18).
(b) Put the washer assembly (19) and the strut (4) in position.
(c) Install the bolt (20), the washer (18), (17) and the nut (16) but
do not thighten at this time.
(a) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the bolt (23)
and the washer assembly (24) the washers (25) and (26).
(b) Put the washer assembly (24) and the strut (10) in position and
install the bolt(23), the washers (25), (26) and the nut (27) but
do not thighten at this time.
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-31-44
Page 442
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
(6) Install the Hydraulic Hoses view B
(b) Remove the blanking plugs and connect the hydraulic hoses (7) and
(9) to the uplock assembly (8) and TORQUE the connections to
between 1.52 and 1.63 m.daN (11.20 and 12.02 lbf.ft).
(c) Mark the connections with PAINTS FOR DETAIL (INTERNAL AND EXTERN
AL) (Material No. 07-010).
(e) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
correct condition.
(f) Connect the electrical connectors (5) and (6) to the uplock
assembly (8).
(a) Put the bonding strap (13) in position and install the bolt (14),
the washer (22) and the nut (21) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).
(a) Connect a hydraulic cart and slowly retract the landing gear
until the gear pin is engaged and lock in the uplock assembly.
(c) If the dimension W is not between the values 168 mm (6.61 in.)
minimum and 186 mm (7.32 in.) maximum, adjust as follows (second
adjustment):
1
_ Slowly lower the landing gear
2
_ Remove the nut (2), the bolt (11), the washer (12), and the
outer bush (1) from the attachment bracket and eye end of the
uplock assembly.
3
_ Cut and remove the lock wire from the eye end-lock nut if
installed.
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-31-44
Page 443
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
4
_ Loosen the eye end-lock nut.
5
_ Turn the eye end IN or OUT to get the dimension X = 97 +1 -1
mm (3.82 in. +0.04 -0.04 in.).
6
_ Tighten the lock nut with the hand.
(9) Make sure that the strut A (4) is has a length of 163.6 +0.5 -0.5 mm
(6.44 +0.02 -0.02 in.).
(10) Make sure that the strut B (10) has a length of 226.7 +0.5 -0.5 mm
(8.93 +0.02 -0.02 in.).
NOTE : After the adjustment of the eye end, make sure that the
____
distance between the eye end centres is not more than the
following:
- For strut A = 177 mm (6.97 in.) maximum and 160 mm (6.30
in.) minimum (dimension Y),
- For strut B = 239 mm (9.41 in.) maximum and 222 mm (8.74
in.) minimum (dimension Z).
(12) Install the bolt (11), the washer (12), the outer bush (1) and the
nut (2).
(13) Do step 4. A. (8) (a) and (b) again and ensure that dimension W is
correct.
NOTE : Dimension W will change when the eye end is rotated. A half
____
turn of the eye end will change the length with 1 mm (0.04
in.).
(15) Tighten the eye end-lock nut and TORQUE to 14.6 m.daN (107.66
lbf.ft).
(16) Safety the eye end with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).
(17) TORQUE the nut (2) to between 6.8 and 7.8 m.daN (50.14 and 57.52
lbf.ft) .
(a) Safety the nut (2) with a new cotter pin (3).
(b) Safety the nut (16) with a new cotter pin (15).
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-31-44
Page 444
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
(c) Safety the nut (27) with a new cotter pin (28).
(b) Put the lever (29) in position on the splined shaft of the uplock
assembly (8). Make sure that the master splines are aligned.
(c) Install the bolt (39), the washer (30) and the nut (31).
(d) Safety the nut (31) with a new cotter pin (32).
1
_ Remove and discard the lockwire and loosen the nuts (41).
2
_ Release the lockwashers (40) and adjust length of the rod
(35).
3
_ Make sure that all the installed rigging pins can be moved
freely and easily.
4
_ Install the nuts (41) and safety with lockwire MISCELLANEOUS
(Material No. 19-010).
(h) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the bolt (33),
the bush (34) and the washer (37).
(i) Put the rod (35) in position and install the bush (34), the bolt
(33), the washer (37) and the nut (36).
(j) Safety the nut (36) with a new cotter pin (38).
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-31-44
Page 445
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
(19) Remove the Setting Tool-Uplock
Subtask 32-31-44-865-058
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1GA, 2GA, 52GA, 1701GK, 1702GK.
Subtask 32-31-44-860-058
(2) Obey the flight configuration precautions and put the aircraft back
to the serviceable condition (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-002).
(6) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(8) If necessary fill the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system to the
correct level (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-001).
Subtask 32-31-44-720-052
D. Do the Test
(2) Do the functional test of the free-fall extension system of the MLG
(Ref. TASK 32-33-00-720-001).
(4) Make sure that there is no hydraulic fluid leakage from the uplock
assembly.
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-31-44
Page 446
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-31-44-410-053
A. Close Access
(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-31-44
Page 447
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
TASK 32-31-44-000-004
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-31-44
Page 448
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-44-941-057
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are on the landing gear
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
(3) Put a warning notice on the ground service connection to tell persons
not to pressurize the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems.
Subtask 32-31-44-860-059
(2) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits are energized (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002)
Subtask 32-31-44-010-054
C. Get Access
Subtask 32-31-44-869-055
(2) Depressurize the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK
29-14-00-614-001).
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-31-44
Page 449
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
(3) Disconnect the PTU isolation coupling (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-31-44-020-054
(b) Remove and discard the cotter pins (5) and (11).
(e) Remove the nut (12) and the washers (9) and (10).
(f) Pull the bolt (6) out and removed the washers assembly (7).
(b) Remove and discard the cotter pins (19) and (21).
(e) Remove the nut (18) and the washers (16) and (17).
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-31-44
Page 450
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
(f) Pull the bolt (13) out and removed the washers assembly (14).
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-31-44
Page 451
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
Rigging of the MLG Uplock Assembly 2509GM (2510GM)
Figure 406/TASK 32-31-44-991-006- 13 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-31-44
Page 452
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
Rigging of the MLG Uplock Assembly 2509GM (2510GM)
Figure 406/TASK 32-31-44-991-006- 23 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-31-44
Page 453
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
Rigging of the MLG Uplock Assembly 2509GM (2510GM)
Figure 406/TASK 32-31-44-991-006- 33 (SHEET 3)
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-31-44
Page 454
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
TASK 32-31-44-400-004
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific container
No specific hydraulic cart
No specific safety barriers
No specific warning notice
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.20 to 3.60 m.daN
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
98D32104018000 1 TOOL - SETTING, UPLOCK
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-31-44
Page 455
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-44-860-060
(2) Make sure that the PTU isolation coupling is disconnected (Ref. TASK
29-23-00-860-001).
(3) Make sure that the aircraft electrical circuits are energized
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
(4) Make sure that the flight configuration precautions are obeyed
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-001).
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-31-44
Page 456
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
(5) Make sure that the Green hydraulic system is depressurized (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-001).
(6) Make sure that the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system is
depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).
Subtask 32-31-44-865-059
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/CTL 1701GK R35
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/MONG 1702GK R34
Subtask 32-31-44-941-058
C. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are on the landing gear
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
(3) Put a warning notice on the ground service connection to tell persons
not to pressurize the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems.
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-31-44
Page 457
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
Subtask 32-31-44-560-054
(1) Make sure that the dimension Y of the new support strut A is the
same of that retained from the removed component.
(2) Make sure that the dimension Z of the new support strut B is the
same of that retained from the removed component.
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 32-31-44-991-006)
Subtask 32-31-44-820-053
(1) Make sure that the dimension Y of the new support strut A is 168.55
mm (6.64 in.).
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 32-31-44-991-006)
(a) Bend back the lockwasher from the eye end-lock nut if it is
safetied.
(c) Turn the eye end IN or OUT until the dimension Y is reached.
(d) Tighten the eye end-lock nut but do not torque at this time.
(3) Make sure that the dimension Z of the new support strut B is 230.64
mm (9.08 in.).
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 32-31-44-991-006)
(a) Bend back the lockwasher from the eye end-lock nut if it is
safetied.
(c) Turn the eye end IN or OUT until the dimension Z is reached.
(d) Tighten the eye end-lock nut but do not torque at this time.
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-31-44
Page 458
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-31-44-420-053
(a) Put the support strut A (8) in position on the uplock assembly
(25).
(b) Install the bolt (6) and the washers assembly (7).
(c) Install the washers (9), (10) and the nut (12).
(d) Put the eye end in position and install the bolt (1) together
with the bush (2).
(e) Install the washer (3) and the nut (4) thighten the nut with the
hand.
(a) Put the support strut B (15) in position on the uplock assembly
(25).
(b) Install the bolt (13) and the washers assembly (14).
(c) Install the washers (16), (17) and the nut (18).
(d) Put the eye end in position and install the bolt (24) together
with the bush (23).
(e) Install the washer (22) and the nut (20) thighten the nut with
the hand.
(4) Connect a hydraulic cart and slowly retract the landing gear until
the gear pin is engaged in the uplock.
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-31-44
Page 459
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
(6) If the dimension W not between values 168 mm (6.61 in.) minimum and
186 mm (7.32 in.) maximum, adjust as follows:
(b) Disconnect the eye end of uplock from the attachment bracket and
adjust as necessary (Ref. TASK 32-31-44-400-003)
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 32-31-44-991-006)
(a) Bend back the lockwasher from the eye end-lock nut if it is
safetied.
(c) Turn the eye end IN or OUT until the dimension Y is reached.
(8) Make sure that the dimension Y of the new support strut A is 163.6
+0.5 -0.5 mm (6.44 +0.02 -0.02 in.).
(a) Tighten the eye end-lock nut but do not torque at this time.
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 32-31-44-991-006)
(a) Bend back the lockwasher from the eye end-lock nut if it is
safetied.
(c) Turn the eye end IN or OUT until the dimension Z is reached.
(10) Make sure that the dimension Z of the new support strut B is 226.7
+0.5 -0.5 mm (8.93 +0.02 -0.02 in.).
(a) Tighten the eye end-lock nut but do not torque at this time.
(11) Make sure that the dimension B is 29.5 +6.2 -6.2 mm (1.16 +0.24
-0.24 in.).
(12) Make sure that the dimension A is 2 +1 -1 mm (0.08 +0.04 -0.04
in.).
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-31-44
Page 460
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
(13) If the dimension A or B is not correct, adjust as follows:
(b) Remove the nut (4) the bolt (1) the bush (2) and the washer (3).
(c) Remove the eye end of the strut A from the structure.
(d) Turn the eye end in or out to get the correct value.
(e) Remove the nut (20) the bolt (24) the bush (23) and the washer
(22).
(f) Remove the eye end of the strut B from the structure.
(g) Turn the eye end in half turn increments in or out to get the
correct value.
NOTE : For strut A: One half (1/2) turn of the eye end gives 1.1
____
mm (0.04 in.) movement of the uplock hook
inboard/outboard.
For strut B: One half (1/2) turn of the eye end gives 0.6
mm (0.02 in.) movement of the uplock hook forward/aft.
(14) Make sure that the final adjustment of the strut A (dimension Y) is
between 177 mm (6.97 in.) maximum and 160 mm (6.30 in.) minimum.
(15) Make sure that the final adjustment of the strut B (dimension Z) is
between 239 mm (9.41 in.) maximum and 222 mm (8.74 in.) minimum.
(16) Put the strut A in position and install the bush (2), the bolt (1),
the washer (3) and the nut (4).
(17) Put the strut B in position and install the bush (23), the bolt (24),
the washer (22) and the nut (20).
(18) Retract the landing gear and check all the dimensions again.
(a) Tighten the eye end-lock nut and TORQUE to between to 1.3 m.daN
(115.04 lbf.in) and to 1.4 m.daN (10.32 lbf.ft).
(b) Bend up the lock washer to safety the eye end-lock nut.
(c) Tighten the nut (12) and safety it with a new cotter pin (11).
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-31-44
Page 461
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
(d) Tighten the nut (4) and safety it with a new cotter pin (5).
(a) Tighten the eye end-lock nut and TORQUE to between to 1.3 m.daN
(115.04 lbf.in) and to 1.4 m.daN (10.32 lbf.ft).
(b) Bend up the lock washer to safety the eye end-lock nut.
(c) Tighten the nut (18) and safety it with a new cotter pin (19).
(d) Tighten the nut (20) and safety it with a new cotter pin (21).
Subtask 32-31-44-865-060
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1GA, 2GA, 52GA, 1701GK, 1702GK.
Subtask 32-31-44-860-061
(2) Obey the flight configuration precautions and put the aircraft back
to the serviceable condition (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-002).
(6) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(8) If necessary fill the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system to the
correct level (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-001).
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-31-44
Page 462
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
Subtask 32-31-44-720-053
D. Do the Test
(2) Do the functional test of the free-fall extension system of the MLG
(Ref. TASK 32-33-00-720-001).
(4) Make sure that there is no hydraulic fluid leakage from the uplock
assembly.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-31-44-410-054
A. Close Access
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL
_______
MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.
(1) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the nuts, bolts,
washers, hydraulic pipes and adjacent areas (Ref. TASK 51-75-13-916-
002).
(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-31-44
Page 463
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
ACTUATOR - MLG UPLOCK - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
____________________________________________
TASK 32-31-45-000-001
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-45
Page 401
Feb 01/99
CES
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-45-860-050
Subtask 32-31-45-010-050
B. Get Access
Subtask 32-31-45-869-050
(1) Depressurize the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK
29-14-00-614-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-45
Page 402
Feb 01/08
CES
Subtask 32-31-45-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/CTL 1701GK R35
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/MONG 1702GK R34
Subtask 32-31-45-941-050
E. Safety Precautions
(2) Put the container below the uplock assembly 2509GM (2510GM) to
collect the hydraulic fluid leakage.
(3) Put the warning notices in position to tell persons not to pressurize
the Green hydraulic system:
- on the panel 40VU in the cockpit,
- on the ground service panel of the Green hydraulic system.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-31-45-020-050
(2) Disconnect the hydraulic hoses (4) and (5) from the actuator (1).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-45
Page 403
Feb 01/99
CES
MLG Uplock Actuator
Figure 401/TASK 32-31-45-991-001
EFF :
ALL 32-31-45
Page 404
Feb 01/99
CES
TASK 32-31-45-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-45
Page 405
Feb 01/08
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-45-860-051
(1) Make sure that the PTU isolation coupling is disconnected (Ref. TASK
29-23-00-860-001).
(2) Make sure that the aircraft electrical circuits are energized
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
(3) Make sure that the flight configuration precautions were obeyed
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-001).
(4) Make sure that the Green hydraulic system is depressurized (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-001).
(5) Make sure that the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system is
depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).
Subtask 32-31-45-865-051
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/CTL 1701GK R35
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/MONG 1702GK R34
EFF :
ALL 32-31-45
Page 406
Feb 01/08
R
CES
R Subtask 32-31-45-941-051
R Subtask 32-31-45-560-050
R (1) Make sure that the helicoid threads in the uplock assembly (6) are in
R the correct condition
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-31-45-420-050
(1) Put the mlg uplock actuator (1) in position on the uplock assembly
(6).
(3) Connect the hydraulic hoses (4) and (5) and TORQUE the connections to
between 1.52 and 1.63 m.daN (11.20 and 12.02 lbf.ft).
(4) Mark the connections with PAINTS FOR DETAIL (INTERNAL AND EXTERN AL)
(Material No. 07-010).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-45
Page 407
May 01/04
CES
Subtask 32-31-45-865-052
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/CTL 1701GK R35
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/MONG 1702GK R34
Subtask 32-31-45-720-050
C. Do the Test
(2) Do the functional test of the free-fall extension system of the MLG
(Ref. TASK 32-33-00-720-001).
(4) Make sure that there is no hydraulic fluid leakage from the uplock
assembly.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-31-45-410-050
A. Close Access
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL
_______
MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.
(1) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the nuts, bolts,
washers, hydraulic pipes and adjacent areas (Ref. TASK 51-75-13-916-
002).
(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-45
Page 408
May 01/04
R
CES
(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-45
Page 409
May 01/04
CES
ACTUATING CYLINDER - MLG (2503GM,2504GM) - SERVICING
____________________________________________________
TASK 32-31-46-600-001
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING
_______
NOTICES ARE IN POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
No specific 1 GROUND POWER CART-HYDRAULIC
R No specific AR SAFETY BARRIER
R No specific 1 WARNING NOTICE
R D23080000 1 PIN-GROUND LOCK,NLG
460005835 2 SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK
98D32203502000 2 SAFETY PIN - NLG DOOR
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-46
Page 301
Nov 01/09
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-46-941-055
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Install the ground safety locks on the landing gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-
00-481-001).
(4) On the panel 110VU, make sure that the GRAVITY GEAR EXTN handle is
folded into the center console.
Subtask 32-31-46-860-054
EFF :
ALL 32-31-46
Page 302
Nov 01/09
CES
Subtask 32-31-46-869-056
Subtask 32-31-46-865-054
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
Subtask 32-31-46-860-056
(1) Connect a GROUND POWER CART-HYDRAULIC to the aircraft (Ref. TASK 29-
10-00-863-001). Do not pressurize the Green hydraulic system until
told to do so in Paragraph 4.A.
(2) Energize the electrical circuits from the external power (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002).
(6) Install a SAFETY PIN - NLG DOOR (98D32203502000) in each NLG door
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-002).
R (7) Install the PIN-GROUND LOCK,NLG (D23080000) in the NLG lock stay
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
(8) Remove the ground safety lock from the applicable MLG.
(10) Do the EIS start procedure (upper ECAM DU and lower ECAM DU only)
(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-46
Page 303
Nov 01/09
CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-31-46-870-051
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE CONTROLS AGREE WITH THE POSITION OF THE
_______
ITEMS THEY OPERATE BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE LANDING GEAR ARE CLEAR.
_______
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
_______
ARE CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC
SYSTEM.
NOTE : It is necessary to have two persons for this procedure. One person
____
must be in the cockpit to operate the lever 6GA. One person must
R be at the MLG to operate the GROUND POWER CART-HYDRAULIC and to
monitor the movement of the MLG. The two persons must be able to
speak to each other.
NOTE : During this procedure, make sure that the necessary minimum flow
____
R capacity from the GROUND POWER CART-HYDRAULIC is 140 l.min
(36.9837 USgal.mn).
R (1) Start the GROUND POWER CART-HYDRAULIC without pressurizing the Green
hydraulic system.
R NOTE : Be careful when you open the flow control valve on the GROUND
____
R POWER CART-HYDRAULIC. The rate of retraction of the landing
gear is controlled by the position of the flow control valve.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-46
Page 304
May 01/09
CES
(5) On the panel 400VU:
- move the landing-gear control-lever 6GA to the DOWN position.
R NOTE : Be careful when you open the flow control valve on the GROUND
____
R POWER CART-HYDRAULIC. The rate of extension of the landing
gear is controlled by the position of the flow control valve.
(9) Do the steps (3) thru (8) again. Do a minimum of ten cycles of the
MLG to fully bleed the system.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-31-46-860-055
(4) Remove the ground safety locks and close the MLG doors (Ref. TASK 32-
12-00-410-001).
(5) Remove the ground safety locks and close the NLG doors (Ref. TASK 32-
22-00-410-001).
Subtask 32-31-46-586-051
EFF :
ALL 32-31-46
Page 305
May 01/09
CES
Subtask 32-31-46-860-057
C. Aircraft Configuration
Subtask 32-31-46-942-052
D. Removal of Equipment
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-46
Page 306
Nov 01/09
CES
ACTUATING CYLINDER - MLG (2503GM,2504GM) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_______________________________________________________________
TASK 32-31-46-000-001
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-46
Page 401
Nov 01/09
CES
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-46
Page 402
Feb 01/10
CES
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-46-941-050
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are installed on the landing
gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
(4) Put WARNING NOTICES, to tell persons not to pressurize the hydraulic
systems:
- in the cockpit, on the HYD overhead panel 40VU
- on the hydraulic ground service-panels 197CB and 198CB
- on the access door 195BB.
Subtask 32-31-46-582-050
Subtask 32-31-46-869-050
(1) If the electrical power is not necessary for other maintenance tasks,
de-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-
002). Then it is not necessary to operate the LGCIU circuit breakers.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-46
Page 403
Feb 01/10
CES
R MLG Actuating Cylinder - Installation of the Hoist
R Figure 401/TASK 32-31-46-991-001-A
EFF :
ALL 32-31-46
Page 404
Feb 01/10
CES
Subtask 32-31-46-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
Subtask 32-31-46-860-050
(1) Disconnect the isolation coupling of the PTU (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-
001).
(2) Make sure that the Yellow and Green Hydraulic systems are
de-pressurized (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
(3) Make sure that the applicable hydraulic reservoirs have been
depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).
R Subtask 32-31-46-010-050-A
R F. Get Access
R (2) Remove and discard the cotter pin(s) (4). Remove the nut(s) (3), the
R bridge plate(s) (2) and the cover plate(s) (1).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-46
Page 405
Feb 01/10
CES
R Subtask 32-31-46-480-050-A
R (4) Put the CONTAINER 3 L(3/4 USGAL) below the applicable actuating
R cylinder.
4. Procedure
_________
EFF :
ALL 32-31-46
Page 406
Feb 01/10
CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234, 236-238, 301-307,
R 401-499,
Subtask 32-31-46-020-050
WARNING : DO NOT LET OIL STAY ON YOUR SKIN FOR A LONG TIME AS IT CAN
_______
CAUSE INJURY.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLUID DOES NOT STAY ON THE AIRCRAFT
_______
STRUCTURE. IF THE FLUID GETS ON THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE, WASH IT
OFF IMMEDIATELY WITH SOAP AND WATER.
(1) Use the EQUIPMENT - R/I OF THE MLG ACTUATOR to hold the actuating
cylinder 38 kg (83.7756 lb).
(2) Disconnect the hydraulic hose unions (21) and (22) from the actuating
cylinder manifold (23).
(4) Attach the hydraulic hoses to the adjacent structure. Do not put
kinks in them.
(5) Remove and discard the cotter pin (35). Remove the nut (34), the
washer (33), the cap (32) and the bolt (29).
(6) Remove and discard the cotter pin (37). Remove the nut (38), the
washer (39), the nylon-washer (40) and the bolt (41). Remove the
collar (36).
(7) Remove the pins (20) and (27), and the washers (30) and (43).
Carefully remove the actuating cylinder.
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-234, 236-238, 301-307, 401-499,
32-31-46
Page 407
Feb 01/08
CES
MLG Actuating Cylinder - Location and Detail
Figure 402/TASK 32-31-46-991-002-B13 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-234, 236-238, 401-499,
32-31-46
Page 408
Feb 01/08
CES
MLG Actuating Cylinder - Location and Detail
Figure 402/TASK 32-31-46-991-002-B23 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-234, 236-238, 401-499,
32-31-46
Page 409
Feb 01/08
CES
MLG Actuating Cylinder - Location and Detail
Figure 402/TASK 32-31-46-991-002-B33 (SHEET 3)
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-234, 236-238, 401-499,
32-31-46
Page 410
Feb 01/08
CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
R
32-31-46
Page 411
May 01/02
CES
MLG Actuating Cylinder - Location and Detail
Figure 402A/TASK 32-31-46-991-002-C13 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF : 235-235, 239-249, 251-299, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
32-31-46
Page 412
Feb 01/10
CES
MLG Actuating Cylinder - Location and Detail
Figure 402A/TASK 32-31-46-991-002-C23 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF : 235-235, 239-249, 251-299, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
32-31-46
Page 413
Feb 01/10
CES
MLG Actuating Cylinder - Location and Detail
Figure 402A/TASK 32-31-46-991-002-C33 (SHEET 3)
R
EFF : 235-235, 239-249, 251-299, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
32-31-46
Page 414
Feb 01/10
CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
R
32-31-46
Page 415
Nov 01/07
CES
MLG Actuating Cylinder - Location and Detail
R Figure 402B/TASK 32-31-46-991-002-A12 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
301-307, 32-31-46
Page 416
Nov 01/07
CES
MLG Actuating Cylinder - Location and Detail
R Figure 402B/TASK 32-31-46-991-002-A22 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
301-307, 32-31-46
Page 417
Nov 01/07
CES
R MLG Actuating Cylinder - Location and Detail
R Figure 402C/TASK 32-31-46-991-002- 12 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
308-399, 32-31-46
Page 418
Nov 01/07
CES
R MLG Actuating Cylinder - Location and Detail
R Figure 402C/TASK 32-31-46-991-002- 22 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
308-399, 32-31-46
Page 419
Nov 01/07
CES
R **ON A/C 235-235, 239-249, 251-299, 308-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 32-31-46-020-050-A
WARNING : DO NOT LET OIL STAY ON YOUR SKIN FOR A LONG TIME AS IT CAN
_______
CAUSE INJURY.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLUID DOES NOT STAY ON THE AIRCRAFT
_______
STRUCTURE. IF THE FLUID GETS ON THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE, WASH IT
OFF IMMEDIATELY WITH SOAP AND WATER.
(1) Use the EQUIPMENT - R/I OF THE MLG ACTUATOR to hold the actuating
cylinder 38 kg (83.7756 lb).
(2) Disconnect the hydraulic hose unions (21) and (22) from the actuating
cylinder manifold (23).
(4) Attach the hydraulic hoses to the adjacent structure. Do not put
kinks in them.
(9) Remove the pins (20) and (26), and the washers (30) and (43).
R
EFF : 235-235, 239-249, 251-299, 308-399,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
32-31-46
Page 420
Feb 01/10
CES
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 32-31-46-400-001
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING
_______
NOTICES ARE IN POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
CAUTION : WHEN YOU DO A MAINTENANCE TASK THAT USES COMMON GREASE, USE ONLY
_______
GREASES OF THE SAME SPECIFICATION (IT IS PERMITTED TO USE DIFFERENT
BRANDS IF THEIR SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE SAME). DO NOT MIX GREASES THAT
HAVE CLAY THICKENERS WITH GREASES THAT HAVE LITHIUM THICKENERS. THIS
MIXTURE CAN CHANGE THE LUBRICATION PROPERTIES OF THE GREASE. IF YOU
USE GREASES OF DIFFERENT TYPES (SPECIALLY THOSE WITH CLAY THICKENERS
AND LITHIUM THICKENERS), DECREASE THE SERVICE INTERVALS OF THE
AIRCRAFT (BY HALF, FOR EXAMPLE) SPECIFIED IN THE MAINTENANCE PLANNING
DOCUMENT. DO THIS FOR APPROXIMATELY THREE OR FOUR SERVICES (REFER TO
YOUR IN-SERVICE DATA TO FIND THE NUMBER OF SERVICES BEST ADAPTED TO
YOUR AIRCRAFT).
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
EFF :
ALL 32-31-46
Page 421
Nov 01/09
CES
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-46
Page 422
Nov 01/09
CES
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-46
Page 423
Nov 01/09
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-46-941-052
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are installed on the landing
gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-46
Page 424
Feb 01/10
CES
(4) Make sure that the WARNING NOTICES are in position to tell persons
not to operate the hydraulic systems:
- in the cockpit, on the HYD overhead panel 40VU
- on the hydraulic ground service panels 197CB and 198CB
- on the access door 195BB.
Subtask 32-31-46-860-051
(1) Make sure that the aircraft is on jacks (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-581-001).
(2) Make sure that the Yellow and Green hydraulic systems have been
depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
(3) Make sure that the applicable hydraulic reservoirs have been
depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).
(4) Make sure that the isolation coupling of the PTU is disconnected
(Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-001).
Subtask 32-31-46-869-053
(1) If the electrical power is not necessary for other maintenance tasks,
de-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-
002). Then it is not necessary to operate the LGCIU circuit breakers.
Subtask 32-31-46-865-051
D. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
EFF :
ALL 32-31-46
Page 425
Nov 01/09
R
CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-31-46-420-050-B
WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE CONSUMABLE MATERIAL(S). YOU MUST
_______
OBEY THE OPERATORS AND MANUFACTURERS HEALTH AND SAFETY
INSTRUCTIONS.
NOTE : In the step that follows, make sure that the Materials No. 04-004
____
and No. 04-022 are not mixed together. Do not use them at the same
time (Ref. SIL 12-008).
(1) Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) or COMMON
GREASE (Material No. 04-022) to the interfaces of:
- the pins (20) and (27)
- the bearings (26) and (45)
- the bushes in the fork end (46) of the actuating cylinder.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-46
Page 426
Feb 01/10
CES
(2) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with a
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-026).
(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
(5) Use the necessary lifting equipment to lift the actuating cylinder
into position. Make sure that the manifold (23) is at the top:
- REM., INST. EQUIPMENT - MLG ACTUATOR (98D32104009001) with the
HOIST 50 KG (110 LB)
or
- EQUIPMENT-R I OF THE MLG ACTUATOR (98D32104009003)
or
- EQUIPMENT-R I OF THE MLG ACTUATOR (98D32104009006) and the HOIST 50
KG (110 LB)
or
- EQUIPMENT-R I OF THE MLG ACTUATOR (98D32104009007).
(6) Engage the piston eye-end (31) in the attachment lugs of the MLG leg.
(7) Install a washer (30) at each side of the bearing (26) and use the
GUIDE CONE (98D32104014000) to install the pin (27). Make sure that
the greasers (28) point aft.
Subtask 32-31-46-420-050-C
WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE CONSUMABLE MATERIAL(S). YOU MUST
_______
OBEY THE OPERATORS AND MANUFACTURERS HEALTH AND SAFETY
INSTRUCTIONS.
NOTE : In the step that follows, make sure that the Materials No. 04-004
____
and No. 04-022 are not mixed together. Do not use them at the same
time (Ref. SIL 12-008).
(1) Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) or COMMON
GREASE (Material No. 04-022) to the interfaces of:
- the pins (20) and (26)
- the bearings (25) and (46)
- the bushes in the fork end (47) of the actuating cylinder.
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-31-46
Page 427
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
(2) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with a
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-026).
(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
(5) Use the necessary lifting equipment to lift the actuating cylinder
into position. Make sure that the manifold (23) is at the top:
- REM., INST. EQUIPMENT - MLG ACTUATOR (98D32104009001) with the
HOIST 50 KG (110 LB)
or
- EQUIPMENT-R I OF THE MLG ACTUATOR (98D32104009003)
or
- EQUIPMENT-R I OF THE MLG ACTUATOR (98D32104009006) and the HOIST 50
KG (110 LB)
or
- EQUIPMENT-R I OF THE MLG ACTUATOR (98D32104009007).
(6) Engage the piston eye-end (30) in the attachment lugs of the MLG leg.
(7) Install a washer (29) at each side of the bearing (25) and use the
GUIDE CONE (98D32104014000) to install the pin (26). Make sure that
the greasers (27) point aft.
Subtask 32-31-46-420-050-A
WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE CONSUMABLE MATERIAL(S). YOU MUST
_______
OBEY THE OPERATORS AND MANUFACTURERS HEALTH AND SAFETY
INSTRUCTIONS.
NOTE : In the step that follows, make sure that the Materials No. 04-004
____
and No. 04-022 are not mixed together. Do not use them at the same
time (Ref. SIL 12-008).
(1) Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) or COMMON
GREASE (Material No. 04-022) to the interfaces of:
- the pins (20) and (26)
- the bearings (25) and (44)
- the bushes in the fork end (45) of the actuating cylinder.
R
EFF : 235-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-307,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
32-31-46
Page 428
Feb 01/10
CES
(2) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with a
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-026).
(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
(5) Use the necessary lifting equipment to lift the actuating cylinder
into position. Make sure that the manifold (23) is at the top:
- REM., INST. EQUIPMENT - MLG ACTUATOR (98D32104009001) with the
HOIST 50 KG (110 LB)
or
- EQUIPMENT-R I OF THE MLG ACTUATOR (98D32104009003)
or
- EQUIPMENT-R I OF THE MLG ACTUATOR (98D32104009006) and the HOIST 50
KG (110 LB)
or
- EQUIPMENT-R I OF THE MLG ACTUATOR (98D32104009007).
(6) Engage the piston eye-end (30) in the attachment lugs of the MLG leg.
(7) Install a washer (29) at each side of the bearing (25) and use the
GUIDE CONE (98D32104014000) to install the pin (26). Make sure that
the greasers (27) point aft.
Subtask 32-31-46-420-050-D
R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE CONSUMABLE MATERIAL(S). YOU MUST
_______
R OBEY THE OPERATORS AND MANUFACTURERS HEALTH AND SAFETY
R INSTRUCTIONS.
NOTE : In the step that follows, make sure that the Materials No. 04-004
____
and No. 04-022 are not mixed together. Do not use them at the same
time (Ref. SIL 12-008).
(1) Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) or COMMON
GREASE (Material No. 04-022) to the interfaces of:
- the pins (20) and (26)
- the bearings (25) and (46)
- the bushes in the fork end (47) of the actuating cylinder.
R
EFF :
301-399, 32-31-46
Page 429
Nov 01/09
CES
(2) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with a
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-026).
(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
(5) Use the necessary lifting equipment to lift the actuating cylinder
into position. Make sure that the manifold (23) is at the top:
- REM., INST. EQUIPMENT - MLG ACTUATOR (98D32104009001) with the
HOIST 50 KG (110 LB)
or
- EQUIPMENT-R I OF THE MLG ACTUATOR (98D32104009003)
or
- EQUIPMENT-R I OF THE MLG ACTUATOR (98D32104009006) and the HOIST 50
KG (110 LB)
or
- EQUIPMENT-R I OF THE MLG ACTUATOR (98D32104009007).
(6) Engage the piston eye-end (30) in the attachment lugs of the MLG leg.
(7) Install a washer (29) at each side of the bearing (25) and use the
GUIDE CONE (98D32104014000) to install the pin (26). Make sure that
the greasers (27) point aft.
Subtask 32-31-46-420-051
R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE CONSUMABLE MATERIAL(S). YOU MUST
_______
R OBEY THE OPERATORS AND MANUFACTURERS HEALTH AND SAFETY
R INSTRUCTIONS.
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-234, 236-238, 308-399, 401-499,
32-31-46
Page 430
Nov 01/09
CES
- the cap (32) and the MLG leg lugs.
(2) Install the cap (32), the bolt (29), the washer (33) and the nut
(34).
(3) TORQUE the nut (34) to between 2.4 and 3.0 m.daN (17.69 and 22.12
lbf.ft).
(4) Safety the nut (34) with the new cotter pin (35).
(5) Align the fork end (46) with the actuator mounting bracket (44). Make
sure that the anti-roll pegs (42) are at the top.
(6) Install a washer (43) on each side of the actuator mounting bracket
(44).
(7) Use the GUIDE CONE (98D32104015000) to install the pin (20).
(9) Put the collar (36) on the pin (20) and install it with:
- the bolt (41)
- the nylon-washer (40)
- the washer (39)
- the nut (38).
(10) Tighten the nut (38) with your fingers only on the thread of the bolt
(41). If necessary, tighten the nut (38) again to align with the hole
for the cotter pin (37).
(11) Safety the nut (38) with the new cotter pin (37).
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-234, 236-238, 401-499,
32-31-46
Page 431
Nov 01/09
CES
R **ON A/C 235-235, 239-249, 251-299, 308-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 32-31-46-420-051-B
WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE CONSUMABLE MATERIAL(S). YOU MUST
_______
OBEY THE OPERATORS AND MANUFACTURERS HEALTH AND SAFETY
INSTRUCTIONS.
(2) Install the cap (31), the bolt (28), the washer (32) and the nut
(33).
(3) TORQUE the nut (33) to between 2.4 and 3.0 m.daN (17.69 and 22.12
lbf.ft).
(4) Safety the nut (33) with the new cotter pin (34).
(5) Align the fork end (47) with the actuator mounting bracket (45). Make
sure that the anti-roll pegs (44) are at the top.
(6) Install a washer (43) on each side of the actuator mounting bracket
(45).
(7) Use the GUIDE CONE (98D32104015000) to install the pin (20).
R
EFF : 235-235, 239-249, 251-299, 308-399,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
32-31-46
Page 432
Feb 01/10
CES
- the nut (36).
(9) Put the collar (42) on the pin (20) and install it with:
- the bolt (41)
- the washer (40), if applicable
- the nylon-washer (39)
- the washer (38), if applicable
- the washer (37)
- the nut (36).
(10) TORQUE the nut (36) to between 0.5 and 0.8 m.daN (44.24 and 70.79
lbf.in).
(11) Safety the nut (36) with the new cotter pin (35).
Subtask 32-31-46-420-051-A
WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE CONSUMABLE MATERIAL(S). YOU MUST
_______
OBEY THE OPERATORS AND MANUFACTURERS HEALTH AND SAFETY
INSTRUCTIONS.
(2) Install the cap (31), the bolt (28), the washer (32) and the nut
(33).
(3) TORQUE the nut (33) to between 2.4 and 3.0 m.daN (17.69 and 22.12
lbf.ft).
(4) Safety the nut (33) with the new cotter pin (34).
(5) Align the fork end (45) with the actuator mounting bracket (43). Make
sure that the anti-roll pegs (42) are at the top.
R
EFF : 235-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
32-31-46
Page 433
Feb 01/10
CES
(6) Install a washer (41) on each side of the actuator mounting bracket
(43).
(7) Use the GUIDE CONE (98D32104015000) to install the pin (20).
(9) Put the collar (40) on the pin (20) and install it with:
- the bolt (39)
- the nylon-washer (38)
- the washer (37)
- the nut (36).
(10) Tighten the nut (36) with your fingers only on the thread of the bolt
(39). If necessary, tighten the nut (36) again to align with the hole
for the cotter pin (35).
(11) Safety the nut (36) with the new cotter pin (35).
Subtask 32-31-46-220-050-A
C. Dimensional Check
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 32-31-46-991-002-B)
(1) Make sure that the dimensions Y1 and Y2 are more than zero at the
anti-roll pegs (25). Dimensions Y1 and Y2 are the clearance when the
opposite anti-roll peg is held against the washer (30).
(2) Make sure that the dimension X is between 1.8 mm (0.0708 in.) and 6.1
mm (0.2401 in.), at one of the anti-roll pegs (42). Dimension X is
the clearance when the opposite anti-roll peg is held against the
washer (43).
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-234, 236-238, 301-307, 401-499,
32-31-46
Page 434
Nov 01/09
CES
R **ON A/C 235-235, 239-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 32-31-46-220-050-E
C. Dimensional Check
(Ref. Fig. 402A/TASK 32-31-46-991-002-C)
(1) Make sure that the dimensions Y1 and Y2 are more than zero at the
anti-roll pegs (24). Dimensions Y1 and Y2 are the clearance when the
opposite anti-roll peg is held against the washer (29).
(2) Make sure that the dimension X is between 1.8 mm (0.0708 in.) and 6.1
mm (0.2401 in.), at one of the anti-roll pegs (44). Dimension X is
the clearance when the opposite anti-roll peg is held against the
washer (43).
Subtask 32-31-46-220-050-D
C. Dimensional Check
(Ref. Fig. 402B/TASK 32-31-46-991-002-A)
(1) Make sure that the dimensions Y1 and Y2 are more than zero at the
anti-roll pegs (24). Dimensions Y1 and Y2 are the clearance when the
opposite anti-roll peg is held against the washer (29).
(2) Make sure that the dimension X is between 1.8 mm (0.0708 in.) and 6.1
mm (0.2401 in.), at one of the anti-roll pegs (42). Dimension X is
the clearance when the opposite anti-roll peg is held against the
washer (41).
R
EFF : 235-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-307,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
32-31-46
Page 435
Feb 01/10
CES
**ON A/C 308-399,
Subtask 32-31-46-220-050-F
C. Dimensional Check
(Ref. Fig. 402C/TASK 32-31-46-991-002)
(1) Make sure that the dimensions Y1 and Y2 are more than zero at the
anti-roll pegs (24). Dimensions Y1 and Y2 are the clearance when the
opposite anti-roll peg is held against the washer (29).
(2) Make sure that the dimension X is between 1.8 mm (0.0708 in.) and 6.1
mm (0.2401 in.), at one of the anti-roll pegs (44). Dimension X is
the clearance when the opposite anti-roll peg is held against the
washer (43).
R Subtask 32-31-46-080-050-A
R (2) Remove the REM., INST. EQUIPMENT - MLG ACTUATOR, the hoist (if
R applicable) and the grommet (5).
Subtask 32-31-46-420-054-B
WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE CONSUMABLE MATERIAL(S). YOU MUST
_______
OBEY THE OPERATORS AND MANUFACTURERS HEALTH AND SAFETY
INSTRUCTIONS.
WARNING : DO NOT LET OIL STAY ON YOUR SKIN FOR A LONG TIME AS IT CAN
_______
CAUSE INJURY.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-46
Page 436
Feb 01/10
CES
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLUID DOES NOT STAY ON THE AIRCRAFT
_______
STRUCTURE. IF THE FLUID GETS ON THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE, WASH IT
OFF IMMEDIATELY WITH SOAP AND WATER.
(1) Remove the CAP - BLANKING from the flexible hoses (21) and (22).
(2) Install the flexible hose (21) and (22) unions on the manifold (23).
(3) TORQUE the flexible hose (21) union to between 5.4 and 5.9 m.daN
(39.82 and 43.51 lbf.ft).
(4) TORQUE the flexible hose (22) union to between 2.9 and 3.2 m.daN
(21.38 and 23.59 lbf.ft).
(5) Use a clean MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-026) to:
- remove unwanted hydraulic fluid from the flexible hoses (21) and
(22), and the manifold (23)
- clean the bolt (29) and the nut (34)
- clean the bolt (41) and the nut (38).
Subtask 32-31-46-420-054-C
WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE CONSUMABLE MATERIAL(S). YOU MUST
_______
OBEY THE OPERATORS AND MANUFACTURERS HEALTH AND SAFETY
INSTRUCTIONS.
WARNING : DO NOT LET OIL STAY ON YOUR SKIN FOR A LONG TIME AS IT CAN
_______
CAUSE INJURY.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLUID DOES NOT STAY ON THE AIRCRAFT
_______
STRUCTURE. IF THE FLUID GETS ON THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE, WASH IT
OFF IMMEDIATELY WITH SOAP AND WATER.
(1) Remove the CAP - BLANKING from the flexible hoses (21) and (22).
(2) Install the flexible hose (21) and (22) unions on the manifold (23).
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
32-31-46
Page 437
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
(3) TORQUE the flexible hose (21) union to between 5.4 and 5.9 m.daN
(39.82 and 43.51 lbf.ft).
(4) TORQUE the flexible hose (22) union to between 2.9 and 3.2 m.daN
(21.38 and 23.59 lbf.ft).
(5) Use a clean MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-026) to:
- remove unwanted hydraulic fluid from the flexible hoses (21) and
(22), and the manifold (23)
- clean the bolt (28) and the nut (33)
- clean the bolt (41) and the nut (36).
Subtask 32-31-46-420-054-A
WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE CONSUMABLE MATERIAL(S). YOU MUST
_______
OBEY THE OPERATORS AND MANUFACTURERS HEALTH AND SAFETY
INSTRUCTIONS.
WARNING : DO NOT LET OIL STAY ON YOUR SKIN FOR A LONG TIME AS IT CAN
_______
CAUSE INJURY.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLUID DOES NOT STAY ON THE AIRCRAFT
_______
STRUCTURE. IF THE FLUID GETS ON THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE, WASH IT
OFF IMMEDIATELY WITH SOAP AND WATER.
(1) Remove the CAP - BLANKING from the flexible hoses (21) and (22).
(2) Install the flexible hose (21) and (22) unions on the manifold (23).
(3) TORQUE the flexible hose (21) union to between 5.4 and 5.9 m.daN
(39.82 and 43.51 lbf.ft).
(4) TORQUE the flexible hose (22) union to between 2.9 and 3.2 m.daN
(21.38 and 23.59 lbf.ft).
R
EFF : 235-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-307,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
32-31-46
Page 438
Feb 01/10
CES
(5) Use a clean MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-026) to:
- remove unwanted hydraulic fluid from the flexible hoses (21) and
(22), and the manifold (23)
- clean the bolt (28) and the nut (33)
- clean the bolt (39) and the nut (36).
Subtask 32-31-46-420-054-D
WARNING : DO NOT LET OIL STAY ON YOUR SKIN FOR A LONG TIME AS IT CAN
_______
CAUSE INJURY.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLUID DOES NOT STAY ON THE AIRCRAFT
_______
STRUCTURE. IF THE FLUID GETS ON THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE, WASH IT
OFF IMMEDIATELY WITH SOAP AND WATER.
R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE CONSUMABLE MATERIAL(S). YOU MUST
_______
R OBEY THE OPERATORS AND MANUFACTURERS HEALTH AND SAFETY
R INSTRUCTIONS.
R (1) Remove the CAP - BLANKING from the flexible hoses (21) and (22).
(2) Install the flexible hose (21) and (22) unions on the manifold (23).
(3) TORQUE the flexible hose (21) union to between 5.4 and 5.9 m.daN
(39.82 and 43.51 lbf.ft).
(4) TORQUE the flexible hose (22) union to between 2.9 and 3.2 m.daN
(21.38 and 23.59 lbf.ft).
(5) Use a clean MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-026) to:
- remove unwanted hydraulic fluid from the flexible hoses (21) and
(22), and the manifold (23)
- clean the bolt (28) and the nut (33)
- clean the bolt (41) and the nut (36).
R
EFF :
301-399, 32-31-46
Page 439
Nov 01/09
CES
(6) Apply a thin layer of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) to:
- the bolt (28) and the nut (33)
- the bolt (41) and the nut (36).
Subtask 32-31-46-870-050-A
Subtask 32-31-46-420-055
(1) Lubricate the MLG actuating cylinder and fittings (Ref. TASK 12-22-
32-640-001).
R Subtask 32-31-46-410-050-A
R H. Close Access
R (1) Install the cover plate(s) (1), the bridge plate(s) (2) and the
R nut(s) (3).
R (3) Safety the nut(s) (3) with the new cotter pin(s) (4).
R (4) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
R items.
R (6) Connect the isolation coupling of the PTU (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-
R 002).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-46
Page 440
Feb 01/10
CES
Subtask 32-31-46-720-050
J. Test
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-31-46-586-050
Subtask 32-31-46-942-050
B. Removal of Equipment
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-46
Page 441
Nov 01/09
CES
TASK 32-31-46-000-002
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-46
Page 442
Nov 01/09
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-46-941-053
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are installed on the landing
gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-46
Page 443
Feb 01/10
CES
MLG Actuating Cylinder Eye-End Pin - Location and Detail
Figure 403/TASK 32-31-46-991-003- 13 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
001-003, 051-052, 32-31-46
Page 444
Nov 01/07
CES
MLG Actuating Cylinder Eye-End Pin - Location and Detail
Figure 403/TASK 32-31-46-991-003- 23 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
001-003, 051-052, 32-31-46
Page 445
Nov 01/07
CES
MLG Actuating Cylinder Eye-End Pin - Location and Detail
Figure 403/TASK 32-31-46-991-003- 33 (SHEET 3)
R
EFF :
001-003, 051-052, 32-31-46
Page 446
Nov 01/07
CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
R
32-31-46
Page 447
Nov 01/07
CES
MLG Actuating Cylinder Eye-End Pin - Location and Detail
Figure 403A/TASK 32-31-46-991-003-A12 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-31-46
Page 448
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
MLG Actuating Cylinder Eye-End Pin - Location and Detail
Figure 403A/TASK 32-31-46-991-003-A22 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-31-46
Page 449
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(3) On the panel 400VU:
- make sure that the landing-gear control-lever 6GA is in the DOWN
position
R - put a WARNING NOTICE in position to tell persons not to operate the
landing gear.
R (4) Put WARNING NOTICES, to tell persons not to pressurize the hydraulic
R systems:
- in the cockpit, on the HYD overhead panel 40VU
- on the hydraulic ground service-panels 197CB and 198CB
- on the access door 195BB.
Subtask 32-31-46-869-054
(1) If the electrical power is not necessary for other maintenance tasks,
de-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-
002). Then it is not necessary to operate the LGCIU circuit breakers.
Subtask 32-31-46-865-052
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
Subtask 32-31-46-860-052
(1) Disconnect the isolation coupling of the PTU (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-
001).
(2) Make sure that the Yellow and Green Hydraulic systems are
de-pressurized (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
(3) Make sure that the applicable hydraulic reservoirs have been
depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-46
Page 450
Nov 01/09
CES
Subtask 32-31-46-010-053
E. Get Access
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-31-46-020-051
(1) Remove and discard the cotter pin (8). Remove the nut (7), the washer
(6), the cap (5) and the bolt (1).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-46
Page 451
Feb 01/10
CES
TASK 32-31-46-400-002
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING
_______
NOTICES ARE IN POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
CAUTION : WHEN YOU DO A MAINTENANCE TASK THAT USES COMMON GREASE, USE ONLY
_______
GREASES OF THE SAME SPECIFICATION (IT IS PERMITTED TO USE DIFFERENT
BRANDS IF THEIR SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE SAME). DO NOT MIX GREASES THAT
HAVE CLAY THICKENERS WITH GREASES THAT HAVE LITHIUM THICKENERS. THIS
MIXTURE CAN CHANGE THE LUBRICATION PROPERTIES OF THE GREASE. IF YOU
USE GREASES OF DIFFERENT TYPES (SPECIALLY THOSE WITH CLAY THICKENERS
AND LITHIUM THICKENERS), DECREASE THE SERVICE INTERVALS OF THE
AIRCRAFT (BY HALF, FOR EXAMPLE) SPECIFIED IN THE MAINTENANCE PLANNING
DOCUMENT. DO THIS FOR APPROXIMATELY THREE OR FOUR SERVICES (REFER TO
YOUR IN-SERVICE DATA TO FIND THE NUMBER OF SERVICES BEST ADAPTED TO
YOUR AIRCRAFT).
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
EFF :
ALL 32-31-46
Page 452
Nov 01/09
CES
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-46
Page 453
Nov 01/09
CES
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
EFF :
ALL 32-31-46
Page 454
Feb 01/10
CES
R **ON A/C 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 32-31-46-941-054
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are installed on the landing
gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
(4) Make sure that the WARNING NOTICES are in position to tell persons
not to operate the hydraulic systems:
- in the cockpit, on the HYD overhead panel 40VU
- on the hydraulic ground service panels 197CB and 198CB
- on the access door 195BB.
Subtask 32-31-46-860-053
(1) Make sure that the Yellow and Green hydraulic systems have been
depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
(2) Make sure that the applicable hydraulic reservoirs have been
depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).
(3) Make sure that the isolation coupling of the PTU is disconnected
(Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-46
Page 455
Feb 01/10
CES
Subtask 32-31-46-869-055
(1) If the electrical power is not necessary for other maintenance tasks,
de-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-
002). Then it is not necessary to operate the LGCIU circuit breakers.
Subtask 32-31-46-865-053
D. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-31-46-420-057
WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE CONSUMABLE MATERIAL(S). YOU MUST
_______
OBEY THE OPERATORS AND MANUFACTURERS HEALTH AND SAFETY
INSTRUCTIONS.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-46
Page 456
Feb 01/10
CES
(1) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
NOTE : In the step that follows, make sure that the Materials No.
____
04-004 or No. 04-022 are not mixed together. Do not use them
at the same time (Ref. SIL 12-008).
(2) Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) or COMMON
GREASE (Material No. 04-022) to the interface of the pin (3).
(3) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with a
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-026).
Subtask 32-31-46-420-058
R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE CONSUMABLE MATERIAL(S). YOU MUST
_______
R OBEY THE OPERATORS AND MANUFACTURERS HEALTH AND SAFETY
R INSTRUCTIONS.
(1) Use the GUIDE CONE (98D32104014000) to install the pin (3). Make sure
that the greasers (2) point aft.
(3) Install the cap (5), the bolt (1), the washer (6) and the nut (7).
(4) TORQUE the nut (7) to between 2.4 and 3.0 m.daN (17.69 and 22.12
lbf.ft).
(5) Safety the nut (7) with the new cotter pin (8).
(6) Apply a thin layer of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) to the bolt (1)
and the nut (7).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-46
Page 457
Nov 01/09
CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,
R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 32-31-46-220-052
C. Dimensional Check
(1) Make sure that the dimensions Y1 and Y2 are more than zero at the
anti-roll pegs (9). Dimensions Y1 and Y2 are the clearance when the
opposite anti-roll peg is held against the washer (10).
Subtask 32-31-46-220-052-B
C. Dimensional Check
(Ref. Fig. 403A/TASK 32-31-46-991-003-A)
(1) Make sure that the dimensions Y1 and Y2 are more than zero at the
anti-roll pegs (9). Dimensions Y1 and Y2 are the clearance when the
opposite anti-roll peg is held against the washer (10).
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-31-46
Page 458
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 32-31-46-420-059
(1) Lubricate the MLG actuating cylinder and fittings (Ref. TASK 12-22-
32-640-001).
Subtask 32-31-46-410-052
E. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(3) Connect the isolation coupling of the PTU (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-
002).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-31-46-942-051
A. Removal of Equipment
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-46
Page 459
Nov 01/09
CES
TASK 32-31-46-000-003
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-46
Page 460
Nov 01/09
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-46-941-056
A. Safety Precautions
(3) Make sure that the ground safety locks are installed on the landing
gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
(5) Put WARNING NOTICES, to tell persons not to pressurize the hydraulic
systems:
- in the cockpit, on the HYD overhead panel 40VU
- on the hydraulic ground service-panels 197CB and 198CB
- on the access door 195BB.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-46
Page 461
Feb 01/10
CES
Subtask 32-31-46-869-058
(1) If the electrical power is not necessary for other maintenance tasks,
de-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-
002). Then it is not necessary to operate the LGCIU circuit breakers.
Subtask 32-31-46-865-055
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
Subtask 32-31-46-860-058
(1) Disconnect the isolation coupling of the PTU (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-
001).
(2) Depressurize the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-00-
00-864-001).
Subtask 32-31-46-010-054
E. Get Access
EFF :
ALL 32-31-46
Page 462
Nov 01/09
CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-31-46-020-052
(2) Remove the nut (3), the washer (4), the nylon-washer (5), the bolt
(6) and the collar (7).
(3) Remove the pin (1) from the actuating cylinder and wing-mounting lug.
Subtask 32-31-46-020-052-A
(3) Remove the pin (1) from the actuating cylinder and wing-mounting lug.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-46
Page 463
Feb 01/10
CES
MLG Actuating Cylinder Wing-End Pin - Location and Detail
Figure 404/TASK 32-31-46-991-004
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-234, 236-238, 301-307, 401-499,
32-31-46
Page 464
Feb 01/08
CES
MLG Actuating Cylinder Wing-End Pin - Location and Detail
Figure 404A/TASK 32-31-46-991-004-A
R
EFF : 235-235, 239-249, 251-299, 308-399,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
32-31-46
Page 465
Feb 01/10
CES
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 32-31-46-400-003
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-46
Page 466
Nov 01/09
CES
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-46
Page 467
Feb 01/08
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-46-941-057
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the MLG doors are open (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).
(3) Make sure that the ground safety locks are installed on the landing
gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
(5) Make sure that the WARNING NOTICES are in position to tell persons
not to operate the hydraulic systems:
- in the cockpit, on the HYD overhead panel 40VU
- on the hydraulic ground service panels 197CB and 198CB
- on the access door 195BB.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-46
Page 468
Feb 01/10
CES
Subtask 32-31-46-860-059
(1) Make sure that the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems have been
depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
(2) Make sure that the applicable hydraulic reservoirs have been
depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).
(3) Make sure that the isolation coupling of the PTU is disconnected
(Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-001).
Subtask 32-31-46-869-059
(1) If the electrical power is not necessary for other maintenance tasks,
de-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-
002). Then it is not necessary to operate the LGCIU circuit breakers.
Subtask 32-31-46-865-056
D. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
4. Procedure
_________
EFF :
ALL 32-31-46
Page 469
Feb 01/08
CES
R **ON A/C 235-235, 239-249, 251-299, 308-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 32-31-46-420-060
WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE CONSUMABLE MATERIAL(S). YOU MUST
_______
OBEY THE OPERATORS AND MANUFACTURERS HEALTH AND SAFETY
INSTRUCTIONS.
(1) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
NOTE : In the step that follows, make sure that the Materials No.
____
04-004 or No. 04-022 are not mixed together. Do not use them
at the same time (Ref. SIL 12-008).
(2) Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) or COMMON
GREASE (Material No. 04-022) to the interfaces of:
- the pin (1)
- the bearings (9).
(3) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with a
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-026).
Subtask 32-31-46-420-061
WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE CONSUMABLE MATERIAL(S). YOU MUST
_______
OBEY THE OPERATORS AND MANUFACTURERS HEALTH AND SAFETY
INSTRUCTIONS.
(1) Use the GUIDE CONE (98D32104015000) to install the pin (1) in the
actuating cylinder.
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-31-46
Page 470
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(2) Apply a thin layer of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) to the
interfaces of:
- the bottom end of the pin (1)
- the collar (7)
- the bolt (6)
- the nylon-washer (5)
- the washer (4)
- the nut (3).
(3) Put the collar (7) on the pin (1) and install it with:
- the bolt (6)
- the nylon-washer (5)
- the washer (4)
- the nut (3).
(4) Tighten the nut (3) with your fingers only on the thread of the bolt
(6). If necessary, tighten the nut (3) again to align with the hole
for the cotter pin (2).
(5) Safety the nut (3) with the new cotter pin (2).
Subtask 32-31-46-220-053
C. Dimensional Check
(1) Make sure that the dimension X is between 1.8 mm (0.0708 in.) and 6.1
mm (0.2401 in.) at one of the anti-roll pins (8). Dimension X is the
correct clearance when the opposite anti-roll pin is held against the
washer (10).
Subtask 32-31-46-420-060-A
WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE CONSUMABLE MATERIAL(S). YOU MUST
_______
OBEY THE OPERATORS AND MANUFACTURERS HEALTH AND SAFETY
INSTRUCTIONS.
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-31-46
Page 471
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(1) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
NOTE : In the step that follows, make sure that the Materials No.
____
04-004 or No. 04-022 are not mixed together. Do not use them
at the same time (Ref. SIL 12-008).
(2) Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) or COMMON
GREASE (Material No. 04-022) to the interfaces of:
- the pin (1)
- the bearings (11).
(3) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with a
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-026).
Subtask 32-31-46-420-061-A
WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE CONSUMABLE MATERIAL(S). YOU MUST
_______
OBEY THE OPERATORS AND MANUFACTURERS HEALTH AND SAFETY
INSTRUCTIONS.
(1) Use the GUIDE CONE (98D32104015000) to install the pin (1) in the
actuating cylinder.
(3) Put the collar (9) on the pin (1) and install it with:
- the bolt (8)
- the washer (7), if applicable
- the nylon-washer (6)
- the washer (5), if applicable
- the washer (4)
- the nut (3).
R
EFF : 235-235, 239-249, 251-299, 308-399,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
32-31-46
Page 472
Feb 01/10
CES
NOTE : Make sure that the parts are correctly installed.
____
(4) TORQUE the nut (3) to between 0.5 and 0.8 m.daN (44.24 and 70.79
lbf.in).
(5) Safety the nut (3) with the new cotter pin (2).
Subtask 32-31-46-220-053-A
C. Dimensional Check
(1) Make sure that the dimension X is between 1.8 mm (0.0708 in.) and 6.1
mm (0.2401 in.) at one of the anti-roll pins (10). Dimension X is the
correct clearance when the opposite anti-roll pin is held against the
washer (12).
Subtask 32-31-46-420-062
(1) Lubricate the actuating cylinder and fittings (Ref. TASK 12-22-32-
640-001).
Subtask 32-31-46-410-053
E. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(3) Connect the isolation coupling of the PTU (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-
002).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-46
Page 473
Nov 01/09
R
CES
Subtask 32-31-46-865-057
F. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-31-46-942-053
A. Removal of Equipment
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-46
Page 474
Nov 01/09
CES
CHECK VALVE - L/G RETURN ISOLATION (2537GM) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________________________________________
TASK 32-31-47-000-001
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-47
Page 401
Feb 01/98
CES
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-47-860-050
Subtask 32-31-47-010-050
B. Get Access
Subtask 32-31-47-869-051
(1) Depressurize the reservoir of Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-
10-00-864-001) .
EFF :
ALL 32-31-47
Page 402
Feb 01/05
CES
(4) Obey the flight configuration precautions (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-
001).
(6) Put the container below the check valve 2537GM to collect the
hydraulic fluid leakage.
Subtask 32-31-47-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/CTL 1701GK R35
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/MONG 1702GK R34
Subtask 32-31-47-941-050
E. Safety Precautions
(1) Put the warning notices in position to tell persons not to operate
the Green hydraulic system:
- on the panel 40VU in the cockpit,
- on the ground service panel of the Green hydraulic system.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-31-47-020-052
(2) Disconnect the connectors (1) and (2) from the reducer tee (3).
(3) Disconnect the connector (4) from the check valve (5) and remove the
reducer tee (3).
(4) Remove the check valve (5) from the manifold (7).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-47
Page 403
Feb 01/99
CES
Check Valve 2537GM
Figure 401/TASK 32-31-47-991-001
EFF :
ALL 32-31-47
Page 404
Feb 01/98
CES
(5) Remove and discard the packing (6) from the check valve (5).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-47
Page 405
Feb 01/98
CES
TASK 32-31-47-400-001
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-47
Page 406
Nov 01/09
CES
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-47
Page 407
Nov 01/08
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-47-860-051
(1) Make sure that the PTU isolation coupling is disconnected (Ref. TASK
29-23-00-860-001).
(2) Make sure that the aircraft electrical circuits are energized
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
(3) Make sure that the flight configuration precautions were obeyed
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-001).
(4) Make sure that the Green hydraulic system is depressurized (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-001).
(5) Make sure that the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system is
depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-47
Page 408
Nov 01/08
R
CES
Subtask 32-31-47-865-051
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/CTL 1701GK R35
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/MONG 1702GK R34
Subtask 32-31-47-941-051
C. Safety Precautions
(1) Make sure that the warning notices are in position to tell persons
not to pressurize the Green hydraulic system:
- on the panel 40VU in the cockpit,
- on the ground service panel of the Green hydraulic system.
Subtask 32-31-47-560-050
(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-47
Page 409
Nov 01/99
CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-31-47-420-051
(4) TORQUE the check valve (5) to between 6.26 and 6.83 m.daN (46.16 and
50.36 lbf.ft).
R (5) Put the reducer tee (3) in position and connect the connector (4). Do
R not thighten at this time.
(6) Connect the connectors (1) and (2) to the reducer tee (3) and the
check valve (5).
R (7) TORQUE the connector (4) to between 6.26 and 6.83 m.daN (46.16 and
50.36 lbf.ft).
(8) TORQUE the connector (1) to between 2.9 and 3.2 m.daN (21.38 and
23.59 lbf.ft).
(9) TORQUE the connector (2) to between 2.6 and 2.94 m.daN (19.17 and
21.68 lbf.ft).
R (10) Identify all the connectors with PAINTS FOR DETAIL (INTERNAL AND
EXTERN AL) (Material No. 07-010).
Subtask 32-31-47-865-052
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1GA, 2GA, 52GA, 1701GK, 1702GK.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-47
Page 410
Feb 01/09
CES
Subtask 32-31-47-860-052
(2) If the flight configuration precautions were obeyed, put the aircraft
back to the serviceable condition (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-002).
(7) If necessary fill the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system to the
correct level (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-001).
Subtask 32-31-47-720-050
D. Do the functional test of the MLG normal extension and retraction system
(Ref. TASK 32-31-00-720-002).
(2) Make sure that there is no hydraulic fluid leakage from the check
valve 2537GM.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-31-47-410-051
A. Close Access
(1) Apply corrosion protection to the check valve 2537GM, the connectors
and the adjacent areas (Ref. TASK 51-75-13-916-002).
(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-47
Page 411
Nov 01/99
R
CES
RESTRICTOR VALVE - MLG EXTENTION (2538GM) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________________________________________
TASK 32-31-48-000-001
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-48
Page 401
Feb 01/05
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-48-860-050
Subtask 32-31-48-010-050
B. Get Access
Subtask 32-31-48-869-050
(1) Depressurize the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK
29-14-00-614-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-48
Page 402
Feb 01/05
CES
(4) Obey the flight configuration precautions (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-
001).
(6) Put the container below the restrictor valve to collect hydraulic
fluid leakage.
Subtask 32-31-48-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/CTL 1701GK R35
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/MONG 1702GK R34
Subtask 32-31-48-941-050
E. Safety Precautions
(1) Put the warning notices in position to tell persons not to pressurize
the Green hydraulic system:
- on the panel 40VU in the cockpit,
- on the ground service panel of the Green hydraulic system.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-31-48-020-050
(2) Disconnect the connector (1) from the restrictor valve (5).
(3) Remove the restrictor valve (5) from the manifold (4).
(4) Remove and discard the packing (3) from the restrictor valve (2).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-48
Page 403
Feb 01/99
CES
Restricter Valve 2538GM
Figure 401/TASK 32-31-48-991-001
EFF :
ALL 32-31-48
Page 404
Feb 01/98
CES
TASK 32-31-48-400-001
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-48
Page 405
Nov 01/09
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-48
Page 406
Nov 01/08
CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-48-860-052
(1) Make sure that the PTU isolation coupling is disconnected (Ref. TASK
29-23-00-860-001).
(2) Make sure that the aircraft electrical circuits are de-energized
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
(3) Make sure that the flight configuration precautions were obeyed
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-001).
(4) Make sure that the Green hydraulic system is depressurized (Ref. TASK
29-14-00-614-001).
(5) Make sure that the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system is
depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).
Subtask 32-31-48-865-051
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/CTL 1701GK R35
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/MONG 1702GK R34
Subtask 32-31-48-941-051
C. Make sure that the warning notices are in position to tell persons not to
pressurize the Green hydraulic system:
- on the panel 40VU in the cockpit,
- on the ground service panel of the Green hydraulic system.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-48
Page 407
Feb 01/99
CES
Subtask 32-31-48-860-051
(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-31-48-420-050
(2) Install the new packing (3) on the restrictor valve (2).
(3) Install the restrictor valve (2) in the manifold (4). Make sure that
the arrow on the restrictor valve (2) points to the manifold (4).
(4) TORQUE the restrictor valve (2) to 10.00 m.daN (73.74 lbf.ft).
(5) Connect the connector (1) to the restrictor valve (2) and TORQUE it
to between 9.7 and 10.7 m.daN (71.53 and 78.90 lbf.ft).
(6) Mark the connection with PAINTS FOR DETAIL (INTERNAL AND EXTERN AL)
(Material No. 07-010).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-48
Page 408
Nov 01/99
CES
Subtask 32-31-48-860-053
(2) If the flight configuration precautions were obeyed, put the aircraft
back to the serviceable condition (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-002).
Subtask 32-31-48-865-052
C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1GA, 2GA, 52GA, 1701GK, 1702GK
Subtask 32-31-48-720-050
(2) Make sure that there is no hydraulic fluid leakage from the
restrictor valve (3).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-31-48-410-050
A. Close Access
(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-48
Page 409
Feb 01/98
CES
(3) Close the right MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001).
(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-48
Page 410
Feb 01/98
CES
RESTRICTOR VALVE - NLG EXTENSION (2691GM) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________________________________________
TASK 32-31-56-000-001
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-56
Page 401
Feb 01/98
CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-56-860-050
(1) Make sure that the Green hydraulic system is depressurized and put it
in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001)
Subtask 32-31-56-941-050
B. Safety Precautions
(1) In the cockpit, on the panel 400VU put warning notice(s) in position
to tell persons not to operate the landing gear control lever.
(4) Put the container in position below the restrictor valve (2691GM) to
collect the hydraulic fluid leakage.
Subtask 32-31-56-010-050
C. Get Access
(1) Open the doors of the nose landing gear (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-010-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-56
Page 402
Feb 01/98
CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-31-56-020-051
(1) Disconnect the union (1). Install a blanking plug on the disconnected
end.
(2) Disconnect the union (3). Install a blanking plug on the disconnected
end.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-56
Page 403
Feb 01/98
CES
NLG Extension Restrictor Valve
Figure 401/TASK 32-31-56-991-001
EFF :
ALL 32-31-56
Page 404
Feb 01/98
CES
TASK 32-31-56-400-001
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-56
Page 405
Nov 01/09
CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-56-860-051
(1) Make sure that the Green hydraulic system is depressurized and put it
in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001)
(2) Make sure that the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system is
depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).
(3) In the cockpit, on the panel 400VU make sure that the warning
notice(s) is (are) in position to tell persons not to operate the
landing gear control lever.
(4) Make sure that the warning notice(s) is (are) in position to tell
persons not to pressurize the Green hydraulic system:
- on the panel 40VU in the cockpit,
- on the ground service panel of the Green hydraulic system, access
door (197CB).
(6) Make sure that the doors of the nose landing gear are open (Ref. TASK
32-22-00-010-001).
(7) Make sure that the access platform is in position in zone 123.
(8) Make sure that the container is in position below the restrictor
valve (2691GM) to collect the hydraulic fluid leakage.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-31-56-420-050
(1) Remove the blanking plug and connect the valve (2) to the union (1).
(2) TORQUE the valve (2) (inlet connection) to 2.822 m.daN (20.81
lbf.ft).
(3) Remove the blanking plug and connect the union (3) to the valve (2).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-56
Page 406
Feb 01/98
CES
(4) TORQUE the union (3) (outlet connection) to 5.875 m.daN (43.32
lbf.ft).
Subtask 32-31-56-942-050
Subtask 32-31-56-720-050
C. Functional Test
(3) Make sure that there is no hydraulic fluid leakage from the
restrictor valve (2691GM).
(4) If necessary fill the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system to the
correct level (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-001) or (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-
611-002).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-31-56-410-050
A. Close Access
(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(3) Close the doors of the nose landing gear (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-410-
001).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-56
Page 407
Feb 01/98
CES
RESTRICTOR VALVE - NLG DOOR OPENING (2535GM) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________________________________________
TASK 32-31-57-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-57-860-051
(1) Make sure that the Green hydraulic system is depressurized and put it
in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001)
EFF :
ALL 32-31-57
Page 401
Feb 01/98
CES
(2) Depressurize the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system.
(Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001)
Subtask 32-31-57-941-050
B. Safety Precautions
(1) In the cockpit, on the panel 400VU put warning notice(s) in position
to tell persons not to operate the landing gear control lever.
(4) Put the container in position below the restrictor valve (2535GM) to
collect the hydraulic fluid leakage.
Subtask 32-31-57-010-050
C. Get Access
(1) Open the doors of the nose landing gear (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-010-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-31-57-020-051
(1) Disconnect the hydraulic line (3) and put a blanking plug on the
disconnected line end.
(2) Disconnect the hydraulic line (1) and put a blanking plug on the
disconnected line end.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-57
Page 402
Feb 01/98
CES
Restrictor Valve
Figure 401/TASK 32-31-57-991-001
EFF :
ALL 32-31-57
Page 403
Feb 01/98
CES
TASK 32-31-57-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-57
Page 404
Feb 01/98
CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-57-860-050
(1) Make sure that the Green hydraulic system is depressurized and put it
in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001)
(2) Make sure that the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system is
depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).
(3) In the cockpit, on the panel 400VU, make sure that the warning
notice(s) is (are) in position to tell persons not to operate the
landing gear control lever.
(4) Make sure that the warning notice(s) is (are) in position to tell
persons not to pressurize the Green hydraulic system:
- on the panel 40VU in the cockpit,
- on the ground service panel of the Green hydraulic system, access
door (197CB).
(6) Make sure that the doors of the nose landing gear are open (Ref. TASK
32-22-00-010-001).
(7) Make sure that the access platform is in position in zone 123.
(8) Make sure that the container is in position below the restrictor
valve (2535GM) to collect the hydraulic fluid leakage.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-31-57-420-050
(1) Remove the blanking plug and install the restrictor valve (2) on the
hydraulic line (1).
(2) TORQUE the restrictor valve (2) (inlet connection) to 1.67 m.daN
(12.31 lbf.ft).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-57
Page 405
Feb 01/98
CES
(3) Remove the blanking plug and connect the hydraulic line (3) to the
restrictor valve (2).
(4) TORQUE the union (3) (outlet connection) to 2.18 m.daN (16.07
lbf.ft).
Subtask 32-31-57-942-051
Subtask 32-31-57-720-050
C. Functional Test
(3) Make sure that there is no hydraulic fluid leakage from the
restrictor valve (2535GM).
(4) If necessary fill the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system to the
correct level (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-001) or (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-
611-002).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-31-57-410-050
A. Close Access
(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-57
Page 406
Feb 01/98
CES
RESTRICTOR - NLG DOOR CLOSING (2536GM) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_____________________________________________________________
TASK 32-31-58-000-001
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE LANDING GEAR ARE CLEAR.
_______
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE NLG DOWNLOCK SAFETY PIN AND THE TWO DOOR SAFETY
_______
PINS ARE INSTALLED.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-58
Page 401
Feb 01/98
CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-58-860-051
(1) Make sure that the Green hydraulic system is depressurized and put it
in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001)
Subtask 32-31-58-941-050
B. Safety Precautions
(1) In the cockpit, on the panel 400VU put warning notice(s) in position
to tell persons not to operate the landing gear control lever.
(4) Put the container in position below the NLG door closing restrictor
(2536GM).
Subtask 32-31-58-010-050
C. Get Access
(1) Open the doors of the nose landing gear. (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-010-001)
EFF :
ALL 32-31-58
Page 402
Feb 01/98
CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-31-58-020-051
(1) Disconnect the hydraulic line (4) and put a blanking plug on the
disconnected line end.
(2) Remove the restrictor (3), remove and discard the seal (2) and put a
blanking plug on the selector valve (1).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-58
Page 403
Feb 01/98
CES
NLG Door Closing Restrictor
Figure 401/TASK 32-31-58-991-001
EFF :
ALL 32-31-58
Page 404
Feb 01/98
CES
TASK 32-31-58-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-58
Page 405
Feb 01/98
CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-58-860-050
(1) Make sure that the Green hydraulic system is depressurized and put it
in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001)
(2) Make sure that the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system is
depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).
(3) In the cockpit, on the panel 400VU, make sure that the warning
notice(s) is (are) in position to tell persons not to operate the
landing gear control lever.
(4) Make sure that the warning notice(s) is (are) in position to tell
persons not to pressurize the Green hydraulic system:
- on the panel 40VU in the cockpit,
- on the ground service panel of the Green hydraulic system, access
door (197CB).
(6) Make sure that the doors of the nose landing gear are open (Ref. TASK
32-22-00-010-001).
(7) Make sure that the access platform is in position in zone 123.
(8) Make sure that the container is in position below the NLG door
closing restrictor (2536GM).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-31-58-420-050
(1) Remove the blanking plug from the selector valve (1) and install the
restrictor (3) with a new seal (2).
(2) TORQUE the restrictor (3) to between 1.63 and 1.75 m.daN (12.02 and
12.90 lbf.ft).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-58
Page 406
Feb 01/98
CES
(3) Remove the blanking plug and connect the hydraulic line (4).
(4) TORQUE the union (4) to between 1.5 and 1.7 m.daN (11.06 and 12.53
lbf.ft).
Subtask 32-31-58-942-051
Subtask 32-31-58-720-050
C. Functional Test
(1) Do the functional test of the nose gear doors opening and closing
(Ref. TASK 32-22-00-010-001) and (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-410-001)
(3) Put the access platform in position below the NLG door closing
restrictor (2536GM), in zone 123.
(4) Make sure that there is no hydraulic fluid leakage from the
restrictor (2536GM).
(5) If necessary, fill the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system to the
correct level (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-001) or (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-
611-002).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-31-58-410-050
A. Close Access
(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-58
Page 407
Feb 01/98
CES
____________________________________________________________
CONTROL AND INTERFACE UNIT- LANDING GEAR (LGCIU) (5GA1,5GA2)
____________________
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
TASK 32-31-71-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-71-861-050
Subtask 32-31-71-010-050
(1) Put the access platform in position at the access door 811.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-71
Page 401
Feb 01/98
CES
Subtask 32-31-71-869-052
C. Obey the applicable safety precautions before you open the LGCIU circuit
breakers (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-001).
R Subtask 32-31-71-865-058
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
R 121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
R 121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-31-71-020-050
(3) Pull the LGCIU (1) on its rack (3) to disconnect the electrical
connectors (2).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-71
Page 402
Aug 01/99
CES
Landing Gear Control and Interface Unit (LGCIU)
Figure 401/TASK 32-31-71-991-001
EFF :
ALL 32-31-71
Page 403
Feb 01/98
CES
TASK 32-31-71-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-71-860-050
(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized (Ref. TASK 24-
42-00-861-001).
(2) Make sure that the access platform is in position at the access door
811.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-71
Page 404
Feb 01/98
CES
(3) Make sure that the access door 811 is open.
(4) Make sure that you obeyed the flight configuration precautions
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-001).
R Subtask 32-31-71-865-059
R B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
R tagged
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
R 121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
R 121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-31-71-420-050
(4) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
(6) Push the LGCIU (1) on its rack (3) to connect the electrical
connectors (2).
(7) Engage the nuts (4) on the lugs (5) and tighten.
(8) Make sure that the OBRMs are correctly installed. If they are not
installed correctly, push the OBRMs until the locking devices are
locked.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-71
Page 405
Aug 01/99
CES
R Subtask 32-31-71-865-060
R B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
R breaker(s):
R 1GA, 2GA, 52GA
Subtask 32-31-71-869-054
C. After you close the LGCIU circuit breakers, put the aircraft back to the
correct (ground) condition (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-002).
Subtask 32-31-71-740-050
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-31-71-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 32-31-71-862-050
EFF :
ALL 32-31-71
Page 406
Aug 01/99
CES
____________________________________________________________________________
PROXIMITY SENSOR (8GA,9GA,10GA,11GA,12GA,14GA,15GA,16GA,17GA,18GA,19GA,20GA,
21GA,22GA,23GA,24GA,25GA,26GA,27GA,28GA,29GA,30GA...) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
____________________________________________________________________________
TASK 32-31-73-000-001
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-73
Page 401
Nov 01/09
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-73-941-050
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Install the ground safety locks on the landing gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-
00-481-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-73
Page 402
Feb 01/10
CES
(4) Put a WARNING NOTICE on the GRAVITY GEAR EXTN handle (panel 110VU) to
tell persons not to operate the landing gear.
Subtask 32-31-73-010-050
B. Get Access
R (1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position below the
applicable zone 734 or 744.
(2) Open the applicable main gear door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).
(3) Make sure that the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK is on the applicable main
gear door actuator.
Subtask 32-31-73-869-052
(1) If the electrical power is not necessary for other maintenance tasks,
de-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-
002). Then, it is not necessary to open the LGCIU circuit breakers.
Subtask 32-31-73-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
EFF :
ALL 32-31-73
Page 403
Nov 01/09
CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-31-73-020-068
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(c) Remove and discard the lockwire from the capscrews (1).
(e) Remove the capscrews (1) and the washers (2). Remove the bracket
(3) together with the proximity-sensor (4) and the shim (17).
(f) Remove the nuts (5), the capscrews (8) and the washers (7).
(a) Disconnect the electrical connector (15) from the applicable door
uplock proximity-sensor (9):
- for System 1, LH, disconnect FIN 27GA
- for System 1, RH, disconnect FIN 26GA
- for System 2, LH, disconnect FIN 29GA
- for System 2, RH, disconnect FIN 28GA.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-73
Page 404
Feb 01/10
CES
R MLG Uplock and Door Uplock Proximity-Sensors
Figure 401/TASK 32-31-73-991-001
EFF :
ALL 32-31-73
Page 405
May 01/09
CES
R (b) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).
(c) Remove and discard the lockwire from the capscrews (12).
(e) Remove the capscrews (12) and the washers (11). Remove the
bracket (10) together with the proximity-sensor (9) and the shim
(18).
(f) Remove the nuts (16), the capscrews (13) and the washers (14).
(c) Remove and discard the lockwire from the capscrews (36).
(e) Remove the capscrews (36) and the proximity-sensor (37) from the
lockstay.
EFF :
001-003, 051-052, 32-31-73
Page 406
Feb 01/10
CES
MLG Downlock Proximity-Sensors (System 1)
Figure 402/TASK 32-31-73-991-002
EFF :
ALL 32-31-73
Page 407
Aug 01/08
R
CES
R MLG Downlock Proximity-Sensors (System 2)
Figure 403/TASK 32-31-73-991-003
EFF :
ALL 32-31-73
Page 408
Feb 01/04
CES
R (b) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).
(d) Remove the nuts (57), the washers (56), the capscrews (59) and
the proximity- sensor (55).
(d) Remove the nuts (74), the washers (75), the capscrews (79), and
the proximity-sensor (72).
EFF :
001-003, 051-052, 32-31-73
Page 409
Feb 01/10
CES
MLG Extension Proximity-Sensors (System 1 and 2)
Figure 404/TASK 32-31-73-991-004
R
EFF :
001-003, 051-052, 32-31-73
Page 410
Aug 01/08
CES
(c) Identify the positions of the proximity-sensor (90), the target
(87) and the spacer (86) if installed, before you remove them.
(d) Remove the nuts (92), the washers (91), the capscrews (85) and
the proximity-sensor (90).
(d) Remove the nuts (103), the washers (104), the bolts (113) and the
proximity-sensor (114).
EFF :
001-003, 051-052, 32-31-73
Page 411
Feb 01/10
CES
MLG Extension Proximity-Sensors (Systems 1 and 2)
Figure 404A/TASK 32-31-73-991-004-A
R
EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-31-73
Page 412
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
MLG Door-Open Proximity-Sensors
Figure 405/TASK 32-31-73-991-005
EFF :
ALL 32-31-73
Page 413
Aug 01/08
R
CES
R **ON A/C 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 32-31-73-020-068-A
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(c) Remove and discard the lockwire from the capscrews (1).
(e) Remove the capscrews (1) and the washers (2). Remove the bracket
(3) together with the proximity-sensor (4) and the shim (17).
(f) Remove the nuts (5), the capscrews (8) and the washers (7).
R
EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-31-73
Page 414
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(c) Remove and discard the lockwire from the capscrews (12).
(d) Identify the positions of the bracket (10), the proximity sensor
(4) and the shim (18) before you remove them.
(e) Remove the capscrews (12) and the washers (11). Remove the
bracket (10) together with the proximity-sensor (9) and the shim
(18).
(f) Remove the nuts (16), the capscrews (13) and the washers (14).
(c) Remove and discard the lockwire from the capscrews (36).
(e) Remove the capscrews (36) and the proximity-sensor (37) from the
lockstay.
R
EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-31-73
Page 415
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(c) Identify the positions of the proximity-sensor (55), the target
(51) and the spacer (52) if installed, before you remove them.
(d) Remove the nuts (57), the washers (56), the capscrews (59) and
the proximity- proximity-sensor (55).
(c) Identify the positions of these items, before you remove them:
- the proximity-sensor (73)
- the target (78)
- the spacers (72) and (79) if installed.
(d) Remove the nuts (75), the washers (74), the capscrews (71), the
proximity-sensor (73) and the spacer (72) if installed.
R
EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-31-73
Page 416
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(c) Identify the positions of these items, before you remove them:
- the proximity-sensor (99)
- the target (92)
- the spacers (90) and (94) if installed.
(d) Remove the nuts (97), the washers (98), the capscrews (91) the
proximity-sensor (99) and the spacer (90) if installed.
(d) Remove the nuts (103), the washers (104), the bolts (113) and the
proximity-sensor (114).
R
EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-31-73
Page 417
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 32-31-73-400-001
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING
_______
NOTICES ARE IN POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-73
Page 418
Feb 01/10
R
CES
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-73
Page 419
Feb 01/10
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-73-941-056
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are on the landing gear
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
(4) On the panel 110VU, make sure that the WARNING NOTICE is on the
GRAVITY GEAR EXTN handle.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-73
Page 420
Feb 01/10
CES
Subtask 32-31-73-860-056
(1) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE is in
position below the applicable zone 734 or 744.
(2) Make sure that the applicable MLG door is open (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-
010-001).
(3) Make sure that the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK is on the applicable MLG door
actuator.
Subtask 32-31-73-869-060
(1) If you did not de-energize the aircraft electrical circuits, make
sure that the flight configuration precautions are done (Ref. TASK
32-00-00-860-001).
Subtask 32-31-73-865-055
D. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-31-73-420-068
R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE CONSUMABLE MATERIAL(S). YOU MUST
_______
R OBEY THE OPERATORS AND MANUFACTURERS HEALTH AND SAFETY
R INSTRUCTIONS.
(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with a
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-026).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-73
Page 421
Nov 01/09
CES
(2) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
(3) Examine the mountings for the proximity-sensors on the MLG uplock and
R door uplock. Make sure that they are in the correct condition.
(4) Make sure that the applicable bonded shims/spacers are in the correct
condition and are not loose.
Subtask 32-31-73-420-064
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(b) Install the shim (17), the bracket (3) and the proximity-sensor
R (4) to the MLG uplock with:
R - the capscrews (1)
R - the washers (2).
(c) Make sure that the shim (17), the bracket (3) and the
proximity-sensor (4) are in the positions identified before
removal.
(d) TORQUE the capscrews (8) and (1) to between 0.51 and 0.57 m.daN
(45.13 and 50.44 lbf.in).
(e) Safety the capscrews (1) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
010).
(f) Remove the blanking cap from the electrical connector (6).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-73
Page 422
Nov 01/09
CES
(g) Make sure the electrical connector (6) is in the correct
condition.
(b) Install the shim (18), the bracket (10) and the proximity-sensor
R (9) to the door-uplock with:
R - the capscrews (12)
R - the washers (11).
(c) Make sure that the shim (18), the bracket (10) and the
proximity-sensor (9) are in the positions identified before
removal.
(d) TORQUE the capscrews (13) and (12) to between 0.51 and 0.57 m.daN
(45.13 and 50.44 lbf.in).
(e) Safety the capscrews (12) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
010).
R (f) Remove the CAP - BLANKING from the electrical connector (15).
(g) Make sure that the electrical connector (15) is in the correct
condition.
EFF :
001-003, 051-052, 32-31-73
Page 423
Nov 01/09
CES
(3) For the MLG-downlock proximity-sensors 15GA(14GA):
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 32-31-73-991-002)
(c) Make sure that the target (31), the proximity-sensor (37) and the
spacer (32) if applicable, are in the positions identified before
removal.
(d) TORQUE the capscrews (36) and, if necessary, the capscrews (30)
to between 0.124 and 0.192 m.daN (10.97 and 16.99 lbf.in).
(e) Safety the capscrews (36) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
010).
R (f) Remove the CAP - BLANKING from the electrical connector (29).
(g) Make sure that the electrical connector (29) is in the correct
condition.
(c) Make sure that the proximity-sensor (55), the target (51) and the
spacer (52) if applicable, are in the positions identified before
removal.
EFF :
001-003, 051-052, 32-31-73
Page 424
Nov 01/09
CES
(d) TORQUE the nuts (57) and, if necessary, the nuts (54) to between
0.4 and 0.45 m.daN (35.39 and 39.82 lbf.in).
R (e) Remove the CAP - BLANKING from the electrical connector (60).
(f) Make sure that the electrical connector (60) is in the correct
condition.
(c) Make sure that the target (77), the proximity-sensor (72) and the
spacer (76) if applicable, are in the positions identified before
removal.
(d) TORQUE the nuts (82) and, if necessary, the nuts (74) to between
0.4 and 0.45 m.daN (35.39 and 39.82 lbf.in).
R (e) Remove the CAP - BLANKING from the electrical connector (71).
(f) Make sure that the electrical connector (71) is in the correct
condition.
EFF :
001-003, 051-052, 32-31-73
Page 425
Nov 01/09
CES
(b) If the target was removed:
- put the target spacer (86) if applicable, and the target (87)
in position on the target mounting bracket
- install the capscrews (84), the washers (89) and the nuts (88).
(c) Make sure that the target (87), the proximity-sensor (90) and the
spacer (86) if applicable, are in the positions identified before
removal.
(d) TORQUE the nuts (88) and, if necessary, the nuts (92) to between
0.4 and 0.45 m.daN (35.39 and 39.82 lbf.in).
R (e) Remove the CAP - BLANKING from the electrical connector (83).
(f) Make sure that the electrical connector (83) is in the correct
condition.
(b) Install the bolts (113), the washers (104) and the nuts (103).
(d) Make sure that the target (108), the proximity-sensor (114) and
the spacer (109) if applicable, are in the positions identified
before removal.
(e) TORQUE the nuts (103) and, if necessary, the nuts (111) to
between 0.124 and 0.192 m.daN (10.97 and 16.99 lbf.in).
R (f) Remove the CAP - BLANKING from the electrical connector (106).
(g) Make sure that the electrical connector (106) is in the correct
condition.
EFF :
001-003, 051-052, 32-31-73
Page 426
Nov 01/09
CES
(h) Connect the electrical connector (106) to the applicable
proximity-sensor (114):
- for System 1, LH, connect FIN 33GA
- for System 1, RH, connect FIN 32GA.
Subtask 32-31-73-420-064-A
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-31-73
Page 427
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
NOTE : It is permitted to install a sensor target without a shim if the
____
correct clearance can be set without the shim.
(b) Install the shim (17), the bracket (3) and the proximity-sensor
(4) to the MLG uplock with the capscrews (1) and the washers (2).
(c) Make sure that the shim (17), the bracket (3) and the
proximity-sensor (4) are in the positions identified before
removal.
(d) TORQUE the capscrews (8) and (1) to between 0.51 and 0.57 m.daN
(45.13 and 50.44 lbf.in).
(e) Safety the capscrews (1) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
010).
(f) Remove the CAP - BLANKING from the electrical connector (6).
(b) Install the shim (18), the bracket (10) and the proximity-sensor
(9) to the door-uplock with the capscrews (12) and the washers
(11).
(c) Make sure that the shim (18), the bracket (10) and the
proximity-sensor (9) are in the positions identified before
removal.
R
EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-31-73
Page 428
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(d) TORQUE the capscrews (13) and (12) to between 0.51 and 0.57 m.daN
(45.13 and 50.44 lbf.in).
(e) Safety the capscrews (12) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
010).
(f) Remove the blanking cap from the electrical connector (15).
(g) Make sure that the electrical connector (15) is in the correct
condition.
(c) Make sure that the target (31), the proximity-sensor (37) and the
spacer (32) if applicable, are in the positions identified before
removal.
(d) TORQUE the capscrews (36) and, if necessary, the capscrews (30)
to between 0.124 and 0.192 m.daN (10.97 and 16.99 lbf.in).
(e) Safety the capscrews (36) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
010).
(f) Remove the CAP - BLANKING from the electrical connector (29).
(g) Make sure that the electrical connector (29) is in the correct
condition.
R
EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-31-73
Page 429
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(h) Connect the electrical connector (29) to the applicable
proximity-sensor (37):
- for System 1, LH, connect FIN 15GA
- for System 1, RH, connect FIN 14GA.
(c) Make sure that the proximity-sensor (55), the target (51) and the
spacer (52) if applicable, are in the positions identified before
removal.
(d) TORQUE the nuts (57) and, if necessary, the nuts (54) to between
0.4 and 0.45 m.daN (35.39 and 39.82 lbf.in).
(e) Remove the CAP - BLANKING from the electrical connector (60).
(f) Make sure that the electrical connector (60) is in the correct
condition.
R
EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-31-73
Page 430
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(c) Make sure that these items are in the positions identified before
removal:
- the target (78)
- the proximity-sensor (73)
- the spacers (79) and (72) if applicable.
(d) TORQUE the nuts (75) and, if necessary, the nuts (81) to between
0.4 and 0.45 m.daN (35.39 and 39.82 lbf.in).
(e) Remove the CAP - BLANKING from the electrical connector (76).
(f) Make sure that the electrical connector (76) is in the correct
condition.
(c) Make sure that these items are in the positions identified before
removal:
- the target (92)
- the proximity-sensor (99)
- the spacers (94) and (90).
(d) TORQUE the nuts (97) and, if necessary, the nuts (96) to between
0.4 and 0.45 m.daN (35.39 and 39.82 lbf.in).
(e) Remove the CAP - BLANKING from the electrical connector (100).
(f) Make sure that the electrical connector (100) is in the correct
condition.
R
EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-31-73
Page 431
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(g) Connect the electrical connector (100) to the applicable
proximity-sensor (99):
- for System 2, LH, connect FIN 23GA
- for System 2, RH, connect FIN 22GA.
(a) Put the spacer (115) if applicable, and the proximity sensor
(114) in position on the sensor mounting bracket.
(b) Install the bolts (113), the washers (104) and the nuts (103).
(d) Make sure that the target (108), the proximity-sensor (114) and
the spacer (109) if applicable, are in the positions identified
before removal.
(e) TORQUE the nuts (103) and, if necessary, the nuts (111) to
between 0.124 and 0.192 m.daN (10.97 and 16.99 lbf.in).
(f) Remove the CAP - BLANKING from the electrical connector (106).
(g) Make sure that the electrical connector (106) is in the correct
condition.
R
EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-31-73
Page 432
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(10) For the proximity-sensors 15GA(14GA), apply SEALANTS (Material No.
09-016) to:
- the capscrews (36), (30) and the nuts (34).
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 32-31-73-991-002)
Subtask 32-31-73-865-060
C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1GA, 2GA, 52GA.
Subtask 32-31-73-869-053
D. Ground Configuration
(1) If you did the flight configuration precautions, put the aircraft
back to the ground configuration (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-002).
Subtask 32-31-73-410-051
E. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-73
Page 433
Nov 01/09
R
CES
Subtask 32-31-73-740-050
F. Test
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-31-73-942-050
A. Removal of Equipment
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-73
Page 434
Nov 01/09
CES
TASK 32-31-73-000-005
Removal of the NLG Proximity-Sensors 12GA, 13GA, 18GA, 19GA, 24GA, 25GA, 30GA,
31GA, 37GA (36GA), 39GA (38GA)
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-73
Page 435
Nov 01/09
CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-73-941-053
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are on the landing gear
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
R (4) Put a WARNING NOTICE on the GRAVITY GEAR EXTN handle (panel 110VU) to
tell persons not to operate the landing gear.
Subtask 32-31-73-010-052
B. Get Access
R (1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position below the applicable
zone 123 (124).
(3) Make sure that a SAFETY PIN - NLG DOOR is installed in each NLG door.
Subtask 32-31-73-869-054
(1) If the electrical power is not necessary for other maintenance tasks,
de-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-
002). Then, it is not necessary to open the LGCIU circuit breakers.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-73
Page 436
Nov 01/09
CES
Subtask 32-31-73-865-054
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-31-73-020-058
(c) Remove and discard the cotter pins (126) from the nuts (125).
(e) Remove the nuts (125), the washers (127), the bolts (129) and the
proximity-sensor (130) from the applicable uplock assembly.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-73
Page 437
Feb 01/10
CES
NLG Proximity Sensors
Figure 406/TASK 32-31-73-991-007- 12 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
ALL 32-31-73
Page 438
Aug 01/08
CES
NLG Proximity Sensors
Figure 406/TASK 32-31-73-991-007- 22 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
ALL 32-31-73
Page 439
Aug 01/08
CES
(c) Identify the positions of the proximity-sensor (145) and the
target (149) before you remove them.
(d) Remove the bolts (146), the washers (143), the nuts (144), the
shim (if installed) and the proximity-sensor (145) from the
sensor mounting-bracket.
(e) Identify the position and keep the shim, if installed, with the
applicable sensor mounting bracket.
(g) Identify the position and keep the shim, if installed, with the
applicable target mounting bracket.
(d) Remove the bolts (152), the washers (151), the nuts (150) and the
proximity-sensor (153).
(e) Identify the position and keep the shim, if installed, with the
applicable sensor mounting bracket.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-73
Page 440
Feb 01/10
CES
(4) For the NLG door-open proximity-sensors 37GA(36GA), 39GA(38GA):
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 32-31-73-991-007)
(d) Remove the bolts (136), the washers (133), the nuts (134) and the
proximity-sensor (135) from the mounting bracket.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-73
Page 441
Feb 01/10
CES
TASK 32-31-73-400-005
Installation of the NLG Proximity-Sensors 12GA, 13GA, 18GA, 19GA, 24GA, 25GA,
30GA, 31GA, 37GA (36GA), 39GA (38GA)
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING
_______
NOTICES ARE IN POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE NLG DOWNLOCK SAFETY PIN AND THE TWO DOOR SAFETY
_______
PINS ARE INSTALLED.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-73
Page 442
Nov 01/09
CES
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-73
Page 443
Nov 01/09
R
CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-73-941-057
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are on the landing gear
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
R (4) On the panel 110VU, make sure that the WARNING NOTICE is on the
GRAVITY GEAR EXTN handle.
Subtask 32-31-73-860-055
R (1) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) is in position below the
applicable zone 123 or 124.
(2) Make sure that the NLG doors are open (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-010-001).
(3) Make sure that the SAFETY PIN - NLG DOOR (98D32203502000) is
installed on each NLG door.
Subtask 32-31-73-869-061
(1) If you did not de-energize the aircraft electrical circuits, make
sure that the flight configuration precautions are done (Ref. TASK
32-00-00-860-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-73
Page 444
Nov 01/09
CES
Subtask 32-31-73-865-059
D. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-31-73-420-069
(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with a
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-026).
(2) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
(4) Make sure that the applicable bonded shims/spacers are correctly
installed and are not loose.
Subtask 32-31-73-420-056
EFF :
ALL 32-31-73
Page 445
Nov 01/09
R
CES
(c) Tighten the nuts (125) and safety with a new cotter pin (126).
R (d) Remove the CAP - BLANKING from the electrical connector (128).
(e) Make sure that the electrical connector (128) is in the correct
condition.
(a) Install the proximity-sensor (145) and the shim (if applicable)
on the sensor mounting bracket with the bolts (146), the washers
(143) and the nuts (144).
(c) Make sure that the proximity-sensor (145) and the target (149)
are in the positions identified before removal.
(d) Tighten the nuts (144) and, if necessary, the bolts (148).
R (e) Remove the CAP - BLANKING from the electrical connector (142).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-73
Page 446
Nov 01/09
CES
(b) If the target (154) was removed:
- install the target (154) on the mounting bracket with the bolts
(155), the washers (156) and the nuts (157).
(c) Make sure that the proximity-sensor (153) and the target (154)
are in the positions identified before removal.
R (e) Remove the CAP - BLANKING from the electrical connector (158).
(c) Make sure that the proximity-sensor (135) and the target (140)
are in the positions identified before removal.
R (e) Remove the CAP - BLANKING from the electrical connector (132).
(f) Make sure that the electrical connector (132) is in the correct
condition.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-73
Page 447
Nov 01/09
CES
(5) For the proximity-sensors 12GA (13GA), 30GA (31GA), apply SEALANTS
(Material No. 09-016) to:
- the bolts (129) and the nuts (125).
(6) For the proximity-sensors 36GA (37GA), 38GA (39GA), apply SEALANTS
(Material No. 09-016) to:
- the bolts (136), (141) and the nuts (134), (138).
(7) For the proximity-sensors 18GA (19GA), apply SEALANTS (Material No.
09-016) to:
- the bolts (148), (146) and the nuts (144).
(8) For the proximity-sensors 24GA (25GA) apply SEALANTS (Material No.
09-016) to:
- the bolts (155), (152) and the nuts (150), (157).
Subtask 32-31-73-865-064
C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1GA, 2GA, 52GA.
Subtask 32-31-73-869-055
D. Ground Configuration
(1) If you did not de-energize the aircraft electrical circuits, put the
aircraft back to the ground configuration (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-
002).
Subtask 32-31-73-410-050
E. Get Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-73
Page 448
Nov 01/09
R
CES
Subtask 32-31-73-740-054
F. Test
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-31-73-942-054
A. Removal of Equipment
(3) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-73
Page 449
Nov 01/09
CES
PROXIMITY SENSOR - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
__________________________________
TASK 32-31-73-820-001
Adjustment of the MLG Downlock Proximity Sensors 14GA, 15GA, 16GA, 17GA
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To set the clearances of the MLG downlock proximity sensors to the correct
dimensions.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-73
Page 501
Nov 01/09
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-73
Page 502
Nov 01/09
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-73-941-058
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are installed on the landing
gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-73
Page 503
Nov 01/09
CES
Subtask 32-31-73-860-057
(1) Make sure that the Green hydraulic system is depressurized (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-001).
(3) Disconnect the isolation coupling of the PTU (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-
001).
(4) If the electrical power is not necessary for other maintenance tasks,
de-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-
002). Then, it is not necessary to open the LGCIU circuit breakers.
Subtask 32-31-73-582-055
Subtask 32-31-73-865-069
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
Subtask 32-31-73-010-055
E. Get Access
R (1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position below the applicable
zone 734(744).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-73
Page 504
Nov 01/09
CES
(3) Make sure that the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK (460005835) is on the
applicable MLG door actuator (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-002).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 32-31-73-220-079
A. Dimensional Check
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 32-31-73-991-016)
(1) For the MLG downlock proximity sensors 15GA(14GA), measure the
clearances as follows:
1
_ Measure the dimension Z:
- make sure it is between 1.4 mm (0.0551 in.) and 1.6 mm
(0.0629 in.).
2
_ Measure the dimension X:
- make sure that it is between 0.7 mm (0.0275 in.) and 0.9 mm
(0.0354 in.).
1
_ Measure the dimension Z:
- make sure that it is between 0.6 mm (0.0236 in.) and 2.4 mm
(0.0944 in.).
2
_ Measure the dimension X:
- make sure that it is between 0.35 mm (0.0137 in.) and 1.25
mm (0.0492 in.).
(2) For the MLG downlock proximity sensors 17GA(16GA), measure the
clearances as follows:
1
_ Measure the dimension Z:
- make sure that it is between 1.4 mm (0.0551 in.) and 1.6 mm
(0.0629 in.).
R
EFF :
ALL 32-31-73
Page 505
Nov 01/09
CES
R Adjustment MLG Downlock Proximity Sensors 14GA, 15GA, 16GA, 17GA
Figure 501/TASK 32-31-73-991-016- 12 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
ALL 32-31-73
Page 506
Nov 01/99
CES
R Adjustment MLG Downlock Proximity Sensors 14GA, 15GA, 16GA, 17GA
Figure 501/TASK 32-31-73-991-016- 22 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
ALL 32-31-73
Page 507
Nov 01/99
CES
MLG Lock-stay Actuator Hydraulic Pipe - Details
Figure 502/TASK 32-31-73-991-018
EFF :
ALL 32-31-73
Page 508
Feb 01/98
CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
32-31-73
Page 509
Feb 01/98
CES
Proximity Sensor Adjustment Dimensions 14GA, 15GA, 16GA, 17GA
Figure 503/TASK 32-31-73-991-019- 12 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
ALL 32-31-73
Page 510
Feb 01/98
CES
Proximity Sensor Adjustment Dimensions 14GA, 15GA, 16GA, 17GA
Figure 503/TASK 32-31-73-991-019- 22 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
ALL 32-31-73
Page 511
Feb 01/98
CES
R Check of the MLG Lockstay Over Center Position
Figure 504/TASK 32-31-73-991-020
EFF :
ALL 32-31-73
Page 512
Nov 01/00
CES
2
_ Measure the dimension X:
- make sure that it is between 2.4 mm (0.0944 in.) and 2.6 mm
(0.1023 in.).
1
_ Measure the dimension Z:
- make sure that it is between 1.05 mm (0.0413 in.) and 1.95
mm (0.0767 in.).
2
_ Measure the dimension X:
- make sure that it is between 2.2 mm (0.0866 in.) and 2.8 mm
(0.1102 in.).
(3) If the dimensions are correct, do the check of the proximity switch
detection range in Para 4.B.
Subtask 32-31-73-220-080
(2) Remove the applicable MLG lock springs (Ref. TASK 32-11-19-000-001).
(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 32-31-73-991-018)
(4) Release the hydraulic unions (20) and (21) to decrease the hydraulic
pressure in the lockstay actuator.
(5) Remove the ground lock sleeve from the applicable MLG lockstay
actuator.
(a) Install the checking gage upper attachment pin in the lockstay
actuator upper attachment point.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-73
Page 513
Nov 01/09
CES
(b) Install the checking gage lower attachment pin through the hole
mark 30 on the checking gage.
(c) Make sure that the lower attachment pin engages correctly in the
lockstay actuator lower attachment point.
(7) Disconnect the electrical cable from the applicable proximity sensor.
(8) Connect the LAMP BOX (460005842) to the electrical connector of the
applicable proximity sensor.
(9) Connect a POWER SUPPLY UNIT 24V/10A/60 MN - DC to the lamp box and
put the power switch to ON.
(10) Make sure that the RED lamp on the lamp box is ON.
(11) Set the applicable outlet cable indicator switch on the LAMP BOX to
ON.
(12) Make sure that the GREEN lamp on the lamp box is ON.
(13) Remove the lower attachment pin from the checking gage.
(14) Manually move the lockstay away from the locked down position.
(15) Continue to move the lockstay until the lower attachment pin can be
engaged in the hole mark 20 on the checking gage. The GREEN lamp must
not go OFF.
(16) Remove the lower attachment pin from the hole mark 20 on the checking
gage.
(17) Move the lockstay until the lower attachment pin can be engaged in
the hole mark 10 on the checking gage. The GREEN lamp must go OFF.
(18) Remove the pin from the hole mark 10 on the checking gage.
(20) The GREEN lamp on the lamp box must come ON before the pin can be
engaged in the hole mark 20 on the checking gage.
(21) Remove the pin and continue to move the lockstay to the locked down
position.
(22) Engage the pin in the hole mark 30. Make sure that the GREEN lamp on
the lamp box stays ON.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-73
Page 514
Nov 01/09
R
CES
(23) Do the steps (13) to (22) one more time.
(25) Install the ground lock sleeve on the applicable MLG lockstay
actuator (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
(26) Remove the LAMP BOX from the applicable proximity sensor.
(28) Remove the GAUGE - CHECKING from the applicable lockstay actuator.
(29) Install the applicable MLG lock springs (Ref. TASK 32-11-19-400-001).
(a) Torque the hydraulic union (20) to between 2.4 and 2.8 m.daN
(17.69 and 20.64 lbf.ft).
(b) Torque the hydraulic union (21) to between 1.5 and 1.6 m.daN
(11.06 and 11.79 lbf.ft).
Subtask 32-31-73-820-050
R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE CONSUMABLE MATERIAL(S). YOU MUST
_______
R OBEY THE OPERATORS AND MANUFACTURERS HEALTH AND SAFETY
R INSTRUCTIONS.
R WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
R REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
R LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
NOTE : If the calculated clearance between the target and the sensor is
____
correct, you can install a sensor target without a spacer.
(a) Remove and discard the lockwire from the cap-screws (6).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-73
Page 515
Nov 01/09
CES
(c) Remove the bracket (7) and the spacers (4) if installed.
(d) Make sure that the bracket (7) is in the correct condition.
(e) If necessary, machine the faces of the spacers (4) to get the
correct dimension Z.
(g) Install the bracket (7) (and if necessary, the spacers (4)) with
the cap-screws (6) and the washers (5).
(h) Torque the cap-screws (6) to between 0.124 and 0.192 m.daN (10.97
and 16.99 lbf.in).
(i) Safety the cap-screws (6) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
010).
(a) Remove the nuts (8), the washers (9) and the screws (1).
(b) Remove the target (2) and the spacer (3) if installed.
(c) Make sure that the bracket (7) is in the correct condition.
1
_ Measure and record the dimensions F, G and H.
2
_ Calculate the dimension J (J = Dimension G - 7.450mm (0.2933
in.)).
3
_ Measure and record the dimension K.
4
_ The spacer (3) thickness = F - (H + J + K).
(f) If necessary, machine the faces of the spacer (3) to get the
correct dimension X.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-73
Page 516
Nov 01/09
R
CES
(h) If it is necessary to install the spacer (3), apply PRETREATMENT
FOR PAINTING (Material No. 13-002) to the faces of the spacer.
(i) Install the target (2) (and if necessary, the spacer (3)), with
the screws (1), the washers (9) and the nuts (8).
(a) Remove the cap-screws (16), the washers (11) and the nuts (10).
(b) Remove the adaptor (13) and the spacer (12) if installed.
(c) Make sure that the target mounting bracket is in the correct
condition.
(d) If necessary, machine the faces of the spacer (12) to get the
correct dimension Z.
(f) Install the spacer (12) if necessary, the adaptor (13), the
cap-screws (16), the washers (11) and the nuts (10).
(a) Remove the cap-screws (19), the washers (15) and the nuts (14).
(b) Remove the target (18) and the spacer (17) if installed.
(c) Make sure that the target mounting bracket is in the correct
condition.
1
_ Measure and record the dimensions N, P and Q.
2
_ Calculate the dimension M (M = Q + 5.75 mm (0.0226 in.)).
3
_ The spacer (17) thickness = M - (N + P).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-73
Page 517
Nov 01/09
R
CES
(f) If necessary, machine the faces of the spacer (17) to get the
correct dimension X.
(i) Install the target (18) (and if necessary, the spacer (17)) with
the cap-screws (19), the washers (15) and the nuts (14).
Subtask 32-31-73-865-070
D. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1GA, 2GA, 52GA.
Subtask 32-31-73-740-057
E. Test
Subtask 32-31-73-582-056
Subtask 32-31-73-860-058
(1) If you did the flight configuration precautions, put the aircraft
back to the ground configuration (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-002).
(2) Connect the isolation coupling of the PTU (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-
002).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-73
Page 518
Nov 01/09
R
CES
Subtask 32-31-73-410-056
H. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 32-31-73-942-057
A. Removal of Equipment
(3) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 32-31-73
Page 519
Nov 01/09
CES
TASK 32-31-73-820-002
Adjustment of the MLG Extension Proximity Sensors 20GA, 21GA, 22GA, 23GA
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To set the clearances of the MLG extension proximity sensors to the correct
dimensions.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-73
Page 520
Nov 01/09
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-73
Page 521
Feb 01/10
CES
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 32-31-73
Page 522
Feb 01/10
CES
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-73-941-059
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are installed on the landing
gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
R (4) Put the WARNING NOTICES in position to tell persons not to pressurize
R the Green Hydraulic system:
- on the panel 40VU in the cockpit
- on the ground service panel of the Green Hydraulic system, access
door (197CB).
Subtask 32-31-73-860-059
(2) If the electrical power is not necessary for other maintenance tasks,
de-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-
002). Then, it is not necessary to open the LGCIU circuit breakers.
Subtask 32-31-73-582-057
EFF :
ALL 32-31-73
Page 523
Nov 01/09
CES
Subtask 32-31-73-010-056
D. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position below the applicable
zone 734(744).
(3) Make sure that the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK is installed on the
applicable MLG door actuator.
Subtask 32-31-73-865-071
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
4. Procedure
_________
EFF :
ALL 32-31-73
Page 524
Feb 01/10
CES
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 32-31-73-220-081
A. Dimensional Check
(1) Measure the dimensions that follow for the rear proximity sensors
20GA(21GA) (System 1):
- dimension X 3.9 mm (0.1535 in.) to 4.1 mm (0.1614 in.)
- dimension Z 1.4 mm (0.0551 in.) to 1.6 mm (0.0629 in.).
(2) Measure the dimensions that follow for the forward proximity sensors
22GA(23GA) (System 2):
- dimension X 3.9 mm (0.1535 in.) to 4.1 mm (0.1614 in.)
- dimension Z 1.4 mm (0.0551 in.) to 1.6 mm (0.0629 in.).
(3) If the dimensions are correct, do the check of the proximity switch
detection range in Para. 4.B.
Subtask 32-31-73-220-082-A
(1) Make sure that the applicable MLG is correctly filled and charged
(Ref. TASK 12-14-32-614-003).
(2) Measure the dimension A. Make sure the dimension A is between 632.95
mm (24.9193 in.) and 636.80 mm (25.0708 in.).
(3) Disconnect the electrical connector from the applicable rear and
forward proximity sensors 20GA(21GA) (System 1), 22GA(23GA) (System
2).
(5) Connect the LAMP BOX (460005842) to the electrical connector of the
applicable proximity sensors 20GA(21GA) (System 1), 22GA(23GA)
(System 2).
EFF :
ALL 32-31-73
Page 525
Feb 01/10
CES
MLG Extension Proximity Sensor Dimensions 20GA, 21GA, 22GA, 23GA
Figure 505/TASK 32-31-73-991-017-A12 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
001-003, 051-052, 32-31-73
Page 526
Aug 01/05
CES
MLG Extension Proximity Sensor Dimensions 20GA, 21GA, 22GA, 23GA
Figure 505/TASK 32-31-73-991-017-A22 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
001-003, 051-052, 32-31-73
Page 527
Aug 01/05
R
CES
R MLG Extension Proximity Sensor Dimensions 20GA, 21GA, 22GA, 23GA
Figure 505A/TASK 32-31-73-991-017-B12 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-31-73
Page 528
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
R MLG Extension Proximity Sensor Dimensions 20GA, 21GA, 22GA, 23GA
Figure 505A/TASK 32-31-73-991-017-B22 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-31-73
Page 529
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
MLG Extension Proximity Sensors 20GA, 21GA, 22GA, 23GA
Figure 506/TASK 32-31-73-991-032-A
R
EFF :
001-003, 051-052, 32-31-73
Page 530
Feb 01/07
CES
MLG Extension Proximity Sensors 20GA, 21GA, 22GA, 23GA
Figure 506A/TASK 32-31-73-991-032-B
R
EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
32-31-73
Page 531
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(6) Make sure that the switches on the lamp box are set to OFF.
(7) Connect a 28V D.C. supply to the lamp box and set the power switch to
ON.
(8) Make sure that the RED lamp on the lamp box is ON.
(9) Set the indicator switches on the lamp box to ON and make sure that
the GREEN lamps on the lamp box are ON.
(10) Put a jack (screw) 522 mm (21 in.) under the jacking dome of the
applicable shock absorber.
(11) Slowly operate the jack to ensure that the jack-plunger locates
safely.
(12) Use the jack to slowly compress the applicable MLG shock absorber.
Make sure that the GREEN lamp on the lamp box goes OFF when the shock
absorber is compressed between 20.0 mm (0.7874 in.) and 26.00 mm
(1.0236 in.).
(13) Slowly release the pressure from the jack to fully extend the shock
absorber.
(16) Set the lamp box switches to OFF and disconnect the 28V D.C supply.
(17) Remove the LAMP BOX from the applicable proximity sensors.
R (18) Remove the CAP - BLANKING and connect the electrical connector to the
R applicable forward and rear proximity sensors.
Subtask 32-31-73-820-051
R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE CONSUMABLE MATERIAL(S). YOU MUST
_______
R OBEY THE OPERATORS AND MANUFACTURERS HEALTH AND SAFETY
R INSTRUCTIONS.
EFF :
001-003, 051-052, 32-31-73
Page 532
Nov 01/09
CES
(1) Make sure that the aircraft is lifted on jacks to fully extend the
shock absorber (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-581-001).
(2) Make sure that the applicable MLG shock absorber is correctly filled
and charged (Ref. TASK 12-14-32-614-003).
(c) Remove the nuts (18), the washers (17) and the screws (14).
(f) Make sure that the target mounting bracket is in the correct
condition.
(g) If necessary, adjust the new spacer (16) to get the correct
dimension X.
(h) Install the new spacer (16) if necessary , the target (15), the
screws (14), the washers (17) and the nuts (18).
(i) Torque tighten the nuts (18) to between 0.4 and 0.45 m.daN (35.39
and 39.82 lbf.in).
(j) Make sure that the dimension X is between 3.9 mm (0.1535 in.) and
4.1 mm (0.1614 in.).
(k) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) to the areas that follow:
- around the joints between the target (15), the spacer (16) if
installed, and the target mounting bracket
- to the heads and the ends of the screws (14)
- to the washers (17)
- to the nuts (18).
EFF :
001-003, 051-052, 32-31-73